Full text of "Snap shots"

See other formats

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at|http : //books . google . com/

^^^^^

""^ ^«TS umZ.

1barvar^ Colkae Xibrari?

GIFT OF THE

AMERICAN PHOTOGRAPHIC
PUBLISHING COMPANY

OF BOSTON

FINE ARTS UBPAJa

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

MO. Sfeoa? REQJ STER-ED^., , . <: r-?.

Pinl

January* 1915

CONTENTS

Titles On Negatives - •

Acid Fixing And Clearing
Bath - -

Drying Prints And Nega-
tives 4

Notes on the Hydra Plate - 7

Fixing Baths for Plates

and Prints 13

Trade New^s and Notes

Studio Wants

rA H.'^'ii

ift

Digitized by CjOOQIC

fA msrj^^jA i^iC^

Sec rciding matter on tu*.

PRICE LIST

Per Number Suggested

Specialix designed for mailing photographic
calendars, or prints, flat, thus ensuring their
delivery in perfect condition. As indispen-
sable to the customer as it is to the photog*
rapher. Made in fourteen sizes, attrac-
tively printed in brown ink. Strong, light
and perfectly adapted to its purpose. Un-
questionably the fcesf mailing device and
the best selling mailing device ever offercdp
Samples on request. A glance at the Photo-
mailer will show you its superiority over all
others*

Aft shown in Ctit Nu. 2 helow» the rbotomailer can be used
for one or several enclosures if desired.

131
1 3 a
136

li2

Ifil
234

246

4'lx 7

8^x11 ^
9^x1 US

ll»ixl4;i
5*4x11 ^
({VSxl3'4
7 ?4 * 1 3 ! 4

Hun-
dred-
$1,00
1.40
1.80
2J>0
2.10
2. 40

a . fin
2.75

SJ>0
3. 25
3.50
S.OQ
3.60
3.30

m a
box,
104>
50
50
25
25
85
25
!5
85
25
25
25
25
S5

Prices to ihc

Consunier.

Sc. each

4e. each

5c. CHCll

5c each
6c. each
Cc. each
7 c* rach
6c. each
9c. each
lOc. each
frn. each
7c. each
9c. each

With tlie eitceptinn of the frst three eiies,/
the Fhotoinailer ta fumishcd in boxes contain-'
Ing 25. Order by number.

Prices suhfect to attractive discount*

The Photomailef doea nol Wnd ar
fold and therefore givea iti enda-
aurea perfect protection. Aa ihown
tn Cut No, n, the hacking i» cellular
bo&rdr double-faced corfufoted
paper* Tbia material ia rigid,
posaeaaea greftt reaiatance And ia
very light.

The Th0mpfoii & Norris Co.

Concord and Princt Streets

Brookljn, N* Y<

; Jnllcli. Ganawnr

«1m» at Bwtoft, M«i I Br.3«k»ai«. Ind; Niafar. F.Ik. Can^d.; Undoa, Eat.;

EAUblisbtrd 1875 /-^ |

-DiyiiiLuU Uj

I,/

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

''HOW IT IS DONE"

An ExpUsatory Diagram Bbowinf th«
Varlotti Btaf ei in th« Production of

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Produotion of an Autotype Carbon Photograph

Tho Coated Bnrfaco of Sxpoied Gar-
ten Titano (Pifmontod Oelatue).
B
Binf U Tranif or Paper.

0
Boak A and B in oold water, l»rinff
coated inrfaoei tof ether in contact and
Kveefee.

D
Place the adherent tliiue and trani-
fer paper between blottinf boardi for
a few minntei. Hezt immerse in warm
water, until the colored f elatine begini
to owe out at the adgea.

Btrip off the Tiiine backinf paper
and throw it away.

A dark mail of colored felatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
O and H

Continue until completed.

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath tftve per cent) to harden the film
and discharf e the bichromate sensi-
tisinf salt. A rinse in cold water com- '
pletes the operation.

^-PRODUCTtQhJ

^r. .J^ll

■

MjiorYPcd^l

^^M

WAdtoty.p<?

L^OlSJDOfSl

Wc'iT n A LING

DDCD

Important to Amateur Photographers

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

In order to combat the erroneous notion, somewhat prevalent amongst Amateur
Photographers, that a trial of the Carbon Process necessariW entails the expenditure
of a considerable sum on costly apparatus, the Autotype Company have decided to
introduce cheap trial sets of the absolutely essential materials, particulars of which
are appended.

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible to include developing,
washing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some of the
ordinary household crockery will serve as a makestiift. and the bathroom will be
found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying on operations.

PBICEB OF TBIAL 8ETB

Outfit Ho. 1 |l.iO

Outtt Complete for 6 x 7 1.00

Outftt for 8 X 10 7.00

American Agents : GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. 9th St.. New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

^le

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE ROTAL FWEGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14th, 1911)

BTTLE A.

The Lateit and Oreateit Improvement In Bay Filtert.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
is a strong orange yellow at the top, is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical effect of the gradual
blending of color is to sift out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds and sky, which pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
without perceptibly decreasing the weak illumination of the reflected light

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in frill
intensity.

The reason that daylight
cloud pictures are rare is
that the strength of the il-
lumination from the sky is
many, many times that of
the partially absorbed and
reflected light from objects
on the ground.

If a correct exposure is
given to the clouds, then
the landscape is badly un-
der-exposed; if the correct
exposure is given to the
landscape, then the clouds
are literally burnt up from
over-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
have appeared to the eye,
an unscreened photograph
shows only a blank white
sky.

The Royal Foreground
Ray Screen is also very
useful for subjects which
are more strongly illumi-
nated on one side than on
the other, as in photograph-
ing by the light of a side
window or in a narrow
street. By simply turning
the dark side of the fore-
ground screen toward the
bright side of the object a
good, even exposure will
result.

Made With the Royal Foreground Ray Screen

PHOTO. Bv //. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, IVashington.

SfOPie. EXPOSURE YA-second.

September \hth, 10 A. M, Distance to snoW-covered

Mt. Baker 8 Miles,

NO.

OA
lA
2A
8A

A A

DIAMETER INCHES

1V,«

for box cameras

IV,,
1 1/

PRICE

11.50
1.50
1.50
1.50

1 RA

STYLE A.

KO.

8A
9A

lOA
llA
18A

DIAICXTER INCHES
8

^Ya

Digitized by

PRICE

8.00
3.26
8.60
4.00
4.50

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

111

»120??

will place
the new

No. 8

CENTURY

OUTFIT

in your
Studio.

HERE IS WHAT THE PRICE INCLUDES :

1 11 X 14 Century Grand Portrait Camera mtii new focusing

arrangements
1 11 X 14 Semi -Centennial Stand.
1 Reversible Back for 11 x 14 Century View Plate Holders?,

Adjustable for making either one or two exposures on

a plate^
1 Sliding Attachment for 8 x 10 Curtain Slide Plate Holder,
1 Adapter for 8 x 10 Attachment to take 5x7 Curtain Slide

Holder.
1 11 X 14 Century Double View Plate Holder.
1 8 X 10 Century Curtain Slide Holder with 6?| x Sj^ Kit.
1 5 X 7 Curtain Slide Holder.
1 Plate Holder Rack,

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

Royal Postal Folder

If you wish to command a better price for your post-card work
and give it a higher tone than your competitor, this is a folder that
will serve that purpose. It is made of a heavy, handsomely embossed
cover paper with a delicately tinted border-line running around the
entire edge of both folder and opening, w'ith an embossed head on
the outside flap that is in perfect color accord with the stock itself.
We suggest this folder to all who desire to put forth high class postal
card work.

Colors: Sepia, Nut Brown, White, Gray
Sizes Per 1,000

J Folder, 4^9i/4, Oval, 2^x5 120.00

S Folder, 41^x914, Square Opening, 2?4x5 20.00

(Packed 100 in a box)

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

suBscurrxoir iatss fob d. s. and Canada fbk ybak, $1.00; iix monthi, SO cents

SINGLE corr, 10 cents, foeeign counteies, $1.S6
ruausHEs by the snap-shots publishing CO., 67 east ninth stbebt, hew toek

Volume 24 JANUARY, 1913

Number 1

TITLES ON NEGATIVES
By W. H. E.

Photographs have their titles
printed on the negatives commer-
cially by methods which are out of
the reach of the amateur, unless he
is prepared to take a great deal of
trouble and has considerable photo-
graphic skill. They are usually
printed on paper with type, and are
then photographed down, many at
a time, on to a thin collodion film
which can be cut up into as many
strips as there are titles, and at-
tached to the negatives in the parts
selected.

The amateur must content him-
self with a less elaborate proced-
ure, and although none of the plans
which are open to him can be com-
pared in their results with the deli-
cacy and accuracy of a photographic
reduction of letterpress, still they

need not be the eyesore which, from
want of a little care and trouble,
the lettering on a print often is.
Even the plan of "setting up" the
title in reversed rubber-faced type
and printing it on the negative, if
not done properly, may be very dis-
figuring; while, of course, a great
many amateur photographers so
seldom put any titles on their nega-
tives that they hesitate before pur-
chasing an outfit for the purpose.

As far as written titles are con-
cerned, there are two forms which
they may take. Either the title may
appear in white letters on the dark
ground of the print, or it may ap-
pear in dark letters, which, how-
ever dark the groundwork, will at
least be blacker. The latter are
usuallv much less obtrusive, but

V ^RVARD COLLEOE UMIARY
0»fT9FTHC

AMERICAN fWQfmmmm fm\mm% eo.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

photographers do not often resort
to them, possibly because the meth-
od seems more complex and messy.
It is not at all difficult, however.

SEEING THE TITLE REVERSED

If the title is to be in white let-
ters, these may be written on the
film of the negative with opaque
ink and a fine pen or brush. The
writing must be reversed, right lor
left, so that it will appear the cor-
rect way round in the print; and
this itself seems difficult and awk-
ward. The awkwardness can soon
be overcome with a little practice,
which should be done on paper,
I'Ot attempting to print on a nega-
tive until one feels a certain free-
dom. A copy for the reversed let-
tering is easily made by printing
the letters the right way round on
a sheet of paper underneath which
is a piece of "carbon** duplicating
paper, face upwards, and then turn-
ing the sheet over and working
from the impression left by the
"carbon*' on the back. It is well,
at first at any rate, always to make
a reversed copy of this kind for
any actual printing to be done on
the negative.

THE BEST INK TO USE

The ink used may be "Liquid In-
dian Ink,** such as is sold at deal-
ers in artists' materials ; or it may
be one of the special preparations
supplied for work on negatives. It
is a great advantage of the photo-
graphic preparations that after
they are dry they can be wiped
completely off the negative and

leave it uninjured, should any mis-
take be made in the lettering, or
should there be no further need for
it. Some liquid Indian inks also
allow of this, but many do not, and
unless wiped off before drying, or
very soon after, cannot be got off
at alL

Some prefer to use a very fine
brush, but a "mapping pen" is the
easiest tool in the writer's experi-
ence. The ink should be poured
into a little palette or saucer to ex-
actly the depth required by the pen,
which is then dipped vertically ir
it for each letter or two, and is fre-
quently wiped clean and dry. If
the pen is dipped into the bottle it
is very difficult to avoid getting too
much ink on it at times, and so
making a blot. Unless it is con-
stantly wiped clean there is great
danger of it clogging.

SETTING-OFF METHODS

A setting-off method of titling
has been described, but it has never
worked very well in the writer's
hands. In this the title is written
the right way round on a smooth
glazed writing paper in violet du-
plicating ink (such as is used for
**graphs'*). The negative is wetted
and allowed to drain until it is sur-
face dry, and then the writing,
which should be quite dry, is laid
down in the required position, gen-
tly rubbed into contact, left a few
moments, and then peeled off.

The same method, using ordi-
nary copying ink, has been suggest-
ed, getting in this way a reversed

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

inscription, which is not very
strong, but which, when the film is
quite dry, can be strengthened by
going over it with a pen, as just
described.

TITLES IN DARK LETTERING

In order to get an inscription in
dark letters, some ink must be used
which will dissolve the image in the
negative. There are a number of
solutions which answer the pur-
pose. An easy one to prepare is
made by taking a crystal of potas-
sium bromide and one of copper
sulphate, each the size of a pea,
crushing them and dissolving them
in a few drops of water. A drop
or two of gum may be added to
prevent the liquid from "running/
and, if preferred, a little white or
black ink to make it easier to see

the writing; but this is not usually
necessary. Such a solution is bet-
ter used with a brush rather than
a pen, as the metal might affect the
chemicals. After it has been ap-
plied to the negative for a minute
or two, the letters will be found
bleached out quite white. The writ-
ing is then held under the tap for
a minute or two, and the negative
is placed in clean hypo, which soon
makes the lettering clear. The
plate is then washed in the usual
way and dried.

The method of lettering the neg-
ative that may be chosen is not very
important in its bearing on the final
appearance. What does count is
the care and neatness with which
the work is done, and this is not a
matter of instruction, but of the
personal factor. — Photography,

ACID FIXING AND CLEARING BATH

4 c.c.m. Sulphuric Acid. 1 drachm (GO c.c.m.) of water, and pour

480 grammes Hyposul- slowly into the sulphite soda solu-

phite of Soda 16 oz. tion, and add to the hyposulphite,

60 grammes Sulphite of then dissolve the chrome alum in

Soda 2 oz. 8 ounces (240 c.c.m.) of water and

30 grammes *C h r o m e add to the bulk of solution, and

Alum 1 oz. the bath is ready. This fixing bath

1920 c.c.m. Warm Wa- will not discolor until after long

ter 64 oz. usage, and both clears up the

Dissolve the hyposulphite of soda shadows of the negative and hard-
in 48 ounces (1440 c.c.m.) of ens the film at the same time,
water, the sulphite of soda in 6 After negative is cleared of a 1
ounces (180 c.cm.) of water, mix appearance of silver bromide, w^ash
the sulphuric acid with 2 ounces '" runnmg water for not less than
half an hour to free from any

•N. B.— During cold weather use only half tracp of hvno solution

the quantity of Arome Alum in above. trace OI nypo SOIUllOU.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 191 3

DRYING PRINTS AND NEGATIVES

The question of drying prints and
negatives is one of greater impor-
tance for the amateur photographer
than appears at first sight, ^lany
workers seem to get through de-
velopment and the production of
negatives and prints successfully to
the time when the washing process
is completed, and then manage to
strike various troubles in the shape
of uneven markings, dust, pin-
holes, etc., during the drying pe-
riod. The beginner generally buys
a drying rack for negatives, fills up
all the grooves with the washed
plates, and puts the rack in a cor-
ner, expecting by some occult
means that the rack itself will per-
form the process of drying with-
out any further thought from him-
self. If by chance he has placed
the rack full of negatives in a di-
rect current of air, all may be well ;
but if not, drying marks will prob-
ably result ; that is to say, the mar-
gins of the plates will dry first, and
because the air cannot freely circu-
late between 'the closely packed
negatives the central portions will
remain moist for a long time. If,
as frequently happens, the nega-
tives are then conveyed to a warmer
atmosphere to hasten the drying,
these patches will dry with a differ-
ent density and remain as unremov-
able marks in the negative.

The trouble with the average
drying rack which is sold commer-
cially is that the grooves are too
close together. Always invest,

therefore, in a rack with plenty of
space between the grooves, or only
use every second or third groove.
The worker should always remem-
ber also to shake off as much ad-
herent water as possible when re-
moving the plates from the wash-
ing water, and clean the back of the
negative with a piece of dry rag.
If the negatives are then stood up
to dry, they should be moved to a
fresh position after the first minute
or two, as it retards drying to leaye
the glass side wet or the rack
standing over a pool of drippings.
Other things being equal, plates
dry quicker in cold weather than in
hot, in dry weather than in wet, in
a draught than in still air. The
reason is found in the cause of a
plate getting dry at all. Air takes
up water — water evaporates from
the liquid form to make water va-
por, which mingles with and es-
capes in the air. When the air
holds a great deal of this water
vapor in suspension it is slow about
taking up more. The water vapor
m the air is known as humidity.
Its quantity is expressed in per-
centage of the total quantity which
the air can hold at the prevailing
temperature. In summer the air is
much more heated than in winter
and takes up much more moisture.
Consequently it is slower to dis-
solve more than would the same air
colder and possessing less water va-
por. This is why plates generally
dry more quickly in winter than in

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

summer. Of course, a winter's day
may be very humid, and a summer's
day, after a storm, may be very dry,
and the conditions be reversed.

If time presses, one can hasten
drying by bathing the plate in a
mixture of formalin and water
(e.g., formalin 1 drm., water 4 oz.)
for about ten minutes, then wash
the plate in water as warm as the
hand can bear for, say, five min-
utes, and then dry the plate in front
of a fire or over a gas stove.

As most photographers are
aware, negatives can be dried very
rapidly — within ten minutes of
leaving the washing water, in fact
— ^by taking advantage of the prop-
erty of methylated spirit to displace
the water within the pores of the
gelatine. There is a right and a
wrong way of doing this. Once the
water is removed the spirit volatil-
izes quite readily in the air, leaving
the negative dry within a few min-
utes, but to succeed with the meth-
od it is most necessary that the wa-
ter should be thoroughly removed,
and this will not be the case unless
it is placed in a bath of strong
spirit. If a number of negatives
are being handled, the water ex-
tracted from each soon weakens
the spirit, and that is why the fol-
lowing procedure should be adopt-
ed. Take three batches of spirit,
place the negatives in Nos. 1, 2
and 3 in turn, each for five min-
utes, filling bath No. 1 with a fresh
negative as soon as the first is in
No. 2, and so on, keeping the three
dishes occupied. As soon as the

negative comes from the third bath,
it will dry almost instantly on be-
ing waved in the air.

Prints may be dried with alcohol
too; and inasmuch as the fluid can
get at the emulsion from both sides
it forms a very effective method,
one bath of fresh spirits usually be-
ing sufficient. It should be remem-
bered, however, that a spirit-drying
bath should not be used with collo-
dion-surface paf)ers. These papers,
in fact, can be most readily dried
between blotters, and finished with-
in the warmth of a fire. Practically
all prints can be blotted under pres-
sure, and if laid out on blotters in
front of a fire can generally be
dried in about ten minutes. There
is one point to remember, however,
in the speedy drying of any emul-
sion paper — drying them before the
fire tends to make a stiff and easily
cracked surface, which is difficult to
straighten out again without dam-
age. To overcome this defect, the
following plan may be adopted:
After the prints have been blotted.'
wipe the surface with a piece of
clean raw cotton dipped in a ten
per cent, solution of glycerine and
water. The surface should not be
wetted — merely wiped — and they
will then remain sufficiently soft,
even under heat drying, to allow
straightening with the edge of a
ruler.

A method for the more rapid
drying of plates, which has been
brought forward in France by Lu-
miere and Seyewetz, seems to be
designed especially for the press

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

photographer or dealer, who at very
short notice has to develop plates
for the tourist. The alcohol meth-
od of drying is not always so rapid
as might be wished, and, more-
over, it is unsuitable for films. The
new method is based upon the fact
that certain chemical products have
a great affinity for water. The
plate, with its wet gelatine, is placed
for four or five minutes in a ninety
per cent, solution of potassium
carbonate, by means of which, to
a great extent, the water is aspirat-
ed. On withdrawal the negative
shows only the slightest trace of
moisture, and this can be wiped
away after exposure to a current of
air without any fear of the deteri-
oration of the image. The nega-
tives thus treated are said not to
turn yellow, and to be free from the
white veil sometimes manifested
after drying with alcohol. This
veil, by the way, is generally due
to insufficient fixing, and can be re-
moved if the plate is replaced in
the fixing bath for ten minutes, then
washed and dried again.

Both roll and cut films are best
allowed to dry spontaneously. The
former, when removed from, the
wash water, should be fixed up by
a wooden film-clip to a piece of cord
and stretched across a corner of a
little-used room (warm, if possi-
ble). Another film-clip fastened to
the other end will cause the roll to
hang straight down and dry flat.
This is a much better way than cut-
ting it up and drying the separate
pieces. • Cut films are best dried by

pinning by one comer to the edges
of wooden shelves, or they may be
held by small clips to the stretched
cord referred to above.

This piece of stout cord stretched
across a room — near the ceiling —
is also very useful in drying large
prints and enlargements. The
prints are held by two top corners
with the small print clips sold by all
dealers, and are then attached to the
line, where they may hang out of
reach until dry. If the amateur
does his photographic work in the
evening, both plates, films, and
prints can be easily dried in the
morning, if the warm kitchen is
taken advantage of for the purpose.
Take care, however, to issue suit-
able warnings to the domestic de-
partment, and, if possible, get up
early enough to remove the plates
or prints before the day's work
begins — The Amateur Photogra-
pher & Photographic News.

A FLASHLIGHT HINT

Hang over the point where the
ignition is to take place a large flat
pad of damp wool lint. This may
be done by tacking the lint to the
underside of a board supported on
legs. When ignition takes place
the products of combustion for the
most part will become absorbed by
the wool. In this way it is possible
to do away in a measure with the
annoying fumes that always accom-
pany a flashlight exposure. — Tech-
nical World, Chicago,

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

NOTES ON THE HYDRA PLATES

By Malcolm Dean Miller, A. B., M. D.

(Reprinted by permission of American Annual of Photography)

During the summer of 1911 ihe
photographic world was over-
whelmed by the information that
over-exposure had been abolished
by the discovery of the action of
hydrazine. Mr. W. H. Caldwell,
the scientific head of the Paget
Prize Plate Company, had been for
a long time investigating sub-
stances which he hoped would act
as binders for nascent bromide,
which, according to the theory of
leading authorities, is set free in
the sensitive film by the action of
light on silver bromide.

Without going into the chemistry
of the problem, it is sufficient to
state that exposures in excess of a
certain maximum produced so
much free bromide that the normal
process of development could not
take place. Or, in other words, the
action of light undid itself and in-
stead of producing a denser deposit
in the more exposed portions gave
a thinner one. This property of
gelatine-bromide emulsions made it
necessary to secure technically cor-
rect exposure for two reasons :
first, to register correct values or
differences in gradation between
the tones of the subject; and sec-
ond, to avoid the untrue rendering
which inevitably resulted from ex-
posing for very dark shadows when
the lights were very bright. The
old rule, "expose for the shadows
and develop for the high lights."

was applicable to ordinary subjects,
but failed when the ejcposure neces-
sary to register shadow detail was
too great for the highest lights.
The saving grace, however, lay in
the latitude of the plate, which, in
the case of a good emulsion, might
run from exposures half normal to
ten times normal without flattening
the natural contrasts by partial re-
versal of the high lights.

It was stated that the addition
of certain derivatives of hydrazine
to the finished emulsion conferred
upon it absolute immunity to over-
exposure. In other words, any time
whatsoever could be given without
producing reversal of the image.
Exposures which with ordinary
emulsions yielded positives instead
of negatives could now be made,
and the only point the user had to
look out for was to give time
enough for the shadows.

Illustrations were printed show-
ing the sun in landscape views —
probably the most extreme test
which could be devised. In short,
the public was led to expect that
the hydrazine plates would solve
forever the exposure problem. In
this, I confidently assert, the pub-
lic is not deceived. The new
plates accomplish in a perfect man-
ner everything they are stated to
perform.

The Hydra plates were placed on
the English market in the early

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

Figure 1.
(Correct Exposure on Ordinary Plate.)

summer of 1912. I was fortunate
enough to obtain some at once and
put them through all the tests I
could devise in the endeavor to
prove, or disprove, their value and
the accuracy of the statements
published about them. Setting
aside for the moment the extreme
subjects. I tried moderate '*over-
exposures," because I have found
that even double-coated orthochro-
matic plates sometimes lack the
power to preserve the full range
of tones when deep foreground
shadows contrast with open, sun-
lighted reaches. It seemed to me
that the Hydra plates should prove
ideal in such cases, because a
straightforward exposure for the
deepest tones could be given with-

out fear that the lights would be
thinned and flattened.

I chose a subject with willow
trees and open meadow, the light-
ing being from behind the trees.
I tested the light in the shade of
the trees, holding the Watkins Bee
meter to face the camera, and found
that the detail in the trunks would
require 1-2 second at f/6.5 on a
common plate of the same rapidity
as the Plydra (200 H. and D.). I
gave this exposure and then took a
Hydra plate of the same subject
with an exposure of 10 seconds, or
twenty times normal. The result
surpassed my expectations.

The first negative was allowed to
develop a little too long and was
rpther hard, though well suited to

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Figure 2.
(Twenty Times Normal Exposure on a Hydra Plate.)

"professionar' gas-light paper; but
the time was as accurate as only
the meter can make it (Figure 1).
The Hydra negative was developed
in the same trayful of Paget for-
mula pyro-soda with bromide and
taken out when the principal high
lights came through to the glass.
Printed on the same grade of paper
as the first, it gave a softer and
more harmonious print, with val-
ues in the greens as good as though
it had been made on an orthochro-
matic plate through a ray-filter
(Figure 2). On a sheet of "nor-
mal" paper it gave a print which
could be distinguished from the
other only by close observation. In
other words, it was evident that any
outdoor subject could be timed

without regard to the high lights
and still yield a perfect negative —
a result hitherto impossible.

The importance of this applica-
tion of the new plates will be at
once realized by pictorial workers.
Take, for instance, one of the soft-
focus lenses, such as the "Verito,"
which gives just the results one de-
sires at f/5.6 (Figure 4). The
Studio shutter with which it is
equipped will hardly work faster
than 1-5 second, yet this is too
much time for many subjects if a
rapid plate is used. With the Hy-
dra plate it would not make a par-
ticle of difference how long the ex-
posure lasted, and a bulb exposure
of reasonable duration could be
given with the certainty of secur-

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

Figure 3.
{Flatness from Overexposure and Reversal of Sun.)

ing a fine negative. On the other
hand, with ordinary plates one
would have to stop down and lose
the sketchy effect of the large aper-
ture or else resort to slow isochro-
matic plates and a deep ray-screen
in order to avoid overtiming.

Another obvious application of
the new plates is to interiors. Most
workers know the tremendous dif-
ference between the times needed
for the view outside of a window
and for the shadowy corners of the
room ; and though passable results
have been obtainable with double-
coated, backed or "Isolar" plates,
some subjects have remained im-
possible. With the Hydra plates
one can time for the deepest shad-
ows and retain the exterior un-

marred by halation. This is due to
three things: first, the fact that
only the grains which have been
acted on by light are developed —
no spreading to unaffected par-
ticles, as with common plates; sec-
ond, the perfect qualities of the
Paget Invisible Backing; third, the
grainless structure of the image,
rivaling the wet collodion process
in this respect.

Passing for a moment to screen-
plate color photography, one is led
to speculate on the advantages of
a panchromatic hydrazine emul-
sion. It is well known that with
Autochromes the exposure must be
within five per cent to ensure passa-
ble results, and that the shghtest
overtiming washes out the colors in

Digitized by

Google

January, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

Figure 4.
(Prolonged Exposure on a Hydra Plate.)

the high lights because of partial
reversal and the dissolving away of
too much of the negative image.
The hydrazine emulsion would al-
low practically any exposure over
a fixed minimum to be given. It is
said that patents have been granted
for a roll-film having a ray-filter on
the face and the screen on the back
of the celluloid, with the emulsion
coated on this. Think how advan-
tageous it would be to make the
coating fool-proof by incorporating
the hydrazine! To me it seems
that this discovery of the Paget
Company opens up almost unlim-
ited possibilities, and I consider it
quite the most important advance
in photography in recent years.
The manipulation of the Hydra

plates is simple. If the exposure is
known to be within forty times nor-
mal, a regular pyro-soda with bro-
mide can be used. The contrast of*
the negative may be controlled by
altering dilution and temi)erature ;
dilute, warm solutions giving soft
results. For times greater than
those just mentioned a special de-
veloper containing hydrazine is re-
quired, and this may be used con-
centrated and ice-cold if the ex-
posure is 5,000 or 10.000 times too
great.

Some notes on the illustrations
may be of interest. Figures 1 and
2 have already been sufficiently ex-
plained. Figure 3 was made at
0.12 P. M. in June at f/16.5 with
an exposure of two seconds. The

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

Figure 6.
(A 5 Ampere Arc on a Hydra Plate.)

disc of the sun is reversed and all
the tones suffer from partial re-
versal. Figure 4 was made on a
Hydra plate at 6.16 P. M. with an
exposure of ten seconds at the same
aperture. The visual impression is
accurate and the sun is not re-
versed. Unfortunately the halftone

fails to give the full scale of the
print and the print itself does not
bring out the sun quite clearly.

Figure 5 represents an exposure
of two minutes at f/16.5 — sufficient
to print out the flame of the arc
lamp on the surface of the
plate!

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

FIXING BATHS FOR PLATES AND PRINTS

H3rposulphite of soda, or hypo, as
it is universally termed, is prac-
tically the only substance used as a
fi^ng agent. Other substances,
such as sulphocyanide, which like-
wise dissolve silver bromide, have
been recommended but very little
used, though potassium cyanide
continues in use as the fixing agent
in the wet-collodion process be-
cause the impurities in the com-
mercial cyanide exert a certain
"cutting" or clearing action and
contribute to the brilliancy and
clearness of the lines in wet-collo-
dion negatives.

H)rpo, if of reasonable purity,
keeps for an unlimited time in the
dry state without special precau-
tions as to corking or bottling;
those who use it in large quantities
and buy it in hundredweight casks
have no need to fear that its prop-
erties become impaired during the
time it remains on hand.

DISSOLVING HYPO

Though hypo is very soluble in
cold water it is best never to use
cold water for dissolving it. The
reason is that, by dissolving, it
greatly chills the water ; the process
of solution then goes on much more
slowly, and the fixing bath when
made needs to be warmed or to be
left to come to the temperature of
the darkroom, otherwise it fixes
very slowly and is apt to give rise
to blisters in prints as a result of

the inequality of temperature be-
tween it and the developer and the
wash-water which follows it.

There is no harm in using even
boiling water in dissolving hypo it-
self, but water about as hot as the
hand can bear is hot enough. This
use of hot water applies to the hypo
itself, but not to chemicals such as
metabisulphite, with which the hypo
may be combined in preparing an
"acid** fixing bath. Such chemicals
should be dissolved only at a tepid
heat.

In making up fixing bath in
quantity — in gallons — it is best to
suspend the hypo at the top of the
water so that the chemical as it dis-
solves falls down, and thus tends
to keep comparatively fresh water
acting on the hypo. A porcelain
cage or a bag of stout muslin al-
lows of this being done, and either
results in much economy of time
and attention in making up a solu-
tion of hypo or indeed any sub-
stance.

A STOCK HYPO SOLUTION

As hypo solution is used of dif-
ferent strengths and in admixture
with various other substances, ac-
cording to the plate or paper which
is being fixed, it may often be con-
venient to keep it in an extra strong
solution, mixing this latter with wa-
ter or with solutions of the chemi-
cals used in making the acid or
hardening fixing baths. A conven-

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

ient strength for such hypo stock is
one containing 1 oz. of hypo in 2
ozs. of the solution. Then instead of
weighing out 1 oz. of the hypo we
measure out 2 ozs. of the stock.
Such a stock is made by dissolving
1 lb. of hypo in hot water, and mak-
ing up the total bulk of the solution
to 32 ozs., or 5 lbs. similarly dis-
solved to make 1 gallon in all. This
solution allows of any one of the
strengths of hypo solution in gen-
eral use being quickly made by
addition of water according to the
following table, which may be cut
out and pasted on the jar of hypo
stock :

Hypo

required Mix of
per 20 ozs. stock

of fixing solution Water

8 ozs. 16 with 4 ue.. stock, 4; water, 1

6 ozs. 12 with 8 t.<*., stock, 3; water, 2

5 ozs. 10 with 10 i.e., equal parts.

4 ozs. 8 with 12 i.^., stock, 2; water, 3

3 ozs. 6 with 14 t.^., stock, 3; water, 7

2 ozs. 4 with 16 t.^.. stock, 1 ; water, 4

bath solution Water

FIXING BATHS FOR PLATES AND
PAPERS

The weakest fixing bath which
should be used for plates is one con-
taining 4 ozs. hypo per 20 ozs. ;
about as strong as is ever necessary
is one containing 8 ozs. hypo per
20 ozs. Something between the
two, say 6 ozs. per 20 ozs , is a
good working formula. The exact
strength is not material except that
if a bath is either too weak (or

wrongly made bath is greater or
less waste of time. Not so, how-
ever, in the case of paper prints,
in fixing which the only safe p.an
is to use a fixing bath of known
strength and allow a suflicient time
for it to act.

In the case of bromide and gas-
light prints, the image is akin to
that on a plate, and a fixer of like
strength may be used so far as the
image is concerned. But there is
another reason for using a bath of
somewhat less strength, namely, the
liability to frill or blister which
many bromide papers possess if
fixed in too strong a hypo bath.
One of 4 ozs. hypo per 20 ozs. is
about right. Some makers of bro-
mide papers direct 3 or 2 ozs. per
20 ozs., but as a rule no ill effects
will result from the stronger bath,
and the latter has the advantage of
requiring less time for its work.
And this is all to the good since
bromide papers often do not get
the turning over and free exposure
to the fixer that they should.

In the case of print-out papers —
P. O. P., or collodio-chloride — the
hypo bath has an effect on the
image, and it is advisable to use a
lesser strength, not more than 2 or
3 ozs. per 20 ozs. Self -toning pa-
pers are in a class by themselves in
this respect, since in some cases

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

therefore it is necessary to say here
that these baths should never be
used for print-out papers for the
reason that they exert a rather
more pronounced effect upon the
tone and depth of the print than
does plain hypo. On the contrary,
an advisable addition to the print-
out-paper fixing bath is a little car-
bonate or bicarbonate of soda. This
is particularly advisable in the case
of prints which have been platinum-
toned since this toner is acid, and
though the acid should be all
washed out before the prints are
passed into the fixer, the carbonate
or bicarbonate in the latter is a dou-
ble safeguard which it is wise not
to neglect. A very little is suf-
ficient, say about 30 or 40 grains
per 20 ozs. of fixer.

I believe in the same thing for
the fixing of those self-toning pa-
pers where the makers direct put-
ting the prints unwashed into a
fixing bath. The paper itself con-
tains acid as a rule, and the result
of placing the prints direct in plain
hypo solution unthout washing is to
set up a species of toning which is
not of assured permanence. The
paper, I know, will usually give a
better tone in this way, but I pre-
fer to dose the fixer with a little bi-
carbonate or carbonate and prevent
acid-hypo toning. If the result is
not so good, one has the consola-
tion that at any rate it will last,
which cannot be said for a certainty
in the case of the other method
This, I think, ends all that there is
to say about plain hypo baths ; we

can now come to the two other
classes of fixing bath, viz., (1) the
acid or anti-stam, and (2) the hard-
ening, which perform the func-
tions of an alum or tanning bath,
in addition to fixing pure and sim-
ple and preventing stain.

ACID FIXING BATHS

To write as I have just done in
the preceding paragraph of the evils
of acid in the hypo bath, and then
straightway to turn to the advan-
tages of an *'acid" bath is doubt-
less puzzling to many. But here is
the matter in a nutshell. Of the
many acids which exist, one only is
harmless in the fixing bath. This
is sulphurous acid (the acid of sul-
phite), and even it is not innocuous
except under certain conditions.
Roughly we may say that just as
sulphite in the developer prevents
staining of the film by the devel-
oper, so sulphurous acid in the fix-
ng bath prevents staining due to
the developer which is carried into
the fixer. Sulphurous acid itself
(a liquid strongly smelling of burn-
ing sulphur) would do, but for the
fact that it gradually becomes ox-
idized to sulphur 'c acid, and there
we should be with a bath which con-
tained the seeds of decomposing the
hypo; a bath which could not be
depended upon for permanent fixa-
tion. There is an easy way out of
this difficulty. It is to mix the
sulphurous acid wMth some sulphite.
The sulphite takes up the sulphuric
acid, combining it as innocuous sul-
phate and liberating more sulphur-
ous acid. In fact, we can gfo a

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 1913

step further and dispense with the
sulphurous acid as such, but use
instead a mixture of sulphite and
an acid, such as tartaric or even
sulphuric. Either of these acids if
mixed with a sufficient quantity of
sulphite may be added to the hypo
bath without fear of decomposing
the hypo. I do not think that this
is the best method of making the
acid fixing bath, but nevertheless
it is a quite practicable method, and
one which -i largely adopted. The
best method, so I think, is to use a
substance which for our present
purpose may be taken as combining
both the sulphite and the acid
within itself. This is metabisul-
phite, and there is no better or sim-
pler acid fixing bath than one made
up, say, as follows :
Hypo 4 ozs.

(or hypo stock, 8 ozs. fluid)

Potass metabisulphite 1 oz.

Water to make 20 ozs.

This bath will remain clear as long
as it retains reasonable speed of
fixing, and its anti-stain properties
are of service equally for negatives
and bromide or gaslight papers.

If we choose to compound an
acid fixer in another way — a some-
what cheaper way — it is important
to bear in mind that the acid and
the sulphite should be dissolved in
one lot of water, and this solution
added to that of the hypo. You
must not let the acid come into
solution with the hypo save in the
protecting presence of the sulphite.
Therefore the formula for the bath
should be adhered to both as re-

gards the proportions and the or-
der of mixing:

Hypo 5 ozs.

or hypo stock, fluid 10 ozs.

Water to make 10 ozs.

Tartaric acid 160 grains.

Soda sulphite, crystals 1 oz.

Water to make 10 ozs.

Prepare A and B separately, and
mix together to form the acid-fix-
ing bath.

Just a note here as a reminder to
those who make much use of the
Farmer reducer and are in the habit
of preparing it by adding a little
ferricyanide solution to an ounce or
two of fixing solution. This is not
a good practice in any case, but it
will not do at all with a fixing bath
containing much sulphite. The sul-
phite destroys the ferricyanide so
far as its reducing effect on the
plate are concerned, and a great
deal more ferricyanide requires to
be added when making the reducer
in this wrong way. Solution of
hypo and of nothing but h3rpo
should be used.

HARDENING-FIXING BATHS

This type of fixing bath is of
more use for bromide or gaslight
papers than for plates, since frilling
troubles with the latter, except in
tropical countries, are practically
non-existent. In the case of pa-
pers, however, it is often necessary
to harden the gelatine emulsion
chiefly when the prints are to be
glazed by squeegeeing or when

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913 SNAP SHOTS 17

they are to be sulphide-toned. The ing mixture, which should be pre-

saving of time, by performing the pared by adding the acid to the

hardening process simultaneously water, not vice versa, and leaving

with fixation, is an advantage in to cool:

commercial work, whilst as regards Strong sulphuric acid 2 drams fluid.

sulphide-toning it is found that the Water 2 ozs.

use of a hardening-fixing bath This mixture of acid and sulphite

containing chrome alum favors the is then poured into a solution of :

production of a good tone. Hypo 16 ozs.

The principles of compounding Water 48 ozs.

an acid-hardening fixing bath are and addition finally made of:

the same as those in preparing the Chrome alum 1 oz.

ordinary acid anti-stain bath, name- Water 8 ozs.

ly the mixture of an acid with sul- This gives a fixer containing 4 ozs.

phite and admixture of this solution hypo in 20 ozs., a suitable strength

with the hypo and the hardening so- for papers and plates,
lution, this latter either ordinary or Now for the hardener-fixer made

chrome alum. Chrome alum is a with ordinary alum, or, rather, as

fairly pure substance as purchased I have said above, with pure alum :
in commerce, but care requires to Prepare first the hypo solution :

be taken in buying ordinary alum, Hypo 1 lb.

since this latter in the cheap va- Water 60 ozs.

riety contains iron and other im- To this add the hardening solution,

purities which give rise to bluish made as follows, the substances be-

stains on the prints and a degrada- ing dissolved in the order named

tion of the high-lights. It is best in the formula :

to purchase alum which is guar- Soda sulphite, crystals 1 oz.

anteed free from iron. As regards Acetic acid, glacial }i oz.

the choice of baths for one pur- Alum 1 oz.

pose or the other of the two named Water 5 ozs.

above, use the chrome-alum formula Lastly, a word requires to be said

given below when sulphide toning as to the exhaustion of the fixing

only, and employ the alum formula bath when using it for bromide or

to harden prints at time of fixing gaslight prints. I know of no

without subsequent sulphide-toning, means of telling when the bath is

The chrome-alum bath is made losing its powers except putting

up as follows : into the bath a slip of ordinary un-

Soda sulphite, crystals 2 ozs. developed dry plate. The time

Water 6 ozs. required for the silver bromide to

This solution may be made with aid dissolve out from the emulsion is a

of heat, but sulphite dissolves best useful test of the degree to which

at a temperature of about 100 degs. the bath has become exhausted. —
F. When dissolved add the follow- B. J. of Photography.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

January, 191 3

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

We hear very favorable reports of the
new Hydra Plate, imported by George
Murphy, Inc., New York. Within rea-
sonable limits it is practically impos-
sible to over-expose this plate, thus mak-
ing it of great advantage ifor certain
classes of work, such as interiors, work-
ing against the light, etc. While these
plates are slightly higher in price than
most American plates, the results are
well worth the additional cost. We ad-
vise our readers to give them a trial.

The Berlin Aniline Works wish to
announce that they now have in stock
Autochrome Screens adjusted to the
"Agfa" Blitzlicht Powder.

They are made in seven sizes, the
prices ranging from $1 to $5, according
to size. Send to them for circular.
Mention you saw it in Snap Shots; it
helps us.

Tke manifold applications of photog-
raphy to scientific, artistic and commer-
cial purposes has led Syracuse Univer-
sity to establish a Department of Pho-
tography, giving instruction in all its
branches. The university is enabled to
do this through the generosity of an
alumnus who does not desire to have his
name mentioned.

The aim of the department is to pro-
vide for students a thorough grounding
in- th^ opt-cs and -chem^stfy -of photo-
graphic processes; a practical course
dealing with every department of pho-
tography ; the art training necessary for
the utilization of photography for ex-
pressing artistic feeling, and advanced
or specialized courses to enable stu-
dents to take positions as studio opera-
tors, photo-chemists and investigators.

Dufay Color Plates. — Many beautiful
colored transparencies are ready for ex-

U,. *U» ->-» *.

Acrol. The developing agent which
has been placed on the market by the
Eastman Kodak Company, under the
above trade name, is unusually quick in
action, produces negatives of good print-
ing quality and is especially adapted for
use with bromide papers.

Acrol requires only the addition of a
solution of sodium sulphite to make a
ready-for-use developer. The rich, vel-
vety black prints produced with Acrol
will make it a favorite with the bro-
mide worker, to whom we can heartily
recommend its use.

Photo-Flat. — This new product over-
comes one of the troubles of photogra-
phy, namely, curled prints. No more
curled prints should exist, and its ease
of applying adds to its efficiency. Put
up in pint, quart and one-half gallon
bottles. This can be procured from any
dealer or from the sales agents. See
their advertisement in this issue. Give
them an order and don't forget to men-
tion that you saw it in Snap Shots.

Rough & Caldwell Co.'s new cata-
logue of photographic accessories should
be in the hands of all interested in see-
ing what accessories are and where they
apply to the helping of the artistic pho-
tograph. Write them; please mention
Snap Shots

Ross Homocentric Lenses. — These cel-
ebrated Ross lenses, made in all grades
of speed and for all classes of photog-
raphy, are constantly increasing in their
field. The illustrated catalogue of Ross
lenses gives a full, detailed description
and enables the reader to form an idea
of the qualities of this world-known
make of lenses. See advertisement in
this issue.

Digitized by

Google

January, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Safelights. There is a certain satis-
faction in recommending an article that
has real merit and is needed by every
photographer to safeguard the quality of
his negatives.

In most cases the fogging of plates
is blamed to everything but the dark-
room light, and the trouble is usually
found after the damage has been done.

W ratten Safelights have been placed
on the market by the Eastman Kodak
Company, in six series, each one being
perfectly safe when used with the grade
of plates for which it is suited. These
safelights consist of two sheets of glass
coated with a colored gelatine film with
paper between. They transmit a per-
fectly safe light for handling the plate
for which they are recommended.

The Wratten Safelight Lamp is an
excellent form of dark-room lamp,
which is fitted with one of these safe-
lights, as well as a covered slide, which
may be drawn when white light is re-
quired. You should have one of these
scientifically correct and safe dark-room
lights.

The Berlin Aniline Works, 213 Water
Street, New York, inform us that they
are shortly putting out a second edition
of the now well-known "Agfa Book of
Photography by Flashlight" ; also a new
book, "The Agfa Way." Better write
for it at once so as to be among the
first. Ask for booklet "F."

Owing to the continued increase in
business, the Northern Photo Supply
Company, conceded to be one of the
largest independent photo supply houses
in the United States, have found it nec-
essary to move into new and larger
quarters, and have secured a long lease
in the Reid Corners, corner Ninth and
Nicollet Avenue, Minneapolis, which is
a new modern building on the main
thoroughfare.

They will move on or about February
1st, and will be in a better position than
ever to handle their rapidly growing
business.

Their new place will contain more
than 9.000 square feet, and is more than
twice the size of their present quarters.

LUDWIG F. HAMMER, JR.

Mr. Hammer was one of the best-
known men in the photographic materials
trade. He was sales manager of the
Hammer Dry Plate Company, and had
been connected with them for many
>ears, his father being the president.
He was a genial, whole-souled man, and
had many friends, and, aside from his
business connections, was greatly loved
for his genial qualities. He was a prom-
inent man in the city of St. Louis, having
been at one time a City Collector and
president of the South Broadway Mer-
chants and Manufacturers' Association.

Mr. Hammer died in early middle life,
being only forty-five years of age. Heart
disease, from which he has suffered the
past two years, was the cause of his
death. His death will be a loss not only

♦rt *U- _l-^#.

WILLLAM B. HOLMES
We have just learned of the death of
Mr. William B. Holmes, one of the vet-
eran photographic materials merchants
of New York. Mr. William B. Holmes
was for many years connected with the
Scoville Manufacturing Company, being
their superintendent of the photo mate-
rials department until 1865. He then
started and opened a photo materials
business at 555 Broadway. From there
he moved to 644 Broadway, with a beau-
tiful store, in 1871, and continued along
in business until 1890, and then retired,
entering into the real estate business
until his death. He died at Montclair,
N. J., at the age of eighty-one years, and
leaves a widow and three sons. He was
one of the photo merchants who handled
photographic goods from the Daguerro-

i.u_ i-:-«.i- ^r 4.u^

Digitized by

Google

20 SNAP SHOTS January, 1913

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent Positions Wanted— Retouchers, Recep-

D. R M., gallery in New York City. '*^* ^^^^

$3,500. Miss M. F., retoucher and spotter.

R S. W., on Long Island. $900. Miss F. B. N., retoucher.

A. M. C, in New Jersey. $900. Miss L. N. C, retoucher and printer.

G. B., gallery in New Jersey. $800. S. I., retoucher and printer.
A. D. v., gallery in New York. $500.

Parties Desiring Galleries

N. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.
R. L. C, in New York City.

Positions Wanted— Printers

H. 1. Z., printer; all papers.
L. S., printer.

IT. A.I warns gallery in'N. Y. State. ^''' ^' ^' ^^ P""^^^ ^"^ retoucher.

T. D., wants gallery in small city. S' ^- P"nter and retoucher.

Positions Wanted— Operators Parties Desiring Help

A. L., operator and retoucher. ^ S. W., wants operator.

J. E. J., an all-round man. a. W. S., all-around man as manager.

C. C. P., operator and retoucher. V. C. D., wants retoucher.

V. S., all-around operator. C., wants lady spotter and assistant.

Hotioe— Letten addre8i«d to anyone In our oare ihoiild be aooompanied with itamp
for each letter ao that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We ofiFer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that places to the
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:

1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual (cloth edition) 1913 |1 . 75

1 year's Snap Shots with British Journal Almanac (cloth edition) 1913 1.50
1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography 3 . 75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3.50
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4. 50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St., New York

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE,EXCHANGE,&c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of {ort:^ words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisement* 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

li an rrcrilrnt and safe medium of commtsnicatloii between Pfiotographen

Salesman Wanted: Large stock
house in East wants traveling sales-
man, also store salesman. Must be
experienced. Give full particulars in
first letter. P. Y. H., care Snap Shots.

Studio for Sale: Best location in
Newark and old established but new-
ly rebuilt. Most modern equipped
studio in State of New Jersey. Must
sell on account of ill health. K. S.,
care **Snap Shots "

For Sale: Stereoscopic pictures of
Southern Indiana scenery. These
views are regular photographic ste-
reoscopic pictures, finished on double-
weight paper, and consists of views
along the picturesque streams and
hills of Southern Indiana. One dozen,
all diflFerent, 75 cents. Alonzo Price,
Waldron. Ind.

For Sale: Seneca No. 2 5x7 cam-
era and outfit in new condition; sell
for $15. Also Smith Premier type-
writer; cost $100. sell for $25; in very
?:ood condition. For further informa-
ion write to Charles I. Reid, Box
510, Millersburg, Pa.

Autotype Transfer Pictures. The

ncAvest stunt in picture-making; are
easily and quickly transferred to any
surface. Post-cards, letter-heads,
wedding hivitations, etc. Made in
any color — black, sepia, brown, red.
green, blue, etc. Send us a good pic-
ture and 35 cents and we will send
you one dozen miniature transfer pic-
tures that will more than please you.
Or, to convince you, send us three
two-cent stamps and we will send you
two beautiful samples. We will also
send full instructions how to make
.Autotype transfer pictures for $1.00
American Autotype Company. Bloom-
ington. 111.

When writing advertisers

For Rent: Best located photo-
graphic studio in the City of York,
Pa., close to Center Square, on sec-
ond floor; good North light, and fine
developing room. The studio has
been in constant operation for th^
past twenty-five years; the tenant can
get possession April 1st. The rental
is low. Inquire of Harry S. Ebert,
No. 10 W. Market Street, York. Pa.

For Sale: A well located, well fur-
nished photo studio in New York City
in prominent thoroughfare. Owner
desires to sell on account of other
business interests. Price $3,500; lease
three years; rent $2,150 per year. To
a good photographer a fine opening,
but letters must be addressed in our
care and will be answered only as the
owner decides. Address *'D. F. M."
rnre Snap Shots.

For Sale: Lampron Studio, Dan-
bury. Conn.; National Bank Building;
population. 23,000. Big country trade.
Electric light, steam heat, fitted to
11 X 14. Everything O. K. for a good
man; 20,000 negatives. Rent $30 00.
Price, $1,200. Am going on my
plantation at Isle of Pines

For Sale: Studio in a town of fif-
teen thousand, New York State; good
opportunity. Will sell reasonable.
W. F. K

For Rent: Photographic Studio,
been occupied continuously for the
past twenty years; newly decorated
throughout; ready for occupancy. No
business to buy out. simply pay rent
at $25 per month. Five years* lease to
reliable party. Address J. B., care
Snap Shots.

Wanted: A copy of "The American
Annual of Photography 1903." Ad- T
dress: Albert E. Sloan, 4014 SprueOQlC
Street. Philadelphia. Pa. ^

please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

HIGH GLASS LANTERN SLIDES

Made from any size films, plates and
photographs Prices and bargain
catalogue of intcresiitig slides free.
Sample slide, AMERICAN EAGLE,
postpaid for thirtj'- one-cent stamps.

BROMIDE ENLARGING

Trial Order Solicited

URI MULFOUD

Lantern Slide Exchange,

Coming; N. Y,

ROCK BOTTOM PRICES

On Cameras, Lenses and Photoiraphic Supplies

Why pay exorbitant prices for your pho-
tographic accessories when you can obtain
from us everything you need in your photo-
graphic work — whether amateur or profes-
sional— ^at greatly reduced prices.

New BARGAIN LIST just of! press*
Send for copy to-day.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

lOd Fulton St. New York

E.W. N. Hon NalatlM Plats Backing

Willi this I lacking, which is most <t;isily applied
and fcmoved. oTJinar>- gla$A plaits are made
perfect. It prevrnts tJiat white fog around
light objcels. Tenders persfjcciive truthfully-
lends atmospiiere ami rerooyes all rrsitricticjns
as to source or iniensily of li^bt. With Backed
Plates vou can takr nature afl you iind her
triithfutly and artistically. The thihK for
snow scenes or interiora.

Ffio« EO G«ttti, wltli full dleecttoTiB. Will
perfect 250 6x7 pUt^i- Trial slie 20 eenti.

Beorge Murph), Inc., &7 E. 9tb St., New Ytrk

CAMERA OWNERS

H you would like to sec a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modern
photographic Tnagazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographer! how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusemeni, send us
your name on a posl-canL UonH for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
three latest numbers will be sent for 2S
cents. $1 50 a year.

AMERICAN PHOTOGRAPHY

60 1 Pop« Building

BO&TOH, MASS.

You Can Take Pictures on a Day like This !

That is, if your lens is right Tlie lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary lenses
will take ordinary pictures xxTid^r Javarable conditions. Arc you satisfied with that?
Or would you like the hesi results under ail conditions? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and professionals, who must
be sure of their results, TTity can easiiy be filled to ike camera
you now oivn.

Send for Our Book on "Lenses and Cameras"

of the greatest value to ^ny one interested
in good photography.

C. P. Gocn Amcricui OpticAi
317 East 34A StiMt

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

DISTORTO

(Patent applied for)

A NEW OPTICAL INSTRUMENT,
USED WITH AN ORDINARY CAMERA
LENS. WHICH PRODUCES ANY DEGREE
OF DISTORTION IN THE PICTURE.
ANY ONE MAY BE PHOTOGRAPHED
AS TALL OR SHORT. FAT OR THIN,
AS A GROTESQUE MONSTROSITY OR
ARTISTICALLY BEAUTIFIED BY MEANS
OF SIMPLE USE OF THIS WONDERFUL
INSTRUMENT.

vil

The Distorto is the only practical invention ever devised to produce
effects in a photog:raph similiar to those so often seen in distorting;
cylindrical mirrors. Instead of being fixed in one position and of one
curviture, however, as mirrors must be, the Distorto, by means of a simple
adjustment, may be set to produce anything from the slightest variation
to the most absurd and ridiculous extremes.

The Distorto is composed of an oblong prism lens, pivoted at the side,
so as to swing through a large angle. It is handsomely mounted in nickled
brass, with adjustable rubber covered tongues to fit over the front of the
camera lens.

When the prism lens stands parallel to the camera front it produces no
distortion, but by simply tipping the thick end toward the camera lens, any
degree of expansion or elogation of the image is produced in one direction,
and by tipping the thin end of the prism-lens toward the camera lens any
amount of contraction or shortening is obtained.

You simply slip the Distorto over the front of the camera lens, set the
prism-lens at the angle to give the desired degree of distortion and make the
exposure as usual.

Anything animal, vegetable or mineral, that can be photographed is
a subject for experiment, ridicule or improvement. Thousands of serious
and ludicrous effects suggest themselves continually.

Photograph your pet poodle and then show your friends a picture of your

new duchs-hund, or maybe its a long legged gray-hound he has turned into.

Remember that every peculiarity of feature or form is rigidly held in

the picture, so that portraits no matter how ridiculous are instantly recognized.

Photosraohers evervwhere can arise interest and arearlv sfimnlafa frarl<»

Digitized by

Google

viii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Attention— Sometliiztg Nwv

A plate that cannot be over-exposed

THE HYDRA PLATE

These plates^ while possessing all the qualities of the best dry plates,
have properties peculiar to themselves, the chief of which is that they
DEFY OVER-EXPOSURE. The advantage to photographers of every
class is the assurance that the quality of the negative will in no way
suflFer by abnormal over-exposure. The extreme contrasts of bright
sunshine and deep shadow in the same subject presents no difficulty to
the user of "HYDRA" plates. Expose for the shadows is all that is nec-
essary. "HYDRA" plates are supplied "backed" only — invisible backing
which requires no rubbing off, as it disappears in most of the popular
developers without leaving any stain. The speed of the "HYDRA"
plate is as follows:

At per : Harter & Drii&eld system. No. 800
As per: Wjmne Meter speed F 90, or ITS 618

Sizes Per dozen

Sy^ X 4J4 10.60

4 X 6 1.00

6 X 7 2.00

6J4 X 8^ 8.60

8 X 10 4.C0

We have a stock of these plates now ready for distribntion.

Send a trial order. Descriptive booklet on request.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc. 57 E. 9th Street, New York

C P^ Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photograplieny Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kindt of saver and Gokf
Waste Refined

H2=!E2^ PHILLIPS & TACOBS

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ix

FOR THE PORTRAIT THAT YOU PUT AM A OLASS BY
ITSELF TO MAKE YOUR AFTER HOLIDAY RUN ON

THE BUOXI

Listed Pave 42 of
Fall Bnpplement.

For single weight 3 x 4 and
3x6 prints. Made in pai\e)
styJe— simple and rich in
design— and in three beau
tiful shades, Buff, Grey
and Brown.

Sample of the BILOX 1
free; or, for six one
cent stamps we will
send you five styles
each different, for
double and single
weight half and
panel sized prints.

Call for Sample
Offer No. 162.

Designed and Manufaotured by

TAPRELL, LOOMI8 & COMPANY - CHICAQO, U. S. A.

The Leading Card Novelty House of America.

8x10 Plate Holders

Will fit any 8x10 Century
or New York Studio Outfit

These Holders are Single Curtain Slide Holders with Kits
for 6^x8^, 5x7 and 4x5 Plates

PRICE, - $4.00 - EACH

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street New Yorlc> , ,

igitizedbyVjOpQle

When writing advertisers please mention Snaf Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Start The New Year Right

USE

"AGFA'' Products

*Agfa" Metol
•Agfa*' Glycin
'Agfa" Pyro
'Agfa'* Hydrokinone

"Agfa" Ortol
"Agfa** Eikonogen
"Agfa** Rodinal
"Agfa" Amidol

"Agfa** Flashpowder

Any photographic dealer anywhere

American Representatives
ai3 Water Street MEW YORK

Royal Foreground Ray Screen

Patented April 4th, 1911

Style B (Universal)

An oblonr nj filter rradad from a deep yellow on one end
to practically colorleu rlaii on the other, mounted in a
tlidinr frame eo ai to brint a Ulter of any dealred depth of
color in front of the camera lent.

In the Style B Foreground wc oflFer a ray filter for every
conceivable oi thochromatic purpose.

Maximum speed is attained for instantaneous exposures by
means of the colorless or faintly tinted sections ana maximum
orthochromatism, or rendering of the true color values, by using
the deeply colored portions, with every possible gradation inter-
vening.

The frame of the filter is num- atvyw n

bcred consecutively according to the oTXliB a

depth of color and these numbers No. Dia. Inchei

show through a circular opening on 1 B l*/i« $8.00

the mount, so that any special color 8 B lVi« 8.00

intensity is readily located and the 4 B 1]^ 8.00

exact conditions for any previous 5 B 1^ 4.00

exposure may be instantly duplicated 6 B 2 4.50

if desired. 7 B 2J4 6.00

It slips over the front of the lens 8 B 2J^ 6.00

the same as a lens cap, and may be 9 B 2^ 6.60

instantly attached or removed. 10 B 8 7.00

The Style B Foreground is the last word in Orthochro- 11 B 8J4 8.00

matics and its immense field of usefulness must commend 12 B 8^ 9.00

it to every photographer desiring to obtain the best results 18 B 4 10.50

in his art. 14 B 4^ 18.00

QEORQE MURPHY. Inc., 57 E. 9tti St, NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by 'LjOOQI

/Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Increase the Artistic
Merit of Your Work

and the public demand will take care

f^f Itself. One of the shortest roads to

,t1fi^*t *s to combnie your artistic skill

^^^'^^^^ wonderful optical qualities of

HELIAR LENS

nJFfl^^^^^^^^ ^as QYcry feature that a
f^il^ ,?^nraii lens should have^htgh
erit?o=il , ^"*' i^erfect flatness of field.
at wUi ^^^*^^^^^Q" that can be softened
^t>^c>l t "^^^nderful covering power and

^^^^'^ B^tiastigmatic correction.
lens '* ^^^^ argument of all is the

^-Txd 1^ 11*^^^* ^^ ^^ ^'^^^^ dealer to-day
in <r*^ ^^^ >'^^ ^'^"^ *^ ^^y ^ Heliar

^ ^Ur studio for ten day !^— he'll make

oS^*^^^^^^-' arrungements.
^^^, ^^'^ Ticw catalog is now ready,
Vfc^^^^'if progrt'ssive photographer should
^-L^ ]["^ a copy. Votir copy will he sent
'^ day ^^ 'get your request.

OUTDOOR

PHOTOGRAPHY

Nature is a grand symphony of
colors, but the average landscape
picture is a tonal tragedy. Why?
Because the ordinary photographic
plate will not produce the correct
color value unaided.

Send for our Booklet "Outdoor
Photography," and you will have the
key to the successful photographing
of all colored objects such as trees,
flowers, clouds, etc.

The Ingento Color Filters are the
solution; they are made in three se-
ries, A, B, and C, meeting every de-
mand from the most rapid to the
most highly corrected color filter
made. Your dealer carries Ingento
Color Filters, go to him.

New York Office and Sample Room
S25 FIFTH AVENUE

BURKE & JAMES. Inc.

Digitized by

Google

Xll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

A NEW PAPER.

Ivory Black Platinotype

in smooth (Buff) and rough (White) surfaces.

Artistic, Refined and Beautiful Results

The tone is warm black and very popular in every country
in Europe. Send for sample Print.

Our regular papers, sepia and black — in smooth, rough
and Japine surfaces — continue to be in good demand by the
best photographers.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

^ountjed

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

IV/irfcf IMTCD

Have an excellence pecoUarl j their
own. The best result! are only
produced by the best methods and
means — the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste—

HIQQINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bzoellent noyel bnuh with eaeh Jar^

At Dealers In Photo 8apiiUos»
ArtUU' M»toriAU bud StattOBoij.

▲ t-oB. jar prepaid bj mall for 80 esats.

or oironlan free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS & CO.* Mfn.

NBW YORK CHICAQO LONDOW

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Xlll

The QUICKEST plates possessing the widest range and
greatest power of rendering detail are the ONLY plates suited
to winter work.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates answer these requirements and are abso-
lutely the BEST plates in the market today.

Hammer's little book, *'A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Av«. and Miami St.

St. Leuia. Ma.

Rough & Caldwell Background and
Accessory Company

announce that their new catalogue of photographic ac-
cessories is now ready; accessories that are really
an accessory to the subject producing finished pic-
tures. For these there is a constant inquiry, and there
is not on the market a catalogue showing the various
styles that can be adapted by the photographer in the
making up of his artistic picture, or a picture with artistic
service. Send your name and address, and one will be
mailed you. You can order these from any dealer in
photographic materials.

Rough & Caldwell Background and Accessory Co.

140th St. and Walton Avenue, New Yoric City, N. Y.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. igitized byVjOOQlC

xiv SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Rhodol

METOL, SATRAPOL and other trade names have been
adopted by different manufacturers for the chemical Mono-
methylpara-amidophenol sulphate. We are supplying this
chemical under the name RHODOL and guarantee our
article when used in the same way, to produce identical
results.

Obtainable from All Photo Supply Houses at Lowest Prices.

Mallinckrodt Chemical Works

St. Louis New York

XANTrFAOTVBERS OF HIGH ORADB, 8TANDABB PHOTOORAPKIO OHSmOAIS

JXJ8T OVT JViT OVT

Landscape and figure Composition

BY BADAXIOHI HAXTMAn

Hia greateit work. A book no photographer am afford to be without. Profnaely Ulat-
trated with handsome photo^ngraTingi from celebrated paintings and original photographs.
Large quarto size, full gilt, in a box. Price, |t.OO.

''Photographing In Old £.ngland"

With Some Snap-Shots in Scotland and Wales

BY W. I. UNOOLV ADAXS
Bdltor of "The Photographic Times.'* Anther of <<8«iUght and Shadew,"
"In Hatnre's Image," etc., etc.
The record of a journey in England by a master photographer — a delightful record of
the charm of Old England, accompanied by photographs remarkable for their beauty and
for the exquisite reproductions here giren. Mr. Adams' inland voyages took him from
Windsor to Oxford on the Thames, to London and the Cathedral Towns, Shakespeare's
Country, the Doones, Qovelly, the Lake Country, Scotland, and Wales. There is also a
chapter giving many practical hints and suggestions for photographing abroad. Price |S.iO.

OTHSB BOOKS BY W. Z. LINOOLB ADA1I8

BvBlight and Shadow In Hatvre'i Image

A book for Photographers. Illus- Chapters on Pictorial Photoc-

trated by original Photographs raphy. Richlv illustrated. Urn-

from nature. A new edition, third form with above. Only a few

thousand. 4to, cloth, decorated, copies left |S.iO

fuU gilt, in box IS.SO

Seat poit-peid by mail en receipt of price by

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES PUBLISHING ASSOCIATION
135 West I4th Street, New York Qty

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. if^ r-\. ^^ i^J r->

Digitized by 'vjOOv IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

We Are Head-quarters for

the following photographic products and commend
the same to your attention. Booklets or circulars re-
ferring to these will be sent on request.

Kli^Colors

Talbot's Photo Retouching Colors

Eagle Enlarging Lantern

Eagle Marl (for Working in Backgrounds)

Eagle Negative Varnishes

Magic Retouching Fluid

Star Negative Files

Eagle Developing Powders (Tested)

Strengtho (a powerful single solution intensif ier)

E. W. N. Preparations

Also anything in the photographic line.

Digitized by ^OOQIC

>8'

XVI

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

AT L^ASX

Lantern Slides in

NATURAL. COL.ORS

Made with

ufay Color Folate

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors possible to 1
obtain. Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and are guaranteed for six 1

81x4 -
8lx4r

s! I Iv

6x7"..

PRICE LIST FEB BOX OF FOTTB
11.80 4x6" tl.OO

1.28 6x7" 8.00

G0MFEK8ATINO 80BEEN8
$1.80 81 X 81" 18.00

1.00 4| X 41" 4.00

2.00

OBEEN EXCEL8I0B FAFEB FOB DABK BOOM
FEB FACBAOE OF 6 8HEET8

90.18 8 X 10" 10.80

Complete tet Solutions fl.26

Send a trial order. Descriptive booklet on request.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 Ea»t^9th Street, New York

Send your name and address
for

King's
Booklet on
"Lighting"

(Eight pages with illustrations) to

GEORGE MURPHY
57 E. gth St., New York

Send IOC. (pottage) for
Complete Catalogve

Manufacturers and

Importers of Every Kind of

Photographic Material

WANTED

mton PHitiinpHs

NOT the fuzzy, foggy, out-of-
focQS kind.

Something from Nature that is

■•vel. Especially leaitiM
•r tatersstiag

Shown in Clear, Sharp Photo-
graphs. Please Submit
Will make Proposition, if arail-
able.

Send IOC for Sample Copy

"TheBMMett Natm"

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

MsBsiiai Eiitsr

Also "Nature and Scieace"
Editor of " St Nicholas " Mag-
azine.

Aroailla«
S«und BMMhi 0#m»o»tl««t

When writing advertisers please mention Swap Sh^^^^ j^y (^-jQQQ[g

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XVI 1

SEED

PLAIB

Speed in a plate is a decided
advantage to the portrait photog-
rapher, but not speed at a loss of
quality.

It's Seed quality combined ^vith
extreme speed that has made the
Seed Gilt Edge 30 so popular ^vith
the best portrait photographers.

Ifs the speed that has been increased-

not the price.

SEED DRY PLATE DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER. N. Y.

AU Dealers.

Digitized by

Goo^I(

Wben writing advertisers please mention Snap Shoti.

xvm

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

v<))

ir. *.^'i

^5Nn f/^

'')/.

«i

'^[[jO'K

The best seller — because the best
buyers demand Artura quality.

^n Artura customer is a pleased
customer.

ARTURA DIVISION, |

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XIX

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric" Lens

(PATENT)

QWlng Critical Definition at Pull Aperture

Tele-Photography with Focal Plane Shutter Ex-
posures. Large Image at Short Camera Extension

AN IDEAL LENS FOR
SPORTING EVENTS

VERY SUITABLE FOR
PORTRAITURE

Two Series, f/s-A and //6.8

The new "Telecentric" Lens gives a universally flat image with ex-
quisite definition to the corners of the plate. Coma and spherical aber-
ration away from the axis have been so fully corrected that the bril-
liancy of image equals that of the finest Anastigmat. Like the Ross
"Homocentric," the "Telecentric" is absolutely free from spherical zones,
and negatives taken with it are perfect in detail. The chromatic correc-
tion is also perfect. It fills the want so forcibly felt of a lens possess-
ing the sharp definition and other good qualities of the Anastigmat, and
at the same time enlarging the image of distant objects.

In the "Telecentric" Lens, f/6.8, which is slightly faster than other
lenses of this type, the definition and brilliancy at full aperture are quite
equal to those of the most perfectly corrected modern Anastigmats.

In the extra rapid "Telecentric" Lens, the extreme aperture of £/5.4
has been attained, and this without any sacriflce of critical defining
power.

The "Telecentric" gives an image about twice as large as that given
by an ordinary lens requiring the same bellows extension. Therefore —
pictures of objects that from circumstance or of their nature cannot be
sufiBciently approached to allow of the desired size of image may be sat-
isfactorily obtained b^ using the Ross "Telecentric." These pictures
will have critical definition secured with the shortened exposure afforded
by the large full aperture of the "Telecentric."

room

Bsek-XtQiT.

In....4j4''-8''

F 8.8, $37.50

F5.4» 50.00

Foeui
Bmok-Eqitiv.

•ji"— ir

$45.00
64.00

Fooui

Baok-EaulT.

6"— 18"

$48.75
67.50

Fooni

Baok-Equiv.

654"— 18"

$52.50
78.00

Fooni
Baok-Eqniv.

sji^-n"

$67.50
95.50

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROYAL FLASH LAMP

Patented

For Instantaneous Exposures

^^1^^^

t '

11 ^ ff^l^^^^fi ^^

This Flash Lamp is the best ever invented for giving
instantaneous exposures with Flash Compound. It is
absolutely safe, the alcohol reservoir is perfectly bal-
anced, whether full or empty, but a slight air pressure is
necessary to set off the flash, consequently as long a
rubber tubing may be used as is desired. With a large
bulb the lamp may be operated through over 100 ft.
of tubing, or for special effects two or more lamps may
be operated with one bulb.

Another point to be mentioned is that the powder
is ignited at the top and burns downward, consuming

Digitized by

Google

PHOTO- FLAT

No More Curling of Your Prints

A liAlCJI OF DRIED PRIXTS

THE SAME PRINTS AFTER BEIXG TREATED WITH PHOTO- FLAT

Apply 10 back of print, after they are thoroughly dry.
An effective and simple way to flatten curled prints.
Easy to use— no special care needed in drying prints to
be treated with PHOTO-FLAT. Leading professionals
have given an emphatic endorsement to PHOTO- FLAT.

PRICES: 4 Oz, Bottles, 35c; Pint Bottles, $1,00.
Quart Bottles, $1.75 Half Gal, Bottles, $3.00

Sold throughout the entire trade. Your dealer will have it.

I AGENTS :

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

57 East Ninth Street

NEW YORK

Digitized by

Google

Show your Individuality —

The greatest opportunity for the ex-
pression of this individuality is found in
the new albumen printing-out paper.

Matt Surface, Ready Sensitized,
Four Grades.

Widest range of tones and effects, yet
is simple and certain in manipulation.

Your stock house has it.

Digitized by

Google

CONTENTS

Quick Work 21

Wild Animal Photography - 24

Report of the Executive
Committee of the Photo-
graphers Association of
An\erica - 29

The First Person Photo-
graphed ---..-.- 30

The Second New Jersey
State Annual Convention 51

Press Photography - - - - 32

Exposures on Snow Scenes 34

Eye Strain in Retouching - 36

Trade Notes and News - - 38

^^L::r

■/i

Digitized by

Google

matter on cut.

PRICE LIST

Per Numlicr

Specially designed for mailing photographic
calei.dars, or prinUp flat^ thus ensuring their
detivery in perfect condition. As indispen*
sable to the customer as it is to the photog*
rapher. Made in fourteen sizes» attrac>
tiirely printed in brown ink. Strong* light
and perfectly adapted to its purpose. Un-
questionably the bent mailing device and
the best selling mailing device ever offered.
Samples on request. A glance at the Photo-
mailer will show you its superiority over all
others*

As shown in Cut No* 2 below, the Photomailer can be used
for one or several enclosures if desired.

Xo.
123
ISO
131
135
13«

lag

ISO
Hi
24.1

151

94 iV
S46

drcd.

1.40

2.00
2.1ft

a. 75
3.00
3.S5
a. 50

a. 00

2.60
B.SO

in a IVicci

100
.^0
fiO
25
2^
25
86
25
25
S6

25
85
25

With the exception of the first three
the Pholomailer is furnished in boxes con
iriK 25. Ordtr by nnmhcr.

Friccs subject to attractive discounts

The Photomailer doe» n<^t bend or
f ^Id And therefore gives its enclo'
surei perfect protection. Am ihown
in C11I No. 3t the b^ckinf 11 cellular
bo«rdv double-faced corrugated
paper. This material it rigid,
pOMei«ei £reat re»Ut«nce and it
▼erj light.

The Tbompion & Norrit Co,

Concord and PrtDce Streets

Brooklyn, N. Y.

Faetorict aho at Bocton, Mut.

BrcrnkTilleJad.; Na«B«r« FalU, Canadai l^n4sm^ssmS^3iS3kOw^

EttAblisK«d 197$

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXI

"HOW IT IS DONE"

An Explaaatory Diafram Bhowinf th«
Varioug StAffeg in th« Prodnotion of

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Produotion off an Aut«typ« Carbon Photograph

The Coated Bvrface of Exposed Car-
bon Tiisne (Fiffmented Oelatlne).
B
Single Tranifer Paper.

C
Soak A and B in cold water, bring
coated mrfaoea tofother in contact and

D
Place the adherent tiiine and trans-
fer paper between blotting boards for
a few minutes. Next inunerse in warm
water, until the colore^ gelatine begins
to cose out at the edges.

Strip off the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.

A dark mass of colored gelatine Is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
Q and H

Continue until completed.

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath (live per cent) to harden the film
and discharge the bichromate sensi-
tising salt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

Diagram

pi?onucTiuWj

AUTOrvPECAfiU

Pl!OTO(iP\PJ1

I'l^^sT'

_^OTsjr>OM

WtST rAUNC

nDCD

Important to Amateur Photographers

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

In order to combat the erroneous notion, somewhat prevalent amongst Amateur
Photographers, that a trial of the Carbon Process necessarily entails the expenditure
of a considerable sum on costly apparatus, the Autotype Company have decided to
introduce cheap trial sets of the absolutely essential materials, particulars of which
are appended.

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible to include developing,
washing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some ot the
ordinary household crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will be
found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying on operations.

PBICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit Ho. 1 11.50

0«tllt Complete for 5x7 5.00

Ovtftt for 8 z 10 7.00

Aients: GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. 9th St.. New York

When writing adTcrtisers please mention Snat Shots.

Jigitized by GoOgk

xxii SNAP PHnrS— Ar>VERTT?FMF\TS

Start The New Year Right

USE

"AGFA" Products

"Agfa" Metol "Agfa" Ortol

"Agfa" Glycin "Agfa'* Cikonogen

"Agfa" Pyro "Agfa" Rodinal

"Agfa" Hydrokinone "Agfa" Amidol
"Agfa" Flashpowder

Any photographic dealer anywhere

BERL.IN A.NIL.INE: WORKS

American Representatives
213 Water Street NEr%V YORK

You Can Take Pictures on a Day like This !

That is, if your lens is right Tlie kns is the soul of jour camera. Ordinary lens^e?
will take ari/imiry lectures nu di:r Jln-ora^/e conditions- Arc jou satisfied ^vith that?
Or would yun like the Sest results under a/l conditions? If so, yon should know the

COERZ LENSES

Universally used by war pliotographers and professionab, who must
be sure of their results. Thty cun easily be fiiled to ihe Citmera
yau now orvn.

Send for Our Boak on '"Lenses and Cameras"

in good photography.

C. P, Gocrz American Optical Co.^^g^ #
317 Eiil Z40i StT«t _^ -- T

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXlll

»120??

will place
the new

No. 8

CENTURY

OUTFIT

in your
Studio.

HERE IS WHAT THE PRICE INCLITDES:

1 11x11 Century Grand Portrait Cuinera with new focusing

arrange 111 ent*
1 11 X 14 beoii-Centennial Stand,
1 Reversible Bark for 11x11 Century View Plate HolJers,

Ailjiiiit^ble for making cither one or two exposures on

a platin
1 Sli*Hng Attachment for 8 x 10 Curtain Slide Pliite llolilt r.
1 AJaoter for 8 x 10 Attachment lii take 5x7 Curtain Slide

Holder,
1 11 X H Century Double Vit^w Piute Holder.
1 8x 10 Century Curtain Slide Holdir with 6v; x Hyi Kit*
1 S X 7 Curtain Slide Holder.
1 Plate Holder Raek.

Tfie newest and mo^t elabomiP of the Centurg OutfflH

Century Camera Division

Ea&tman Kailak Co. Rochester, N* Y.

Digitized by v

xxiv SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Island View Mount

Ash Oray, White and Burmese Brown

We have no hesitancy about recommending the Island
View to those desiring a substantial mounting for strong
prints.

It is made of the heaviest stock with straight edges and an
embossed surface that combines both tlie linen finish and moire
silk effect, something entirely unique and distinct .from the
time worn surfaces we are accustomed to find everywhere.
It has at the same time a conservative, solid simplicity that
has earned it a lasting popularity.

Size Per loo

B Cards 8 x lo for Square Photographs 5 x 7 $2.50

C Cards 10 x 12 for Square Photographs 6%x S% 3.50

D Cards 12 x 14 for Square Photographs 8 x 10 4.50

Packed 50 in a Box

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth St., New York City, N. Y.

^ .. ,,r..

When writing advertisers please mention Snaf Shots.

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCUPTION KATXf FOE U. S. AMD CANAOlA PEK TKAK, $1.00; UZ IfONTHI, 50 CBWTt

SINGLI COrr« 10 CKNTS. FORBZGN COUNTKISS, $1J6
PUBUSHED BY TBI iNAP-IHOTg PUBLIIHING Ca« 67 KAST NINTH tTBSBT, NSW TOtK

Volume 24 FEBRUARY, 1913 Number 2

QUICK WORK

By J. N. Jockcl

Most photographers, doubtless,
are familiar with the stock method
of dr\'ing negatives quickly with al-
cohol, and making bromide prints
from wet negatives, but perhaps
the following notes will be of in-
terest to many readers.

Let us suppose that a finished
photograph "while you wait'' is re-
quired. About the actual making
of the negative there is little to be
said, except as regards the devel-
opment and fixing. Pyro-nietol,
and preferably the well-known
"Imperial" formula, is the most
rapid developer, but my preference
is for a one-solution metol-hydro-
quinone developer, which is equally
satisfactory for negatives, prints,
and slides, and fairly rapid in ac-
tion. Fixation is greatly acceler-

ated if the hypo (about 5 oz. to the
pint) is used at a temperature oi
about 75 deg. F. and the plate is
stood up in a tank of solution^ or
rocked well. After a rinse of
about three minutes under the tap,
the plate may be quickly dried.

The negative should be given
three or four baths of spirit, being
allowed to remain in each for about
two minutes, and the dish rocked
well; the plate may then be dried
by gentle heat, or the spirit allowed
to evaporate spontaneously. Any
milky sediment which may have
formed on the film of the negative
should be wiped off before drying.
This method is not, of course, ap-
plicable to celluloid films, which are
soluble in alcohol. The spirit may
be kept and used several times.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February. 191 3

HARDENING THE FILM AND DRYING
BY HEAT

If the photographic film can be
hardened to a sufficient extent, it
becomes an easy matter to dry the
plate or print by heat. Of the vari-
ous chemicals which harden, or
raise the melting point of gelatine,
the most efficient is formaldehyde
or formaline, the commercial prod-
uct being a forty per cent, solution
of the gas in water. It is a color-
less, somewhat oily-looking liquid,
with a pungent and irritating smell,
and for use should be diluted to
eight times its bulk with water,
making a five per cent, solution.
After fixing, the plate or print
should be given a rinse, and im-
mersed in the formaldehyde for
three or four minutes; if the sur-
face is dabbed with a clean soft
handkerchief, it can then be dried
by heat in as little as two minutes
without injuring the film. By this
treatment the gelatine seems to be
rendered quite insoluble — at any
rate, in boiling water — and very
often it becomes impossible to af-
terwards intensify or act upon the
image in any way. This method of
drying is applicable to either plates
or films, and paper prints with a
gelatine surface, and is much to be
preferred to the use of spirit for
this purpose. I have used a solu-

to the fixing bath, but as far as I
have tried it, there is no gain in
time, and I do not recommend it.
Care should be taken that the for-
maline is strong enough, as the so-
lution becomes weaker through ex-
posure to the air. I may point out
that a saturated solution of com-
mon alum can be used for hard-
ening, but it must be allowed to
act for about eight minutes, and
even then there is a good chance of
the film melting.

PRINTING

The usual method of obtaining a
photograph quickly is to print from
the wet negative on bromide paper.
The negative must be washed for
three or four minutes under the
tap, and a piece of the paper
soaked in water till quite limp, and
its coated side lightly squeegeed to
the film of the negative, care being
taken that no bubbles remain; if
the paper is cut a little smaller than
the plate, no printing frame is nec-
essary. After fixing and washing,
the print may be dried by either
of the means previously described,
but the second method is certainly
the better. When working in the
daytime, if there is plenty of light,
and only one print is required, it
may be better to dry the negative,
and print on a self-toning collodion
paper, such as Seltona or Paget

Digitized by

Google

February, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

happens, too, that the negative is
wanted dry within a few hours for
another purpose. It is almost use-
less, however, trying to print from
yellow-stained negatives in this
way, as the yellow color greatly in-
creases the time of printing.

Talking about quick bromide
printing reminds me of my home-
made Christmas greeting cards. I
had only one evening to spare for
them, and commenced by hunting
up two mounted prints of suitable
subjects, copying them (with
mount) postcard size, the negatives
being exposed by magnesium rib-
bon, and the plates dried by heat.
The title and greeting were then
printed on the glass side with thick
Indian Ink, and the pictures print-
ed on bromide cards. Some of
these had to be toned brown, and I
tried the experiment of giving
them a bath of formaldehyde pre-
vious to the sulphiding, as blister-
ing sometimes occurs in that proc-
ess, and I found they could then
(after a final washing) be dried by
heat. About 168 square inches of
postcard were thus covered with
tragedy (on the film-side, of
course!) in less than two hours.
I may mention that the prints were
thoroughly washed.

Of the usefulness of these meth-
ods as applied to lantern-sHde mak-
ing, I might instance the following
as being a fairly good example. I
had been asked by a friend to pre-

photographs of machinery, and dia-
grams, etc. Not having much time
for this kind of work, I had un-
avoidably to leave the making of
a few of the negatives and some of
the slides till the date of the lecture
— about four hours before the pa-
per was to be read I started work,
exposing the negatives by magnesi-
um. I found that with F/16 (ac-
tual) and an ordinary plate, about
one foot of ribbon burnt at nine
inches from the original was re-
quired. The negatives were dried
by heat after the formaline treat-
ment, and after a few minutes'
washing and immersion in the for-
maline bath the slides were blotted
oflF and placed on a large dish, and
dried under the grilling burner of
the gas stove. The pictures di.d not
fade while being shown.

They were not in the lantern
long enough. — The Amateur Pho-
tographer & Photographic News.

A USEFUL TABLE

Below is given a very handy
table for those who do not already
know it:

In every fluid ounce of a

1% solution there is 4-37 grains.

2% solution there is 8.74 grains.

3% solution there is 13.11 grains.

4% solution there is 17.48 grains.

5% solution there is 21.85 grains-

6% solution there is 26.22 grains.

7% solution there is 30.59 grains.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February, 1913

WILD ANIMAL PHOTOGRAPHY

By Walter L>. Beasley

(Reprinted by permission of American Annual of Photography)

Outside of an actual journey to
the remote game region of Anier-
ice, Africa and other places, the best
spot to pursue the fascinating and
thrilling art of wild animal pho-
tography is unquestionably to be
found in New York's great Zoo-
logical Park. Here within its spa-
cious land area covering two hun-
dred and sixty-four acres, two-
thirds in virgin forest growth, has
been gathered together from all the
corners of the earth the largest and
rarest collection of living animals
to be seen in captivity.

One of the crowning features of
this fine animal sanctuary is the
open-air ranges, pastures, extensive
corals, enclosures, etc., many with
the picturesque and rugged back-
grounds of high rocky summits,
green foliage, etc., which provide a
splendid home for the animal in-
habitants— a slice of Nature's do-
main. These large open-air pre-
serves afford most favorable oppor-
tunities for obtaining wild animal
photographs.

The writer, through the courtesy
of Professor Henry Fairfield Os-
born, president of the New York
Zoological Society, and Director
W. T. Hornaday, was accorded the
highly esteemed privilege of mak-
ing a series of pictures of many of
the large and rare forest and jungle
'Creatures. I found that a few of
the essentials necessary for success

in animal photography, in captivity
at least, was patience, good temper,
a little nerve, a reflecting camera
with focal-plane shutter and, pref-
erably, a rapid, long-distance lens.

The accompanying photographs
here reproduced I obtained the past
summer with the new Ross "Tele-
centric" lens, seventeen-inch focus,
F/6.8, with eight-inch bellows ex-
tension on a 5 X 7 reflecting cam-
era. This new instrument I found
to be of decided advantage from a
point of personal safety while mak-
ing exposures of savage and bad-
tempered animals. At twenty-five
feet or more one could obtain sharp
and large sized images without ven-
turing within dangerous range such
as a nine or ten-inch lens would re-
quire. "Don't get too near" has
been a most familiar warning which
I have heard from the keepers many
times in the past in attempting to
get too close to an animal for a
large picture while taking a daring
chance inside a den enclosure.

Among the "stars" of the park,
and one of the largest of all living
carnivorous beasts in captivity, is
"Ivan," the mighty Alaskan brown
bear, one of the animal wonders of
the world. A sudden outburst of
rage and spring of this wiry mon-
ster, if one was operating inside the
den at close range, would mean
partial annihilation of both man and
camera. With the long focus

Digitized by

Google

Feb

ruary, tqjj

^"^^^AP SHDTS

ven-

e sucn
Idre-

" Ass

many

gitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHDTS

P'ebruary, 1913

**Telecentric" I found I could easily
operate through the bars on the
outside and secure the proper size
image. Owing to his gigantic size,
and being likewise a magnificent
representative of the species, Ursus
Merriami, unfortunately nearing
extinction, *lvan'* is of great zoo-
logical value to naturalists as well
as to the general public — being the
unrivalled attraction at the bear
dens. I desired to catch a few real-
istic pictures of this colossus of the
Alaskan wilds, especially in the
novel and commanding attitude of
standing on his hind limbs. To
entice him to pose I had to resort
to the following tactics. On Mon-
days, after "Ivan's" fast of Sunday
from his customary rations of
twelve to fifteen loaves of graham-
rye bread and several pounds of
fresh fish or beef, he is quite eager
to welcome the appearance of his
keeper and chef. To coax the big
fellow to stand upright the keeper
used a half dozen good-sized fish.
Twenty-five feet in the rear of his
den the huge bear was watching our
approach to the front bars of the
den. A fish w^as at once thrown and
eagerly devoured. This was prelim-
inary and just to put us on a friendly
footing. Having camera ready and
in focus, "Up, up, Ivan." rang out
the familiar voice of the keeper.
Then the herculean form, possess-
ing the phenomenal strength of
three Africian lions, towered up
nearly ten feet in the air, present-
ing a thrilling and overwhelming
picture of power and ferocity.

The great monster stood, seem-
ingly at bay, a stupendous ava-
lanche of savage flesh, an uncon-
querable warrior of the forest, the
massive forearms, terrible batter-
ing-rams of death, ready to give
fight against an approaching en-
emy. Quickly I made several ex-
posures, for the bulky creature
with his fifteen hundred pounds
could only keep his pose for a few
seconds. With the release of the
shutter each time a fish was tossed
as a reward which was deftly
caught between the ponderous fore-
paws and quickly consumed on all
fours on the den floor. I consid-
ered myself fortunate, however, for
I secured three or four animated
pictures of this giant of all bear-
dom.

The great Gothic Flying Cage,
one hundred and fifty feet long and
seventy-five feet high, one of the
wonders of the Zoological Park, en-
closing a series of forest trees and
a lake one hundred feet long, af-
fords a remarkable place for bird
photography. This is the summer
home of a numerous colony of large
and handsome water birds in which
they can swim, fly to and fro, build
nests and rear their young in real
freedom. Many are rare with
beautiful plumage, such as the
snowy white egret, scarlet ibis,
herons and flamingoes.

Among the most showy, owing
to their size and pure white plum-
age, which I selected for camera
subjects, were the big pelicans.
They are quite shy of strange in-

Digitized by

Google

i-uary, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS

February, 1913

truders inside their cage, but I used
a dense cluster of foliage for a
"blind" and awaited the animated
occasion of feeding time. Then
the pelicans do their spectacular
*'stunt" of fish-svvailowing. Open-
ing their long amber-colored bills
and gular pouch, they earnestly
solicit a good size fish to be thrown
by the keeper. Thus in ambush,
some thirty feet away, with aper-
ture F/H and using shutter speed
of 1/100 of a second, I caught a
bevy of the hungry pelicans with
wide open pouches, quite ready to
eiigulf a fish displayed in the keep-
er's hands.

Among the noteworthy wild cap-
tives in the park is "Sultan/* who
has been the favorite model for all
the leading animal sculptors and
painters of recent times, and like-

wise the despair of many photo-
graphic artists. I was lucky, after
several mornings of reconnoitering,
to find this handsome and regal
beast idly resting and sunning him-
self in the rear of his outdoor cage.
L'or the instant I attracted his at-
tention when 1 secured the spirited
picture here reproduced, showing
this king of beasts w^ith head
proudly erect and on the alert. The
stop being F/8, time 1/50 of a sec-
ond.

From my practical experience
the "Telecentric" should prove a
handy and valuable lens for all
those bent on obtaining wild animal
pictures, in the field or near home,
especially bird explorers, sports-
men, big-game hunters who desire
large, sharp images of distant ob-
jects.

Digitized by

Google

February, ^9^3

SNAP SHOTS

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF

THE PHOTOGRAPHERS' ASSOCIATION

OF AMERICA

At the call of the president, Chas.
F. Townsend, the board of officers
of the Photographers Association
of America met in executive session
at the Bahimore Hotel, in Kansas
City, Mo., on January 6th; pres-
ent were:

Chas. F. Townsend, president,
Des Moines, Iowa; Manly W.
Tyree, first vice-president, Raleigh,
X. C. ; Will H. Towles, second vice-
president, Washington, D. C. ; L. A.
Dozer, treasurer, Bucyrus, O. ; Ho-
mer T. Harden, secretary, Wichita,
Kan.

President Townsend appointed
the following committees : Station-
ery, Mr. Tyree; buttons, Mr. Do-
zer; headquarters, Mr. Dozer; dec-
orations, Messrs. Harden and Ben
Strauss; auditing, Messrs. Towles
and Harden ; entertainment, the en-
tire board ; press, D. P. Thompson,
Will H. Towles and Ben Strauss;
hotels, L. H. Studebaker and O. B.
Reeder ; information bureau, the lo-
cal committee ; transportation, Z. T.
Brigg's and Henry Moore ; associa-
tion annual, Messrs. Tyree, Towles
and Dozer; publicity, the entire
board ; legislation, Messrs. Holsin-
ger, Holloway, Harris, Ben Lari-

ger, Charlottesville, Va. ; G. W.
Harris, Washington, D. C. ; P. A.
Free, Davenport, la.; Ed. Brush,
Minneapolis, ^linn. ; Samuel Hurst,
Hutchinson, Kansas; progress of
photography, W^m. H. Rau, Phila-
delphia, Pa.; Emma Gerhard, St.
Louis, Mo.; Edward J. Davidson,
Kansas City, Mo. ; foreign affairs,
Carl Ackerman, New York.

The secretary was instructed to
have prepared a letter of resolutions
to the Senators and Representatives
in Congress of the five states repre-
sented on the board, asking them
to assist in defeating the portion of
the Lodge Bill relating to the sale
and display of photographs.

Various suggestions and matters
pertaining to the conducting of the
1913 national convention were dis-
cussed and the following resolu-
tions were unanimously adopted :

That a six day convention 1^
held beginning July 21, 1913; that
Kansas City's offer of the use of
Convention Hall be accepted; that
a practical studio in operation un-
der the best talent obtainable be ar-
ranged on the floor of Convention
Hall and under the charge of the
president, assisted by the secretary.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February, 1913

evening of convention week at Elec-
tric Park as their guest be ac-
cepted with thanks.

That not more than five pictures
be solicited from each exhibitor to
be passed upon by a jury; that the
association publish a record of the
convention.

That not more than twenty pic-
tures be selected from the exhibits
for reproduction in the record, but
that no picture be selected ex-
cept those made by members in
good standing of the P. A. of A.

A general advertising campaign
was arranged.

A contract was signed with a lo-
cal decorating company for con-
struction of all booths of a uni-
form design.

A very interesting program was
outlined. Details will be given out
later.

Convention Hall is the largest
and most conveniently arranged
building the association has had for

many years. The booths will be
10 x 12 feet, instead of 8 x 8 as at
Philadelphia last year. There is
plenty of room for wide aisles, and
even the desk space will not be
crowded.

The board was given an elab-
orate banquet at the Baltimore
Hotel on January 10th by the Kan-
sas City photographers. There
were about sixty present.

SUMMARY OF TREASURER'S ACCOUNT
FOR 1912.

Cash on hand Jan. 1, 1912

$7,629.16

Received from:

Membership and dues..
Sale of ladies* pins.

$3,729.00

16.50

Per capita tax of affili-

ated societies

234.75

Advertising in 1918 an-

nual

1,510.00

Sale of floor space in

Convention Hall —

4,428.78

Interest, 2nd Nat'l Bank

176.26

Tickets to Atlantic City

36.00

Sale of annuals, gum
printing books, glass,

etc

17.46

10,148.75

17.777.91
Paid out on vouchers,

1134-1248 inclusive.. 12,316.16
Cash on hand Jan. 1, 1913 5,461.75 17.777.91

THE FIRST PERSON TO BE PHOTOGRAPHED

Miss Dorothy Catherine Draper,
who died at Hastings-on-Hudson in
1902, at the age of ninety-five, had
the reputation of being the first per-
son who ever sat for a photograph.
She posed for her brother, Dr. John
W. Draper, who had discovered a
process by which a daguerreotype
could be made in a few min-
utes.

The photograph was made in 1839,
when Miss Draper was known in
New York society as **Dolly" Dra-
per, and the picture, with the state-
ment that the subject had to pose
"only about six minutes," created a
sensation in artistic circles. The
original picture became the posses-
sion of Lord Herschell, whose heirs
still retain it.

Digitized by

Google

February, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

THE SECOND NEW JERSEYi STATE ANNUAL

CONVENTION

The second annual convention of
the professional photographers of
New Jersey took place in Newark
(Turnbull Auditorium) January
21st and 22nd. It was well at-
tended, and under the able man-
agement of President Sherman all
matters referring to the business of
the association were carefully han-
dled.

Demonstrations w ere made by :

Wm. S. Ellis, of Philadelphia;
Ira D. Schwartz, New York ; A. F.
Bradley, New York; Charles Hal-
len, New York.

And addresses were made by
Pirie MacDonald, of New York,
and Dudley Hoyt, of New York,
and a business lecture given by
Juan C. Abel, Cleveland, Ohio;
and a business lecture regarding
advertising given by Theo. S. Fet-
tinger, advertising manager of
Hahne & Co., Newark, N. J.

The display of pictures was fine ;
the attendance of the professional
photographers was large, and the
exhibits of the various manufac-
turers and dealers represented by:

Eastman Kodak Company ; John

Haworth Company, Philadelphia ;

George Murphy, Inc., New York;

Prosch Mfg. Company, New York :

A. M. Colh'ns Mfg. Company, and

second convention was a decided
step forward.

New officers were elected, and
the retiring president, John F.
Sherman, was made an honorary
member, and the thanks of the as-
sociation was given him enthu-
siastically for his hard work in ma-
king the convention a great success.

ITINERARY OF THE KODAK
EXHIBITIONS— 1913

Memphis, Tenn., February 10th
to 15th, Goodwyn Institute.

New Orleans, La., February 17th
to February 22d, Artillery Hall.

Atlanta, Ga., February 24th to
March 1st, Auditorium.

Jacksonville, Fla., March 3d to
March 8th, Morocco Temple.

Charleston, S. C, March 10th to
March 15th, German Artillery Hall.

Richmond, Va., March 17th to
March 22d, Jefferson Auditorium.

Washington, D. C, March 24th
to March 29th, Convention Hall.

New York, N. Y., March 31st to
April 5th ; April 7th to April 12th,
Carnegie Music Hall.

Brooklyn, N. Y., April 14th to
April 19th, Brooklyn Academy of
Music (Music Hall).

Baltimore, Md., April 21st to
April 26th, Lyric Theater.

Tnrnntn Ont.. Mav 5th to May

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS February. 1913

PRESS PHOTOGRAPHY

The sale of a photograph to a
newspaper now and again will go a
long way to pay for the materials
used by the amateur photographer.
Moreover, it is a thing which may
very easily grow, if it find a favor-
able soil. The amateur who has
had a few prints accepted gradually
learns what it is the editors want.
He learns also that wherever he
may happen to be, there is almost
sure to lie to his hand subjects from
which salable photographs may be
made. When once he has learned
to make clean, bright prints from
sharp, clear negatives, he is in a
position to start; but he has got
the business to learn.

Because the supplying of prints is
a business. There is an immense
demand for pictures by the illus-
trated papers. It is a demand that
is growing ; but it is a demand that
there are many trying to supply.
The editor who wants, let us say,
twenty pictures for his paper, will
have some hundreds from which to
select them. What the amateur has
to learn is how to get his pictures
amongst those selected.

He can put aside all ideas of
favoritism, personal introductions,
and such like. The editors have to

trivial kind ; in fact, these are often
the most favored of all. A potato
that looks like a man's face, a cou-
ple that have survived seventy-five
years of married life, a notorious
author, or murderer, or parson, or
jockey, anything that is odd or out
of the common, or for the time
being is in the public eye. The best
plan — that which in the long run is
likely to meet with most successes —
is to provide both photograph and
interest ; to find the reason for tak-
ing the picture, and then to take it
and send it in with a brief note of
its subject.

This will seem hard at first; but
it is undoubtedly the amateur's best
chance. It appears so much easier
to get photographs of some great
event in the neighborhood that he is
tempted to do so, or if there is no
such event to bemoan the fate that
locates royal visits and railway ac-
cidents elsewhere. This is a mistake.

The photographs which are least
likely to secure acceptance are those
of big events, things of great im-
portance the date and place of
which are settled beforehand. Here
the amateur can only compete with
the regular press photographer un-
der great handicaps. The best posi-

Digitized by

Google

february, 1913

SXAP SH'OTS

Xiie amateur is apt to overlook
the fact that the publication of pho-
tog^raj>hs of an event is usually a
compel ^te bar to the publication of
2riy i-fc^ore. His pictures may be
niucFi better, they may show more
tnan the pictures already repro-
duced show; the editor may admit
^^^ thiis, he may regret that he did
^^^ l^^ve them in time, but he will
^^t Tji ^e them. The thing has been
^one, it has gone by ; from a news-
paper^ point of view it is ancient

T^W^ idea seems to prevail in the
"^'^^^ of some of those who think
^^ attempting to sell photographs
^^. "tl-^^ papers that their acceptance
™^ di epend on some minutiae, some
^r^^^ which may reveal the fact
^^ the sender is inexperienced.
^^3^" wonder whether they should

Pr-^ their prints on well-toned
•^^--^ « I^. or on glossy gaslight paper,

^^^^"ttier they should be direct or

^Ir^-^K^lged, mounted or unmounted.

^i^^^^ are absolutely unimportant

^^1^« thing that is important, the

thing that counts, is to give

editor something which he will

^^^■^^ to use. If that can be done,

i!!l^""^3^hing else is of little moment.

J^. ^ prints must not be of the fuzzy

^^"^^3.3^ because such work is neither

^^^^^Tstood nor appreciated outside

^ "^^Ty small circle of photograph-

^^^> ^ circle which certainly does not

on
th(

contain either the editor or the
readers of a successful magazine^
The public demands a photograph
in which it can see details. The
suppression of detail may safely be
left to the block maker and printer.

This rules out all such processes
as bromoil, gum printing, etc. But
between a smooth surface bromide
or gaslight paper and a good P.O.P.
print there is nothing much to
choose. The reddish-brown print
often obtained on self-toning paper
is useless, but good self-toning
prints will do.

The most convenient method of
making prints for press purposes
from quarter-plate or similarly
small negatives is to use a fixed fo-
cus enlarger and glossy bromide
paper, so as to get half -plate or
whole-plate prints. The original
negatives should be as sharp as it
is possible to get them, which means
that the photographer must not only
use a good anastigmat, but that he
must focus accurately and be able
to hold the camera quite still. —
Photography.

TANK DEVELOPERS

"agfa"' rodinal

Water 60 oz.

Rodinal 1 oz.

Temperature, 65° Fahren-
heit.
Time, 25 minutes.

Digitized by

Google

34 SNAP SHOTS February. 1913

EXPOSURES ON SNOW SCENES

By C. H. Claudy

In determining the proper ex-
posure on any subject there are
several methods which may be fol-
lowed. One can use a meter of
some variety and measure the light
by it, and one's ability to see when
a piece of sensitive paper has dark-
ened in the available light to match
a certain tint in the meter — one can
go by the dictates of experience
from previous exposures on simi-
lar subjects or the appearance of
the image on the ground glass, or
one can begin then and there to
make test exposures, develop them,
and from these results find out what
exposure to give the subject.

The first is the easiest and most
simple method — but isn't always ac-
curate or available. The second is
usually accurate if the experience
has been long, but is certainly not
an exact method, and the third, if
exact and practical, is cumbersome
and slow.

So we must make shift, no mat-
ter which method we follow, and
do the best we can.

But that doesn't mean that you
are to tramp out into the snow-cov-
ered fields and snap away with no
idea of what you are doing. In a
previous paper in this magazine —
Snow Photography — I indicated
something of the methods which
must be followed in determining
exposures. Indeed before you ex-
pose a plate, you have, or should

have, a definite idea in your mind
as to how you want your photo-
graph of the scene in iront of you
to look. If you desire an exact
transcription of it to your plate and
paper, you do one thing — if you
w^ant to tone it down and flatten it,
you do another, and if you want to
brighten it, make it more brilliant,
you do still a third in adjusting
your exposure and stop.

But having determined what you
want to do, there still remains the
vital question — how to do it! Now-
neglecting for the present the idea
of a meter — for, good as that device
is, it is not always at hand (and,
anyway, the average photographer
makes his head his meter in i\u
long run — let us see how our ex-
posures should compare w^th those
we usually give. In the first place,
we know the light is poorer in win-
ter than in summer. This poorness
is from one to four and even more
times, depending on latitude ar
month. It is from four to a hun-
dred times poorer than summer
light, depending on the time of day.
At bright noon, in December, with
no snow on the ground, at least
four times a July exposure should
be given for the average landscape.

But bringing down the snow
complicates matters. Here the re-
flective power of that white blanket
comes into play. And how much
light it will reflect will depend not

Digitized by

Google

February, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

only on how much light there is to
reflect, but how much snow there i>
to reflect it, and the direction of
that light.

If we can imagine a brightly lit,
snow-covered field, with no dark ob-
jects anywhere near, then the ex-
posure will be not far from that
normally required to successfully
photograph a winter brighly lit sky
— perhaps from one-tenth to one-
fifteenth of the landscape exposure.
Considering one second at U. S.
256 a normal exposure for a sum-
mer landscape and sky, we have to
multiply that by four for our win-
ter landscape and sky — then divide
by ten for our snow scape. This
works out to be two-fifths of a sec-
ond at 256, one-fifth at 128, on.-
tenth at 64, which is more incline i
to be too little than too much.
Without exact knowledge of condi-
tions, it is a very fair guess at the
exposure required for a brightly lit
open plain of snow-covered land-
scape— but the one-tenth must be a
real one-tenth and not one-fourth
or one-fiftieth — and many shutters
are none too accurate in this re-
s])ect.

But bright, open plains will not

be the general choice of the snow

photop^rapher. Most of these will

want to photograph the tree, hung

with snow garments; the street,

after the storm, the hillside path.

of getting a flat effect for a nor-
mally contrasty scene. If we cal-
culate it out according to the rule
given above as a suggestion, we
have a table which looks like this:

For street scene, bright sun,
shadows, July, stop 256, 4 seconds.

For street scene, bright sun,
shadows, December, stop 256, 16
seconds.

For street scene, bright sun,
shadows, December, stop 256, snow
on the ground, 16 divided by 10,
1.6 seconds.

But we know this is too little, for
hard experience has told us that so
short an exposure at so small a stop
in winter gives us black tree trunks
and dark objects against the white
paper of our print which we miscall
"snow." So we again multiply and
say:

"To decrease too great contrast,
take factor of five, and multiply,
giving, for street scene, bright sun,
shadows, December, stop 256, snow
on ground, 8 seconds."

This figures out to be one-eighth
of a second at stop U. S. 4 — the
largest stop on most amateur in-
struments. For one-eighth, read
the one-tenth second which most
simple types of shutters supply, and
you will have a very fair beginning
for your street scene exposure.

I am well aware that all this is
not in accord with the text books

^^j xu^ :-,„4-..,^

i»rl-nr>Vl

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February, 1913

EYE STRAIN IN RETOUCHING

By Harold Baker

A recent editorial note on special
spectacles for retouchers prompts
some notes on the subject. My ex-
perience leads me to the conclusion
that if the eyes are properly used
there is Httle or no real strain. But
if the retoucher endeavors to see
every stroke made by the pencil the
eyes will be very much strained and
the retouching will be bad. It will
have a peculiar sandy and scratchy
appearance, and will look uneven
and patchy. I think the retoucher
will produce his best work without
eye-strain at all, the result will be
even, and the modelling preserved.
The whole secret seems to me to be
to work at such a distance from
the negative that the general effect
of many strokes is seen, and not
each individual line produced by
the pencil strokes or dots. Just
such a distance as the water-color
artist works at when he is "stip-
pling" the face in a portrait, or a
large surface where an even tint is
required. If a water-color drawing
containing figures is carefully ex-
amined it will be seen that whereas
the drapery or accessories are gen-
erally done in fairly broad washes,
the flesh parts consist of small dots
of color, which at the proper dis-
tance gives beautifully graduated
tones. This is exactly the effect
that good retouching should pro-
duce, and it should be obtained in
the same way, by working at a dis-

tance just great enough to lose
sight of each individual stroke. But
the work should be examined quite
closely, at frequent intervals, to
make sure the stippling is not too
coarse. I am confident that such a
method of working reduces eye-
strain, for I have often retouched
till one or two o'clock in the morn-
ing and suffered less from tired
eyes than from an evening's read-
ing. I would advise every retouch-
er who suffers from eye-strain to
try this method of working. I do
not think special spectacles ought
to be used, unless there is some
error of refraction in the eyes, such
as astigmatism, when spectacles be-
come a necessity at an early age. In
my own case as soon as I had to
wear spectacles, through astigma-
tism, I ceased to be able to retouch
with ease, but no doubt my eyes
were losing their power of adapta-
bility, which fact caused the astig-
matism to assert itself.

A mirror for reflecting light
through the negative is about the
worst possible thing to use, as it
strains the eyes badly; a piece of
clean white paper is best, or if the
negative is extra dense, or the light
poor, a sheet of matt aluminum
gives a brighter light, but too stron
for average negatives. On the
whole, artificial light is less tiring
than daylight, as it is less variable,
especially in winter. It is terribU^

Digitized by

Google

February, I9I3 SNAP SHOTS Z7

trying to the eyes to work with the tousled head to attend to customers,
constantly changing light of a dull The series of carriers to fit the
winter's day. Incandescent gas various sizes of plates are quite
gives a cool and pleasant light, eec- useless, as the position of the Head
trie light from metal filament lamps is so often different, and tliey do
is also good, and it does not pro- not allow movement of the negative
duce so much heat as gas, and if in different directions. Besides,
neither gas nor electric light is too, they show far too much of the
available a good paraffin lamp can negative uncovered, which is try-
be used; but it must give a good ing to the eyes. A hole about 3
light, a duplex or circular wick inches square near the middle of the
lamp is best. If artificial light is desk is best, so that the negative
found to be tiring to the eyes, a may be moved freely in any direc-
piece of pale blue glass, such as can tion, according to the angle of each
be obtained from an optician, is pencil stroke. Sometimes a piece
very useful, as it gives a very cool, of black card with a smaller hole,
restful light; lamp light is apt to even an inch in diameter, will be
look "hot'' and to tire the eyes un- useful to lay over the negative
less the blue glass is used. when small heads are being re-
A proper retouching desk will touched. Retouching constantly
prevent eye-strain to a great extent ; must, of course, be tiring to the
the miserable little hinged boards eyes, but eye-strain may be avoided,
sometimes seen in use are enough i believe, to a great extent if the
to blind the poor retoucher w^ho hints given above are carried out. —
has to work with them, especially B, J. of Photography,

when half choked by a dusty cur-

tain. A good desk should be at TANK t)EVELOPERS

least eighteen inches square inside, ^^ ,^

with curtains at the sides, but ndt ^^^^ ^^"^^^

behind the head ; if the work has to Water 60 oz.

be done in a reception-room or any Metabisulphite of Potas-

room with light coming at the back sium 15 gr.

of the retoucher, a folding screen Sodium Sulphite (anhy-

should be used to cut off such drous) 100 gr.

light; and it need not be at all un- Sodium Carbonate (anhy-

sightly, even in a reception-room. drous) 100 gr.

It is far more healthy and conven- *^Agfa" Ortol ... •-;•••• ^0 gr.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

Concerning Fotettes: Among the
many unique mountings ofifered to the
photographers none is attracting more
favorable attention in the trade-at-
large than the little Fotettes, made by
the A. M. Collins Manufacturing Com-
pany. These mountings, called by the
manufacturers "the steps to higher
prices," are made for photographs
smaller than cabinets, and are furnished
in seven styles and a great variety of
sizes. They lend distinction and qual-
ity to miniature photographs which,
when mounted upon them, will com-
mand much higher prices than cabinet
postcards, which are almost as costly
to produce as the smaller print mount-
ed on a Fotette. You will find it worth
your while to investigate the merits of
these mountings. An attractive little
advertising sign is supplied with the
initial order of Fotettes. Write to the
manufacturer for samples. Mention
Snap Shots, please.

Autotype Carbon Materials. Tissues,
single and double transfer papers, trial
outfits, sensitized texture films and bor-
der negative films are fully described in
the new separate catalogue of Carbon
materials just issued by the American
agents. It contains condensed instruc-
tions and articles on different manipula-
tions. All should have a copy of this
Carbon price list and booklet. Drop a
postal to the agents; mention Snap
Shots.

The Rough & Caldwell Background
and Accessory Co. report great success
with their new tapestry backgrounds.
The effect produced is pleasing and
gives the old-time tapestry effect to the
print. This company announces that
their new catalogue of photographic ac-
cessories is now ready. As they have

System does not mean red tape. The
simplest and most efficient method of
accurately taking care of your business
is the best definition of system, and in
the photograph business, the best ex-
ample of such a method is the Eastman
Studio Register System.

A full account of every transaction
with your customer is kept by card in-
dex, and when the transaction is fin-
ished the card is filed in a transfer box,
where it remains as a permanent regis-
ter of your negatives and record of
your customers. The same card is used
for duplicate orders, it being trans-
ferred to the desk box when duplicate
order is taken. Ask your dealer to
show you this complete and inexpensive
Studio Register System.

Wynne Meters of all grades, namely.
for "F" and "US" system for snapshot
work and the various parts referring to
these meters; also the different styles of
meters, both exposure and print, with
description and instruction regarding
their use, are now given in a small book-
let published by the agents, George Mur-
phy, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New
York.

Fast Plates. The principal objection
to a fast plate has been the fact that it
was not possible to get great speed and
retain the quality so essential to the
plate used for portraiture.

Fast plates would 'not give a finely
grained deposit of silver and the steps
of gradation were too sharp — ^too much
on the soot and chalk order to be used
by the portrait photographer. These
objections have all been overcome by
one of the famous Seed Plate emul-
sions, the result being the plate known
as the Seed Gilt Edge 30. It is a plate
of gilt edge quality, as the name im-

Digitized by

Google

February, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

Dufay Color Plates. Many beautiful
colored transparencies are ready for ex-
hibition by the agents, and without
doubt the Dufay Color Plate, by its
fine texture, its rapidity, its ease of
manipulation, bids fair to be a great
help to color photography.

Zelta. — The photographer of the
present day, whose experience does not
date back to the days of albumen paper,
has at least heard of "good old albu-
men," and many now use the new albu-
men paper, Zelta, which has all the good
points of albumen, with the many objec-
tionable features omitted.

Zelta is a ready sensitized albumen
paper of exceptionally good keeping
quality- It is made in three distinct
matte surfaces — gross-grain, semi-rough
and smooth-laid, each surface having a
velvety texture that is impossible of de-
scription. The two colors of stock used
are white and chamois.

But of greatest importance in this
new paper is the wonderful range of
tones that may be so easily secured in
a single toning bath. All the objections
to a printing-out paper that may be
brought forth are quickly overcome by
the quality of the finished Zelta print,
and each photographer may find a tone
to his particular liking and which will
best express his individuality. More-
over, he can repeatedly secure the same
tone or vary it at will.

Zelta will appeal to your best and
most appreciative customers.

Photographic Mounts. To those who
are interested in photographic mounts
something different from the stock lines
published by the large factories, we
would suggest to send and procure one
of the George Murphy, Inc., 57 East
Ninth Street, New York, new catalogues
of photographic mounts of their o>vn
manufacture.

picture that has been placed on the mar-
ket up to this time. Clouds are photo-
graphed, halation is dispensed with, and
the difference between a blue sky and a
dark-green foreground is easily distin-
guished. These screens are now made
in two styles — one in a circular flange
that fits over the front of the lens, and
the other the style "B," having a ring
screw that fits over the lens in a circular
flange that is in front of it, the long
flange allowing the screen to be moved
up and down ; and the screen, being clear
at one end and graduating to a strong
tint at the other, enables the operator to
be in perfect command of the amount
of foreground he desires to control.
Send to the agents for their descriptive
booklet.

Frederick B. Core. As we go to
press we learn with deep sorrow and
regret of the death of the young rising
photographer, Frederick B. Core. Fred-
erick B. Core gave great promise of
being one of the leading photographers
in the United States. Not only as an
artistic worker, but also one who had
great practical inventive power. His
latest production, viz., the Core Neg-
ative Frame, has proved one of the
most practical photographic accessories
yet introduced. He devoted himself
closely to his photographic work, and
was constantly improving mechanical
appliances that had had he lived and
continued would have made his name
known throughout the United States.
Cut off early in his career, being only
thirty-one years of age, the photograph-
ic profession loses one of its bright
young members. Mr. Core was taken
with a cold on Wednesday, January 8th,
which developed into pneumonia and he
passed away on Monday, January 13th.
His death was a shock to all his friends.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

February, 1913

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

F. S. W., on Long Island. $900.
A. M. C, in New Jersey. $900.

G. B., gallery in New Jersey. $800
A. D. v., gallery in New York. $500.

Positions Wanted— Operators
M. K., all-round man.
A. L., operator and retoucher.
J. E. J., an all-round man.
C. C. P., operator and retoucher.
V. S., all-around operator.
H. K., operator and retoucher.

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of 10,-

000-15,000.
N. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.
R. L. C, in New York City.
J. T. A., wants gallery in N. Y. State.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.
A. M., wants to buy or rent within 40

miles of N. Y.

Positions Wanted— Retouchers, Recep-
tion Room
Miss I. S., retoucher.
Miss M. F., retoucher and spotter.
Miss F. B. N., retoucher.
R. N., retoucher.

Positions Wanted— Printers
Miss K. D., printer, receptionist, etc.
S A. M., printer.
S. T. D., printer.

Parties Desiring Help
J. H. T., printer and retoucher.

Notloe— Letters addressed to anyone in our care should be accompanied with staisy
for each letter so that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

' Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Elng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that places to the
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the lield
covering the English-speaking photographic world:

1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual (cloth edition) 1913 $1 . 75

1 year's Snap Shots with British Journal Almanac (cloth edition) 1913 1 . 60
1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography 3 . 75

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of forty words or less, will he inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Smap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

li an excellent and lafe medltsm of communication between Photographefs

For Sale: Studio doing high-class
work, and finest reputation. Estab-
lished twenty years. Almost given
away. Cost over $6,000. Up to date
and not run down. An exceptional
opportunity for a permanent business
and will bear close investigation. Re-
tiring from business. Studio, 155 Elli-
son Ave., Paterson, N. J.

Owing to the sickness of the bwner,

an old established Studio is offered
for sale. Same has always done an
excellent business, and is located in
a New England town of 15,000 popu-
lation. Situated in a fine location,
it occupies two floors, is thoroughly
fitted up to date. The rent for the
two floors is $29.00 per month, in-
cluding a 6 room flat. The prices for
the work average $6.00 per dozen and
the receipts have never run below
$6,000.00 per year. It is a rare chance
to anyone looking for a paying bus-
iness For full particulars address
C. B.. this Journal.

Opportunity. For hustler, one of
Denver's leading studios doing good
business. Equipped up to 11 x 14 and
everything in good condition. Rent
reasonable with lease. Will sacrifice
for quick sale. Finest climate in the
world. G. M. C, care Snap Shots.

For Sale: An Aristo Lamp, 220
volts, direct current, 25 amperes.
Complete, boxed ready for shipment,
$35. Address, M. G., care Snap Shots.

STOLEN: The photographic pub-
lic is hereby notified that a 7-inch
Ross Homocentric Lens F-6, 3 No.
67569, fitted in a Koilos Shutter, has
been stolen from me. Any informa-
tion regarding the same will be thank-
fully received. Purchasers of lenses
are hereby warned. R. H. Payne,
Kingston, N. Y.

When writin£ advertisers

For Sale: Old established busi-
ness at Kingston, N. Y. Located in
heart of the business section. Very
low rent. Write for further particu-
lars. The price will suit. Address
L. Short, 329 Wall Street, Kingston,
N. Y.

Wanted: Anyone wishing to dis-
pose of a pair of Condensing Lenses
(14 inches diameter) at a bargain, will
find a purchaser by addressing Pho-
tographer, Box 55, Morse Hall,
Tthaca. N V.

For Sale: Studio in Long Island
City; no competition within 22 miles,
with a good surrounding trade. Large
operating room, reception room,
dressing room, dark room and stock
room. Will inventory close to $200,
with good prices. Price, $1,200. This
is a fine opportunity for a live, active
photographer. Address, F. S. W.,
care Snap Shots.

Salesman Wanted: Large stock
house in East wants traveling sales-
man, also store salesman. Must be
experienced. Give full particulars in
first letter. P. Y. H., care Snap Shots.

For Rent: Photographic Studio,
been occupied continuously for the
past twenty years; newly decorated
throughout; ready for occupancy. No
business to buy out, simply pay rent
at $25 per month. Five years' lease to

Dlease mention Snap Shots.

XXVI

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROCK BOTTOM PRICES

On CameraSy Lenses and Photofraphic Supplies

Why pay exorbitant prices for your pho-
tographic accessories when you can obtain
from us everything you need in your photo-
graphic work — whether amateur or profes-
sional— at greatly reduced prices.

New BARGAIN LIST just off press.
Send for copy to-day.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

109 Fulton St.. New York

Eagle Vignette Adjuster

This is a unique device for adjusting
tissue paper over the printing frame for
vignetting purposes. It is a great time
saver, and is of the greatest assistance
to the printer, as the tissue paper lies
perfectly smooth and flat. The vignette
for each negative can be saved and filed
with the negative.

27 for 6x7 Printing List Sell for

Frames $1.50 75c each

18 for 8x10 Printing

Frames 2.00 90c. each

QEORQE MURPHY, Ino.
•7 East 9th St. New York

E.W.N. NonHalaHon Plate Backing

With this backing, which is most easily applied
and removed, ordinary glass plates are made
perfect. It prevents that white fog around
light objects, renders perspective truthfully,
lends atmosphere and removes all restrictions
as to source or intensity of light. With Backed
Plates vou can take nature as you find her
truthfully and artistically. The thing for
snow scenes or interiors.
Price 60 cents, with full directions. Will
perfect S50 6x7 plates. Trial sise 90 cents.

6eorge Murpby, Inc., 57 E. 9tli St., Niw Yark

CAMERA OWNERS

If you would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modern
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
three latest numbers will be sent for 25
cents. $1.50 a year.

AMERICAN PHOTOQRAPHY
601 Pope Building BOSTON, MASS.

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

ii«fif'<!il

Haye an excellence pecaliarl j their
own. The best results aie only
produced by the best methods and
means — ^the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mounting
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste —

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

CBxoellent norel bnuh with each jar.)

At Dealers in Pboto Supplies,
Artieto' K»teriale und Stattonerj.

A t-oB. jar prepaid by mall for 80 esati.
or clroalan free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS ± CO.* Mfrs.

NBW YORK CHICAGO LONOOM

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXVll

Furniture for Child Photography

For years there has been a demand for accessories suitable for por-
traits of children. We have a set of small furniture for this class of work,
and can now offer a small child's rocker, desk, table and chair, neatly made
and attractive in appearance. These will enable the photographer to make
pictures of children in groups or singly with ease and afford many attractive
poses.

N9 444 S3.00

m42t> ^ 375 ^

The above designs are made in weathered oak, neat and elegant in

Digitized by LjOOQIC

XXVUl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Royal
Printing Masks

Use them on your vacation negatives.
They give a finished effect which
cannot be obtained otherwise. Made
for all sizes of cameras. Two styles.
Assorted designs, or all oval and
squares (9 in package).

PER PACKAGE, 10 CENTS.

Mailed on receipt of price.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East 9th St., New York

ROYAL CARBIbE bEVELOPING UNP

The Calcium-Carbide Lamp furnishes a lamp that is always ready.
No gas ! No oil ! A Roya! Lamp for the tourist, the Carbide being a crystal
easily carried. Simply fill your tank with water and you liave the light*

No heat in the dark room, no oxygen in the air absorbed by the use of the
Royal Lamp. A bright steady flame of 15 candle power is produced. Each
lamp supplied with sufficient Carbide for six hours' steady use, and if lamp is
desired to be used for a short time only, simply place sufficient Carbide in the
holder for the time needed, and when lamp is not in use empty the Carbide
bolder, clean well and dry. Carbide can be procured anywhere cheaper than
oil or gas and we can supply you with any quantity.

Royal Carbide Lamp, with material for six hours' use, $1.50. Postage 25c.
Calcium Carbide, per pound can, 25c. Full instructions with each lamp.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.
57 East 9th Street

New York

Orvis Print Shade

WITH BASE

A most convenient arrangement for the home.
It enables one to correctly expose their D. O. P.
prints. The shade is so constructed that it re-
flects the light so as to reduce by one-half the
length of exposure to an ordinary gas jet. It
also gives a perfectly even illumination over the
entire negative.

By means of the base it can be set on the table
in a convenient position. It is only necessary to
attach by a gas tube the base to the gas jet.

Orvis reflecting Print Shade

^ ^

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Tfl«^C)C^>AtlK

THE STEPS TO HIGHER PRICES

WRITE FOR SAMPLES AND LITERATVRE TO
A. f1. COLLINS MFG. CO.

230 COLVMSIAAVe.. PHILADELPHIA

C p. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pore Chloride Gold

For Photographers, Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Cbcmicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

Digitized by

Google

XXX

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The Question:

Why An Anastigmat?

The Ans^ver:

Because it is the only type of lens which
makes possible better results under all
conditions. For the amateur

THE DYNAR

=F6=

is an ideal anastiemat. It is constructed
of a special, hard, colorless Jena glass,
famous for its superior light transmit-
ting quality, uniformity and definition,
and brilliancy of its pictures.

The speed of the DYNAR is 100 per
cent greater than is possessed by the
better grade rapid rectilinears, and it is
therefore especially adapted for rapid
instantaneous exposures and home
portraiture.

Sold in cells that At directly all
modern shutters. This feature saves
time and fitting charges.

Price for 4x5 or 3j4x5'/4 cells, $25.00

A.^K. your l^ealer

EDWARD P. BIQCLOW

ArMidla. Sound ■••oh, O^nnootiMit

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St. Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show something worth
showing, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

* The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpful.
Its aepartment, "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all his associates and colleagues.
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine

Send your name and address
for

King's
Booklet on
"Lighting"

(Eight pages with illustrations) to

GEORGE MURPHY

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXI

TTpon the accurmcy of your aniwer
to thii all-important queBtlon depend t
yovr Teiy euocett in photography!

Watlcins'
Oee MIeter

gives you the correct exposure every time — for any light
— any weather — any condition.

Especially difficult is the question of exposure during
the winter, because the actinic strength of the light is far
less than it appears to be. The only way to be sure you
are right is to use the Bee Meter.

If your exposure is correct, you can develop your plates
or films automatically and will be absolutely sure of good
negatives. No guessing; no uncertainty.

The price of the Bee Meter is only $1.25 — so low that
you cannot afford to be without one. It solves the hard-
est problem in photography quickly and accurately.

Clrculari on Request
At Yonr Dealers

BURKE & JAMES

240-268 E. Ontario Street
Chicago

^^« ^. 8. Agents for Watkins' Specialties.

iPiBW syppuEsi

No larirer than a watch.

8x10 Plate Holders

Will fit any 8x10 Century
or New York Studio Outfit

rbese Holders are Single Curtain Slide Holders with Kits
for 6^x8^, 5x7 and 4x5 Plates

PRICE, - $4.00 ■ EACH

Digitized by

Google

xxxii SiNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEN^TS

AT LAST

Lantern Slides in

NATURAL. COLORS

Made with

ETvtfiav Color Folate

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors possible to
obtain. Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and are guaranteed for six

PRICE LIST PEB BOX OF FOTTB

91.80 4x6" f 1.60

months.

8iz4 "

si X 41" 1.86 6x7" 8.00

COMPENSATING SCREENS

11 X ir f 1.80 81 X sr f8.00

l| X 11" 1.60 41 X 4r 4.00

8lx8r 8.00

GREEN EXCELSIOR PAPER FOR DARK ROOM
PER PACKAGE OF 6 SHEETS

6x7" 90.18 8 X 10" 90.80

Complete set Solationt 91.85
Send a trial order,

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street, New York

SOMETHING REALLY GOOD

THE 'PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES' ALBUMS

FOR UNMOUNTED PHOTOGRAPHS

These Albums for Unmounted Photographs are made precisely like the old-fash-
ioned scrap book, with a guard between every leaf. The leaves themselves are made
of a gray linen-finished cover paper, from extra heavy stock, weighing 120 pounds
to the ream. The books are bound in genuine Seal grained Leather, backs and corners,
with stronff Cloth sides. The covers are tooled with genuine gold leaf, and the word
Photoffrapnt is stamped in gold on the sides. These Albums are sewed in the regular
bookbinders* style, to open flat, and they are made to stand the hardest kind of -wear.
We are putting them out over the reputation of the "Photographic Times,'* and

WE GUARANTEE EVERY BOOK

These Albums contain fifty leaves each, for holding from one hundred to two
hundred unmounted photographs, according to the size of the prints. The prices and
sizes of these Albums for Photographs are as follows:

"PHOTOGRAPHIC" TIMES ALBUM

With a Year'i
Albam Betail Price Subscription to

Photographic Times

No. 1 8i2e of leaf, 4iz5i inchei fl.OO 12.00

No. 8 Size of leaf. 5iz 8 " 1.20 2.20

No. 8 Size of leaf, 7x10 *' 1.60 2.60

No. 4 Size of leaf, 10x12 " 2.40 8.40

No. 5 Size of leaf, 11x14 " 2.80 8.80

Piiotograpliic Times Pull. Association

135 West FiBrtteith ttrttt
■EW TOIK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. C

\oo(^^

fi.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXlll

"HIGHEST EFFICIENCY" PLATES are plates that do
the most work, of the best quality in the shortest time.
Hammer Plates are such, giving full detail, depth and round-
ness with the shortest possible exposure.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates, best for winter work.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St.

St. Louis, Mo.

Attention— Something Neiv

A plate that cannot be over-exposed

THE HYDRA PLATE

These plates, while possessing all the qualities of the best dry plates,
have properties peculiar to themselves, the chief of which is that they
DEFY OVER-EXPOSURE. The advantage to photographers of every
class is the assurance that the quality of .he negative will in no way
suffer by abnormal over-exposure. The extreme contrasts of bright
sunshine and deep shadow in the same subject presents no difficulty to
the user of "HYDRA" plates. Expose for the shadows is all that is nec-
essary. "HYDRA" plates are supplied "backed" only — invisible backing
which requires no rubbing off, as it disappears in most of the popular
developers without leaving any stain. The speed of the "HYDRA"
plate is as follows:

Ai per: Hurter ft Driffield system No. 800
As per: Wyniie Meter speed F 90, or ITS 618

Sizes Per dozen
;J4 X 4^ 10.60

4 z 6 1.00

5 X 7 8.00

6J4 X Syz 8.60

8 X 10 4.00

We liave a stock of these plates now ready for distribution.
Send a trial order,

GEORGE MURPHY, I5r~57 ErStiTSt^i^tTNeVYSifk

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. ^ ^

XXXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE SODA SCALES

Especially constructed for
daily photographic use.

Will weigh from J^^ ounce to
4 pounds, conveniently and accu-
rately.

Just the scale for weighing your
sodas and hypo. Fan removable.

PRICE, $6.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East 9th Street, New York

Importers and manufacturers of every kind of photographic material

EAGLE FORM HOLDER

The Eagle Form Holder is su-
perior to any of the form hold-
ers on the market. You place
the form and print in position
and by simply pressing down a
lever it securely locks the form
so that it can not slip, thus facili-
tating quick and accurate cutting

of the prints. Will accommodate any size form up to 8 x lo.

The base is of steel, and the cutting plate of zinc which does

not dull the cutter. Price, $2.00.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc. 57 East 9th Street, New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photog-
raphers' Materials off Every Description

EAGLE MASK FRAME

(Patented)
FOR TINTED BORDERS

The Eagle Mask Frame makes it pos-
sible to quickly and accurately obtain
artistic borders on all kinds of printing
papers. By cutting your own masks you
can obtain an unlimited number of de-
signs. This frame is what you have
been looking for to simplify your print-
ing. Complete instructions given.
For 5x7 Negatives, Price $2.50

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 Cast 9th Street NEW YORK

When writing: advertisers please mention SNAi^'ifeli'^V

VJJ^^VIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXV

GOOD INSURANCE.

Every good photographer judges his chemicals by the
results obtained. If the chemical is low grade, if the con-
tainer is the cheapest to be had, if the system of packing
is taken care of at the minimum of expense, you will agree
there is little likelihood of the chemicals keeping properly
or giving the best results.

That is why we either make or procure the best

chemicals to be had— use mostly glass containers, vv^hich

insure the chemicals reaching your hands in a perfect

condition— see that all containers are properly stoppered,

labeled and accompanied by suitable formulas for the

preparing of solutions. If there is any difference in price,

and in most cases there isn't, the difference covers these

little precautions that insure your results.

Get acquainted with the mark of
Chemical Certainty.

Digitized by

Google

XXXVI

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The success of Artura is based
on that invariable quality which
has made it the standard of devel-
oping-out papers.

Knows no EquaL

ARTURA DIVISION,

gitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xxxvu

E4GLE FL4SH L4NP

gives a flash with a broad spread like a gas flame. Quick (about 1-50
second), sure, noiseless, practically accident proof. The bulb release
is sure and self-clearing. Made of hard brass, nickel plated. Will not
rust. Umbrella of blue cloth.

Eagle Junior
Flash Lamp

for Home Portraiture and General
Amateur Use. Constructed exactly
like our Regular Eagle Flash Lamp.
For use without or with the Eagle
Flash Bag. Capacity ^ to 1 oz.
Flash powder, ample for home
portraits and small groups.

Prices $10 and $12.50 according
to equipment.

PRICES t

The Eagle Flash Lamp outfit complete, including lamp, stand,

blue umbrella, caps and flash powder $15.00

The Eagle Flash Lamp Stand 6 . 00

Umbrella made of a special blue cloth 1 . 50

Eagle Junior Lamp, including umbrella, stand, caps and 1 oz.

powder 10 . 00

Or with Eagle Junior Smoke Bag (no umbrella) 12.50

Eagle Flash Lamp (without stand) 7 . 50

Eagle Flash Bags

Digitized by

Google

XXXVUl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Rhodol

Obtainable from All Photo Supply Houses at Lowest Prices.

Mallinckrodt Chemical Works

St. Louis

New York

MANTTFACTUBEBS OF HIGH OBADE, 8TANDABD PHOTOGBAPHIC CHEMICALS

Rough & Caldwell Background and
Accessory Company

announce that their new catalogue of photographic ac-
cessories is now ready; accessories that are really
an accessory to the subject producing finished pic-
tures. For these there is a constant inquiry, and there
is not on the market a catalogue showing the various
styles that can be adapted by the photographer in the
makiner uo of his artistic picture, or a picture with artistic

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXIX

A NEW PAPER.

Ivory Black Platinotype

in smooth (Buff) and rough (White) surfaces.

Artistic, Refined and Beautiful Results

The tone is warm black and very popular in every country
in Europe. Send for sample Print.

Our regular papers, sepia and black — in smooth, rough
and Japine surfaces — continue to be in good demand by the
best photographers.

WILLIS & CLEMENT5

PHILADELPHIA

Royal Foreground Ray Soreen

Patemed April 4th, 1911

Style B (Universal)

An oblong ray filter graded from a deep yellow on one end
to practically colorless glass on the other, mounted in a
sliding frame so as to bring a filter of any desired depth of
color in front of the camera lens.

In the Style B Foreground we offer a ray filter for every
conceivable oithochromatic purpose.

Maximum speed is attained for instantaneous exposures by
means of tlie colorless or faintly tinted sections and maximum
orthochromatism, or rendering of the true color values, by using
the deeply colored portions, with every possible gradation inter-
vening.

The frame of the filter is num-
bered consecutively according to the

depth of color and these numbers Jlo.

show through a circular opening on 1 B

the mount, so that any special color 8 B

intensity is readily locate<l and the 4 B

exact conditions for any previous 5 B

exposure may be instantly duplicated 6 B

if desired. 7 B

It slips over the front of the lens 8 B

the same as a lens cap, and may be 9 B

*°»{antly attached or removed. 10 B

STYLE B

Dia. Inches

iVie
iVie

2H
3

$3.00
3.00
3.00
4.00
4.50
5.0O
6.00
6.60
7.0O

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Studio Cabinet
Photography

The Ross Rapid Cabinet Portrait Lens differs from
ordinary portrait lenses, as it is constructed to give as
flat a field as consistent with good marginal definition.
Invaluable for the production with full aperture of
either standing or sitting figures. Rapid results with
brilliancy.

No. 3 Portrait Lens, 3!/{>'' diameter, 12" equiva-
equivalent focus for use when studio
exceeds 20 ft.; the distant subject for
cabinet portraits $133.00

No. 3 A Portrait Lens, 4'' diameter, 16'' equiva-
lent focus, for promenade portraits and
cabinets in long studios 189.00

All

t A It

Qfnrli'r^c ftl-»rMiM R^ Qiiool if»r1 WifVi o

Digitized by

Google

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

i Paienutl April Mili, 191 U

STitE A.

Tho L&teit and Greatest Improvement In Ea? Filters.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
lo both sky and lorcgrountl. and produce a perfect cloufj effect nisinnin-
neously with ordinary plate*.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
IS a strong orange yellow at the top. is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical effect of the gradual
blending of color is to sitt out or absorb the powerful clKinical rays from
the clouds and sky. which pass through thi: strongly colt>rcd lop of the rilter,
without percfptildy decreasing the weak flhiniin^jtion oi the rcllt!ctid light

From the foreR^round, which
I umcs through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
!^art of I he screen in full
fUensily.

The reason that dnylight
< loud pictures are rare is
iliat the strength of the il-
lumination frr>m the sky is
many, many times that of
ihe partially absorhed and
redected light from objects
in the ground.

If a correct exposure is
^iven to the clouds, then
I lie landscape is badly nn-
der-exposcd; if the correct
ixposure is given to the
landscape, then the clouds
ire literally burnt up from
civer-exposure. and no mai-
ler how contrasty they may
Have appeared to the eye,
an unscreened photojtjraph
shows only a blank white
'^ky.

The Royal Forepronnd
Ray Screen is also very
useful for sub j eels which
arc more stronj^ly illumi-
nated on one side than on
the other, as in photojtrraj^h-
mn; l)y the light of a side
window or in a narrow
street. By simply lurMJug
the dark side of the fore-
ground screen toward the
bright side of the object a
irood. even exposure will
result.

If^de With the Royjil Forei^round Ray Screen

PjfOTO. By If. F,SCfnifnf\ S.uittic n'a.ihnt-t'H.

STOPlK EXPOSURE \iiccimd.

i^.f,tfm^if^ ^^ffi, ni .'f. M, ni.it,}ttce to suow-covtrcd

M(. Baker S Mites*

^^ DiAMrTEK tSCIIES PHtCE

jj^ tor br>x cameras l..i<^

BT¥L£

KC.

lf)A
11 A

DIAMETEK INCHES

pin* E

8.50
4,00

Digitized by

Google

If s your individuality that counts.

Your work must be different — will
be different if you select as a means
of expression, the new albumen
printing-out paper.

Matte-Surface, Ready-Sensitized,
Four Grades.

A range of tone from red chalk to
cold black, yet is simple and certain in
manipulation.

Your stock house has it.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY. ,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ROCHESTER, N. Y. ^

NO. 360B7 REGl STEREB

March. 1913

CONTENTS

rinkle In Titling Nega-
es - - 41

Intensification of Nega*
es After Drying - - - 42

V Scenes - * - - - - 45

ubstitute For Ground
iss - - ' 48

ion - 50

oducing Manuscripts - 54

[th in the Darkroonn - 56

le News and Notes - 5S

lio Wants - _ ^ - - - 60

Digitized by

Google

The above illustration is a little difficult to fathom.
Is it not? You will readily understand, however, by
examining closely. A 200- lb. man is standing on a
sheet of our

Cellular Board

and his heels hardly make a dent: The illustration
tells its own story!

This material, made by our t)wn special process,
possesses remarkable resistance and is at the same time
vcr)- light. Just the thing for protecting all kinds of
packages in shipment. Can be used to advantage in
any number of ways. We can furnish any size you wish.

Particulars on request.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

6 PRINCE STREET, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; Brookvillc* Ind,; Niagara Falls, Canada; London,
England; Jiilich, Germany.

Digitized by VjQO^IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xli

PHOTO- FLAT

No More Curling of Your Prints

A BATCH OF DRIED PRINTS

TPIE SAME PRINTS AFTER BEING TREATED WITH PHOTO- FLAT

^Apply to back of print, after they are thoroughly dry.

-An eflfective and simple way to flatten curled prints.

Ea,sy to use — no special care needed in drying prints to

t>c treated with PHOTO-FLAT. Leading professionals

ha\rc given an emphatic endorsement to PHOTO-FLAT.

PRICES: 4 Oz. Bottles, 35c; Pint Bottles, $1.00.
Quart Bottles, $1.75 Half Gal. Bottles, $3.00

Digitized by

Google

xlii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

AT LAST

Lantern Slides in

NATURAL. COL.ORS

Made with

Dufav Color Plate

Process

obtain.

months.

8}z4 "
81 X 4r

uxir
u z ir

8l z 2r

6x7"

the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colon possible to
Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and are guaranteed for six

PRICE LIST PER BOX OF FOUR

11.20 4x5" |l.eO

1.26 5x7" 2.00

COMPENSATING SCREENS

11.20 8J X 34" 18.00

1.60 4J X 41" 4.00

2.00

GREEN EXCELSIOR PAPER FOR DARK ROOM
PER PACKAGE OF 6 SHEETS

10.18 8 X 10" 10.80

Complete set Solutions |1.25
Send a trial order.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street, New York

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This!

That is, if your lens is right. The lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary lenses
will take or^/>/^ry pictures under /lit'orad/e conditions. Arc you satisfied with that?
Or would you like the desf results under a/I conditions ? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and profcssir>nal ■, who must
be sure of their results. TTiey can easily he fitted to the camera
you now own.

S^JkA fnr Onr RaaIt am ''I amcac ati«l TamAra*''

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xliii

»120»?

will place
the new

No. 8

CENTURY

OUTFIT

in your
Studio.

IWKE IS WHAT THE PRICE INCLUDES;

1 11x11 Century Grand Portrait Camera with bcw focusing

5irrutijj«*m#?tiL
11x11 bemi-Centenniiil SuiikI
Keversible Back l\>r 11 x It Croliirv View Plate IlDlders.

Adjustable for making eilber um* or two exposures un

a plate.
Slidiu^ Attachment for 8 x 10 Curtain Slide Plate Haider,
Adapter for 8x10 Attaehtiienl to lake 5 x 7 Curtain SUd«

Hiilder.
11 X 14 On titrj Double View I'lute Hidder,
Hx 10 Century Curtain Slide Holder with (ij4 x 8 j'^ Kit,
S X 7 Curtaiu Slide lloidrr-
Plate Holilcr Rack.

Th'^ newest and most eiaborrue of the Centtirp Outfits

Centurv Camera Division

■L

Ea^tinan Kmlak Co.

Rochester, N, Y.

Digitized by VjOO^?

xliv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Hildeg^arde Folder

Antique Brown Cover, enclosing Duplex Sepia°
Brown Card

Quaker Drab Cover, enclosing White Card

The constant and continued appeals for a large folder for double
weight prints makes the "Hildegarde" a successful response to a long
felt want.

It is the acme of severe refinement, and with its heavy cover and
appropriate card, furnishes a suitable mounting for all high-class work.

For Sepias it is particularly attractive, giving with the Duplex card a
variety of tones. The plain card, of course, aflFords plenty of latitude in
trimming prints, and any size picture will find it a graceful background
to enhance its value.

Folder 11x14 for all photographs 8x10 or smaller, |14 00 per 100
Packed 50 in a box.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 E. Ninth Street New York

Oigitized by VJ^l^V IC

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

9UBSCUPTXOV BATIS VOI U. I. AMD CAMAIU PES TIAK, |1*00; HZ MOMTHt« 60 CBWTt

tiMGLS COrr, 10 CSIITt. fouigm coumtubi, %\M
FUUISHO IT TBB SMAT-SBOTS PUBLItHXIfO Ca, 67 BAST NIlfTB BTBSBT, WBW YOBK

Volume 24

MARCH, 1913

Number 3

Statement of Ownership, Management, etc., of "Snap-Shots," published monthly
at New York City, N. Y., required by the Act of August 24th, 1912.

Editor— Percy Y. Howe, 57 East 9th Street, New York City, N. Y. ; Publishers-
Snap Shots Pub. Company, 57 East 9th Street, New York City, N. Y. ; Owner-
George Murphy, 57 East 9th Street, New York City, N. Y.

Known bondholders, mortgages, and other security holders, holding 1 per cent,
or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities — None.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this Tenth day of March, 1913.

Warren W. Sigler, Notary Public Queens County,

Certificate filed in N. Y. County.

(My Commission Expires March 30th, 1913.)

A WRINKLE IN TITLING NEGATIVES

This may be an old dodge to
some, but as I have never seen it
in print, I will air it. Whatever
title may be desired is lettered, with
Chinese white, upon a slip of
smooth black paper. If this slip
be placed carefully in the desired
position on the wet negative, after
the latter has drained and looks
smooth, rubbed carefully into good
contact, left a few moments and
then removed, the lettering will ap-
pear in reverse, in white, on the
negative film. As Chinese white is

nearly opaque, the title may or may
not be sufficiently dense; if not, it
can easily be followed over with a
fine pen, using Higgins' or other
waterproof ink, after the negative
is dry. This method, accidentally
discovered, simplified the making
of letters in reverse, as the copy
left by the Chinese white, being
easily seen against the black of the
negative, is very easy to follow;
lettering or printing in reverse
without some sort of guide being
not so easy. — Camera Craft.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1913

THE INTENSIFICATION OF NEGATIVES
AFTER DRYING

It not unf requently happens that,
after drying a negative and tak-
ing a print it is found to be ca-
pable of improvement by means of
judicious intensification, or the re-
verse— reduction; but many pho-
tographers are reluctant to meddle
with matters as they stand, if a
moderately satisfactory result is
obtainable, in the belief that, after
drying, the film is less amenable to
successful treatment. To some
slight extent this is actually the
case, but by suitable preparation al-
most any film, after once drying,
may be brought into a perfectly fit
condition for the application of the
usual methods of treatment. Nat-
urally the means adopted will dif-
fer according to the character of
the films, gelatine requiring totally
diflFerent treatment from collodion,
and a bath plate from one
prepared from collodion emul-
sion.

We say that almost any film may
be so treated, and practically it may
be that all are susceptible of being
brought into proper condition,
though occasionally, under very ab-
normal circumstances, instances
may be met with which refuse to
give way to the ordinary processes.
For instance, we have more than
once met with gelatine negatives
which, from some peculiarity in the
character of the gelatine employed,
coupled no doubt with the action
thereon of the alum bath, have

proved utterly beyond the reach ol
any form of intensifier or reducer,
after they have been some time
dried; and, in cases where chrome
alum was used after development,
we have known the films to refuse
to fix, so thoroughly had the gela-
tine been hardened. Again, many
years ago, when on a holiday tour,
with collodion dry plates in order
to save trouble while away from
home, the negatives developed were
simply washed and dried without
fixing, that operation being left un-
til our return; but, after drying, it
was found that the collodion was of
so **homy'* a character that it had
become quite impervious, not Only
to aqueous solutions, but also re-
sisted the penetrating action of al-
cohol, and in this case also the
films refused to fix, although those
treated immediately after develop-
ment gave no trouble whatever.
These and similar abnormal cases
may, however, be left out of con-
sideration.

In a general way, with gelatine
plates, no special treatment will be
required beyond a thorough soak-
ing in water, but, before any ab-
solutely uniform and complete ac-
tion can be expected, the entire
thickness of the film must b^ per-
meated. It is not of the slightest
use to just moisten the surface of
the plate before applying the inten-
sifying or reducing liquids, as this
is only tantamount to courting fail-

Digitized by

Google

March, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

ure; the film must be submitted to
the action of clean, soft water, un-
til the latter has soaked completely
through the whole thickness and
brought it to an even degree of
saturation. The length of soaking
necessary to bring about this result
will vary according to circum-
stances, the character of the gela-
tine, the development used, and
whether or not alum has been used
in the process. Some plates will,
in fact, require ten times the
amount of soaking to bring them
into suitable condition that others
do, and, without knowing the
plates, it is difficult to judge at
sight when the proper stage has
been reached. Generally speaking,
those which appear to repel the wa-
ter and to become quickly surface-
dry may be set down as requiring
a lengthy soaking, and this will
usually be found to be the condition
of plates that have remained a long
time in the dry state, especially if
alum has been applied to them be-
fore drying. Those, on the other
hand, that take the water readily,
and after a minute or so allow it
to flow smcMDthly over the surface,
will be ready for treatment after a
comparatively short soaking; but,
as there is no satisfactory method
by which the exact minimum time

can be ascertained, it is as well to
allow plenty in all cases.

If it should occur, in spite of
very prolonged soaking, that irregu-
larity of action follows, it is pretty
sure evidence that alum has been
largely employed, either in the proc-
ess of manufacture of the gelatine
or the films or in development, and
steps will have to be taken to coun-
teract its hardening action and to
restore the permeability of the film.
For this purpose nothing surpasses
a weak solution of acetic acid, one
part of the acid to one hundred of
water, in which the plate should
be soaked instead of in plain water.
After the use of this bath the film
should be further soaked in plain
water to remove the acid, more es-
pecially if the subsequent treat-
ment is to consist of reduction by
means of hypo and ferricyanide of
potassium. A weak solution of am-
monia or other alkali is also found
to exercise a softening action, but
this has also a tendency to rot the
gelatine, which the acetic acid does
not. The alkali must be thoroughly
removed before applying such solu-
tions as mercuric chloride, and, in
fact, wherever it is possible to dis-
pense with either acid or alkali, it
is preferable. — The British Journal
of Photography.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1913

u-c;;

Digitized by

Google

March, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

SNOW SCBNES

By P.

(Reprinted by permission of A

One thing very sure is that we
all have more or less our own way
of doing things, and the above title
is one that I think is treated in the
greatest variety of ways.

The most universal instructions
that you will find in all kinds of

Hunt

merican Annual of Photography)

written from theory and not from
practice. It seems impossible for
me to get anything like results from
such short exposures.

Another thing that we find so
often in instruction books, magazine
articles, etc., is to keep the sun be-

FlGURE 2.

magazines are to give 1/12 normal
exposure for snow or clouds. Some
vary on the question of clouds from
Yi to 1/12 the exposure that a land-
scape should have. Do not think
that I will attempt to tell some of
these that they do not know what
the>' are talking about. I do think,
though, that the most of them are

hind you, or nearly so. Just ask
yourself a few questions and see if
you think this is right.

How would a portrait look if the
light came from the back of your
camera? Take a properly lighted
print and place it beside one that is
lighted from back of your camera
and compare them. Take any sub-

Digitized by.

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March. 1913

ject and make like comparisons. To
make the point clear so that you
will understand why I differ from
so many, I will say that it is my
opinion that the instructions orig-
inated with makers of cameras in
the earlier days, when the lenses
were very imperfect, and it was

tide will more strongly emphasize
the point I am trying to make clear.
In Figure 1 you will note that the
light is coming from nearly behind
me; the picture is quite flat; the
frost on the trees (and snow) is
merely white stuff on the trees —
that on the ground is a trifle better.

Figure 3;

necessary to take snapshots in that
way in order to get all the light
possible.

Now this is not what the title
calls for. It is, however, very im-
portant and right to the point, and
is to impress upon your mind the
real points that are at issue. Source
of light, the time, place and ex-
posure— things that will vary with
every picture.

The illustrations with this ar-

In Figure 2, taken within ten
minutes of the other, the light
comes at right angles and the snow-
looks like snow, not a white mass
as in Figure 1. However, the low
light (low sun) assists the latter
very much. If the sun had been
higher it would merely have been
two masses, one white, the other
black. In fact it is not the snow
that you should look for, but the
shadows. Select the point where

Digitized by

Google

March, 1913

SXAP SHOTS

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 19 13

you can get the best picture of the
shadows. The snow part will come
out to your satisfaction. Just try
this on all kinds of subjects. Look
for the best point from which to
take a picture of the shadows. Very
few subjects would be a failure
from this way of selecting your
position.

In Figure 2 note how the frost
on the trees stands out like frost,
the snow looks like snow, the
shadows as you can see are the
whole picture, soft, transparent and
pleasing. One thing, though, that
makes the picture please you most
is the low position of the sun. If
the sun had been behind me the tree
on the extreme left would have been
almost invisible against a white
hill behind.

The three views of my old studio
are another set that will prove the
very same points. In Figure 3 the
sun was nearly behind me ; in Fig-

ure 4 at right angles, and in Fig-
ure 5 nearly in front of me, ex-
cept that the sun was lower, and as
you can see, the effects are very
much better.

The moral is to get at least half
of the subject in shadows, if not
three-fourths, merely tipping the
edges and tops with the high light,
then "expose for the shadows and
let the high lights take care of
themselves.'* I would no more
think of underexposing a snow
scene or cloud picture than a green
lawn full of red flowers.

The time to take snow scenes is
when the air is perfectly clear,
not the least haze. Early in the
morning is much better than late
in the evening. I say early or late,
the air as a rule being much clearer
in the morning.

The light must be sufficiently
strong to give full and decided
shadows.

A SUBSTITUTE FOR GROUND GLASS

A formula which was more i
use fifteen or twenty years ago
than at present may be mentioned
for the. information of several cor-
respondents asking for a suitable
means of backing up large glass
transparencies with a semi-trans-
parent deposit. An emulsion of
carbonate of lead in collodion per-

cipitate the lead as carbonate. The
precipitate is washed first with
water, and finally with alcohol, and
is then added to plain collodion,
in which it is well shaken up. The
exact proportion to add is judged
by one or two trial coatings on a
sheet of glass. Although the lead
carbonate is about the best pigment.

Digitized by

Google

March, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1913

CARBON
By Charles M. Clark

This is a story of how a success-
ful carbon print was made, and the
writer thinks those who imagine
carbon work to be in that high re-
gion of photography to which but
few can ascend will find it interest-
ing. After all, the carbon process,
while taking considerable more time
and patience, is just as easy as the
making of prints on developing pa-
per or P. O. P., and far more fas-
cinating. The results, after some
failures, are ample compensation
for failures. A good carbon print
is certainly something worth going
after.

To start with, aside from having
seen some carbon prints, the man-
ner of operation was all dark to me,
and my attention was first attracted
after some poor gum prints had
been made. While starting in to
make prints without any knowledge
of the matter resulted in the worst
kind of a failure, I am glad I start-
ed as I did. After getting some
unsensitized tissue and a couple of
ounces of bichromate of potassium,
I dissolved some of the chemical
and sensitized the paper.

I do not know whether that bath
was a 2 or 20 per cent solution, but
I do know that, had I known how
the print should have been handled,
I would at least have gotten some-
thing. Some one said something
about hot water, and, after remov-
ing the print from the frame under
the hot water faucet it went.

There was an indecisive moment,
as if the pigment was disgusted
with this treatment, and then the
emulsion started to slide away. But
during that period I could see my
picture. I knew something about
being expected to use a piece of
transfer paper, but I thought for
that time I would take a chance and
use the paper which was used as a
support when I purchased the tis-
sue.

In a very short space of time
there was nothing remaining but a
piece of blank paper, and then I
started in to get some "book'*
knowledge of the affair. After read-
ing what some one said regarding
putting the tissue, after printing,
into water until it had the curl taken
out of it and bringing it into con-
tact with a support, I made another
print. This was kept in the water
about two minutes, not warm this
time, and then a piece of drawing
paper was brought into contact and
the two squeegeed together and put
under a book. About that time I
was wondering what was going to
happen. In about five minutes I
took the print and support and put
them into warm water, and waited
until the pigment started to come
out from under the sides of the
print and support, as the book said
it would. Then, taking it out of
the water (that was a mistake, as I
afterward found out, and started
pulling), most of the pigment still

Digitized by

Google

March, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

adhered to the original support, but
there was a portion which stuck to
the drawing paper. This I started
to work on, and with my fingers
dropped the warm water over it,
and the soluble pigment started to
run away, and in a short time there
was a face on the paper. Here at
least was a part of a carbon print,
and just enough to make me feel
that it was worth going after.

Back to the book again, and there

I learned the support paper must

have a coating upon it to make the

pigment stick ; and it said to boil an

ounce of gelatine in ten ounces of

water and then put in some alum.

This I did, but found the gelatine

would congeal as soon as the alum

was put in, and so I started to rub

the dissolved gelatine over some

drawing paper, and then, when it

was dry, put it into a tray where

chrome alum had been dissolved. I

found that after putting the sized

paper into contact with the pigment

without having given it the chrome

^hm bath the gelatine would

^C)iten, but not after having been

Woug-ht into contact with the alum

bath for five minutes.

Then there followed a lot of trou-
bles of various kinds, and there
^'^t^ Wmes when it looked as if a
V^tl^ct print could never be made.
1 had tnade an 8x10 negative of an
Indian he^^^ ^^^ decided that I

if it does not any one else. You
see, after a time I did what I should
have done at first — took a book
which devoted a lot of pages to
carbon work and started in, read
and re-read what it said, and after
a couple of weeks felt I had a pretty
good idea of the theory of why
pigment, brought into contact with
bichromates, would become insolu-
ble, and then started in to make
prints. Things went better, but
there were troubles which bobbed
up which I had to contend with.
One of the chief of these, after I
had gotten to be able to strip the
support which carried the pigment
when purchased, was to have the
soluble pigment sort of blister and
form a circle, where it would be
very thick and leave a bare space
inside the circle. This generally
happened to be in the high lights,
and I found seldom did any dam-
age, as the thick pigments would
dissolve. Then there would be a
number of little blisters, and when
the pigment was drying it would be
thick there and have a lighter space
around it. One print started to
frill, which was a new trouble, and
a good many other things hap-
pened. But all this time I was get-
ting a print now and then which
was free from flaws, and gradually
worked the thing down until I
could make a good many prints

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1913

making pictures. Now, I do not
claim to be a carbon worker, but
for the benefit of some one who
might want to try, I am going to
tell how I do it.

Starting off, one has to have a
negative, and I prefer to work from
a 5x7 or larger, generally 8x10,
and as most of my negatives are
4x5, I had to make an enlarged
negative. I had fairly good luck
by taking an 8x10 unmounted en-
larged print and placing it face
up in a printing frame. Of course,
one has to have a clear piece of
glass in the frame, and then, tak-
ing an unexposed plate the size of
the paper, put it into the frame and
put on the back. The plate is
then exposed through the print, and
when it is developed one will find a
fair negative. It may show the
grain a little, but it will do to
work from. Sometimes I make a
positive and throw it up in the en-
larging camera, but find there is a
bad grain and the high lights are
apt to clog up when using con-
densers.

The pigment (one can get many
colors) can be purchased at any
stock house, and I make a bath of
bichromate of potassium for sen-
sitizing by adding to an ounce of
saturated solution 50 ounces of wa-
ter, about 5 drops of ammonia and
10 grains of carbonate of soda,
and, if the weather is sticky, 5 drops
of a saturated solution of bichloride
of mercury. The bath is then ready
and the tissue is immersed. Small
air bubbles will stick to it, and

these can be removed by rubbing
the finger over the part; and then,
after two minutes and a half or
three minutes, I take the tissue out
and place it on a ferrotype tin, rub
it into good contact and place be-
fore a fan to dry. This drying
takes an hour or more.

The negative I use has been cov-
ered for about half an inch with a
piece of black paper, so as to have
what the book calls a "safe edge,"
and in strong sunlight, for an aver-
age negative, it takes from a min-
ute and a half to three minutes to
print. I usually calculate by judg-
ing how long it would take to print
a proof from the negative on print-
ing-out paper.

I put my support into the water
about an hour before I am ready to
make a print, and right here I might
remark that the support, ready for
use and in a variety of surfaces,
can be purchased at the stock
houses; and when the print is re-
moved from the frame I place it
face down in water, turn it over
and remove all air bubbles, and
when it has been in the cold water
about two minutes remove it and
the support. I try and center the
print on the support before remov-
ing it from the water. After rub-
bing into contact, I take a piece of
damp blotter, place it on the back,
and put all under a couple of books.
I have lately secured an old letter-
press, which works very satisfac-
torily, giving a good even pressure.
After five minutes I remove it and
place it in water which is just

Digitized by

Google

March, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

warm, not hot, and wait until the
water has had time to thoroughly
dissolve all the pigment that it will,
and then, holding the support un-
der water, gently remove the pa-
per which first held the pigment
I find it works much better if this
is done under water.

True, there is not much beauty in
the mass of paint which one now
sees, but gently throw the warm
water over the mass and the solu-
ble pigment starts to wash away,
and this is done until one has the
paper free from all the loose pig-
ment, and there is the picture.
Easy? Sure it is; and one will
find it fascinating enough to make
it interesting. After removing the
print from the warm water, I wash
it in a tray of cold water for a
time and then place it in a bath of
an ounce of powdered white alum
dissolved in about 20 ounces of
water, and, after a few minutes in
this, wash it to remove the free
alum and hang it up to dry.

Of course, but one print can be
handled at a time after it has been
stripped, unless a very large tray
has been used ; and, just for the fun
o£ making carbon prints, one is
enough to go after. One will learn
by experience that the tissue, be-
fore it is dry, is very delicate and

in the double transfer process this
stain is lost. For starting the sin-
gle transfer is much the easier, and
while the print may be reversed
from the negative for a good many
things, this does not matter. To
overcome this reversal, in making
an enlarged negative from a posi-
tive I put the emulsion side of the
negative next to the condensers.
This will give a properly turned
print by the single transfer
process.

As I said before, my experience
in making carbon prints is very
limited, but in the coming months I
am going to know more about it,
and believe those who have had the
patience to read this confession will
have a lot of genuine enjoyment if
they give carbons a trial and stick
at it until they have made a suc-
cessful print.

Rivers with low, flat shores are
by no means as favorable for se-
curing pictorial effect, but a care-
ful attention to the foreground and
the judicious introduction of a boat
or sail just at the proper place, or .
a well-balanced sky prospect, will
not only enable you to steer clear
of running into monotony, but very
often will convert your otherwise
tame production into a veritable
picture. I see there is a good deal

mrfct-A tn cav nn this tnnir than

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS March, 1913

REPRODUCING MANUSCRIPTS

The reproduction of old manu-
scripts is one of the most interest-
ing applications of photography. It
permits of multiplying at a small
cost valuable documents, the study
of which, without its aid, would
often be impossible. It places at
the disposal of the savant and of
the artist, not, as with drawing, con-
ventional reproductions, but au-
thentic copies. The designer and
the copyist have generally a tend-
ency to interpret the work they re-
produce; they render not always
what is there, but what they see.
With a photograph one possesses in
^ome form the original itself. Still
better, it sometimes gives details
not visible to the eye; half-effaced
writing or drawing will appear
more distinctly in the copy than in
the original without subjecting the
latter to any operation that would
change it.

This class of reproductions does
not generally present any serious
difficulties. It is desirable, as far as
possible, to preserve the original di-
mensions of the original, so that an
apparatus sufficiently large to em-
brace the whole of the piece to be
copied will be. needed; otherwise it
would have to be copied a portion
at a time, and the pieces mounted
together afterward. However, with
lenses giving a very sharp defini-
tion, a reduction is in most cases
admissible, so that the reproduction
may be made two-thirds or even
one-half the size of the original ;

besides, it is always possible to en-
large it afterward. Generally, old
papers and parchments are folded,
and so do not present a flat sur-
face; it is necessary to correct th
to obtain copies that will be uni-
formly clear. If the sheet is de-
tached nothing is more simple; all
that has to be done is to place the
manuscript in a printing frame and
press it against the glass with the
aid of a piece of felt. The paper or
parchment may first be wrapped for
a few minutes in a moist paper or
cloth, be placed between two pieces
of slightly damp blotting paper, so
as to restore its suppleness and
eliminate the creases. This opera-
tion, however, is not without dan-
ger, and must be used with extreme
caution.

If the sheets to be copied are
fixed in a volume the work will be
more complicated, and special
means will have to be erhployed.
Each page to be copied must be
placed on a thin board, which will
extend somewhat above and below
the page, putting a piece of felt or
blotting paper between them, and
covering the page with a pane of
glass the same as the board. Then
fasten each end with a piece of
strong twine or a screw-clamp, so
as to hold the page perfectly flat
Care must be taken to have the back
margin of the volume as free as
possible, and the glass should be
clear and colorless, and free from
spots or a;r-bubbles.

Digitized by

Google

March, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

These prelminary arrangements
completed, the next thing is to place
the page to be copied so that it will
be perfectly parallel with the
ground glass of the camera. If a
camera stand with a tilting head is
available this may be utilized to
advantage; or the volume may be
set up at one end of a sufficiently
long table and the camera at the
other end, using such means to se-
cure the page in a perpendicular
position as may be devised for the
occasion, and taking care that the
optical center of the camera coin-
cides with the center of the piece
to be copied. In this case the whole
apparatus may be moved so as to
take advantage of the best lighting
position without disturbing the
focus or relation of the parts. Care
should be taken that there are no
reflections on the glass plate cover-
ing the page.

Focusing should be done with
scrupulous care, with the aid of a
magnifying glass, reducing the dia-
phragm enough to g^ve clear defini-
tion from center to edges. Then
there remains only the exposings.

Any ordinary plate will answer
ii it is merely a matter of reproduc-
ing writing, but slow plates are best.
The time of exposure will neces-
sarily vary greatly, but should not

manuscript has illuminations and
miniatures in many colors, ortho-
chromatic plates with a color fitter
will be indispensable, and the time
of exposure greatly increased. In
copying oil or water-color paintings
ordinary plates must be abandoned,
and panchromatic plates with a
dark yellow filter used. Develop-
ment is same as usual.

After some inevitable experi-
menting one will soon acquire skill
in this special line of work. — Revue
Photo graphique du Sud-Esf,

WATERPROOF GLUE

The following recipe for a water-
proof glue is recommended: To a
bottle of ordinary glue add one-
quarter ounce of bichromate of
potash dissolved in a little hot wa-
ter. This glue can be made any
consistency that your work re-
quires. It should be kept in the
dark as much as possible after be-
ing mixed, under which conditions
it will remain good for a week or
so. It is a little slow in asstuning
its waterproof character, but when
it is set nothing less than a strong
acid, which would destroy it, will
dissolve it. If it is for gluing leath-
er, add a little glycerine, when it

Digitized by

Google

Sx\AP SHOTS March, 191 3

HEALTH IN THE DARKROOM

*'Half an hour's work in the dark-
room generally lands me with a
headache/' is by no means an un-
common remark. Other complaints
about the red light fatiguing the
eyes, producing catarrh or drowsi-
ness are not infrequent. These
troubles, serious enough in their
way, point to the fact that health
considerations do not always receive
the attention they deserve.

It is easy to say it is all a ques-
tion of ventilation, and so dismiss
the matter, but the problem is per-
haps not quite so simple as it may
seem.

Respiration or breathing consists
of two acts — inspiration, or draw-
ing in breath, and expiration, or
sending it out. Our needs in these
two acts are fundamentally differ-
ent. We need to take in oxygen
and to get rid of carbonic acid
(CO2). Failure in either direction
soon means trouble, and, ultimately,
death. Ordinarily fresh air consists
roughly of twenty-one parts of oxy-
gen and seventy-nine parts of ni-
trogen, as a mixture — i. e., not in
combination. The latter gas (ni-
trogen) plays no important part in
the business beyond diluting the
oxygen. It has been estimated that
a ten-stone man requires about 11,-
000 grains weight of oxygen per
twenty-four hours, or, roughly, say
lJ/2 pounds of this gas, so that he
uses up all the oxygen in about 7j4
pounds weight of ordinary air per
(twenty-four hours) day. During

this time he gives out about
12,000 grains of carbonic acid
(gas).

The average rate of quiet breath-
ing is seventeen times per minute,
but when the mind or body is occu-
pied this rate goes up somewhat, as
most people know from experience.
The air we inspire contains 21 per
cent of oxygen, while that expired
has only about 16 per cent of oxy-
gen.

These figures are given so that
the worker in a small room may be
made to realize the rapid rate the
oxygen in the air is being used up
by the lungs. Or one can put it in
another way, by saying that we re-
quire to use up all the oxygen con-
tained in about four cubic feet of air
per hour. Of course, we cannot
use up all the oxygen in the air, for
several reasons ; one is that by the
time we had put into it 10 per cent
of carbonic acid it would be time to
set a doctor at work.

Now a word about the carbonic
acid side of the question. Ordinary
town **fresh air" contains about
three parts per 10,000 of carbonic
acid before we have spoiled it by
taking it into the lungs ; but in two
seconds this expired air contains
from four to five parts per 100!
Just take note what a tremendous
jump up that is. It is an augmenta-
tion of something like a hundred
times the initial quantity.

We can thus see how quickly the
air of a railway carriage — with

Digitized by

Google

March, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

"five a side'' and the windows
closed — ^becomes foul. Experts tell
us that when the proportion of COj
rises to 5 per 10,000 it is not pure
enough for healthy breathing ; while
if it runs up to seven or eight parts
we are pretty certain quickly to ex-
perience drowsiness, malaise, and
frontal headache — the symptoms
we associate with ill-ventilated lec-
ture rooms, theatres, exhibitions,
churches, etc. But, curiously
enough, while th« open-air living
country dweller often experiences
discomfort on his introduction to
closed and crowded rooms in towns,
yet a certain kind of immunity or
acclimatization follows. In many
country cottages bedroom windows
are seldom opened — indeed, it is
frequently impossible to open the
windows — ^and something not un-
like this is not unknown in some
darkrooms.

To put matters in a practical

form, what it amounts to is this:

Taking three parts of COj per 10,-

000 as average "fresh,*' usable air,

3fjd ^ve per 10,000 as the limit for

/jeBlthy we have a working margin

\ ^o parts per 10,000. Now it

^^ \)een ascertained by experiment

^^^ the average adult puts three-

^^^ths of a cubic foot of CO2 per

j^our into his expired air. This

^eans that he requires 3,000 cubic

^eet of ^^^ fo^ comfort. But in a

then, we assume our darkroom has
a good inlet and outlet, but door
closed, a three - times - an - hour
change would be a generous esti-
mate. This means that such a room
should contain not less than 1,000
cubic feet — i, e,, 10 feet long, 10
feet wide, and 10 feet high, or the
equivalent in other proportions, if
one is to work in comfort.

So far not a word has been said
about that enemy of health and
comfort in our darkrooms, viz. : the
evil-smelling oil lamp or gas flame.
Not only do they rob the air of
oxygen, but they also pour into it
CO2, as well as many other com-
bustion products, to say nothing of
giving us much more heat than is
always acceptable. The evils of
gas and oil are strong arguments
in favor of electric light, but un-
fortfunately this counsel of perfec-
tion is not always capable of prac-
tical application. But if we are
tied to oil or gas, the important
point is to provide an outlet near
and well above the lamps, so that in
ascending hot air and gas fumes
may pass out freely. This will help
the inflow of air to take the place
of that passing out. It is not possi-
ble to say how much space or air
must be allowed for the lamp or
gas jet, as these vary greatly, but
it is advisable to estimate them on
a generous basis. — The Amateur

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS March, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

Professional Photographers' Society
of Pennsylvania will hold their conven-
tion at Harrisburg on March 17th to
19th. Don't miss this. It will be well
worth attending.

Look at the inside of the front cover
and you will learn something new about
the Photomailer for mailing prints to
your customers. It insures their reaching
the customers in good order. Write to
the manufacturers for further partic-
ulars. Don't forget to mention Snap
Shots.

Stolen. From the Obrig Camera Co..
147 Fulton Street, New York City, 1
No. 3A Folding Pocket Kodak, No.
35186-A, fitted with Goerz-Dagor Lens
Series 3, No. lA, No. 180117, and Vo-
lute Shutter; 1 No. 3 Folding Pocket
Kodak, No. 53469, fitted with Zeiss Ko-
dak Lens No. 1085088, and Compound
Shutter; 1 No. 14x5 Film Premo, No.
3445.

Hof.ie Portrait Reflector. With the
increasing popularity of home portrait-
ure, the demand arises for convenient
apparatus which the photographer can
pack in a very small space and carry
into the home of the customer. One of
the most important things is a good re-
flector and the most convenient piece of
apparatus which has come to our no-
tice is the Eastman Home Portrait Re-
flector. The telescoping stand is about
the size of the ordinary music rack
when folded, and measures 8 feet 6
inches when extended. The reflector is
of opaque Holland shade cloth which
will reflect the maximum amount of
light. An adjustable rod holds the re-
flector at any angle, and when not in
use, it is rolled up and placed with the
carrier in a neat bag. This is an ideal
reflector for the home portrait photo-
grapher.

The Parallax Booklet which contains
a comprehensive exposition of the Paral-
lactic Principle of Lighting, with a
description of the complete series of
lamps, including new Parallax arc
searchlight and photographic views tak-
en by their light at night will be mailed
to inquirers to illustrate and prove the
power and economic character of these
lamps. Send to R. D. Gray, Ridgewood
New Jersey.

Photo-Flat. Have you tried this prep-
aration? If not, we would suggest that
you do. It will overcome all the trouble
you have experienced with your double
weight prints curling. Simple to use;
does not injure the prints. Makes
them flat, and they stay flat. Your cus-
tomers will appreciate this. See adver-
tisement in this issue.

Distort 0. If you want to surprise
your friends and show them how they
would look if longer, shorter, broader,
and thinner, get one of the Distorto
attachments advertised in this issue.
Some photographs recently shown us
were truly laughable. Just the things
for postcards.

The Eagle Vignette Adjuster is a new
device for adjusting tissue paper over
the printing frame for vignetting pur-
poses, being the invention of a practical
photographer. It is a great time saver,
and of the greatest assistance to the
printer. The tissue paper lies perfectly
smooth and flat. The vignette from
each negative can be saved and filed
with the negative, and in case of dupli-
cate orders can be adjusted on the
frame in a moment. Professional pho-
tographers should investigate this de-
vice. Descriptive circular will be mailed
by the manufacturers, George Murphy,
Inc.. 57 East Ninth Street, New York
City.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

Iks have a new surprise
aphic trade. It's the
to their customers.
1 your request for one
i" products, and if you
ay, and you will. Ber-
cs. 213 Water St., New

kv albumen paper, Zelta,
)portunities to the pho-
ishes to get away from
y results and offers his
better work at a higher

takes a little longer to
*n print, but the man-
)le, the results certain
ility of the print makes
while.

e not only appreciated,
higher price, because
successfully imitated,
i of tone offers the
lity for the expression
individuality,
use has it.

t will stick, will stay
Dior the prints, is Hig-
en on the market for
prints mounted with it
ever come off nor has
red them. All dealers

m. The new price list
jon Tissues and Mate-
y. To those who have
lis beautiful permanent
nge of thirty-seven dif-
lis manual will be a
tion to the carbon pic-
price list is combined
irtions, articles on man-
erent transfer papers,
amic tissues, and the
n process. If you will

Dufay Dioptichrome Color Plate. The
new booklet referring to the Dufay di-
optichrome color plate is now ready. To
those interested in photography it will
be well to procure one of these booklets,
as they contain explanations, causes of
failure, and formulae referring to color
work. Write to the American agents,
George Murphy. Inc., New York.

Write the Berlin Aniline Works, 213
Water St., New York, for a copy of
The "Afga" Way. Mailed to you gra-
tis; ask for booklet. Mention you saw
it in Snap Shots.

Norman L. Coe.

Norman L. Coe, who for fifteen
years before the Bertillon system was
installed was official photographer at
Police Headquarters, died yesterday
morning at his home at 631 Broadway,
at the age of 65. He is survived by
two sons and his widow.

Mr. Coe was bom in Cold Spring on
the Hudson, came to this city when he
was 24 years old, and established a
photograph gallery in the building in
which he died. When he retired from
the Police Department he kept up a
private collection of his own, containing
pictures of more than 10,000 criminals.

After he left the department Mr. Coe
took up the work of photographing
scenes of crime for the District Attor-
ney's office. He worked in the Thaw,
Nan Patterson, Rosenheimer, Wolter,
Stokes, Patrick, Rosenthal, "Jack the
Ripper" and many other cases. At the
time of his death Mr. Coe was engaged
in photographing the scene and bombs
in the Herrera case.

Mr. Coe was stricken with an attack
of heart disease, which his sons, Harold
and Clifford, say was brought on by his
work in photographing the aqueduct
work at 145th Street. The funeral will

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS
STUDIO WANTS

March, 1913

Galleries for Sale or Rent
D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
A. M. C. in New Jersey, $900.

G. B., gallery in New Jersey, $800.
A. D. v., gallery in New York, $500.
Mrs. S., gallery in New York City, $650.
D. studio, in Connecticut.

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of

10,000-15,000.

N. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.

R. L. C, wants gallery in N. Y. City.

J. T. A., wants gallery in N. Y. State.

T. D., wants gallery in small city.

A. M., wants to buy or rent within 40

miles of N. Y.
R. S. D., desires gallery.

Positions Wanted — Qperatcrc
J. G. J., all-round.
A. M., first-class all-round.
M. K., all-round man.
H. K., operator and retoucher.
J. C, all-round, in or out of city.
C. L. B.. all-round.
T. L., all-round.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers, Recep-
tionists

Miss A. S., receptionist, finisher, etc
Miss F. B. N., retoucher.
R. N., retoucher.

Miss M. P., retoucher, printer, etc.
Miss M. C. M., hand-color work, spot-
ting, sketching, receptionist, etc.

Positions Wanted — Printers
Miss K. D., printer, receptionist, etc
S. A. M., printer.
S. T. D., printer.

Votloe— Letttn addreued to anyone in our oaro should bo aoeompanlod with ataay
for OAOh letter lo that they oan he ro-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. |1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that places to the
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography 8.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) S.50
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4.50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO.

67 East 9th St, New York

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xlv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of forty words or less, will be inserted
for forty cenU. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements «0 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at lea&t must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the **ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snapshots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

ii an excellent and safe medltan of commtmlcatfon between Pfiotographefi

For Sale: Photo business and outfit
for sale cheap. For particulars write:
J. F. Martin. Sixth Street, Springfield,
Oregon.

Wanted: I make it a specialty of
retouching for the trade, having had
ten years' experience. Prices reason-
able, objectionable points skilfully re-
moved, permanently established. Ad-
dress Mrs. M. H; Exton, 236 Grove
Place, Utica, N. Y.

For Sale: Best paying photo busi-
ness in Florida. Ideal all the year
climate. I have good health, a good
business and will sell at a reasonable
price. Family ties and other business
demand my going West at an early
date. My place is located on busiest
corner in center of Tampa. Am
equipped for commercial, portrait and
Quick finish (Theatre right opposite).
Get best prices: cabinet, $7.50 dozen;
8 X 10, $15.00 to $25.00 dozen. Weekly
pay roll of cigar makers here $230,000.
If you want a bargain act quick.
Write J. Watson, Suite 12, Campbell
Bldg., Tampa, Florida.

For Sale: Good modern studio,
plumbed and electrical lighted, north
light, well located in town of 2,500;
twenty-six miles from Portland, Ore-
gon. Right price. If interested write
W. H. Boswell, Newberg, Oregon.

Aristo Lamp Wanted, alternating
current, suitable for making enlarge-
ments. Also want pair of 14-inch con-
densers. State lowest cash price.
F. B. Howard, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

Position Wanted: In strictly first-
class studio by A-1 all-round man
(Japanese), expert in all branches of
photography; also skilled in oil tint-
ing and work in backgrounds. Ad-
dress K., care Snap Shots.

When writing advertisers

Bought Euryscope Lens — suspect
it*s stolen. Owner can claim it by
proper identification, lens number and
my nominal cost. H. J. Thein, 476
Broad Street, Newark, N. J.

For Sale: One 5x7 Tintype Outfit
complete; one pair Gem Tubes; one
set nine Lenses; one 5x7 Plate; one
8x10 Portrait Camera and Stand ^ or
^ size); one Voightlander Portrait
Lens (4 in. in diameter). All in first-
class condition Price complete $45.00,
or will sell separate any of the above.
F. B. Nickerson, Lake George, N. Y.

For Sale: 3B Dallmeyer Lens in
good condition, $75.00; also one 2B
Dallmeyer, good condition, $40.00.
J. F. Farrell, Watertown, Conn.

Wanted: A lady or gentleman to
solicit orders for home portrait work
on a commission basis. A person of
refined instincts, good address, and
having some knowledge of the require-
ments of photographic patrons, is im-
perative. Only high-class customers
desired and nothing but first-class
work executed. Address "Home Por-
traiture," care Snap Shots.

For Sale: First-class ground floor
Studio connected with dwelling in
business section. Good and long es-
tablished business in Billings, Mon-
tana, a city of eleven thousand inhabi-
tants. Studio fitted with up-to-
date 11x14 Outfit, First-class Lenses,
Enlarging Outfit, Air Brush and
Frame Outfit. Reason, owner wishes
to remove to Europe. Address A. B.,
care Snap Shots.

For Sale: An Aristo Lamp, 220
volts, direct current, 25 ampcres,j^QTp
Complete, boxed ready for shipment, ^-^"^^
$35. Address, M. G., care Snap Shots,
please mention Snap Shots.

xlvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Salesman Wanted: Large stock
house in East wants traveling sales-
man, also store salesman. Must be
experienced. Give full particulars in
first letter. P. Y. H., care Snap Shots.

ROCK BOTTOM PRICES

Od Cameras, Lenses and Photographic Supplies

New BARGAIN LIST just off press.
Send for copy to-day.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

109 Fulton St., New York

ARALLAX L

THE POWEK OFA SEAICHU6BT ,

Adapted to Photocnpiiic and G<

Uie.4S«rfeiCPaia]lazo(301 .

lDcrea8eftli6ttg|itofalIazdabii]b20tiiiiM ,
Eii]arg8spliototln<mefecoDd.4 lltiLdze
(or 5x7, $S.O0: 15 in. Reaoctar,8xlO, $15.00 ^
q Studio PaxaOax, 40 Mbron, soin. diameter—
ForQrcnlarWttte R.D.GtAY, Mdgewood,HJ.

CAMERA OWNERS

If you would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modem
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
3iree latest numbers will be sent for 2$
cents. $1.50 a year.

AMERICAN PHOTOGRAPHY
601 Popo Building BOSTON. MAM.

Eagle Etching Pen

Art ^tiiHii^Q

A double-pointed steel knife made
the size of a pen which will fit into any
ordinary pen holder, or we supply a
special holder for them.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xlvii

The Anastigtnat

VERSUS

The Rectilinear

Why should I discard my rapid
little rectilinear for an anastig-
tnat? You have probably asked
yourself this very question — here
is the answer.

Speed— The Dynar works at
F:6, which is about 100% faster
than the better rectilinears.

Covering Power — The Dynar
covers the plate sharply from
edge to edge, working at full aper-
ture. To get the same definition,
your rectilinears must be stopped
down to F :16, making the Dynar
really eight times as effective.
^. ij^NESs OF Field — The Dynar
, *'^^{ectly corrected and has an
& ^ ;^tely flat field. The recti-
• A is only partially corrected
^Xhsis a flat field only in the
Zter.

/'^ter.

/fhc sJJfirhtly increased cost of the
^rt^r is more than outweighed by its

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Aroadia, Sound Beaoh, Canntetloul

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St. Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shell clearly show something worth
shovring, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Fay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpful.
Its aepartment, "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all his associates and colleagues.
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine

Send your name and address
for

King's
Booklet on
"Lighting"

(Eight pages with illustrations) to

GEORGE MURPHY

Digitized by

Google

xlviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

"HOW IT IS DONE"

An Explanatory Diagram Bhowlaf tht
Yarioui BtagM in tht Produetioa of

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Produetlon off an Autotypo Carbon Photograph

:*>•

Tho Ooatod Bnrfaoo of Szpoood Oar-
Iran Tiiano (Piffmentod Oolatino).
B
Binglo Tranif or Papor.

C
Soak A and B in oold water, brins
coated inrfacei together in oontaot ana
Kneegee.

D
Plaoe the adherent tiesne and trani-
fer paper between blotting boardi for
a few minntei. Next immerte in warm
water, until the eolored gelatine begint
to oose ont at the edgei.

Strip off the Tiirae backing paper
and throw it away.

A dark man of colored gelatine li
left on the transfer papev. Thii re-
maim in the warm water and the gela-
tine rarfaoe ii splaihed over until th«
picture gradually makei ite appearance.
O and H

Continue until completed.

The picture ii now placed in an alnm
bath (flve per cent) to harden the film
and discharge the bichromate lenii-
tiling lalt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

u^PRCDUCIIOSlfl

AUTOTYPE CARBdl

LoMr^oTsi

•^' -4

Important to Amatour Photographors

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixiii

THE

DEVELOPER

YOU

WILL

EVENTUALLY

USE

PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
NOW

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

Fof PhotogfraphcfSy Arifto
Paper and Dry Pl&« Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

2£±22:ii PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

'gictnvzs
piountjed

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

Have an excellence peculiarlj their
own. The best results are onlj
produced by the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste—

HIGGIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bxoellent novel bnuh with eaeh jarO

At D«al«ni in Photo SnppUafl*
Artlsto' KaterlaU und StatiOBMry.

A S-oz. Jar prepaid by mall for SO mai
or oiroulars free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS & CO., Mfrs.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

GET GOOD NEGATIVES

than any other one thing.

More depends on the correct exposure
Twenty-five cents invested in a

SIX-FAX EXPOSURE DISC

will save you many times that sum before you have used it a month.
This Exposure Disc is based on the six essential conditions that govern
the correct exposure.

THE SIX FACTS

1st The speed of your plate or film.

2nd The character of your subject.

3rd The strength of the light.

4th The size of your stop.

5th The time of the day.

6th The time of the year.

All of these facts are taken into consid-
eration on every reading which you get on
a Six-Fax Exposure Disc, and it is done
by simply turning the dials, and without
special tables or calculations.

So simple, you can determine the correct
exposure in a few seconds for any outdoor
subject.

The Six-Fax Disc gives simultaneous
readings for all stops, enabling you to in-
stantly select the stop best suited for the
subject and give the correct exposure ac-
cordingly.

Carry it in Your Pocket-Book.

'^>

Kew York Office

and Sample Room

225 Fifth Ave.

BURKE & JAMES, Inc. j^^^^ ^

240-258 Fast OBtarit St. CHICAGO I PHOTO SUPPLIES I

For Sale By All Dealers.

pj;

SOMETHING REALLY GOOD

THE "PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES" ALBUMS

FOR UNMOUNTED PHOTOGRAPHS

These Albums for Unmounted Photographs are made precisely like the old-fash-
ioned scrap book, with a guard between every leaf. The leaves themselves are made
of a gray linen-finished cover paper, from extra heavy stock, weighing 120 pounds
to the ream. The books are bound in genuine Seal grained Leather, backs and corners,
with strong Cloth sides. The covers are tooled with genuine gold leaf, and the word
PhotogTapns is stamped in gold on the sides. These Albums are sewed in the regular
bookbinders' style, to open flat, and they are made to stand the hardest kind of wear.
We are putting them out over the reputation of the "Photographic Times,'' and

WE GUARANTEE EVERY BOOK

"PHOTOGRAPHIC" TIMES ALBUM

With A Year's
Album Retail Price Subscription to

Photographic Timet
No. 1 Size of leaf, 4iz5i inches fl.OO fsT.OO

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Y«u Set the ONE Seale, It Does the Rest

THE WYNNE 1IIFIiLLIBLE"El(Pl)Sy«E METER

THC CHOICK OF AMERICA'S FOREMOST PHOTOQRAPHERS

NOT LIKE OTHER METERS

For F Systcin.

For Uniform System.

An unerring guide to the correct exposure required for every speed
of plate, on cvei^ kind of subject, and under every condition of light.
For any set of conditions of Light, Plate, and Lens Aperture, only
two simple operations are necessary to find simultaneouslv the cor-
rect exposure for every stop from the largest to the smallest, viz.:

Firstly — Turn the milled edge of the instrument, and thus expose
through the slot a fresh surface of sensitive paper until it assumes
the color of the painted tint, and note the number of seconds or min-
utes it takes to color. This is called the Actinometer Time.

Secondly — Set the movable scale until this Actinometer Time is
against the Speed Number of the Plate to be used, then against every
stop in outer scale will be found the correct corresponding exposure,
or, shortly, you set the one Scale, it does the rest.

These Meters are furnished in the F. and U. S. systems. When
ordering please specify what system you desire.

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, nickel case, each $2.50

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, silver case, each 5.00

Negative Exposure Meter, locket pattern, silver case, each 4.50

Negative Exposure Meter snap-shot (Focal Plane) 2.50

Gem Exposure Meter, solid silver (Hall marked), each, complete 4.00

Extra packets of Sensitive Paper 25

Extra Books of Instructions and Speed Card, each 10

Extra dial and glass "U. S." or "F." system, per pair 40

New springs for inside of watch meters, each 15

Pocket cases of tan leather 50

YOUR DCALER HANDLES THESE GOODS

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

liii

Speed, Detail and Brilllanoy!

Three great assets of a photographic Dry-Plate.

Hammer Plates are noted the world over, for these and other

good qualities. They hold the record of efficiency for all kinds

of work under all sorts of light conditions.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast (blue

label) Plates.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Av«. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

Lot No. 55

Royal Noo^Slippiog Printiog Frames

This frame is made of the
best seasoned Ash, natural
finish, and without sharp
edges. It is built on the
English principle and the
most inexperienced person
can examine the print with-
out the slightest risk of mov-
ing it. The back of the frame
is provided with new project-
ing metal pins which drop
into corresponding slots in
the side of the frame. This
prevents all possibility of the
print shifting.

This is an Ideal Frame for
printing postals and using
masks. We offer them, while

Digitized by

Google

liv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE VIGNETTE ADJUSTER

(PATENT APPLIED FOR)

THE PRINTER'S CHUM

ONCE USED, ALWAYS USED

A great time saver of the greatest assistance to the printer. Ad-
justs the vignette in a moment. Perfectly smooth and flat. Vignettes
for each negative can be saved and filed with the negative and re-
adjusted on the frame in a moment.

Does away with tacking the vignette on to the printing frame, thus
resulting in a great saving of frames. The frames saved in a month's
time will more than pay for this attachment.

Give it a trial, we know that you will be pleased.

Size for 5 X 7 Printing frame, 75c.
Size for 8 x 10 Printing frame, 90c.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street,

New York City. ,

Digitized by VjOOQK

>8'

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS Iv

There's nothing so near an etching
in tone — in quality — in general effect,
as the print on

EASTMAN

PLATINUM

The superior quality of pure plati-
num prints is appreciated by the
worth-while customer.

Warm blacR prints with cold bath
on t"^it^ — rich sepias with hot
bath on

Att Dealers.

EASTMAN KODK CO..

ROCHESTER. N. Y, r^^^^ll

Digitized by VjOOQ It

Ivi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Make your standard of print
quality the highest — the most
invariable, by using the paper
which has set this standard:

Ui. Ill

For sepia or black and white tones — on
bufF or white stock, — there's a grade for
every need.

ARTURA DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

Jll Dealers.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixi

INGRAVO

PRINTING
PLATES

(Trade Mark. Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.)

Designed for produc-
ing artistic effects.

Large assortment of
sizes and designs.

Simple to use — only
two printings nec-
essary.

Made on special
heavy glass.

STYLE M

rCabinet Ovals, A, AA, B, G, D, F, H, L, M. N.
i Cabinet Ovals, A, B, G, D, F, M, N.

Digitized by

Google

Ixii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Every Photographer io the land should know

Send for a print

WILLIS & CLEMENTS, Philadelphia

Rough & Caldwell Background and
Accessory Company

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixiii

THE

DEVELOPER

YOU

WILL

EVENTUALLY

USE

PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
NOW

Any photographic dealer anywhere

BERLiIN AJNILANE WORKS

American Representatives
213 WATEa^ STREXrr NEW YORK

Digitized by ^^OOQIC

When irriting advertisers please mention Huat Shots.

txiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Island View Mount

Ash Gray, White and Burmese Brown

^ '

We have no hesitancy about recommending the Island
View to those desiring a substantial mounting for strong
prints.

It is made of the heaviest stock with straight edges and an
embossed surface that combines both the linen finish and moire
silk effect, something entirely unique and distinct from the
time worn surfaces we are accustomed to find everywhere.
It has at the same time a conservative, solid simplicity that
has earned it a lasting popularity.

Size Per loo
B Cards 8x lo for Square Photographs 5 x 7 $3.50

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

tUBScmzmow katxs fos u. s. and canaoa pbi yias, $1.00; isz momthi, 60 cbnts

tlWGLB COPT, 10 CBNTS. POKUGN COUNTUBt, $1J6
POBUIHXD BT TBB 8NAP-SHOT1 PUBLIIHINO CO., 67 BAIT NINTH BTBBBT, MBW TOBK

Volume 24

APRIL, 1913

Number 4

Statement of the Ownership, Management, Circulation, etc., of Snap Shots.
Published Monthly at New York, N. Y. Required by the Act of August 24, 1912
Editor, Managing Editor, Business Manager, Percy Y. Howe, 422 Park Hill
Avenue, Yonkers, New York.

Publisher, Snap Shots Publishing Company, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Owner, George Murphy, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders, holding 1 per
cent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities, None.

PERCY Y. HOWE, Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27th day of March, 1913.
WARREN W. SIGLER,

Notary Public, Queens County.

Certificate filed in N. Y. County, No. 41, N. Y. Register No. 5234.
(My commission expires March 30, 1915.)

PHOTOGRAPHING CHILDREN

By Nemo

CMcf studies form quite a dis-

^inct branch of the photographic

^^^, and 3L failure to reahze this is

ihe chki cause of many of the stiflf

ters posed in more or less unnat-
ural attitudes — such evidently posed
attitudes, too. One of the first
points to be realized, and very thor-

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1913

How then say 'never pose'?" Just
take another careful glance at that
studio picture and see in what,
apart from its careful workman-
ship, the charm lies. Solely, in nine
cases out of ten, in its absolute
naturalness, its unposed pose, so to
say. The successful operator,
where he wants a special result,
first proceeds to pose the small sit-
ter without letting the fact be
guessed, and then to beguile, by any
and every artifice, a series of un-
posed poses till he gets just the
composition he desires for his pic-
ture, and thus achieves a finished
result totally different to what the
posed attitude would have given.
The child, its interest aroused, has
been coaxed into a characteristic
attitude, and the result gives us that
"speaking likeness" too seldom met
with. This is what the successful
child photo stands for.

But you say, *T do not want
studio effects; a good amateur re-
sult is what I am aiming at. I
only want a natural photograph of
the youngster.'* Very true, but the
same sound principles underlie both
the studio and amateur child study,
and from one who speaks thus, how
often do you get "natural" pic-
tures? Who is not familiar with
the photo of the youngster, its arms
crammed with toys or flowers, best
clothes on, staring straight ahead,
with a "never was on land or sea
or any childish face" expression?
Photographing children is an art in
itself, a fascinating pastime, and
there is a very wide field (and, if

it be desired, many commercial dol-
lars) for the successful child pho-
tographer. The main item in the
outfit is patience — infinite patience,
Job's patience, the "de'il's own," as
the canny Scot would say. You
must never, never lose patience with
your small sitters, however often
they hurl themselves out of just the
attitudes you wanted them to keep.
Infinite patience will coax them back
again, and the lost opportunities
teach the second great lesson —
lightning rapidity in making an ex-
posure. Wasn't it an American
who said "to get there, get there
first, and stay there spelt business
success"? Certainly to get there,
get there before the kiddy decides
to move, and stay there, makes for
successful exposures in child pho-
tography. Bearing this necessity
for rapidity of work in mind I
would advise the amateur wherever
possible to make his child studies
out of doors ; better, surer, safer re-
su'ts will follow. The scope is
wider, better backgrounds can be
obtained, shorter exposures given,
lighting presents less difficulty, and
even where an indoor effect 'is re-
quired a large rug spread out, with
a white sheet thrown over a clothes-
horse as background, will serve
most purposes. Even for the pic-
ture-maker with a cheap camera,
with but one instantaneous speedy
who is neither sure enough of him-
self or his sitter to venture at first
on a time exposure, there is rarely
a day without some moments in it
that will allow of snapshot work.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Quite frequently one hears the re-
mark, "What a splendid camera
so-and-so must have," when often
the much-admired results are mere-
ly produced by the cheapest of
cameras plus brains. There are
just a few points that the novice
must beware of at starting to work
in the outdoor studio. Experience
will soon furnish him with a useful
store of others. Get, if possible, a
natural background of trees or
shrubs, with spaces between which
will give a broken effect — not one
of those horrible trellis back-
grounds— and do not have the sitter
too close to the background. A
lawn fringed with shrubs and
bushes is ideal for the purpose. If
you are working with a fixed focus
camera you are saved the bother of
focusing, as beyond a certain dis-
tance the youngster can move as it
pleases and still keep in focus. With
a focusing camera be first on the
scene ; fix your camera on some box
that is longer than wide, to allow
of raising or lowering for sitting
or standing photos, to have the lens
on a level with the sitter's mouth
is a fair average, and size up good
spots for the picture. Then toss
something of interest to the child —
doll, book, horse, gun, etc. — at the
spot, and nine times out of ten when
the youngster spies it you will get

tures of anything it sees. I arrange
the doll or horse or open picture
book and beguile the sitters to come
and look at these in Mugwump's
eye. Then back they trot to arrange
dolly prettily, to sit astride the
horse to show how he ought to be
ridden, to find the prettiest picture
in the book, and all I have to do is
to keep watch and snap. The kid-
dy's chum has as big "a pull" from
a photo-making point of view as
any political wire puller. Get to
know your sitters, chat with them —
don't talk down to them.

There's the making of cakes ; how
the small mites love rolling a
dough, washing and ironing, water-
ing or digging in the garden, train-
ing the dog or cat, acting boy
scouts, playing hide and seek, hunt-
ing for fairies ; the child's world is
open to whomsoever owns the
magic key. As to lighting, ex-
perience is the best teacher. In
good light the shadier side of the
house is preferable to strong sun-
light. The latter needs careful
handling. Don't be misled into call-
ing the veranda open air. The
full light of the sky must fall on
the sitter without any roof to break
it. If photos can only be taken in
strong sunlight an L-shaped frame
about six feet high and four feet
wide, with a length of white lawn

Digitized by

Google

64 SNAP SHOTS April, 1913

PHOTOGRAPHERS' ASSOCIATION OP AMERICA

May 1st the treasurer of the
Photographers* Association of
America will b^^ an active mem-
bership campaign. It is his pur-
pose to close the Kansas City con-
vention with a membership of
2,500. In order to reach this figure
it will be necessary for everyone
who attended the Philadelphia con-
vention last July to renew their
membership for 1913, and for those
who paid at St. Paul in 1911, but
not last year, to pay for 1912 and
1913. Members will receive state-
ments May 1st, and it is hoped
everyone will remit. In addition to
the above, we must have many
new recruits. If each member of
the association will secure one new
member in addition to taking care
of his own dues for the current
year, we will have the membership
asked for. Can we not count on
YOU to do your share?

The Kansas City convention,
which is booked for the week of
July 21st, is to be a memorable one.
It will be an educational conven-
tion, with enough entertainment in-
troduced to make a well-balanced
week. Kansas City Convention
Hall, where the convention will be
held, is the largest hall ever placed
at the disposal of the association.

est Since there are no state con-
ventions west of the Mississippi
River this year, all the new inven-
tions and productions will be shown
here. Exhibitors will have uni-
form booths, all handsomely deco-
rated, the whole presenting a scene
that will eclipse all previous at-
tempts of the P. A. of A.

The business meetings will be
held in the balcony at one end of
the Convention HaJl. At the other
side provision will be made for
meetings of any state association
whose convention has been post-
poned for 1913. On the program
there will be no long, tedious, unin-
teresting lectures; instead, a few
crisp, snappy talks, full of good
meat, that you will not only enjoy,
but there will be something you can
take home with you.

The picture exhibit will be placed
in the corridors. Pictures being dis-
played on special desk-shaped
screens, all properly lighted so that
there will be no choice of position.
Five pictures have been requested
from each exhibitor, and all prints
will be passed on by a competent
jury before being hung. Only those
considered worthy will be accepted.
A jury will also select a few (not
over twenty) of the best pictures

uiuij.^ji 1

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

mercial Men's Federation, headed
by President R. W. Johnson, of the
same city, are planning programs
that will be of special interest to
the ladies and to those who are en-
gaged in commercial photography.
The exhibits of both these organi-
zations will be made under the rules
governing the regular exhibition.
Lady photographers and commer-
cial men will find much of special
interest to them at the Kansas City
convention.

All pictures sent for exhibition
must be sent to First Vice-Presi-
dent Manly W. Tyree, care Con-
vention Hall, Kansas City, Mo., and
must reach their destination by
July 14th. No packages will be ac-
cepted after that date. Prints for
the picture exhibition may be
framed or not, they may be of any
size and printed on any medium,
and must not bear the name of the
maker. Pack them carefully and
send them prepaid, with the name
and address of the sender on the
under side of the box cover.

The Association Annual for
1913, which will be issued soon
after the convention, will be illus-
trated with some of the pictures
shown and will contain a full re-
port of the proceedings. A copy
will be sent to anyone who pays
dues for 1913.

The Kansas City photographers
and dealers are very actively en-

any previous meeting of the Na-
tional. The hotel facilities are am-
ple and of the best quality. The
Baltimore Hotel, the headquarters,
is equal to any of the high-class ho-
tels in the East and there are nu-,
merous other hotels, any of which
will be found satisfactory.

Detailed information concerning
the program will be given out later.
Watch for it. While you are wait-
ing, if already a member, pay your
dues, line up your neighbor for a
membership and make your plans
to attend the convention together in

July.

In this issue you will find an ap-
plication blank for membership,
also a blank for reserving space for
your picture exhibit. We trust you
will make use of both.

LETTER FROM PRESIDENT
TOWNSEND

The thirty-third annual conven-
tion of the P. A. of A., which is to
be held at Kansas City July 21st to
26th inclusive, ought to be the best
ever held in America.

At this early date it would be
unwise to make any estimate as to
the attendance, or to boast of what
will happen in Kansas City in July,
but one thing may honestly be said
by the most conservative and that
is the 1913 convention ought to be
the best ever held by the Associa-
tion for the following reasons :

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1913

-I

Second, at a time when most
photographers are not busy and
prosperity reigns supreme. Never
before in the history of photography
has the profession stood at a higher
water mark.

Third, every state association in
the Mississippi Valley has decided
to hold their meetings in abeyance
and join in making the Kansas City
convention an enormous success.
Hundreds of photographers who
have never before attended a Na-
tional Convention should lay plans
to make this their summer vaca-
tion. Special trains should be
planned for transportation from all
of the states. North, East, South,
West and from the Middle
States,

Fourth, the officers or executive
board are arranging a program
along practical lines which will ap-
peal to every one in the profession
from a financial, artistic and tech-
nical standpoint. This embraces
every live wideawake man in the
business, big or little. Announce-
ment of these arrangements will
appear in detail later. Watch for
them.

Fifth, we have the undivided
support of the manufacturers, deal-
ers and the photographic press,
which insures thorough publicity.

beautiful boulevard system of Kan-
sas City.

Let every photographer who is
interested in the advancement of
his own interests as well as in the
development of his own profession
now join hands and help boost this
great convention in July.

President Townsend has received
word from Illinois that there will
be three train loads from that state
alone, also word from the Colo-
rado boys that arrangements have
been made with the Inter- Moun-
tain Association to hold their meet-
ing in abeyance and join with the
other state associations in swelling
the attendance of the National, and
the president desires to take this
method to thank not only the Illi-
nois association but all who have
acted in accordance with this spirit,
especially the officers of the various
associations, and would urge that
they consider themselves a com-
mittee to arrange for the transpor-
tation of special parties. Conven-
tion hall being so large makes it
possible for the executive board to
provide special headquarters for
every state, and one afternoon will
be left open on the program for
meetings of the state associations
in various parts of the hall. These
state officers will be introduced at

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913 SNAP SHOTS 67

PHOTOGRAPHERS' ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA

Application for Membership

To be mailed to Treasurer L. A. Doser, Bucyrus, Ohio

I am

owner

part owner of a studio in State of

manager
employee

I enclose $ membership fee and $ dues for 1913.

Name

Street and number

City State

If an owner, part owner or manager of a studio, you must have an
active membership. Membership fee, $3.00; dues, $3.00 per annum;
$6.00 in all. If an employee of a studio, a manufacturer or dealer or his
representative, send $2.00 dues ; no membership fee required from asso-
ciate members. Employees are requested to show a card of identification
from their employer.

Application for Space
Mail to Manly W. Tyree, Raleigh, N. C.

I will submit for exhibition at the Kansas City convention

f ran z-^

pictures. Please reserve for me necessary space.

unframed

Name

Street and number

City State

AN IMPROVISED FOCUSING "And they asked me how I did it,

SCREIEN And I gave 'em the Scripture text.

Paste a piece of plain white oiled *You keep your light so shining

paper, or, better still, a piece of fine A little in front o' the next !'

white tissue paper, across the cam- jhey copied all they could follow,

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1913

LUMPS OF POLLEN GRAINS ON THE LEGS OF HONEY BEES.

Edward F. Bigelow.

{Photographed With 3 Inch Cclor — Acetylene Illumination.)

PHOTOGRAPHING HONEY BEES

By Edward P. Bigelow

(Reprinted by permission of American Annual of Photography.)

For the greater part of nature
photography I am an advocate of
long- focus lenses wherever they
may be used, but have difficulty in
convincing some of my friends that
half a lens, of the divisible kind, is
better than the whole, by reason
of the greater perspective and
greater depth of focus, contrary to
the unqualified statement of the
photographic catalogues that short
focus gives greater depth than long
focus. It does and it does not.

In photographing honey bees, the

long focus not only gives greater
perspective and additional safety,
but I feel sure that many of my
photographic friends will carry the
argument to the extreme and say
that they prefer a telephoto for
such work!

I have always found the 16J^-
inch front section of a Portar No.
9 advantageous for this kind of
work. A telephoto would be useful
in many cases when the swarming
bees attach themselves to a high
branch, but the telephoto would lack

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

•2»

5 -^

o ;§

D ^

S PS

2 «

to ^

> ^

o §

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1913

speed and would not give the neces-
sary detail to the individual bees of
a cluster on a high and swaying
limb. You, of course, recall the
classic advice of a fond mother of
ye olden times, who told her son
when he complained that his sword
was not long enough, that he should
add a step to the sword.

That advice applies photograph-
ically to the clustering honey bees.
The better method is to add several
rungs to the ladder and to get a
saw to assist in focusing the lens.
If the bees are suspended more
than ten feet from the ground, get
a strong ladder that will reach not
only to the bees, but far^bove, be-
cause it is usually impossible to ob-
tain a firm support for the ladder
without getting inside of the tips of
the branches. The better way is to
have the combined ends of long
branches support the ladder. One
is then left far out toward the edge
of the tree.

Bees at swarming time can sting,
and often do sting, with extreme
vindictiveness, contrary to the
newspaper statement that they may
be safely handled at such time.
Such newspaper assertions have a
grain of truth, but only on gen-
eral principles. Bees when swarm-
ing are much milder in tempera-
ment than at certain other times,
but are probably no more willing
to pose before the camera than they
are on those days when the nectar
is coming regularly and rapidly
from the fields.

Having sawed the limb, drop the

saw to the ground, take a firm hold
of the limb and take it to the
ground. It would not be possible
to nail this branch to any perpen-
dicular support, because the ham-
mer would jar oflF every bee. Have
in readiness some ordinary metal
clamps, such as may be obtained at
any hardware store for a few cents,
and by them clamp the branch to
an upright support. One may then
focus at leisure, preferably using
a focusing glass to get every detail
of the markings on the body of the
bee, as well as sharply to define
their wings and other parts. The
focusing must be done largely in
one plane.

Not much dependence can be had
upon stopping down the lens for
great range of depth, because the
exposure cannot be slower than 1-25
of a second, and it must be remem-
bered that when the bees are first
taken from a tree they are in rapid
motion. The individuals of the en-
tire mass are vibrating rapidly and
the two essentials are depth by long
focus and speed by open lens. This
use of long focus is advantageous
in photographing the worker and
his bees.

There must be speed to photo-
graphically "stop'* the motion of the
bees running rapidly over the comb,
and there must be sharp detail to
show each cell within the comb, as
is well exemplified in the lower
frame that stands comerwise on the
box in the accompanying illustra-
tion (Figure 1). This I regard as
an exceptionally good piece of

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Ptr-.i'Bw 1

gitized by VjOOQ IC

■X

• .-J
- -f

■V --it

■'M

.***

•^.^:i

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1913

honey bee photography. Apply a
lens, a pocket microscope or a fo-
cusing glass to the half-tone cut and
you will see that every detail of the
bees, as well as of each individual
cell, is perfect, though the bees are
running rapidly over the comb in
every direction.

Here a focal plane shutter is use-
ful, but not necessary, if the lens
is a good one and there is plenty of
strong light. In the upper left-hand
comer of the illustration the frame
held in the right hand of the bee-
keeper is a marked example of good
definition of each individual bee, as
well as of each individual cap of
the brood. The term brood is ap-
plied by the bee-keeper to the cap
over the pupae. The cappings of
these cells show clearly in the low-
er right-hand comer of that upper
left-hand frame.

The photographer of honey bees
and of their manipulators must not
only be a perfect master of his lens,
but he must be master of the art of
dealing with people. He must be
perfectly calm to inspire calmness
in those who are manipulating the
bees. No one better than the ex-
perienced photographer of honey
bees knows the danger to those
who are handling them, but he must
withhold all such knowledge, and,

honey bees. In the accompanying
illustration (Figure 2) of a veteran
bee-keeper with a workman at his
left (the right in the illustration)
the workman has had not more than
one-half hour's experience with
bees. He was engaged to bring
some hives and boxes for the con-
venience of the apiarist. Several
bees got after him and he ran fran-
tically across the fields for some
half a mile, vigorously working
arms and legs like an animated
jumping- jack. Slowly and hesitat-
ingly he ventured back to within
some forty rods of the apiary, and
by a fair amount of urging and
encouragement was then induced to
come up the the line of hives and
take his first lesson. The great dif-
ficulty in such photography is to
get the subjects to banish all ap-
pearance of self -consciousness. En-
courage them in every possible way,
talk a good deal about bravery and
work in a funny story or two. The
secret is to have the people who are
handling the bees forget what they
are doing and the risk, and, para-
doxical as it may seem, if they
really forget the danger there is no
danger.

In photographing the details of
honey bees and their work, the
most difficult thing I have ever at-

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Figure 2.
^2^ y«*52n B«g.Keeper Is Giving the Workman His First Lesson in Handling

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1913

feet. Of course, with such short
focus lens it is not possible to brin^
into the same plane the top and the
bottom of the cell at the same time.
So for extremely sharp definition 1
find it convenient to take a razor
and slice off all the comb that is
above the top of the Qgg. The eggs
are curved and are usually placed
in the bottom of the cell, with a
little slant to them, which lessens
the difficulty. It would be impos-
sible to show more than the white
speck of the end of the egg if the
eggs were placed perpendicular to
the cells of the comb.

By using a focus of medium
length, say about nine inches, it is
possible to get the requisite mag-
nification by an extremely long bel-
lows, but even with so long a fo-

cused lens it will be better to stop
down pretty well. The accompany-
ing illustration (Figure 3) shows
the best photograph of the kind that
I have ever taken. If someone can
show a better I shall be glad to
examine it.

Perhaps the best that I have been
able to secure are the legs of the
bees and the pollen masses on them,
with a reasonably sharp definition
of the hairs at the side of the legs
that, like the stakes on a hay wagon,
hold the load in place. For this
purpose I have used with advan-
tage the short focus Celor lens

Success in photographing honey
bees induces the photographer to
love them better and better and
leads him on to enchanting realms
of photography of other insects.

Digitized by

Google

April. 1913

SNAP SHOTS

)

*l I

w C

o
u u

C ed
'>H

« c
Pu o

^ ^

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1913

1913 KODAK ADVERTISING CONTEST
$3,000.00 in Cash Prizes

ihe Kodak Advertising Contests
are not for the purpose 01 securing
sample prints. They are for the
purpose of securing illustrations to
be used in our magazine advertis-
ing, for street car cards, for booklet
covers and the like.

We prefer photographs to paint-
ings, not only because they are more
real, but also because it seems par-
ticularly fit that photographs should
be used in preference to drawings
in* advertising the photographic
business. The successful pictures
are those that suggest the pleasures
that are to be derived from the use
of the Kodak, or the simplicity of
the Kodak system of photography
— pictures around which the adver-
tising man can write a simple and
convincing story. Of course the
subject is an old one — therefore the
more value in the picture that tells
the old story in a new way. Origi-
nality, simplicity, interest, beauty —
and with these good technique — are
all qualities that appeal to the
judges.

In addition to the prize pictures,
we often purchase several of the
less successful pictures for future
use in our advertising. So it will
be seen that in reality our prize
money is even bigger than we ad-
vertise.

There is a big future for the
camera in the illustrative field.
There's a growing use of photo-

graphs in magazine and book illus-
trations, to say nothing of the rapid
advance along the same lines in ad-
vertising work. There's a constant
demand for pictures that are full of
human interest. Such are the pic-
tures that we need, that others need.
The Kodak Advertising Contests
offer an opportunity for your en-
try into this growing field of pho-
tographic work.

Recognized professional photog-
raphers, including commercial and
newspaper photographers, in short,
all persons depending upon the use
of a camera for a livelihood, will
compete in Class "A." Class **B"
is open to amateurs only.

This contest will close November
1, 1913, at Rochester, N. Y., and
October 20th at Toronto, Canada.

THE PRIZES

Grand Prize Class : First, $500 ;
second, $400; total, $900. Open
only to professional photographers
who have won prizes in profes-
sional class in previous Kodak Ad-
vertising Contests. Negatives, 5x7
or larger.

Qass A, professional photogra-
phers only (winners in 1907 and in
Class A, 1908, 1909 1910 and 1911
are not eligible), negatives, 5x7 or
larger: First prize, $500; second
prize, $400; third prize, $250;
fourth prize, $150; fifth prize,
$100; total, $1,400.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

Class B, amateurs only, negatives,
4x5 or 3^4x5^ or larger; First
prize, $300; second prize, $200;
third prize, $100 ; fourth prize, $50 ;
fifth prize, $50 ; total, $700.

SUGGESTIONS

First of all, it should be remem-
bered that these prizes are not of-
fered for the sake of obtaining sam-
ple prints made with our goods.
Merely pretty pictures, merely ar-
tistic pictures will not he consid-
ered. The pictures must in some
way connect up with the Kodak
idea — ^must show the pleasure that
is to be derived from picture tak-
ing, or the simplicity of the Kodak
system, or suggest the excellence of
Kodak g-oods. Must, in short, help
to sell Kodak goods, by illustration
of some of the many points in their
favor.

The jury will be instructed to
award prizes to those contestants
whose pictures, all things consid-
ered, are best adapted to use in Ko-
dak (or Brownie Camera) adver-
tising.

As reproductions of the pictures
will often be in small sizes, too
much detail should not be intro-
duced.

Pictures for reproduction should
be snappy — vigorous, for they lose
much by the half-tone process.

Where apparatus is introduced,
it must be up-to-date. If you
haven't the goods, you can borrow.

It is highly probable that we
shall want to secure some negatives
aside from the prize winners. In
such cases special arrangements will
be made.

THE JUDGES

The jury of award will consist
of photographers and of advertis-
ing men who are fully competent
to pass upon the work submitted.
Full attention will be paid, there-
fore, to the artistic and technical
merit of the work, as well as to its
strength from an advertising stand-
point. Announcement of the names
of the judges will be made later.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

FORMULAE FOR TANK DEVELOPMENT

"agfa'' metol-hydro Potassium Bromide 2 gr.

Hot Water .,,.•... 12 oz. For use take 1 ounce of

"^/^ S^- the above solution to

^^, each 4 ounces of water.

^^^ Sulphite (anhy.

q o d i U m

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 191^

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

Eagle Vignette Adjuster. The most
practical and most easily adjusted vig-
netting attachment yet produced for the
photo printer. By its means tissue
paper can be placed and held at once,
and the tissue coverings can be num-
bered and filed, thus enabling duplicate
orders to be filled quickly and easily and
accurately — a time saver and conveni-
ence. Get one! George Murphy, Inc.,
trade agents.

Zelta. Whether or not a majority of
the profession will be induced to take up
with a printing-out paper, the fact re-
mains that Zelta prints are superior to
those made by any developing-out
process.

We have seen a series of Zelta prints
ranging in tone from red chalk, through
all the delicate intermediate tones of
sepia, brown, olive and warm black, to
a rich lustrous blue black, not one of
which could be approached by a develop-
ing-out paper print. The two methods
are so entirely different in nature that
there is no comparison in the results.

As the Eastman Company have claimed
in their advertising of this new product,
it IS a paper for the man who wishes to
make his work distinctive — to express
his individuality in the texture, tone and
general quality of the print he delivers,
as well as his method of posing and
lighting the subject.

Zelta will appeal to the best trade of
the high-class studio, where quality is
the one consideration. It is a matte-
surface, ready-sensitized Albumen paper
of exceptionally good keeping quality,
and is made in four grades. It is sim-
ple and certain in manipulation, any de-
sired tone being readily secured and re-
produced at will.

Make up a sample case of Zelta prints
and a set of studio samples and let the
customer be the judge.

Ross 'Telecentric' Lens. This new
lens, specially suitable for sporting
events, life in motion, enlarged images
from distant objects, is in great demand
by newspaper photographers and out-
door photographers who require life in
motion pictures with large images from
a distance. It is also adapted for por-
traiture, saving the photographer con-
siderable work in retouching. Write to
the American agents, George Murphy,
Inc., New York, for descriptive booklet
and sample photos.

Carbon Tissue. The Autotype Com-
pany are now offering a folder display
booklet of eighteen standard carbon card
prints, including some of the late sepia
additions, enabling the photographer to
show his customer in this one display
book the main tints that are mostly in
demand. This new display book can
be secured from the agents. We believe
the price is $1.50, however, write to the
agents for full particulars.

When Mailing Your Prints use the
Photomailer advertised in this issue by
the Thompson & Norris Co. They save
time, trouble and postage.

Six- Fax Exposure Disc- A new in-
expensive exposure meter being intro-
duced by Burke & James, Inc, of Chi-
cago. Its calculation is based on the
six facts which determine the correct
exposure, namely : First, the speed of the
plate or film in use; second, the size of
the stop ; third, the strength of the light ;
fourth, the character of the subject;
fifth, the time of the day; sixth, the
time of the year. Notwithstanding this
a single turn of the dial gives the correct
exposure. The price is only 25 cents.
Write to Burke & James, Inc. Mention
Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

The Rough & Caldwell Co, are now
distributing their new catalogue of pho-
tographic accessories, the most complete
catalogue of photographic studio acces-
sories that has ever been published.
Over fifty different varieties are shown,
and photographers can readily make se-
lections from the illustrations. This
catalogue meets a demand that has ex-
isted for quite sometime. Write to them
for a copy.

A New Line of Roll Film Pocket
Cameras have just been placed on the
market by Burke & James, Inc., of Chi-
cago. We understand that they are
manufacturing these in their own plant,
and that they intend to add new styles
constantly until they have a complete
line to fill every need of the amateur.

Their new No. 0 Folding Ingento is so
small that it can be easily carried in
the hip pocket, or in a lady's handbag,
yet it will take a picture 2^x3V4 inches.
It is constructed entirely of metal and
is handsomely finished in every detail.
See their advertisement in this issue.

Plate-Holders- As our professional
readers will see by the advertisement of
George Murphy, Inc., in this issue, they
have an excellent opportunity to increase
their stock of 8x10 holders at a very
low price.

Usually only one 8x10 holder comes
with your outfit, and you quite frequent-
ly needing more for some special job.
This is an unusual price for these
goods. When ordering from our ad-
vertiser please mention Snap Shots.

Dufay Color Plates. Color photog-
raphy seems to be steadily increasing
and the American agents for the Dufay
Color Plates advise us that their de-
mand is constantly increasing, especially
[" the lantern slide size. They evidently

Ingravo Printing Plates- These new
printing plates have been a success.
With their use not only is the photo of
the subject enhanced with a neat artistic
design, but the outside margin is also
covered, thus producing a large surface,
finished and needing only a folder to
complete the setting.

The Eagle Adjustable and Reversible
Developing Tank. This new patented
tank is a superior article. It combines
every feature desired in tank develop-
ment. The adjustable rack for any size
plate smaller than the tank size makes
one tank serviceable for various sizes of
plates. Cover is held with clamps so
that the tank can be reversed as often as
desired. The rack is so constructed that
it slides up and down on four rods
which project above the solution serving
as a handle for removing rack without
touching the solution. The adjustment
of the rack can be made quickly for dif-
ferent size plates, and the rack locks se-
curely. Advertised by the manufactur-
ers in this issue.

L. P. OGDEN

L. P. Ogden, of Pittsfield, Mass., died
of pneumonia at his home, on February
11th. When a young man he joined his
father in the photographic business, un-
der the name of F. B. Ogden & Son.
The firm conducted a gallery in New
York and Massachusetts. Mr. Ogden
first maintained a gallery in Holyoke,
from which he came to Pittsfield twenty
years ago. He has since made his home
there, identifying himself with the City
Social and Military Associations; and.
in fact, with anything which tended to-
wards the uplift of the community.

He was a fine type of a gentleman
and good citizen, generous and charita-
ble to an unusual degree, ever interested
in the best interests of Pittsfield. He

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1913

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
A. M. C. in New Jersey, $900.

G. B., gallery in New Jersey, $800.
A. D. v., gallery in New York, $500.
Mrs. S., gallery in New York City, $650.

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of
10,000-15,000.

N. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.
R. L. C, wants gallery in N. Y. City.
J. T. A., wants gallery in N. Y. State.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.
A. M., wants to buy or rent within 40
miles of N. Y.

Positions Wanted — Operators
C. E. R., commercial photographer.
A. M., first-class all-round.
M. K., all-round man.
J. C. all-round, in or out of city.
C. L. B., all-round.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers, Recep-
tionists

M. H. O., retoucher and etcher.
Miss E. L. S., colorist — first-class.
Miss A. S., receptionist, finisher, etc
Miss M. P., retoucher, printer, etc
Miss M. C. M., hand-color work, spot-
ting, sketching, receptionist, etc.

Positions Wanted— Printers
Miss K. D., printer, receptionist, etc
S. A. M., printer.
S. T. D., printer.

Notiee— Letters addretied to anyone In our oare ihonld be aooompanled with ecaaf
fer each letter ao that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography S.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Sag.) S.fO

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE,EXCHANGE,&c.

Announcemcntt under these and similmr headings of fort^ words or less, wdl be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displared advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash mast accompany order. When replies are addressed to our car% 10 cents
at least mast be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 80th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

li am excellent and tafe meditsm of commttnteatton between Pliotostaplien

For Sale : Long established
and centrally located Studio,
having the best trade in town,
including considerable com-
mercial trade, rare oppor-
tunity for up-to-date photog-
rapher. Satisfactory reasons
given for selling. Price rea-
sonable. Chas. M. Hiller,
103 Broad Street, Elizabeth,
New Jersey.

For Sale: A well paying, old estab-
lished photograph Studio. Retiring
from business, reason for selling. Box
No. 26, care Snap Shots.

Help Wanted: Assistant Photog-
rapher, male or female. State what
you can do and salary expected. Ad-
dress Rembrandt Studio. 299 Central
Avenue, Jersey City, N. J.

Negative Retouching for the trade.
Negatives done promptly and in first-
class manner. Best reference. Twelve
years' experience. Bert Tanner, 320
Main Street, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

Big Opportunity: My main Studio
in Oneonta, N. Y., and three branches
for sale; going at a bargain. Estab-
lished twenty-five years. Doctors ad-
vise change of climate; a great chance.
P. R. Young, Box 12. Oneonta, N. Y.

For Sale or Rent or will take a
partner. Oldest established Gallery
in New Haven. A chance for a first-
class photographer and a hustler. In-
quire at "Cramer's, 818 Chapel Street,
New Haven, Conn.

(First come, first served.)

For Sale: Studio in Watervliet,
N. Y. Only studio in a city of nine-
teen thousand people. Owner desires
to sell on account of poor eyesight.
Price $500. Rent $8 per month.
North light reception dressing and
dark rooms. Will lease to suit buyer.
A good opportunity for active man.
An easy snap. Empire Photo Studio,
Watervliet. N. Y.

For Sale: First-class Studio. Good
light, six rooms, furnished to 11x14.
Eighty thousand population. G, care
Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well located, well fur-
nished photo studio in New York City
in prominent thoroughfare. Owner
desires to sell on account of other
business interests. Price $3,500; lease

Digitized by

Google

Ixvi

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

■^^

' AUTOTYPC

Autotype Carbon
Tissues

We can now furnish a Carbon Dis-
play Booklet showing eighteen card
Carbon prints of the standard tints,
including the new line of sepia tints
lately added. These will be found in-
valuable to the photographer in reach-
ing orders and demonstrating ' the
beauties of the various shades of the
Carbon tints. As this display book-
let is produced at quite some cost to
the factory, a price has been made of
$1.50, it being deemed that the value
would be easily reached .through its
use.

OEORQE MURPHY, Inc.
f7 EAST NINTH STREET NEW YORK

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
vears and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

109H FULTM SHEET NEW lOIK

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

iilastrated Cataiosue aent free on demand

C. KLARY

itteUtta(iHiidiMb20tliiiaf ^

_|fe«tMllflMMCail«lltlLilM

f« 6t7, |t.Oi: 16 tn. Itflecta,tzl0, IIS.00
4 SMit Panlu, M nnran. 30 ta. dliiBrtflr

CAMERA OWNERS

If ^ou would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modern
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
three latest numbers will be sent for 25
cents. $1.50 a year.

AMERICAN PNOTOQRAPNY
SOI Pope Building BOSTON, MASS.

Eagle Professional Tank

PATENTED

Made especial-
ly to meet the
requirements of
the Professional
Photographer.

Practical ; a
time saver; a
money saver.
Does away with
dark room trou-
bles.

Try one and
be convinced.

Made in seven
sizes of brass,
nickel plated.

Grooves.
No. 8 for 12, 5x7. 4^x6^/$, 4x5.

35<4x4^4, or lantern slide 6 $3.00

No. 9 for 12, eVixSVi, 5x7, 4x5.. 6 3.50
No. 10 for 12, 8x10, 6j4xSj4, 6x7. 6 6.00
No. 11. Professional size for 48.

5x7 and smaller 24 6 . 00

No. 12. Professional size for 24,

8x10 and smaller 18 7.50

No. 13. Professional size for 6,

11x14 S 12.50

No. 14. Professional size for 86,

5x7 and smaller 86 10.00

QEORQB MURPHY, Inc., 57 B. M St, New York

103 Avenae de Villlcre PARIS (FRANCE)

When writing advertisers please mention Snat Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixvii

Eagle Adjustable and Reversible
Developing Tank

(Patented)

Both Reversible
and Adjustable

Instantly Adjusted to Any
Sized Plate

Superior to all other makes, for the
reason that it is adjustable to any
sized plate smaller than the size for
which it is listed ; thus one tank will serve for various sizes of
plates. The cover is held with clamps, so that the tank can
be reversed as often as de-
sired. The rack is so con-
structed that it slides up and
down on four rods. These
rods project above the solu-
tion serving as a handle for
removing rack without
touching the solution with
your hand. This is not pos-
sible with any other tank on
the market. Made of brass
heavily nickel plated.

Prices

No. 100. . For 4 x 5, 3J4 x 5^^, 3% x 4'54. 3% x 4, 3J4 x 3>i

— 6 grooves $3.50

No. 101. For 5 X 8, 5 X 7, 454 x 6^, 4 x 5, 3% x 5J^~6 grooves 4.50

No. 103. For 6K' X 8H» 5 x 8, 5 x 7, 4^4 x 6^—6 grooves 7.50

No. 104. For 8 x 10, 6J^ x 8J^, 5 x 8, 5 x 7—6 grooves 8.50

Eagle Tank Developing Powders, per package 6 powders each.. .25

GEORGE nURPHY, Inc.
57 East 9th Street NEW YORK

^itized^

^(M

ogle

When writing advertisers please mention Snaf Shots.

Ixviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

AT LAST

You Can Reproduce Your Pictures in

NATURAL COLORS

on the

Dufav Color Plate

the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors possible to
Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and are guaranteed for 12

PEICE LIST PES BOX OF FOTTE

fl.aO 4x6"

1.86 6x7"

OOMPENSATINO 8CEEEN8

11.80 SI X «r

l.eo 41 X 41"

8.00

GREEN EXCELSIOR PAPER FOR DARK ROOM
PER PAOKAOE OF 6 SHEETS

90.18 8x10" 90.80

Complete set Solntlons 91.86
Send a trial order. Descriptive booklet mailed free on request.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street, New York

Process

obtain.

months.

8^x4 ".
81x41".

11 X 11".

91.00

8.00

98.00
4.00

6x7".

I^ktures
piounted

Hare an excellence pecoliarl j their
own. The beet results are only
produced b j the best methods and
means—the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained bj using the
best mounting paste^

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Exoellent novel brush with aaeh JarO

HIGGINS'
PHOTO
MOUNTER

At Deftlera la Photo Sapplioet
ArtUte* MAtoriale uad Stattonoij.

A 8-OB. Jar prepaid hj mail for 80 eeots.

or ciroolan free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS & CO., Mfrs.

NBW YORK CHICAQO LONDOU

Main Office, 271 Ninth Street ) Braoklja. N. V.
Factory, 240-344 BIfhth Street f U. 8. A.

.iginzecJby^
When writing advextisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixix

DAINTY— COMPACT— EFFICIENT

No. 0 F0LDIN6 INGENTO

A l^Qw Bail Film Pocket Camera Xakinff Pic-
turei 2^x8K.
This TAniera is so small that it can be easily
carrkcfi] in the hip pocket or in a lady's hand-bag,
yet it makes clear, sharp pictures
2>:ix3^ inches, a size plenty large for
practical work. The equipment in-
cludes a fine achromatic meniscus uni-
versal focus lens, speed U. S. 8, and
automatic shutter for time, bulb and
I n Titan tan eo us exposures, a dust-proof,
1 ^ersible, brilliant finder and two tri-
"1 sockets for taking either vertical
■: horizontal pictures. One operation
M ags the camera front automatically
li'j position for immediate use. This
]^! ration requires only two seconds,
riie No. 0 Ingento is constructed en-
lirt'ly of metal. The body is covered
with levant grain cowhicfe, the trim-
mings are nickel-plated and polished.
Tt is handsomely finis'' ed in every de-
tail. Strength, rigidity and extreme
^^ompactness are its special features.
rjises No. 4A Ansco or No. 2 Brownie
Film.

Price 110.00.

BURKE A JAMES, Ino.

240-258 E. Ontario 8t.»
CHICAGO.
New York Office and

Sales Room, /"^yj^JS

225 Fifth Ave. fpiJOTD SimJES]

Rhodol

METOL, SATRAPOL and other trade names have been
adopted by different manufacturers for the chemical Mono-
methylpara-amidophenol sulpliate. We are supplying this
chemical under the name RHODOL and guarantee our
article when used in the same way, to produce identical
results.

Obtainable from All Photo Supply Houses at Lowest Prices.

Malllnckrodt Chemical Works

Digitized by

Google

Ixx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Lens Hood Partly Extended, Showing
Attachment.

CORNELL LENS HOOD

The Cornell Lens Hood
keeps all stray light from the
lens and insures clear and
bright negatives. Will close
out of the way when you wish
to change your lens or dia-
phragm. Can be set sidewise
when working toward the light,
and the camera will not move
if you run against it.

Cornell Lens Hood, each |3.50

GEORGE MURPHY, he.
57 E. 9th St New York

THE CORNELL LIGHT
RESTRAINER

The Cornell Light Restrainer
does not vignette, but gives full
detail all over the plate and pre-
vents over-exposure in the bottom
of the dress without changing
modeling or roundness, and does
not naturally prolong the expos-
ure.

Cornell Light Restrainer, each |1.00

IE0R6E MURPHY. Inc.
57 E. 9th St. New York

Showing Light Restrainer in Position.

ROUND'S BABY HOLDER

PAT. APPLIBD FOR

First Prise ftt Detroit
CoBTentloii

This Holder can be tised without atuching
to accessory :: Place the baby on the base
and let the garment drop down over the
whole device, thus entirely concealing it ::
Taking a small portion of the dress under
each shoulder and drawing it in the clutch,
it holds the baby from moving in any way

Easy, practical and limple. Price
12.60; per mall, postage 40e.

Geo.liurphy,lD(^II|.^"l5^X

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxi

4209?

will place
the new

No. 8

CENTURY

OUTFIT

in your
Studio.

1
1

1
1
I
1

HERE IS WHAT THE PRICE INCLUDES:

11 X 14 Century Grand Portrait Camera with new foe using

arrangeDient,
11 X 14 bemi-Centennial Statid*
Reversible Back for 11 x 11 Century View Plate HolclerB.

Adjustable for making eitber one or two exposures on

a plate.
Sliding Atlaeluneat for 8 x 10 Curtain Slide Plate Holder.
Adapter for 8 x 10 Attachment to take S xl Curtain Slide

Holder,
11 X 14 Centnry Double View Plate Holder.
8x10 Century Curtain Slide Holder with 6}i%%)4 Kit.
5x7 Curtain SHde Holder.
F/are Holder Each,

Digitized by

Google

Ixxii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

C P. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers, Ariito
Paper and Dry Plaiot Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Sflver and Gokf
Waste Refined

Mamifactorcd

i: PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

Lot No. 55

Royal Nofl-Slipping Printing " Frames

This frame is made of the
best seasoned Ash, natural
finish, and without sharp
edges. It is built on the
English principle and the
most inexperienced person
can examine the print with-
out the slightest risk of mov.
ing it. The back of the frame
is provided with new proiect-
ing metal pins which drop
into corresponding slots in
the side of the frame. This
prevents all possibility of the
print shifting.

This is an Ideal Frame for
printing postals and using
masks. We offer them, while
they last, as follows:

99 3 14 x4 '4 List 40c. Sell for 15c. each

28S 4 xo List 45c. Sell for 20c. each

In 5 x7 List 50c. Sell for 26c. each

75 6J4x8»^ List 90c. Sell for 48c. each

68 8 xlO List $1.25 Sell for 68c. each

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxiii

Speedy, Brilliant, Rich in Color Values,

Hammer Plates Are Unsurpassed!

Each plate in every box is equal to the BEST in any box!

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra I'ast
(blue label) Plates head the list.

RE6. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, *'A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free*

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohi» Aw, and M&aml St* Bh Louis, Mo^

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

Th*t j^ if your lens i^ right. The lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinan' lensc'^
will utc ardinarv piclurcs -^tidoiT Jln'orMe conditions. Are }'au s alb lied wilJi tlrat ?
Of would you like the hvst results utitSex all conditions? If so, yon sliould knmv thi"

GOERZ LENSES

l^mvcrgayj' used l>v war photi>gra pliers and professionals, vvh<j must
W sure of their rcsultjii, The}^ can easily if^ fifed hf ihe camtra

Send for Our Book on "Lenttt and Catnerat"

"i the iJ^r*tc^t viiiue t<* ikiiy *jne irjt..'ri.^tt:d

^m'

-X

■

f^.m

I^^^H^

Ixxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

BOYD ADJUSTABLE
PMNTING MASK

(Patent applied for)

This adjustable Printing Mask is the in-
vention of an enthusiastic amateur, and
has been used by him for several years.

It is so constructed that the size open-
ing can be instantly adjusted to suit the
negative printing just the part which is desired. Also very useful in
straightening crooked negatives. An excellent post card printing arrange-
ment giving any position on the post card. Fits into 6^x8^^ printing
frame. Price 75 cents.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

57 East 9th Street

NEW YORK

oepiatonE

reoOUOSR KM POUIAliaiT TOKS OP

~^^ SEPIA b=i>

m»tAmjmumfrmmmoimmrmim

J Royal Sepiatone

Royal Sepiatone will give double sepia tones on Velox, Azo, Cyko,
Argo, Bromide, or any other developing paper. The Sepia tones pro-
duced are rich and permanent. The process is simple, efficient and
cheap. One tube will tone seventy-five 4x5 prints. Full directions with
each tube.

It is packed in hermetically sealed glass tubes, insuring perfect keep-
ing qualities of tones. Can be used repeatedly until the solution be-
comes exhausted.

Price per tube 10c. Per box twelve tubes, $1.20.
Send 10c. in stamps for sample tube.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East 9th Street, New York

Digitized by VJ^^^V IC

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxv

UNIFORMLY RMLIABLB

Seed Plates for every occasion where the result

is of greatest importance. The reliability

of Seed Emulsions insures success.

SEED NON-HALATION L ORTHO
for difficult interiors- A superior
double coated plate.

SEED L ORTHO for correct color
rendering in landscapes or other sub-
jects where a plate extremely sensitive
to yellow is required.

SEED 26 X for all general landscape or
portrait work. The extreme latitude
of this plate allows for the greatest
variation in exposure.

SEED GILT EDGE 30 is ideal for all
work where quick exposures are of
great importance. Seed Gilt Edge 30
is the only plate combining extreme
speed with the finest qualities of the
ideal portrait plate.

..vdlMft^^.

Digitized by

Google

Ixxvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEN IS

Use the paper that
has no equal.

TORH

Superiority made Artura the
real success.

ARTURA DIVISION,

A EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

All Dealers.

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

Digitized by VjOOQIC ,

>8'

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxvii

"HOW IT IS DONE

An Expl&n&tory Dl&rr&m Showiiif the
YATlout Stares in the Production of

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Produotion of an Autotype Carbon Photograph

Tho Coated Smrfaoe of Exposed Car-
Wn TiMue (Pifmented Gelatine).
B
Binf le Transfer Paper.

0
Soak A and B in cold water, bring
coated surfaces together in contact and
squeegee.

D
Place the adherent tissue and trans-
fer paper between blotting boards for
a few minutes. Next immerse in warm
water, until the colored gelatine begins
to oese out at the edges.

Strip oiT the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.

A dark mass of colored gelatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
G and H

Continue until completed.

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath (tLY9 per cent) to harden the film
and discharge the bichromate sensi-
tising salt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

BT..A.iio!y!:^

i^&onucfirjN.,/ ^^^H

'\UTOTYPECAq0 ^^I^H

^H I^OMOOIM

PI tOTcx^PJl Wl|^^^p|^|

IH Wt^r Taunc.

•□

lali

Important to Amateur Photographers

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible to include developing,
washing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some oi the
ordinary household crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will be
found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying on operations.

PHICE8 OF TRIAL SETS

Ostflt »e. 1 fl.lO

Ovtflt Complete for 6x7 6.00

Ovttt for i X 10 7. 00

American A|ents: GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. 9th St.. New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots, igitized by VJjOOQIC

Ixxviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ARTISTIC
PORTRAITURE

Is the kind that pays best and is the
result of the skill of the operator and
excellence of his optical tools. With a

Yoigtlaoder Heliar

F 4.5

you have fulfilled the latter condition
perfectly, for there is no better por-
trait lens made.

But as the "proof o fthe pudding is
the eating," so is the proof of our
statement in the actual testing of the
lens in your own studio.
Let us arrange this ten-day test
through your dealer. Many of the
greatest photographers in this coun-
try are using the Heliar Lens.

VOIQTLANDER & SOHN

240-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago
225 Fifth Ave, New York

WORKS—
Bnintwlck, Germany

Canadian Agents— Hnpf eld, Lndecking & Co.
Montreal, Can.

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Aroadki, Sound Boaoh, Connaotiottt

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the **St, Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or espedally
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show something worth
showing, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a biff one.

"The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpful.
Its oepartment, "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all his associates and colleagues.
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine

8x10 Plate
Holders

Will fit any 8 x lo Century
or New York Studio Outfit

These Holders are Single Cur-
tain Slide Holders with Kits for
6^4x854, 5x7 and 4x5 Plates.

PRICE, - $4.00 - EACH

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street, New Yori

Vvn^n writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxix

Progressive Photographers

will find the kind of mountings which build
business and increase profits in the Collins
Spring Line,

This Line consists of unique Fotettes,
substantial solid nnountings, distinctive fold-
ers and enclosures— all of superior design
and quality.

These goods are now in the hands of
your dealer. Ask the salesnnan to show you
our complete Line of samples,

A. M. COLLINS MFC- CO.

230 Columbia Avenue

PHILADELPHIA

SOMETHING REALLY GOOD

THE 'PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES" ALBUMS

FOR UNMOUNTED PHOTOGRAPHS

These Albums for Unmounted Photographs are made precisely like the old-fash-
ioned scrap book, with a guard between every leaf. The leaves themselves are made
of a gray linen-finished cover paper, from extra heavy stock, weighing 120 pounds
to the ream. The books are bound in genuine Seal grained Leather, backs and corners,
with strone Cloth sides. The covers are tooled with genuine gold leaf, and the word
PhotogTApni is stamped in sold on the sides. These Albums are sewed in the regular
bookbinders' style, to open flat, and they are made to stand the hardest kind of wear.
We are putting them out over the repuUtion of the "Photographic Times,*' and

WE GUARANTEE EVERY BOOK

"PHOTOGRAPHIC" TIMES ALBUM

with a Year's
Albnm Retail Price Subsorlptlen to

Photographlo Times

No. 1 Blse of leaf, 41x6} Inches 91.00 98.00

Kg. 8 Size of leaf, sIx 8 " 1.80 8.80

No. 8 Size of leaf, 7x10 " 1.60 8.00

No. 4 glze of leaf, 10x18 " 8.40 8.40

Ko. 6 Size of leaf, 11x14 " 8.80 8.80

Photographic Times Pah. Association '"%'w'^fsr''"'

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Ixxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Studio Cabinet
Photography

No. 3 Portrait Lens, 3j/^'' diameter, 12'' equiva-
lent focus for use when studio exceeds
20 ft.; the distant subject for cabinet
portraits $133.00

No. 3 A Portrait Lens, 4'' diameter, 16'' equiva-
lent focus, for promenade portraits and
cabinets in long studios 189.00

A «« T

11 T>

Digitized by

Google

EAGLE VIGNETTE ADJUSTER

f PATENT APPLtED FOR>

THE PRINTER'S CHUM

ONCE USED, ALWAYS USED

A ji^rcat lime saver ai ilic grcaicst assistance in the primer. Ad-
justs the vigncuc in a mnmenL Perfectly r=.mooth and flat, Vignellcs
for each ncRiUive can he ^^avcd and hkd with the nc^^ntivc and rc-
adjUa^^d on the frame it! a moment.

Hties avvay with tackini^ the vigncUe on to the printing iramc, thiu
resultnt^ in a great <iavin£r of frames. The framcf i^avcd in a niotith"?
tin\c Will more than pay for this attachment.

GlVc it a lri.ll, we know that you will be pleased.

Si^e for 5 X 7 Printing frame, 75l
Size far B x 10 Printing frame, 80c.

Digitized by

Google

CHARACTER IN THE

The photographer striving for
originality will find distinctive quality
in the new albumen printing-out
paper:

Matte-Surface, Ready-Sensitized,
Four Grades.

Z/clta offers each worker a means
of expressing his individuality in the
print as well as in composition, pos-
ing and lighting. A range of tone
from red chalk to cold blacl

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

Jmc 2$, I9N. Tnie AUuk ftcfislcrai

This device is designed for mailing photographs,
fancy cards and similar enclosures flat.

Excellent For The Purpose

Seventeen sizes carried in stock, as below:

No. Size

123 4;^ X 7

126 5>1 X 7^

131 6^/2 X Q^<i

135 7^8 X loMi

136 7j4x gVj

137 7'4 X ii'4

138 S'Ax loyz

139 8>ii X ii>^

142 9^/> X II 5^

Xo. Size

143 9;4 X 12^4

146 IO'4 X 12^^

151 1 1 14 X 144^

155 12J4X1514

162 13I4 X I7>

234 5'<^x ii>^^

240 6y2 X 13^

246 7.^/2 X .55-4

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

6 Prince Street

BROOKLYN, N. V.

Boiton, Kam.; BrookTille, Ind. ; Niag&ra F&lk, Canada; London, England:
Jullch, Germany.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxxi

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric"
Lens

(PATENT)

lens

sporting

An ideal
events.

Very suitable for portraiture

Giving critical dehnition ai
full aperture.

Make Tele-Photography with
Focal Plane Shutter exposures.

Large image at short camera
extension.

Two Series: F 5.4 and F 6.8.

Focut

Back-EqulT.

Ixii..4r— 9"

F 6.8, $37.50

F 5.4, 50.00

Focus

B&ck-EqniT.

6i"— 11"

$45.00

04.00

Focut

B&ck-EquiT.

Int. .6"— 12"

F 6.8, $48.75

F 5.4, 67.50

Focus

Back-EquiT.

er— 13"

$52.50

73.00

Focut

B&ck-Equiv.

Int..8r— 17"

F 6.8, $67.50

F 5.4, 95 50

The new "Tclcccntric" Lens
gives a universally flat image
with exquisite definition to the
corners of the plate. Like the
Ross **Homocentric/' the "Tel-
ecentric" is absolutely free
from spherical zones, and nega-
tives taken with it are perfect
in detail.

In the "Tclcccntric" Lens
F 6.8, which is slightly faster
than other lenses of this type,
the definition and brilliancy at
full aperture are quite equal to
those of the most perfectly cor-
rected modern anastigmats.

AMERICAN AGENTS

QEORaE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East fth St. New York, N. Y.

^j6c Ross

"-CABINET-"

Portrait Lens

ia somewhat different from the ordi-
nary portrait letia* In addition to
its F'4 aperture, which Is often wanted
when dull days, refit less children, and
the like make speed necessary, it is
so constructed as to give as flat a field
as is consistent with good tnarginal
definition. Tliese qualities enable
one to secure that atmosphere and
plastic TtKxleling so all important
in the best portrait work. A portrait
is not pleasing when the figure has
the appearance of being cut out and
pasted against the back^ound. The
sitters hould appear as if surrounded
by au envelope of air. That, and
the modeling tliat gives roundness,
is associated with the Ross Cabinet
Lens b J many of the best workers in
London, Paris and New Vork. You
have seen a few portraits that were
almost stereoscopic in their soft yet
plastic mo<leling. Von can imagine
the ** bloom '* in the negatives from
which they were prititecL Just try a
ROSS CABINET RORTRAIT L£NS
and get the same ^ne ' 'plastic" effect.

No, 3—12 Inches focus * ^ |133.00
No, 3 A— Hi inches focus - 189.00

Write us if yon want fnjthpr In-
formatlnli, or TA<nild lika to
see sii tuple prints. PitrJmps
yon woald liko to trir one.

Send for Complete Catalogue.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

57 East 9th St., New York

J^le

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Ixxxii

SX'AP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Every Photographer in the land should know

Send for a print

WILLIS & CLEMENTS, Philadelphia

HIGGINS'
PHOTO
MOUNTER

Haye an excellence peculUrly their
own. The best results are only
produced by the best methods and
means — ^the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mounting
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

CExoellent noTel brush with each jarO

At Dealers in Photo Snpplioa,
ArtUto' Materials ond StattOMsy.

A 8-oK. Jar prepaid by mail for SS Mali.
or oircolars free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS & C0.« Mfrt.

NEW YORK CHICAQO LOBIOOII

Main Office, 271 Ninth Street ) Brooklyn. N. ¥•
Factory, 340-344 Eighth dtreetf U. S. A.

Jigitized by '
When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEM F.XTS

B«D=

ID««

Cirkut Cameras

^\\t Cirkut is a certain means of
securing more business. Cirkut pict-
ures are easy to make and easy to sell.

Digitized by

Google

Cll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVKRTISEMEXTS

For School And Summer Work.
Ask Your Dealer, Or Write For
Samples And Information To

A. M. COLLINS MFG. CO.

230 Columbia Avenue Philadelphia

Every Photographer in the land should know

Send for a print

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROYAL. ORTHO Ea>n-.ARGING UBNS

In construction this lens is a combination of our
Eagle Enlarging Lens and our Royal Ray Filter;
a combination which cannot be made with the two
separately, as it would be impossible to slip both of
them on the regular lens at the same time.

Slipped on over the regular lens it enlarges the
ima^e, and at the same time corrects it orthochro-
matically. It is a well-known fact that in ordinary
photography the yellows appear too dark, while the
blues are too light, and every color is more or less
modified, according to its position in the spectrum.
The Royal Ortno Enlarging Lens corrects this
defect automatically. With it a faded photograph
may be copied or enlarged, and reproduced in bright, clear tones.

Oil paintings, water colors, and other colored pictures may be copied with absolute
fidelity. A small flower, or a natural history specimen, may be photographed full size or
larger with every delicate tint showing its true light value, and its proper contrast with
the neighboring colors.

RoyflLl Ortho Enlarging Lenses are made in fourteen sizes, each furnished in a hand-
some case, packed in a cardboard box, with full instructions for use.

PRICES

No.
0
I

0
10
11
12
13

Diameter Inches.

For Cameras.

F. P. K.

4x5

lVi«

5x7

For Box Cameras

1V,«

4x5

IVi.

6x7

4x5

154

5x7

l^^

arry size

2!4

«i «•

2y,

«( «4

(< ••

«• <«

Price.

$1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.50

QEORQE MURPHY, Ino , 57 East 9th Street, New York

EAGLE VIQNETTER

(Patented)

In every studio the need is
felt of a 'simple, yet efficient,
vignetter, which can be oper-
ated instantly, noiselessly and
_ from the rear of the camera

by the operator without his having to leave his position at the ground glass. In the Eagle
simplicity has been simplified, and to our patrons we offer a before-the-lens vignetter
worked entirely from behind the camera and controlled entirely by one handle. The card
i« removable. SO thiat any varietv of shapes mav be used at the will of the operator.

Digitized by

Google

SXAf SI lOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Island View Mount

Ash Gray, White and Burmese Brown

•

P?^

! '

■

— ^

•ai^^^l

^t»^

■i

We have no hesitancy about recommending the Island
View to those desiring a substantial mounting for strong
prints.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

suaacupnoM iatbs poi u. s. amd camaba fbk ysax, $1.00; tiz iiomtbs, 60 csim

UMGLB COPT, 10 CBMTS. fOUlOM COUMTUBS, $1J6
PUBUSBID BT TBB SNAP-SHOTS PUBUiHIITO Ca, 67 BAfT MIMTB ITBEBT, MBW TOBX

Volume 24

JUNE, 1913

Number 6

Statement of the Ownership, Management, Circulation, etc., of Snap-Shots.
Published Monthly at New York, N. Y. Required by the Act of August 24, 1912.
Editor, Managing Editor, Business Manager, Percy Y. Howe, 422 Park Hill
Avenue, Yonkers, New York.

Publisher, Snap-Shots Publishing Company, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Owner, George Murphy, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders, holding 1 per
cent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities. None.

PERCY Y. HOWE, Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27th day of March, 1913.
WARREN W. SIGLER,

Notary Public, Queens County.

Certificate filed in N. Y. County, No. 41, N. Y. Register No. 5234.
(My commission expires March 30, 1915.)

INSBRTING OR REPLACING FIGURES IN

GROUPS

It is frequently necessary to add
a figure to a group, in consequence
of the absence, from death or other
reason, of the person to be depict-

process in which the copies are to
be printed, and the number re-
quired. In some cases it may be
possible, where it is known before-

^A ¥\y^

■»n oKoianf

-i*»mK/»f

Digitized by

Google

I02

SNAP SHOTS

June. 1913

act his part, leaving only the head
to be altered. To give an example
I may instance a family group
taken after a wedding group had
been made. The bride's father was
absent through illness, and before
he could possibly sit for a portrait
some of the other members of the
family had to return to Canada,
making a complete group impossi-
ble. The difficulty was got over by
inducing one of the guests who was
about the same size as the missing
parent to sit in the position which
the latter should have occupied.
Blocking out the one head and
printing in the other was an easy
matter, the result being entirely
satisfactory.

THE MISSING FIGURE AS A PORTRAIT

In the case of a portrait of a
deceased friend or relative being in-
cluded, it is, as a rule, better to
insert it in the form of a picture on
the wall or upon an easel, especially
if the portrait is an old one and
the other members of the group
have naturally aged in the mean-
while. The well-known group of
Queen Victoria with her family, in
which Prince Albert's portrait is
shown as hanging on the wall, is a
good precedent for this style, and
it is none the less acceptable to
the photographer from the fact that
it is the easiest of all ways of ex-
ecuting the work. There is also
the possibility of securing an order

THE PAINT-OUT PROCESS — FOR A
PRINT OR TWO

If only one or two copies are
required it is best to adopt ttie well-
known plan of double printing, us-
ing P. O. P. or albumenized pa-
per. The first step is to make a
negative exactly the size required
from the original picture, reversing
it if necessary so that it is lighted
from the same side as the group,
then carefully to block out the
background, in order that it may
fit accurately between the other fig-
ures. A mask for the bust should
be made by printing a P. O. P.
proof of part of the group, cutting
it out to the outline of the other
people's shoulders and fixing it
upon the copy negative. The head
should be blocked round with
opaque. We can now proceed to
print, placing the single head first
as nearly as possible in the correct
position upon the full-sized piece of
paper, which should be large
enough to allow a little latitude in
this respect. When printed, the
figure should be painted over with
gamboge water color used as dry as
it will leave the brush, and thick
enough to prevent any light from
penetrating. If the head is fairly
large, only the margin need be
blocked and the centre may be cov-
ered with a piece of opaque paper.
This saves time and color and
avoids cockling the sensitive paper.

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

103

the other figures, and the printing
done as usual. The gamboge is
removed during the preliminary
washing before toning by gently
rubbing with a tuft of cotton wool,
and toning and fixing proceeded
with. If the blocking-out has been
carefully done, little spotting round
the inserted figure will be necessary.

FOR LARGER NUMBERS OF COMPOSITE
PRINTS

When any considerable number
of prints is required this combina-
tion printing is too slow and trou-
blesome, and further, it cannot be
practised if copies are required in
platinotype, carbon or bromide. It
is, therefore, necessary to effect the
combination in the negative so that
only straightforward printing has
to be done. There are two ways of
going to work, one being the actual
transplanting of the required figure
from its own negative to the group
negative, and the other simply mak-
ing prints from the two negatives,
cutting out the required figures
from the one, and, after pasting
them upon the other, making a
fresh negative from the print. The
first method is more difficult, but it
is undoubtedly better than the sec-
ond because the greater part of the
picture is printed from an original
negative, which will always yield a
better proof than a copy, provided
that the negative is a good one to
start with.

GRAFTING NEGATIVES

I have found that the best way to
graft one portion of a negative

upon another is to take a P. O. P.
print from the negative of the sin-
gle figure, and without toning or
fixing, to cut out the figure very
carefully. I then fix this in its
correct position upon the group
negative, using rubber solution as
the adhesive, and carefully trace
round it with a sharp needle, so as
to make a distinct mark upon the
film. After removing the print I
carefully scrape away the film in-
side the line until the glass is per-
fectly clean (a bit of moistened
wood cut chisel-wise is very use-
ful for rubbing oflF small bits of
film). The next step is carefully to
cut round the portion of the figure
negative so that there is a clean line
right through to the glass. The
negative is then placed upon a level-
ling stand and covered with a
stripping solution composed of a
five per cent solution of alvun, to
one ounce of which a few drops of
hydrofluoric acid have been added.
In a few minutes it will be found
that the film will begin to loosen,
and it will be advisable first to re-
move that portion which is not re-
quired and to throw it away. Then
transfer the plate to a celluloid or
ebonite dish of clear water, and
float off the figure. If it does not
come quite readily it may be coaxed
with a soft camel hair mop. It
should then be washed in one or
two changes of water, one of which
may be rendered alkaline with a
few drops of soda solution, finish-
ing with plain water. Meanwhile

Digitized by

Google

I04

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

the group negative should be soak-
ing in a dish of water to which the
loose bit of film must be trans-
ferred, lifting it upon a piece of
glass. It should then be floated into
position and smoothed down with
the camel-hair brush. It will most
likely be found that the figure has
expanded, and is too large for the
allotted space. It is, however, quite
easy to shrink it till it fits exactly
by gently mopping it with methylat-
ed spirit mixed with a little water.
If the spirit is used "neat" it will
shrink the gelatine too much ; if so,
use spirit containing more water
till it expands again. When a per-
fect join has been made, the com-
bined negative should be blotted off
with clean smooth tissue paper,
which is better than all the special
"photographic'' blotting papers, and
set aside to dry. This appears a
somewhat tedious process, but in
practice it occupies only a short
time, and there is the satisfaction
of knowing that the job is done
with for all time.

HYDROFLUORIC ACID

It must be borne in mind that
hydrofluoric acid dissolves glass, so
that it must be kept in a gutta
percha bottle, and that glass or
porcelain dishes or measures must
not be used. The little paper cups
in which cream is sold answer well
for mixing the solution in. I have

rosive and will bum the flesh if
used carelessly.

THE PASTE-DOWN PRINT METHOD

The pasting-on method is easiest
of all, but has the disadvantage that
the result is always a "copy.*' Nev-
ertheless it has its good points, and
is especially useful for press work,
as a considerable amount of hand
work can be put upon the combined
print before making the final n^;a-
tive. Glossy bromide I have foimd
to be the best for the purpose, as
it always copies just as it appears
to the eye, and there is not the
chance of the different portions
copying to different depths, as
sometimes happens when P. O. P.,
or a mixture of P. O. P. and bro-
mide paper, is used. The large print
should be mounted upon a some-
what spongy card, and the applied
figures should be cut out with scis-
sors and not with the knife, as the
latter tends to give a square edge,
while the scissors compress the
edges and make them catch less
light. Ordinary flour paste, or the
commercial dextrine mountants are
good for fixing. They should not
be too wet, and rubbed on with the
finger in preference to using a
brush, thus ensuring a thin smooth
coating which will not ooze out. If
possible the print should be rolled
or pressed in a printer's hydraulic
press. This will have the effect of

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

105

PHOTOGRAPHING SMALL ARTICLES FOR
CATALOGUES AND ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES

By ** Practicus"

A glance through the catalogues
of any of our great stores will
show how completely pure photog-
raphy— if we may so call the half-
tone process — has ousted hand-
drawn work for the purposes of il-
lustration. This class of work has
tended to drift away from the
ordinary photographer, much to his
loss, and I am inclined to think that
a loss of quality may be attributed
to the same cause, as it can hardly
be expected that an operator whose
daily practice is mainly confined to
copying from the flat will have the
same feeling for light and shade as
a man who is skilled in studio por-
traiture. The three essentials to
successful working are correct
drawing or pleasing perspective, ap-
proximately correct color-render-
ing, and appropriate illumination.

THE LENS — OF LONG FOCUS.

Regarding the first of these fac-
tors, I have often remarked the
absolutely false impression pro-
duced by using a short focus lens,
which is most noticeable in rectan-
gular subjects such as boxes, and
more particularly when these are
photographed with the lid open.
For an example of this I would
recommend the student to make a

box placed to show the front and
one side, using for the purpose a
lens of seven or eight inches focal
length ; then to make another nega-
tive with the longest focus lens that
the camera will accommodate, and
to compare the two results. Nor is
it only in subjects containing
straight lines that bad perspective is
objectionable. Such articles as
bracelets, hair brushes and scent
bottles show it in a general ungrace-
fulness of outline. I would there-
fore recommend that no lens be em-
ployed which does not permit of a
distance of three feet between
camera and object when photo-
graphing in natural size. If the
photographer possess a telephoto
lens, it may be employed for this
class of work, especially when small
objects have to be taken.

many subjects beyond the
"ordinary'' plate.

Color-rendering is of the greatest
importance, and here the everyday
photographer usually fails griev-
ously, rarely using a color-sensitive
plate, and practically never in con-
junction with a properly adjusted
light-filter. Now, there are many
objects possessing no pronounced
color contrasts which cannot be

Digitized by

Google

io6

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

small articles — clocks, stationery
cases, etc., made of "Chippendale"
mahogany, and also dark brown
and green leather purses, pocket-
books and card cases. On an or-
dinary plate tliese only yield an im-
pression of the surface shine with
no value of the real color of the
material. For example, a dark
brown crocodile purse will give no
more detail than it would if it were
absolutely black. Panchromatic
plates, although more costly, are
greatly to be preferred, even to the
green and yellow-sensitive variety
known as *'orthochromatic," and it
is essential that a selection of color
screens of various densities should
be at hand so that one appropriate
to the subject may be used. In
many cases the red filter of a tri-
chromatic set may be used with ad-
vantage. Of the old brownish-yel-
low "screens," the most that can be
said in their favor is that they are
better than nothing, but their cor-
recting effect is very small com-
pared with the increase of exposure
which they necessitate.

ARRANGING THE SUBJECTS.

The arrangement or grouping of
articles for catalogue illustration
calls for some skill; the photogra-
pher must study and profit by the
methods of the window-dresser, and
it is always advisable to secure the
help of the owner of the articles,
who will indicate to which the
greatest prominence should be
given, and also any special features
of design or texture which have

to be emphasized. Small wire
stands or easels, such as are used
for supporting price tickets and
small portraits in the window, are
often very useful for holding such
things as purses and card cases,
while the small wire drawer parti-
tions which terminate in a screw
make handy little shelves to screw
into the background. In many cases
the manufacturers of fancy articles
have special fittings for the display
of their goods, and they are usually
willing to lend these if requested.
For many articles the so-called
''shadowless" photography is the
only satisfactory method, and once
the needful apparatus has been ar-
ranged a large number of negatives
can be made quickly. For this the
camera must be arranged so as to
point downwards, and the articles
arranged upon a horizontal sheet
of glass beneath, which at a suit-
able distance and angle is a sheet of
card or paper, light, dark, or me-
dium, according to the effect de-
sired. A very convenient way of
working, which, however, gives a
reversed negative, is to employ the
camera in its usual position, and to
fix a prism or mirror on the lens.
This allows of focusing being done
while standing in the usual position,
the glass plate being supported be-
tween two boxes or chair seats. If
much work has to be done, it is bet-
ter to have a special stand con-
structed. I have found the model
designed by the late T. C, Hep-
worth quite excellent. It consists

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

107

of two strong triangles of wood
with sides about twenty-four inches
in length, one forming the base and
the other the top, united by stout
pieces of quartering for legs, be-
tween these a square frame resem-
bling a picture frame fitted with a
sheet of glass slides up and down,
capable of being clamped at any
height. The top triangle is perfo-
rated with a hole about 8 inches
square, and the camera is supported
in any convenient way above it. A
useful variation of this idea is to
make a strong frame with a car-
riage to hold the camera exactly as
for copying prints, but instead of
the copying board the glazed frame
is substituted, efficient clamping ar-
rangements being provided. This
may be used at any angle from hori-
zontal to vertical, and also for ordi-
nary copying and enlarging. It is
essential that it be strongly made, or
the result will probably be disas-
trous. With some subjects the
glass-plate idea may be carried out
with the plate in a nearly vertical
position. I have photographed a
series of shells by hanging them in
iront of a glass plate by means of
fine cotton which was chosen to
match the color of the background.
If the plate is at angle of sixty de-
grees many small objects can be
fixed upon it by means of the rub-

DEALING WITH GLITTERING
SUBJECTS.

All sorts of dodges have been
given for photographing polished
articles, but as a rule all sophistica-
tion of the object itself should be
avoided. Frosting with putty, whit-
ening and the like destroys the ef-
fect of the polished portions, and
it is better to rely on careful light-
ing. A few cards covered with dark
material to cut off reflections, and
a sheet or two of tissue paper are
all that is needed to secure a good
result. 1 have photographed thou-
sands of bright articles, and have
always been sorry when I have at-
tempted to "prepare" them for
photography. Dark and dull ob-
jects require quite different treat-
ment, many being best photo-
graphed in full sunshine or by the
unscreened arc light. In winter, if
the arc is not available, a few inches
of magnesium ribbon will often
give an amount of vigor unobtain-
able by weak, diffused daylight. A
group of, say, three good inverted
gas lights answers well for copying
small articles, especially if ortho-
chromatic plates be used.

AN AID TO PHOTOGRAPHING TO
SCALE.

It is frequently necessary to pho-
tograph to scale ; that is to say, that

Digitized by

Google

io8

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

measure accurately. To save time
I have scaled the camera for use
with the lens most generally em-
ployed by the following simple
method: A piece of newspaper is
carefully cut out and pasted upon
a dark mount. It should be ex-
actly six inches long after mount-
ing, and any convenient width. A
series of slips of card should hi:
provided, their lengths being in pro-
portion to the reductions required:
4, 2, 41^, 3, iy2, and ^ inches will
give a range of ^, J^, ^, >4, J4,
and ys scale. The printed card
must now be focused, and its image
made to correspond in length
with each of the card gauges in suc-
cession, marking the position of the
camera front or back, as the case
may be, for each size upon the
baseboard, or upon a lath of wood,
which can be placed in some con-
venient position between the cam-
era back and front. Now all that
has to be done, if it is desired to
photograph, say, a vase to half-
scale, is to extend the camera to the
point marked yi in the scale, and to
focus by sliding the camera to and
from the object. In the case of a
studio camera it will often be found
more convenient to move the object.
On no account must the length
of the camera be altered. It
should always be clearly under-
stood whether a photograph is to be
made to size or to scale. Ftill siVp

to 3 inches, that is half -scale, but it
is only quarter-size.

BACKGROUNDS.

If the photographs are required
for reproduction — and this is gen-
erally the case — a good effect may
be obtained and much time saved in
arrangement, finding suitable back-
grounds, etc., by making up com-
posite sheets or pages by cutting
out the separate prints and pasting
them upon a suitably tinted paper,
putting in a soft cast shadow to
each with the air-brush or with the
crayon and stump. Pale green or
light French gray cards come out
well in the subsequent reproduction.

Nothing is better for back-
grounds than stout paper, and I
have found the "nature" paper as
used for mounts very suitable,
every depth of tint being readily
obtained. The large sheets (28x26
inches) will serve as continuous
backgrounds and foreground if
fastened with two drawing pins at
the top about fifteen inches from
the table, and the lower part bent
into a curve and fastened to the
table by two more pins at the ex-
treme front corners. It is very
necessary to fasten the bottom cor-
ners, as a sudden draught may
cause the paper to lift and upset
whatever may be upon it. I have
used this arrangement very suc-

Digitized by

Google

June, 1 91 3

SNAP SHOTS

109

BACKED PLATES.

It need hardly be said that abso-
lute sharpness is essential, and that
it is always advisable to use a fo-
cusing magnifier. When using
telephoto lenses it will often be
found necessary to use quite a small
aperture, and in order to secure
contrast the subject must be strong-
ly lighted. Backed plates are al-
most indispensable, especially with
china, silverware, and other pol-
ished goods. Not only is the blur-
ring of the outlines prevented, but
the detail m the high-lights is pre-
served. It is not necessary to buy
ready backed plates for home use.
If a pot of backing color is kept

ready to hand it may be smeared on
after the plate is in the dark-slide,
a piece of brown paper being placed
behind it to keep the spring of the
partition from touching it.

Exposures should, as a rule, be
full, and it is well to remember that
the values of the diaphragm aper-
tures alter enormously when work-
ing at close quarters. When work-
ing to full size //8 practically be-
comes //1 6, and requires a corre-
sponding increase of lime. Over-
development must be avoided, a
soft, bright negative which will
give a good print on glossy bromide
or gaslight being required for the
process man. — British Journal of
Photography,

THE THINGS THAT MATTER''

By the Autotype Company

Editor's Note: — Readers of that
excellent evening news paper The
Pall Mall Gazette will be familiar
with the above title.

To the non-readers we would ex-
plain that under this heading the
well-known novelist, Filson Young,
has for some time past been writ-
ing a series of clever paragraphs
devoted to current occurrences of
general interest. His comments are
penned in a forcible commonsense
style and illumine the subjects with
which he deals.

Our remarks are reprinted from
the British Journal of Photography,
January 10, 17, 24 and 31, 1913.

In every calling of life, profes-
sional, commercial, or be what it
may, there are usually things of
paramount importance, the observ-
ance or neglect of which make just
the difference between success and
failure.

The professional singer depends
not only on his past laborious train-
ing and the later successful achieve-
ment. By constant practice the

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

June. 1913

The wholesale manufacturer, in
addition to possessing first-class
modem machinery and a reputation
for producing the finest articles, is
constantly studying the markets in
order to take advantage of the new-
est and best raw materials and to
purchase at the closest prices.
These things matter to him.

The professional photographer
relies not only on his attractive,
well-appointed studio and up-to-
date apparatus. He studies the
materials employed in his craft, and
these, perhaps more than anything
else, are the things which most
matter to him.

His plates must be of some first-
rate brand, in order that he may
achieve the finest technical results
with his negatives, but most im-
portant of all is the question of
printing paper. It is a fact that the
prints sent out claim the final ver-
dict of a photographer's work. By
these results he is judged.

In large studios the annual pa-
per bill is one of the most impor-
tant items of expenditure, and the
careful photographer gives it his
closest consideration, and sees that
he gets proper value for money.

By common consent it is ad-
mitted that the artistic taste of
the general public has grown enor-
mously during the past twenty-five
years. A fastidious clientele is no
longer content with the highly
glazed cartes and cabinets in vogue
in the days of our fathers, but now
demands photographs possessing

**breadth of eflfect," variety of color,
rough surfaces, etc., etc., which
would have puzzled the earlier gen-
erations of photographers to pro-
duce.

The Autotype Carbon Process
places at the disposal of the modem
photographer wider means of
gratifying these artistic aspirations
than any other existing printing
method.

No matter how difficult the prob-
lem. Autotype Carbon can, as a
rule, be of the greatest service in
solving it.

Autotype Carbon Tissues are
manufactured in upwards of thirty-
six distinct color varieties. These,
with the immense range of transfer
papers available, make it possible to
ring an almost indefinite number of
changes in tone and surface effect.

Autotype Carbon is by far the
CHEAPEST practical PERMA-
NENT printing process in exist-
ence, and photographers study-
ing economy as well as the many
other advantages offered by the
process would be wise to very care-
fully examine the question of rela-
tive cost. A saving of some 50 per
cent on the paper bill is surely one
of those things that matter.

An important feature in a mod-
ern progressive photographer's
business is, or should be, the sup-
plying of enlarged portraits to his
sitters and their connections.

When once a pleasing portrait
and good likeness is accomplished,
it is not, as a rule, difficult to intro-

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

III

duce an enlarged version which
possesses an altogether special
value and application.

There are so many occasions and
events when good enlargements
are acceptable and invaluable. In
every town and village there are
public personages of greater or
minor importance whose portraits
are required to figure in prominent
positions: the mayor, the sheriff,
the town councillors, are instances.

There may also be presentations
to the local clergy, squire, doctor,
etc., when enlarged portraits would
be appropriate and welcome. What
more suitable family gifts than
nicely framed enlarged portraits of
parents and children — for birthday
celebrations, wedding gifts, and
those numerous occasions of family
festivals and rejoicing? Instances
will occur to all, and might be mul-
tiplied almost indefinitely. These
are things that matter.

The Autotype Company make a
specialty of the highest class per-
manent Autotype Carbon enlarge-
ments, and have a unique experi-
ence in their production dating back
upwards of forty years. All work
is produced in permanent Autotype
Carbon tissues, and by a suitable
combination of tissue and support
an immense range of harmonious,
artistic results can be achieved. A
head and bust enlargement of a
child printed in delicate red chalk
on fine white drawing paper has a
charm almost impossible to de-
scribe. A lady's portrait may be

printed in Sepia on toned rough pa-
per with plate mark and margin.
A fine profile picture of a bearded
man looks well produced in ivory
black on Whatman paper. Suitably
framed, the effect is magnificent.

In Autotype Carbon no chemical
toning takes place. The "Red
Chalk,^' "Sepia" and "Ivory Black''
referred to are permanent pigments
combined with gelatine and made
insoluble in the process of develop-
ment.

The results are absolutely dura-
ble. No fading or discoloration,
as with prints, in which the colors
depend on chemical toning with
fugitive metallic salts.

We still possess Autotype Car-
bon prints made in the year 1876,
and imitating the tone of the purple
brown silver prints then in vogue.
Our copies are as fresh as on the
day produced. Over the fate of
the contemporary silver prints it is
better, perhaps, to draw a veil. It
matters to you whether your work
is fugitive or permanent.

Our recent observations in the
columns of the British Journal
have dealt entirely with the things
that matter to other people and to
professional photographers in par-
ticular. On the present occasion
we propose to vary the theme, and
deal with the things that matter to
ourselves.

One of the most important con-
siderations in a business of the
magnitude of Autotype, with heavy
permanent standing charges big

Digitized by

Google

112

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

wages bill, and other regular out-
goings, is to maintain the highest
quality of production, keep together
the clientele of many years' stand-
ing, and secure new friends.

We have been established over
forty years. Most of our earliest
clients have passed away or retired,
but the newer generation has been
loyal, and we have the good fortune
to number amongst our closest
friends the descendants of those to
whom in those far-off days the firm
first introduced the Autotype Car-
bon process.

Our aim has always been to offer
our friends nothing but the best,
and the fact that during the past
thirty-eight years Autotype produc-
tions have received distinctions at
almost as many exhibitions speaks
for itself of excellence maintained
and progress achieved. Grand
Prix, gold and silver medals, diplo-
mas, etc., at about the rate of one
a year, has been the steady average
all along.

We claim to be the largest house
in this country, and probably in any
other, devoted exclusively to per-
manent photographic processes. We
started with this object in view, and
have never swerved from it. Our
plant embraces cameras, dark
rooms, enlars^ins^ and develoDins^

ent of daylight during the dark
months of winter.

With us carbon tissues, transfer
papers, and supports are manufac-
tured by the mile, in steam-heated
drying rooms, enabling an immense
output to be dealt with rapidly. Of
our staff we cannot speak too high-
ly. Some of the older hands, now
passing middle age, entered our em-
ployment as lads, and their sons,
many of them, are "following in
father's footsteps," to quote a well-
known ballad of the "Halls"; and
new hands are recruited on the ap-
prenticeship plan.

All these things matter — a well-
equipped factory, a highly skilled
staff, and a contented and increas-
ing clientele. These are matters we
study, and to which we devote our
constant attention.

Titling Negatives

With a small tuft of cotton mois-
tened in negative varnish, varnish
a strip on the back of the negative
where you want the title to ap-
pear on the print. You will find
that it is not at all diflScult to write
or print on the varnished place-
no need to reverse. I use Diamond
lettering ink, thinning with water
until it flows easilv.

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

PHOTOGRAPHERS' ASSOCIATION OP AMERICA

33d Annual Convention, Kansas City, Mo., July 21-28, 19x3

Snap Shots,

New York, N. Y.

Gentlemen — We want this entire
country to be on fire with news of
the coming convention, and to this
end a circular will be sent out about
the 1st of June containing portraits
of the splendid talent that has been
secured to operate the working
studio which will be in operation on
the convention floor July 21st to
26th inclusive. Every photographer
will look forward with interest to
the arrival of this announcement.

This circular will contain a gen-
eral idea of what may be expected,
including portraits of the heads of
the various departments of the stu-
dio, as well as the actors that will ap-
pear on the program. Or, in other
words, and perhaps more properly
stated, the portraits of the employ-
ees from the receptionists down to
the porter. Geo. G. Holloway, man-
ager of the operating and finishing
departments, has secured twelve of
the leading lights of this country to
give practical demonstrations of the
proper way of handling subjects
under the sky light. Five hundred
can be comfortably seated in this
operating room, where every move-
ment of the operator can be care-
fully noted. Here is an opportunity
to see how these people can handle,
not altogether the beautiful models
usually exhibited at photographic
conventions, but instead arrange-

ments are being made to provide
difficult subjects, such as the every-
day photographer is obliged to han-
dle in the daily routine of his
business.

Miss Katherine Jamieson, presi-
dent of the Woman's Federation,
has selected five or six receptionists
of national reputation. In this de-
partment Daddy Lively, so well
known to the photographic profes-
sion all over the world, will be the
main attraction, and will give his
personal attention to introduce and
acconmiodate visiting photogra-
phers. Any questions relative to re-
ception room methods will be
cheerfully answered.

Frank W. Medlar, head of the
printing department, reports prog-
ress, and is securing talent in that
particular line which will be a real
treat to the employee who wishes
to perfect his knowledge in devel-
oping papers, as well as masking
and printing stunts. No retoucher
can aflford to miss the demonstra-
tion of the eminent specialist who
has been selected to demonstrate
background work by use of the
belloptican or projecting lantern.

Your readers will doubtless look
forward to June 1st as the time set
for the first big circular, which will
contain not only the above-men-
tioned features but half-tones of
the convention hall; a photograph
of the street front, with magnificent

Digitized by

Google

114

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

studio entrance, as well as a list of
every actor who will appear in the
studio, together with announce-
ments concerning the general ex-
hibit; a list of the Manufacturers'
Congress, and dealers who will ex-
hibit ; news concerning the Associa-
tion record; as well as an interest-
ing article from the treasurer, with
instructions concerning dues, etc.
This will be followed shortly after
by a complete program.

We desire to have your readers
understand that greater prepara-

tions are being made this year than
ever before to make the Kansas
City Convention most interesting
not only from an educational stand-
point, but the social features in
the hands of the Kansas City local
committee will excel all previous
efforts. Prepare now to attend,
and allow nothing to interfere, as
no one can afford to miss it. Very
truly yours,

Chas. F. Townsend,
Pers. P. A. of A.

INTENSIFYING SOLUTION

Intensification, With correct ex-
posure and development, intensifi-
cation need never be resorted to.
The following formula is, how-
ever, very effective, and the most
permanent of all methods :

NO. 1
16 grammes Bichlor.

Mercury 240 grains

16 grammes Chloride

Ammonia 240 grains

600 c.c.m. Distilled

Water 20 ounces

NO. 2

16 grammes Chloride

perfect elimination of the hypo.
The least trace of yellowness after
intensifying shows that the wash-
ing was not sufficient; then im-
merse negative in about Xo. 1 solu-
tion, observing that the longer it
remains in the solution, the greater
will be the final density. Wash
well, and flow over for a few sec-
onds the solution of Ammonium
Chloride No. 2. Wash after this
application, and immerse in dilute
Ammonia water 1 dram strong
Ammonia, in 8 oz. water until the
white image is darkened through

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913 SNAP SHOTS

MAKING SOFT VIGNETTES

115

The photographer who aims at
the production of really well vign-
etted prints will soon learn that
not only knowledge but consider-
able amount of practice is neces-
sary, for so many apparently un-
important points have to be borne
in mind in order to avoid failure.
Even the old hand who has done
no vignetting for a few months will
find that he cannot do his best on
the first day he resumes this work.
At first sight it seems a very sim-
ple thing to cut a hole in a card
and fix it over a negative — which
is all that it is really necessary to
do in the majority of cases — and
yet how seldom is it done in just
the right way.

Various special vignetting frames
have been invented and sold from
time to time, but one may visit
many establishments before one is
found in use. The majority of
printers prefer to fit up their ordi-
T\ary printing frames for the pur-
pose. As the distance between the
face of the frame and the surface
of the negative is usually too short
to enable a soft vignette to be ob-
tained, the first step to be taken is to
get some slips of soft wood which
can be nailed onto the front of the
frame to raise the vignette card to
a sufficient height. This will vary
with different sizes and classes of
negative, the vignette spreading

an inch to an inch will be found a
good average. The slips of wood
may either be nailed on all around
the frame, or they may be laid on
ancf held in position by the card
and a couple of elastic bands. It
is, as a rule, better to nail them on.
Soft wood is recommended, so that
the drawing pins or tacks used to
keep the card in place can be in-
serted and removed without diffi-
culty— a necessary precaution, as
the vignetter may require adjust-
ment when a print is half done, and
the use of a hammer would prob-
ably cause it to shift.

Many patterns of vignetter are
used, varying in simplicity from
the old mount with a suitable aper-
ture to the elaborate serrated ar-
rangements sandwiched between
glass; but probably the simpler the
appliance the better. The best way
to cut a vignette is to sketch out as
nearly as possible the general out-
line of the portion to be vignetted.
If an ordinary bust portrait, little
should be left over the shoulders
unless the background is very
dense. The opening is cut by fol-
lowing the line with a pointed knife,
and the margin cut into saw-teeth
with a small pair of scissors.

The negative is put into the
frame and the card adjusted in
place and nailed down. In the case
of a dark coat or bodice, it is ad-

Digitized by

Google

ii6

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

creeping too far down. The wool
must, of course, be pulled out with
a pen or the point of a penknife
so as to make a soft edge. If the
background is at all dark, cotton-
wool may be used all round the fig-
ure with advantage, and may be
pulled out until it nearly fits the
outline.

It is advisable to print upon a
flat table, and, of course, in the
shade, turning the frame round two
or three times. It is very neces-
sary to watch the printing of each
print : it will not do to consider that
because one frame is going all right
a dozen others similarly treated are
doing equally well. If there is any
sign of the print being lopsided, a
piece of paper should be placed
partly across the opening until the
light side has caught up. Care
must be taken not to expose the
print to a strong light when ex-
amining it, or a tinted margin will
result.

I have so far assumed that some
form of printing-out paper is in
use, and the beginner will do well
to acquire some proficiency with
this material before proceeding
with platinum, carbon or bromide,
it being (with these processes) im-
possible to judge as to the success

made by a naked light, the printing
frame must be kept moving all the
time, so that a soft edge is obtained.
This is best effected by moving the
frame in a small circle, at the same
time rocking it to and from the
light. It is, however, desirable to
have a ground-glass diflFuser be-
tween the light and the printing
frame whenever possible. In most
cases there will then be no neces-
sity to move the frame while print-
ing, but care must be taken that
the light falls quite equally upon
the opening. In every case a softer
vignette is obtained by covering the
opening with tissue or tracing pa-
per, but as this prolongs the time
of printing, it is not usually done
except in the case of thin negatives.
When a figure has to be vignetted
out of a group and there are deep
shadows fairly near, it is a good
plan to matt-varnish the back of
the negative, and to work up the
surrounding portions with black
lead and stump until fairly even.
This will save much work on the
prints.

VIGNETTES IN CARBON

These require special care, not
only in printing but in the sensitiz-
ing of the tissue and in develop-
ment. To begin with, anything in

Digitized by

Google

June, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

117

gas or coal fumes. If the tissue
is home-sensitized, great care must
be taken in drying it for the same
reason. I remember taking over
a business which was doing quite
a good business in carbon vignette
portraits, but all came out of the
printer's hands with decidedly tint-
ed margins, which had to be cleaned
up with piunice powder. This took
considerable time, and spoiled the
surface of the print. On drying
the tissue on ferrotype plates the
trouble disappeared, and the qual-
ity of the prints was greatly im-
proved. The print being made and
transferred to the temporary sup-
ports can be considerably modified
by means of local development,
either with a jet of hot or cold wa-
ter or even with a camel-hair mop.
It is necessary to use the latter with
great caution, as it is quite easy
to remove the waxing from the
temporary support, and to cause
the transfer paper to stick to the
temporary support whether it be
flexible or opal. Even a too long
application of the hot spray some-
times has this effect.

VIGNETTING IN THE CAMERA

This mode of producing effects
has always been more popular in
America than in this country. It

fixing a white serrated card in front
of the lens at such a distance that it
is quite out of focus, and moving
it until the desired effect is sent
upon the screen. A universal joint
fitted to the holder enables it to be
manipulated from the back of the
camera. Gardiner's vignetter is a
tube fitting on the camera front,
carrying translucent and opaque
vignette forms, which are to be
used according to whether ordinary
or black margin vignettes are re-
quired. The latter, which are often
called Russian or Egyptian vign-
ettes, can also be produced by put-
ting an ordinary vignette shape in-
side the camera between the lens
and plate. Such pictures are now
often seen on postcards, but were
formerly issued by first-class
houses at high prices. Gray vign-
ettes are produced by taking an
ordinary vignette and tinting the
border before fixing. An easy way
of doing this is to fix a pad of
cotton-wool upon a clean glass so
that it covers the figure when the
print is laid under it. The glass
is kept in gentle motion till the mar-
gin is tinted, which only occupies
a few seconds in a good light.

Among the commercial appli-
ances I have found Salmon's vign-

^^,,1 00 4^V.

o-tr •allr^tir

fV.

f^ xriom-

Digitized by

Google

ii8

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

The Trox Film Washer is a new,
cheap and simple device for the rapid
and thorough washing of photographic
roll films, without danger of injury
from handling, rubbing or scratching
which so frequently spoils valuable
negatives when washed in the old way
in a basin of water.

The Trox Film Washer can be at-
tached to any faucet in the home or of-
fice. With one end of the film fastened
in the washer it is suspended over the
bath tub or lavatory bowl, the water
turned on, and without further atten-
tion the film is washed free of "Hypo"
in about ten minutes. The rapidity with
which the "hypo" is eliminated is due
to the constant flow of fresh water over
both sides of the film. The film is then
suspended in an inverted position by a
clip and the washer prevents curling
while the film is drying. See advertise-
ment in this issue.

Higgius Paste. It sticks every time.
Ask your dealer. Will not discolor
your prints or injure them in any way
as it is prepared especially for photo-
graphic use. The standard photographic
paste for many years.

Titfie and tem/>erature is everything
in the printing room, especially in the
winter time, when solutions are usually
cold and the tendency is to overtime in
order to get quick development.

No printing room is complete without
an accurate thermometer and timer, and
there is no necessity of being without
them. The large and plainly marked
dial of the Elastman Timer is easily read
in subdued light. The hand traverses
the dial in one minute. Runs thirty
hours.

The Eastman Thermometer is suitable
for either Plate Tanks or developing
trays. The figures and degree marks
are easily read. Inexpensive but ac-
curate.

The new papers manufactured by the
Rochester Photo Works are being re-
ceived with great favor.

The Velour Black, a portrait enlarg-
ing paper made in surfaces; Velvet,
Matte, Semi-Matte and Rough both in
single and double weight; also BuflF
Matte and Buff Rough in double weight
give beautiful results for both enlarging
and contact.

The Velour Black Soft — a distinctly
different emulsion from the Velour
Black giving soft effects with strong
negatives.

The Velour Gold, another distinct
emulsion; slower than the Velour Black
made in Semi-Matte and Rough; also
in buff producing warm brown tones.

Brome Black — an enlarging paper, very
quick, strong contrast, non-abrasion, in
semi-matte and glossy.

Special Chloride — a contact paper for
platinum and commercial nhotography.

White Laurel— a contact developing
paper niade in glossy, light matte and
rough, both single and double weight.

Black Laurel — a contact paper pro-
ducing platinum tones, made in Semi-
Matte, smooth matte, both single and
double weight. Also buff double weight
— a beautiful portrait paper. Write to
the makers for sample of their paper;
mention Snap Shots.

Ross Teleceutric Lens. This is a new
lens made especially for sporting events,
or life in motion, for long distance, en-
larged objects and high speed. The
.American agents advise that these lenses
are being sold as fast as thev reach them
from abroad. They are expecting photo-
graphs showing large cabinet heads and
half figures made with the Telecentric
lens at 12 foot distance which opens up
a new field of usefulness for this lens.
They also advise that the Ross Company
have just put on the market the Ross
Anastigmat Wide Angle Lens, thus of-
fering the trade a wide angle lens of
correct value.

Digitized by

Google

'*\e, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

119

■National Convention. We hope you
^"^ve already made your plans for at-
tending the National Convention. You
cannot afford to miss it. Its educational
features will be unusually attractive.
We have been telling you for the past
few months some of the good things ar-
ranged. More will follow. Let us all
attend and make the convention the best
and largest ever.

Carbon: All interested in Carbon
should procure a Carbon price-list and
<^ondensed instructions; also new illus-
trated circular sheet giving illustrations
of the various stages of Carbon, from
the Unexposed tissue to the finished
print, which is in itself a clear picture
?^, 5^e progress of the manipulat ion.
>Vrite the American agents, George
-^lurphy, Inc., New York.

The Panama - Pacific International

Convention invites all photographers of

^" classes, schools, all supply dealers

^^^ moving picture makers, to exhibit

^^ the Universal Exposition to be held

^u ^^^ Francisco in 1915 to celebrate

^^ completion and opening of the

^^nama Canal. Blank applications for

Space and other ^ information prepared

^^r the guidance* of exhibitors will be

^nvarded on request. Write Theodore

*/ardee, Chief of Liberal Arts, Exhibi-

'on Building. San Francisco, Cal.

\Ti

f^oyal Ortho Enlarger. This is some-
'^g new in the line of supplementary
^nses. It is a combination of an en-
^^Sed lens and a ray filter, a combina-
tion which cannot be made with the two
^^Parately. Oil paintings, water colors,
^1 any colored object may be copied
^*^H absolute accuracy, and a small
^>ver, or natural history specimen, may
r^ Photographed full size in its true
'Snt value. These lenses are made in
"^ N^T*iet>' of sizes to fit any lens. See
•^e advertisement in this issue.

Autotype Rotary Carbon Tissue. The
Autotjrpe Company have just added to
their extensive line of carbon tissues a
new tissue prepared especially for
photogravure work by the rotary proc-
ess. It is being largely used by il-
lustrated newspapers in their work. The
new tissue is called "G.4 Rotary." An
expert in photogravure work recently
declared it to be superior to anything on
the market. Write to the American
agents for further information.

Do you want to know something
about "Spots and Pinholes," **Fog,"
"Stains," "Frilling" and a score more of
such subjects? Just drop a postal to the
Hammer Dry Plate Co., St. Louis, Mo.,
for a free copy of "Hammer's Little
Book — a Short Talk on Negative Mak-
ing."

Eagle Vignetter. Our advertiser re-
cently demonstrated to us one of these
vignetters, and it is certainly one of the
simplest and easily operated vignetters
which we have ever seen. It can be
instantly adjusted to practically any
position, and taken off and put on the
camera stand in a moment. It has no
rods or joints, or any mechanism what-
ever to get out of order. When not in
use the vignetters can be placed in a
perpendicular position out of the way.

Photographic Mounts. We have just
received a copy of the new photographic
mount catalogue of the George Murphy,
Inc. It is gotten up in a very attractive
style, on good quality of paper, and
represents in addition to the standard
styles and grades several lines which are
somewhat different from the general
run, and should be very attractive to
photographers. This company makes a
specialty of manufacturing exclusive de-
signs for photographers. Write them
for a copy of this new catalogue.

Digitized by

Google

J20

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1913

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
A. M. C. in New Jersey, $900.

G. B., gallery in New Jersey, $800.
A. D. v., gallery in New York, $500.
Mrs. S., gallery in New York City, $650.

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of

10,000-15,000.
J. T. A., wants gallery in N. Y. State.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.
A. M., wants to buy or rent within 40

miles of N. Y.

Positions Wanted — Operators
J.T., all-round.
N. C, all-round.
H. H., all-round.
V. S., operator.
H. C, all-round.
L. I., operator and retoucher.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers, Recep-
tionists
M. H. O., retoucher and etcher.
Miss E. L. S., colorist — first-class.
Miss M. P., retoucher, printer, etc.
Miss M. C. M., hand-color work, spot-
ting, sketching, receptionist, etc.

Studios Desiring Help

F. P., wants operator and printer.

J. B. O., wants operator and retoucher.
A. V. P., wants operator.

G. Studio, wants retoucher.

C. K. P., wants amateur finisher — man-
ager of framing department.

Votioe— Letters addretted to uijone in our eare tbould be aocompanled witli naap
for each letter so that thej can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography S.7«

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) S.fO
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4.fO

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO.

57 East 9th St., New Yo^

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Annotmcementt under these and similar headings of forty words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed adTertisomentt 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our car*, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to adrertiser. AdTcrtisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" ii continued. Adrertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

h an eiccUent and safe medium of commtmicatlon between Photographen

Wanted: A good live paper printer
who is practically posted on enlar-
ging and contact printing, and who has
had road experience and acquaintance
with the trade. Address, stating qual-
ifications, W P. R., care Snap Shots.

Wanted: A 5x7 Century, Empire
State, R. O. C. or other good View
Cameras, with swing back, double
lens and shutter, carrying case and
plate holders. Will pay cash or will
exchange a 5x7 Ajax Improved P. P.
Camera. Let me know what you
have. Senecal Studio. Rutland, Vt.

Wanted: A lady retoucher, also a
good all-round man, for a studio
opening the first of July. References
and photographs required. Address
A. B. Castonguary, 48 Murray Street,
Ottawa, Canada.

Wanted: Lady or gentleman of
good address, energetic and reliable,
to solicit orders which will enable me
to take portraits in the home. A lib-
eral commission paid for every cus-
tomer secured. Address *'Home Por-
traiture." care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Studio in Long Island
City; no competition within 22 miles,
with a good surrounding trade. Large

For Sale: Studio, one flight up;
side light and Paralax Lamp, fitted to
8 X 10, centrally located, in Stamford,
Conn. Thirty thousand population;
four rooms in all, only $12.50 rent. A
good place for a man who would do
small work along with cab. Com-
mercial, amateur finishing and en-
larging. Will sell very cheap, good
reason for selling. Write or call.
John A. Marshall, 16 Park Row,
Stamford, Ccnn.

Wanted: Young man as salesman
and manager of retail department in
large photo supply house in New
York City. Must be experienced in
selling professional goods. Send pho-
tograph and give full particulars in
first letter. Howe, care Snap Shots.

For Salft* OIH <icfoK1i*eVi»/4 K«<cJri»e«

Digitized by

Google

CVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

ion FOLTM f mEET lEW INK

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

iilustnited Cstsiosue sent free on demend

C. KLARY

IM Avenue de Villiere PARIS (PBANCE)

Eagle Professional Tank

PATENTED

Made especial-
ly to meet the
requirements of
the Professional
Photographer.
I Practical ; a
1 time saver; a
money saver.
Does away with
dark room trou-
bles.

Try one and
be convinced.

Made in seven
sizes of brass,
nickel plated.

Grooves.
No. 8 for 12, 6x7, 4^x6j4, 4x6,

8^ix4^, or lantern slide 6 $3.00

No. 9 for 12, 6»^x8j4, 6x7. 4x6.. 6 3.60
No. 10 for 12, 8x10, 6^x8H. 6x7. 6 6.00
No. 11. Professional size for 48,

6x7 and smaller 24 6.00

No. 12. Professional size for 24,

8x10 and smaller 12 7.60

No. 13. Professional size for 6,

11x14 8 12.60

No. 14. Professional size for 86,

6x7 and smaller 86 10.00

QEORQB MURPHY, lac^S? B. 9tb St, New York

E.W.N. Nonlalatifln Plate Backing

With this backing, which is most easily applied
and removed, ordinary glass (>Iates are made
perfect. It prevents that white fog around
light objects, renders perspective truthfully,
lends atmosphere and removes all restrictions
as to source or intensity of light. With Backed
Plates vou can take nature as you find her
truthfully and artistically. The thing for
snow scenes or interiors.
Price 60 oentt, with full directions. Will
perfect 860 5x7 pUtet. Trial tise 80 ceati.

6eorgiMirpky, lie, 57 E. (Hh St., Nra Ywh

CAMERA OWNERS

If ^ou would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modem
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
three latest numbers will be sent for 25
cents. $1.50 a year.

AMERICAN PHOTOQRAPHY

60 1 Pope Building

BOSTON, MASS.

^!k

" AUTOTYPB.

Autotype Carbon
Tissues

We can now furnish a Carbon Dis-
play Booklet showing eighteen card
Carbon prints of the standard tints,
including the new line of sepia tints
lately added. These will be found in-
valuable to the photographer in reach-
ing orders and demonstrating the
beauties of the various shades of the
Carbon tints. As this display book-
let is produced at quite some cost to
the factory, a price has been made of
$1.50, it being deemed that the value
would be easily reached through its
use.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.
57 BAST NINTH STREET NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cvn

TROX F'lL.M WASHER

(PattitW) This Trox Film Washer is one of the
most useful articles for the amateur that
we have introduced in some time. It is in-
tended for the amateur who uses the bath-
room as his darkroom. Any size roll of
film can be placed in the washer. It is
fastened by two pins. A rubber hose is
attached to the washer and to the faucet
of the bathtub, the washer being placed
high enough over the bathtub so that the
film does not touch the bottom. It is
completely washed in a few minutes, as
the construction of the washer is such
that the water flows over each side of the
film its entire length.

Price, 50 cents, postpaid
QEORQE MURPHY. Ino., 67 East 9th Street. New York

TROX niM IIMSNER

. _ George Murphy, !««.

EAGLE FLASH POWDER

We are now supplying our NEW FLASH
COMPOUND (Eagle Flash Powder) put up in
new style packing in round wooden boxes.

This powder is equal to any flash compound
on the market and costs you less, consequently
more profit to you. It is practically smokeless,
makes very little noise, and gives a very powerful
light with very little powder.

No. I 1 5^ oz. Box 30c. No. 2 2 oz. $1.10

aiORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East 9th Street, New York

ROYAL GLASS FIXING BOX
WITH COVER

This new Amber Glass Fixing Box will ac-
commodate plates 334x4, 3^x4J4. 3/4x5J^
and 4x5, all the popular sizes.
It is supplied with a glass cover which not
only protects the solutions from dust, but
preserves the solutions so that they can be
used several times before a new solution
is necessary.

Digitized by

Google

CVIU

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Lot No. 55

> :

Royal Non-Slippiog Priflting Frames

This frame is made of the
best seasoned Ash, natural
finish, and without sharp
edges. It is built on the
English principle and the
most inexperienced person
can examine the print with-
out the slightest risk of mov.
ing it. The back of the frame
is provided with new project-
ing metal pins whicn drop
into corresponding slots in
the side of the frame. This
prevents all possibility of the
print shifting.

This is an Ideal Frame for
printing postals and using
masks. We offer them, while
they last, as follows:

09 3J4x4}^ List 40c. Sell for 16c. each

288 4 x5 List 45c. Sell for 20c. each

76 eVixSVi List 90c. Sell for 48c. each

68 8 xlO List $1.26 Sell for 68c. each

GEORGE MURPHY, inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New Yoric

FREE— The Photog:raphic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOB PHOTOGBAPHEBS AXATETTB AND PBOFEBBIOVAL

By W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS (Hit Beit Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Amateur Photography,** "In Nature's

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Subject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Fignret

Foregrounds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Night

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal mar8[ins and gilt edees. Beautifully

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBICE IN A BOX, |2.Ml.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dollar

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow

Regular Subscription price of "The Photographic Times"

$2.60
1.60

14.00

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographic

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cix

Speedy plates, with breadth of color range and least
possible liability to frill, are needed for Spring and Summer
work in studio and field. That's why

Hammer Plates Are BEST

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label), Extra Fast (blue
label) and Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates hold the record
of efficiency for all climates and conditions.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohl« Av«. and Miami St. St. Lauia, Ma.

Rhodol

METOL, SATRAPOL and other trade names have been
adopted by diflFerent manufacturers for the chemical Mono-
methylpara-amidophenol sulphate. We are supplying this
chemical under the name RHODOL and guarantee our
article when used in the same way. to produce identical
results.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

PHOTO -FLAT

No More Curling of Your Prints

A BATCH OF DRIED PRINTS

THE SAME PRINTS AFTER BEING TREATED WITH PHOTO- FLAT

Apply to back of print, after they are thoroughly dry.
An effective and simple way to flatten curled prints.
Easy to use — no special care needed in drying prints to
be treated with PHOTO-FLAT. Leading professionals
have given an emphatic endorsement to PHOTO-FLAT.

PRICES: 4 Oz. Bottles, 35c; Pint Bottles, $1.00.
Quart Bottles, $1.75 Half Gal. Bottles, $3.00

Sold throughout the entire trade. Your dealer will have it.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXI

You Can Reproduce Your Pictures in

NATURAL COLORS

on the

DUFAY COLOR PLATE

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors
possible to obtain. Dufay color plates are of very tine texture, rapid, and
are guaranteed for 12 months.

8ix4 "

81x44"

U X ir |1.»

PBICE LIST FEB BOX OF FOXTB

11.90 4x6"

l.SS 6x7"

COMFENSATIVO SOBEENS

u X ir^
a! X a! ■

UxU"

11.60
2.00

IS.00

4.00

5x7".

1.0

8.00

OBEEN EXCEL8I0B FAFEB FOB DABX BOOM
FEB FAOXAOE OF 6 SHEETS

90.18 8 X 10" 90.80

Complete let Solutiont 91.86

Send a trial order. Descriptive booklet mailed free on request.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street, New York

Wiith

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

MOUNTER

Hsre an excellence pecoliarlj their
own. The beet reeolta are onlj
produced bj the beet methods and
meano— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other moontinic
can only be attained bj using the
best mounting paste—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Excellent noTel brush with eaeh jar.)

At Dealers in Photo SappUeev
ArtUte' MaterlaU CAd Statteaevj.

A 8-08. jar prepaid by maU for 80 ooats.
or olronlan free from

CHAS. M. HIQOINS <& CO.* Mfrt.

NBW YORK CHICAGO L0ND08I

Main Office. 271 Ninth Street I Brooklyn. N. V.
Factory, a40.a44 Bislith Street f U, S. A.

When writing advertisers please mention Skap Shots.

Ogle

CXll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

C P. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers^ Ariito
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

AHKindsof Sfhrer and Gol^
Waste Refined

«s±£si^ PHILLIPS & JACOBS

«22 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No. 5086 B Interior Bench

Pfice $35,00
Crated F. O, B, , New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
B^nches^ Balu&tradef, Pedes-
tal s^ and Special Accessories

from any design.

ROUGH & CALDWELL
COMPANY

IVIANUraCTUflCRS

1 4O1I1 St. & War ton Ive., New Tort

TE OlDE SEAVEY SfUOlO

iOilized by ^
Shots. ^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXIU

AN ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

"AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 Water Street, Iff. Y.

STOCKED BY ALI^ PHOTOGRAPHIC DKAT.KRS

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

- Tliat is^ if your lens is right, Tlic kns is the s^ml of your cumtTn, Ordinary Itns^e*?
yalll take ordmary pwiurt^s unddT Jin'ornlf/e c^jnditiifiis. Are you satisfied with tlsat?
Or would you like the ifes^ results under a// crmditions? If so, you should know tlic

GOERZ LENSES

UGivcrsaHy used by war photographers and profession ab, who must
be sure of their results, T^ey can east/v h* Jilied io ike camera
yau now awn.

Seod for Our Bdok tm "Lemef and Cameras''

ri the greatest value ti* any one ititereHed
itk good [iliot)ograpby<

C« F. G«cnc Ani«ncaa Opikil I
fix Cadt U^ StTMt

KN«i»Twt

|3u

H^^^V

■ 1 ri

Digitized by v_

~'^^m

^^^^t-

JL^A^

CXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

PROFITS IN
THE STUDIO

Depend primarily on the results
you obtain for your customers. How
important it is, then, that your lens
be right — it will be, if it is a

tlELI4R

In this wonderful lens you will find
all those qualities which make up a
perfect portrait objective. Critical
definition or infinite softness are read-
ily obtained. Of speed, there is enough
and to spare. Its covering power is
perfect. In a word, it is the one lens
which will enable you to make more
money as a photographer.

Try it ten days in your studio —
that is the real test. We'll arrange it
through your dealer.

Our latest catalog on request.

Voigtlancler& Sohn

240-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago
226 Fifth Ave, New York

Works—

Bruniwick, Germany

Canadian Agents — Hupfeld, Ludecking ft Co.,

Montreal, Can.

Wynne << Infallible"
Exposure Meter

You aet the OVE leaie and
the Meter doei the reit

tin ef a Watch. FttalkePtcM
SIMPLE. CHtECT

Tot T or Trnlform Byatem, Nickel f2.M

For Focal Plane 2.50

BllTor 6.00

SilTer, Oem tise 8.60

Print Meter 2.50

Bend for Detailed Liit

AMimCAN AaiNTS

Bmik llvpbf.lM..S7E.8tlSt..llcw fork

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Areadia, Sound Boaoh, Conneotloul

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St. Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and otnatural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not. of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show something worth
shozving, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature." Arcadia:
Sound Beach. Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpful.
Its department. "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all bis associates and colleagues.
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine.

When writing adveitisers please mention Swap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxv

Give the customer something new —
prints with the quality and individuality
that command better prices — effects that
can only be secured on the new albumen
printing-out paper :

Matte-Surface, Ready-Sensitizedy
Four Grades.

Zelta offers the greatest range of
tones and effects, yet is simple and cer-
tain in manipulation.

Tour stock-house has it.

Digitized by

Google

CXVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SEED

PUTES

The superior quality of Seed
Dry Plates is invariable.

Seed Gilt Edge 30 is the de-
pendable plate for all emergencies
where speed, as well as quality, is a
necessary consideration.

SEED DRY PLATE DIVISION
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxvn

A Sepia Sensitizing Powder

ROYALINE produces sepia prints of Platinum like qualities. It can be
applied to paper, cards, linen, silk, etc., producing upon development in
water, rich platinum like sepia prints. It is as simple to use as the Blue
Print Process. Each tube makes two ounces of Sensitizing solution. Try
it. You will be delighted with the results.

Price per tube, 26c.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East 9th Street. New Yerk

ELITE GAS LAMP

This is the most practical gas ruby lamp
on the market

The lamp is provided with side doors
for shutting off the side illumination if
not desired. The front window is fitted
with ground, orange, and ruby glasses.
Side windews with ground and ruby
glass. The lamp has two hooks on the
hack for hanging it on a nail on the wall
if so desired.

The lamp is certainly the most con-
venient, reliable and practical gas lamp
made. Price $6.oo

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

S7 E. 9th St., New York

EAGLE MORTAR AND PESTLE
GRADUATE

This is a four-ounce Graduate, with the bottom espe-
cially reinforced, so as to make it act as a mortar. It is
also supplied with a Pestle, one end of which is round and
the other end flat, for breaking up crystals.

The bottom of the graduate on the inside is rounded so
that no sediment can collect, and so that all crystals can
readily be reached by the pestle and broken up.

This is an excellent article and costs very little more
than the ordinary Engraved Graduate.

Price, 50 cents

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East 9th Sireet. New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

cxviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Rochester Photo Works, New Canaan, Conn.. April 9, 1913.

Rochester, N. Y.
Gentlemen :

I have received the samples of Velour Black enlarging paper which you
sent me per my request, and must say that I am very much pleased with
the results, especially the buff. There is a soft brilliancy and richness to
the buff paper which I have never been able to secure in an enlargement on
any bromide paper before. The other grade you sent me, Velvet, I think,
I have not tried out fully as yet but think it is going to be satisfactory.

Yours truly,

Howard B. Raymond.

Chicago, October 22, 1912.
To Whom It May Concern :

Our photo department is at present using Velour Black Bromide Paper
and find it invaluable for fast and good work.

C. S. Washburne,
Manager Tribune Photo Bureau.

Rochester Photo Works, 22-24 Witherell Street, Detroit, Mich.

Rochester, N. Y.
Gentlemen :

We find the paper is everything, and even more, than your representative
claimed it was. We are more than pleased with it, and we have recom-
mended it to a number of our fellow commercial photographers. W. D.
Benham told me that he had already ordered a supply.

Please send us a sample package of double weight matt paper suitable for
portraits that will make sepia prints, and oblige

Very truly, Manning Bros.
Per J. J. Manning.

Mr. W. M. ScHULTZ, 204 West 43rd Street, New York.

Rochester, N. Y. April 25, 1913.

My Dear Dr. Schultz :

Replying to your letter of the 23rd inst. we beg to state that we have used
your photographic papers for the past three years, and have always been
satisfied with the hig^h quality of your products.

As to prompt service, we can truthfully state that you have given us better
and more prompt service than any other company that we have ever done
busiijess with.
Wishing you success, we are Yours very truly,

Drucker & Company.
Geo. A. Drucker.

Rochester Photo Works,. 4 East 8th Street.

Gentlemen: New York, April 24, 1913.

We wish to compliment you on the paper you are turning out. We are
getting excellent results on all your grades, particularly on the buff.

\'ery truly, Clark & Freed.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

VVii*ii writinc advcrtucrs please mention Snap SMO^k^V ^^-'^^''^^Vs-

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxix

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait quality, warm
black tones, transparent shadows.

VELOUR GOLD — Highest quality for warm olive
brown tones.

VELOUR BLACK SOFT— For softest effect from
strong high-grade negatives.

VELOUR BLACK GLOSSY— White and Pearl
White: For copying and enlarging.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for
enlarging; non-abrasion.

WHITE LAUREL— Three tints, three emulsions;
for contact.

BLACK LAUREL— Black and sepia platinum
effects; for contact.

SPECIAL CHLORIDE— Semi-Matte and fast Chlo-
ride Paper for commercial work.

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

cxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADX'KRTISEMEXTS

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric" Lens

(PATENT)

Giving: Critical Definition at Full Aperture

Tclc-Photography with Focal Plane Shutter Ex-
posures. Large Image at Short Camera Extension

AN IDEAL LENS FOR
SPORTING EVENTS

VERY SUITABLE FOR
PORTRAITURE

Two Series, 7/5.4 and //6.8

The new "Tdcccntric" Lens gives a universally flat image with ex-
quisite definition to the corners of the plate. Coma and spherical aber-
ration away from the axis have been so fully corrected that the bril-
liancy of image equals that of the finest Anastigmat. Like the Ross
"Homocentric," the *'Telecentric" is absolutely free from spherical zones,
and negatives taken with it are perfect in detail. The chromatic correc-
tion is also perfect. It fills the want so forcibly felt of a lens possess-
ing the sharp definition and other good qualities of the Anastigmat, and
at the same time enlarging the image of distant objects.

In the extra rapid "Tclecentric" Lens, the extreme aperture of f/5.4
has been attained, and this without any sacrifice of critical defining
power.

The "Telecentric" gives an image about twice as large as that given
by an ordinary lens requiring the same bellows extension. Therefore—
pictures of objects that from circumstance or of their nature cannot be
sufficiently approached to allow of the desired size of ima^e may be sat-
isfactorily obtained by using the Ross "Telecentric." These pictures
will have critical definition secured with the shortened exposure afiPorded
by the large full aperture of the "Telecentric."

Fooui

Baok-EqulT.

Int... 4^4*— 8"

F 6.8, $37.50
F5.4, 50 00

Focus

Back-Eqniv.

5^4"— 11"

$45.00
64 00

Fooui

Baok-Equiv.

6"— 18"

$48.75
67.50

Focus

Baok-EqulT.

ej4"— 18"

$52.50
73.00

Fooua

Baok-EqulT.

854"— 17*

$67.50
95.50

AMERICAN AGENTS

6E0R6E MURPHY. Inc. 57 Fast 9th St. New York. N. Y.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SHorsiby VJ^^V

Furniture for Child Photography

For years there has been a demand for accessories suitable for por-
traits of children. We have a set of small fyrntture for this class of work,
and can now offer a small child*! rocker, desk, table and chair, neatly made
and attractive in appearance. These will enable the photographer to make
pictures of children in groups or singly with ease and afford many attractive
poses.

N5 444 I 3,00

N5 426 ^3.75

The above designs arc made in weathered oak, neat and elegant in
design.

PRICES: Child*s Rocking Chair No. 444, $3.00. Desk No. 426, $3,75.
Table No. 425, $3 25, and Chair No. 445. $2.50.

GEO. MURPHY Inc., 57 East 9th St., New York

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

The proof of superiority —
the number of successful pho-
tographers who use

* III

,Pi

For sepia or black tones — on
buff or white stock — a grade tor
every need.

ARTURA DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER. N. Y.

All Dtaleri.

Digitized by

Goo^y

Digitized by

Google

A q^ooi! pn doctor will not make a good pliotograph, but
it will preserve a ^^ood ijliotop^raph or any fine cartl from
heiiiLf <iestrovc(l hi llie mails.

TEADE MARK
Ffttented Jun« 26. 1900. Tride Mark Heffiitered

^ves perfect protfction to the
photagra[)h or enclosure.

Give SNAP SHOTS an oppor-
tunity^ to demonstrate i^tticiencv.

CELLULAR BOARD, DOUBLE FACED CORRUGATED
made by special process. Cellular lUianl t^^ives the PHOTO-
MAILER tlie |>ropt'r resistance and strciig:th.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

6 Prince Street

BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.: Brookville. Ind, ; Niagara Falls, Canada;

London, EngLand; JuUch, Germany.

ujyiiiiyu uy

Gojgle

SNAP SH-OTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXXl

Best

For

Home

Portraiture

,i<V,

'pHE new 8 x 10 F. & S. Home Portrait Camera
-'- is designed especially for Home Portraiture.
It is easily portable, finished in the best possible
manner and fitted with every necessary adjustment.
The front is large enough to permit the fitting of
Portrait lenses, and the bellows capacity is ample
for the most exacting work.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Foc^ eipaeitr

Size of IcM board
Weilht

22 inches
7x7 inches
11^ lbs.

THE PRICE:

F. & S. Home Portrait Camera, 8x 10 with-
out lens, including carrying case and 1
double plate holder - • $60.00

No. 0 Auto Studio Shutter - 8.00

Extra 8 X 10 Sterling Plate Holders, each 2.50

F. & S. Home Portrait Tripod - 7.50

Send for Circular

Digitized by

Google

CXXll

SNAP SHHTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Every Photographer in the land should know

Send for a print

WILLIS & CLEMENTS, Philadelphia

You Can Take Picture on a Day Like This

That is, if your lens is rigliL Tlie lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary lens*
will take ordimiry pictures Mndi:t /avorahle conditions. Are you satisfied with that
Or would you like tjic bcsi results under aii conditions? If so, you should know tl:

GOERZ LENSES

Universally tised bv war photogra pliers and prrjfcssionab, who must
be sure of tlieir results. I7iey can easily be fiiied to the camera
you now own.

Send for Our Book on "Lenses acd Cameras"

r^f 4Ka »^-Aof&

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXXIIl

You Set th« ONE Seal*, It !>•«• th* Rest

ll!fM"!l!lL!l"l!!lSEi!EE

THB CHOICE OF AMERICA'S FOREMOST PHOTOORAPHERS

NOT LIKE OTHER METERS

Locket Meter. ^^SiEi/iRy^1*\

Actual sue. ^^t^I^^i*\'^-

For F System, For Uniform System.

An unerring guide to the correct exposure required for every speed
of plate, on. every kind of subject, and under every condition of light.
For any set of conditions of Light, Plate, and Lens Aperture, only
two simple operations are necessary to find simultaneously the cor-
rect exposure for every stop from the largest to the smallest, viz.:

Firstly — Turn the milled edge of the instrument, and thus expose
through the slot a fresh surface of sensitive paper until it jissumes
the color of the painted tint, and note the number of seconds or min-
utes it takes to color. This is called the Actinometer Time,

These Meters are furnished in the F. and U. S. systems. When
ordering please specify what system you desire.

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, nickel case, each $2.50

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, silver case, each 5.00

Negative Exposure Meter, locket pattern, silver case, each 4.50

]feg3tive Exposure Meter snap-shot (Focal Plane) 2.50

^/n jETxposure Meter, solid silver (Hall marked), each, complete 4.00

rxfr^ packets of Sensitive Paper 25

Sj^trS J^P^^s of Instructions and Speed Card, each 10

& ^'?^ and ^lass "U. S." or "F." system, per pair 40

^yenr ^>^""^s for inside of watch meters, each 15

cases of tan leather 50

YOUR DIALIR HANDLES THEftI QOODft

Digitized by

Google

CXXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROSSLYN

Colors: White, Gray and Sepia

The rich simplicity of the "Rosslyn" with its handsomely
embossed linen surface has made it popular for all high grade
solid mountings. It is the heaviest of stock and with its well
adapted colors for all tones it attracts attention and enhances
the value of all pictures mounted on it.

Per IDG

Card s% x 7% for Oval Pictures 2^ x 35^. $i.6o

Card 6x8 for Oval Pictures 37/s x s% i-8o

Card 6x9 for Oval Pictures 3^ x 554 2.00

Card sH x 7% for Square Pictures 254 x sJ/s 1.60

Card 6x8 for Square Pictures 3^ x s% 180

Card 6x9 for Square Pictures s7/g x 5 J4 2.00

Card 6 x 10 for Square Pictures 3 x sH 2.00

Packed 100 in a box.

CL,

FL.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc., 57 East Ninth St^ New York City

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SHra^^ed by VjOOQIC

SNAP StrOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXXXVII

AN ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

MMX

mmmm
metol

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS

213 WwAbv Street, Ilil. T.

STOCKED BY ALL PHOTOGRAPHIC DEALERS

EAQLE VIQNETTER

(Patented)

A A-

In every studio the need is

felt of a simple, yet efficient,

EAfitE vignetter, which can be oper-
ated instantly, noiselessly and
^ from the rear of the camera

bv the operator without his having to leave his position at the ground glass. In the Eagle
simpKcity has been simplified, and to our patrons we offer a bcfore-the-lens ^^Kl^^^^f^

Digitized by

Google

cxxxviii SNAP SH-QTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK— Highest portrait quality, warm
black tones, transparent shadows.

VELOUR GOLD— Highest quality for warm olive
brown tones.

VELOUR BLACK SOFT— For softest effect from
strong high-grade negatives.

VELOUR BLACK GLOSSY— White and Pearl
White: For copying and enlarging.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for
enlarging; non-abrasion.

WHITE LAUREL— Three tints, three emulsions;
for contact.

BLACK LAUREL — Black and sepia platinum
effects ; for contact.

SPECIAL CHLORIDE— Semi-Matte and fast Chlo-
ride Paper for commercial work.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

CXXXIX

THE GRADES OF THE
NEW PAPERS

VELOUR BLACK

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy,
Buff, Buff Matte.

VELOUR GOLD

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Buff,
Double.

VELOUR BLACK, SOFT

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Matte,
Double ; Rough, Double ; Buff.

BROME BLACK

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough,
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double; Matte,
Double.

BLACK LAUREL

Made in Semi-Matte, Single ; Semi-Matte, Double ; Smooth
Matte, Double ; Buff Matte.

SPECIAL CHLORIDE

Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double.

Digitized by

Google

cxl Sx\AP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Ross

Wide Angle Anastigtnat

Lenses

This doublet consists of four single
lenses cemented to form two combina-
tions.

The field measures, in the smaller
numbers, over ioo°, in the larger ones
about 90**.

The seven sizes are specially useful
for interiors or work in confined situations.

Larger sizes to order, for reproduction of maps, plans, and
drawings. They yield a perfectly flat and anastigmatic
image, and are entirely free from distortion.

Number Equiv. Focus F16

I.
2.
3.
4-
5.
6.

434''
734"

I2J4"

3^4x43^4

4 X5

5 X7

8 X 10

10 X 12

11 X 14

P32

4 X5

5 X7
6^x8}4
8 X 10

10 X 12

11 X 14

12 X15

Price
$24.00
24.00
30.00
37.50
46.85
58-00
69.35

Digitized by

Google

GEISLER'S
INTENSIFIER

For Redeveloping

NEGATIVES FOUND TO LACK CONTRAST AND QUALITY

^ Cffi>lcr's Intfnsiiler has for ten years
or more stuod at the head of inren-
si Tiers— a strong fvolutton that can W
UriccI in any strength for hoth under
or over-toned flat or weak neRativtvs.
or lo snap up good riegativt^s and
make them stronger for enlarge-
ments, i'ull directions come on each
bottle-

Geisler's Intensiher is a poison, as h
ali s:ood in ten si hers. This eompnuml
in pnwdor form is more nn^safe an<l
much more l>olher to use. The only
reason iar putting up is cheapness in
transportati«m and savinj^s ou bottle"^.
Geisler's can be safely mailed any-
where in the United States Gallon
jug size can be furnished for moving

picture tihiis and commercial developing houses, $10.00 per gallon,

inclusive.

BKt-Okl

AiTiiK

Every person in this country who has a camera costing $1 00 and up
to the best Gradex or ReHex camera made, has some negatives to
improve which they would give the price twice over of a bottle of
simple one solution in ten si her. that they could use as easy as dipping
a cracker into a glas?? of milk. Isn*t it worth a trial?
Do you want GEISLER'S INTENSIFIER. or the just-as-good kind
that arc always eheaper. in price and futility?

Sold at every St^ck House in the country.

2 ounce, 30c*

Concentrated Solution
4 ounce, 50c,

129 ounce, $10,00

Digitized by

Google

Retain the contact quality.

ARTURA DIVISIO:

Digitized by V^OOQIC

TRABEMPiRK

NO. S6CQ7 REQl STERED

iXr

August* 1915

CONTENTS

Titles on Negatives

Pk(a

- 141

Photographers' Association
of New England - - 144

Glazing Prints By Stripping 146

Aquarelle-Printing - - 149

A New Direct Carbon

Process

152

Spots On Negatives - - 155

Photographing Glassware 157

Trade Ne^vs and Notes - 158

Studio Wants - - - U>0

Digitized by

Google

We want you to know
about the wonderful
T & N CELLULAR
BOARD, and these il-
histrations will brings to
your mind some salient
features.

CELLULAR BOARD

IS far lig-hter than wood
of equal thickness and
much stiffer than paste-
board of equal weight

SHEETS OF THIS
MATERIAL in your
studio would seem al-
most indispensable.

CELLULAR BOARD
Demonstrating the stiffness of Cellular Board as com-
pared with pasteboard of equal 'we'ght.

WHENEVER YOU WANT TO PROTECT ANYTHING

from damag^c, either in the mails or otherwise, CELLULAR
BOARD COMES IN HANDY.

Showing the construction of
our Cellular Board.

BO.X wool) lAVj oz.

Showing lightness of Cellular Board as compared
with Box Wood.

Send for Particulars.

WE CAN SUPPLY YOU ANY SIZE YOU WISH.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

6 Prince Street
BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; Brookville, Ind.; Niagara Falls, Canada;
London, England; Julich, Germany.

Digitized by ^

.ooQle

'8'

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxli

Best

For

Home

Portraiture

'pHE new 8x 10 F. & S. Home Portrait Camera
^ is designed especially for Home Portraiture.
It is easily portable, finished in the best possible
manner and fitted with every necessary adjustment.
The front is large enough to permit the fitting of
Portrait lenses, and the bellows capacity is ample
for the most exacting work.

SPEaFICATIONS :

Focal capacity
Size of lent board
Wei^t

22 inches
7x7 inches
11>^ lbs.

THE PRICE:

F. & S. Home Portrait Camera, 8x 10 with-
out lens, including carrying case and 1
double plate holder - - $60.00

No. 0 Auto Studio Shutter - 8.00

Extra 8 X 10 Sterling Plate Holders, each 2.50

F. & S. Home Portrait Tripod - 7.50

Send for Circular

Folmer & Schwing Division

EASTMAN KODAK CO.

ROCHESTER, N. Y._ , „

Digitized by 'LjOOQIc

cxiii

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE PUTINOTYPE

A portion of a letter from a prominent New England
photographer: — "After almost two years of Developing
Paper, I am writing to confess that I am getting tired
of it and the craving for GOOD OLD PLATINOTYPE
is coming back."

x^ Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS 6? CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

^kturjes
Pl0untied

Have an excellence peculiarl j their
own. The best results are onlj
produced bj the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste —

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bxoellent noyel bnuh with eaeh Jar4

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

MOUNTER

At Dealers in Photo Si&pplles»
AxtUto' MftterUU SAd BtmUamnj.

A 8-os. Jar prepaid by mall for SS mbIs.
or oironlars free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS A CO.* Mfrt.

NBW YORK CHICAGO LONDOII

Main Office, 271 Nlntii Street ) Bfooklvo. N. Y.
Factory, 240-344 Bighth Street f U. S. A,

When writing advertisers please mention Snap jS^fg^.|-)y y^j^|^v/|^^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxliii

„„^^

■4

EAGLE
ANTI-FRICTION

XMHX
tfXt FUCtUW SODA

mnmmw\m H^fbJ

r zyxjUA 1

For preventing f
veloping papers, als

No. l—l^ pouni
No. 2 — 1 poun<

rictic
0 fo

i pa<
d pa<

, In

>n marks in the development of glossy de-
r producing snappy, warm tones.

PRICE

:kagc $ .25

ckagc 50

GEORGE MURPHV

ic, 57 East Ninth Street, New York

99 XRIMMER

It Does the ^^orU.

:fC&

The Photographer has long felt the need of a good revolving trim-
mer—one that is "SURE" to cut the print wet or dry. does not wear
out the brass form, cuts smooth edges on any kind of a print. Every
Photographer should have one of these trimmers. We guarantee all
the parts of the "Sure" Trimmer — and will replace any defective or
broken parts free of charge. PRICE, 75c.

GEORGE MURPHV, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New York

EABLE MASK FRAME

(Patented)
FOR TINTED BORDERS

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

67 East 8th Street NEW YORK

Dogle

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. Digitized by '

cxliv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Royal Postal Folder

If you wish to command a better price for your post-card work
and give it a higher tone than your competitor, this is a folder that
will serve that purpose. It is made of a heavy, handsomely embossed
cover paper with a delicately tinted border-line running around the
entire edge of both folder and opening, with an embossed head on
the outside flap that is in perfect color accord with the stock itself
We suggest this folder to all who desire to put forth high class postal
card work.

Colors: Sepia, Nut Brown, White, Gray
Sizes Per 1,000

J Folder. 4f4x9i/i, Oval 23/ix5 $2000

S Folder, 4^x914. Square Opening, 2^x5 20.00

/'D.«#«i»^j 1AA :..

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

MmCUmOM BATBS FOB U. & AND CANADA FBB TEAS, $1.00; UZ MONTH^ 50 CBNTt

siNOLB can, 10 cbnts. rounoN covntbxis, $l.Si

POBUIBD BT THE INAr-IHOn WBU8H1NO OCk« «7 BAtT NI«T« ■nSBT, P^ TOM

Volume 24

AUGUST, 1913

NU|4B£R 8

N. IHI.Nil

TITLES ON NEGATIVES

It can hardly be claiiped that a
title of any sort printed upon the
surface of a photograph possesses
anything of the nature of an embel-
lishment, yet it is often desirable
and sometimes absolutely necessary
that such an addition should be
made, and it is as well that the let-
tering should not be a disfigurement
by reason of poor workmanship or
bad taste in the choice of style. It
is not unusual to find a technically
good photograph of a building or
piece of machinery made to appear
quite third rate through a title hav-
ing been daubed on the negative in
uneven schoolboyish characters.
There is not a wide range of styles
available for the purpose, the object
being clearness and distinctness

often called block letters, the sort
of italics known to lithographers ae
**stump,'' and the fine hairline let-»
tering used by pen and ink
draughtsmen for titling their draw-
ings.

A TIP FOR NEAT LETTERING \

When the letterihg is done direct*
ly upon the surface of the negativie
it is necessarily reversed, and i)^^
beginner will probably make rather
a botch of his first essay. How-
ever, with a very little practice any
person who can write decently, and
to my knowledge some who catinot)
will be able to work sufficiently wtU
to pass muster. It is advisable to
sketch out the desired wording on
paper, so that when titling the n^ga-

Digitized by

Google

142

SNAP SHOTS

August, 1913

special attention. When using
"block" lettering two fine lines
should be ruled in pencil upon the
film and the top and bottoni of
each character should just touch
these lines; round letters such as
O, C and Q should go a shade be-
yond the top line, or they will ap-
pear smaller than their neighbors.
I may say that this tip was given
me by a very skilful lithographic
draughtsman, and its observance
will prevent an otherwise good title
from looking amateurish.

GETTING LETTERING TO ''tAKE'' ON
THE NEGATIVE

We may wish either to produce
black letters on a white ground or
the reverse, according to the nature
of the negative in hand. If there is
a clear or thin space in the position
selected for the letters white char-
acters are needed, and they are best
put in with a good photographic
opaque and a steel pen, after, hav-
ing previously wiped the surface
with a tiny pad of cotton wool
charged with diluted ox-gall and
allowed to dry, In nine cases out
of ten the corners of the negative
are slightly greasy through han-
dling, and it is often difficult to
get water color to "take" upon it
in this state. If no ox-gall is at
hand a trace of yeflow soap on the
cotton wool w^ill answer the same
purpose.

FIXING LETTERING

The color used must not be too
liquid and only a small quantity

taken up in the pen each time. The
writing may be done upon a re-
touching desk, but I prefer to work
with the negative flat upon an ordi-
nary bench. The red color of the
opaque is easily seen in this posi-
tion, and any thin places can be
touched in afterwards. I have
found genuine vermilion a fine color
for opacity and visibility, but it
is a little more expensive and not
always to hand. Naturally letter-
ing done in this way requires some
protection, or it will soon wear oflF.
If put directly on the gelatine sur-
face the ordinary varnishing will
eflfectively fix it, but if the negative
is already varnished a little "cold"
varnish, either celluloid or gold size
and benzole, may be used ; a thin
streak just a trifle wider than the
letters can be applied with a brush.
The professional writer usually
employs a fine sable brush instead
of a pen, and black varnish instead
of watercolor. The method is ex-
cellent, but it requires much more
practice to produce clean work.

TRANSP.VRENT LETTERING ON NEGA-
TIVES

If it be found necessary to pro-
duce the lettering upon a whitd
ground the lines must be cut
through the film. It is fairly easy
for anyone who can use a retouch-
ing knife to do this. The one
thing to be avoided is scratching the
letters through. Anything in the
nature of a needle point must not
be used. A spear-bladed retouch-
ing knife does very well ; so do the

Digitized by

Google

August, 1913

SXAP SHOTS

143

pen-nib print trimmers, while a
very useful tool may be made of a
very stout needle broken in half
and fixed in a penholder, and the
broken end ground down on an oil-
stone to an angle of 45 to 50 degs.,
this gives an oval cutting face
which will scrape lines out of a
film very cleanly.

It is a good plan to draw the let -
tering in lead pencil upon the film
before starting to cut. If the place
where the title occurs is patchy it
should be evened up with pencil or
color, so that the black lettering will
stand out clearly. In the case of a
slip or error in working the place is
filled in with opaque and the cor-
rect letters cut through this.

PRINTED TITLES

These vary in character as much
as written ones. I have before me
some stereoscopic slides on which
the titles have been produced by
sticking a paper label with ordinary
type upon it on the negative. This
is the most oflFensive form of titling,
as anything appearing like a label or
ticket will ruin the appearance of
the best photographs. Even if the
title is upon a gelatine film care
jnust be taken not to show the
edges. Perhaps the most satisfac-
tory method of printing a title is
by means of reversed rubber type,
fViP impression beiner made in a

upon a very thin film, which is fixed
to the negative by a suitable ad-
hesive. The weak point of all print-
ing methods is the loss of time
caused by having to set up and ad-
just a row of type for a single im-
pression. Most methods involving
the use of type necessitate white
lettering on a dark ground. A
semi-photographic method in com-
mon use gives a dark lettering on
a white ground or the reverse at
will. If the former style be wanted
the necessary titles are set up in
type and a proof pulled on white
paper. This is copied to any de-
sired size upon a slow plate giving
full density; the film is stripped in
the ordinary way and cut into sep-
arate titles, each being attached to
its own negative. It is obvious that
this system can be applied to writ-
ten titles in cases where the pho-
tographer doubts his powers of re-
versed lettering.

A word as to arrangement or
^'display." One frequently sees on
negatives of mechanical and sim-
ilar subjects certain details and
measurements stretched out in a
long line across the negative. In
most cases these would look better
if arranged in two or three lines.
In such cases it is better to com-
mence all the lines level, like poetry,
and not to arrange them like a title

Digitized by

Google

144

SNAP SHOTS

August, 1913

PHOTOGRAPHERS* ASSOCIATION OF NEW

ENGLAND

Magnificent Picture ExUbita^Big Prixef--nA Or^t Conventioci— COMEl—
.. jFifteenth Annual Coavcintion, September 2, 3 and 4, 1918, Boston, Mast,

While the 1911 convention was
in progress in Bridgeport, the re-
iquest was made by the National
^ppci^tjon official$ that we post-
rppne oqr meeting for 1912, so that
A larger att^dance could be se-
jcMred and more enthusiasm given
Xq the Philadelphia convention, it
btmg the great attraction for this
-Section of the country,

A late vote of the P. A. of A.
obliges their convention to alternate
in location edch year from East to
Wfcst, and the one to.b^ held in
Kansas City this year leaves the
Eastern seaboard free from any
-coUpter conventic«i attractions.

ilibe executive board of the New
England Association is getting into
shape a program for the rfieeting
this year, which will be very prac-
tical knd instructive to a high de-
gree.

Demonstrations and talks by
men of national reputation will add
to the educational :^eature$; ad-
dresses by rrtembers of the craft on
every-day conditions which con-
front "US will be of great benefit to
all who listen, and Juari C. Abel's
talfe on advertising and ^*How to
F^re Profits and Overhead Ex-
penses in the Studio'* cannot fail
to be of help.

''Whenever less than half a
dozen men endeavor to originate

plans or create a prograi^i that shall
absolutely satisfy a hundred times
as many other meh, they undertake
the impossible i the extreme diver-
sity of interests and standing repre-
sented in our field presents suffi-
cient difficulties ; add to this a uni-
versal majnifestation of indifference
to either seK-interest tir nwtual
welfar^^nd the probl€i»i l^tands re-

i^ealech

' . ) v-i fV

• *: Careful 'Study of th^hifltoty of
our ass^c^tion gn-d the'aff)3iir$>^
siinilar orjgfanizaftpns h^s demon-
strated cdhdusively • that success
dries' i5fdt reie in " tlie ^tJlnitbi- ex-
pense of talent/ the boufity bf the
entertainment, or tW6' ittagmuitfe ^f
the" crowd! True success dependj,
wholly upon the benefits derived by
each individual member attending
the convention."

Your executive board for this
year recognizes the above senti-
ments of a former presioent as be-
ing most appropriate and truthful.
You by your sentiment and suf-
frage have directed us to bring
forth a program for your obser-
vation, education, gratification and
entertainment, and we are trying to
make good, but the returns for this
work and thought depend wholly
upon you, and if these conventions
are to be continued your support
and co-operation are necessary.

Digitized by

Google

August, 1913

SNAP SHX3TS

145

The Gran^ Portra^ Class, a/cw
to the world, with a prize of a sohd
gold medal for the best 8 x 10 or
larger (one picture only, framed or
not), will induce many of oui" lead-
ers to compete, and the qii^ity of
the entries oug^t to be worthy of
careful study.

We ask for exhibits in portrai-
ture, genre, landscape, marine, au-
tochromes, animals and pelts, to
make the largest exhibit ever
shown at any ,Ncw England con-
vehtion. ' - ' 1

by a juiy. (beHevihg that this plan
will tend tio^ upHft the quality of
the exhibits), and a certificate of
honor wffl be given to those of
acknowledged merit.

Loie no time, in getting your in-
tended exhibit ready, and help
ihake this collection erf portraiture,
and special Imc of iridividual work
ain €yie-c4)ener in the associadon's
history. .

A very large and meritorious
loan collection from the studios of
our ieadec? in America has been

J The dealers and inpigifacturers
will have their standard as well as
improved 24>pliances of special use-
fulness for the live worker, show-^
ing in comparison with each other
the worthiness of their devices, and
we bespeak for them a large share
of your patronage for fall orders.

Unusual prominence will be
given to demonstrations of HOME
PORTRAITURE in a specially ar-
ranged room, and by men of high
renown in that branch of the work,
on Tuesday and Wednesday.
' The entertainments given in the
past to the members have always
been of pleasurable interest, aad
the dance on Tuesday evening will
be as popular as" ever.

The practical demonstrations,
suggestions, criticisms and advice
given by "Daddy" Lively and oth-
eirs of national reputation will keep
the New England Association in
the front rank as heretofore com-
plimented upon. — The Executive
Board.

DONTS

Djon't forget to use an ample, but
not too large quantity of developer.
. Don't forget to rock the dish, or
y<>u may have mottle skies.

Don^t use the developer for a
second plate ; it is false economy.

Don't iorgtt to th(D(roughly rinse
the, blate after develoi>naent, or vou

Digitized by

Google

146

SXAP SH'OTS

August, i()i3

GLAZING PRINTS BY STRIPPING

The method of producing a high-
ly glossy surface by stripping off
prints from a polished support ap-
plies to prints made on a gelatine
paper, that is to say, to P.O. P.,
bromide and gaslight. Prints on a
collodion paper, such as many of
the brands of self-toning paper
upon the market, may, by a suit-
able modification of the process, be
glazed by the stripping method, but
in this article I shall neglect the
collodion papers for the reason that
the bulk of glossy prints produced
commercially are made on a gela-
tine paper. Collodion P.O.P. or
self-toning paper is almost always
used for the sake of the fine natural
surface of the paper ; there is no in-
ducement to use it for glossy prints
when this effect may be obtained
more readily and cheaply on gela-
tine paper.

HARDENING THE SURFACES OF
PRINTS

One-half of the difficulties which
are met with in stripping prints is
occasioned by the want of sufficient
hardness of the gelatine surface.
Now that glazing by stripping is a
process which is so widely used,
many papers, chiefly of the bromide
and gaslight varieties, are manu-
factured with a specially hardened
emulsion. Prints on such papers
call for no special treatment with a
view to easy stripping. On the
other hand, many P.O.P.^s and nu-
merous brands of bromide and gas-
light require attention in regard to

this point, particularly in hot weath-
er, when the gelatine coating is lia-
ble to become more than normally
softened in the washing baths. One
method of hardening prints is to let
them become thoroughly dry after
the final washing for removal of
hypo. They are again soaked in
water for a few minutes before lay-
ing them down on the glazing
plates. But this is a time-wasting
method which usually cannot be
employed when working upon a
considerable scale. It is necessary
to make the prints ready for squee-
geeing to the glazing plates imme-
diately they are washed free from
hypo. Where hardening is neces-
sary, the usual plan is to treat them
for about ten minutes in 5 per cent
alum solution (1 oz. of alum and
20 ozs. of water), or in a bath of
formaline of strength of from 10 to
5 per cent, that is to say, 1 oz. of
formaline, as purchased, in 10 to
20 ozs. of water. The cheaper
alum bath is actually preferable
when working in quantity, since the
vapor given off by formaline baths
in constant use is apt to prove irri-
tating, if not injurious, to the nasal
organs. It is, however, not difficult
to arrange for the bath to be placed
where the vapors from it are car-
ried off into the outer air. In the
case of alum it is important to use
a pure material ; much cheap alum
is contaminated with iron. Such
alum is liable to act quite positively
as a reducer of P.O.P. prints ; also,
there is the danger of irregular blue

Digitized by

Google

August, 1913 SNAP

stains on bromide or gaslight prints
which have been sulphide-toned.
Perhaps, in the case of develop-
ment papers (bromide and gas-
light), as good a plan as any is to
do the hardening at the same time
as fixing. The bath for this pur-
pose is made up with chrome alum,
soda sulphite and sulphuric acid, in
addition to the hypo. I gave the
formula for this in a previous ar-
ticle ("B. J.," January 3rd, last),
but may repeat it here : —

Soda sulphite, crystals 2 ozs.

Water 6 ozs.

This solution may be made with aid
of heat, but sulphite dissolves best
at a temperature of about 100 degs.
F. When dissolved add the follow-
ing mixture, which should be pre-
pared by adding the acid to the
water, not vice versa, and leaving
to cool: —
Strong sulphuric acid. .2 drs. fluid

Water 2 ozs.

This mixture of acid and sulphite
is then poured into a solution of : —

Hypo 16 ozs.

Water 48 ozs.

and addition finally made of : —

Chrome alum 1 oz.

Water 8 ozs.

This gives a fixer containing 4 ozs.
hypo in 20 ozs. It is suitable
strength for bromide and gaslight
papers, but I should prefer the
plain alum bath after fixing in the
case of P.O.P.

MATERIALS ON WHICH TO SQUEEGEE

The materials with which to
produce a glazed surface are glass,

SH'OTS

147

enamelled ferrotype plate and cellu-
loid. Of these there is no doubt
that glass gives the finest glos§,
whilst, short of occasional break-
age, the glass plates may be kept
in use for years without replace-
ment. Both ferrotype and celluloid
give a high gloss, and have the ad-
vantage— which may be great in
certain circumstances — of lightness.
A large number of ferrotype or cel-
luloid plates bearing prints may be
hung up from lines or light laths
quite easily, whereas, in the case of
glass plates, a much more substan-
tially built rjack or staging would
be necessary. Thus, in the case of
a large batch of glazed prints be-
ing undertaken in a business which
was not regularly doing such work,
ferrotype or celluloid would prob-
ably be found to lend itself more
readily to the job than glass. The
ferrotype plates may now be ob-
tained of large size and enamelled
on both surfaces. Celluloid sheets
are sold chiefly in the form of the
well-known "squeegee pads'' of the
Altrincham Rubber Company. Each
sheet of celluloid is sandwiched be-
tween a pair of thin rubber sheets,
which serve as a protection of the
prints when the latter are being
squeegeed down, and also provide a
ready means of suspension of the
celluloid when hanging up to dry.

PREPARING THE SURFACE

The first essential to ready strip-
ping of the prints is perfect clean-
liness of the glass or other plates.
When taking glass plates into use it

Digitized by

Google

148

SNAP SHOTS

August, 1913

1^ well to let them pickle in a mix-
ture of about three or four parts
•of water with one part of strong
nitric acid. They are then well
flushed with water, given a scrub
over with hot soda solution, again
rinsed, and may then be taken to be
as clean for die purpose as they
can be made. Celluloid or ferro-
type plates must not, of course, be
treated in this way, but such pre-
llhiinary cleansing is not necessary,
the plates being suitable for use
ttfter the final preparation to be
liow described.

I The plates, of whatever kind,
how require to be cleaned and pol-
ished. The polishing materials
ge^rally used are either French
<:halk or a solution of wax. French
chalk is the older method, but one
still adhered to by many photogra-
phers. A little is dusted over the
^late, well rubbed over the whofe
surface, arid then lightly dusted off
again with a clean duster, which, as
it picks up French chalk in use, is
relegated to the first duty of apply-
'Jtlg the chalk and a clean duster
taken into use for the dusting off.
The alternative cleaning prepara-
tion is a solution, such as beeswax,
^0 grains in turpentine, 1 oz. ; or
'ipermeceti wax dissolved, in the
same proportion, in benzole. This
is rubbed over the plate with a piece
of flannel, and polishing then done
with a soft silk duster or a. piece of
chamois.

Some workers prefer to place the
polished plate, under water when

placing the prints upon it, but there
is no real necessity to do so, so
long as air bells between print and
glass are thoroughly expelled by the
use of a squeegee, which will give
a firm and even pressure. The
sque^ee may be of either the roller
or bar variety, but whichever it is
it should be of ample size and of
good quality resilient rubber. Perr
ished rubber will fail to make the
necessary contact, and, moreover,
will tear the prints.

DRYING THE SQUEEGEED PRINTS .

So long as the prints are not ex-
posed to a temperature which
causes the gelatine coating actually
to soften, the more quickly they
dry the better for readiness of
stripping. On the commercial scale,
where woric has to be got out in
the minimum of time it is cus-
tomary to provide a drying cup-
board fitted with racks to take tht
glass plates, and provided with an
artificial draught of warmed air.
An average time for the drying of
a whole batch of prints on their
glasses in such a cupboard will be
from half an hour to three-quartets.
In default of a special drying cup-
board, prints are placed in a well-
ventilated room, in which they wiH
dry, as a rule, within a few hours.
With proper preparation both of
prints and glasses the glazed prints
should drop off at a toilch, or at any
rate should require only the slight-
est pull to remove them from the
plates.

Digitized by

Google

August, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

i4p

GLAZING SOLUTIONS

Of late years a much more rapid
and, at the same time, highly labor-
saving method of glazing prints has
come into use by the introduction
^f sj>ecial solutions into which the
prints are simply immersed for a
^^w- minutes on removal from the
y^aslx water, and are then laid down
^'^irn^diately. and squeegeed to the
^*asscs or ferrotypes. Several
'"^^^^c3s of this form of preparation
. ^^ on the market, and the method
^^rtainly most valuable to all
^'^^J^visiasts on both a larg^ and
J^^IX scale.

'^"'^^ING PRINTS BY SQUEEGEEING

^^Ithough the chiei purpose of the

squeegee and stripping method is
for the glazing of prints, it may be
used in precisely the same way f or
.producing a matt surface on printis
made on glossy paper, enajdoyi^g as
the temporary support for the
prints either ground glass or matt
■celluloid. ScHne amateur workers
have preferred the matt obtained in
this way to that produced on a matt
paper, but, personally, I think there
is nothing in it. If I were required
to produce a batch of matt-surface
prints I should think I was wasting
my time by using the method whilst
the choice of almost endless degrees
of mattness in commercial papers is
now available. — B. J. of Photogra-
phy.

AQUARELLE-PRINTINO

By Max

^_^^nder the name of "Aquarelle-
\Vmting" the European photo-
graphic papers have a good deal to
say about a new process similar to
gum-printing. The method orig-
inated in England, and is said to be
superior to gum-printing and even
to the newer oil process, giving
beautiful matt prints with fine,
deep shadows, and — ^last but not
least— it is very simple to manipu-
late. Nevertheless, while simple in
principle, there are a few points
that need special attention.

A good water-resisting paper is
first sized and then brushed over
^ith a weak gelatinie-solution.
When this is dry a simple coat of

Wilcke

water-color paint is applied, suffi-
ciently thick to cover, but not so
strong as to hide the texture of the
paper when looked tfirough. When
this is dry it is ready to be sensi-
tized, and, when the sensitizer is
dry the paper can be exposed with
the aid of a photometer. It is now
placed for a time in warm water
and afterwards developed by means
of an atomizer. In this last opera-
tion, which is the most interesting
part, a large measure of personal
control is possible. The picture
comes in the proper position, has
fine modulation, a very soft inter-
blending of the tones and extraor-
dinary i^asticity.

Digitized by

Google

150

SNAP SHOTS

August. IQI^^

With so many excellences to its
credit, I thought I should like to
make a closer acquaintance with the
process, although I had never tried,
practically, either the gum or the
oil printing method ; and, I may say
in advance, that the success ob-
tained justifies fine hopes if photog-
raphers will take it up seriously.

I will now endeavor to describe
in a succinct but sufficiently com-
prehensive way the various phases
and delicate points of manipulation,
and feel convinced that anyone who
once tries the process will not
quickly lay it aside.

PREPARING THE PAPER

Any paper that does not absorb
water too readily can be employed,
the most suitable being that used
for water-color painting, prefer-
ably with a nearly smooth surface,
because the finished print shows a
slight granularity, and if a rough
paper is selected this may become
excessive. For sizing — which must
be done on the back of the paper —
any desirable sizing material may
be used; personally I have used a
thin celluloid solution (first dis-
solved in amyl-acetate and then
thinned with denatured alcohol),
because I happened to have this on
hand, and the results were quite
satisfactory. The quick drying of
this solution also influenced my se-
lection. After the sizing has dried
the following gelatine solution is
applied in a very thin coat :

Water 100 parts.

Sugar 4 "

Gelatine (swelled). 4 "

The sugar is first dissolved and
then the gelatine, cut in small
pieces, is added. After a short
soaking the solution is placed in a
water-bath and slowly heated; but
the temperature must in no case ex-
ceed 113 degrees Fahr. Keep it
stirred constantly — with the ther-
mometer itself is best — and remove
from the water-bath as soon as the
desired temperature is reached.
The solution is now applied to the
paper with a broad paste-brush in
the proportion of about a quarter
of an ounce to an 8x10 sheet. In
order to spread the gelatine more
thinly and evenly it is well to beat
it into a rich froth before laying it
on, afterwards going over it with a
soft, damp linen rag, rubbing with
gentle pressure in a circular direc-
tion as when cleaning glass plates.
Of course the coat must be as even
as possible over the whole surface.
After drying a second coat is to be
given in exactly the same way. If
three sheets are prepared at once,
by the time the third sheet has re-
ceived the first coat the first sheet
will be ready for the second one.
Between each operation the board
on wTiich the work is done should
be wiped oflF with hot water, to pre-
vent any particles of hardened gela-
tine from getting rubbed on to the
paper and causing streaks. When
dry the surface should be quite
matte and the paper is ready for

APPLYING THE COLOR

For this the instructions are
seemingly complicated ; but in prac-
tice they are comparatively simple.

Digitized by

Google

August, 1 913

SNAP SHOTS

151

Good, fresh water-color, such as
can be obtained in tubes ahtiost
anywhere, is thinned out to a half
liquid mass and applied to the paper
with the same stiff bristle brush that
was used for the gelatine, going
over the sheet in all directions.
This is done with lighter and
lighter pressure until the color dries
under the brush. When finished
the coat should be thin, but the
white paper must not show through
anywhere. Black is the easiest to
work, and reddish colors are not
difficult; but the purest colors pos-
sible should be used. Mixed colors
have not given me good results.

SENSITIZING

This is done best with an alco-
holic solution of bichromate. Make
a six per cent, solution of ammo-
nium bichromate in water and thin
it out with an equal quantity of de-
natured alcohol. This is applied to
the coated side with a soft brush,
using only just enough to cover the
surface evenly, otherwise streaks
and rings will appear. This will
dry completely in half an hour.

PRINTING

Any well modulated negative is
suitable ; but a good density is nec-
essary in the high-lights, as proper
gradation in the whites is desirable.
The tone-scale is particularly rich.
Printing must be regulated with a
photometer. It should be noted
that red colors should be exposed
one-third longer, while blue takes
one-third less.

DEVELOPING

Developing is particularly inter-
esting, and it is a real pleasure to
watch the picture slowly appear,
entirely under the control and the
personal influence of the operator.
The print is first soaked for about
ten minutes in water heated to
about 100 degrees Fahr. ; this is
then poured off, leaving the print
sticking to the bottom of the tray,
which is stood on edge and the
print sprayed with an atomizer.
This should be of metal; for, in
case of over-printing, hot water
must be used, which is likely to
crack glass receptacles. The high-
lights appear first, and the details
come out soon after. By bringing
the atomizer nearer or .moving it
away from the paper, and by using
more or less pressure on the bulb,
various effects can be produced in
developing, such as intensifying the
high-lights, holding back the shad-
ows, etc. Moreover, the print can
be modified at will by dipping a
soft brush in the same color used
for coating and touching up the
shadows where needed. After the
print is dry this retouching is not
noticeable.

When finished the picture shows
a slight granulation that softens the
contours, eases the gradations, and
gives the whole a sort of high-
toned, idealized appearance that re-
sembles an etching mare than a
photograph. On account of the
grain, small pictures should not be
selected ; in the larger sizes the ef-
fect is that of a beautiful painting.

Digitized by

Google

152 SNAP SHOTS August, 1913

A NBW DIRECT CARBON PROCESS

By J, L. Htiokc

• ' A carbon printing process which
renders unnecessary transference,
and gives, therefore, non-reversed
pictures direct, has long beeit a
aesideratum. From time to time
such papers have appeared on the
market, without apparently becom-
' ing a permanent success, but latter-
ly a German firm (E. Bfihler and
Company, Schriesheim, Heidel-
|befg) has brought out an article
'Which possesses many excellent
^^characteristics, and deserves the
ierious attention of all photogra-
phers who aspire to produce some-
thing better than the usual thing.
It places a new power in the hands
of pictorialists, and a description of
It may hence be of interest to many
readers who wish to produce prints
of great depth in the shadows, and
delicacy in the high lights, com-
bined with a perfect velvety matt
surface.

As compared with the ordinary
carbon process this dead matt char-
acter of its surface and the quality
and life with which it renders shad-
ows are the distinguishing charac-
teristics of the new paper.

The most suitable type of nega-
tive is one which will give a well-
graded platinotype or vigorous (but
not hard) P.O.P. print, but good
results can be obtained from almost
all but weak or fqggy negatives.
.Until, however, familiarity with the
process is gained, it is advisable to

sdect those of the character above
described.

SENSITIZING

The paper,, wj^ich is preferably,
but not necessarily, a little larger
than the negative to be printed
from, is introduced face down-
. wards into ordinary methylated
spirits contained in a smooth dish.
Allow to remain one minute, give
an occasional rock, and avoid fric-
tion with the bottom of the dish.
This preliminary spirit bath is
necessary to ensure even penetra-
tion of the subsequent bichromate
sensitizer. Lift the paper by one
comer, allow to (hain for a mo-
jnent or two, and immerse face up-
wards for two minutes in a 2 per
cent solution of potassium or am-
monium bichromate (94 oz. bichro-
mate to 1 quart of water). Tem-
perature 50 to 60 deg. F. Keep the
dish gently rocked. In hot summer
weather it is advisable to carry out
the sensitizing in a cellar or other
cool place, unless ice is available
for reducing the temperature of the
solution, and it \s well, but not es-
sential, to neutralize the sensitizer
by the gradual addition of ammonia
until the orange color just begins
to turn yellow.

Now take hold of the paper by
two hands, draw the back of it over
the edge of the dish so as to free it
as far as possible from adhering
solution, and pin by one comer to

Digitized by

Google

Ajogust, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

fS3

a sjielf or bosird to dry. While wet
the pape^r is not seasitive tq light,
h^nce s^siti^ii^ can b^ performed
iijt daylight, but drying must be con-
ducted m the dark, or in a room il-
luminated by artificis^ lip[bt, or at
ipost very feeble d^yli§^t Ii^ an
ofdinary warm r^iwn tji^* Pftfier, ow-
ing to the thinness of its C9a;t^ng»
will ^ dry in from one-half to one
hour; the.proc^^ should, however,
iq no case be pienhitted to ^ke
linger than thre^ hours, rpMrpct
b^ fropi a sfove or fir^.i^ tq be
a(voide^, but ^ warin (;up))Qar4* pr
comer i3 ben^ciai rather ^thanpl^;^
erwise. In the aqueous biQ^lro^lf^te
b^th thf film becomes very tender,
. and great care nuist be ^ej^eirqised
that nothing conies in contact with
it until perfectly dry, or abrasions
*fe ^otmd to reisuk. tiWforttttwfte-
h^, this paper scannot be ien9iti;ted
tri^ the ^idt sensitizer which acts
so well in the ekse oi orflimirytak--
btti paper. ^ i ' ^

^'* KEEPING QUALltlES ' ■

In sunmier the paper will keep
for two or three days after being
sensitized, and in wintet* f6t at
leait a week. Stored In a calcium
cM6riai ^be or;box, W wfll* prdb^
*ly Tcltop longer/but the^^rfritei- has

'[ " ;". PRiirniTG • "

. The. perfectly dry paper is placed
in ;|hc printing frame. as u^ual, np
j^ie e^Vbeiflg fUecessary. Ex-
pQStifi^ i3. best determined by. acti-
ncmicter. The time ^ecessary for
P.O.P. to yield a satisfactory un-

toned print will be about right foi;
tbje black paper. Brown, sepia and
^ed ^halk papers require a rather
l^^g^r, green and blu^ a shorter e^^-f
ppsure. In the c<^e of negative
with a good range of contract;,
printing may also be controlled by
inspection by transinitted light. It
is. finished when the halftones are
distinctly visible but the high lights
not yet indicated. With some prac-
tice it is in this w^y possible to dis;^
pense with an actinpmeter, but tm-
til experience has been gained it is
better not to do so.

DEVELOPMENT

This must take place as soon
^fter printing as possible, since, as
with all bichromate papers, a con-
tinuing action of light proceeds so
^at a normally printed proof, if
left more than a few hours, may
develop up as if over-printed. Pos-
sibly storage in a calcium tube pr
box would check this action.

Development is effected by
pieans of warm water and a fine
rose. The latter is three to four
inches in diameter, with holes not
more than l-50th to l-70th inche;^
diameter. (If not obtainable else-:
where the manufacturers of the pa^
per will supply such roses,) It is
wired io a short length of stout
rubber tubing of best quality, and
this is pushed over a tap from
which a gqod .pressure of water is
obtained, for qu ^ufllioient pressure
the successful ^development of the
pripta in a^eat Jjwasure 4^pend$.
Two dishes are required, one con-

Digitized by

Google

154

SNAP SHOTS

August, 1913

taining cold, the other warm water
at 100 to 120 deg. F. Soak the
print face upwards in cold water
for a minute or two, place it on a
sheet of glass or on the back of
a developing dish, and gently spray
it to remove any adherent air bub-
bles. (A camel-hair brush cannot
be used for this purpose.) The
print is now transferred, always
face upwards, to the warm water,
the temperature of which should be
determined by a thermometer, and
not by the fingers. Have a jug or
kettle of boiling water at hand to
occasionally add to the warm water
to keep its temperature up. H cor-
rectly exposed, all the details of the
print should, as a rule, be visible in
from one-half to one minute. The
surplus pigment, however, does not
entirely dissolve away, but has to
be removed by the spray. As be-
fore, the print is placed on a piece
of glass or smooth board (to which
it can conveniently be attached by
means of a bull-dog clip), held ver-
tically under and an inch or two
away from the rose, and, while
the latter is kept moving, the water
is gradually turned on. The pres-
sure is increased by degrees until
the print is thoroughly cleared and
the high lights are pure. H neces-
sary, it may be returned for a few
seconds to the warm water and
again sprayed.

If the water pressure is not good,
it is preferable to leave the print
for two or more minutes in the
warm water before spraying it, but

treatment as above described will
give the best results with normal
negatives. For over-printed proofs
the water may be used at tempera-
tures up to 150 deg. F., but in this
case the spray must, to begin with,
be carefully used, or portions of
the film may be washed away, espe-
cially in the high lights.

Considerable control can be exer-
cised by locally pouring hot water
over parts which it is desired to
lighten, and spraying off. Or a
very small rose, about one-half inch
in diameter, may be employed.
With it high lights can be intro-
duced, too solid shadows reduced,
and, indeed, undesirable features
sometimes entirely removed.

ALUM BATH

When the bichromate stain is no
longer visible, the prints are im-
mersed in a 5 per cent alum bath
(1 oz. to the pint) for from five to
ten minutes. This hardens them,
and removes the last traces of
bichrome.

WASHING

Ten to fifteen minutes is suffi-
cient. Suspend the prints in a
bucket of water or a bath by Jay-
nay or other wooden clips, or wash
in a dish with three to four changes
of water at five-minute intervals.
Washing troughs, in which the
prints are kept circulating, must not
be used, or their surface, which is
very tender, will be injured. — The
Amateur Photographer & Photo-
graphic News.

Digitized by

Google

August, 19 1 3

SNAP SHOTS

'55

SPOTS ON NEGATIVES

How They May Be Removed or Touched Out
By L. Steele

Every amateur photographer at
some time or another has had the
misfortune to want to be able to
make a good print from a negative
which is disfigured by one or more
spots; and he has no doubt made
the attempt to remove or conceal
these spots, not always with suc-
cess. Yet "spotting/' as the opera-
tion of removing spots from nega-
tives or prints is termed, is not at
all difficult if it is set about the
right way, and with the right tools.
The requisites are one or two
fairly small camel hair brushes,
some water color Indian ink and
Payne's grey, and some means by
which the negative can be support-
ed at a convenient angle, like the
paper on a writing desk, and il-
luminated from below. Nothing as
elaborate as a retouching desk is
required for this purpose. A
rough board, such as the lid of a
packing case, 18 X 14, or there-
abouts, will serve very well. It is
supported, deskwise, by two legs,
about four inches long, at two of
its corners. In the middle of it
is cut an opening, an eighth of an
inch smaller each way than the
negatives, and its upper surface is

fVtori /»mr/»r/»/4 -_ •^t- -» ...^.^^^l. _1 a. ..^^1^1^^

act as a reflector is laid upon it,
and the board is placed over this.
The negative fits in the hole in the
card, while the wood below pre-
vents it from falling through. If
preferred, a cardboard shield may
be attached vertically to the edge
of the board nearest the window,
so as to cut off some of the light
falling on the top of the negative;
but although for retouching work
this is a necessity, it is not required
for mere spotting, in fact most
people, I think, will find it easier to
work without it, seeing more what
they are about.

Every negative has, or should
have, some parts along its edges,
where there is little or no deposit
at all. A little of the water colors
should be mixed on the palette and
tried, by brushing the merest trace
of the mixture upon such a bare
place, until it is seen to be a very
fair match in color with the de-
posit of the negative itself. A mere
touch of the brush will convey
enough pigment to the palette to
spot several negatives.

The first attempt to fill up a
transparent spot with water color
generally ends by the spot itself re-

.,.l,;i^ 4.U« «r^1^«. ^••^r.

Digitized by

Google

SN'AP SHDTS

August, 1913

difficult to convince utrybtko vuXtJl
he actually tries it for hinself fxow
very little moisture the brush need,
nay must, contain. It is just
touched upon the |>alette, laid near-
ly flat on a piece of paper,, and.
"twizzled" round until it almost
ceases to make a mark at aU ; and
then, in that condition, its point is
brotight gendy down on the nega-
tive, where there is a transparent,
pin-hole. Inall probability, if these
directions have been carefully fol-
lowed, the pin-hole will be foimd to
have^raniAed under the brush. Of
course, when the brush is used air
most dty, it will only serve to block
a very few holes, before it must
go to the palette again.

It is best to start the spatting
by filling up all those holes, which
occur in the densest parts of the
negative, as these will be the most
conspicuous in the print. Those
which are to be found in the more
transparent parts, especially, where
the subj^t is of a broken, irregular
character, are not likely to need
filling up^at all.

So ^ar, only transparent spots
have bieen referred to. As a matter
6( fact, it is not at all easy to re-
move opaque spots from a n^*-
ttve; the better course is to niake
them invisible by spotting the
print. This is done with water

the bru^, IpjfvfQ only a very faint
mark upon the paper.

Some workers advocate making
all transparent spots on a n^ative
into opaque ones, not troubling
about either n^atching the color of
the image, or the density; so that
the spots print out quite white.
They are then spotted out on the
print Although this sounds like
doubling the work, it is, perhaps,
of the, twp methods, the easier ; but
it is olten possible to save a good
deal of subsequent spotting on the
print by taking a little trouble to
m4tch dey^sities when spotting the
negative. — Photography.

A FRW DON'TS

Don't be too hasty in withdraw-
ing the n^ative from the fixiog-
bath or parts of the film will be in-
sufficiently fixed.

Don't let dust rest on your plate ;
to remove it grasp the plate on
two edges and strike the bottom
edge lightly on the table.

DoH't usp a dusting-brush; it is
apt to collect the dust, and by force
of attraction this dust will prob-
ably be transferred to the plate.

Don't forget to dust your slides
and camera frequently, especially
after they have been laid aside ior
some time.

Digitized by

Google

August, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

157

PHOTOORAVHIHQ GLAS&WARS

We frequently receive queries re-
lating to the photography of glass,
such as cut-^ass services, etc.j and
the queries generally include a re-
quest for some medium that can be
appHed to the glass, presumabl}' to
tone down reflections. The objec-
tions to using any such medium are
fairly obvious, for while it renders
an elaborate clearing necessary, it
must also destroy the natural ap-
pearance of the glass in the result-
ing photographs. As a matter of
fact, all that is wanted is a little
extra care in arranging and light-
ing the subject; this, coupled wiih
correct exposure and developing,
producing as good a result as can
be desired. Indeed, the matter is
really such a simple one that no
experienced practical photographer
should need to ask for advice, all
that is required being good pho-
tography. Suppose we are dealing
with a cut-glass vessel of some
kind showing numerous bright re-
flecting facets. If the light is ob-
tained direct from an ordinary win-
dow each facet will reflect the win-
dow bars and numerous other ob-
jects, and in the photograph it
will be broken up into a number of
confusing lights and darks. This
confusion will obscure the pattern

But tht remedy is obvious. Let all
t"he light that reaches the glass from
the window be diffused by ground
glass or a sheet of thin tissue pa-
per, and then there can be no re-
flected images of the window, or if
reflections of any other objects
standing uear are visible remove
those objects, and then the trouble
is got ovfer. Another source of
confusion may be objects behind
the glass that are seen through it,
and . to avoid this a plain back-
ground is necessary. Possibly black
velvet is about as good as anything,
but plain white will also serve in
some cases. In settling the ex-
posure we must consider the sub-
ject to be one of strong contrasts,
and therefore must give an ample
exposure and develop for a soft
negative. The contrasts can be
diminished considerably by using a
color sensitive plate, and a yellow
screen for this will cut out a good
deal 6i the light from the more
brightly reflecting facets. Similar
methods to these will serve equally
well ^ith polished silver goods, and
if we rely on simple photographic
measures the results will be far bet-
ter than any obtainable after be-
dewing the metal by the use of ice
water, or after adopting any other

Digitized by

Google

158

SXAP SHDTS

August, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

New England Convention. On ac-
count of the National Convention hav-
ing been such a distance away this year
most of the Eastern photographers were
unable to attend, but you should not
fail to attend the New England Con-
vention to be held in Boston, September
2nd, 3rd and 4th. This will be the lar-
gest Eastern convention of the year. The
executive board asks for exhibitions in
portraiture, genre, landscape, marine and
autochromes. They desire to make the
exhibition the largest ever shown at any
New England convention. Send them a
sample of your best work and don't fail
to make arrangements to attend your-
self.

Developing Tanks. If you contem-
plate installing a department for doing
amateur finishing there is only one
proper method of developing and that is
the tank method. Our advertiser,
George Murphy, Inc., is advertising in
this issue a set of concrete developing
tanks which are the most perfect in con-
struction and arrangement which we
have seen for this purpose. If you have
a system of these tanks installed ' you
can do better work, turn out a larger
volume in less time, and much more
economically than your competitor.

Ross Teleceniric Lens. The Ameri-
can agents advise us that the tele-
centric lens is now being used in several
of the largest studios for portrait work,
as in addition to its special advantages
for photographing sporting events, etc.,
it' has been found to be unequalled as a
portrait lens.

National Convention. As we go to
press the National Convention is in ses-
sion at Kansas City. Before this reaches
you the happenings will be a matter of
history. We hope in our next issue to

give you a concise account of the con-
vention and what has been done for the
good of the photographer. A detailed
report will appear in the Association
Annual which will be issued some time
during August.

Special Autotype Tissues for Photo-
gravure Process. The Autotype Com-
pany have recently added to their very
large assortment of carbon tissues two
grades of tissue especially suitable for
the rotary photogravure process, their
G 4 and G 5. If you are interested in
photogravure work you should consult
the American agents regarding these
new tissues. We understand they are
being largely used by European workers.

Velour Black Papers. The new ve-
lour black papers manufactured by the
Rochester Photo Works, and which they
have recently placed on the market, have
already found a great many constant
users. This is a new enlarging paper,
not a bromide, but it can be used for
either contact or enlarging. It is made
in several surfaces to meet all require-
ments. Portrait enlargements made on
this paper can hardly be distinguished
from originals. Write to our advertiser
for samples.

Also send for some of their new con-
tact developing paper "White Laurel."
This is made in three emulsions: soft,
medium and hard. It is a paper which
has great latitude, and for portrait work
and amateur finishing it gives perfect
satisfaction.

Everything being equal, the profes-
sional photographer invariably buys
those materials which produce the best
results— we had E. K. Tested Chemicals
in mind. From price list, which has just
reached us, we are particularly pleased
to note the large assortment of these

Digitized by

Google

g^ust, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

159

^ ^^Hals listed. There is a developing
^cirf^^ for every conceivable want, sodas,
toj/^^ and every chemical that has a pho-
si^^Phic use being listed, all in various

<^<i

Containers to fill the wants of all

%jj ^- All of the photographic publica-

^f ^^.Have been telling you of the merits

(i^ti 's line, just what they are and why

Uo^i^ ^^ould use them. These facts, we

Yvv ^. are sufficient argument for you

r\v ^^c sure your next chemical pur-

^^S^^ bear this mark of identification —

*'^. IC. Tested."

Ross Convertible Lens. The Ross
Company have recently added a new
series of convertible lenses working at
F/6.3 and F/6.8. They are specially suit-
able for portraits and groups in the
studio and all classes of outdoor work.
The F/6.3 series have two different foci,
the back and front combination working
at the same focal length. The converti-
ble lenses working at F/7 and F/8 have
three different foci. Write to the Amer-
ican agents, George Murphy, New York,
for detailed description.

Cooper-Hewitt Light. Artificial light-
ing has become very popular on account
of the ease with which it can be handled,
and the economy in producing large
quantities of work irrespective of the
weather or time of day. The new
Cooper-Hewitt light' is furnished in a
proper form for printing, operating and
enlarging. Send to George Murphy,
Inc., New York, for their new book de-
scribing this system of artificial lighting.

Home Portrait Camera. The new
SxlO F. & S. home portrait camera is

designed especially for home portraiture.
It is fitted with every adjustment neces-
sary, is very portable, and has a front
large enough to permit of the fitting of
portrait lenses. Send to your dealer for
a circular describing this new camera.

The Rough & Caldwell Co. are now
distributing their new catalogue of pho-
tographic accessories, the most complete
catalogue of photographic studio acces-
sories that has ever been published.
Over fifty different varieties are shown,
and photographers can readily make se-
lections from the illustrations. This
catalogue meets a demand that has ex-
isted for quite sometime. Write to them
for a copy.

Distorto. If you want to surpise
your friends and show them how they
v/ould look if longer, shorter, broader,
and thinner, get one of the Distorto
attachments advertised in this issue.
Some photographs recently shown us
were truly laughable. Just the things
for postcards.

Look at the inside of the front cover
and you will learn something new about
the Photomailer for mailing prints to
your customers. It insures their reaching
the customers for further partic-
ulars. Don't forget to mention Snap
Shots.

The paste that will stick, will stay
and will not discolor the prints, is Hig-
gins'. It has been on the market for
many years, and prints mounted with it
years ago have never come off nor has
the paste discolored them. All dealers
have it in stock.

Digitized by

Google

i6o

SNAP SHOTS

August, 1913

STUDIO WANTS

GQlleries for Sale or Rent
D, F. M., gallery in New York City,

$3,500.
F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
A. M. C, in NeVrjersey, $900.
F. S., gallery in New 'York state.
W, C. O., gallery in New Jersey.
jL. B, Ci gallery in Pennsylvania.
p. R-,F., gallery in Ix)ng Island.
A, J. G., gallery in Adirondack moun^

tains

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of

10,000-15,000.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.
A. M., waints to bwy or rent within 40

miles ol New York.
R. S. GL, wants. gallery in small city.

V«tl«*— Litttrt fkd«r»tMd to •9jm» is
for •aoh itMt m that tboy can bo ro-nailod.

Positions Wanted— Operators
J. W. J.» coninftcrcial photc^rapher.
G. L., expert all-around photographer.
H. F., (^)erator and retoucher.
T. N. E., all-round man.

Positions Wanted— Retouchers, Recep-
tionists

Miss C. E, O., retoucher, receptionist.
Miss E. L. S., colorist — first-class.
Miss B. M., reception-room.
M. H. O., retoucher and etcher.

Studios Desiring Help
J, D. S., wants an all-roimd operator.
M4 C. & P„ wants view photographers.
V. L. & A., wants manager of studio.
P. Studio, wants operator and printer.
W. O. B., wants retoucher, background
worker and manager^

ovr ouro ikovU ¥0 •ocomfnioa wttk Bmii

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Yttar expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. 91*00 per year.
Photographic nowa from every aection ia worth five timea oar anbacriptioa
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Biq^
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to die
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering tiie English-speaking photographic world:
4 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

y .e4itton) , $1.50

1 year's Snap Shots witii British Journal Photo. Almanac OOl^ paper

editioti) ^..: 1.25

1 year's Snap Shots wiUi 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography S . 7i

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Bng.) S.90
Snap Shots and 1 year'a subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4.90

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 17 Bast Mi St, Now York

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTTSEMENtS

; cxlv

POSrflONS offeredW ^AiltED, POR S^K
TO KENT,'W'ANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE»&c.

AiiiMtinceiiiciiti under these and siiniUr iiea<^g8 of lort^ ;words or Ie«s, wiH b^ inietted
for forty cents. For each additional wold, «U ceitt . Dispfartd advertistme^tt CO .cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When rep|ifs« are. addressed to our oaac^.lOt c^ts.
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same t6 adrertiKr. - Adyci liseiaaau
should reach ta by the 80th to secuvf insertions in the aftecaedinf ia^t. ^ A copy •! the

Jonmal sent f see 'to every advertiser Is lang as the^'^ad" is* eontin«e<' * ^ '

Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

eontinaedL-' AMTtiiftflMafa in

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE GOLUM^IS

li fto OTcrfJgn^ Mad nf e mcdliim of comnmni— Htnt Mi»t«tt PkoCo|^|iiin

' ■ ' f ' I ■ ■ ■ II ■ I I .

Flashlight Outfit Foe Sale: One
14x20 Banquet Camera, fitted with
No. 7 Dagot Lend, Series III, 16J4
inch; eight Prosch Flash Bags, com-
plete, $200; Lens only $100; Camera
only $40; flash bags only $10 each.
George Murphy, Inc., 67 East 9th St.,
New York.

For Sale: Studio in Long Island
City;. no coraQetition within 22^ miles,
with a good surrounding trade. Large
opefating re^Wy reeeptioa room,
dressing room^^dark room and stooc
room. W^lMtiventory close to $20j,
with good prifes. Price, $1,200. Th^B
Is a fine tpfotftunity for a live, active
photo^aphJr. ' Address, F. S. W;,
care Snap Shots. j

— fc-

Flir Sale: An Ansto Lamp, 220
vAM, ' direct 4:uxrelit, 2&, amperel
Complete, boxed ready for shipment,
$S$. Address; M. G., care Snaip Shoti

Wanted: Young man as salesmaii
and manager o£ retail department iti
large photo supply house in Neilf
York City. Must be experienced in
selling professional goods. Send pho-
t^gtaph and give full particulars in
Ur^i letter. Howe, care Snap Shot$.

For Sale: One 18x22 Anthony Ma-
hogany Reversible Back Studio Cam-
era, double bellows, curtain slide
holder with statkl, in good condition.
Price, boxed ready for shipment, $46.
One 14x17 Rerersible Back View
Camera with two double holders ki
very good condition. Price, boxed
ready for shipment, $32.00. Address,
R. N., care Sna^ Shots.

Enlarging — Send 50 cents, stampe.
for diagram, instructions and photo-
graph, gjtpfaitts Irew to make appa*
ratus to use in connection with cam-
era, if back is detachable. Mine cost
me less than $2 to make. Can enlarge
4x5 or smaller (plate or filnij^ or can
use same idea for larger size. En-
larges any size. R. W. Dodson, lOT.
McCartney St., Easton, Pa.

For Sale: Photo Studio, best lofa-
tion hi the heart bf tfie city. - CMh^
good business; good surrounding
country. Established over thirty
years. Studio worth about $3,000,
but will sell for less in cash. Rea-
,son for selling is on accotmt of
.other business. All letters must be
/?;?? to: Tony Leo, 5 West Main St.,
.'Middletown, N. Y.

/ For Sale: Owing to the death of
finy husband, I desire to sell studio

Digitized by

Google

cxlvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

189H FBLTM SHEET lEW lOIK

COOPER HEW

FOR PHOT<

We now have res
ferring to the Coop
as prepared for th
graphic purposes,
factory.

Giorge Murphy, Inc., 57

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

Illustrated Catalogue sent free on denuind

C. KLARY

103 Avenue de Vllllers PARIS (PRANCE)

CAMERA i

If you would like i
beautiful, practical, ii
photographic magazi
edited with the purpc
photographers how t
rials and skill to tli
cither for profit or ai
your name on a post
get or delay, but wi
three latest numbers
cents. $1.50 a year.
AMERICAN PH<
501 Pope Bulldino

You Can Reproduce Your Pictures in

NATURAL COLO

on the

DUFAY COLOR PLv

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of na
possible to obtain. Dufay color plates are of very fine texture
are guaranteed for 12 months.

8ix4r

si z sr

PBIOE LIST PE& BOX OF FOTTB

$1.80 4x6"

1.85

6x7"

00MPEK8ATINO 80BEEN8
$1.20 8iz8)

1.60
8.00

8i z 81"
41 X 41"

OBEEK EXCEL8I0B PAPEB FOB DABS BOOM
PEB PACKAGE OF 6 SHEETS

6x7" 10.18 8 X 10"

Complete set Solntioni $1.86

Send a trial order. Descriptive booklet mailed free on request.

Digitized by

Google

sxAP SHOTS— advertisp:ments

cxlvii

The Improved Focal Plane Wynne
Exposure Meter calculates the short-
est allowable exposures to i-iooo
second. Saves its cost in plates alone
in a very short time — to say nothing
of the saving in vex-
ation and disappoint-
ment.

Focal
Plane

The same meter has the
usual full adaptability to
all classes of exposure
determinations, requirirg
but the turning of the
dial to the time required
for tinting the sensitive
paper.

We are at all times prepared to sup-
ply shutters, speed testers, extra
dials, plate and film speed cards, and
fresh sensitive paper for use in the
Wynne Meter, if your
dealer is not.

Wynne
Meter

Write us for full descrip-
tive circulars concerning
the new Wynne Meter.
You will be convinced
that the use of a reliabFe
means of timing your
exposures correctly is the
ooe thing lacking.

GEORGE: MURPHY, Inc.

— Manufacturer and Importer of —
Every Description of Photographic Material

57 East Ninth Street New York

Send 10c for our new complete catalogue. An encyclopedia of photographic goods.

Rhodol

Digitized by

Google

cxlviit

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEME^ltS

Qet a Trox Film Washer

jEE

TROX nun lASHEA

1/^;.-

GCORQC MURFHY, lite.

and do your own developing at homo^
No tnofe stooping over a basili fof
tn hour. Wash yonr roll films in 10
minutes without ^ny handling or at-
tention.

NO MORE RUINED NEGATIVES

Attach to aQy cold water faucet aod
turn on the Water. The TROX will
do the rest and DO IT in id MIN-
UTES.

Fool proof and thorougb. Simple asi
durable.

Pricet 50 cents

67 Catt mh Str#«t, Htw Y^rlt

'}m^'

SEPIA PILLOCLOTH

A clotb wbieti civei ik S«^ tvam lO
the foUowina colors »

N<s. 1 Gold "" TJo, 4 White
Ne, t Yellow Ifo^ 5 Purple

No. 3 Fixik No. 0 Green,

Simple to lac — siiPply wjs&h id odJd
water and &x in Hypo. W'iW keep va-
definiteiy* Age does n&t adect it iKfoft
or after printing- just the ttiiiig tur
PllLaw^topAf table covers, lambccQUialto
etc,
S%7L 4^ cats of It ihefte. ....... I .SI*

Sliit BH can <Jf Tf HUfWrrTTTTTr .81

4x5 citi of 13 *heeu. - .&5

Ft X 7 cm of 13 sheets.,,.,.,, 1,00
OHx S^ can of li sheets.... ..,. I,i0

B xll> caa of U sheet* 1,04

12 J£3i can of line sheet.. .,,.,. .f^
la nclt can of otte sheet. .-. ,.*- .H
to x^ can of ojre sheet- ...,,,. -TO
90 x34 can of one sheet........ 1,00

IS x55 can of one shecl- * , 1*U

67 Fv«t Oth Straol, fi«w Yorlt etty

IF YOU USE THE

STAR NEGATIVE FILE

(Patented >uly l!5, If^O)

you can instantly lo^tf anjf

negative desired. This file prtt*
vjdes ^ pttrftfct tucan^ of stortog
and indexm^ negatives. It is a
heav V pastchrtard box covefed ill

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxlix

No Matter VHwrelie Mercury Stands

HAMMER PLATES M]^T THE ISSUE!

"Working farst anid drying quickly, with firm, tough films,
tMey hare little tenderity to frill- and are the BEST plates
made.

Hammer's Special E;xtra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) and Hammer's Orthoelil-omatic Plates fill all
requirements. '

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Oki« Av«. and Miami St. St. toula, Mo.

The "FAVORITE
INTERIOR BENCH
ACCESSORY

The No. 3086 B Interior Bench

Price I35.00
Crated F. O. B., New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches, Balustrades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories
from any design.

ROOM & CALDWELL

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

)

CONVERTIBLE LENSES

F.63 TO F.8 DOUBLETS

Universal Series of Lenses Specially Suitable for Portraits
and Groups in the Studio, and for all Classes of Outdoor
photography, Interiors and Copying —

No. Front Back Combined Ap'ture Plate Price

1 734" 7'4" aVs" 6.3.. 3Kx3M $47-75

2 9" T'A" 4>4" 7 S'AmVa • , 5145

4 9" 9" 5" 6.3 4 x5 55.10

4a.... 9H" 9H" 9A" 6.3 4 x5 62.50

5 "K-" 9" 5^" 7 5 x6 • 60.65

7 11/2" ii'A" 6//' 6.3 5 x7 66.15

8 14" iiJ-^" 7" 7 5 x7 74.25

II 161/2" 14" 8>^" 7 6«x8* 92.75

13 16J/" 16//^" 9'4" 6.3 62x8* 106.25

14 igi4" YdVi" 10" 7 7 x9 126.75

17 23i/>" 1914" 12" 7 8 xio 169.00

And all sizes to 12x15. Send for detailed list.

AMERICAN AGENTS

QEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cli-

Do You Get

Pictures

Like This?

It requires a lens of speed, covering
power and definition, such as are pos-
sessed by the

DYNAR M

This lens will more than double the
value of your camera. It is 100 per
cent faster than the best rectilinears,
and is about 8 times as efficient, for to
obtain the same covering po<«er and
definition, the rectilinear would have
, to be stopped down to F 16.

Sold in cells that fit all the modern
shutters.

Price for 3 JKx 5;^
or 4x5 cells . .

$25.00

ASK YOUR DEALER

Voigtlander & Sohn

240-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago
225 Fifth Avenue, New York

WORKS-BRUNSWICK, GERMANY

CANADIAN AGENTS
HUPFELD, LUDECKINQ ft CO., Mootreal, Canada I

8x10 Plate
Holders

Will fit any 8 x lo Century
or New York Studio Outfit

These Holders are Single Cur-
tain Slide Holders with Kits for
6^x8^, 5x7 and 4x5 Plates.

PRICE, - $4.00 - EACH

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street, New York

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Aroadia, Sound Baaoh, Connaotiout

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St. Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of meclmnical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show som^thin^ worth
showing, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth. <

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain^ but to be helpful.
Its department. "The Camei-a," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help al] his associates and colleagues.
Editor, a.ssociates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine.

When writing advertisers please Aention Snap Shots.

ogle

clii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

C P. Nitrate Silver Gry^tals
Puti Chloride Golcl

Pof PiiologtApiiicf% Afiito
Paper and Dry Pttat Makcn

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and iht Arts

AIlKindiof Sihrcr and Gold
WasU Refined

l^ifiiffactifttrd

SPHD-LIPS& JACOBS

^22 RA^^. STREET, PHILADELPHIA

Y4i| Can Take lectures on a Day Like This!

Thati is, if your tens is right. The lens is the €oul of jour cameja* OrdMa^ l^s^
will take ordinary pictures under /avora^e conditions. Are you satisfied Vt« iiat?
Or would yoa like the ic*^ results under to// conditions ? If so, you should |tnov^ tht

GOERZ : LENSES

Universally used by war photographers a^d profession alB, wlio must
be silre of their results. Tlke^ can easily Bt fiHed to the camera
you \(yu) awn.

9^^A\ fm. n» vu^ ^ ^t ...^^ .^j r...^.^.''

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cliji

-1

. , .-. -: ' i

'THE A.M. COLLINS MFG. CO, announces the early'
distrfbiltion of its extensile. I>ine of Photographic,
Mountings for the Fall of 1913. ! !

This is the finest and most m^vel selection which this
house has offered the trade in. its half-century of business.
Solid Mountings, Folders, Slip-in and TipK>n Mountings,
Covers andEncl^wrea^c^ rw^V^^t^^^^fifi every pho-
tograpfi^f 1 Jan (find i& this'dbfitclftonaiiliiUisorlaient^^^^ to
bis^ eyenrr^qiifrement. _ j J'/

- Mak« no aeleotions for Fall unlil you see dm Line.
Your ' dealer '9 salesman ean snow you samples.

A, M. COLLrNS MFG. CO.

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

FREE—The Photographic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOS rOB PROraOBAPHSBS AXATZXnt ABD PBOFBSSZOVAL

By W. I. LUrOOLV ADA1C8 (Hli Ba^Book)

Editor of •TTie Photographic Tiinef." Author of "Amateur l^otography/' "In Natore'i

Image/' Etc, Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo^Engravinga,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

ftdMSftMSfc riiiiM»,M4 THyarrtfipni |hi JBBllilyinwft nhgrnffinhir writrrt and wflirkfnh .
t coYcrs the field fully, as shown by the following Contents: I

Z^tautameova Photography "^mter Photography Marines Photography at Bight

Ltghttag.in Portraiture Photographlnt Children Art in Oronpiaf

Printed on heavy ^ood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edges. Beautifully

and nAMantially bound in art canvas, wHh gilt design. PBZOI IXT A BOX, IS.W^

So Tonj! aa tte supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only ••• dollar

pet ^o^jf wHh a new subscription to

r "THE PHOTOQRAPHIC TIMES"

Begmlar prlM of «*i«sll|rht and Shadow" piM

EtgYtlar Bnbaortptlon price of "The Photographic Times" .... l.BO |4*00

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

whkh is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographic

Tim^s" in this way tor nothing. Tnere are less than 60 copies left, so you must send in

yodr order at once if you want to be sure of securing jrour "Photographie Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

UB West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK* N. Y.

^^ When writing advertisers. please mention Snap Show. gitized by VjOOv IL

cliv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

Eagle Marl

For Operator, Printer, Retoucher

Is an invaluable aid to operator, printer
and retoucher. For working^ in shadows
and backgrounds on the negative it has no
equal. Invaluable for blocking out and vig-
netting. Far superior to any opaque. Sold
in glass jars with metal screw top.

Price, per jar $1.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street - - - New York City

Eagle Tubing Coupler

Small But So Handy 1 1

Will connect any number of pieces

of tubing

It enables you to instantly attach and detach
your bulb from shutter. Simply pull apart to
detach and press together to attach. Abso-
lutely airtight.

Price 25 cents

GEORGE MURPHY, INC.
57 EAST 9TH ST, NEW YORK

Tmporters and mfrs. of every kind of pho-
tographic material.

ROYAL WOOD FIXING AND WASHING BOX

These boxes are made of selected
and thoroughly seasoned wood, with
tongue corners. They are finished
dead black, with three heavy coatings
of Probus paint, and will last a life-

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

civ

It is printing quality that counts —
the printing quality you get in the
Pyro developed negative.

The color gives the printing density,
and the color may be varied at will.

Eastman
Permanent
Crystal
Pyro

The chemical in the
form of clean crystals,
acidified, ready for use.

Etalf pound

mmBn Permanent

F Crystal Pyro

riMAM KODAK CO.

T>«.4r

U..V. K...l.^ p*--'^

Digitized by

Google

clvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

WORK FOR (XADAllQft

• t

Gradation is that gradued blending from light
to shade which gives objects their natural lorm
and rouncbiess*. Therefore the plate with the.
longest scale of gradation will give a negative
with the greatest amount .of quality.

Excessive contrast, or lacK'of halftones, is a
fault found in most fast plates.

Seed Gilt ETdge 30 is the one plate which
combines ii^xireme speed whh a long scede of
gradation, -giving roundness and form— quality
in the negative identical with the quality of
the lighting.

It^s a Seed Plate you need.

.-^«^,

Ali Deaiers,

Seed. Dry Plate Division,
EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y. ^ ,

Digitized by vjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clvii

AN ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 Water Street^ N. Y.

rOOKKD BY ALL. PHOTOGRAPHIC DEALERS

J^Jsiik

UXOTYPE.

AUTOTYPE CARBON TISSUES

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of lUustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band
Photogravure Tissue G. ^ for flat bed orintinsr $6.40

Digitized by

Google

clviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait quality, warm black tones,
transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff, Buff
Matte.

VELOUR GOLD — Highest quality for warm olive brown tones.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Buff, Double.

VELOUR BLACK SOFT— For softest effect from strong high-
grade negatives.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Matte, Double;
Rough, Double; Buff.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging; non-
abrasion.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL— Three tints, three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough, Single;
Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double; Matte, Double.

BLACK LAUREL — Black and sepia platinum effects; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Smooth Matte,
Double; Buff Matte.

SPECIAL CHLORIDE— Semi-Matte and fast Chloride Paper for
commercial work.

Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double.

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clix

EAQLE CONCRETE
DEVELOPING TANKS

These developing tanks are made of the best concrete in
one piece, and are far superior to any stone tank made in
pieces and bolted together. They have been in successful
use in a great many amateur finishing departments for the
past three years.

The height of the tanks is 4 feet 4 inches; width, i foot
I inch, and the length i foot 11 inches.

The large developing tank is made with a separate outer
tank, and with a 3 inch space between the two tanks which
permits of running water flowing around the tank containing
the developer so as to keep it at the proper temperature. The
cut fully illustrates the tanks, and also a method of attaching
same.

Price for large developing tank, each $30.00

Price for small developing tank, each 16.00

Prices are crated F. O. B. factory New Haven, Conn.
Send your orders to

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. Digitized by VjOOQ IC

clx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Ross

Wide Angle Anastigmat

Lenses

This doubtlet consists of four
single lenses cemented to form
two combinations.

The field measures, in the
smaller numbers, over too°, in
the larger ones about 90**.

The seven sizes are specially useful for interiors or work
in confined situations.

Larger sizes to order, for reproduction of maps, plans, and
drawings. They yield a perfectly flat and anastigmatic
image, and are entirely free from distortion.

Niunber Equiv. Focus F16

I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

sVa^aVa

4 X5

5 x7

6y2xsy2

8 X 10

10 X 12

11 X 14

F32

4 X5

5 X7
6^ X 8J4
8 X 10

10 X 12

11 X 14

12 X 15

Price

$24.00

24.00

30.00

37.50
46.85
58.00
69.35

Digitized by

Google

DISTORTO

(Patent applied for)

The Distorto is the only practical invention ever devised to produce
effects in a photograph similiar to those so often seen in distorting:
cylindrical mirrors. Instead of being fixed in one position and of one
curviture, however, as mirrors must be, the Distorto, by means of a simple
adjustment, may be set to produce anything from the slightest variation
to the most absurd and ridiculous extremes.

You simply slip the Distorto over the front of the camera lens, set the
prism-lens at the angle to give the desired degree of distortion and make the
exposure as usual.

Anything animal, vegetable or mineral, that can be photographed is
a subject for experiment, ridicule or improvement. Thousands of serious
and ludicrous effects suggest themselves continually.

Photograph your pet poodle and then show your friends a picture of youi
new duchs-hund, or maybe its a long legged gray-hound he has turned into.
Remember that every peculiarity of feature or form is rigidly held in
the picture, so that portraits no matter how ridiculous are instantly recognized.
Photographers everywhere can arise interest and greatly stimulate trade
by putting out a distinctly original and highly effective line of souvenir
post-curdSf ping-pongs, tin types, etc. made with the Distorto.

Digitized by

Google

vr »,

Reproduce the quality
of the negative in ith^
print. ^

'/ ^<

Ui. Ill

f ' '«

Pr^

has unequaled graditioti;
quality — the capacity for
rendering flesh tones.

ARTURA DIVISION,

EA.STMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

All DeaUrt.

*#*«

e««Uli|k^^lU'

:ic

CONTENTS

P«ie

A Method of Titling Post-
cards - - - - - 161

National Photographers^
Convention _ , . 165

The Printing of a Gigantic
Post-card • - - . ](>5

Stains on the Fingers: Their
Prevention and Removal 170

President of the P. A, of A.
— Manley W, Tyree * 172

Stops and the Speed of
Lenses - - . - I73

Restoring Faded or Dis-
colored Photographs - 176

Trade News and Notes - 178

Studio Wants * - - 180

Digitized by

Google

TRADK MARK
Patented June 86. 1900. Trade Hark Seristered

How often we hear of photographs or fine cards being;
spoiled in the mails. This is usually due to the manner in
which enclosure is sent, and the consequent result is not
surprising when we consider the vast amount of matter that
is handled by the various post offices

is the best device made for mailing photographs and cards
of every descripti<:>n. Its construction gives protection to
the enclosure and saves it from damage in the mails.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

Concord and Prince Streets

BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Address Department 6

Boston, Mass.; Brookville, Ind.; Niagara Falls, Canada:
London, England ; Jiilich, Germany.

Digitized by VJWV^X'-^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxi

Ross Telecentric Lens

Taken respectively with the Rom '*Homooentrio" and "Teleoentrlo" Lenses, to

demonstrate the advantages of the latter for photoeraphy of objects that from circum-
stance or their nature cannot be sufficiently approached to permit of the desired size of
image being obtained.

Observe the relative size of image in these pictures taken from the same standpoint.

TAKEN BY [Negative by H, P. Hopkins.

ROSS' 'HOMOCENTRIC LENS, f/4-5.

stopped to f/6.6.

Digitized by

Google

clxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

From Equator to the Poles

HAMMER PLATES

have shown themselves to be unmatched. With the
best qualities of Ihe BEST, Hammer's Special Extra
Fast (red label) and Extra Fast (blue label) Plates
cover the widest range with the greatest speed and
reliability.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative
Making," mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohto Av«. and Mismi St. St. Lauis, Mo.

You Can Reproduce Your Pictures in

NATURAL COLORS

on the

DUFAY COLOR PLATE

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors
possible to obtain. Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and
are guaranteed for 12 months.

PRICE LIST PES BOX OF FOXm

•ixi" ll.tO 4x5" I1.M

HtH" 1.M 5x7" MM

OOXPEKBATING SCREENS

11x11" I1.B0 tixsr

li«l|! !.«• 41x41"

4.M

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxiii

Best

For

Home

Portraiture

npHE new 8 x 10 F. & S. Home Portrait Camera
■*- is designed especially for Home Portraiture.
It is easily portable, finished in the best possible
manner and fitted with every necessary adjustment.
The front is large enough to permit the fitting of
Portrait lenses, and the bellows capacity is ample
for the most exacting work.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Focal capacity
Size of lens board

22 inches
7x7 inches
11^ Ibt.

THE PRICE:

F. & S. Home Portrait Camera, 8z 10 with-
out lensi including carrying case and 1
double plate holder - - $60.00

No. 0 Auto Studio Shutter - 8.00

Extra 8 X 10 Sterling Plate Holders, each 2.50

F. & S. Home Portrait Tripod - 7.50

Send for Circular

Digitized by

Google

clxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Holly Calendar

Colors, Buff and 5flver Gray

/ /

Ai an offeriaff in the oalendar line, the "H0U7" is a very artiitic and select CTta-
tion. The colon are admirably adapted to both black and white and lepia pnati
and the entire color icheme is one harmonious blend.

Size

Cards

Sq. Opening

Horizontal Photos

PeL??5

6x7

3x2

3'4x2»4
4 14x2^

f7.se

7x7

4x2^^

•.W

7x9

4x3

4S4x3i4

7x9

SHxSVa

8^x3^

6.n

8'/$xl0

5^x3

51/2x31^

•.M

8^x11

4>4x3)4

5x4
Vertical Photos

10.M

6x8

2x3

2'/4x3^

554x9J4

2^x4

2>4x4j4

6.M

6x9

3x4

ZVaxAVa
8J?x3j4

6.11

7x9

SMxS'4

6.n

6t/ixll

3x5 '4

8^x5J^

t.w

r.v

7*11

Sl^vil^

4x5

li.M

Digitized by V3OO

Qle

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUMCXZFTIOW SATBS FOl U. %, AXD CAWAAA YBS YBAS, $1.00; SIX IfOKTHS, 60 CBMTf

uwGLs corr, 10 csirrt. voisigw coumtuxs, $U6

FtTBUIBID BY TBB INAP-IHOTS PlTiUSHIWO CO., 57 XABT WIWTH tTBBT, «BW YOIK

Volume 24 SEPTEMBER, 1913 Number 9

A METHOD OF TITLING POST-CARDS

By P. Fredk. Visick

It is said that necessity is the
mother of invention, and it cer-
tainly is so in my case, in so far
as titling post-cards is concerned.

I liave used glass negatives show-
ing the title as made from printer's
ty^^y vjh\c\\ necessitates double
printing, and I have also used film
negatives showing transparent let-
ters in an opaque mask that is
placed betw^een the negative proper
and the printing medium, without
detriment, providing the substance
is thin. This latter method wants
a lot of beating, but the time taken

mend to any reader who cares to
adopt it.

I need hardly point out that
when there is an opportunity of a
local **scoop" by selling post-cards
of such things as the scene of a
big fire, the opening of a public
building, or even the mysterious
"sea-serpent," it is extremely con-
venient to be able to do the work
oneself; as even a few hours, let
alone several days, might spell the
difference between augmenting the
freelancers income to the tune of a
few pounds, or, on the contrary.

Digitized by

Google

1 62

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

employed), due, I think, to the fact
that "slow'* fihns are, so far as I
am aware, unobtainable! The as-
sumption should prompt some en-
terprising film maker to market
such a commodity, for they would
be very useful for copying draw-
ings, manuscripts, and for nimier-
ous other purposes where negatives
of the "soot and whitewash'* va-
riety are a sine qua non, in cases
where plates cannot conveniently
be employed, to render breakage
impossible, or transmission by post
more convenient. Flat films, of
course; and why not in packets of
a dozen?

My method, which I wish to de-
scribe, is to make the masks, upon
glass, yet without the need of dou-
ble printing. One or more titles are
set up by means of rubber type, or
carefully written by hand (using
black ink), a by no means difficult
task upon a large scale. Attention
must be paid to spacing, and it will
be found a great convenience to
have the original titles upon a piece
of white paper or cardboard pro-
portionate to a post-card in length,
so to speak.

The original is then photo-
graphed upon an "ordinary*' plate
if a "process** plate is not available,
and your aim must be to get as
much contrast with negative as pos-
sible. In short, the letters must
appear quite transparent, and the
remainder opaque. Providing the
letters are transparent the re-
mainder need not be an intense
black (though it is better if this can

be secured) ; a layer or two of tis-
sue paper over the whole of the
mask, or over the base only if an
all-round-border mask, will enable
the worker to secure a pure white
margin, the letters appearing light-
er in tone than would otherwise be
the case — grey, in fact, instead of
black. Personally I use a hydro-
quinone developer and "process**
plates, and there is never any diffi-
culty.

The title negative, when finished,
has to be cut into strips, the num-
ber depending upon the nimiber of
titles in hand, and this must be
done from the glass side with either
a glazier's diamond or a good
wheel. To ensure a clean edge
on the film side, bend and snap the
plate backwards, so to speak. A
strip of very thin paper, and, by the
way, very narrow, is then used to
connect the title negative with the
negative proper, and strips of paper
can be employed to pack them per-
fectly level upon a piece of clean
glass the size of the printing frame.
A strip must obviously be removed
from the base of the n^^ative for
attaching the title strip, also it will
be necessary to cut (from black pa-
per) a three-sided mask, fitted so
that the ends meet the title strip, if
an all-round-border mask is de-
sired. Many subjects look well
printed "solid^' as trade workers
say, that is, with no border or
margin at all, or, in the present
case, with a white margin at the
base only. — The Amateur Photog-
rapher & Photographic News.

Digitized by

Google

September, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

163

NATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHERS' CONVENTION
KANSAS CITY, MO.

OFFICERS ELECT

President, Manly W. Tyree, Ra-
leigh, N. C. ; first vice-president.
Will H. Towles, Washington,
D. C. ; second vice-president, Ho-
mer T. Harden, Wichita, Kan.;
treasurer, L. A. Dozer, Bucyrus,
0.; secretary (to be selected).

women's federation

President, Pearl Grace Loehr,
New York City; first vice-presi-
dent, Clara Louise Hagins, Chi-
cago; second vice-president, May-
belle Goodlander, Muncie, Ind. ;
secretary-treasurer, Sara F. T.
Price, Mt. Airy, Philadelphia.

commercial federation

President, R. W. Johnston, Pitts-
burgh, Pa. ; vice-president, Chas. D.
Kaufman, Chicago; Secretary, E.
S. Caywood, Philadelphia; treas-
urer, S. W. Cole, Danville, Va.

A three-ring show would describe
the convention of the Photograph-
ers' Association of America at
Kansas City. It was a busy one,
and not only busy but the most
instructive we have ever attended.
From the beginning to the closing
there was not an idle moment.

The immense amount of infor-
mation was appreciated by those
who attended, numbering over

vention paid him." "Paid me," said
he, *'why I have gained $10,000
worth of information in to-day's
session alone. It is the most prac-
tical and useful affair I ever at-
tended. It is great. Money could
not buy the knowledge I have
gained." And that was the con-
sensus of opinion of others.

The photographers from the
Eastern states were very conspicu-
ous by the large numbers not in
attendance. They could be counted
on one hand if the thumb was not
included. However, that's their
loss and the Westerners gained
thereby. The Southern states
brought out quite a large delega-
tion. By the East we refer to east
of Pittsburgh and north of the Ma-
son and Dixon line.

Bad politics endeavored to have
only a three-"man" executive
board, but the sensible element won
the day and a four-man board, with
a paid secretary, was finally decid-
ed upon.

Much credit is due to Frank
Medlar (past president) for his un-
tiring work in acting in Homer F.
Harden's place as secretary for the
days of the opening session. Seri-
ous illness of Mr. Harden's father
called him away and Mr. Medlar
immediately assumed Mr. Harden's

Digitized by

Google

i64

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

ing that of having double work (he
being in charge of the printing
demonstrators), in assuming Mr.
Harden's duties. He deserves much
praise. His able assistant, Mr.

C. A. Smith, will not be forgotten
for his efficient work.

The manufacturers* exhibit was
the largest we have ever seen at a
convention, and many meritorious
inventions were shown for the first
time.

The plan of having a paid secre-
tary was passed and a salary of
$2,000 per year was allotted for the
office. The selecting of the secre-
tary was left to a committee com-
posed of the following past presi-
dents: G. W. Harris, chairman,
1317 F street, N. W., Washington,

D. C. ; Ben Larrimer, Marion, Ind. ;
Chas. F. Townsend, Des Moines,
Iowa. Here's a chance for a bright
and fearless man to get a good
position, and if any of our readers
think they can fill the bill just write
Mr. Harris and tell him so. The
job is open and the right man will
get it.

The judges of the pictures ex-
hibited were Joseph Knaffl, G.
Hammer Croughton and H. E.
Voiland. Thirteen pictures were
selected to be published in the As-
sociation Record. These were by:

Bessie L. Meiser, Richmond,
Ind.; A. F. Bradley, New York;
Belle Johnson, Monroe City, Mo. ;
Gerhard Sisters, St. Louis ; the Kid
Studio, Roanoke, Va. ; B. J. Falk,
New York: Ryland W. Phillips,
Philadelphia: S. H. Lifshey,

Brooklyn; Bell's Studio, Pensacola,
Fla.; Sara F. T. Price, Mt. Airy,
Philadelphia; Helmar Lerski, MU-
waukee; Mrs. Ethel Stand^ford,
Louisville, Ky., and the Camp Art
Company, Jamestown, N. Y.

The working studio was the
greatest of successes and every ses-
sion was crowded with an enthu-
siastic audience. When one en-
tered the reception-room he had
the opportunity of listening to the
following ladies, who demonstrat-
ed how they sold the goods:

Mesdames Jeanette Bahlman, St.
Joseph, Mo. ; Julia Reith, St. Louis ;
Clara Louise Hagins, Chicago;
Blanche Reineke, Kansas City;
Belle Johnson, Monroe City, Mo.;
Maybelle Goodlander, Muncie,
Ind.; Miss Watson, Pittsburgh,
Pa. ; Mamie Berhard, St. Louis ;
Blanche Wharton, Kansas City.

This department was under the
charge of **Daddy" Lively.

Edward Blum, of Chicago,
demonstrated the use of the air
brush in making dainty vignettes,
etc. He made a big hit.

C. L. Venard, Lincoln, 111.,
showed his skill in retouching and
working in "grounds."

The operating department, under
the charge of George Graham Hol-
loway, was a busy one. He was
assisted by the following, who
showed their various methods of
working behind the lens: Charles
Wallinger, Chicago ; Helmar
Lerski, Milwaukee, Wis. ; Belle
Johnson, Monroe City, Mo. ; C. R.
Reeves, Anderson, Ind. ; Emma

Digitized by

Google

September, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

i6s

Gerhard, St. Louis, Mo.; E. Gold-
ensky, Philadelphia; Henry P.
Dexheimer, Marion, Ind. ; E. E.
Doty, Battle Creek, Mich., and
"Papa" Cramer, who told about the
"Methods of Yesterday and To-
day."

Artificial lightings were used ex-
clusively— gas, electricity and flash-
light.

In the printing department Frank
W. Medlar had the following print-
ing teams : J. R. Zweifel, Duluth,
Minn., and Ed. C. Peterson,
Parsons, Kas. ; Milton Costing,
Kansas City, Mo., and Roy Moose,
Greensboro, N. C. ; Hugh Scott,
Independence, Kans., and Donald
Baker, Kansas City, Mo. J. R.
Loomis worked the Welsbach gas
machine, while the Artura, Ansco
and B. & J. New Rapid Printer
were used by the others. Ed
Watson, of Middletown, Ohio,
worked his new print-driving
machine, and R. Q. Hunter
handled the B. & J. vaccum print
dryer.

Cyko Buff, Artura Iris E, Haloid
Buff Portrait and Argo Buff were
the papers used. In the operating
room each operator used the plate
that he was accustomed to.

Miss Reineke entertained the
ladies at her studio with a breakfast
and musicale on Wednesday.

Several hundred took advantage
of her invitation and all spent a
very delightful morning with Miss
Reineke and her guests.

The guests were met by Mrs.
Z. T. Briggs and Mrs. O. B. Reed-

er, who directed them to the re-
ceiving party.

Atlanta, Ga., has a big victory
over Cedar Point, Ohio, gaining the
1914 convention by a vote of 168
to 93.

The only contest for office was
between Will H. Towles, Washing-
ton, D. C, and C. H. Galbraith,
Minneapolis, Minn., for first vice-
president. A tie vote of 122 re-
sulted, and Mr. Galbraith withdrew.

The entertainment provided by
the Kansas City Photographic As-
sociation was enjoyed by all, and
much credit is due Messrs. Stude-
baker, Thompson, Strauss, Mullet..
Colfey, Miss Reineke and Nate
Corning for its success.

The members boarded chartered
cars for Electric Park, "The Coney
Island of the West," where all en-
joyed the many amusements await-
ing their pleasure. The delightful
band concert was given by a cele-
brated military band. The wonder-
ful electric fountain was something
worth one's while. Nearly one
thousand entered the German Vil-
lage, where cake and ice cream
were served. The vaudeville pre-
sented was something unusually
good, and very much photographic.
Especially so was Nate Coming's
original part of the program, "Liv-
ing Pictures in Folders.''

The photographers of Kansas
City may well feel proud of a de-
lightful evening entertainment
given to the P. A. of A. at Elec-
tric Park. — Missouri Valley Pho-
tographer.

Digitized by

Google

i66

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

THE PRINTING OF A GIGANTIC "POST-CARD^'

By W. A. Somerset-Shum

Reprinted by courtesy of The Southern Cross

When Charles M. Alexander,
Gospel song-leader and evangelist,
was in Australia in 1909, he en-
gaged the services of Mr. Norman
Thomas, a young photographer who
had taken for the Southern Cross
a number of excellent flashlight pic-
tures of meetings conducted by Dr.
Chapman and Mr. Alexander in
Melbourne. Mr. Thomas has been
with Mr. Alexander ever since, not
only accompanying him through
evangelistic mission tours in China,
Japan and the Philippines, in Can-
ada and the United States, and in
England, Ireland and Wales, but
staying at intervals at the beautiful
home of Mr. and Mrs. Alexander
in Birmingham. During this period
he has made over 3,000 negatives
for Mr. Alexander, thus establish-
ing by far the most wonderful col-
lection of records of evangelistic
work in the world. In the collec-
tion are many fine examples of
flashlight work, but in this depart-
ment he reached his top note in
May of last year with a flashlight of
a crowd of some 8,000 people in the
Melbourne Exhibition Building.
On this occasion he arranged for
two "flashes" — one, as usual, at the
back of the camera, which was sta-
tioned at the top of the choir gal-

dience, about three-parts of the way
back. Mr. Alexander claims it as
the best flashlight in the world, and
was so proud of it that he asked the
manager of the Melbourne branch
of Kodak to enlarge it **as far as
it would go.'*

A representative of the South-
ern Cross, in which the picture
was reproduced, had the privilege
of seeing the enlargement made,
and the process is worth describing.
Those who know anything of the
first principles of photography will
know what the procedure is; but
for those who do not, it might be
explained that the negative is placed
in a lantern and thrown on to a
screen. When the picture is fo-
fused, the light is shut oflF while a
sheet of sensitized paper is pinned
upon the screen. The light is again
uncovered and the picture is pro-
jected on to the sensitized paper for
a number of seconds, or minutes,
as the case may be. The sensitized
paper is then developed and fixed.
Two things are obvious — the
greater the distance the bigger the
picture and the longer the exposure.

V/HERE THE ENLARGEMENT WAS
MADE

In a nearby suburb of Melbourne,

Digitized by

Google

September, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

167

that of Kodak (Australasia), Lim-
ited. One hundred and fifty men
and women are engaged in mak-
ing, not cameras, but the accessories
— coating plates and films, paper
and post-cards, manufacturing
mounts, chemicals and boxes, and
the hundred and one items that
make the amateur's way easy and
pleasant.

Through the portals of this fac-
tory, however, none but employees
and specially privileged visitors
may pass; for, with promiscuous
visiting, dust may leak in and trade
secrets may leak out — both of
which, as the general manager ex-
plained, are bad for the photo-
graphic business.

With an official passport, and un-
der the friendly guidance of the
factory manager, I passed through
a jungle of machinery, till we came
to a dim-lit room. In one comer
of the room hung a baize curtain,
and, passing through the doorway
behind this, we were in **the dark-
room.'* The only visible items in
the room were three red lanterns
that glowed in what I guessed were
comers of the room. Suddenly a
clean-shaven face glowed redly for
an instant and disappeared, a fa-
miliar voice pronounced the for-
mula of an introduction, and an un-
familiar voice acknowledged it,
while an unseen hand grasped the
hand that I extended at random into

ble, the face passed again through
the vivid shaft of red light, which
we now saw came from the side of
a huge "magic lantern''; benches,
troughs, water-pipes — all the para-
phemalia of the ordinary dark-
room took shape and position. At
the end of the room was a screen,
perhaps ten feet square, and on it
presently appeared a huge repre-
sentation of the Exhibition flash-
light, brilliantly projected there by
a 1,000-candle power arc-light in
the lantern. A little focusing to
get it sharp, and the illumination
was suddenly dimmed. A yellow
cap had been placed over the lens to
enable the operator to pin the sen-
sitized paper safely in position. By
previous exposures of trial strips,
the length of exposure necessary
had been determined, and a roll of
stiff paper forty inches wide was
pinned at one end and unrolled till
it stretched across the whole ten
feet of the screen, when it was cut
and pinned there. As this is the
widest paper manufactured, it was
necessary to fasten a similar strip
above it, edges slightly overlapping,
so that a big sheet ten by six and a
half feet was secured.

MAKING THE EXPOSURE

"That paper," explained my
guide, "is chemically pure, and is
the same as the ordinary photo-
postcards are made of ; we coat it
1 t^_. ^1 ii_ >»

Digitized by

Google

i68

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

glass cap. "The exposure will take
twelve minutes."

"Five minutes!" exclaimed the
timekeeper; and instantly a semi-
circular blob, as big as half a din-
ner plate, obscured the figures of
the missioners in the centre of the
picture. It quivered and danced
up, down, east and west, but only
in flashes did the faces of the mis-
sioners peep over its edge.

"Why this shadow dance?" I
queried.

"Because," answered the oper-
ator, "some parts of the negative
are thin, and if they got the same
exposure they would come up too
black and strong in the print. If
we covered them with a mask it
would show a hard edge, but this
dodge limits the exposure of the
thin parts and avoids the harsh
edges."

"Seven and a half !" broke in the
timekeeper, and a second blob ap-
peared, to dance madly to and fro
across another part of the picture;
"ten" — and the top half was ob-
scured; "eleven" — and only a cor-
ner of the picture remained upon
the screen ; "twelve" — ^and the light
went out.

"Now to develop!" One of the
ten-feet strips was rolled off the
screen and unrolled into a wide
trough of water. "Real Yarra
water^ only a different color;
you can see through it," I was

it is poured on, otherwise it might
develop in patches."

Close to the troughs was a big
wooden tray lined with black oil-
cloth. The great sheet was laid out
flat at the bottom of the tray —
which, by the way, was improvised
to develop two big pictures of the
King and Queen ten years ago — ^and
the assistant emptied a bucketful of
developing solution over it. Almost
instantly a few dark patches ap-
peared in the centre, and the oper-
ator began to rub the sheet lightly
and rapidly with the palms of his
hands. "She's all right," he an-
nounced, with confidence, in less
than a minute, and, after a little
more manipulation, "she" was de-
clared to be "ready to come out."
The developer was removed by
pulling out a plug. The tray was
swabbed and the picture put back
and rinsed — all in a few moments.
Then it was transferred to an ad-
joining bath to be fixed. "A fellow
wants a bathing suit for a job like
this," declared the assistant, as he
dabbled cheerfully across five feet
of "hypo," rubbing the surface of
the print with open hands, as if
swimming; then, as a safe green
light was switched on, he exclaimed,
"She is all right. There is the Rev-
erend Barnaby . . . and Charles
Carter . . . ; and, by Jove, there's
a fellow I know right up in the gal-
lery . . ." But at this point it be-

tt^*/^«-vt-i^

Digitized by

Google

September, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

169

PAPER BY THE MILE

The same performance was re-
peated with the second half of the
picture, and we left it soaking,
while we toured the factory. Any
trade secrets that we acquired in
that journey could not be extracted
by a dentist, but two vivid impres-
sions may be noted. One is of a
patent washing machine, in which
hundreds, probably thousands, of
prints whirled and swam and dived
like so many live fish. They repre-
sented the snapshots of an army of
camera fiends, who had pressed the
button, and this machine was taking
its part in **doing the rest." In this
literally moving-picture show, one
caught glimpses of landscape and
seascape, picnic parties and family
groups, pet dogs and prize babies —
one could almost tell how and
where the Kodak customers had
spent their Christmas holidays. The
other memorable sight was of the
interior of the room in which the
papers are sensitized. The process
must, of course, be done practically
in the dark, so that, though the
room is on the second floor up, one
has the sensation of walking in a
basement. At one end is a machine
that looks like a magnified domestic
mangle, with big shiny rollers, and
from it one looks down a long
vista of ruby globes. It was prob-

inches wide and a mile long can be
coated, hung in festoons till it dries,
and rewound on to a reel, to be cut
up to required lengths. The room
is dustproof, the cleansed and tem-
pered air being constantly changed.
A feature of this department is the
room in which the films are dried
after coating; the doors of this
room swing outward, and a con-
tinuous stream of air blows out, so
that no particle of dust can find its
way in. Situated inside the already
dustproof room it is as safe as a
cash-box in a strong-room.

THE PICTURE COMPLETED

By the time we returned from the
coating-room, via the machine-
room, where all the electricity for
the works is generated, and the hot-
and-cold chamber where the air that
is distributed throughout the work-
rooms is rendered torrid or polar by
the mere turning of a switch, the
two sections of the gigantic post-
card were soaking in the baths,
through which had run a constant
stream of water until every trace of
chemical had been soaked out of the
paper.

Two days later an interested
crowd blocked the entrance to the
Collins Street shop, gazing in won-
der at the biggest enlargement ever
made in Australia, and by the time
these lines are in print the picture,
motinted on linen, will be safelv

Digitized by

Google

I70 SNAP SHOTS September, 1913

STAINS ON THE FINGERS: THEIR PREVEN-
TION AND REMOVAL

Some photographers manage to
conduct the various operations con-
nected with their hobby without
soiling their hands to the slightest
perceptible extent; while others go
through life labelled on their finger-
tips for all to see how they amuse
themselves. A "problem of the mo-
ment" with a great many must be
how to prevent this staining, or
how, when it has taken place, to re-
move all signs of it. Prevention
being better than cure, we will con-
sider it first.

Although some developers are
much worse than others in the way
they stain the skin and nails, it is,
broadly speaking, correct that all of
them will do so, so that the first
warning to be given is to keep the
fingers out of such solutions as
much as possible. When time de-
velopment is practised this is quite
simple; as a very slight degree of
neatness suffices to keep the solu-
tions off the skin altogether. It is
the habit of dipping the tips of the
fingers into the dish to pick up the
negative to look through it, which is
the source of almost all the trouble
with which we are dealing. If the
dish has a lifter, or if a length of
thread is laid across it before the
plate is put in, so that it can be
raised clear of the solution by
means of the two ends of the
thread, most of the staining is pre-
vented, as the nails need not in such

a case get wetted ; and it is the nails
and the recesses round them where
the stains will be found to be most
persistent.

Rubber finger stalls and rubber
gloves can be purchased for the pro-
tection of the skin; but they are
either very cumbrous, or else are
costly and very speedily damaged.
Moreover, there are much simpler
methods which are quite efficacious.

One plan is to make the skin re-
pellent, by a slight coating of
grease. Vaseline or lanoline is em-
ployed; but the humble beeswax
and turpentine answers quite well.
A little is rubbed over the finger-
tips and well down and round the
nails, and then almost all is wiped
off again. Of course, one must be
very careful not to touch the sur-
face of plate or paper with such
fingers ; but this should not be done,
grease or no grease. A nail brush,
warm water and soap, will remove
the last traces of the grease and
with it any slight stain.

If there is running water in the
dark room, and a nail brush and
soap are handy, it is quite possible
to prevent all staining, in spite of
the fact that the plates are freely
handled. None of the developing
solutions stain on application; it is
when they are left on to oxidize
and discolor that they cause such
disfigurement ; and if every time the
fingers are wetted, they are held in

Digitized by

Google

September, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

171

the stream of running water and
brushed there will be no fear of
marks.

Sulphite is known as an anti-
stain, and developers which contain
a liberal share of it give very little
trouble. It is still more efficacious
if acidified ; but this is not possible
with the developer itself. What can
be done, however, is to have on the
workbench a cup containing a lit-
tle of a five per cent solution of
sodium sulphite, to which a few
drops of some strong acid are
added just before use. Only two or
three drops to the ounce are need-
ed; and any acid almost will serve.
If every time the fingers are wetted,
they are dipped in this for a
few moments and then rinsed in
plain water there will be no
staining.

Sulphite is not only an anti-stain,
it is the best remover of stains after
they have appeared ; but it is much
more trouble to remove them than
to prevent them.

There is one thing which must be
borne in mind all along, and that is
that the sooner the task of remov-
ing the stains is put in hand the
easier it is. Hot water, nail brush,
and plenty of soap should first be
used ; and when these have done all
that is possible, the fingers may be
dipped into the acidified solution of
sulphite just mentioned, left there

for a minute, and then well brushed
with soap and warm water again,
the operation being repeated until
it is clear that no further repeti-
tions will do any more. Instead of
acidified sulphite, an acidified or a
plain solution of metabisulphite
may be used, or a little of the bi-
sulphite lye diluted.

Developer stains exclusively have
been treated up to the present, as
they are those which most fre-
quently trouble the amateur; but
the general lines of their preven-
tion will be found applicable to
other staining liquids. Bichromate
stains yield to acidified sulphite, as
also do a good many stains due to
aniline dyes.

A weak solution of bleaching
powder slightly acidified is a good
remover of stains in general. Per-
manganate stains yield in a moment
to a two per cent solution of oxalic
acid (very poisonous), and the
same solution forms an excellent
detergent in the case of ink stains.

Keeping the fingers out of the
developer is not only a direct but
an indirect preventive of staining;
as the powerfully alkaline charac-
ter of almost all developers rough-
ens the skin, removes its natural
grease, and leaves it far more ac-
cessible to attacks by other staining
solutions than it was before. — Pho-
tography.

Digitized by

Google

172 SNAP SHOTS September, 1913

PRESIDENT OF THE P. A. OF A.— MANLEY

W. TYREE

It's a far cry from a young fel-
low as an amateur photographer in
his sophomore year at college and
the same young fellow — still young,
mind you — as president of the Pho-
tographers' Association of Amer-
ica. It means a rapid rate of prog-
ress in the art of photography and
the growing recognition of the
thousands of fellow artists of the
great national association of pho-
tographers of America.

That marks the progress of Man-
ley W. Tyree, of Raleigh, who on
Friday was unanimously elected
president of the Photographers'
Association of America, an organ-
ization with a membership ap-
proaching ten thousand, having in
its membership the leading photog-
raphers of America. President
Tyree had this great honor con-
ferred on him at the annual con-
vention which closed yesterday in
Kansas City, Mo., an honor which
comes with his election to Raleigh,
to North Carolina and to the South,
for he is the first Southern man to
be elected president of the associa-
tion in thirty-four years. Hence
Raleigh, North Carolina and the
South take keen pleasure in his
election and the fact that with it
the association, now thirty-three
years old, meets next year for the
first time in the South, when it
goes to Atlanta.

Mr Tyree is the youngest man

ever elected president of the Pho-
tographers' Association of Amer-
ica. His selection for the high post
was because of the high rank which
he has taken as an artist photog-
rapher, backed up hy his personal
qualities as a maker of friends.
The election is a high recognition,
both of the man and his work, and
comes after a long acquaintance
with the membership. Twice he
has been elected secretary, and in
1912 was elected first vice-presi-
dent, reaching the climax of official
position this year in his elevation
to the presidency, as successor to
Charles F. Townsend, of Des
Moines, Iowa. For a number of
years he has represented North
Carolina as a member of the Pho-
tographic Congress, and in 1909
was elected president of the \'ir-
ginia, North Carolina and South
Carolina Association of Photog-
raphers after serving one year as
vice-president.

Manley W. Tyree 's work as an
artist-photographer has given him
nation-wide recognition, his studio
in Raleigh being far famed, for he
is an artist in the true sense of that
much abused word. His work has
won first prizes wherever shown,
and he has been in many national
contests. He came to Raleigh in
1905 from Louisville, Ky., where
he was receiving the highest salary
paid by any Louisville photogra-

Digitized by

Google

September, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

^73

pher. He had become interested in
photography in his sophomore year
at Bethel College, Russellville, Ky.,
and kept at it in college for
pleasure.

At the end of his junior year
he went to his home photographer,
who gave him six month's instruc-
tion for $50, when he launched out
for himself at Clinton, Tenn., later

selling out and going to Louisville.
His career is that of application to
his work, and this, backed by his
artistic temperament, has carried
him to the front rank. And the
high honor that has come to him is
gratifying to all his friends, and
shows the esteem in which he is
held by his fellow artists. — Raleigh
(N. C.) Observer.

STOPS AND THE SPEED OF LENSES

The question was asked us the
other day by a lady photographer,
"Are all lenses of the same rapidity
when used at the //8 stop?" A
considerable experience of this type
of question caused us to answer,
"Yes, of practically equal rapidity,
but Kodak lenses marked 8 have an
aperture of //ll, and the 8 in those
cases does not mean //8." Neither
the lady nor her chief assistant,
who had been a photographer over
fifteen years, and had served a
proper apprenticeship, knew the
meaning of the / ratio method of
stop marking, nor that most Kodaks
with the original lenses were
marked on the U. S. method. Some
little time ago one of the best-
known firms of lens manufacturers
showed us a letter they had received
from an articled pupil inquiring the
meaning of //6, //8, and so on, and
stating that though he had repeat-
edly asked his master for an ex-
planation he had got nothing but
the evasive answer it is so easy for
an employer to give to an appren-

tice. The fact of the matter is
that the majority of photographers
and photographic assistants do not
know, and work to a great extent
by rule of thimib methods.

Let us, then, very briefly explain
some of the points in connection
with the matter. The first, and this
is the fundamental idea in connec-
tion with apertures, is that the size
of the stop must be regarded in
relation to the focal length of the
lens; that is, its distance from the
plate when in use. Early lenses
were marked 7x5 or 9x7, indicat-
ing the size of plate for which they
were intended, but the modern and
much better method of marking is
to engrave the focal length on the
mount. So "8 inch" on a modem
lens means that the distance from
the optical center of the lens (usu-
ally about the position of the dia-
phragm) to the plate when a very
distant object is sharply focused
will be 8 inches. It is, then, the size
of the stop in relation to this focal
length which is all important, just

Digitized by

Google

174

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

as the light on the far side of a
room away from the window de-
pends not only upon the actual size
of the window, but upon the dis-
tance from window to opposite
wall. Once this principle of rela-
tionship between focal length and
size of stop is clearly grasped the
whole matter is comparatively sim-
ple. The method of expressing the
relative size or ratio is by adopting
the form of a vulgar fraction. Thus
//8 really means focal length, or
focal length divided by eight, and
if we substitute for the words "fo-
cal length" the actual figure we
have our fraction at once. Thus in
the case mentioned above, a lens
with a focal length of 8' inches, we
get 8, which equals 1, so that the
size of the //8 stop in the case of a
lens of 8 inches focus is 1 inch. In
other words, the diameter of the
stop (1 inch) will go just eight
times tyetween the center of the lens
and the plate when a distant object
is sharply focused.

This is an approximate state-
ment, because owing to the slight
conrerging effect of the front com-
ponent of a doublet lens the bundle
of rays passes through an aperture
slightly smaller. Thus in the case
of our 8-inch doublet lens the actual
size of the //8 aperture would
probably be, not 1 inch, but, say,
15-16 of an inch. In the case of a
single lens, however, the size would
be actually the exact inch. We
mention this, it is optically impor-
tant, but need not trouble the work-
er from the practical point of view.

So much, then, for the / ratios.
What about the U. S. markings?
These were suggested some years
ago by the Royal Photographic So-
ciety— then the P. S. G. B. — and
the letters U. S. stand for Uni-
form System, not United States.
The society's committee fixed the
aperture //4 as the largest we were
likely ever to enjoy, and called that
U. S. 1. The sizes of the succeed-
ing stops were then fixed so that
each stop smaller doubled the ex-
posure, as, of course, is the case
with the usual series of / ratio
markings. The numbers given to
these stops indicate the required in-
crease of exposure. So that if at
U. S. 1 we give one second, at U. S.
32 we must give 32 seconds. The
method of marking has never be-
come popular in this country, and
we do not know that it is seen at
all except on Kodaks with the orig-
inal lenses.

It is necessary, then, to guard
against confusion between the two
systems of marking. Lenses marked
on the / ratio system usually have
either F or / at one end of the
series of numbers, but if this is not
so the numbering may be identified
by noting whether each alternate
number is doubled. These are the
numbers in each of the scales set
opposite to each other :

F. 4 5.6 8 11 16 22 32 64

U. S. 1 . . . . 2 4 8 16 32 64 128

There is one other point which it
may be well simply to allude to,
though it is of more interest to iht
optician than to the practical man.

Digitized by

Google

September, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

175

There are slight differences of
speed in lenses, even though the
stop-markings correspond, due to
differences in the thickness of glass,
the number of reflecting (glass to
air) surfaces and the color of the
glasses employed. These differ-
ences are immaterial for all ordi-
nary work. That is, they are bare-
ly sufficient to make the difference
between normal and noticeable un-
der- or over-exposure. When the
exposures are cut down to the sub-
minimal, as in the case of rapidly
moving objects, then the question
is one which must be considered. A
number of reflecting surfaces will,
it is true, sometimes give sufficient
scattered light to produce a fog veil
over the negative, and this may be
mistaken for over-exposure, and re-
sult in great rapidity being attribut-
ed to the lens. On the other hand,
the brilliancy which characterizes
the image produced by the single
lens with its two glass-to-air sur-
faces may by its clearer shadows
lead one to think the exposure is
inadequate and the lens slow,
though, as a matter of fact, it is
faster than a doublet of the same
aperture owing to there being a
less thickness of glass. These are
little points which lead the work-
er to draw fallacious conclusions.
Exposure meters, as a rule, do

nni- Atir i»txrr*%fA fn 4-nocA i^/\ec<«V%lA

number or aperture. The original
Actinograph of Messrs. Hurter and
Driffield did draw such distinction,
and make a provision for the dif-
ference between a single and a dou-
ble lens in the calculation of ex-
posure, and more recently the same
allowance has been made in the
meter designed by Mr. E. A. Bier-
mann. It is unlikely that anything
like a correct allowance for differ-
ences in exposure caused by the
composition of the glasses of the
lens or the greater or less thickness
of the latter is ever likely to be
made, at any rate nothing of gen-
eral use in practical work. And in
point of fact, apart from the the-
oretical interest, there is very little
occasion for the use of such fac-
tors. The differences, as we have
said, probably fall within the lati-
tude of the plate, and no useful
purpose is served in unduly adding
to the factors in the calculation of
ordinary outdoor exposures. In
special work, such as the photog-
raphy of paintings, or other col-
ored originals, where the exposures
are liable to run into long times, it
is quite possible that a determina-
tion of the extra exposure neces-
sitated by the construction of the
lens may be worth while, and this a
worker can readily carry out for
himself by comparing the lens with

tif^f

\trr\irlrtr\cr o

f tV»P

Digitized by

Google

176

SNAP SHOTS

September, 1913

RESTORING FADED OR DISCOLORED
PHOTOGRAPHS

By Walter Binfield

A task which is often thrust upon
the amateur photographer is to
make the most of some silver print
which has faded or yellowed, until
it is no longer much more than the
ghost of what it once was. The
task is one which is by no means
easy, in fact, it is often impossible
to do anything to the print itself
that shall make it look much better ;
while whatever may be done, car-
ries with it the risk of injuring the
print beyond all hope of restoration.
On this account, the first step that
should be taken is to rephotograph
the picture, either with the idea of
making the fresh photograph serve
instead of the faded one, or at least
to provide a record of its subject
should the restoration process
prove to be a failure.

It may not be well known that
many silver prints, in which the
fading action is mostly a yellowing
of the image, photograph very
easily, the yellow appearing to the
non-orthochromatic plate almost as
if it were black, and so the copy
negative has plenty of contrast and
gives nice bright prints. In order
to do this, the whites of the old

yellowed, then instead of using an
ordinary plate the best result will
be obtained on an orthochromatic
plate with a yellow screen.

Copying work of this kind is usu-
ally best when done out of doors,
in as bright a light short of direct
sunlight as possible. The exposure
must be a full one, and develop-
ment full also. It is economical to
expose the first plate in a series of
strips, so as to find out by actual
trial the exposure which will give
as vigorous an image as possible.
When in this way a record of the
subject of the faded print has been
obtained, then and only then should
it be exposed to any operations
which involve wetting it

The danger of attempting to re-
store a faded print lies in one's
ignorance of the state of things
which has brought about the fad-
ing, and consequently the risk of
doing something to the picture
which shall leave it in a worse con-
dition than it was originally. Hence
the stress which has just been
placed upon photographing it be-
fore doing anything else to it, in
case it should be irretrievably dam-

Digitized by

Google

September, 1913 SNAP SHOTS 177

also a fertile source of stains and as far as it will. It b then washed

marks in mercurial intensification in six or eight changes of dilute

the first stage of the process must hydrochloric acid (one to fifty, as

be to remove all risk of this. Alum just mentioned), and finally in three

decomposes hypo if it is given suffi- or four changes of water, and is

cient time; and alum also hardens ready to have the image darkened.

the gelatine itself and makes it less The dilute ammonia which is

likely to be injured by the other generally used for this purpose

processses. So the first stage is to when negatives are being intensified

place the print in a solution of is best avoided when the intensifica-

alum. Half an ounce of ordinary, tion process is being used for re-

or potash, alum to the pint of hot storing prints, as it has a tendency

water is the correct strength, and to stain and to act irregularly. The

the solution may be used as soon as most satisfactory darkening agent

it is cold. The print should be left appears to be a metol developer of

in this for three or four hours, face the following composition, which is

downwards, and may then be due to Mr. Blake Smith. It should

washed in four or five complete be freshly made up for the purpose :

changes of water, draining well in \f^] Af{

between each, leaving: it for five i, ,. ''','; ' ' ' / " ' '\' W^r. ^ ^'

' ^ • u u T^ • <.u bodmm sulphite (crystals) 130 ers.

minutes in each change. It is then ^ j- u ^ /

. , f ^, ^ ^^' bodium carbonate (crys-

ready for the restoration process. - . ^ -^

The first stage of this is to im- ^ ^ ^^^'

merse it in a solution of mercuric ^ ^^ ^ °^^*

chloride slightly acidified with hy- Placed in this solution, the print
drochloric acid. The usual stock ought to darken very rapidly, and
saturated solution of the mercury when it has done so all that is need-
salt may be diluted with an equal ed is a further washing in six or
bulk of dilute hydrochloric acid eight changes, when it may be put
(one part of acid to fifty parts of up to dry. The whole of the opera-
water). In this the print is left, tions may be carried out in daylight,
with occasional rocking, until the and on no account should any at-
action seems to have gone as far tempt be made to curtail any of
as it will. No particular appear- them, such as by omitting any of
ance at this stage can be described, the washing, the extent mentioned
as different prints differ very much above should be regarded as suffi-
in the extent to which they bleach cient, but as the minimum,
in this solution. All that can be Should the result of this treat-
done is to keep the print therein ment not be satisfactory, the print
until there seems to be no possible must be looked upon as beyond
doubt as to the action having gone restoration.— Photography,

Digitized by

Google

178

SNAP SHOTS September, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

Eagle Home Portrait and Studio
Lamp. This lamp is one of the most
portable which we have ever seen, and
while primarily intended for home por-
trait work, on account of its compact-
ness it is in every respect just as satis-
factory a lamp for studio use. It can
be fitted to any electric light socket. It
is fitted with a collapsible reflector and
light diifuser, so that it is possible to get
just exactly the lighting desired.

British Journal Almanac, 1914. From
the prospectus which has just reached us
we note that this world-wide almanac
will have several special features in the
new edition which will reach this coun-
try early in December, among them a
series of short articles on "Lens Facts
for Amateurs," and also an article on
"Exposure and Development." It will
also contain the usual glossary of pho-
tographic terms, formulae for daily work
and advertisements of the leading manu-
facturers. The paper edition is 50 cents,
postage 27 cents; cloth $1.00, postage 37
cents. Send us your order. Address
Snap Shots Publishing Co.

Photomailer. Have you noticed the
monthly advertisements of this most ex-
cellent method of mailing photographs?
They tell a different story each month.
It is a story which the photographer
should appreciate, as it is very impor-
tant to him that his pictures reach the
customer in perfect condition. They
will, if mailed in the Photomailer, as
this is made especially for this purpose.

Rochester Photo Works Papers. This
company report to us a steadily in-
creasing demand for their new brands of
papers, especially for their Velour Black
Enlarging Paper, which is free from
the defects of bromide paper, giving
pure blacks and pure whites. It is un-

excelled for either contact or portrait
enlarging. Portrait enlargements made
on this paper cannot be told from con-
tact prints. It is made in various grades
of surface to suit any grade of nega-
tive. Their White Laurel and Black
Laurel papers for contact printing have
also been well received by the photo-
graphic public. White Laurel Paper
has a very wide latitude. It is furnished
in several grades. It is being largely
use^ by photographers doing amateur
finishing. The Black Laurel Paper
gives beautiful platinum effects, and is
intended especially for portrait work.
It is also made in several surfaces to
suit any negative. Their Brome Black
is a contrasty enlarging paper, non-
abrasion. It is especially adapted for
enlarging, and is largely used by news-
paper photographers. Send to them for
samples of any, or all, of these grades.
When writing don't forget to mention
Snap Shots.

Ross Lenses Fitted with Shutters.
The celebrated Ross Lenses are now
furnished with "N. S." Accurate Shut-
ters. The "N. S." Accurate Shutter is,
as its name implies, "accurate," which is
of the utmost importance. Each shut-
ter is furnished with a National Physical
Laboratory Certificate. Write to the
American agents, George Murphy, Inc.,
New York, for further information.

Photogravure Carbon Tissues. The
American agents advise that they have
just received a shipment of the new
grades of Photogravure Carbon Tissue
especially adapted for rotary gravurc
printing. The Nos. 1, 2 and 3 grades
are adapted for bed-plate gravurc print-
ing, and the Nos, 4 and 5 for rotary
gravure printing. They are very largely
used for newspaper illustrations, and are
now being placed before the American
trade.

Digitized by

Google

September, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

179

The Berlin Aniline Works, 213 Water
Street, New York City, American agents
for the well-known "Agfa" products,
beg to announce the second edition of
the "Agfa" Book of Photographic For-
mulae. Copies are now ready. The book
will be sent only on receipt of an
•'Agfa" label taken from any of the
**Agfa" products, together with 10 cents
in stamps or coin.

Wallace Sepia Platinum Paper. The
Wallace Chemical Co. have been manu-
facturing tor the past two years a re-
liable platinum paper which is consid-
ered by many prominent photographers
to give the most delicate platinum prints.
They have recently reorganized their
plant and are now oflFering their Sepia
Platinum Paper in two grades, namely,
heavy rough and heavy smooth. This is
a pure platinum paper, absolutely per-
manent, developed by the cold develop-
ment process, with no danger to the
hands from chemical manipulations.
Send to them for samples. See their
advertisement in this issue.

Home Portrait Camera. The Folmer
& Schwing Division of The Eastman
Kodak Co. have just placed on the mar-
ket a new 8 x 10 Home Portrait Camera
designed especially for home portraiture.
It is easily portable, and fitted with
every necessary adjustment, the front
being large enough to permit the fitting
of portrait lenses. Send to them for
circular.

Ross Telecentric Lenses. As you will
see by the advertisement in this issue,
the Ross Telecentric Lens, while prima-

rily adapted for giving large images on
short bellows cameras, has been found
to be an excellent portrait lens, giving
fine perspective and soft results. The
American agents advise that they have
already placed this lens in many of the
leading studios.

The American Annual of Photogra-
phy for 19 1 4* This celebrated Annual
as usual will be ready for distribution
about the middle of November. From
the publishers we learn that from the
material they have on hand they believe
that this edition of the Annual will be
the finest which they have ever pro-
duced. You should not miss having a
copy of this great American Annual for
reference, as it contains all kinds of
tables for daily reference. We will send
you a copy of the paper edition and a
year's subscription to Snap Shots for
only $1.50. Address Snap Shots Pub-
lishing Co.

Calendar Mounts. Now is the time
when you should place your order for
calendars for the holidays, so as to have
same on display and book orders before
the holiday rush begins. The Holly Cal-
endar advertised in this issue is an ex-
cellent article, and you should write to
the manufacturers for a sample, which,
we understand, they will gladly send
you on request.

Seed Plates. If you want to obtain
negatives with the whole gamut of tone,
contrast without steepness, snap without
harshness, vigor in the negative and
roundness in the print, without a harsh
line or clogged shadow, you should use
Seed Plates.

Digitized by

Google

i8o

SNAP SHOTS
STUDIO WANTS

September, 1913

City,

Galleries for Sale or Rent

D. F. M., gallery in New York

$3,500.
F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
A. M. C, in New Jersey, $900.
W. C. O., gallery in New Jersey.
L. B. C, gallery in Pennsylvania.
C. R. F., gallery in Long Island.
M. H. R., gallery in Mass.
C. Z., gallery in Long Island.

Parties Desiring Galleries

Miss F. C, wants gallery in town of

10,000-15,000.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.
R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.

Positions Wanted — Operators
G. L., expert all-round photographer.
T. N. E., all-round man.
J. L. J., all-rotmd.

F. C. W., operator and carbon,
H. D., all-round.

Positions IVanted^Retouchers, Recep-
tionists
Miss C. E. O., retoucher, receptionist
Miss B. M., reception-room.
M. H. O., retoucher and etcher.
N. A. B., experienced retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help
J. D. S., wants an all-round operator.
F*. Studio, wants operator and printer.
W. O. B., wants retoucher, background
worker and manager.

G. G. D., first-class operator.
R H. R., good operator.

Votloe— Letten addretted to anyone in our eare ihovld bo aooompanlod with otamf
for oaoh letter 10 that they oan bo ro-mallod.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We ofiPer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eag-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to die
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) $1.50

1 year's Snap Shots with British Journal Photo. Almanac (1914 paper

edition) l.tf

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE»
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE^EXCHANGE^&c

Annotmcementt under these and similar headings of fort^ words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertiscmentg 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are adaressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

h tn excellent and safe medium of communication between Photographefa

For Sale: Studio in Elizabeth, New
Jersey. Population, 75,000; best loca-
tion in town. Almost newly fitted.
Rent, $20 per month. Will sell for
$600. J. J. Herlick, 87 Broad Street,
Elizabeth, N. J.

C. P. — Understands washing and
spotting prints; also learning retouch-
ing. Desires position with opportu-
nity of advancement. Address C. P.,
care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Two studios doing fine
business; fully equipped, good loca-
tions, and long leases; best terms.
Forced to sell on account of perma-
nent illness. Large stock on hand.
Write for particulars to M. H. Raz-
zouk, 315 Main Street, Holyoke, Mass.

Wanted: Position as operator and
retoucher or manager of a studio on
salary and commission by October
10th. Address M. O., care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Summer and winter gal-
lery. Retiring from business. Gallery
run over fifteen years. Rent reason-
able if lease is taken. For particulars
address Real Estate, 100 Washington
Avenue, Belleville, N. J.

For Sale: Studio doing good, steady
business in manufacturing city; good
hght; low rent; steam heat; other
business reason for selling. J. Gar-
^'l-ifl? A/air» Street. Ansonia, Conn.

For 53«il^- An Afi'efi-k T i*v^«^ €%€%t\

For Sale: One 18x22 Anthony Ma-
hogany Reversible Back Studio Cam-
era, double bellows, curtain slide
holder with stand, in good condition.
Price, boxed ready for shipment, $45.
One 14x17 Reversible Back View
Camera with two double holders in
very good condition. Price, boxed
ready for shipment, $32.00. Address,
R. N., care Snap Shots.

Flashlight Outfit For Sale: One
14x20 Banquet Camera, fitted with
No. 7 Dagor Lens, Series III, 1654
inch; eight Prosch Flash Bags, com-
plete, $200; Lens only $100; Camera
only $40; flash bags only $10 each.
George Murphy, Inc., 57 East 9th St.,
New York.

For Sale: A well located, well fur-
nished photo studio in New York City
in prominent thoroughfare. Owner
H^sir<^s to sell on account of other

Digitized by

Google

clxvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NE« YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

111^ FOLTOi SmCET HEW fOIK

DURABILITY in SHUTTERS

Means mnch to the uiier, becautie It does away with the
trouble and expense that comes wltb something vou're
never sure of. It means a shutter that can be de-
pended on, and that will work every time. Such is the

PACKARD-IDEAL

«^==^s^=s MADE ONLY BY ^s^^^bbs^^

■ICHiaAH PHOTO SHUHER CO.

aoi East Water St., KALAMAZOO, MICH.

Write for fnlly illnstrated booklet that describes the
many styles and sizes. EVERY SHUTTER IS SOLD
UKDBR AN ABSOLUTE GUARANTEE. All the dealers.

COOPER HEWin UGHTS

FOR PHOTOaRAPHV

We now have ready a booklet re-
ferring to the Cooper Hewitt Lights
as prepared for the various photo-
graphic purposes. Prices boxed, at
factory.

DMrgs Mirphy. lie, 57 E. 9th St., Nw York

CAMERA OWNERS

If you would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modem
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
three latest numbers will be ^ent for 25
cents. $1.50 a year.

AHHCRICAN PHOTOGRAPHY
60 I Pope •ulldlfio BOSTON, MASS.

^ountjed

K'V'^i^si-

Have an excellence pecoUarl j their
own. The best results are only
produced by the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mounting
can only be attained by using the
best moimting paste—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bxoellent novel brush with each JarO

HIGGINS'
PHOTO
MOUNTER

At Dealon In Photo Biipplioa»
ArtUta' XatoriAU bad Stattoaaty.

A S-08. jar prepaid by maO forSSMBli.
or oiroalars free from

CHAS. M. HIQQINS & CO.* Mfrs.

NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDOU

Main Office, 271 Ninth Street I Brooklya. N. Y.
Factory, 240-244 Blghth Street f U. 8. A,

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SHigi^zed by VJ^^V

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS clxvii

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait quality, warm black tones,
transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff, Buff
Matte.

VELOUR GOLD — Highest quality for warm olive brown tones.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Buff, Double.

VELOUR BLACK SOFT— For softest effect from strong high-
grade negatives.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Matte, Double;
Rough, Double; Buff.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging; non-
abrasion.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL— Three tints, three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough, Single;
Semi'Matte, Double; Rough, Double; Matte, Double.

BLACK LAUREL — Black and sepia platinum effects; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Smooth Matte,
Double; Buff Matte.

SPECIAL CHLORIDE— Semi-Matte and fast Chloride Paper for
commercial work.

Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

"" When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. uigiiizea oy UOOg IC

dxviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

C P. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers^ Aritto
Paper and Dry Pl&ce Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and GM
Waste Refined

5s±2sii: PHILLIPS & JACOBS

«22 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No. 3086 B Interior Bench

Price $35.CMD
Crated F. O. B., New York

Artistic Photogra phic Chairs,
Benches, Balustraces, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories
from any design.

ROUGH & CALDWELL

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

dxix

Building a Reputation

The quickest way to eliminate com-
petition is by producing pictures of the
highest artistic quality, and the easiest
way to accomplish this is to use a

HELIAR LENS

This lens has every quality needed
for the production of pictures of the
highest merit. Its speed, so important
in portraiture, is F 4.5, sufficient to
make instantaneous exposures in a well
lighted studio. Its optical corrections
are the highest. Sharp definition or
exquisite softness can be obtained at
the desire of the operator.

Add your skill to the Heliar quality
and your reputation as a photographer
is safe-

Voigtiander & Solin

840-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago

225 Fifth Ave., New York

Works —

Bmniwick, Germany

Canadimn Agent*— Hupfeld, Lndecking ft Oo.

Xontreal, Can.

Send your name and address
for

King's
Booklet on
"Lighting"

(Eight pages with iUustntiont) to

GEORGE MURPHY
57 E, gth St., New York

Send IOC. (postage) for
Compute C«taloK«o

Manufacturers and

Importers of Every Kind of

Photographic Material

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Areadia, Sound Baaoh* Coanaatlout

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St. Nicholas'* Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show something worth
showing, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpful.
Its department. "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all his associates and colleaguea
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the
magazine.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

igiiizea oy v_jv/'^^

clxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE CONCRETE
DEVELOPING TANKS

The height of the tanks is 4 feet 4 inches; width, i foot
I inch, and the length i foot 11 inches.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

clxxi

THE PLATINOTYPE

A portion of a letter from a prominent New England
photographer:— "After almost two years of Developmg
Paper, 1 am writing to confess that I am getting tired
of it and the craving for GOOD OLD PLATINOTYPE
i^ coming back/'

Write for sample Japine septa.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This 1

Tliat is, if your lens ia right. T!ie lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary lenses
will take n'rdiHary pictures under /<xvorahk conditions. Arc you satisfied with that ?
Of would jott like the best results under all conditions? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used bv war pliotographers and prnfosionals, wlio must
be sure of their results, Hiey can eanly be fiUed to ihe camera
jau n&tD €um,

SeaJ for Our Book on "Lenses mi Cameras"

«.i tbe giTLitc^t value t*j a.tiy one iiiterestud

C. F; Coco AmerictA Optical

clxxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

^^ AUTOnPE CARBON TISSUES

AUTOTYPE,

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band
Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Ino.

AMCRIOAN AQENTS

57 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

Rhodol

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS dxxxvii

WALLACE'S
SEPIA PLATINUM

NOTHING SUPERIOR TO PLATINUM

Cold development — Great range of tone — always under control.
Absolutely permanent. Pure Platinum

No. 99 Heavy Rough. No. lOO Heavy Smooth.

4 X 5 $o.6o per dozen

Cabinet o.6o " "

4^x 6y2 o.8o " "

5 X 7 o.go " "

6y2x sy2 1.40 " "

7 xg 1.65 " "

8 xio 1.95 " "

10 X 12 3.00 " "

11 X 14 4.25 " "

14 X 17 6.50 " "

16 X 20 7.75 " "

20 X 26 11.50 " "

20 X 26 i.oo " sheet

Rolls 20 inches by 26 feet $11.50

Half rolls 20 inches by 13 feet 5.75

Wallace's Developing Salt No. 4, J/^ lb 30

Wallace's Developing Salt No. 6, i lb , 60

Wallace's Sepia Solution, 8 oz., % pint 60

Wallace's Sepia Solution, 64 oz., % gal 5.00

Full Direotions In Eaoh Paokage

GEORGE MURPHY, Ino.

S7 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

digitized by ijO( )9lC

When writing advertiser! please mention Snap Shots.

clxxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Gourson Electric
Rapid Printer

(Patent Applied For)

Goursen Post Card
Rapid Printer

In one hour's work with the
Counen Rapid Printer jon can
■ave in time and material more
than its cost. It enables you to
accomplish more than double the
work with half the effort; besides
every print will have a uniform
margin.

The matt may be instantly ad-
justed to its position, and it stays
there. From a negative you get
just that portion wanted, and at
the same time cut out all the un-
desirable. When the matt is once
adjusted, prints may be literally
thrown in one after another and
th-y instantly find their true
center.

Oval and circniar mattt nip-
plied with each frame.
Price 12.00

The Coursen Electric Printer
has all the good points of the well
known Coursen Rapid Postcard
Printer, plus the electrical arrange-
ment, ready to screw into any
electric lipht socket.

It consists of a box containing
2 white lights in the No. 1 size,
four white lights in the No. 8 size,
and one amber light. At one end
on the outside are the indicating
switches, making it possible to
turn on or off any white light as
desired. It has a removable and
adjustable printing frame at the
top. The size No. 1 has a clear
glass ayixSl/i set in even with the
surface; 6j4x8j4 negatives or
smaller may be adjusted to print from any part,
will accommodate 10x12 negatives or smaller.

The No. 2 has a 10x12 glass and

The felt faced clamping back holds the negative and matt in position; this is divided,
leaving a 5x7 opening with guide to feed the paper against.

At the right end of the frame is a clamping bar to hold negative and matt in place.
The negative may be examined at any time, either by amber or white light. Printing
time commences only when the paper is in perfect contact with the negative.

It has a throw out device for fast printing. The swinging frame drops the i>aper
in box at the back of the machine. It has an arrangement for dodging glass below
printing frame, also the rising and falling device at the back of the machine for
adjusting the light on an uneven negative.

Price
No. 1. With two white lights and one amber for printing any lise up to

6;^x8v^, eipecially adapted for 6x7, complete with attachment pluff I1S.0O

No. 2. with four white lighta and one amber for printinf anj lise up to

10x18; eapecially adapted for 8x10, complete with attachment plvf.... 88.00

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. Retail Department

S7 East Mb StrMt NEW YORK

SK«SH*td^v'-^'J'Jglt

When writing advertisers please mention

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS clxxv

dl SIXTY DAYS LEFT

KODAK ADVERTISING
COMPETITION

CLOSES NOVEMBER 1st, 1913.

$3,000.QQ

CASH PRIZES

FOR PICTURES TO BE USED IN ILLUSTRATING

KODAK ADVERTISEMENTS

Write for Circular giving details.

igitized by VjOOQIC

clxxvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SEED CAPABILITIES

Make your lightings round and
brilliant — put quality into them.
Then use the one plate that will
reproduce that quality.

Seed plates will give the whole
gamut of tones — contrast without
steepness — snap without harsh-
ness. With them you can obtain
vigor in the negative and round-
ness in the print without a harsh
line or clogged shadow.

Ifs Seed you need.

■mm-]

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxvi

THE AMERICAN ANNUAL
OF PHOTOGRAPHY-1914

'£1914 m

GEORGE MURPHY. Ine.

»r BAST MKIH ITBirr. NEW YORK

The Most Interesting and
the Most Beautifully Illus-
trated Photographic Annual
in the World : : : : :

28th EDITION

Ready About November 25th

Practical Papers on cvcry-day
Photography. Full of Helpful
Information and Suggestion.
More than 200 Illustrations
from the Best American and
European Photographic Work
of the Year.

FULL-PAGE PICTURES IN COLOR
A BEAUTIFUL PHOTOGRAPHIC FRONTISPIECE

Paper Covers, 75 cents.
Library Edition, $1.25.

Postage Extra, 15 cents
Postage Extra, 20 cents

PLACE YOUR ORDERS NOW

Digitized by

Google

dxxviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

AN ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

"AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 Wafer Street, llil. 7.

STOOKBD BY ALL PHOTOGRAPHIC D'EJALiERS

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOB FH0T0OBAFHEB8 AMATEITB AND PB0FE88I0NAL

By W. I. LINCOLN ADAXB (Hii Best Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Amateur Photography/' "In Nature's

Image," Etc» Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engrayings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Subject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Flcuras

Foregrounds The Bkj Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera

Instantaneous Fbotography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Nlffht

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art In Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edses. BeautitulW

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBICE IN A BOX, f 2.60.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dollar

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Begular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" ....
Begular Subscription price of "The Photographic Times'

13.80
1.60

94.00

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographic

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so vou must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Phot08[raphic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times PubGshing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK, N'.^.'^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxix

The British Journal

Photo Almanac 1914

This standard photographic work, not only
throughout the British Empire, but in every
English-speakinp: trade centre in the entire
world, is now in its 53rd year, and is up-
to-date. This 1914 edition is 25.000 and
will be sold out entirely. It will contain
many new and valuable features, and be
ready for delivery about December 10th,
1913. Some of the new features of the
1914 BRITISH JOURNAL ALMANAC.

LENS FACTS FOR AMA-
TEURS

A series of short chapters by
the Editor on the practical
properties of lenses. It deals
fully, yet in an elementary way,
with the selection and use of
every description of modern
lens, providing an instruction
book in brief on lenses as they
require to be used in outdoor
and indoor work.

EXPOSURE AND DEVELOPMENT

By 0. H. HEWITT, F.B.P.S.

An article which deals with the everyday problems of
every amateur photographer, and — ^more than this— shows,
by a series of reproductions of negatives, the results of mis-
takes in exposure and development: how these mistakes
affect the prints and how they can be avoided or remedied.

A GLOSSARY OF PHOTOGRAPHIC TERMS

Short explanations of the apparatus, materials, processes,
etc., commonly employed in present-day photography.

FORMULA FOR DAILY WORK

A revised series of formulae, in each case telling how to make
up the solution and the best ivay to use it. The most
reliable of guides to practical photography.

Digitized by

Google

clxxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diflfuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens, and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by getting an Eagle Home
Portrait and Studio Lamp, and you can make exposures at
any time of the day or right, and under all conditions. The
lamp can be used in fireplaces with or without sunlight, and
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no end
to the variety of artistic effects that can be produced with this
wonderful light. PRICE $50.00

6E0R6E MURPHY. Inc., 57 East Ninth Street. New Yerk

u uy d O Q^^

When writing advertisers please mention Skap ShotsI^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXClll

An Explanatory Diagram Showing the
Yariotts Stages in the Production of

"HOW IT IS DONE"

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Production off an Autotype Carlion Photograph

The Coated Surface of Exposed Car-
hon Tissue (Pigmented Gelatine).
B
Single Transfer Paper.

C
Soak A and B m cold water, bring
eoated surfaces together in contact and
tqueegee.

Place the adherent tissue and trans-
fer paper between blotting boa,rds for
a few minutes. Next immerse in warm
water, until the ooiored gelatine begins
to ooze ont at the edges.

Strip oir the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.
F

A dark mass of colored gelatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
O and H

Continue until completed.
I

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath (five per cent) to harden the Him
and discharge the bichromate sensi-
tising salt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

lOlYPlC

PttlJIO«l

DHCD

Important to Amateur Photographers

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

-^ In order to combat the erroneous notion, somewhat prevalent amongst Amateur
*^otograpberB, that a trial of the Carbon Process necessariW entails the expenditure
P* a considerable sum on costly apparatus, the Autotype Company have decided to
'^troduce cheap trial sets of the absolutely essential materials, particulars of which
**"« appended.

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible to include develooing,
^^^shing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some of the
^vdinary household crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will be
«ound a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

S^tftt No. 1 fl.50

Jutat Complete for 6 x 7 5.00

"*tat for J X 10 7.00

IB Aients: 6E0R6E MURPNT. Inc.. 57 L 9th St. New York

When wrhiaf adrertiaers please mentioa Snap Shots.

CXCIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

((

The Greatest Ever"

THIS is the unanimous opinion of all the
photographers who have seen our remark-
able Line of Photographic Mountings for
Fall. This Line includes nothing old or hack-
neyed. Each offering is a surprise, a source of
pleasure to those who delight in harmonies of
color and design. Solid mountings, folders, slip-
in and tip-on mountings, covers and enclosures
are all represented, and each photographer can
find in this surpassing collection an assortment
of mountings suited to his every requirement.
Ask your dealefs salesman to show you
this Line.

A. M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY
Philadelphia, Pa.

You Can Reproduce Your Pictures in

NATURAL COLORS

on the

DUFAY COLOR PLATE

Process the simplest, results the most perfect reproduction of natural colors
possible to obtain. Dufay color plates are of very fine texture, rapid, and
are guaranteed for 12 months.

»x4 "

six 411'

FBICE LIST PEB BOX OF FOITB
fl.M 4x6''

l.tf 5x7"

C01CFEK8ATIN0 8CBEEN8

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxcv

HAMMER PLATES

are uniformly quick, clean and brilliant with firm, tough films
and wide range of tone between high lights and shadows.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates are best for all round work and Hammer's
Orthochromatic Plates for color values. Adapted to every
climate and temperature.

RCG.TRAOe MARK

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

OM* Av«. antf Miami St. St. Lovis, Mo.

P^ottntied

math

HIGGINS'

PHOTO

HftTe an excelle&ca pecullari j llMir
own. The beet reralti ara only
produced bj the beet methode and
means— the beet reeulti in Photo-
graph, Poster and other monntinf
can only be attained by nilng tho
best mounting paste—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTBR
(BzoeUent noTal bniih with eaoh jar^

At Dealers la Photo Sapplios,
Artists* Materials aad 1

▲ t^

. jar prepaid bj msll for It i
or olroiilsrs free from

CHA8. M. HIOOINS & CO.. Mfrs.

NBW YORK CHICAGO LOilDOIf

Digitized by

Google

cxcvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Beacon View Mount

COLORS— SILVER GRAY AND ARTIST BROWN

The "Beacon," we feel safe in saying, is the heaviest tinted
view mount of its kind on the market. Its finish is an artistic
roughness that gives, quality and richness to the photograph.
Within the embossed mounting space there is a tinted border
which allows some latitude in trimming and affords an elegant
gradation of color from photograph to mount.

Size Per loo

B — Card, 8xio for 5 x 7 $3.00

C — Card, 10x12 for 6J/ix 8J4 4.00

D — Card, 12x14 for 8 xio 5.00

(Packed 50 in a box)

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxcvii

THIRTY DAYS LMFT

KODAK ADVERTISING
COMPETITION

CLOSES NOVEMBER Isi, 1913.

$3,000.02

CASH PRIZES

FOR PICTURES TO BE USED IN ILLUSTRATING

KODAK ADVERTISEMENTS

Write for Circular giving details.

EASTMAN KODAK CO.,

ROCHESTER, N. Y. D,Biiiz.db,Googli

cxcviH SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The greatest advance for portraitists
since the advent of the dry plate —

Eastman
Portrait Films

Every desirable quality that is to be found in
the best portrait plates — speed, gradation, fineness
of grain, and in addition they are light, unbreak-
able and non-halation.

The weight of his plates and the halation caused
by harsh lightings have been the greatest draw-
back to the work of the Home Portraitist.

Eastman Portrait Films overcome them both.
They can be readily mailed to the studio for devel-
opment— may be developed several at one time
as you would handle prints, and may be retouched
on the face or back, or both.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXCIX

.4^ ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 Water Street^ N. T.

STOCKED BY ALL PHOTOGRAPHIC DEALERS

.mm. AUTOTYPE CARBON TISSUES

AUTOTYPE.

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band
Photogcavure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravurc Printing. . . 6.40
Photogravure Tissue O, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Ino.

AMERiCAN AttENTS ^

57 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

/'^r^r^ r>

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The British Journal

Photo Almanac 1914

This standard photosraphic work, not only
throughout the BritisB Empire, but in erery
English-speaking trade centre in the entire
world, is now in its 68rd year, and is np-
to-date. This 1914 edition is 26.000 and
will be sold out entirely. It will contain
many new and valuable features, and be
ready for delivery about December lOth,
1913. Some of the new features of the
1914 BRITISH JOURNAL ALMANAC

LENS FACTS FOR AMA-
TEURS

A series of short chapters by
the Editor on the practical
properties of lenses. It deals
fully, yet in an elementary way,
with the selection and use of
every description of modem
lens, providing an instruction
book in brief on lenses as they
require to be used in outdoor
and indoor work.

EXPOSURE AND DEVELOPMENT

By C. H. HEWITT, F.B.P.8.

An article which deals with the everyday problems of
every amateur photographer, and — more than this— -shows,
by a series of reproductions of negatives, the results of mis-
takes in exposure and development: how these mistakes
affect the prints and how they can be avoided or remedied.

A GLOSSARY OF PHOTOGRAPHIC TERMS

Short explanations of the apparatus, materials, processes,
etc., commonly employed in present-day photography.

FORMULA FOR DAILY WORK

A revised series of formulae, in each case telling how to make
up the solution and the best way to use it. The most
reliable of guides to practical photography.

Digitized by

Google

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND 5TUDI0 LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It IS ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens, and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by getting an Eagle Home
Portrait and Studio Lamp, and you can make exposures at
any time of the day or night, and under all conditions. The
lamp can be used in fireplaces with or without sunlight, and
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no end
to the variety of artistic effects that can be produced with this
wonderful light. PRICE $50.00

GE0R6E MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East Ninth Street. New York

Digitized by VjOOQIC

Give your customer the best
print you can make from every
negative.

111

^^TT^TT V

R>E'

makes the perfect print possible. Its
superior quality is appreciated by the
majority of good photographers.

ARTURA DIVISION,

Digitized by

Google

TRADEMARK.

NO. 360B7 REGISTERED

November, 1913

CONTENTS

How to Obtain Soft

Negatives ...

Tent Photography

Copying a Blue Print

Copying and the Help Given
by Color Screens - 207

The Preparation and Reno-
vation of Backgrounds

The Negative and

The Print ^ - - 213

Shading During Printing 216

Trade News and Notes - 21S

Studio Wants - - - 220

Digitized by

Google

How Clumsy and Crude

some packages ap-
pear when they
arrive at destina-
tion ! How often
one receives a
photograph or
similar enclosure in wretched con-
dition, owing to the so-called pro-
tection— a i^iece of flimsy paste-
board, perhaps, as a protector, and both
thrown carelessly into an envelope more or
less inadequate. Why not save time, patience and
labor by using

TRADE MARK
Patented June 26, 1900. Trade Mark Registered.

XOTHIXG LIKE IT! IT PROTECTS THE
PHOTOORAPII.

Seventeen Sizes.

The Thompson & Norris Co.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cci

EAQLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuser.
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens, and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

eEORSE MURPHY, Inc.. 57 East Ninth Street. New Yark

When writing advertiserg please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by '

loogle

ecu

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

WALLACE'S
SEPIA PLATINUM

NOTHING SUPERIOR TO PLATINUM

Cold development — Great range of tone — always under control.
Absolutely permanent. Pure Platinum

No. 99 Heavy Rough. No. loo Heavy Smooth.

4 X 5 $o.6o per dozen

Cabinet o.6o "

4J4 X 6J4 o.8o "

5 X 7 o.go "

6J^x Sy2 1.40 •'

7 XQ 1.65 "

8 X 10 1.95 "

10 X 12 3.00 "

11 X 14 4.25 "

14 X 17 6.50 "

16 X 20 7.75 "

20 X 26 11.50 "

20 X 26 i.oo " sheet

Rolls 20 inches by 26 feet $11.50

Half rolls 20 inches by 13 feet 5.75

Wallace's Developing Salt No. 4, J4 lb 30

Wallace's Developing Salt No. 6, i lb 60

Wallace's Sepia Solution, 8 oz., % pint 60

Wallace's Sepia Solution, 64 oz., 54 gal 5.00

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cciii

The F. & S. Banquet Camera

ARGE GROUPS
made indoors at ban-
quets, meetings, public
gatherings, etc., are very
profitable to the photo-
grapher who is equipped to
do the work right.

The F. & S. Banquet
Camera is constructed es-
pecially for this class of work, and is supplied in two sizes,
12 X 20 inches and 7 x 17 inches. The adjustments on this
camera make it possible to operate close to the wedl in
order to include every person in
the room.

Outdoor groups and views find
a ready sale when made with
the 12 X 20 F. & S. Banquet
Camera.

Send for
Circular

Digitized by VjOOQIC

CCIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE AMERICAN ANNUAL
OF PHOTOGRAPHY-1914

28th Edition
NOW READY

PRICe'rs CBNTS

^r* n^ y * * iff ^nr^ V

111914 m

The most interesting and the
most beautifully illustrated pho-
tographic annual in the world.

The new 1914 edition contains
practical papers on almost every
phase of photography. The fol-
lowing are a few of the subjects
especially treated on by experts
in the various lines: Color Pho-
tography, Gum-Bichromate Print-
ing, Moonlight Pictures, Develop-
ing, Composition, Microscopic
Work, Home Portraiture, Enlarg-
ing, Architectural Photography,
Interior Grouping, Use of Dia-
phragms, Carbon Printing, Sys-
tem, Cinematography.

The formula section has been revised and contains many new and up-
to-date formulae and tables for every-day reference. Among the new
tables are: Reflecting Power of Various Surfaces, Solubility of Pho-
tographic Chemicals. Strength of Various Lights.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

»T EAST NINTH STUETT. NEW YOU
•ou AMUUCAN AoiNTS roft ftOM Lnwu.

Beautifully illustrated with over 200 illustrations selected from the best
American and European work of the year.

32 FULL PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR

Digitized by

Google

;

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

tUBSCUmOH lATIS FOB U. S. AMD CANADA PBB YBAm, $1.00; SIX MOKTHS, SO dKTt

siHGLs corr, 10 cbhti. roBiicH covntuu, $l.t6

rUBUIRKD BY THB IlTAP-IHOTi PUBLIBIIINC Ca, 67 BAST NINTH BTBXBT, MBW< TOBK

Volume 24 NOVEMBER, 1913 Number 11

Statement of the Ownership, Management, Circulation, etc., of Snap Shots.
Published Monthly at New York, N. Y. Required by the Act of August 24, 1912.
Editor, Managing Editor, Business Manager, Percy Y. Howe, 422 Park Hill
Avenue, Yonkers. New York.

Publisher, Snap Shots Publishing Company. 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Owner, George Murphy, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders, holding 1 per
<^ent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities, None.

PERCY Y. HOWE, Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 22nd day of September, 1913
WARREN W. SIGLER,

Notary Public, Queens County.

Certificate filed in N. Y. County, No. 41, N. Y. Register No. 5234.
(My commission expires March 30, 1915.)

HOW TO OBTAIN SOFT NEGATIVES

By A. von Palosay

In the production of photo-
graphic prints it is often very de-
sirable to have what is known as
a soft or thin negative. Modern
reproducing processes and artistic
^ste demand a certain degree of
softness in the negative — a quality
that is also important in order to
obtain satisfactory diapositives,
whiie for bromide enlargements it
^s quite indispensable. In fact, for

all subjects that by their nature
are apt to give a hard effect or
strong contrasts, such as interior
views, flashlight pictures, etc., an
effort must be made to reduce the
intensity of the high lights. It
would be easy to mention many
similar cases where it would be a
great advantage to have at one's
disposal the means of modifying
the hardness of negatives to im-

20I

Digitized by

Google

202

SNAP SHOTS

Xovember, 1913

prove their printing qualities. We
will mention briefly a few of the
most effective.

An excellent means of securing
softness of contrasts is to give the
plate a certain degree of over-ex-
posure. "Look after the shadows
and pay no attention to the high
lights'* is an old photographic
axiom, and the same rule holds
good if it is a diapositive that is
to be reproduced, whether in the
printing frame or in the camera —
a slight excess of exposure is to
be recommended. Then the over-
exposed plates should be developed
in a special way, which we will ex-
plain later. Besides, in cases where
a little coarser grain would not be
objectionable, a more speedy plate
may be used, because the more sen-
sitive a plate is the weaker in its
scale of tone gradations, and the
limit is reached soonest in the shad-
ows. Thus, while emulsions of low
sensitiveness, like those used on
diapositive plates, give very black
tones in the deep shadows, the ex-
tra-sensitive plates will give the
same shadows in a rather gray tone
and all the details with the least
amount of contrast.

Another very simple and effect-
ive means is the use of a pre-
liminary bath of potassium bichro-

coating, the image appears more
slowly than normally, allowing time
to stop development at the right
moment before it reaches the full
depth of the film. We shall speak
further on this action on the deep-
er parts of the coating in relation
to the subject we are discussing.

The longer the plate treated with
bichromate is allowed to remain in
the developer the more dense it be-
comes and the stronger the con-
trasts, so that if development is
pushed very far the negative will
be just as strong as if no bichromate
had been used and its effect is
nullified.

We come now to the develop-
ment, which may be so regulated as
to give a negative of the desired
gradation. It may be remarked in
beginning, that prolonged develop-
ment gives hard negatives, while
rapid development tends towards
softness. To attain our object,
then, it will be necessary to stop
development as soon as the details
of the picture fully appear. Watch
the shadows, which are the darker
portions of the negative, and as
soon as the details in these places
cease to appear, stop developing,
for if it is left to continue longer
it will only accentuate the con-
trasts as it penetrates deeper into

Digitized by

Google

Xovember, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

203

from the subject the more active
are the rays and the more deeply
they affect the film. The silver
halogen is, therefore, reducible to
a greater depth in proportion to
the amount of light that strikes
the plate: in the shadows the re-
ducible portion is right on the sur-
face ; in the half lights it goes pro-
portionately deeper, and in the
highest lights it may penetrate right
through the coating. So, when the
developer is applied, it acts first on
the surface, gradually penetrating
further and further, reducing all
the affected silver salt that it meets
with. That is why the high lights,
half lights and shadows differ but
little at the beginning of develop-
ment and no contrasts are to be
seen. These only appear when the
developer has penetrated deeper
into the gelatine coating. As the
developer does not find any more
reducible silver in the shadows, they
therefore do not increase in
strength; but in the half lights it
still finds some and continues to
bring out details till it reaches the
lowest point affected. If develop-
ment is now pushed further, so as
to act still deeper in the film, it can
only do so on the high lights, as
these are the only places where
there is still reducible silver to be

recommended as an aid in obtaining
the desired result.

The kind of developer used has
also an influence that should be
taken into account, since the color
of the reduced silver differs with
each. It is better not to use a de-
veloper that gives very black tones,
but rather one that gives a clear
gray, such as metol.

Finally, we may have a negative
already developed, on which we
would like to reduce the contrasts.
That may be the case if the precau-
tions we have just indicated have
not been observed. The best
means for doing this is, a 3 per cent
solution of ammonium persulphate.
The negative must be thoroughly
washed, to eliminate the hypo com-
pletely before placing it in the re-
cJucer, otherwise the latter will not
act, or will only produce stains.
The persulphate has the peculiarity,
under correct conditions, of first at-
tacking the denser parts of the
image, thus reducing the contrasts.
When the desired effect has been
produced, the plate is at once
plunged for a few seconds in a 10
per cent bath of sodium sulphite,
to stop further action of the per-
sulphate, as a simple washing will
not do so. Then wash the plate
very carefully.

Digitized by

Google

204

SXAP SHOTS

Xovember, 1913

plates, which, as we have already
stated, give a softer gradation of
tones than diapositive plates, and
whose coarser grain will be no
drawback for this work. Soft con-
trasts can be obtained from the in-
termediate plate in the enlarging ap-
paratus.

It should also be observed that a
strong light gives soft pictures; a
weak light hard ones. In copying
a photograph, whether by contact,
in the camera, or by enlargement,
this effect of the light is always
noticeable. Every one knows that
a print made in the sun will be soft.

while one made in diffused light
will be harsher ; but what is not so
generally known is that, when copy-
ing with a camera or an enlarging
apparatus, the reproductions are
harder with a weak light and softer
with a strong one. If we use a
diaphragm in reproducing, we get
a harder copy because the light is
reduced, and the same effect is pro-
duced when a ground glass is used
between the source of light and the
negative. To secure soft enlarge-
ments we should use a strong light,
a large diaphragm and no ground
glass. — Wiener Mitteilungen,

TENT PHOTOGRAPHY

By Frank Frost

Many small towns may be prof-
itably worked, using a tent as a
studio, for a few weeks or months
in each year. A chain or circle
of small towns may be made to
yield good results by this method
during the entire year providing
that good work is uniformly turned
out.

The selection of an outfit suited
to this class of work is of much
importance. Many things that are
useful and necessary in a large es-
tablished studio are of no practical
value or use and should never be

tent. The color must be brown-
nothing else should be considered—
a white tent allows the light to
come in from every direction, and
flat lightings are the result.

Next is the size; 14 feet wide
is a good width, the length may be
24 or 28 feet, depending on the
focal length of the lenses used;
14 X 28 will be found a very ser\'-
iceable and suitable size, with walls
6 feet high and ridge pole 12 feet
high. Have the skylight run from
side wall to within ? foot of ridge
pole. The width should be about

Digitized by

Google

Xovember, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

205

quality duck. Have the manufac-
turer submit samples of the duck
in making estimates on the tent.
You will be surprised to see the
difference in the samples furnished
by the different tent makers claimed
^0 be the same weight, etc. In order-
ing a tent get it *' without poles and
pins," as those furnished by the
tent manufacturers are not worth
the freight.

When you are ready to put up
the tent go to a lumber yard and
get 2 X 6 timber for ridge poles;
this should be in two lengths, 14
and 10 feet for the 24-foot length
tent and 16 and 12 feet for the
U X 23 size. Use 2x4, one on
each side, 4 feet long for splicing,
using four bolts to hold it together.
Bevel the upper edge of the 2 x 4s
to prevent the wind from wearing
the tent through by whipping on
the sharp edges. Take a plane and
round the top side of ridge pole.
The upright poles should be 2 x 4s,
Uy2 feet long. Have your black-
smith put an iron band around the
top of each of the three upright
poles after they have been rounded
and tapered down to about 23/2
inches in width at top, and then
have heavy iron pins well set down
in the upright poles. The two end
poles should have the iron pins
project 4 inches above top of tent,
while the center pin should reach
to near the top of the ridge pole.
Xow for the bottom of the tent
get 1x8 inch planks to go around
the tent ; take 2 x 4s and cut into
stakes at least two feet long, drive
one in each corner, and nail the

first boards to these, then drive
them in between about 4 feet apart
and nail the boards to them; now
cut a ditch around the tent, and
throw the dirt inside, banking it
up against the boards. This done,
take laths and three-penny nails
and nail the bottom of tent to the
boards — do not draw the sides of
the tent down tight — allow two
inches slack, then when the tent
gets wet with rain it will not pull
your laths off.

The stakes for holding the guy
ropes may be made of old spokes
from the wheels of a spring wagon
or buggy. You will always find
them around the village blacksmith
shop, and they may be had for the
asking; sharpen them well, and
they will give you much better
service than those sent out when
you buy a tent **with poles and
pins.*' In putting the ropes on the
stakes, after drawing the rope
tight, wind it once around the stake
and then it will not slip off. Watch
your tent, and when it begins to
rain, day or night, get out and
slacken the ropes, as they will draw
up when wet, and something must
give way.

As to the inside equipment, when
you get the tent, get a dark-room
with it — 6 X 6 feet and 6 feet high.
Make a frame, bolt it together, and
brace it well and stretch your dark-
room over it. Be sure it is dark.
Dry dirt may be used to cut out
the light at the bottom by banking
on the inside next to frame of
dark-room. Next take scrim or

Digitized by

Google

2(y>

SNAP SHOTS

November, 1913

scrim sacks and make a carpet for
the tent, nailing it to the planks
around bottom of tent with laths
over edges of carpet.

For instruments, a good 8 x 10
view box with a good anastigmat
lens working at /6.8.13 inch focus
with good shutter will do all cab-
inet work and larger sizes, also
your outside views. For smaller
work, a 5 X 7 universal is a splen-
did camera which may be fitted
with an anastigmat lens of about
8-inch focus; this will be fine for
post-cards, half cabinets, stamps,
etc. As to backgrounds, do not
try to have many; the continuous
grounds may be used by driving
a stake well into the ground at each
end of the background roller, leav-
ing the stakes about 2 feet high,
then take a 2 x 4 8 feet long, rip
it in two and nail piece at top to
engage background roller, then
strap these to your stakes. This
will hold your background secure-
ly. When the wind blows, take
the 8-foot pieces down so as to
avoid wearing a hole through the
tent just over them.

We will now come back to the
dark-room. Put a table in it 2 feet
wide and 6 feet long, cut a place in
the top and put in a small sink on
one end of table. Put a keg or
half-barrel near to hold the water
supply. The waste water may be
run from sink out through a pipe
or into a bucket and carried out.
Study how to make your outfit
handy, yet simple.

Tent photography may thus be

made pleasant and profitable, and
good health assured by living out
doors day and night. — Abel's Pho-
tographic Weekly.

COPYING A BLUE PRINT

Although the **blue print," in the
trade or workshop sense of the
term, is an impression taken by
contact printing from a draughts-
man's tracing, it must not be for-
gotten that the blue printing proc-
ess is admirable for rendering cer-
tain classes of landscape and ma-
rine subjects. Further, this print-
ing process is almost an acme of
simplicity, the sensitizing solution
for the paper being merely a solu-
tion of twenty grains of potassium
ferricyanide and twenty grains of
ammonia-citrate of iron to one
ounce of water, development and
fixation being effected by the wash-
ing in water of the sheet as taken
from the printing frame. More-
over, the paper for blue prints can
be purchased ready sensitized, so
that water alone is required by an
amateur adopting this method of
printing. A blue print, if cc^ied
on an ordinary plate, will give
scarcely a trace of image, the blue
and white having nearly the same
actinic effect; but if a deep yellow
screen be used there is no difficulty
in obtaining a vigorous negative.
Another procedure recommended is
to interpose a sheet of yellow pa-
per between the source of light and
blue print. — The Amateur Photog-
rapher's Weekly.

Digitized by

Google

November, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

207

COPYING AND THE HELP GIVEN
BY COLOR SCREENS

By T. Macbean

Copying written or printed mat-
ter, illustrations, etc., is an opera-
tion in which color often plays a
very important part. This is very
well seen if we attempt to pho-
tograph a blue print, for example.
The blue of the print comes out al-
most as white as the white lines
upon it, and all the contrast of the
original, unless special means have
been taken to ensure otherwise, will
be lost. On the other hand, if the
subject is a very red- toned photo-
graph, the plate exaggerates the
contrast to such an extent that it is
difficult to keep the half-tones of
the picture to their true values.

Though in some ways this may
be regarded as due to defects of
the photographic process, it is prac-
ticable to take advantage of them,
and so to obtain a result by copy-
ing, in which the contrasts of the
original are increased or decreased
at will.

To do this, it is necessary to in-
terpose in the path of the rays a
colored screen of some kind. This
may be placed just in front of the
plate itself, or upon the lens of the
camera, in either of which cases it
is important that it should be trans-

case its flatness and transparency
are unimportant. If there is any
quantity of such work to be done,
it is doubtless advisable to get prop-
erly made and adjusted light filters,
such as Messrs. Wratten and Wain-
wright supply; but for occasional
work, such as is all that is likely to
come in the amateur's way, a great
deal can be done by very simple
devices, when once the principle is
understood and realized.

This may be expressed very
briefly. If we are photographing a
colored object against a white back-
ground, and wish to increase the
contrast, the light chosen should be
of a color complementary to that
of the object. If, on the other
hand, we wish to reduce contrasts,
the course to follow will be exact-
ly the reverse.

It is important, of course, in all
cases to use a plate which will be
as sensitive as possible to the light
which is being used for the work.
For example, we may want to copy
a blue print. As red or orange is
the complementary of blue, we shall
get the best contrast if we illum-
inate the print by red or orange
light ; and with that a red-sensitive

Digitized by

Google

2o8

SXAP SHOTS

Xoveniber, 1913

The violet ink which is used for
typewriters and for rubber stamps
in such a Hght will be almost invisi-
ble. What it requires to give it
the maximum of contrast is a green
light or bluish green light.

In copying faded prints two con-
ditions may be studied. If the pa-
per is fairly white, but the image
has faded to a yellow or yellowish
red, the greatest contrast is to be
obtained by the use of light of a
complementary color to ^ yellow or
red, that is to say, blue or violet.
As everyone knows, an ordinary
(that is to say non-orthochromatic)
plate is hardly sensitive to a yellow
or red at all, but very sensitive to
blue or violet, so that no color
screen need be used in such a case.
We simply make the copy on an
ordinary plate, preferably by day-
light, since artificial light is weak
in the blue and violet.

But if the original is one in which
the whites are yellowed while the
blacks remain vigorous; instead of
using an ordinary plate and plain
daylight, we can use an orthochro-
matic plate and a yellow screen.
Yellow or orange tissue paper over
the window, with a good color-sen-
sitive plate, will help to keep
the yellowed whites as light as
possible.

The usefulness of color screens
in copying work is by no means lim-

black and white subject to copy, on
which there is a bad red stain, such
as might result from the upsetting
of some red ink upon it. If we
photograph this on an ordinary
plate, the stain will come out al-
most black, far worse than it ap-
pears to the eye. If we use a pan-
chromatic plate and a color screen
which is supposed to give a correct
rendering, we should see the red
stain in the photograph about as
deeply as it appears to the eye. But
if we can use a color screen of
suitable depth and color, we might
make the stain quite invisible in the
photograph. A rough and ready
method of doing this in such a case
as we have supposed would be to
use some of the same red ink to
stain sheets of tissue paper or gela-
tinized glass, and to filter all the
light reaching the subject through
such media. If the coloring of the
filter were deep enough, the stain
would no longer be visible to the
eye; and when that is the case the
same combination of panchromatic
plate and color screen just men-
tioned would give us a copy in
which also the stain was almost
or quite invisible.

This, however, is work of a more
advanced character, and needs a
little study in each case in order
that it may be done under the most
favorable conditions. It is men-

Digitized by

Google

November, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

200

THE PREPARATION AND RENOVATION
OF BACKGROUNDS

By Practicus

There are few photographers who
have not at some time or other felt
a desire to paint a background, but
of those who have essayed the task
only a small proportion have felt
satisfied with the result. In the ma-
jority of cases this is due to the use
of improper materials and tools, and
to ignorance of the proper methods
of mixing and employing them.

BACKGROUND MATERIAL

The materials usually employed
as the basis of backgrounds are
stout unbleached sheeting and
scene-painter's canvas. The former
is cheap and good enough for all
ordinary purposes, while the latter
is more expensive and at the same
time more durable and of a better
substance, being much less liable to
accidental punctures with head-rest
or the corners of accessories. Our
first requirement is a frame on
which the material may be strained
for painting ; if none of suitable size
exists in the studio, one should be
made of stout "slate battens," which
may be bought very cheaply at any
timber yard. They should be
"halved" at the corners so that
^he frame has a flush surface, and
fastened together with quarter-
inch bolts and nuts. The former

cVt^..1^ L-

a^*. 1 i„

stretchers should be nailed on to
the back, diagonally across two op-
posite corners. These are best fixed
on with wire nails, so that they can
be easily removed when the frame
is to be taken to pieces. It is ad-
visable to procure the sheeting be-
fore making this frame, as some-
times the width is barely as wide
as it is supposed to be, and make-
shift methods of stretching have to
be adopted. The fabric should be
brought over the edge of the frame
and fastened with ordinary tin
tacks, taking care not to drive these
quite home, so that they may be
easily pulled out with pincers when
the work is completed. The object
of putting the nails on the edge of
the frame instead of on the flat is
to provide a smooth surface to the
extreme edge of the frame, so that
the brush will not catch on the
tacks. Whether the medium to be
employed be distemper or oil color,
it is always desirable to size the
canvas well first, and in the case of
oil it is absolutely necessary. This
is done by giving a coat either of
warm size, such as is used by pa-
perhangers, or one of starch
paste, as made for mounting. This
may be applied with an ordinary
distemper brush, and must be well

:„j__ xL-

Digitized by

Google

2IO

SNAP SHOTS

November, 1913

made at the commencement of the
job, as it works smoother after
having been mixed a few days.

MIXING THE COLOR

The popular idea of mixing size
color is to start with a lot of white
and to attempt to bring it to the
proper tint by adding the black or
brown pigment, but for back-
grounds, at all events, it is better to
take the dark color first and to add
the white to it until the desired
tint is obtained. If scenic or
clouded backgrounds are to be
made, it is a good plan to mix the
black or brown and the white sepa-
rately, and to make the intermedi-
ate shades from them in separate
pots or basins. Small quantities
can be mixed on a piece of board,
which serves also as a palette. The
color may be mixed in any deep
basin or small pail. It is advisable
to mix the powder color to a
creamy consistency with cold water,
and when all lumps are broken up
to add enough hot size to make it
as thick as ordinary oil paint.
When cold it should form a thin
jelly, which can readily be spread
with the brush without going into
lumps. If possible, the paint should
be squeezed through muslin or
rubbed through a hair sieve; this
prevents streaks in the coating caus-
ed by undissolved particles of color.

THE CAUSE OF STREAKS

It must always be remembered
that size color is many shades
darker when wet than when dry, so
that it will be necessary to place

a dab from each pot of color upon
a piece of brown paper, and to dry
them thoroughly, before commenc-
ing the painting. This rough
"color chart" will show the value
of each touch on the finished back-
ground. A common mistake is to
make the color too thin, for if this
is the case it will be found impos-
sible to secure freedom from
streaks, besides being very messy
and unpleasant to use. If the paint
shows the slightest tendency to run
when applied freely to the canvas
it will be necessary to add more
strong size to it and to allow it to
cool. A little melted glue is very
useful, as it stiflfens the color with-
out further diluting it.

BRUSHES

Good brushes are essential to
successful work, as there is nothing
so annoying as to have to keep
stopping work to remove loose
bristles, while a harsh stiff brush
which has perhaps been used for
oil paint will inevitably produce a
rough scratchy effect, not perhaps
harmful from the photographic
point of view, but not by any
means workmanlike in appearance.
Perfectly plain backgrounds can
be covered by means of an ordinary
flat distemper brush, such as is
used for walls and ceilings, but for
clouds or scenic work round
brushes are much better. One
about two and a half inches in
diameter will be as large as is nec-
essary, with one or two "sash
tools" for smaller details; for
straight lines, as in doors or win-

Digitized by

Google

November, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

211

(lows, large hog tools are useful, as
they are somewhat firmer in their
touch. These are used in conjunc-
tion with a long ruler made of a
strip of wood about three inches
wide and a half -inch thick.

No useful purpose is served by
giving the whole surface a coat of
the lightest tint and then working
the darker portions over it ; on the
contrary, it is better to sketch out
the effects in faint outlines, say, in
blue chalk, and to work up to full
strength in each part at the first
painting. By so doing there will
only be one thickness of color on
the canvas, and there will be no
tendency for it to flake off when
the background is rolled up. As a
general rule, the texture of the
sheeting should only just be lost
when the background is dry, and
the surface should feel decidedly
rough to the hand. If it feels
smooth and the cloth is quite stiff,
it means either that the color has
been laid on too thickly or that too
much size has been used. The
novice will do well to confine his
first attempts to some clouded head-
grounds about 54 inches square.
These will be more easily managed,
and if unsuccessful will not be so
disappointing as would one of the
full size (8 ft. square).

DISTEMPERED MATERIALS

The materials used for the dis-
temper are, for grey tones, ordi-
nary whiting and lamp-black, with
a trac^ of Venetian red to give a
little warmth : the red takes off the
cold slaty tint and gives a better

effect in the negative. For browns,
whiting and burnt umber for warm
tones, with a little lamp-black ad-
ded for colder ones. For white
"sketch" grounds, whiting, with
ordinary laundry blue squeezed in
to the mixed color till the mass is
of a fairly bright blue. This will
dry to a bluish white. For the
darkest shades the black or brown
should be used without any admix-
ture of white. Vegetable black
may be used instead of lamp-black ;
it is easier to mix, but has not the
same depth.

OIL AND PASTEL GROUNDS

Oil colors are now seldom used
for background painting, possibly
on account of the extra time neces-
sary to apply them and their great-
er cost. The chief difficulty with
them is to avoid gloss. It is almost
impossible to do this when using
ready mixed paints. The right way
to get to work is to go to a good
colorman and to ask for. the neces-
sary color, say, burnt umber or
black, "ground in oil." This should
be in a thick paste, which is re-
duced to a workable consistency
with turpentine alone. A little
should be tried upon a piece of
sized wood, and if it cannot be
rubbed off when dry it is fit to use ;
if powdery, a little raw linseed oil
may be added to the turpentine,
and another trial made. When
there is no gloss, and yet the color
is fast, then the paint is in good
condition. It is hardly necessary
to bay that, in all cases, the sheeting
or canvas must be well sized before

Digitized by

Google

212

SNAP SHOTS

November, 1913

coating with oil paint. The great
advantages of oil-painted grounds
are durability and the fact that the
true effect can be judged while ac-
tually painting without waiting for
the work to dry. Alterations may
also be made at any time without
making the work look patchy.

A method which is periodically
referred to is the dry or pastel pro-
cess of making backgrounds, in-
vented by Robert Faulkner. In
this, powder colors are used, the
umber, black, or white being mixed
with dextrine and dusted upon a
damp canvas, into which they are
scrubbed with an ordinary clothes
brush. It is, of course, only pos-
sible to get very **soft" effects in
this way, and I fancy the process
is more talked about than prac-
tised.

SKETCH AND SCENIC GROUNDS

Sketch backgrounds may easily
be made from continuous cartridge
paper, the desired design being put
in with shoemaker's heelball. As
this is rather hard, it is necessary
to work upon a smooth table to
avoid damaging the paper. Conte
crayons are easier to use, but are
liable to smear, which the heelball
is not.

When attempting to paint a sce-
nic background, it is always desir-
able to make a small sketch, say, of
cabinet size, and to test the effect
with a figure or two cut out from
ordinary prints. This will insure
the correct disposition of light and
shade. This sketch should then be

ruled over into one- inch squares,
and the background ruled with the
same number of squares on a larger
scale. Thus with an 8-in. sketch
the squares will have to be 12
inches wide on an 8- ft. background.
The lines may be made in chalk or
pencil, and are covered up by the
painting. The idea is to facilitate
the placing of the sketch upon the
canvas, as the portion contained in
each little square is drawn in on
the corresponding square on the
canvas. Another plan is to make
a negative of the sketch, and to
project it upon the canvas by
means of an enlarging lantern and
lightly drawing in the outlines in
chalk or pencil.

Old backgrounds are treated in
the same way as new ones, and
some very hard and obtrusive
specimens may be greatly improved
by giving a coat of thin color all
over, and allowing the subject to
show through. I once cured a very
aggressive conservatory ground by
this treatment. Before you saw
the background instead of the sit-
ter, afterwards it gave a mere
sketchy suggestion. Tom or dam-
aged grounds should be patched at
the back with a piece of sheeting
glued on and a piece of tough thin
paper over the rent on the face:
this will be quite invisible when
worked over.

Many of the ready-made distem-
pers or water paints are available
for background work, although
they do not handle so nicely as good
size colors. — B, J. of Photography.

Digitized by

Google

Xovember, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

213

THE NEGATIVE AND THE PRINT

At this season of the year there
is always a tendency on the part of
the amateur photographer to gravi-
tate towards the dark-room or room
wherein his photographic work is
mostly done. Every amateur has
experienced during the autumn or
winter the keen desire to overhaul
his summer negatives, perhaps to
make prints or enlargements, but
generally with a view to consider-
ing whether they can be improved
so as to produce good pictorial re-
sults with a minimum of trouble.

All pictorial workers are in
agreement that, notwithstanding
the facilities placed in the hands of
the modem auiateur by the various
"contror* printing processes, there
is always a likelihood of the best
results being produced and repeated
when all **working up" necessary
has been done on the negative it-
self.

Before attempting to divide one's
negatives into the two main groups
of those which require assistance
towards perfection and those which
do not, it is desirable that a print
should be made from every nega-
tive. These should be contact
prints on either p.o.p., bromide, or
gaslight paper, and there is no rea-
son why they should not be made
as carefully as bigger finished
prints. The advice is sometimes
given to make rough prints from
negatives for filing purposes, and
the advice is frequently taken liter-

ally. The prints are carelessly
made, and although they may af-
ford a clue to the negative, the
same cannot be said of the picture
the negative may contain. It often
happens that an indiflFerent-looking
negative, if carefully printed, will
produce a very striking pictorial
print, while many a "pretty" nega-
tive, and one that appears on inspec-
tion to be technically perfect, gives
a hard and spotty print, utterly
lacking in pictorial tonality. When,
therefore, all the negatives have
been printed, the collection of con-
tact prints should be carefully con-
sidered with a view to their possi-
bilities for enlarging or working up.
A proportion of the negatives, of
course, if they have been produced
by a careful worker — one who has
not snapshotted wildly at every-
thing that came within the range of
his camera — should need little or no
additional treatment, and afford a
further argument for straight pho-
tography.

Some of the negatives may, of
course, be hopeless, and not worth
the trouble of either working up or
even attempting a controlled print.
The remainder, however, which
may contain the elements of good
pictures, but require "pulling to-
gether," should be set aside for
treatment.

The negatives requiring after-
treatment can be arranged in three
groups — those which are too weak

Digitized by

Google

214

SNAP SHOTS

Xovember, 191 3

and thin, and need general intensifi-
cation : those which are too dense
or hard, and require general reduc-
tion; and those which require local
treatment, which may be either
chemical or physical, and this group
may include negatives which need
the addition of clouds. The ordi-
nary methods of intensification and
reduction can be applied to the first
two groups, but the third group will
probably afford more possibilities
for individual treatment, and both
the back and the front of the nega-
tive can be utilized for carrying out
the necessary modifications. The
back of the negative, however, is
likely to offer greater opportunities
for altering the tone values and
pulling the composition together,
and, moreover, without injuring the
film should the work be unsatisfac-
tory. The thickness of the glass
when printing also assists in fur-
ther disguising any handwork on
the negative if it is applied to the
back. It may generally be taken,
therefore, that broad masses of tone
can be altered by working on the
back of the negative, the details be-
ing treated on the film side. Inci-
dentally, a certain amount of work
can be done on a separate piece of
glass, which is placed in contact
with the back of the negative, and
added strength and further diffu-
sion is thus obtained, so far as the
handwork is concerned. This work-
ing on a separate piece of glass is
also to be advocated when dealing
with films.

The application of matt varnish

to the back of the negative or to a
sheet of plain glass is one of the
most useful methods of providing
a base upon which to work with
pencil, chalk, or stump. The recent
introduction of *'Billdup" by the
X'anguard Company also supplies a
remarkable medium for both the
glass and the film side of the nega-
tive, which can be worked upon by
pencil or with a special black pow-
der provided for the purpose. The
second method, and one specially to
be recommended for large nega-
tives, is the application of a thin
sheet of papier mineral to the back
of the negative. This material is
easily obtainable from any reliable
photographic supply stores or from
artists' colormen, such as Roberson
or W'insor and Xe\tton.

A piece about an eighth of an
inch smaller each way than the
negative is taken and soaked in
clean water until thoroughly limp.
It is then carefully dried between
smooth blotting paper, and a thin
line of strong adhesive, such as sec-
cotine, applied to the entire length
of each edge. See that no spot
along the edge is left untouched
with the adhesive, or the paper may
stretch unevenly and buckle at this
point when dry. It will be found
that the paper when damp is slight-
ly larger than when dry, and will
now probably cover the entire back
of the negative. The glass should
be perfectly clean before applying
the paper, and the paper must be
applied very carefully indeed, so
that the seccotine does not touch

Digitized by

Google

November, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

215

anywhere but along the edges. If
it is placed carefully in position and
smoothed out from the center, the
paper will dry as smooth and tight
as a drum-head.

It will be found a pleasure to
work upon the surface of this
stretched paper, and the temptation
will be strong to do too much. It
should be remembered, however,
that practically the whole of the
work will consist of lightening por-
tions of the print by darkening cor-
responding parts of the negative.
Both pencil and stump may be em-
ployed, the former for more de-
tailed spots of light, the latter, with
stumping pow^der or powdered black
lead, for broader masses. If the
application is too heavy, as shown
by a trial print, a pointed piece of
india rubber or rolled-up bread-
crumb will speedily remove the
faulty work.

This method of applying hand-
work to the back of the negative
is usually sufficient for the correc-
tion of practically all defects in
negatives brought about by faulty
exposure, with the exception of lack
of shadow density for the print.
To increase the depth of the shad-
ows in a print means that those
parts of the negative must be made
more transparent, not more opaque.
To achieve this with the papier
mineral is somewhat difficult unless
it is cut clean away, in which case
it is almost impossible to avoid
harsh markings.

The correct method of dealing
with this problem is, of course, by

means of a soft transparency and
reproduced negative; but if hand-
work only is wanted for the back of
the negative we can recommend the
following plan :

A sheet of fairly fine ground
glass the exact size of the negative
is employed, and this is placed,
ground side out, in contact with the
back of the negative in the printing
frame; or, if necessary, the nega-
tive and glass can be securely at-
tached to each other by means of a
small spot of seccotine at each cor-
ner. If the two pieces of glass are
pressed together, this spot of ad-
hesive spreads between them into a
thin, transparent film that is practi-
cally invisible, yet renders them al-
most inseparable when dry- The
film side of the negative can now
be retouched if necessary in the
ordinary manner in the retouching
desk, and by reversing the plate
further work can be applied to the
ground glass. Here not only can
the high lights and other portions
be strengthened by the application
of pencil or chalk, but the great ad-
vantage is presented of being able
to render the shadows more trans-
parent where required. This is
effected by the application of a little
glycerine, vaseline, or oil to those
parts where stronger shadows are
required. Either of these immedi-
ately renders the ground glass
transparent, and broad masses of
shadow or fine detail can be "as-
sisted" with the greatest ease.
— The Amateur Photographer and
Photographic News.

Digitized by

Google

2l6

SNAP SHOTS

November, 1913

SHADING DURING PRINTING

Amongst the negatives which
the amateur photographer wishes
to print he will sometimes find one
which, for some reason or another,
would be very much improved if
one end of it could have a good
deal more printing than the other;
or perhaps it would be better if
both ends could be printed more
than the center, or vice versa. The
need for this may arise from re-
flected light in the camera, or from
some other technical defect in the
production of the negative, or it
may be required purely for picto-
rial reasons. Certainly, from one
cause or another, negatives which
may be all the better for such shad-
ing in printing are met with fre-
quently enough to justify the ama-
teur making some simple arrange-
ments for dealing with them.

In some cases it is thought suffi-
cient to shade the negative with a
card or bunched up focusing cloth
during printing, keeping whatever
is used for the shading on the move
during the whole time of the print-
ing, so as to do away with any
chance of a line showing between
the shaded and the unshaded parts.
When the shading has to be done in
at all an intricate or irregular man-
ner, this is almost the only method ;
but when it is comparatively
straightforward, when all that is
wanted is a regular and gradual de-
crease of the light action from one
side of the plate to the other, hand
shading of this kind need not be

attempted ; a result at least as good
can be obtained with a tithe of the
trouble by making use of some
graduated screen for the purpose,

If we take a dry plate and expose
it in the dark room to a feeble
white light, say, for example, the
light of a candle eight or ten feet
away, and while doing so we shade
it with a card, keeping the card
moving, so that one end of the plate
receives, say, ten or a dozen times
as much exposure as the other, we
can develop and fix that plate, and
in that way provide ourselves with
such a graduated screen as we have
suggested.

Simple as the making of such a
screen seems from the description,
it will be found by those who try
it that it is not so easy as it seems ;
and, as a matter of fact, it is much
easier to get the result we want in
another way. A piece of glass
about twice the size of the negative
that is to be shaded is taken, and
a line of gum not more than an
eighth of an inch wide run round
its edges. A piece of very thin
white tissue paper is smoothly fas-
tened all over the glass by means of
the gum. On top of this is put a
second sheet, and on that a third,
and so on, each successive sheet of
tissue being the same size as the
glass plate except in one direction,
and in that particular one it is half
an inch shorter than the piece be-
neath it.

In this way we build up a screen

Digitized by

Google

Xovember, 19 13

SNAP SHOTS

217

which at one end has an opacity ot
one thickness of tissue paper, and
at the other of as many pieces as
there are half inches in its length.
While one is about it several such
screens may be made — one getting
thinner towards the center, one
with its most opaque part in the
center, one thinning off diagonally
from corner to corner. It is impor-
tant to use very thin transparent
paper, especially for the first two
or three steps. When complete a
second piece of glass may be put
over the whole and bound up like
a lantern slide.

The use of such shading devices
is easiest when the negative is
printed in a frame much larger
than itself. For instance, if a quar-
ter-plate negative is used, it may be
printed in a whole-plate frame,
using a shading plate of half-plate
size or thereabouts. This allows
the shader to be placed anywhere
over the negative that may be
wished, which cannot be done so
easily when a small printing frame
is used.

Although when such shaders are
held up to the light, the boun-
daries of the different layers of tis-
sue paper can be seen very dis-
tinctly as straight lines, they will
disappear entirely in the prints, their
effect being- a perfectly gradual and

and how very effective they may
be made in practical work.

That defect of uneven density hi
negatives, thin in the center, denser
at the two ends, which is so often
troublesome in modern cameras,
may be remedied almost entirely
with a graduated screen made on
these lines, with its densest part in
the center to correspond with the
thinnest part of the negative. —
Photography.

One year's sub-
scription to Snap
Shots and the
American An-
nual of Photog-
raphy, 19 1 4 paper
edi tion, only
$1.50.

Address

Digitized by

Google

2l8

SNAP SHOTS

November, 1913

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

American Annual of Photography.
The distribution of this great Ameri-
can "Annual" will commence about the
same time as this issue reaches you.
If you have not already placed your or-
der yoi4 should do so at once, as we
understand from the American agents
that the entire edition has practically
been taken by the wholesale trade. We
will send you a copy of the paper edi-
tion and a year's subscription to Snap
Shots for $1.50, or a copy of the "An-
nual" only for 90 cents postpaid. Ad-
dress Snap Shots Publishing Company.

Ground Glass Real and Imitation. — By
A. J. Jarman. This article which ap-
peared on page 181 to 186 in our Octo-
ber issue was credited simply to "Bul-
letin" through an error in the printer
dropping one line of type. It should
have been credited to the Bulletin of
Photography from which publication it
w^s taken.

Cleveland Camera Club will hold an
exhibition of the work of its members
and associates from November 15th un-
til December 7th. It will be held in the
Case Library. A very large display is
assured.

Ross Homocentric Lens. The Ex-
tra Rapid Ross Homocentric for F. 4
lens has three foci. Each combination
can be used singly. The back combi-
nation has a focal length of one and
one-half times that of the complete lens,
and the front combination has a focal
length of twice that of the complete
lens. When stopped down to F. 5.6 the
definition of this lens is in all respects
as perfect as that given by the 5.6
Homocentric Series when used at full
aperture. Write to the American
agents for descriptive booklet of the
various sizes and prices in which these
extremely rapid lenses are now fur-
nished.

British Journal Photographic Alma-
nac. This world wide "Annual" is in
its fifty-third year, and will contain
special articles this year on lenses and
developing in addition to numerous for-
mulae. This "Annual" contains over
1,000 pages, and will be ready for dis-
tribution about December 10th. We
will send you a copy of the paper edi-
tion and Snap Shots for one year for
$1.25, or a copy of the paper e'dition of
the "Annual" postpaid for 77 cents. Ad-
dress Snap Shots Publishing Company.

Bromc Black Paper. The manufac-
turers, the Rochester Photo Works,
Rochester, New York, advise us that
there is a marked increase in the de-
mand for this paper during the past
month. It is a fine enlarging paper pro-
ducing extreme contrast, being fast and
especially adapted for thin and soft
negatives and entirely free from non-
abrasion. Write to them for samples.

John IVanamaker of Philadelphia
will hold their Ninth Annual Exhibition
of Photographs from March 2 to 31,
1914 Entries close February 14, 1914.
The purpose of their annual photo-
graphic exhibition is to stimulate the
love for the beautiful inherent in every
one. To the thousands of camera users
who have been making pictures aim-
lessly they wish to give this thought
Why not study some of the rules of
composition and observe the harmonies
of light and shade? Think a little and
make pictures that are worth while.
Write them for full particulars.

Wallace Sepia Platinum Paper. This
is a fine grade of sepia platinum paper
intended for cold development whidi
gives a great range of tones, and is
guaranteed permanent. Made in heavy
rough and heavy smooth surfaces.

Digitized by

Google

XovembcT, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

219

Hammer Plates. Hammer plates have
shown themselves to be unmatched for
studio use as they cover the widest
range with the greatest speed and relia-
bility, are uniform, quick, clean and
brilliant, with firm, tough films, and a
wide range of tone between high lights
and shadows. If you are having diffi-
culty try the Hammer plates.

Eastman Portrait Films. The intro-
duction of the Eastman portrait film for
studio use is one of the greatest steps
forward which have been made in re-
cent years. It is undoubtedly only a
question of time when they will be used
practically exclusively in all galleries on
account of their unbreakable qualities,
and the small amount of space which
they take. They are especially wel-
comed by the home portrait worker.

Banquet Camera. The Folmer &
Schwing Division of the Eastman
Kodak Company have just placed on the
market two new cameras suitable for
the photographer taking pictures of
banquets and public gatherings. Sizes
are right : 7" x 17" and 20" x 20". Write
to them for further information.
Please mention Snap Shots.

Sepia Pillowcloth. This is a cloth
coated with a sensitized emulsion which
when developed in cold water and fixed
in hypo will give a beautiful sepia tone.
The cloth is supplied in different shades
The combination of the colored cloth
and the sepia tone print gives a very
rich and beautiful effect. Especially

qualities of the 3A Heliar Lens,
to them for descriptive circular.

Send

Blaek Laurel Royal Silk Finish.
This is a new paper just placed on the
market by the Rochester Photo Works,
of Rochester, N. Y. It is a high grade
studio paper producing platinum black
and sepia effects. It has a fine silk
finish giving a beautiful effect for por-
trait work. It is made in buff and
heavy white.

Rough & Caldwell Background and
Accessory Co. Send to this company
for their new catalogue of backgrounds
and accessories, as they manufacture
the most complete and serviceable ac-
cessories for the photographic trade.

Eagle Home Portrait and Studio
Lamp. This lamp while especially
adapted for home portrait work has
proven very satisfactory for studio use.
It enables the photographer to have his
light under control at all times, whether
in the studio, or in the home. It is
very portable, as the complete lamp can
be packed in a small neat case, and car-
ried in the hand. The weight complete
is only 22 pounds. It gives a light of
1,000 candlepower, and in addition has
a flash attachment which will produce
3,000 candlepower when attached. It is
furnished with a collapsible reflector,
and can be used on a tripod or table.
Write to our advertiser for further in-
formation and descriptive circular.

Th^ Wvnne Infallible Meters. The

Digitized by

Google

220

SXAP SHOTS
STUDIO WANTS

November, 191 3

Galleries for Sale or Rent

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey.
J. F. A., gallery in New York State.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

F. S. W., on Long Island. $900.
W. C O., gallery in New Jersey.
C. R. F., gallery in Long Island.
C. Z., gallery in Long Island.

Parlies Desiring Galleries

G. F., wants gallery in small city.
T. D., wants gallery in small city.

R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.

Positions Wanted — Operators

F. C. W., operator and carbon.
M. D. H., all-around man.

J. L. J., all-around man

L. I., all-around man;

H. F., all-around man.

A. E. S., general and carbon.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers, Recep-
tionists
M. H. O., retoucher and etcher.
N. A. B., experienced retoucher.
Miss M. H E., retoucher.
K. W., retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help
H. H. H., wants printer and retoucher.
L. Bros., want operator and retoucher.

G. G. D., first-class operator.
R. H. R., good operator.

C. W. C, wants all-around man.

Notice — Letters addreMetf to anyone In onr earo ihonld be aocompaaied with eumf
for each letter to that they can bo re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

ccv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, F<» SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of forty words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displayed advertisement! 00 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our car*, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the '*ad** is continued. Adrertisementt in
Smap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

Is an ezceOeat Mod safe medltim of commtsnlaitlon between Pfaoftographen

For Sale: Best located and fur-
nished Studio in manufacturing town
of 15,000 near Boston; 20,000 addi-
tional trade by electrics. Only one
other studio. Unusual opportunity
for a live man. Get in now for the
Christmas business. Price reduced to
$700. Address X., care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Studio doing good busi-
ness; good light; steam heat; living
accommodation; low rent. Will sell
cheap for cash; other business reason
for selling. J. Garner, 178 Main St.,
Ansonia, Conn.

For Sale: Established studio of
thirty-nine years in city of 20,000, me-
tropolis of Arizona. Business of last
two years over $6,000 annually. State
University and railroad division head-
quarters and terminals located here.
Studio in center of city over Post
Office. Finest opportunity. Cash
necessary. Reason of sale, death of
owner. A. R. Buehman, Tucson, Ari-
zona.

Send fifty cents (50c.) money order
and get full instructions for making
freak post-cards. One potato, cab-
bage, ear of corn, fish, etc., large
enough to cover farm wagon or auto-
truck. Simple and easy to do. Thou-
sands sold. Address W. E. Graham,
fnotographer. Fair Haven, Vt.

Wanted; To lease studio. Some

"•'Sr proposition for high-grade man;

!Ju^^^ Purchase. Address Photogra-

£v^''» ICiAn^ Euclid Av«- n^v^^lanH

For Sale: Studio in town of 55,000
population. Doing a good business;
equipped with 11x14 camera, with at-
tachment for 5x7 plate-holders; large
north light; operating room 17x35
feet; living rooms on the same floor.
Best location. Must be sold by Janu-
ary 1st on account of other business.
Write for particulars. Ebie Studio,
Canton, Ohio.

Have operated a gallery for over
twenty-five years. Will be at liberty
this winter to accept a position in a
good gallery as all-around man. Can
do carbon work, platinum and bro-
mide enlarging. Address George A.
Walrath, Potter Co., Ulysses. Pa.

For Sale: Photo studio, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city. Doing
good business; good surrounding
country. Established over thirty years.
Studio worth about $3,000, but will
sell for less in cash. Reason for sell-
ing is on account of other business.
All letters must be addressed to Tony
Leo, 5 West Main St., Middletown,
N. Y.

Flanhliflrht Outfit For Sale: One

Digitized by

Google

CCVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEiMEXTS

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW TORK CAMEM EXCHANGE

10IH FULTON SHEET NEW IMK

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

Illustrated Catalogue sent free on denuind

C. KLARY

m Avemw de Villiere PARIS (FRANCQ

COOPER HEWin UGHTS

FOR PHOTOaRAPHY

We now have ready a booklet re-
ferring to the Cooper Hewitt Lights
as prepared for the various photo-
graphic purposes. Prices boxed, at
factory.

eeorge Mnrphir, Inc., 57 E. 9tli St., New Yirl

CAMERA OWNERS

If ^ou would like to see a copy of a
beautiful, practical, interesting, modem
photographic magazine, written and
edited with the purpose of teaching all
photographers how to use their mate-
rials and skill to the best advantage,
either for profit or amusement, send us
your name on a post-card. Don't for-
get or delay, but write at once. The
Siree latest numbers will be sent for 25
cents. $1.50 a year.

AMERICAN PHOTOQRAPHY
601 Pop« BulMIng BOSTON, MASS.

Sktures

Haye an excellence peculiarly Uielr
own. The best resoltt are only
produced by the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other moiintinf
can only be attained by uaiiig the
best mounting paste—

HIQQINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

CBxoellent novel bnuh with eadk Jm4

k^ Tk^^l^.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccvu

Wew Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait quality, warm black tones,
transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, BufiF, Buff
Matte.

VELOUR gold — Highest quality for warm olive brown tones.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Buff, Double.

VELOUR BLACK SOFT— For softest effect from strong high-
grade negatives.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Matte, Double;
Rough, Double; Buff.

^KOME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging; non-
abrasion.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

White laurel— Three tints, three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough, Single;
Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double; Matte, Double.

HLACK laurel — Black and sepia platinum effects; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Smooth Matte,
Double; Buff Matte.

Special chloride— Semi-Matte and fast Chloride Paper for
commercial work.

Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

,GootIe

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

igitized by ^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

ccvni

SNAP SHOTS-'ADVERTISEMENTS

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For PhotograpbcrSy Aritto
Paper and Dry Pkict Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kindt of Sihrer and Gok?
Waste Refined

MtfUffactored

ii PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOR PHOTOGRAPHERS

By W. I. LIKCOLN ADA1C8

AMATEUR AHD PR0FES8I0VAL
(Hli Beit Book)

Editor of "The Photoffraphic Times." Author of "Amateur Photography," "In Nature*!

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.
It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Buhject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Fignrei
Foregrounds The 8kv Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera
Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at mght
Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in C^ouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal marfi[ins and gilt edffes. Beautifully
and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PRICE IN A BOX, f2

18.50.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dollar
per copy, with a new subscription to

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Regular price of "Bnnlight and Shadow*'

Regular Subscription price of "The Photographic Times*'

18.60
1.60

By this Special Offer we sell Both for

14.00

$2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow*' alone; so you get "The Photographic

Times in this way tor nothing. Tnert are less than 60 copies left, so vou must sena in

your oruer at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photo|^phic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street

NEW YORK, N. Y.

When writing advertisers please mention Skap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccix

THE PLATINOTYPE

Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

You Can Take Picture on a Day Like This !

That is, if your lens is right. The lens is the soal of your camera. Ordinary lenses
will take ordinary pictures under /hvorai/e conditions. Are you satisfied with tliatf
Or would you like the iest results under a/l condition!: ? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

^ XJniversally used by war photograpliers and professionals, who must
i t^^ s\ire of their results. I^ey can mnly Refilled io the camera
J^^:2u now own.

for Our Book on ''Lenses and Camerai*'

o^E" the greatest value to any one inti^rtisted
irm. good photography.

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

ccx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE FLASH POWDER

We are now supplying our NEW FLASH
COMPOUND (Eagle Flash Powder) put up in
new style packing in round wooden boxes.

No. I iy2 oz. Box 30c. No. 2 2 oz. $1.10

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East 9tli Street, New Terk

I'^TliffT^B I>nii1»« ft. II9

Olmsted Lantern
Slide Mats

(Patented Deo. M, ISKI)

This is without doubt, the
most convenient form of
lantern slide mat It is so
constructed that with the aid
of a knife, and without the
use of a rule, any opening
of any size or shape can l»e
cut in a few seconds. It
combines every desirable
feature, including place for
name and number and indi-
cating mark. Mats are full
Lantern Slide size. 85ix4.

Prioei

Per pkg. of 26 |0.»0

Per box of 100 TS

QBOROe MURPHY, be,
J 57 Eaft 9th Stftet, New Y«k

EAGLE FORM HOLDER ^^^ f ^^'^ ^°r- "f - '^ -

penor to any of the form hold-
ers on the market. You place
the form and print in position
and by simply pressing down a
lever it securely locks the form
so that it can not slip, thus facili-
tating quick and accurate cutting

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXl

Ninety-five Miles An Hour

Is "going some/' but it is not too fast for
the peerless

HELIAR F:4.6

This remarkable picture, showing all four
wheels of Gil Andersons's Stutz car off
the ground at one time, was caught by the
proprietor of the Elgin Photo Supply Com-
pany, on August 28th, during the Elgin Na-
tional Road Races. His equipment was a
5x7 Mentor Reflecting Camera fitted with
a 3A Heliar, 8J4-inch focus; the exposure
was 1/1300 of a second and a Lumiere
Sigma plate was used. It is considered
by the automobile people as the most re-
markable picture ever taken. The negative
was fully timed and the shutter speed was
sufficiently rapid to stop motion. With a
lens of less aperture than the Heliar, such
a picture would be out of the question, as
it would not permit enough light to pass
to give a fully timed negative at such a
high shutter speed. This same quality, to-
gether with its brilliancy and covering
power, has placed the Heliar in the front
rank of high speed anastigmats. It is the
lens that "makes good" when conditions
are most trying.

Ask any photographer who owns one.

Descriptive circular on request, or at
your dealer's.

Voigtiander & Sohn

MO-868 E. Ontario St., OhioAffO

285 Fifth Ave., New York

WORKS

Brunswick, Germany

Canadian Agents — Hupfeld, Ludecking & Co.,

Montreal, Can.

Wynne "Infallible"
Exposure Meter

Ton Mt the ONE loale and
the Meter does the reit

tbtefiWatdi. FMt Ikt Ptclat
tIMPU. CtUECT

7or 7 or trniform Byitem, Nickel fS.60

7or Eooal Plane 8.50

BUver J.OO

SiWer, Oem lise S.50

Print Meter «.50

Bend for DetaUed Liit

AMimCAII A«lliTS

Btarit Mirpby.lM..57E.8thSt..Nnp Tarli

EDWARD P. BIQELOW

Sountf

degireg for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esting inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
"St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any sixe and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show sotnethin^ worth
showing, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shots" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature," Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite, pur-
pose. It is puolished by an association
of students and lovers of nature — not
for pecuniary gain, but to be helpfuL
Its acpartment. "The Camera," is con-
ducted by enthusiastic camerists, each
of whom, as in a camera society, desires
to help all bis associates and colleagues.
Editor, associates and contributors are
paid by the satisfaction of benefiting
others. There is no better remunera-
tion. All income is devoted directly to
the interests and improvement of the I
magazine. igitized by VJ^I^^l

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

ccxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

BLACK LAUR£L

"Royal Silk Finish"

The high grade paper for Studio Portraiture in
Platinum Black and Sepia Effects.

The paper of great latitude and richness — The
"Royal Silk Finish" Black Laurel Paper, is the Buif,
Heavy Weight, Black Laurel, with a delicate silk
effect. A tracing of fine silk, giving a beautiful finish.

Ready for Delivery— Dec. 10th- 15th.

Rochester Photo Works

65 Atlantic Ave.» Rochester* N. Y.

Rhodol

Obtainable from All Photo Supply Houses at Lowest Prices.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxiii

AN ASSURANCE

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

"AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 HVTater Street, N. T.

STOCKED BY ALL. PHOTOGRAPHIC DHJAIiERS

.^^ AUTOTYPE CARBON TISSUES

AUTOTYPE.

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Ilhistrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band
Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing... 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G^ 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Ino.

87 EAST Ml STREET ""mm YORK^^^

CCXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEIMENTS

i^-r

ROSS

Homocentric
Lenses

Definition of Rapid Homocentric Lenses in Comparison with

Slower Ones.

The new F4,5 Homocentric Lens stopped down to F5,6
is as perfect in all respects as that given by F5,6 Homocentric
Lens used at full aperture.

Taking lenses of the same series, having their corrections
alike, such as Homocentrics, the extra rapid lenses when
stopped down give equal definition to that of the slower lenses
working at the same aperture.

The extra rapid Homocentric F4,5 Lens is also a three
foci lens; each combination can be used singly. The back
combination has a focal length of one and one-half times that
of the doublet or complete lens, and the front combination
has a focal length of twice that of the complete lens. For
instance: the No. 3 Extra Rapid Homocentric F4,5 Lens has a
focal length of 6}i^^ ; the front combination is 12'' focus, and
the back combinaton 9'' focus. These three different focal
lengths are covered with the extra rapid F4,5 Homocentric
Lens.

No.

I
2
3
4
5
6

7
8

9
10

Focus.

4/2''

10 1/16'

Plate.

354x4^

4 X5
3y2X5i/4
45^x61/^

5 X7
5 x8

6y2 X 8^2

8 X 10
10 X 12

Price.

$37.50

43.25

48.75

54.50

60.00

75.00

112.50

165.00

225.00

300.00

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

Amer lean Agents 57 East Ninth Street, New York

/'^ r^r^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxv

For full, rich negatives with depth, roundness and bril-
liancy.

Use HAMMER PLATES

Made on honor, of best material and under the most per-
fect process known, there are none better.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates are unequaled.

REG. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No. 3086 B Interior Bench

Price $35^00
Crated F. O. B., New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches, Balustrades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories
from any design.

ROU6H & MLOWELL
nnuPANY

Digitized by

Google

CCXVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROSSLYN

Colors : White, Gray and Sepia

Per 100

Card sYs x jYs for Oval Pictures 2?/g x sVs $i-6o

Card 6x8 for Oval Pictures 3% ^ sH 180

Card 6x9 for Oval Pictures 3^ ^ 5l4 200

Card sVs x jYs for Square Pictures 2^ x sVs i-^

Card 6x8 for Square Pictures 3^ x sVi 180

Card 6x9 for Square Pictures ^Vs x 5% a.oo

Card 6 x 10 for Square Pictures 3 x 5^4 2.00

Packed 100 in a box

CL.

FL.

6E0R6E MURPHY, Inc. 57 East Ninth St., New York City

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxvii

The Element of Certainty

The uniformity of your chemicals is of equal
importance Avith their quality. Once a formula is
compounded to produce a certain result, that same
result can continuously be reproduced only by the
use of chemicals Avhich are maintained at a uniform
strength and quality,

This is especially true of Carbonate and Sulphite
of Soda. And the variation in strength of these E- K.
Co. Sodas, by actual test, does not average over \%.

The use of chemicals of such a high degree of uni-
fornftity, not only insures the uniform quality of
your work, but reduces waste and the consequent
loss in time and material.

LOOK FOR THIS SEAL ON EVERY
PACKAGE OR BOTTLE.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

ccxviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Eastman
Portrait Films

Combining the speed, gradation
and fineness of grain of the best
plate made, the Seed 30, with a
flexible, non-breakable film base.
Are non-halation in a greater degree
than any plate.

May be retouched or etched on
either side or on both sides.

No special skill required for manip-
ulation.

T Ufff) • <; V 7 fiu. V sti « V 1 n 1 1 V 1 4

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxix

>ll

An Explanatory Diarrani^ Showing the
roan

HOW IT IS DONE Varlout Starei in the Proauctlon of

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Production of mn Autotypo Carbon Photograph

Tlie Coated Surface of Expoied Car-
bon Tissue (Pigmented Gelatine).
B
Single Transfer Paper.

C
Soak A and B in cold water, bring
coated surfaces together in contact and
•qneegee.

D
Place the adherent tissue and trans-
fer paper between blotting boards for
a few minutes. Next immerse in warm
water, until the colored gelatine begins
to ooze out at the edges.

Strip off the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.

A dark mass of colored gelatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
O and H

Continue until completed.
I

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath (five per cent) to harden the film
and discharge the bichromate sensi-
tizing salt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

Important to Amateur Photographero

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

In order to combat the erroneous notion, s tniewhat prevalent amongst Amateur
Photographers, that a trial of the Carbon Procef^s necessariW entails the expenditure
of a considerable sum on costly apparatus, the Autotype Company have decided to
introduce cheap trial sets of the absolutely essential materials, particulars of which
arc appended.

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible to include developing,
washing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some of the
ordinary household crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the batliroom will be
found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

OutlLt Ho. 1 11.60

OQtilt Complete for 5x7 5.00

Qutfit for 8 X 10 7.00

American A|ents : SEORfiE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. 9th St.. New York

J>o

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

ccxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The British Journal

Photo Almanac 1914

This standard pbotoKraphic work, not only
throughout the British Empire, but in every
English-speaking trade centre in the entire
world, is now in its 68rd year, and is up-
to-date. This 1914 edition is 86.000 and
will be sold out entirely. It will contain
many new and valuable features, and be
ready for delivery about December 10th.
191S. Some of the new features of the
1914 BRITISH JOURNAL ALMANAC.

LENS FACTS FOR AMA-
TEURS

A aeries of short chapters by
the Editor on the practiced
properties of lenses. It deals
fully, yet in an elementary way.
with the aelection and uae of
every description of modem
lens, providing an instruction
book in brief on lenses as they
require to be used in outdoor
and indoor work.

EXPOSURE AND DEVELOPMENT

By C. H. HEWITT, F.R.P.S.

An article which deals with the everyday problems of
every amateur photograi^ier, and — more than this— shows,
by a series of reproductions of negatives, the results of mis-
takes in exposure and development: how these mistakes
affect the prints and how they can be avoided or remedied.

A GLOSSARY OF PHOTOGRAPHIC TERMS

Short explanations of the apparatus, matmals, processes,
etc., commonly employed in present-day photography.

FORMULAE FOR DAILY WORK

A revised series of formulae, in each case telling how to make
up the solution and the best way to use it. The most
reliable of guides to practical photography.

THE BRITISH JOURNAL PHOTO ALMANAC appeaU to everyone connected with

photography, and is kept as a reference and guide:

Paper, 60 oanti. Poit«s«» >7 centi. dotb, fl.OO. Poftace, S7 oeati.

BEHD YOJSB, 0BDBR8 VOW

The advertising pages will present the introductions of the leading manufacturers of
the world; and these alone are interesting and instructive.

TRADE AGENTS:

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. 9th St., New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. ^ ^^ (^ ^ ^

THE E4QLE M4SI1 L4NP

(Patented)

The Eagle f'lash Lamp is built on
entirely new UiieSp superior to any-
thing hcretuforc offered, involving
new principles. Special accident pTooi
powder igniter, blue urnbrelhi, bulb
release and pan conslructcd so as to
give a very broad ITame.

The Eagle Fl.isli Lamp is very
compact, being but lo inches long, and
is filled wi[h a bulb release, also a
slatid thai may be raised 12 feet, and
a large special blue umbrella that may
be used behind the lamp as a reflector
(►r in front as a light softener when
I a king portraits, tlic new blue giving
a light that Iras no cqnal for portrait-
ure.

Prices

The Eagle Flash Lamp outfit

complete, including lamp,

stand, bine nmbrella, bulb and

15 feet tubing, caps and flasli

powder $15 00

Eagle Flash Lamp complete

with Flasli T^ag {no nmbrelln^ 2350
The Faglc Flash Lamp Stand

Only .......,, 6.00

UmbreUa made of a special blue

cloth - 1.50

Lagle Flash Lamp caps in a tube ,05
I Inn flics for Eagle I'lash Lamp, t.oi^

E4GLE f LAStf BAG FOR USE WITH THE
EAGLE fLASH LAMP

(Patented)

Eagle Flash Bags for collecting the smokr
and dust are furnished for either the Eagle
Flash Lamp cjr Eagle Jn Fla^h Lamp, These
bags are made of heavy mu"^lin in the back,
top and sides with a front of very transpcir-
ent material, fire-proofed and folds up very
compactly. By use of these bags all tlic
objectionable features of flash light photog-
raphy are done away with, as they make
flash work as clean and easy as day-light.

While the Eagle Flash P^ags are intendfd
fspecially for use with the Eagle Flash
Lamp, they can be used with anv other
style of tripod flash lamp now on the market.

Full instructions for use with earb bag.

Eagle Flash Bag* only $1000

Eagle Flash Bag and Eagle Flash

Lamp, complete .\ 2.150

Eagle Jr. Flash Bag and Eagle Jr.

Flash Lamp, complete , 1250

George Miirphy, Inc., 57 East 9ih St., New Vorft

^Og

le ^

Make contact quality
enlargements on

*^i' 1,

^. %

y^vj'

" *

ORH

They please the customer —
add to your profits.

ARTURA DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

AH Dealtn.

Digitized by

GoogV

TRADEMARK

NO. S6CB7 REOl STERED

December, 1913

CONTENTS

The Ruby Lamp

221

Harmonious Enlargements
from Harsh Negatives - 223

Moving Obfects and
Exposure ...

The Photography of
Machinery - - -

Drying Postcards

Portraiture with a White
Background

Miniature Photographs

Obituary : M. A. Seed

Trade News and Notes

Studio Wants

■ 226

- 230

- 232

- 233

- 236

- 237
. 238

- 240

.>.>'

^7^

bote Publishing Co.. 57 East Ninth St., .P^^^JTftrk

A - PtibllAhed Monthly. Ten Crnita oer copy. Sl.OO oer vear a.t «^ . ^

TRADE MARK
Pttcfltctf Jine M, 19M. Trade Mark Reflstcred.

1 "*/*

rof^ WAiUMC PHOTOCIUPNS

TMt aat^&i* TO 9MeWfH«

rftcc or T»»t n40Toa«A*w «iwft
%«vt» It riMoai avvva >iNr

A sample of our PHOTOMAILER will prove an eloquent
advocate. Nothing we can say would prove so convincing
to you as the article itself. With our PHOTOMAILER before
you, you will see at once how superior it is. Designed to mail
photographs and other enclosures flat, it assures its purpose
fully and has no drawbacks.

We Make Seventeen Sizes.

The Thompson & Norris Co.

Conoord and Prlno« Streets
Addr*ss Depaiiment 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

■••ton, Mass.; Brookville^ lnd.| Niagara Falls. Canada;
London, Kngland; Jiilieb, Germany.

Digitized by VJW\^ VIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXI

THE AMERICAN ANNUAL
OF PHOTOGRAPHY-1914

/ «

JimikmJbmA
ttf itbdDidiuito

~iii9i4 ffi

The most interesting and the
most beautifully illustrated pho-
tographic annual in the world.

The formula section has been revised and contains many new and up-
to-date formuke and tables for every-day reference. Among the new
tables are: Reflecting Power of Various Surfaces, Solubility of Pho-
tographic Chemicals, Strength of Various Lights.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

•r BATT NINTH VTUBT. NEW YORK
foia AtoucAM ioom ros m>m unih.

28th EdMon
NOW READY

Beautiftilly illustrated with over 200 illustrations selected from the best
American and European work of the year.

32 FUL.I. PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR
A beautiful photographic print as a frontlspleoe

Paper Covers, 75 o^nts. F«stag« Extra, 15 o«nta.
Library Ultloa, SI .25. P«stafl« Extra, 20 oants.

PLACE YOUR ORDERS NOW

Digitized by

Google

ccxxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Velour Black

The Brilliant Portrait Eolargios Paper

Convenient Speed Bright Shadows Soft High Lights

LIGHT WEIGHT— Made in Velvet, Semi Matte, Matte, and Rough
Surfaces.

DOUBLE WBIGHT— Made in Velvet, Matte, Rough, Buff and Buff
Matte.

PRICES OF POPULAR SIZES

LIfhiWelfM DMkltWcMt
SiM Ptrin. fwiH

5x7 $ .40 $ .45

8x10 80 1.00

11x14 1.60 2.00

14x17 3.40 3.00

16x20 3.20 4.00

20x24 4.80 6.00

Discounts per quantity. Full lists furnished.

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 Ea»t Ninth StrMt NEW YORK

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For PbOtogtaLfbettf Aristo
Paper tani Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinat of Silver and GoU
W^ftstc Rcftncd

2s±2siS PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

Wben writing adyertitert please mention Snaf Shots. O

SNAr SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxxin

The F. & S. Banquet Camera

LARGE GROUPS
J made indoors at ban-
quets, meetings, public
gatherings, etc, are very
profitable to the photo-
grapher who is equipped to
do the work right

Outdoor groups and views find
a ready sale when made with
the 12 X 20 F. & S. Banquet
Camera.

Send for
Circular

Digitized by

Google

CCXXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAQLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diflFuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens, and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by gfettingf an Eagfle Home

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRIPTION RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YEAR, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, 50 CENTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, fl.25
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP-SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 24 DECEMBER, 1913 Number 12

THE RUBY LAMP

By F. G. Palmer

The merest glimmer of light and

that of the darkest red possible is

what some amateurs delight in,

and finding it is too dark to work

by, they like to have a beam of

Mfhite light pouring into the dark

(?) room, under or round the door.

For working autochromes, the

less intense the light the better

(white light in the earlier stages

being as fatal as it is necessary in

the latter), but for ordinary work

a good light may be used without

any fear of fogging.

Ruby glass is certainly the most
popular form of light-mask, and if
of good quality there is little or
nothing to be said against it, save
that it is very trying for the eye-
sight. Orange and canary glasses
are very good for bromide or lan-
tern-slide work, but are too risky

for ordinary plates, and no use at
all in orthochromatic work.

The writer pins his faith to the
amber glass for all purposes, and
has found that it is perfectly safe
for all kinds of plates, be they
color-sensitive (not autochrome) or
the most rapid makes on the mar-
ket. The lamp in question is made
from the common or garden hock
bottle, with the top of the neck and
the lower end removed. Such a
lamp may be purchased for about
fifteen pence, and lasts a lifetime.
The light is not at all irritating,
and is fairly brilliant, but the glare
of the ruby lamp and its consequent
unpleasant eflPect on the eyes is
absent.

This glare may be avoided, or, at
any rate, lessened, by pasting a
piece of thin white tissue paper over

Digitized by

Google

222

SNAP SHOTS

December, 1913

the glass, or dabbing it with soap
or oil and whitening, thus getting
a frosted effect!

Daylight should be avoided as a
lighting medium, because owning to
its variable intensity, judging the
density of a negative is very diffi-
cult. A red window, however,
might be of advantage sometimes,
especially if it be possible to have
the light outside the room. It cer-
tainly does away entirely w^ith the
unpleasant odors occasioned by the
use of unclean lamps. A good nortr
actinic medium for use over win-
dows is the following. It is made
by soaking sheets of pink blotting
paper in a scarlet dye, red ink, or
similar liquid, to deepen the color,
and when it is dry, rubbing in vase-
line until it is translucent; or, bet-
ter, the dried blotting-paper may be
soaked in melted vaseline. The
paper is then laid between two
sheets of glass, and the whole
bound together with tape glued on.
Instead of this, the ordinary ruby
fabric can, of course, be used, but
several thicknesses must be used,
with consequent sacrifice of light.

It is most imperative that the
light be tested, for few, if any,
lamps or fabrics are absolutely safe
if a very sensitive plate happens to
be undergoing a prolonged develop-
ment. The simplest method of test-
ing the light is to take a dark slide
containing a plate into the dark-
room, and when the lamp is lit or
the window in position, open the
slide to show about one-qnarter of
the plate. Leave this for fifteen

minutes, and then pull the slide still
further out, thus exposing another
quarter. After an interval of a
quarter of an hour, pull the slide a
little further. In fifteen minutes
you can develop the plate, and you
will thus be able to see at a glance :
(1) If the light be safe, and (2)
how long a plate must be exposed
to the light before it gets badly
fogged. In this test the plate must
on no account be shielded by lay-
ing a piece of cardboard across it,
for cardboard is very radio-actinic,
and a perfectly innocent lamp might
easily be accused of causing the fog
produced by the card shield.

Should the source of light prove
to be unsafe, it must be made less
actinic by thickening the fabric or
by increasing the density of the
shade with another piece of glass.

Do not risk ruining good nega-
tives by working in the dark ; use a
good safe light, but at the same
time do not get too close to it. As
we used to learn at school, the in-
tensity of the light varies inversely
with the square of the distance, and
there is, therefore, far less danger
of fogging two feet away from the
lamp than at six inches.

Again, until development is al-
most finished, do not hold the plate
against the lamp to examine it; if
this be done at all, let it be but for
a very little while, and then be sure
to hold only the glass side of the
plate towards the light, lest the
warmth cause irregularity of de-
velopment locally. — The Amateur
Photographer.

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

223

HARMONIOUS ENLARGEMENTS PROM
HARSH NEGATIVES

By Capt. J. Hinde

The process of enlarging on bro-
mide paper has the effect, as every
photographer knows who has ever
tried it, of increasing the contrast
of the picture. If we take a nega-
tive and make a print from it by
contact on bromide paper, and then
make a second print on the same
brand of paper, using the enlarging
lantern to do so (whether the print
is the same size or an enlargement
is immaterial), it will be found that
the print made with the lantern has
more contrast than the other.
There are times when this is very
nseful, and enables a bright print
to be obtained from a negative
which is a little too flat to give one
by contact. If the contract-giving
property of **gaslight" paper is also
made use of, by making the en-
largement on that instead of on
rapid bromide paper, a very great
increase in vigor is obtained.

The problem of getting reduced
rather than increased contrast when
enlarging is a more difficult one;
yet it has to be tackled at some time
or another by everyone w^ho does
any enlarging at all. Perhaps one
of our best negatives, which gives
a beautiful print on platinum or on

self-fnn;^-

+u^

to do so, only to find that all the
highest lights in the picture come
out a blank white in the enlarge-
ment. There are several ways by
which this can be prevented.

The plan which I always adopt
with the best negatives of this kind
is to make enlarged negatives from
them; because this not only allows
the contrasts to be controlled at
will, but also gives great scope in
the use of printing processes. An
enlarged negative is by no means a
difficult thing to produce — no more
difficult, in fact, than it is to make
a good bromide enlargement, al-
though it takes longer, necessarily.
In the case of original negatives
which are inclined to be vigorous,
I find that a carbon transparency is
the most suitable.

Carbon transparencies are merely
carbon prints transferred to glass
instead of to paper. A special
transparency tissue is made, and it
is best to use this for the purpose,,
as the pigment in it is more finely
ground. " A number of pieces of
glass may be prepared at a time, as
they keep indefinitely. They are
first thoroughly cleaned and then
are dipped in a solution of gelatine

^fU

■\* ft»rot1<-»

Digitized by

Google

224

SNAP SHOTS

December, 191 3

a decided yellow color. If the glass
does not take the gelatine nicely, it
may be applied by rubbing it over
with a rag, and then immersing it
in the liquid. The glasses are stood
up in daylight to drain and dry, and
are then ready for use.

There is no need to describe the
operation of carbon printing. The
tissue in this case is treated exactly
as if it was to make a paper print
instead of a glass transparency, ex-
cept that a longer exposure is gen-
erally necessary. It is squeegeed to
the glass and developed in the usual
manner; but the density must be
determined by looking through the
transparency, not down on it.

A carbon transparency can be in-
tensified very easily and very grad-
ually, should this be necessary, by
placing it in a solution of potassiiun
permanganate, washing and drying
it. The degree of intensification
will depend on the strength of the
solution, and if the first application
is insufficient, any additional num-
ber that may be necessary can be
given. It is better to do too little
than too much, at first. The yellow-
brown color given by the perman-
ganate is very non-actinic. There
is no satisfactory method of reduc-
ing a carbon transparency. Should
it need reduction, it is better to
make another.

As the carbon process requires a
fairly vigorous negative, it will be
found that the mere selection of
that process for making the trans-
I)arency will generally be sufficient
to meet with the extra vigor of the

original negative, and so carbon
gives the result we want.

Should the photographer not be
familiar with the carbon process,
and prefer to make his transpai-
ency on a plate, he can do so, and
, can, to some extent, control the
density by the extent to which he
carries the development (1) of the
transparency and (2) of the en-
larged negative.

A COMPLEMENTARY TRANSPARENCY

Instead of dealing with a vigor-
ous negative by making an enlarged
negative from it, it is possible to
enlarge it direct on bromide paper,
and still not to get too great con-
trast in the result. There are two
methods whcih may be used, one
employing a transparency to tone
down the contrasts, and the other
known as "Sterry's process."

The former plan does not seem
to be so well known as it deserves
to be, since it is very simple and
has the great advantage that it
leaves the original negative quite
unaltered, although temporarily re-
ducing its contrasts. To carry it
out, a dry plate, which may either
be one of the kind usually used in
the camera, or a special lantern or
transparency plate, is exposed in
contact with the negative exactly
as if a transparency were to be
made from it. The plate is then
developed, taking care not to get it
too dense. In fact, it is usually re-
quired quite thin, and is fixed,
washed, and dried. When dry it is
carefully adjusted on the negative.

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

225

film to film, until the two images
are in exact register, and when this
is the case the plates are bound to-
gether temporarily by means of
lantern-slide binding strips. The
negative with the positive attached
to it in this way may be placed in
the lantern and an enlargement
made on bromide paper in the ordi-
nary way.

The effect of the transparency in
contact with the negative is very
much the same as if the negative
itself had been developed to a less
extent. The negative and transpar-
ency in combination are much more
opaque than either of them singly,
but the contrast of the negative is
less. This will be apparent on a
moment's consideration, as it will
be realized that the densest parts of
the transparency come against the
most transparent parts of the nega-
tive and mce versa.

DEVELOPING THE TRANSPARENCY

The extent to which this "com-
plementary transparency'' should
be developed will depend upon the
extent to which it is necessary to
reduce the contrasts of the nega-
tive. Quite a thin transparency is
generally sufficient, its effect being
more marked than one is at first
inclined to suppose. As the origi-
nal negative is in no way affected,
one can go on making transparen-
cies until exactly what is required
is obtained. It is quite possible to

m^lrf^ n f-^ »^ :.. j.i_!_

put together, a dense deposit is
given, but one which is of the same
opacity all over, with no sign of an
image anywhere, unless the regis-
tration is imperfect.

The complementary transparency
may be reduced or intensified if
necessary. At times it is very help-
ful to reduce parts of it either par-
tially, or even to clear glass, leaving
only an image on just those parts
which correspond to the places
where the negative is too transpar-
ent. The ferri-cyanide and hypo
reducer is very serviceable for work
of this kind.

There remains to be considered
*'Sterry's process." This, also, does
not involve any alteration or modi-
fication of the original negative, but
is based on treating the bromide
paper with a very weak solution of
chromic acid or of potassium bi-
chromate after exposure and before
development.

STERRY's PROCESS

The first thing to be done in this
process is to ascertain the exposure
which must be given to the bromide
paper in order that the densest
parts of the negative rriay imprint
their image on it to the correct ex-
tent. In doing this the shadows —
that is to say, the more transparent
parts of the negative — may be ig-
nored altogether. They will be
much over-exposed, of course, and
were the j)aper to be developed in

^1- _ 1: ,,,^«,1^ 'ill K/»

Digitized by

Google

226

SNAP. SHOTS

December, 1913

for a few minutes in the chromic
acid or bichromic solution. The
latter is the compound most likely
to be used by the photographer. A
solution of thirty grains of potas-
sium bichromate in ten ounces of
water may be taken as the standard
strength, and the paper immersed
in this, in the dark-room, of course,
for three minutes. It is then taken
out, washed in four or five changes
of water, and developed as usual.
It will be found that the effect of
the bichromate is to prevent the
shadows in the enlargement from
getting too dark, while it does not

seem to have any influence upon the
lighter parts. The consequence is
that the final result is much softer
and more harmonious.

The strength of the bichromate
solution and the length of time it
is allowed to act must be adjusted
to the extent of softening that is
necessary. The data given above
may be taken as suitable for a nega-
tive that is distinctly but not ex-
cessively harsh. In milder cases
the bichromate may be diluted : in
aggravated cases it may be used
in greater concentration. — Photog-
gapliy.

MOVING OBJECTS AND EXPOSURE
By F. Dudley

One of the things which makes
the photography of moving objects
difficult is the fact that the expo-
sure problem is complicated by the
necessity which exists of taking the
movement of the image of the ob-
ject into consideration, as well as
the exposure that the plate itself
may require to give a good nega-
tive. Since it is impossible to cal-
culate on the spur of the moment
how short an exposure is neces-
sitated by the movement, the re-
sults are necessarily largely a mat-
ter of luck.

In considering the subject of ex-
posures on moving objects, we pro-
pose to simplify it for our present
purpose by putting on one side all

photographs taken on purpose to
show how the camera can record
rapidly moving things under ad-
verse conditions. These are not
things with which the amateur with
a comparatively simple and inex-
pensive outfit can deal ; they require
a costly lens and an elaborate shut-
ter, and when they have been ob-
tained they are much more to the
credit of the apparatus than of its
user. For the present we will look
at the subject from the point of
view of the photographer whose
aim is to get good pictures, and
who, when he finds that he has to
deal with moving objects, endeavors
not so much to defy their difficulties
as to circumvent them.

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

227

The first thing that has to be
realized is that the actual speed at
which the object is moving does not
concern us in the least. This may
seem a startling paradox, but a
minute's consideration shows that
it is a truism. An express train
traveling at sixty miles an hour
may be photographed sharply with
an exposure which is not half fast
enough to catch a man, or even a
telegraph boy walking. The expo-
sure is governed, not by the rate at
which the object moves, but by the
rate at which the image would
move upon the plate. This is not
at all the same thing ; since the rate
of movement of the image is influ-
enced not only by the rate of the
object, but also by the direction of
the movement with reference to the
line of sight. It is also affected by
the distance of the object and by
the focus of the lens. These differ-
ent factors may be taken separately.
It is obvious that the direction of
the movement influences the move-
ment of the image. When the ob-
ject moves directly across the line
of sight, at right angles to the line
in which the lens is pointing, tb
movement of its image on the plate
is at a maximum. If its only move-
ment is in the direction of the line
of sight, then, except that the size
of the image alters as the object
approaches or recedes, there is no
movement of the image. Between
these two extremes come most of

slow an exposure as possible in or-
der to get a fully-exposed negative,
it is necessary to select a standpoint
as nearly as possible in front of the
moving object. A curve of the
road or railway not only enables us
to photograph a motorcar or train
in full speed with a comparatively
slow exposure, but is also, fortu-
nately for us, very often the most
pictorially effective position for the
moving object.

The more distant the moving ob-
ject, the slower may be the expo-
sure without any sign of blurring.
Thus, in street scenes and similar
subjects, the figures that are fifty
yards or more from the camera sel-
dom give much trouble, whereas
figures close at hand, even if they
are moving very much more slow-
ly, will be blurred unless the ex-
posure is very short indeed.

The focus of the lens employed
influences the extent of movement
of the image on the screen, just
as it influences the size of the
image. If the exposure is of such
a duration that the object itself
moves, say, six inches during the
time the shutter is open, the blur-
ring with a lens of ten-inch focus
will be just twice as much as with
a lens of five-inch focus, because
the space on the image correspond-
ing to six inches on the object is
twice as great with a ten-inch lens
as it is with a five-inch one.

There is another point to note in

Digitized by

Google

228

SNAP SHOTS

December, 1913

raphy is now done with small cam-
eras with a view to subsequent en-
larging, that the old ideas as to
what constitutes a aharp image have
to be revised. A degree of blurri-
ness that we might very well over-
look in a contact print from a quar-
ter-plate negative may become very
aggressive when that quarter-plate
has been enlarged up to 12x10.

Such are the principal consid-
erations in the photography of
moving objects, other than high-
speed work. It remains for us to
see how they apply in actual prac-
tice. The first thing the reader
will gather will be the impractica-
bility of using tables of exposures
for different classes of subjects.
The conditions vary so widely and
influence the results so much that
such tables are perfectly useless.
All we can do is to give the short-
est exposure which will give us a
properly exposed plate; instead of
varying the exposure to cope with
the movement, studying to get the
moving object in such circum-
stances that the movement of the
image is as little as possible.

The great majority of amateur
photographers have snap-shot cam-
eras of which the full speed of the
shutter (actual speed, not marked
speed) may be put down at some-
where about the thirtieth or fortieth
of a second, with a lens of, say,
four and a half to six inches focus.
With such an outfit, a horse and
cart, with the horse walking neither
in the direction of the line of sight
nor at right angles thereto, but

about midway between the two,
will usually be sharply rendered if
the horse is not more than about an
inch and a half high on the plate.
A man walking may be taken on
the same scale. A trotting horse
would have to be on a smaller scale
to be sharp. Trains, motorcars and
ships, provided the direction is kept
fairly well in the line of sight, and
the objects do not occupy more than
about an inch or an inch and a
quarter, are quite within the scope
of such apparatus, which is also
very capable of dealing with mov-
ing ships, etc.

The photographer with such an
outfit must not hope to be able to
repeat the successes seen in the il-
lustrated papers, where rapidly
moving objects are rendered on a
large scale; partly because his ap-
paratus is not able to cope with
such work, and partly also because
much of the very high speed pho-
tographs seen in the illustrated
press have been submitted to the
most elaborate hand work.

There is one other aspect of the
subject which requires mention.
Afany of the moving objects upon
which we photographers make ex-
posures are not moving uniformly
either in rate or direction. A com-
mon case is that of a man walking.
As a whole, he is progressing at
a rate which can be expressed in
figures; let us say, four miles an
hour. But if his body moves with
some uniformity at that rate, other
parts of him do not do so. When
he puts one leg forward to take a

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

229

step, his foot must be moving at
much more than four miles an hour,
or it would not be able to catch up
his body and get to the ground in
front of it, as it actually does. Then
while that same foot remains on the
ground, we know it does not move
at all ; it is the leg that swings for-
ward on the foot as a pivot. If we
look at a lot of snap shots of
street scenes, where there has been
any trouble from moving figures, it
will comparatively seldom be found
that it is the bodies that are blurred,
but nearly always a foot or leg. In
rowing there is a similar series of
movements at entirely different
rates, so that it is quite impossible
to express the movement of all the
different parts by any one figure.

In dealing with subjects of this
kind, when the movements are not
so rapid that they cannot be fol-
lowed, it is well to look out for the
phases in which the movement is at
a minimum, and make the exposure
then. Thus, if we were photo-
graphing children playing at see-
saw or swinging, we could get a
sharp picture with a tenth or a
fifteenth of a second, even with the
subject on quite a large scale, if
we make the exposure, not when
they are in full flight, but at the
moment when the swing or board is
at the end of its movement in one
direction and has not yet begun th<^
return movement. When photo-
graphing from a rolling vessel, the
conditions are very similar, al-
though in this case it is the camera
and not the subject that moves.

By making the exposure when the
ship is at the end of a roll, a much
longer exposure can be given with-
out signs of movement than when
the shutter is released during the
roll itself.

The subjects are so many and so
diverse that one cannot give definite
directions to meet all cases; but
what has already been written
should be sufficient to indicate to
the photographer how to regard
each task as it comes along, how to
minimize the diflficulties which it
presents, and how to secure at the
same time the most realistic and
satisfactory suggestion of move-
ment.— Photography,

One year's sub-
scription to Snap
Shots and the
American An-
nual of Photog-
raphy, 1 9 1 4 paper
edi tion, only
$1.50.

Address

Snap Shots
Pub. Co.

Digitized by

Google

230

SNAP SHOTS

December, 1913

THE PHOTOGRAPHY OF MACHINERY

By W. H. McCormick

Photography is of the highest
possible importance to the engineer.
It has its uses in advertising, in the
preparation of catalogues, in mak-
ing records of standard types of
machines and their parts, and in
many other everyday matters. Ma-
chine photographs, of whatever
kind, must be of the highest quality
if they are to be of any service, for
in no other branch of photography
do defects assert themselves so
strongly and so disastrously. At
the same time the work is not so
difficult as some writers would have
us believe. All that is required,
beyond the ability to turn out a
good negative, is a knowledge of
exactly what is to be aimed at, and
a little careful study of the condi-
tions under which the work has to
be done.

THE Camera and lens

The necessary apparatus is not
out of the ordinary. A triple-ex-
tension camera, preferably of not
less than whole-plate size, will an-
swer every purpose. The lens is a
more important matter. The slight-
est distortion, due to the use of a
lens of short focus, is very notice-
able in machine photographs, par-
ticularly if the machine is long in
proportion to its width. The focus
of the anastigmat lenses usually
sold for any given size of plate is
too short for this work, and though
the rectilinears are a little better in

this respect, even they are on the
short side. Therefore, for general
work, a long-focus lens must be
chosen, or one of the convertible
anastigmats giving a range of three
foci. Now and then, however, it is
necessary to photograph a large
machine in a confined situation, and
in such cases there is no option but
to use a short-focus or wide-angle
lens. There is no object in having
lenses of great rapidity, as they are
seldom or never used at full aper-
ture. The plates should be of fast
medium speed, for though a slow
plate undoubtedly has many ad-
vantages, these are outweighed by
the great length of exposure re-
quired with a small stop and in a
poor light. Orthochromatic plates
are very much to be recommended ;
for combinations of metals, such as
steel, copper, and brass, present
many varieties of color, and an
ortho. screen may often be used
with advantage. All plates should
be backed.

dealing with reflections

Coming to the actual work, the
most serious troubles met with are
the reflections from polished metal,
the lighting, and the foreground
and background. Many ways of
getting rid of reflections have been
recommended, but the simplest is
that of dabbing the shiny parts
with putty. The lighting is not
quite so easily disposed of. The

Digitized by

Google

December, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

231

upper parts of a machine are usu-
ally of brighter work than the
lower, and a top light accentuates
this relative brightness. If the only
available light comes from a very
high position, it is advisable to
partly screen it off, and at the same
time to help the darker parts by
means of reflected light. It has
been suggested that these dark
parts should be painted over with
dull, light grey paint, but if reflec-
tors are used this is not necessary.
The reflectors may be made of
white paper tacked on light frames,
or loose sheets may be used, but
these are not so easy to arrange in
the best positions. The main light,
of course, must be a front light.
The floor of a machine shop is not
exactly of the purest white, and it
is usually wise, if not absolutely
necessary, to make a temporary
floor of sheets of paper or white
painted boards. These should ex-
tend as far as possible round and
under the machine, so as to provide
a foreground and to show no dark
patches. A background is neces-
sary, both to diffuse the light and
to isolate the machine from its sur-
roundings. This consists of a
white sheet, and it should be clean
and free from creases. If the sheet
^s not smooth and clean, and espe-
cially if it must be hung to the ma-
chine, it should be kept moving dur-
ing exposure.

.ACCTr. * r* 'nrrr? rT*-T

obtainable during the daytime, and
in this case, unless the machine is
small enough to be moved to a
better place, the work must be done
by artificial light. This may be
either flashlight or magnesium rib-
bon. If the former, the light should
be diffused by muslin or other ma-
terial, and if the latter, the light
should be kept moving. Shorter
lengths of ribbon may also be used
to give the darker parts a better
chance.

However the photograph is taken
it is important that the maker's
name-plate should show prominent-
ly, and this is best made sure of by
whitening the raised lettering with
chalk. Chalk also may be used for
other details which it is desired to
show clearly, such as the teeth of
wheels.

THE INCLUSION OF FIGURES

Occasionally it is required to pho-
tograph a workshop as a whole.
Here little can be done in the way
of preparation, and things must be
taken pretty much as they are. The
best view-point must be carefully
chosen, and the lens should be of as
long focus as possible. If work-
men are to be included — and a large
shop looks strange without them —
they should be arranged a little if
possible. A good space should be
allowed between the camera and the
nearest man, and most of the men
should be apparendy engaged in

Digitized by

Google

232

SNAP SHOTS

December, 1913

from their work. In any case the
men should know when the photo-
graph is to be taken, so that they
can keep still, for nothing looks
worse than men here and there
with two faces and several arms
and legs.

The several parts of a machine
are best photographed on a white
sheet or board, with a white back-
ground ; or, if they cannot be stood
up, they may be hung in front of
the background. If these parts are
to be referred to individually in a
catalogue or pamphlet, each must
have a large nimiber attached to it.

It is impossible to give any guide
to exposure, as conditions vary al-
most infinitely, and the only way is
to use an exposure-meter. This
should be of the special indoor
type, for the ordinary meter takes
far too long to darken to the tint.
There is nothing unusual about the
development of machine photo-
graphs, the only thing to avoid
being a too dense negative.

With photographs of single ma-
chines or parts, the best results are
got by blocking out the background
entirely. This is done on the film
side of the negative with "Photo-
pake'' or other similar preparation,
but unless the photographer has
had considerable experience in this

Prints of any kind of machiner}-
look most effective on glossy
P.(J.P., toned to a cold purple, bro-
mide paper giving the next best
results. — The Amateur Photogra-
pher and Photographic News.

DRYING POSTCARDS

Those who do much printing on
the ever-popular postcard have
noted the difficulty of drying them
without curl unless one has some
way of controlling them on net
screens, or otherwise.

Not caring to be cumbered with
such screens, I hit upon the method
of drying on blotters, not between.
After the final washing the excess
water is squeezed out with the rub-
ber roller; the cards are then laid,
backs down, on clean dry blotters.
When the upper side no longer
shows visible moisture, and the
cards have begun to turn up slight-
ly, just turn them over, face down
on the same blotters.

The backs will show dry, but the
moisture in the same blotter seems
to prevent undue curling before the
cards are dry enough to put under
pressure safely without damage. It
is understood that it is best to take
up the cards when just right to put
under pressure, a stage easily de-

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913 SNAP SHOTS 233

PORTRAITURE WITH A WHITE BACKGROUND

The predominating idea in the
production of white-background
portraits must be to secure a deh-
cate picture. For this reason,
ladies and children are more suit-
able subjects than men ; since th
are able to wear light, flimsy gar
nients, and draperies which lend
themselves well to the style. Fancy
costumes, also, are often very suit-
able. I do not say that successful
results cannot be produced with the
darker, heavier draperies; but they
are, at any rate, more difficult to
secure.

The background itself must be
one of the first objects of our at-
tention. It is difficult to secure a
pure white, so many of them con-
taining a strong tinge of yellow
The ordinary plate is not sensitive
to yellow, so we must avoid such
a shade as much as possible. On
the other hand, it is very sensi-
tive to blue, and wherever that
color appears in a photograph it is
easy to secure density in the nega-
tive. So the best white background
to use is one of a blue-white. As
the background has to surround the
subject, a continuous background
is necessary, that will hang behind
and also extend along the floor to
some distance in front of the model.
The rnaterial used is the same as

IC coir! f^^ "^^Inin" Ko/>l^or..

exposed it is difficult to get a clean
negative with them. On the other
hand, if the plate employed is a
slow one, harshness often results.
A plate of medium speed, say, 220-
250 H. and D., will be found best.

Exposure is a very important
matter. We must remember that
we are dealing with a subject con-
taining a great deal of light, and
over-exposure will result in a weak,
dirty negative. If this is obtained,
it is better to destroy it at once,
so as not to be tempted to waste
time in trying to obtain a nice deli-
cate print from it. Under-exposure
is just as bad the other way, and
over-development, resulting in a
negative that is too hard and thick,
will be fatal to success. Instead
of giving a delicate print, we shall
have a **study in black and white."
In short, for this work it is essen-
tial to have the negative correctly
exposed and correctly developed.
In the plates which I use, develop-
ment is correct when the outline of
the image is clearly shown on the
back of the plate.

The scheme of lighting to be
adopted in white background work
will depend upon the fancy of the
worker. The great tiling is to bear
in mind that no strong contrast*-
must be used. For instance, the

r.f,r1/l

irl-»*/^l-i «Tr*\roe

-inr lin#» of

Digitized by

Google

234

SNAP SHOTS

December, 191 3

plified, allowing the light to play
on one side of the face, but only
a little more than on the other, so
as to avoid strong contrasts, will
give good results. When quite or-
dinary round lighting is employed,
a great improvement in effect is
often secured by allowing a little
light to play on the light side of
the costimie, so as to cause it to
stand away from the background.
Dark furniture should not be used
with light costumes, if it can be
avoided, as it is very often the cause
of too much contrast in the finished
print.

Provided the quality of the nega-
tive is good, almost any process of
printing may be employed, from p.
o. p. to bromoil, so it cannot be
said that ihe worker wuh white
backgrounds has a limited selection
of papers. Those most generally
used are platinum, carbon, and
bromide; and in this article it will
be assumed that bromide or gas-
light paper is being used. The
choice of surfaces is a very wide
one; smooth matt being as suitable
as any.

In making the print, we have
to get a soft effect, the picture
gradually passing into the white
ground; and it is here where new
workers are likely to experience the
most trouble. It is done by vig-
netting, which, although apparently
a simple matter in the eyes of
many, is, to judge from a number
of the results I have seen, anything
but simple. The fault has been
that, although the actual edges of

the print may have been more or
less soft, the general effect was a
mask rather than a vignette. The
cause of this defect is that the
vignetting cards were fixed too near
the negative, and the frame was
not moved about enough during the
exposure.

The print may be larger than
the negative that is used; and for
that purpose a larger printing frame
will be needed. A piece of glass
being put in the frame, a piece of
card of the same thickness as the
negative has a hole cut in its centre
the size of the negative, and
laid on the glass. The negative is
placed in the opening of the card,
which then, in conjunction with the
negative, makes a level surface on
which the bromide paper can 1
evenly. For the actual vignetting,
we take a rough proof from the
negative and mount it on a piece
of thin card. On the print we
draw a serrated edge from an inch
to an inch and a half away from
the figures, and following the out-
line of the subject, and then cut
out along this line with a sharp
penknife. If this card were to be
fixed down close on the rim of
the printing frame, and a print
made, it would give the hard vig-
nette to which I have already re-
ferred. This can be avoided if, in-
stead of fixing the card down tight-
ly, we allow it to bend upwards
in a sort of arch. The edge of
the opening should have two thick-
nesses of tissue-paper pasted round
it, one larger than the other, and

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

235

the whole may then be covered
with a third sheet of tissue-paper.
This allows the rays of light to
spread more over the surface of
the paper, and so produces a soft,
fading edge to the subject.

In the case of many pictures
trouble may be experienced in deal-
ing with the bottom portion of the
negative, because, although in a
full-length portrait the white
g^round will surround the figure on
the negative, and consequently the
vignetting will then be the same
all round, in a half or three-quar-
ter length it is different. The fig-
ure extends right to the bottom
edge of the negative, and, accord-
ing to the strength of it, it will
be more or less difficult to get the
required softness. This difficulty
is best overcome by putting cotton
wool between the vignette and the
negative, pulling out the edge of
it to allow of soft printing.

Another way to help towards soft
results is to matt varnish the back
of the negative, and then to work
it up either with stump or pencil,
making the edges as solid as pos-
sible, and graduating off as the
subject is approached. The matt
varnish can also be made to serve
another very useful purpose. It is
ohen necessary to emphasize a few
high lights or to make one part of
a costume print to a lighter tone

printing frame in such a manner
as to allow as varied a direction of
light to strike the plate through the
vignette as possible, there is no
need to say more on the subject
of printing.

As a support for pictures of this
kind nothing, to my mind, is bet-
ter than to mount them on a stiff,
plain mounting board, and then to
bevel the edges of print and mount
by means of a very sharp knife.
Another plan which looks very well
is to use a pale gray, limp mount-
ing board, which may or may not
have a few pencil lines ruled round
the edge of the print to serve as
a boarder. A narrow, faint wash
of some suitable water-color may
be used in place of the lines.

Those who like to put hand work
on their prints will find that in
this work they have plenty of scope
for the exercise of their artistic
talent. A sable brush and ordinary
water-color (lamp-black), or a
black lead-pencil, used as if on or-
dinary drawing paper, will enable
some charming effects to be ob-
tained. Hard India rubber, or a
sharp knife, enables us to pick out
high lights on a print, as either will
remove as much of the image as
may be required, but a very light
touch is necessary to ensure not
scraping through the prepared sur-
face.

Digitized by

Google

236

SNAP SHOTS December, 1913

MINIATURE PHOTOGRAPHS

Miniature photographs find mani-
fold application in all kinds of nov-
elties, such as penholders, charms
and other trinkets, but the majority
of what we see is so bad that one
does not wonder at the decline of
taste in this interesting branch of
work. We have seen minute photo-
grams, hardly the dimensions of a
pin's head, showing over 400 por-
traits distinctly, when microscop-
ically examined. This shows that
micro photographs might be of con-
siderable importance.

The main point is to get a sensi-
tive film without a grain to it. Of
course, gelatine is out of the ques-
tion on account of its large grain of
structure. Collodion is finer in
grain, but still too coarse for such
delicate work.

Albumen is the only medium ap-
plicable.

The following formulae are rec-
ommended :

Alcohol lyi oz.

Ether 1 dr.

Soluble cotton 16 gr.

Ammonium iodide ... .16 gr.
Tincture of iodine.... 17 drops.

B.
Take 160 parts of fresh white
^^^ cg^gj "^ix with 1 part glacial
acetic acid in 20 parts water, avoid-
ing formation of air bells when stir-
ring. Leave the mixture stand for
2 hours and pour off the clear por-
<^ion.

A thick film will separate from
the lower clear liquid, which is re-
moved.

The next preparation is:

The above white of egg ^Yi oz.

Ammonium bromide . . 4 gr.

Ammonium (strong).. 15 drops.

Ammonium iodide. ... 18 gr.

Coat the thin piece of microscopic
glass first with the collodion and
wash it until all greasiness disap-
pears from the surface, then coat
with the albumen preparation (B).
Place the plates edgewise to dry in
a place free from dust. When thor-
oughly dry they keep indefinitely.

The sensitizing solution is made
as follows:

Xitrate of silver 154 gr.

Glacial acetic acid 1 dr.

Distilled water 3>< oz.

When the film becomes opaque,
or rather opalescent, wash in dis-
tilled water and dry.

Development is effected with con-
centrated gallic acid, to which is
added :

Citric acid 15 gr

Distilled water V/2 ot,

Pixmg and toning is done in the
following bath:

Chloride of gold 15 gr.

Chalk 60 gr.

Hypo 120 gr.

Water 4 oz.

The tone is purple brown to
black. — Photo IVochenblatt,

Digitized by

Google

December, 191 3

SNAP SHOTS

237

M. A. SEED

As we go to press we have just
learned of the death of Mr. M. A. Seed.
Regretting that we have no further in-
formation regarding his death, and as
this reaches us just as the issue closes,
we can only advise that the funeral was
held Monday, December 8th, at the First
Mehodist Church, Mount Vernon.

Mr. Seed was one of the pioneer
manufacturers of the photographic dry
plates in the United States. He was
an expert photographic operator in the
employ of L. A. Scholten, in the city
of St. Louis, Mo., in 1880, when he
commenced experimenting with the view
of producing a dry plate. His experi-
menting continued for two years, and
he was convinced that he could pro-
duce a photographic dry plate that
would meet the requirements of the
photographers in 1882, and with some
friends who invested their capital em-
barked in the manufacture of photo-
graphic dry plates in the town of Wood-
land, Mo., some ten miles from St.
Louis, and met with good success, until
1885, when, owing to a fire, the factory
was burnt down and completely de-
stroyed. With renewed vigor and added
capital a new factory was built, and in
1885, with improved machinery and with
the experience gained by the previous
years' work, the M. A. Seed dry plates,
under the supervision of M. A. Speed,
started to produce what is generally
acknowledged as the best dry plate in
the world. Mr. Seed was an enthusi-
astic worker, persistent in his efforts
to improve the quality of the photo-
graphic dry plate, and his one great
maxim was that no matter what the cost,
no matter what the work, trouble, and
inconvenience was, that the plates that
were turned out to the trade should be
all guaranteed quality.

On one occasion a photographer wrote

to Mr. Seed and stated that as his loca-
tion was far away from any of the
leading distributing centres, he would
thank him for sending him the formulae
used in making his plates. To this Mr.
Seed replied that the formul«e used in
the production of the Seed plates was
the same as when he commenced making
the plates in 1882, but owing to the
many improvements in machinery and
in methods, and in handling, and all
other saving devices, the Seed dry plate
was placed in the hands of the practical
photographer at a price that it would
not pay to be made by the consumer,
and that while the Seed plate was of
the highest grade and merit, it was
made from the same formulse as orig-
inally started, yet it was only by over-
coming the many troubles and difficul-
ties that the Seed dry plate was given
in its perfection. Mr. Seed was an
earnest student, not only in articles
used in the manufacturing of dry plates,
but also in the troubles, and failures,
and causes for annoyance that he met
in the various studios. He was at all
times willing and only too glad to help
his brother photographer, and to stare
him on the right road to reach good
photographic results. He was an earn-
est, enthusiastic worker in photography
and a great admirer of art, and deeply
religious, and one who carried out his
religious feelings. He was a practical
and earnest Christian, a good father,
and sincere friend, and his loss will be
deeply regretted, not only in the photo-
graphic fraternity, but to men all over
the entire world.

His life was a success and a great
pillar of light, and while his loss will
be felt deeply, yet his work done leaves
behind him a monument representing
everything honorable in business and
everything high in Christian life.

Digitized by

Google

238

SNAP SHOTS December, 191 3

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

American Annual of Photography.
In speaking of the new 1914 edition,
which has just been issued, the former
editor stated that he considered this
new volume to be an improvement over
any previous issue, both in the quality
of the illustrations and text matter. You
should not miss securing a copy of this
Annual. The general sales agent ad-
vises us that they have booked orders
for almost the entire edition. We have
secured a number of copies, and as long
as these last we can furnish you with a
copy of the paper edition, and a year's
subscription to Snap Shots, commenc-
ing January 1st, for $1.50; or a copy of
the Annual only for 90 cents postpaid.
Address Snap Shots Publishing Co.

Collins Mounts. The new fall lines
of the Collins Co. are designed to at-
tract the eye, to enhance the value of
your prints, and to give a rich, distinct-
ive tone to your work. If you are not
familiar with these new mountings you
should write to the A. M. Collins Mfg.
Co., Philadelphia, and ask them for
samples. Kindly mention Snap Shots
It helps us.

Eastman Portrait Film. In the short
time that these films have been on the
market they have met with a wonderful
reception from the professional photog-
raphers, due to their many advantages
over the dry plate. They have the speed
of the Seed 30, and are non-halation in
a greater degree than any plate. Their
unbreakable qualities practically recom-
mend them for portrait work.

Seed Plates. The dependable quality
of Seed Plates is something which you
particularly appreciate at this season of
the year, when it is necesary to make
every plate count. Seed plates are not
only uniform, they have superior

gradation, five-grain, latitude and speed.
The Seed 30 Gilt Edge is particularly
adapted to these short winter days.

British Journal Photo Almanac, 1914.
Before this issue reaches our readers
this mammoth Annual will have been
distributed to the photographic dealers
by the American agents, as they advise
they have notice that the shipment is
now on the ocean. They also advise
that the demand from the dealers is
considerably larger than last year, and
that despite the fact that they have a
larger quantity coming, they expect to
be entirely sold out within a week after
the books reach this country. They
have assured us that our order will be
filled complete, and we can, therefore,
offer you a year's subscription to Snap
Shots and a copy of the paper edition
for $1.25 ; or a copy of the paper edition
only, postpaid, for 77 cents. Address
Snap Shots Publishing Co.

Eagle Home Portrait and Studio
Lamp, This lamp was designed espe-
cially for home portrait use, but it is
equally serviceable in the studio. It is
very compact, packs neatly in a case
which can readily be carried in the
hand.

The lamp has a normal light of 1,000
candle power. This, with the flash at-
tachment, can be increased to 3,000 can-
dle power when necessary. Our adver-
tiser advises that they are having diffi-
culty in keeping up with their orders for
these lamps. Now that the holiday
season is here it is just the time when
you need one of these lamps in your
studio, so as to be independent of
weather conditions. Write to them for
illustrated circular.

Black Laurel Paper. This is a high-
grade professional studio paper for
platinum black and sepia effects. It is

Digitized by

Google

December, 1913

SNAP SHOTS

239

simple, economical to use, and the re-
sults are pleasing both to the printer
and to the customer. Write to the fac-
tory for sample. Mention Snap Shots.

The Bogue Enlarging Lamp. This is
a new style of flaming arc lamp par-
ticularly adapted to enlarging. It is un-
doubtedly the most satisfactory lamp
for enlarging purposes on the market,
as it reduces the length of exposure,
and enables the operator to use all kinds
of paper for enlarging. With this light
and condenser it is possible to use any
of the regular D. O. P. papers. The
Type "G" lamp is made for direct or al-
ternating current 8 to IX) amperes. If
you are having trouble in your enlarg-
ing department, and cannot get suffi-
cient light for quick work, or if you
contemplate installing a department to
do this work, you should certainly get
acquainted with this lamp. See the
advertisement in this issue.

Photomailcrs, When you send out
your Christmas work you want it to
reach your customer in perfect order.
Enclose it in the Photomailer manu-
factured by the Thompson & Norris Co.
They have studied the needs of the
photographer, and have designed their
Photomailer especially for his use.
Write to them for a description of the
various sizes in which they supplj
these. Kindly mention Snap Shots.

Banquet Camera. The Folmer A
Schwing Division of the Eastman Ko-
dak Co. have just placed on the market
a camera especially adapted for large
grroups indoors at banquets and public
gatherings. It is made in two sizes:

this camera. Write to the manufactur-
ers for descriptive booklet.

Carbon Tissue. This is the season of
the year when there is a large demand
for carbon materials, as carbon is with-
out doubt the best known medium for
high-grade work, such as is particularly
desired at this time of the year. The
very large range of colors, and the
great variety of surfaces of transfer
papers, enables the operator to produce
practically any result desired. The
American agents will gladly send you
descriptive booklet if you are not thor-
oughly familiar with the process.

Ross Lenses. The new Ross Extra
Rapid Lens F 4.5 is being well received
by the American public, not only on
account of its perfection as a lens, but
from the fact that with this lens it is
possible to secure three different foci.
The front combination has double the
focus, and the back combination one
and one-half times the focus of the
complete lens. Their new Wide Angle
Anastigmat Lenses have also proven
very popular, as they yield perfectly flat
images, free from astigmatism, and with
a very wide angle. They cannot be
surpassed for wide angle work. The
leading newspapers are now using al-
most exclusively the Ross Telecentric
Lenses for their records of sporting
events. It is the best lens for use on
the reflex style of camera, as it is pos-
sible with these lenses to produce a very
large image on a plate from a distance
even at the high speed at which these
cameras operate. In addition the larger
sizes have proven admirable portrait
lenses.

-• «-k — «^^

Velour Black Paper. This is a high-

Digitized by

Google

240 SXAP SHOTS December. 1913

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent Positions IVanted— Operators

L. I., all-around man.
M. E. K., fine gallery, $7,000. t. E. M., general operator.

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey. J- H., all-round operator,
A. S. T., gallery in N. Y. State.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,500.

R. L. M., general operator.
L. H., operator and retoucher.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers, Recep-
tionists

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900. ^*»ss M. H. E., retoucher.

««r ^ ^ It . XT T H. S., retoucher.

W. C a, gallery m New Jersey. ^ ^ ^^^^^^^^^

C R. F., gallery in Long Island. n. a. B., experienced retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help
Parties Desiring Galleries Q Studio, general operator, good.

D. E., wants retoucher.

G. K. wants gaUery in small city. g ^^ ^^^^3 all-round man.

R. S. G., wants gallery in small city. R. H. R., good operator.

Notioe»L6tter9 addressed to anyone in our care should be aooompanled with stamp
for each letter so that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the Amer-
ican photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) $1.50

1 year's Snap Shots with British Journal Photo. Almanac (1914 paper

edition) 1 25

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-
tography 3.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3.50
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-

tographic News (English) 4. 50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St, New York

/GooQle

Digitized by VjOOQI

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxxv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, F<» SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcetnentt under these and similar headings of fort^ words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Adrertisementv in
Shap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

ii an ezcdient and lafe fnedlum of commtmlcatlon between Photographcfi

For Sale: Studio in Canton. Ohio.
Population 55,000. Equipped with
11x14 Camera, attachment for 5x7
plate holders; best location in the
city. Fine display entrance, with fine
living rooms on the same floor. Large
north light. Operating room, 17x35
feet. Must be sold on account of
other business. Will sell at a reason-
able price. Write for particulars.
Ebie Studio, Canton, Ohio.

Old established gallery for sale, or
will take a partner. Large skylight,
operating room and reception room.
Low rent. A chance for a good pho-
tographer. Come and talk it over.
Cramer. 818 Chapel St., New Haven,
Conn.

For Sale: Good paying studio with
good reputation in live factory city of
80,000. Population of territory to
draw from is 135,000. Yearly busi-
ness, $6,000. Good opportunity for
good operator. Price, $2,500. Inves-
tigate. Krueger & Bud, 319 River St.,
Troy, N. Y.

Wanted: A good live paper printer
who is practically posted on enlarging
and contact printing, and who has had
road experience and acquaintance with
the trade. Address, stating qualifica-
tions. W. P. R., care Snap Shots.

.Per Sale: A well located, well fur-
nished photo studio in New York
X'ty in prominent thoroughfare.

C j\ir.« J : 4.^ _^ii — *. ^r

For Sale: An Aristo Lamp, 220
volts, direct current. 25 amperes.
Complete, boxed ready for shipment.
$35. Address, M. G.. care Snap Shots.

BLACK LAUREL, SILK FINISH
Something entirely new in developing

Digitized by

Google

ccxxvi SNAP SHOTS— ADV

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our .NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

}Wi FOLTM IHEET lEW INK

ERTISEMENTS

COOPER HEWn U6HTS

FOR PHOTOaRAPHV

We now have ready a booklet re-
ferring to the Cooper Hewitt Lights
as prepared for the various photo-
graphic purposes. Prices boxed, at
factory.

SMrge Mirphy. lie. 57 E. 9tk St., New Y<rk

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

iiiostrated Catalogue tent free on demaiul

C. KLARY

m Aveone de YUliers PARIS (FRANCE)

Don't throw away any of your thin, weak
negatives, but make good printing nega-
tives of them by using

S(l^^^ENSlFlER) g^
trenqthU

A powerful single solution Intensifier

The most powerful Intensifier in the mar-
ket. Simple to use. only the one solution
necessary. Put up in hermetically sealed
tubes.

Tube for 4 ot. of solution, lOe.

Tube for 8 os. of tolutlOB, 15c.

1 ot. botUe S6c.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

57 East 9th Street New York City

^^.

AUTOTYPE.

AUTOnPE CARBON TISSUES

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band
Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravurc Printing. . . 6.40
Photogravure Tissu^e G^ 5 for Rotary Gravurc Printing. . . 6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

AMKRICAN AQKNTS

67 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SHors. ^ o

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxxvii

No. 11956 Mount

Colors: Ash Gray and White

•/

This is a heavy and effective mounting at an unusually low
T:>rice. A very fancy, embossed design and w-ell beveled edges
J^ive any picture an agreeable setting on this mount. It is a
x^ery attractive, extra heavy mount at the price.

Per ICG

C Card 6x8 for Cabinet Oval $1.30

^. Card 6x8 for Cabinet Square 1.30

dLr. Card 6x9 for Cabinet Oval 1.40

^Lr. Card 6x9 for Cabinet Square 1.40

Packed 100 in a box.

Send for our Illustrated Mount Catalogue.

George Murphy, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street New York

When writing advertiien please mention SwA^ii^dTiay ^^^OOQIC

CCXXVIII

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The Bogue

Enlarging

Lamp

Enlarging Made
EASY— PERFECT

The New Bogue

Flaming Arc

Lamp

Type."Cr'Made for Direct
or Alternating Current.

REDUCES
EXPOSURE

8-IO Ampere — no Volt — Direct $40.00

8-10 Ampere — no Volt — Direct, With Hood 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT

Single Lamps on 220 Volt, Will Require Extra Rheostat.

Price $10.50

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an extra

Rheostat.

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT

Lamps for Alternating — no Volt $45.00

Lamps for Alternating — no Volt, With Hood 50.00

When Volt is 220 Alternating and Lighting Companies
cannot transform, Extra Rheostat will be needed.
Rhi>^ORtats ^▼'* '-'*

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxxix

Increase Your Profits

by using the styles of mountings which enable
you to charge higher prices for your. work.

You will find these mountings in the Collins
Line for Fall, 1914. They are designed to at-
tract the eye, to enhance the values of the pho-
tograph and to give that rich and distinctive
tone to your work which makes the customer
willing to pay a little more for it.

Start the New Year right by filling your show-
case with these novel and beautiful offerings.

A. M. Collins Mfg. Co.

Philadelphia, Pa.

FREE— The Photog:raphic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOB PHOTOaBAPHEBS AXATEXTB AND PB07E88I0NAL

By W. I. LIKCOLK ADAMS (Hli Best Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Amateur Photography," *'In Naturc'a

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Ohoioe of Subject Landioape Without Figures Laadsoape With Figures

Foregrounds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Night

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edses. Beautitullv

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBIOE la A BOX, |8.60.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dollar

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Begulai; price of "Sunlight and Shadow" |8.50

Begular Subacription price of "The Photographic Times" .... JU50 |4.00

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photograohic

Times' in this way tor nothing. There arc less than 50 copies left, so you must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photographic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteeotb Street NEW YORK, N. Y.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. Digitized by VjOOQIC

ccxxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

An Explasatory Diagram Bhowinf tlie
Yariottt Btaffet in the Production of

"HOW IT IS DONE*'

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Produoiicn of an Autotype Carbon Photograph

The Coated Surface of Exposed Car-
bon Tissue (Pigmented Gelatine).
B
Single Transfer Paper.

C
Soak A and B in cold water, bring
coated surfaces together in contact and
squeegee.

D
Place the adherent tissue and trans-
fer paper between bioiting boards for
a few minutes. Next immerse in warm
water, until the coiored gelatine begins
to ooze out at the edges.

Strip off the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.
F

A dark mass of colored gelatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the gela-
tine surface is splashed over until the
picture gradually makes its appearance.
Q and H

Continue until completed.

The picture is now placed in an alum
bath (Ave per cent) to harden the film
and discharge the bichromate sensi-
tizing salt. A rinse in cold water com-
pletes the operation.

DlAGPL^^T

' PRODUCT ION. ^-

AUTOTVPECAM

PHOTOliI?\Plt

DDCD

■ in

Important to Amateur Photographers

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is. of course, impossible to include developing^
washing or fixing tanks. For purely experimental purposes, however, some of the
ordinary household crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will be
found a not altogether unsuitallc apartment for carrying on operations.

PBICES OF TBIAL SETS

Outilt No. 1 |1.M

Outfit Complete for 5x7 ft.00

Outfit for 8 X 10 7.00

AsKrican Afents : GEORSE MURPHY. Inc.. 57 E. Sth St. New Tirk

When writing advertisers please mention SNAr9S!^l^.y ^^-'^^^^^■^'^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXXl

A Christinas Gift

Well Worlh Giving

fast, ^vvh^" ^ friend who is an enthu

r^ember r>, ^'°" would like to re-
Z^i this TV. ^^^ appropriately the 25th
^ tn,s month? If so, think over the

D^/iar Cells

^% ^ 'S>>\U^'^V.\on for a gift well worth
\V^ ^\NW<^ ^nd sure to be highly ap-
V^^t\^\^^ by the recipient.

The Dy"2ir Lens is a very rapid,

^igb.

grade anastigmat, speed F 6,

twice that of the best rectilinears, and
four times as efficient, for to get the
saiTje definition and covering power
possessed by the Dynar, your recti-
^'>7ear must be stopped down to F 16.
^^ \V/^^ ^^^ Dynar you can make snap

>Q\-.f5 on dull, winter days.
(■ ^f^ybe you would like a Dynar for
• — X^^^ ^iv/i camera. Start planning for
4^ \^
^{(^ V rt//V^ '" ^^^^ which fit into your
^ \ \^>/^/^ shutter, without special ad-

"^ oi Ceils for 4x5 and ^% x 5^
Cameras and Kodaks, $25.00

'^^KDlBK THROUGH YOUR
Z>EAL£R

s^^ietlander & Sohn I

Wynne "Infallible"
Exposure Meter

Ton set the ONE scale and
the Meter does the rest

Sizs eff s Watcb. Tits Iht Psetot
MMPLE. niRECT

For F or XTnlform System, Nickel |8.50

For Focal Plane 8.50

Silver 6.00

Silver, Gem size 8.60

Print Meter 8.60

Send for Detailed List

AMKIIICAN AQKNTS

Geerie Morplif . Ik.. 57 E. 9tfe St.. New f trk

EDWARD F. BIQELOW

Aroadla. Sound BMoh, Connoetloiit

desires for the "Nature and Science"
Department of the "St Nicholas" Maga-
zine (New York), photographs of inter-
esung inventions, and of natural objects
that are novel, instructive or especially
beautiful. He particularly desires photo-
graphs of machines, or of mechanical
appliances of interest to the readers of
St. Nicholas." They may be mounted
or not, of any size and on any kind of
paper. The only requirements are that
they shall clearly show something worth
shotnng, and be interesting or instruc-
tive. Do not send "snap shou" of
scenery that can be equalled for beauty
and for general interest in almost any
part of the earth.

Pay will be at the usual magazine
rates, and will vary with the interest
and the novelty. A small photograph
may be more valuable than a big one.

"The Guide to Nature." Arcadia:
Sound Beach, Connecticut, is a maga-
zine for adults, and has a definite pur-
pose. It is published by an association
of students and lovers of nature—not

X 1 »»irt Km* fn h#» hHnful.

Digitized by

Google

ccxxxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERHSEMENTS

BLACK LAUREL

THE MOST ADVANCED PORTRAIT PAPER

SIMPLE— SURE— ECONOMICAL

For the highest grade of portraiture, in Platinum, Black and
Sepia effects.

Prices of a Few of the Popular Sizes :

Light Weight Double Weight

Size Gross Gross

Cabinet, 4x6 $2.00 $2.50

5 x7 3.50 4.40

ej/i X ^ 6.00 7.50

8 X 10 9.00 11.25

II X 14 17.50 21.90

Full Lists Furnished.
Quantity Orders Specially Quoted.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 EAST NINTH STREET NEW YORK

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This!

That is, if your lens is right. The lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinar}- lenses
will take ordinary pictures under favorable conditions. Are you satisfied with thai.'
Or would you like the best results under all conditions: ? If so, you should know tie

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and professionals, who mu^t
be sure of their results. TJiey can cauJy he pied io Ike camera
you now own.

Send for Our Book on ''Lenses and Cameras*'

cf the greatest value to any one intenri^t^d
in good photography.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXXllI

THE PLATINOTYPE

Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

Rhodol

METOL, SATRAPOL and other trade names have been

adopted by different manufacturers for the chemical Mono-

methylpara-amidophenol sulphate. We are supplying this

chemical under the name RHODOL and guarantee our

article -when used in the same way, to produce identical

results.

Digitized by

Google

CCXXXIV

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

E. W. N." FAMOUS PHOTO
PREPARATIONS

With this backing, which is most
easily apphed and removed, or-
dinary glass plates are made per-
fect. It prevents that white fog
around light objects, renders
perspective truthfully, lends at-
mosphere and removes ail re-
strictions as to source or intensity of light. With Backed Plates you can
take nature as you find her truthfully and artistically. The thing for snow
scenes or interiors.

Non Halation Plate Backing

Price 10 cents, with full directions. Will
jtrfect 260 5x7 plates. Trial size 20 cents.

The latest and best article for
filling-in holes in the negative,
so no spot will show on the
print; also for touching up all
black and white prints. Two
shades of medium to match any
tint. Any one can use it, and
improve negatives and prints amazingly. Spot your negatives before print-
ing, or before sending them to be printed, for best results. A radical im-
provement over the old-fashioned red opaque.

Ideal Spotting Medium

Price, Two Tints, warm and cold black, 60
cents. Trial size 20 cents.

Persulphate Ammonia Reducer

60 cents. In sealed glass tubes, each tube a
bath. Trial size 10 cents.

This salt possesses the extraor-
dinary property of reducing
only the parts of a negative ac-
tually requiring reduction, thus
preserving full detail in the
shadows. For negatives with
too much contrast, it is worth
its weight in gold, as it retains all the good and makes the dense parts print
well. It is freely used by all the knowing ones now. Over-develop your
snapshots till the shadows are full of detail — that ruins the highlights of
course. Then use Persulphate and the lights at once reduce to a beautiful
printing density. In hermetically sealed glass tubes, each tube making a bath
for many plates. Sealed tubes are nece.ssary. as the bulk chemical keeps
poorly.

NOTHING BUT WATER
REQUIRED. The blue print
has again become the rage. It
is seen on paper, postals, menus,
cloth, and in many forms. Each
of these tubes makes half an
ounce of the best deep-blue sen-
sitizer, making about three
dozen 4x5 sheets, or a yard of
cloth. Don't buy blue paper ; it will not keep ; make your own and see the
beautiful results to be had from Fresh Paper. Prints are absolutely perma-

Blue Print Powders

in Dainty Tubes

Twelve tubes in each box, 50 cents per box.
Trial sise 10 cents.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxxxv

AN ASSURANCE

-OF-

PERMANENT RESULTS

INSIST ON THE GENUINE

"AGFA"

BERLIN ANILINE WORKS
213 Water Street, Iff. T.

3CK:Er> BY ALL, PHOTOGRAPHIC DEALERS

Have an excellence peculiarl j their
own. The best results are onlj
produced bj the best methods and
means — the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained bj using the
best mounting paste—

H1GG1N8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Exoellent noyel bnuh with Mch )arO

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

At I>«mlen in Pboto 8uppU«s,
AxtUU' Materials bnd BttMoamrjm

▲ a-oz. jar prepaid by mail for SO <
or oiroolars free from

Digitized by

Google

viii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

WALLACE SEPIA
PLATINUM PAPER

ABSOLUTELY PERMANENT PURE PLATINUM

Cold, Warm or Hot Development. Producing all kinds of
Sepia Tones. Our Claim — Absolutely Permanent. It is a
fact. Time is the only SURE test.

It is stated that Ferri-Cyanide, or Chloride of Lime, are
tests of the permanency of Sepia Platinum Prints. This is not
a test. Time is the only test.

WALLACE SEPIA PLATINUM PAPER

developed in the Oxalate Developer will not show bleaching;
neither will the Wallace Black Platinum Paper show bleach-
ing- under this test.

The Wallace Sepia Platinum Print, owing to the combina-
tion made to produce the rich Sepia Tones, will bleach under
these, because of the chemicals named. This is not a test
affecting permanency.

We offer you a Rich Sepia Permanent Paper, giving wide
gradation in tones, under the easy control of the printer, and
with Cold, Warm or Hot Development as desired.

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

iiiJ\rfi-fif iil

Send

for
these
Books
to the

BERLIN

ANIUNE

WORKS

213 Water Sl,
NEW YORK

THE FORMULAE BOOK
sad 10 cents ia coia or stamiM
id • label from anj "Agfa'*
bemical package.

THE FLASH UGHT BOOK
Send 10 cents in coia or stanqie
■ad a lal>el from any "Agfa**
Cliemical padcage.

'Agfa" Products are Photographic Standards.

C R Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photosraphcn, Aristo
Paper and Dry Pla^t Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

1 ^ •

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Start the New Year Right!

That's every man's slogan at this time
of the year, and it should be yours,
Mr. Amateur.

The first step in the right direction
photographically is a

Dynar Lens

These cells will fit directly into the
shutter already on your camera, and
they will increase its efficiency four
fold. Twice the speed at full aperture,
eight times the speed possible when your
R. R. lens is stopped down to the point
where it will give the same definition as
the Dynar at full aperture.

You will especially appreciate the
extra speed of the Dynar during the
short winter days, as it will practically
double the working hours of your cam-
era and enable you to take successful
snapshots under conditions which would
prove prohibitive with a slower lens.

Price for ZM x hV^ eOC AA

or 4 z 6 CelU.... ^^^'W

Our complete illnitrated cat&log on reaneit.

Voigtlander & Sohn

240-258 £. OnUrio St., Chicago
225 Fifth Ave, New York

Work!
Bmniwick, Oennanj
O&n&dUn Agents— Hitpf eld, Ludecklng ft Co.,
Montreal, Can.

Wynn# "Inffalllbto"
Exposure M#t#r

To« Mt tlie OVX Male asd
the Meter doei tlie reit

tin eff 1 Walrii, Rt Ike Psdtl
tlllPlE.I

for r or TTnlf orm BTttem, ITlekel |t.»
or Vocal Plane ■•■•

Silver *•••

Silver, Gem lise J-JJ

Print Meter vvv;a* *•••

Bend for Detailed Lift

AMKiiicAii aacirrs

iMTit llw^|.lK..57E.Mtt.lnifM

Eagle Etching Pen

When writing advertisers

A double-pointed steel knife mad^
the size of a pen which will fit into anj
ordinary pen holder, or w^e supply i
special holder for them.

These pens are very useful for re
moving defects from negatives oi
prints.

Peas only lOe each. %\Mb per dei.
Pen holder extra iOe. Pifipaid.

BEOME MORPNT. he.. HlaH le»t
S7 Emt 9th SlT^y V3^^vi^ "•^ ^•^

please mention Swap Shots. ^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE PLATINOTYPE

Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS & CLEMENT5

PHILADELPHIA

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

▲ BOOK FOB PHOTOeBAPHEBB AXATZVB ABD PBOFESSZOBAL

By W. Z. ZJVCOLK ABAXS (Hii Beit Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times." Author of ''Amateur Photography," "In Nature's

Image," Etc, Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-EngraTings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It corers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Oholoe of Bubjeot Landsoepe Without Fignres Landsoape With Fifurei

Foregroiudi The Bkr Outdoor Portraits and Oroupi The Hand Oamera

Inttantaneous Pbetonaphy Wlater Photography Xarlnei Photography at Bight

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal mar^ns and gilt edfts. Beautifully

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBIOB la A BOX, |t.SO.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only eie dollar

per eopy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOQRAPHIC TIMES"

BegmUr prioe of "Sunlight and Shadow" M'M

Begttlar Suhsoription prioe of "The Photographio Times" .... l.BO 14*00

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographic

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so vou must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photo^aphic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street

NEW YORK, N. Y,

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

£i>ogle

Xll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The Bogue
^mf Enlarging
Lamp

Enlarging Made
EASY— PERFECT

The New Bogue

Flaming Arc

Lamp

Type."G"Made for Direct
or Alternating Current.

REDUCES
EXPOSURE

8-IO Ampere — no Volt — Direct $40.00

8-10 Ampere — no Volt — Direct, With Hood 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT
Single Lamps on 220 Volt, Will Require Ebctra Rheostat.

Price $10.50

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an extra

Rheostat.

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT

Lamps for Alternating — -no Volt $45.00

Lamps for Alternating — no Volt, With Hood 50.00

When Volt is 220 Alternating and Lighting Companies
cannot transform, Extra Rheostat will be needed.
Rheostats $10.50

With the Bogue Arc Lamp, enlarging on all papers is at
the command of the operator.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

67 East Ninth Street NEW tORK

Send for new maU order cash catalogue No. 14.

■ ' r'^-w-..,.-,T,..,.

When writing adyertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXIX

If They Bear the HAMMER Ubel

each plate in every box is as good as the BEST in any box.
Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates are unexcelled for speed, with detail and
color values.

RE6. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

■mi St.

St. Louis, Mo.

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

That iBj if your lens is right. TIjc lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary lenses
will take 0 rdinary p i ct u res u n d er favor aMe co nd i t ion s. Arc you sat i s fi e d w i th 1 1 1 a t ?
Or would you like the besi results under tj// conditions? If so, you should know llic

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photogr a pliers and profesi^ionals, who must
^"^ Siifc of their results. 77; fy can easily be filitd (a the camera
\ -^^^ nmv rnvn.

^^^ far Our BcKik 4id "Lenitf and Camens*'

*^%e grc;itc>t value h> anyone interested
^* ^ ^ G«<rt Awtrican O^fied €o,^

XXX

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Matted Free

Our New No. 14 Tariff Changed
Mail Order Cash Catalogue

is just off the press. Send us your name and we will
gladly mail you a copy.

Retail

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., Dep.,...^

57 EttAt Ninth Street

NEW YORK

WiiXh

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

MnilMTCD

HaTe an excellence peonliarij their
own. The beat reanlta are onlj
produced b j the beat methoda and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mooatiiig
can onl J be attained by nabif tb*
beat mounting paste—

HIQQINS' PHOTO MOUNTBR

(Bxoellent noT«l bmih with each |ar^

At DMUn la Photo 8««pliMW
▲rtUU' KatMrljUs fAd 1

▲ S-cB. jar prepaid by mall for •• «Hiiu
or oironlan fTM fMa

CHAS. M. mOQINS A C0.» MfrSe

NBW YORK CHICAQO LONOOV

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXI

Dark Days
Demand Speed

This Lens Supplies It.

The Heliar enables the photographer
to raise the artistic and commercial
value of his work, and to maintain this
high standard every day in the year.

It possesses great speed — the one es-
sential for good results on dark winter
dav8 when the actinic quality of the
light is weakest.

_ For portraiture it is supreme. Its
high speed, covering power and flat field
make it especially desirable for all
studio work, as extremely rapid ex-
posures are possible without the neces-
sity of stopping down.

Write for our catalog, fully describing
this and other high-grade lenses.

Voigtlamler & Solio

240-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago

CHICKEN MD ECC

Design Pat'd Oct,

Do You Want to Make
More Money?

The Chicken and Egg Accessory brings
Mothers with their Children to your
Studio. Novelty Accessories for Fost
Cards are Money Makers.

Write for Descriptive Circulars and
Price List.

Manufactured by

A. H. SIPLB

M29 E. Il7th Street CLEVEUND, 0.

Do You Use

Your Camera

In Nature?

If 80, write at once to

"TKellfliiletoliatflni"

Edited by EDWARD F. BIGELOW.

Send lOc for copy

It can aid you and you can aid it.

That's it— co-operation for the good of
the Cause.

The co-operation as well as the incor-
poration is

Digitized by

Google

xxxii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

^ AUTOTYPE CARBON

"2;^^ TISSUES

IMPORTANT TO AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING
MATERIALS

In order to combat the erroneous notion, somewhat preva-
lent amongst Amateur Photographers, that a trial of the
Carbon Process necessarily entails the expenditure of a con-
siderable sum on costly apparatus, the Autotype Company
have decided to introduce cheap trial sets of the absolutely
essential materials, particulars of which are appended.

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible
to include developing washing or fixing tanks. For purely
experimental purposes, however, some of the ordinary house-
hold crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will
be found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying
on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit No. I $1.50

Outfit Complete for 5 x 7 5.00

Outfit for 8 X 10 7.00

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band

Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

AMKRICAN AQENTS

87 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots, IOOIp

igi ize y ^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXllI

»♦

A new, simple and inexpensive Photographic Printing Paper pre-
pared with platinum and silver salts, yielding:

First: Permanent prints of artistic quality in two
tones, black and warm black.

Second: Wonderfully rich blacks — clear and sparkling.
Third: Prints that lie flat — an important feature.

Price of "Satista"

Doz.

8/10 $1.25

5/7 50

Cabinet 35

Other sizes in proportion. Special quotation on large quantities.
Send postal for Booklet of Instructions, Sample Print, and Special
Introductory Offer which expires April 15th.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS
1814 Chestnut Street Philadelphia

Patented and Manufactured by The Platinotype Co., London, England.
Willis & Clements, Sole Representatives, United States.

^^jM

Send
for

these
Books
to the

BERLIN

ANILINE

WORKS

213 Water St.,

Digitized by

Google

XXXIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Ross

Wide Angle Anastigmat

Lenses

This doublet consists of four
.^ -^^i single lenses cemented to form
^' two combinations.

The field measures, in the
smaller numbers, over lOO**, in
the larger ones about 90**.

The seven sizes are specially useful for interiors or work
in confined situations.

Larger sizes to order, for reproduction of maps, plans, and
drawings. They yield a perfectly flat and anastigmatic
image, and are entirely free from distortion.

Number Equiv. Focus F16 F32 Price

I sVa'' sVa^aVa 4 x5 $24.00

2 454" 4 X5 5 x? 24.GO

3 5/^'' 5 X7 6j4x8J^ 30.00

4 7%" 6y2xSy2 8 xio 37.50

5 854'' 8 XIO 10 X 12 46.85

6 loj/^" 10 X 12 II X 14 58.00

7 12 J4" II X 14 12 X 15 69.35

GBORGE: murphy, inc.

American Amenta
Maaufacturers, Importers aod Dealers la Photo Goods

57 East 9th Street New York

ioogk

When writing advertisers please mention

~ . igiiizea oy '
Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXV

Skelb

urne

A CHOICE 7 X 11
aouUe-UdfoUer
for cabinet pnotographd

iDSertea Deneatn a mat.
it IB made in rick color
combmatioiis; tke card
W an exceptionally at-
tractive mosaic surface
axia a ricn border de^i^n
a rounotbc opening. Tkc
cover baa decklecl edgee.

i Ubrie surface and a fleur-de-Iis creit. Sbelbume is tbe kind of mounting
wbick belps you to command better pricca, $6.00 per bytidred.

'W^rite for free sample to

A. M. COLLINS MANUFACTURING CO.

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

Q P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photosraphen, Aristo
Paper and Dry PU.ce Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

AllKlfuitof SiWer and Gold
Waste Refined

Digitized by LjOOQIC

XXXVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Velour Black

The Brilliant Portrait Enlargiag Paper

Convenient Speed Bright Shadows Soft High Lights

LIGHT WEIGHT

Made in

Velvet;

Semi Matte

, Matte, and

Rough Surfaces.

AMPMcdPMtOafiMai

F«lbwt:

FintaaJ

ThMtoSistk

SevMlhaaJ

Lktptr

N«lCasb

SmmJZmc*.

ZMM.lKl»h«,

EigMZMt..

SiMt

D«w

PriM

ItolM

lMtol4M

AlOvOT

Ma»

MUM

14MHfl»

3^x 5^

$0.25

$0.15

$0.05

$0.07

$0.11

(Cabinet)

4x5

.25

.15

.05

.07

.11

4x6

.30

.18

.05

.07

.11

5x7

.40

.24

.05

.07

.11

5x8

.45

.27

.05

.07

.11

6x8

.50

.30

.05

.07

.11

6Hx 8^

.60

.36

.05

.07

.11

7x9

.65

.42

.05

.07

.11

8 xlO

.80

.48

.05

.07

.11

10 xl2

1.20

.72

.08

.13

.26

11 xl4

1.60

.96

.08

.13

.26

14 xl7

2.40

1.44

.13

.21

.42

16 x20

3.20

1.92

.14

.25

.54

18 x22

4.00

2.40

.15

.29

.66

20 x24

4.80

2.88
DOUBLE

.16
WEIGHT

.33

.78

Made

' in Velvet, Matte, Rough, BufiP and Buff Matte.

AMParMlPMtCkmctu

F«Ww.:

Vk^mmi

ThMtoSisth

S«««tli«a4

Lbtp«r

NttCuk

$fmi Z— ■,

ZM«,hd.sh«.

EigMZM».

SiM

Dosn

Prie*

li«lM

lMtol4M

AUOvOT

MOm

UBm

1410 Kle

3?^x 5J4

$0.30

$0.18

$0.05

$0.07

$0.11

(Cabinet)

4x5

.30

.18

.05

.07

.11

4x6

.30

.18

.05

.07

.11

5x7

.45

.27

.05

.07

.11

5x8

.50

.30

.07

.09

.13

6x8

.65

.39

.07

.09

.13

6^x 8H

.75

.45

.07

.09

.13

7x9

.80

.48

.07

.09

.13

8 xlO

1.00

.60

.07

.09

.13

10 xl2

1.50

.90

.08

.13

.26

11 xl4

2.00

1.20

.08

.13

.26

14 xl7

3.00

1.80

.13

.21

.42

16 x20

4.00

2.40

.14

.25

.54

18 x22

5.00

3.00

.15

.29

.66

20 x24

6.00

3.60

.16

.33

.78

GEORQE MURPHY, Inc., t^^^

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

When writing advertisers pleaw mention Swa» SM>Ta. ~ cj

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXVll

SEED

PLATES

Get the most out of your light these dull days
with the plate of greatest efficiency — the Seed Gilt
Edge 3o, Its exceptional speed saves many a neg-
ative when exposure has of necessity been short.

However, Seed 30 speed has not been secured
at the sacrifice of any of those qualities which have
made Seed Plates the standard for portrait quality.
They have exceptional latitude, gradation and
fineness of grain — are consistently uniform and
dependable.

Ifs a Seed Plate you need.

Seed Drv Plate Division.

gitized by VjOOQIC

CS^

Eastman
Portrait Films

For Studio or Home Portraiture

Embody those special qualities so essential to
home portraiture, speed and non-halation, com-
bined with the latitude, gradation and fine grain
of the best plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30.

The light, flexible, unbreakable film base re-
duces weight, prevents loss, facilitates handling.

May he retouched or etched on
either side or on hoth sides.

No special skill required for manipulation.

Listed: 5 x 7, 6>^ x 8>^, 8 x 10, 11 x 14.

Price — Same as Seed 30 Plates.

Special illustrated circular at your dealers or by mail.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

Digitized by vjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XXXIX

THE PLATINOTYPE

A portion of a letter from a prominent New England photographer:

•'After almost two years of Developing Paper, I am writing to confess
that I am getting tired of it and the craving for GOOD OLD PLAT-
fNGTYPE is coming back."
Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

The Welghmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispensable to photographers, obomists,
physicians, or anyone en^affed in woirh-
ing chemicals.

The WeiRhmeter instantly indicates by
one turn of the dial exactly what weifrhta
are to be used on the scale for any giTcn
formula. Saves time, trouble, annoyance,
and opportunities for errors in making the
usual computations. Beautifully printed in
two colors on ivory celluloid, and of jtist
the right size to fit the vest pocket.

Price 60o., postpaid.

MURPHY, Ii«o.

RKTAIL DIPARTMINT :
67 last 9.h StrMt NKW YORK

SEPIA PILLOCLOTH

A cloth which gives a Sepia tone in
the following colors:

No. 1 Gold No. 4 White

No. 8 Yellow No. 6 Purple

No. 8 Pink No. 6 Green

Simple to use — simply wash in cold
water and fix in Hypo. Will ke«p in-
definitely. Age does not affect it before

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

You Set the ONE Scale, It Does the Keot

THEWYIIIIE"IIIFmilBlE"El(POSyREHETEIt

THI CHOICK OF AMERICA'S FOREMOST PHOTOaRAPHERS

NOT LIKE OTHER METERS

Locket Meter. ^^^^-^M^^

Actual SiM€, ^^^^±11

For F System. For Uniform System.

An unerring guide to the correct exposure required for every speed
of plate, on every kind of subject, and under every condition of light
For any set of conditions of Light, Plate, and Lens Aperture, only
two simple operations are necessary to find simultaneously the cor-
rect exposure for every stop from the largest to the smallest, viz.:

Secondly— Set the movable scale until this Actinometer Time is
against the Speed Number of the Plate to be used, then against every
stop in outer scale will be found the correct corresponding exposure,
or, shortly, you set the one Scale, it does the rest.

These Meters arc furnished in the F. and U. S. systems. When
ordering please specify what system you desire.

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, nickel case, each $2J25

Negative Exposure Meter, watch pattern, silver case, each 5.00

Negative Exposure Meter, locket pattern, silver case, each 4.50

Negative Exposure Meter snap-shot (Focal Plane) 2.25

Gem Exposure Meter, solid silver (Hall marked), each, complete 4.00

Extra packets of Sensitive Paper 25

Extra Books of Instructions and Speed Card, each 10

Extra dial and glass "U. S." or "F." system, per pair 40

New springs for inside of watch meters, each 15

Pocket cases of tan leather 50

' YOUR DEALER HANDLES THESE QOODS

Digitized by

Google

EAQLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Haggle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic iii^e- It is ideal for home portrait xi^t, as the entire
otitfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to iiracticaHy any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from iio to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuscr,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens, and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

GEORGE MURPHT. Inc^ 57 East iintti Street, New Terk

Send for our new mail order cash catalogue No. 14.

Digitized by

Google

Establish the highest
standard of quality
with

The paper without a
disappointment.

ARTURA DIVISION,

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914

*Jb\

jflD

CONTENTS

Taking the TemperMvire 41

How Blotting Paper was
Discovered • - - - 45

Clouds in Enlargements - 46

Practical Hints for Beginners 49

Flashlighit Pointers - - 55

Progress in Retouching - 55

Matt or Ground Glass Var-

nish for Negatives
Trade Notes and News
Studio Wants -

58
60

-0-^

'/i

Digitized by

Google

BUY

-vA

y/i*

won MAIUN& PHOTOOfUPHS

ft*>* •LLi<«THAT<OH iicnrt»i«rr«

As a mailing Hevice,
it is unequalled for the
following reasons ainon^
others :

!t \< EXCEEDING^
LY LIGHT, but at the
<*anie time EXCRP-
TTOKALLY STRONG.

The combmation of
streiijsrtli and lisjht
weight is due to the cel-
lular biard which is the
pnDtective material used
in thisc mailers.

C E I. L U L A R
BOARD IS a double-
faced corrugated stock
made hv machinery of
our own design and by
special proce>5;.

It pfives you just what you want — strength and resistance
with weight that h hardly a factor.

S[>ace limits us, fjiit write to us for further particulars.

We carry >fventecn sizes.

The Thompson & Norris Co.

Cofioord and Prince Streets
Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; BrookYillo, Ind,; liiQiri Fills. Ciiiii;
Londoii, Eitglsnil; Jiilich. Cermafly.

thc mo- torn to •mow

m4vt« »T moM •«•*!& *tnr

am Kwofttir mi t.kaMtiaT
*N» MOAT CaufvrMtdtT tmn

Digitized by '

jUU<

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xli

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
v^'ork on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuscr
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by getting an Eagle Home
Portrait and Studio Lamp, and you can make exposures at
any time of the day or night, and under all conditions. The
lamp can be used in fireplaces with or without sunlight, and
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no end
to the variety of artistic effects that can he produced with this
wonderful light. PRICE, $50.00; FREIGHT PAID.

6E0R6E MURPHY. Inc.. 57 East Ninth Street New York

RETAIL DEPARTMENT

Send for our new mail order cash catalogue No. 14.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. Digitized by \

roogle

xlii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Bogue Enlarging Lamp

EnUrging Made EASY— PERFECT

Type **G'* Made for Direct or Alternating Current

REDUCES EXPOSURE

8-10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct ^0.00

S'lO Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct, with Hood... 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT
Single Lamps on 220 Volt Will Require Extra

Rheostat. Price |10.60

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an
extra Rheostat

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT

Lamps for Alternating— 110 Volt ^5.00

Lamps for Alternating— 110 Volt, with Hood.. 50.00

When Volt is 220 Alternating and Lighting Com-
patiies cannot transform, Extra Rheostat will be
needed.
Rheostats $10.50

With the Bogue Arc Lamp, enlarging on all papers
is at the command of the operator.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For PbotogtApihuif Aritto
Paper and Dry Place Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kindt of Sihrer and Gold
Waste Refined

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xliii

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10

(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14
(without lamps)

$35.00

It is operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly
free to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at
Ihft wrip.afFord amole room for paper, nesratives and finished work.

Digitized by

Google

aiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14tb, 1911)

STYLE A.

Tlie Latest and Greateit Improvement in Bay Filten.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
is a strong orange yellow at the top, is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical eflfect of the gradual
blending of color is to sift out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds and sky, which pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
without perceptibly decreasing the weak illumination of the reflected light

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

If a correct exposure is
given to the clouds, then
the landscape is badly un-
der-exposed; if the correct
exposure is given to the
landscape, then the clouds
are rterally burnt up from
over-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
have appeared to the eye,
an unscreened photograph
shows only a blank white
sky.

Made With the Royal Foreground Ray Screen
PHOTO. Bv II. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, IVashittgton.

STOP-16. EXPOSURE-M-second,

September Ibth, 10 A. M. Distance to snovhcovered

Mt, Baker 8 MiUs,

NO. DIAMETER INCHES PKICS

$1.35

lVi«

1.85

for box cameras

1.85

I7i«

1.86

154

1.35

1.80

2.00

2.25

NO. DIAMETER INCHES PRICE

lOA

STYLE A.

llA

13A

18A

14A

2^
8

4
4J5

$2.70 Postpaid
2.90

8.60
4.05
4.70
5.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., %tS^^^,

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

tUBSCKIPnON RATES PCX U. 8. AND CANADA PBt YBAI^ $1.00; SIX MONTHS^ 60 CSHTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. POSBIGN C0UNTKIE8, $1.26
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP-SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 EAST NINTH 8TBBBT, NXW YOBK

Volume 25

MARCH, 1914

Number 3

TAKING THE TEMPERATURE

By J. W. Browne

Doubtless a thermometer will
form part of the equipment of
comparatively few of those who
read these lines; were it otherwise
this article itself might not receive
editorial approval, as it is intended
to show the great use which such
a piece of apparatus can be to the
photographer in more processes
than one. Temperature plays a
very important part in photography.
Some of the actions upon which we
depend are not to be carried out
at all at low temperatures; the so-
lutions simply do not act. This is
particularly the case with certain
developers and with gold toning
baths. Even when the temperature
is not so low as to make the solu-
tion inert, it may slow down its
action to a great, and often mis-
leading, extent.

Just at this time of year, when
the cold weather is coming on,
many a worker has been deceived
into thinking that his plates were
under-exposed, when what was
really the matter was that his de-
veloper was much colder than it
had been of late. On the other
hand, at the approach of summer,
over-exposure may be suspected as
the reason for the image flashing
up in the developer, when it is that
the solution is actually at a higher
temperature, and so is more ener-
getic. Those who use time develop-
ment are not misled like this, but
then with them a thermometer is a
positive necessity.

There are troubles also from the
use of warm solutions, frilling, blis-
tering, and reticulation, against
which a thermometer will put us

Digitized by

Google

SXAF SHOTS

March. 1914

oil our guard. The developer Used
in platinum printing should be em-
ployed at a definite temperature to
secure regular results, and here,
again, a thermometer must be used.
In carbon printing, and in bromoil,
we must have reliable means of
ascertaining the temperature of the
baths. Hypo-alum toning is an-
other case in point.

These instances do not by any
means exhaust the list, but they
are quite sufficient to show the as-
sistance the thermometer may give
the photographer, and a few notes
on the method of its use may there-
fore not be out of place here.

There have been three chief sys-
tems for the graduation of ther-
mometers, the Fahrenheit, the Cen-
tigrade or Celsius, and the Reau-
mur. Of these, the first-named is
most generally employed in Eng-
lish-speaking countries, the Centi-
grade by the French, on the
Continent generally, and for scien-
tific purposes, the Reaumur going
out of use at the present time.

In the Fahrenheit system, the
freezing point of water is at 32°
and the boiling point at 212** ; there
are thus 180** between the two. In
the Centigrade, freezing is 0**, boil-
ing 100**, while in the Reaumur
graduation freezing is 0** and boil-
ing 80**. It is clear, therefore, that
9 Fahrenheit are equal to 5 Centi-
grade or 4 Reaumur degrees; and
if we can remember these three fig-
ures, 9, 5, and 4, it is easy to trans-
pose readings by one system into
another.

For example, if we have some
formula in which 20° C. is men-
tioned, we can find what this is in
the Fahrenheit system by dividing
20 by 5 and multiplying by 9. The
result (36) gives us the number of
Fahrenheit degrees equal to 20 Cen-
tigrade degrees, but, as the Fahren-
heit enumeration starts at 32° be-
low freezing, while the Centigrade
starts at freezing, we must add 32
to 36, getting 68. So that 20** C
is the same as 68° F. On the other
hand, to transpose degrees Fahren-
heit into degrees Centigrade, we
first deduct 32 and then multiply
what is left by 5 and divide by 9.
To find out what any given temper-
ature in degrees Reaumur is when
expressed in degrees Fahrenheit,
we divide by 4 and multiply by 9.
finally adding 32 ; or in going from
Fahrenheit to Reaimiur, we sub-
tract 32, then divide by 9 and mul-
tiply by 4.

Whenever we deal thus with de-
grees Fahrenheit, the first opera-
tion must be to deduct 32, or when
we deal with degrees by the other
systems, changing them into de-
grees Fahrenheit, the last operation
is to add 32. The other two opera-
tions may be done in either order,
whichever happens to be the more
convenient. Thus, when we were
transposing 20° C, we divided by
5 before multiplying by 9, because
20 is easily divisible by 5, and we
thus are able to deal with smaller
figures than if we had multiplied by
9 before dividing by 5.

Those who are not quick at sim-

Digitized by

Google

March. 191 4

SNAP SHOTS

pie mental arithmetic will find the
tables in which the three thermome-
ter scales are compared very con-
venient ; but it is usually quicker to
carry out the calculations mentally
or on paper than it is to get down
the reference book from the shelf
and find the table.

The most frequently used figures,
as far as photographers are con-
cerned, are 65° and 70° F. respect-
ively; and these are represented,
approximately, on the Centigrade
scale by 18° and 21°. For opera-
tions when a great degree of refine-
ment is not required, as, for ex-
ample, in timing development, it
will suffice to take these as equiva-
lents.

There are various patterns of
thermometers on the market. Th
ordinary bath thermometer, with an
enclosed paper scale, will serve
well enough when it is reasonably
accurate; but it must be taken
of its wooden holder before use,
as this would transfer impurities
in its pores from one solution to
another, to say nothing of soon get-
ting stained and corroded. A sim-
ilar form of thermometer, but with-
out the wooden holder, is made for
chemical purposes, and can be got
through any dealer.

Whatever thermometer is used,
it should be graduated as high as
boiling point or a little beyond, even
if it is not likely to be used at much
above 120° F., as otherwise there
is the chance that it may be put in-
advertently into boiling water and
burst.

The best chemical thermometers
have the graduations engraved on
the stem itself. They are quite
suitable for photographic purposes;
but there is no necessity to pur-
chase a very costly thermometer,
with a high degree of accuracy, for
what is essentially rough work.
When cleaning a thermometer of
this type, it should not be rubbed
so violently as to take the black
filling out of the engraved lines,
which will happen with some ther-
mometers very readily. A type of
instrument which can be read very
easily is that which has what is
called a "milk" scale, a kind of
tablet of opalescent glass, against
which the numbers stand out very
distinctly.

In selecting a thermometer, there
is a little trick which was published
some time ago in Photography and
Foci4S, but which may be worth re-
peating. Although extreme accu-
racy for photographic purposes is
not required, one may as well get
as accurately marked an instrument
as one can. This is particularly im-
portant with very cheap thermome-
ters, as they are often very far from
precise in their graduation. The
dodge is to look over the stock gen-
erally, if a number are on sale, and
to choose one the reading of which
seems to be about a mean between
the highest and lowest, or which is.
generally speaking, in fairly good
agreement with most of its fellows.

The "boiling point" of water can-
not be used as a means of check-
ing the graduation of a thermome-

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1914

ter without certain appliances being
used and certain precautions taken,
which are outside the scope of the
average user of the instrument; as
water only boils at 212°, when the
vessel is of a certain kind, the water
is quite pure, and the barometer
standing at a certain point. Even
then, if the thermometer were
placed in the boiling water, the in-
dication would not be an absolutely
reliable guide.

If one wishes to do so, the freez-
ing point may be tested by putting
the bulb and as much of the sten
as possible in a tin with a hole in
the bottom, and packing it round
with crushed ice or snow. As the
ice or snow melts, the water wil^
drip out of the hole, and when this
has been going on for twenty min
utes or half an hour, the thermome-
ter should be standing at 0° C. or
;]2'' Fahr. It is an experiment the
photographer may amuse himself
by trying; but not a necessary test,
nor if it were would it be a suffi-
cient one, of the accuracy of the
graduation.

In order that the reading of a
thermometer may be reliable and
useful, there are two or three pre-
cautions which must be observed.
What we take the temperature for
is to ascertain how the solution will
act, usually how fast it will act.
What we want to know, therefore,
is its temperature while it is ac-
tually acting. If we mix up some
developer with water straight from

the main in winter, for example,
and ascertain its temperature at
once, that will not be any guide as
to the time of development, if the
liquid is going to be used in a com-
paratively warm room. On the
other hand, warm solutions used in
a cold dark room, put, perhaps, into
very cold porcelain dishes, will be
cooled very quickly. As a general
rule, it is enough if we draw the
water and let it stand for half an
hour or so in the room in which it
is going to be used, or if the solu-
tions themselves are kept in the
room in which they are used.

The thermometer takes a little
time for its reading to become cor-
rect, and it should, therefore, be left
in the liquid for a minute or two
before any attempt to observe its
reading is made. For a similar rea-
son, if steam or the shape of the
vessel makes it difficult to see the
graduation, the thermometer may
be taken out quickly and read be-
fore it has had time to alter very
much.

One point remains on which a
word of caution may be given. The
thermometer should have a place
where it is not likely to get con-
taminated with chemicals and so
contaminate the solutions into
which it is put. It should be washed,
dried and put away clean after use.
Some of the chemical thermometers
have a loop of glass at the top, by
which they can be hung up out of
the way of dirt. — Photography.

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914 SNAP SHOTS 45

HOW BLOTTING PAPER WAS DISCOVERED

Blotting paper was discovered
purely by accident. Some ordinary
paper was being made one day at a
mill in Berkshire when a careless
workman forgot to put in the siz-
ing material. It may be imagined
what angry scenes would take place
in that mill, as the whole of the
paper made was regarded as being
quite useless. The proprietor of the
mill desired to write a note shortly
afterward, and he took a piece of
waste paper, thinking it was good
enough for the purpose. To his
intense annoyance the ink spread
all over the paper. All of a sudden
there flashed over his mind the
thought that this paper would do in-
stead of sand for drying ink, and he
at once advertised his waste paper
as "blotting." There was such a
big demand that the mill ceased to
make ordinary paper and was soon
occupied in making blotting only,
the use of which spread to all coun-
tries. The result now is that the
descendant of the discoverer owns
the largest mills in the world for
the manufacture of this special kind
of paper. The reason the paper is
of use in drying ink is that really it
is a mass of hairlike tubes, which
suck up liquid by capillary attrac-
tion. If a very fine glass tube is
put into water the liquid will rise

.._ :ii

CHOICE OF COLOR

All blotting paper is made from
rags. The original blotting paper
was of a pink color, due to the fact
that red rags were used — rags
which could not be used for mak-
ing the ordinary paper, as the color
could not be removed. Here was a
method for using the apparently
useless matter, and so for a long
time pink was the predominant col-
or. It is a matter for surprise what
curious preferences are shown by
various people with regard to the
color of the blotting paper they use.
Business men greatly prefer that of
a buff color. This is preferred to
white from the fact that it is more
easily distinguished from the let-
ters that are handled, while at the
same time it is not sufficiently strik-
ing to seem out of place in an of-
fice. It is only in England that
buff-colored blotting paper is the
favorite. Countries which possess
hot climates prefer green, and this
preference can be understood read-
ily when it is remembered that green
is such a restful color to the eyes.
The people on the Continent have
quite a different taste with regard
to the color of the paper; they pre-
fer vivid colors, showing especial

preference for deep pink. Ladies
«f «ii 1^.,,! r J-:-.*.. — 1

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March. 1914

red rags became mixed together,
and so this color was produced.

king's blotting paper

There is an opinion which seems
to be fairly prevalent that colored
papers do not blot as well as white.
As a matter of fact the color makes
no difference at all to the absorbent
quality of the pape^, the particular
tint depending purely upon the
blending of the rags. Quite the
newest tint is black. This is pre-
ferred by persons who do not wish
anybody to see what has been writ-
ten. If an ordinary piece of blot-

ting paper, say white, has been used,
it is quite easy to read what has
been blotted simply by holding the
paper up to a mirror. The black
paper, however, absorbs the ink
marks without showing them. In
the case of the sovereign, any piece
which has blotted his Majesty's sig-
nature is at once destroyed. As
a matter of fact, King Edward \'II
always uses an extra thick white
sheet of blotting paper, known tech-
nically as "Fords 80-pound white,''
though until recently very thin pink
paper was that preferred for official
use.

CLOUDS IN ENLARGEMENTS

By E. W. Palmer

How many landscape negatives
would be vastly improved if only
what prints out as a blank white
sky could be rendered with the
beautiful cloud forms and the fine
gradations of tone which the paint-
er would put into the subject as a
matter of course! In fact, there
must be a good many amateurs
who, like the writer, have a number
of such negatives, which have been
laid aside on this one particular
ground. The defect of a blank sky
is made all the worse when we
come to make enlargements from
our negatives, because the enlarg-
ing process generally increases the
contrasts; and, even if it does not
do this, at least it enlarges the
space occupied by the sky, and so
makes its emptiness more apparent

than when it is merely part of a
small contact print.

Those who are accustomed to
the printing in of clouds when
making P. O. P. prints by contact
will find that it is very good pre-
liminary practice for the printing
in of clouds when enlarging, as,
although the procedure is difficult,
the general lines of both are the
same, as will be seen by what fol-
lows, which describes the writer's
own method.

The apparatus for this work
must be an enlarging lantern.
Whether clouds can be put in when
daylight enlargers of the ordinary'
form are used is not for us to
say ; we have had no opportunity of
trying it, but it certainly must be
more difficult. On the other hand.

Digitized by

Google

Mafch, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

that form of daylight enlarger in
which the negative, is fixed in an
openiiig in the window, with the
camera up against it, the whole
room in which the work is to be
done being darkened, could ob-
viously be employed. But the lan-
tern is the most convenient form
of all. It must be provided with
a yellow glass cap, and a number
of pieces of thin card for shading
will be wanted, but otherwise noth-
ing in the shape of apparatus that is
not used in the ordinary way.

The first step in work of this
kind must be to select the cloud
negative. As it is to be enlarged,
and as there is no reason why the
degree of enlargement should be
the same as that of the landscape,
one has a much wider choice than
when the clouds are being put in
by contact printing. Moreover, if
the lighting of the cloud negative,
which is otherwise suitable, comes
from the wrong side, we are able
to put It into the lantern the other
way round, and so change the ap-
parent direction of the lighting
from right to left, or vice versa.

It would be beyond the scope of
this article to say much on the
forms of the clouds, and how they
must be arranged so as to compose
properly with the landscape, as this
is a matter which, of necessity,
must be left to the taste and skill
of the photographer. But not only
must they be in pictorial harmony,
they must be physically harmoni-
ous, and this can only be secured
by taking care that the horizon in

the finished picture falls at very
much the same distance below the
clouds as it did in the original cloud
negative.

It is a great mistake to hurry
over these preliminaries too much,
as, however much trouble may be
taken at a later stage, it is all trou-
ble thrown away if the clouds and
landscape are unsuitable. I myself
make it a practice invariably to
project the landscape negative on
to a sheet of white paper on the
easel the size of the finished pic-
ture, and then with a thick blue
pencil to sketch in its outlines ac-
curately, but not with much detail.
This paper is mounted on a piece
of cardboard larger than itself, and
the card is stood upon two pins on
the easel, and is pushed up against
a third, before being pinned down
on the easel, so that it can be taken
away and then replaced, by again
pushing it up against the pins, in
exactly the same position. A sec-
ond piece of card is placed on the
easel, and the sky-line of the land-
scape negative is drawn on it.

The cloud negative is then put
into the lanteni, and is tried with
different degrees of enlarging, un-
til what is wanted has been se-
cured. To make quite sure, the
outlines of the clouds are also
sketched in, in the same way and
on the same sheet as was used for
the first. When this has been done,
a trial exposure of the clouds is
made on a strip of paper, and the
distance of the front of the enlarg-
ing lantern from the easel is mea-

Digitized by

Google

4«

SNAP SHOTS

March. 1914

sured and noted. If the degree of
enlargement of both clouds and
landscape is the same, this may be
omitted.

The next stage is to cut the sec-
ond piece of card along the sky-
line traced upon it, so as to divide
it into two masks — one for the
landscape and one for the sky.
When this has been done, all is
ready for making the landscape ex-
posure. It may seem to have taken
long to describe, but actually these
preparations are neither lengthy nor
difficult, and by taking time over
them they very much simplify the
final work.

It is certainly good policy to as-
certain the exposure required by
the landscape portion by means of
a trial strip, so as not to waste
the time and trouble of putting in
clouds on an improperly exposed
landscape print. It may be well to
point out that both trial strips must
be fully developed out, using iden-
tical developer for both, and it is
well in determining the exposures
from them not to do so by looking
at the one strip only, but by putting
landscape and sky strips together,
so as to see how the two match.

The card bearing the sheet of
white paper on it is now put back
on the easel, and the landscape
negative inserted and focused up,
so that its outlines register with
those which have been sketched on
the card; the orange glass cap is
then put on, the card removed, and
the bromide paper pinned up on the
easel, usin^ flat-headed drawing

pins for the purpose, as ordinary
dark room pins will not allow the
card to be put back over the bro-
mide paper, as will be necessar)-
later on. The landscape exposure
is then made.

During this exposure the sky has
to be shaded with the card mask
that has been cut for the purpose :
and, due care having been exercised
in other directions, the successful
blending of sky and landscape will
depend upon the way this shading
is carried out. The card must be
held two or three inches at least
(perhaps a good deal more) in
front of the bromide paper, and
should be kept moving slighdy up
and down, so as not to show a hard
outline. It should not be allowed
at any time to shade more than the
extreme edge of the landscape out-
line, the gradual whitening out of
the sky part only commencing there.

When the landscape has been ex-
posed in this way, the bromide
paper is covered with the card,
which is pushed back into register
by means of the pins, and, the cloud
negative being substituted for the
landscape negative, its image is ar-
ranged so that it corresponds with
the sketch of the cloud outlines
drawn on the card. When this is
the case, we can be sure that when
the card is withdrawn the image
of the clouds will fall in the right
place on the bromide paper under-
neath. The adjustment having been
made, the card is removed, and the
exposure for the clouds is made as
before.

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

PRACTICAL HINTS FOR BEGINNERS
By R. T. AUars

How many tyros have gone to a
camera dealer's, purchased a cam-
era, then gone out to take photo-
graphs and stopped, wondering
what exposure to give the subject,
notwithstanding the advice given
by the salesman?

The writer's experience tends to
show that not nearly enough help-
ful advice is given to novices, and,
even when really good advice is
given, it is nearly always cloaked
in language that does more to mys-
tify than help the recipient.

Exposure is the beginner's worst
bugbear, and many contrivances
have been placed on the market to
simplify it Out of many tried, the
writer finds that Watkins' "Bee"
Meter is about the handiest. Its
cost is not excessive, and the plates
and films that will be saved by its
use will soon pay for that cost.

The best way for a beginner in
photography to use a meter is at
first to depend wholly on it for
guidance in the matter of exposure.
Then gradually work himself or
herself into the way of gauging
the exposure to be given to any
particular, subject, and verify it by
the meter. Very soon the photo-
grapher will be able to depend on
his or her own judgment, and not
refer to the meter at all. Even
when exposure is no longer a prob-
lem, it is advisable to carry the
meter, because it is only after long
experience that a photographer can

be quite certain of gauging the cor-
rect exposure under any circum-
stances.

There seems to be an erroneous
idea rife that to carry an exposure
meter is puerile ; that is not so. A
meter is simply a means to an end,
the same as a yellow screen used
with an orthochromatic plate. Some
of the best-known photographers
in the world always carry an ex-
posure meter, and the beginner can-
not do better than follow their ex-
ample.

Now let us say something with
regard to variety of speed in plates.
With films this difficulty does not
exist, as they are made with one
speed only. The ' beginner knows
Mr. So-and-so, a photographer of
some experience, who uses, say, or-
dinary plates, with which he obtains
nice, contrasty negatives, and
straightway experiments with the
same plate. Then he meets Mr.
Somebody Else, who specializes in
taking portraits and uses the spe-
cial sensitive variety of plate, and
sees that good negatives are ob-
tained. He promptly tries them,
and becomes discouraged at his
failure to get good results. The
beginner should make up his mind
on one speed of plate and stick to
it. A plate with a speed of about
200 H. and D. takes a lot of beat-
ing for all-round work.

Development is a process which
has been much simplified by the

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

Marclui9i4

tank system, but there are still some
who take a pleasure in watching the
image come up on a plate, and the
writer is one, even after some
years' experience. When to stop
development is a vexing question
to all beginners who do not use ;i
tank, and the best way to get over
it is to use Watkins' Factorial
method. This is fully explained in
**Watkins' Manual'* (which costs
about 35 cents), and if the advice
therein contained is followed poor
negatives will not be the fault of
development. "Watkins' Manual*
contains much other informa-
tion, and is a good investment,
apart from the development ques-
tion.

With regard to developers, those
who have not used pyro-soda
should do so, as it is generally rec-
ognized to be the best developer
for plates and films. Of course, it
is obtainable in the familiar **Tal)-
loid" form which is very conveni-
ent, but if much is used it is chea])-
er to make up the developers your-
self.

When solutions are home-made
it is advisable to filter them
through the proper filter paper. The
paper is not very expensive, and
the method is much more satisfac-
tory in use than any other medium.

The soda solution should never
be kept in a glass-stoppered bottle :
the writer finds that bottles with a
screw-in cork and rubber washer
are very suitable. Such bottles are
to be obtained containing "sum-
mer beverages," and the cost is very

small, even if the contents be noi
consumed !

When the difficulties of exposure
and development are overcome
other trials beset the path of the
photographer, and have been aptly
named "hot weather troubles."
Such are frilling, blistering, and
reticulation of the film. Develop-
ers take on an access of energy,
often bringing fog in its trail.

If the reader develops by hand
the addition of 2o or 50 per cent
of water to the volume of the de-
veloper will nearly always obviate
the fog.

Frilling, blistering, and reticula-
tion can be absolutely done away
with.

These troubles are generally
caused by a diflference in tempera-
ture between the developing and the
fixing baths. This can to a certain
extent be guarded against by keep-
ing a supply of hypo in solution
ready for use instead of making up
a bath every time it is needed. Pur-
chase a Winchester (an 80 ounce
bottle) with a rubber cork. Empty
into this a 1 lb. packet of h>'po
and fill up with water, and you will
have a stock of hypo solution of
the correct strength for the fixation
of plates. This will minimize the
danger of frilling, etc., but the best
thing to do is to use a hardening
agent. Formalin is very effective,
but the fumes that arise from it
are irritating to the nostrils, and its
use necessitates an additional oper-
ation in the dark-room — a draw-
back in hot weather. A combined

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

fixing and hardening bath is much

better. After the above solution is

obtained add V/4 oz. of metabisul-

phite of potassium, and when that

is dissolved 1J4 oz. of chrome alum

(or 3 ozs. of ordinary alum may

be used in place of the chrome

alum, but it is not so good). The

mixture should be filtered through

two thicknesses of muslin. Plates

and films treated with this bath can

be handled very freely while wet,

and may be washed in water up to

100 degrees without taking the

slightest harm.

When washing plates in the usual
tank it is a good thing to empty
the tank when washing has pro-
ceeded for ten minutes, and then
make another start. Twenty min-
utes more washing is usually suf-
ficient to remove all traces of hypo.
After the plates or films have
been washed hold them separately
under a running tap and swab with
ihe fingers, or a pad of cotton wool,
to remove any particles of foreign
matter that may have collected. If
the negatives have been treated in
the hardening bath there is no fear
of doing any damage, and even if
the film has not been hardened the
operation can be carried out, pro-
viding care is taken. Then roll up
an old handkerchief (an old one is
^^st, because no fluflf will come
^rom it) into a soft ball and care-

dry negative, treated with the hard-
ening bath, can be easily removed
by simply rubbing the film of the
negative with the fingers.

So much for the making of the
negative. Now we can examine it.
There is not much danger if the
foregoing procedure be followed,
but the negative may be under-ex-
posed, over-exposed, or under-de-
veloped, or over-developed. In
such cases the beginner's mind at
once turns to intensifiers and reduc-
ers, but I would advise not to resort
to these methods. If it is at all pos-
sible, go out and expose another
plate, paying particular attention to
the fault in the first one. Of
course, it is not always possible to
take a second picture of the same
subject, and the use of an intensifier
or reducer is justified. There are
many of these on the market; the
writer finds very useful "Tabloid'-
Ferricyanide Reducer and "Tab-
loid" or "Kodak" Chromium Inten-
sifier. The latter can be used with
profit on under-developed bromide
or gaslight prints — these seem to
be rather prevalent with the begin-
ner.

It is not much use advising any
photographer to try "Nepera" pa-
per for printing, as nearly every be-
ginner knows it! It is a fine, all-
round paper, and those who take
the trouble to learn what it is cap-

Digitized by

Google

5-2

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1914

but for those who make their own
developer up the following formula
will come somewhere near the
mark :

Amidol 40 grs.

Soda Sulphite (anhydrous) 240 grs.
Water 10 ozs.

This is practically the same for-
mula as that given for Pearl paper,
but with the amount of Amidol
doubled and the bromide omitted.
If soft grey tones are desired half
the quantity (20 grains) of Amidol
only should be used. Bromide is
very rarely required with Gaslight
paper, but, if it be found necessary,
it can be added afterwards. Ne-
pera can be immersed for anything
up to five minutes in the above de-
veloper without suffering degrada-
tion.

When developing glossy paper, if
plenty of solution is used and the
developing dish rocked very gently,
fewer pencil-like markings will ap-
pear.

A good fixing bath for all kinds
of bromide and gaslight papers is
obtained by adding an equal quan-
tity of 5 per cent. (1 oz. hypo to
20 ozs. water) plain hypo solution
— such as is used for fixing self-
toning papers — to the fixing bath
for plates and films. For this pur-
pose it is handy to keep another
Winchester containing 5 per cent,
hypo solution. This fixing bath is
acid, which is desirable with devel-
oping papers, and the alum in it
hardens the film sufficiently for all
after-purposes, toning, etc. The

alum (i. e., if chrome alum be
used) also renders the finished pic-
tures immune from the attacks of
insects.

Toning developing papers is
hardly a process that beginners will
attempt ; but if some are so far am-
bitious as to try sepia toning 1
would suggest that the "Liver of
Sulphur" method be used. This is
very simple, and it has two ad-
vantages. One is that only one
solution is required, and the other
— not a small one either — is that the
odor from it is not so overpower-
ing as that from sodium sulphide,
while the results are quite as good.
In addition, Liver of Sulphur does
not attack the skin and nails of the
fingers like Sodium Sulphide.

The writer's formula is as fol-
lows:

Water 4 ozs.

Liver of Sulphur 12 grs.

Ammonia (.880) 4 drops

(i. e., 1 drop per oz. of solution).

Liver of Sulphur may be ob-
tained from any photographic store
dealer.

The dish containing the solution
should be placed on a water bath
of from 100 degrees to 120 degrees
F. Toning will occupy from five
to ten minutes, and can be watched
and the print removed when the
desired tone is reached.

The writer has not tried this bath
out to see how many prints can be
done with a stated amount, but 4
ozs. will do for at least a dozen
post-cards.

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

FLASHLIGHT POINTERS

Flashlight Work in Homes. — ^The
studio photographer is missing a
great many opportunities for en-
larging his business by not carrying
his work into his patrons' homes.
Of course, some of this work can
be done by clever manipulation of
daylight, but usually the best work
of this nature is done by flashlight.
The average studio photographer .
has not become sufficiently familiar
with the possibilities of modem
flashlight apparatus to make him
feel like attempting this new work.
He looks upon it in the old-fash-
ioned way as a dirty job and a
nuisance and thinks he is fortunate
if he can get out of making flashes
at all.

But with modem apparatus he
can walk into the home carrying
the entire outfit in a very neat
carrying case and can set it up in
a few minutes, and even though he
makes a dozen or two flashes he
can do them successively and when
he leaves the house he has left none
of the smoke or sediment behind
to annoy the occupants.

How can this be done ? The proc-
ess with which I am most familiar
is that by using the Prosch Flash-
bags, not the single bag, but the
double or triple bag outfit that en-
ables him to distribute the light in
various places and produce real
daylight effects. I have known
many photographers who have
taken as many as two or three
dozen n^^atives in the home where

they had orders at first to make
only one portrait. Photos of dif-
ferent rooms in the house, comers
of a den, etc., are very attractive to
the occupants and prove to be a
profitable side issue. Some photog-
raphers whom I know have almost
abandoned their studio work and
are carrying their artistic work into
their patrons' homes almost entire-
ly, and with much better results.
The outfit of bags which I use is
the one made by the Prosch Com-
pany, a set of three bags working
simultaneously and using the reliable
electric Prosch envelope cartridges.
I load these bags in the studio, tie
them up and pack in the carrying
case — when I arrive at the house,
all I do is to hang them up on an
improvised stand that I carry (or
a regular tripod). I then hitch up
the electric light plug to the house
current (or use several six-inch dry
batteries when the house current is
not available) and make the first
picture which I was ordered to
make with so little trouble that it
astonishes the patrons. Then it is
an easy matter to get more nega-
tives right then and there. On the
other hand, had I gone in and
fussed and fumed around in the
usual way, and acted scared and
frightened as if I were going to
blow the house up and alarm the
subjects whom I was to photograph,
they would have considered it good
riddance when I had made the first
picture and gotten out, and they

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1914

would probably never have another
flashlight taken in the house. This
work must be done smoothly and
noiselessly, and with as little annoy-
ance as possible, and then people
will be educated up to the delights
of having their homes photo-
graphed by flashlight.

Painting Pictures by Flashlight.
— Some photographers go to infinite
pains with systems of windows and
reflectors to use daylight at various
angles and various degrees of in-
tensity for the puq)ose of creating
beautiful lighting effects. Of course
this is their pleasure as well as
their work. However delightful
this may be for the daylight photog-
rapher there is still greater pleas-
ure of a similar kind in store for
the flashlight photographer who will
be a painter of portraits and in-
teriors by flashlight. Modem ap-
paratus and powders have become
so efficient that he has at his dis-
posal wonderful facilities for such
real art work. For instance, he
can study his interior. There may
l)e a few rays of daylight here and
there. He can use his pure mag-
nesium lamp inside his flashbag to
place a little light in this dark cor-
ner or that, and on this side of the
subject or that, under or over at his
pleasure, or he can place his elec-
tric cartridges inside the flashbags
at various points (having them con-
nected with the one system of wir-
ing) , a very small 20-grain cartridge
here and a large one of ^ oz. there,
and in this manner can control his

lighting perfectly. What a delight-
ful hobby as well as a profession
it is to manipulate lighting effects
in this way, and to produce just the
effect that the artist sees in his
vision before he makes the picture.

As to portraits and groups, he
can do almost the same thing. He
can place his flashbags, small and
large, in any numbers and in any
positions he pleases, and is perfect-
ly independent of the expensive
daylight fittings of the old-fash-
ioned studio. With such a delight-
ful prospect before the artist-pho-
tographer, I sometimes wonder why
more of them do not take up this
kind of work.

Orthochromatic Effects by Flash-
light,— I wonder if some of these
artist-photographers have ever tried
screening their flashbags with vari-
ous tinted fireproofed gauze such as
violet, purple, green, blue and pink
to work with highly-orthochromatic
plates in much the same way as the
color screen is used with daylight.
Such a tinted gauze can with safety
be thrown over the front and sides
of the flash bags when the flash is
made and produce some wonderful
effects. This method is especially
useful and attractive in photograph-
ing interiors where delicate tex-
tures and color schemes must be
reproduced, and in photographing
groups or making portraits where
the detail of the costumes and the
ensemble effect should be produced.
This is a hint that may be worth a
great deal to some photographer.

Digitized by

Google

March. 1914

SNAP SHOTS

PROGRESS IN RETOUCHING

I am afraid that in most busi-
nesses the beginner who is desir-
ous of learning to retouch gets little
or no overlooking and instniction.
It seems to be one of those things
that people are expected to "pick-
up," and yet it is one of the most
indispensable parts of the portrait
photographer's business. Some-
times this arises from the fact that
the retoucher is always busy, some-
times because it is too much trouble
to take the tyro in hand, and some-
times, I am sorry to say, because
the retoucher does not wish to help
another competitor to enter his
own special line. Whatever the
cause, however, the fact remains
that the beginner gets very little
supervision, and this often leads
to much wasted time and effort.

The great aim of retouching is
to help out, not to alter the opera-
tor's results. Therefore, if the
would-be retoucher can get some
simple, but good idea of lighting,
it will prove of great assistance.

The retouching pencil is a deli-
cate instrument, therefore do not
grab it in an iron grip as if you
meant to kill somebody. If you do
you will only poke holes in the film
of the negative which you will find
it difficult to spot out, and you will
also find it next to imoossible to

graving of a head you will find
that it is composed of thousands of
little evenly spaced dots, varying
only in shades of color. Now on
any pen and ink sketch, cut from
a newspaper, try to copy the en-
graving effect with your retouching
pencils. You will find it very dif-
ficult, if not impossible, yet this en-
graving effect and the **stipple'* re-
touchers so much seek after are
very much alike, and one will help
you to acquire the other, and will
also teach you that what you seek
for is the ultimate appearance or
effect of the tnasses of light and
shade and the knowledge of where
the high lights and shadows ought
to come. High lights give lift to a
print and keep it from looking som-
bre and muddy ; therefore give them
your most careful attention. Do
not make them look like a white
plaster-of-paris cast, and see that
they soften off into the half-tone
nicely, which means delicate work.
A word of warning here may
not be amiss. Do not let your male
sitters' cheeks look as if they had
only been shaved in patches, while
the ladies look as if their com-
plexions had been out in a shower
and were coming off. Let your va-
rious masses of light and shade be
clean and even, according to their

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

March, 1914

Be careful not to take out the
delicate half-tones that come be-
tween high light and shadows, and
do not let the hair look as though
it were a wig, with a very heavy
dark jwn running all round the
forehead. Seek to keep the face
round and natural looking, and if
you get a softly focused negative,
do not try to make it look as if it
were very sharply in focus. You
will only make a hash of it and
spoil the resulting prints. Work
according to the negative itself, soft
for soft and harder for sharper neg-
atives, remembering that a man's
skin is almost always coarser and
shows the pores more distinctly
than a woman's. Therefore, only
smooth and even it up; do not al-
ter it.

In dealing with copy negatives,
be especially careful not to lose the
tiniest bit of half-tone, and not on
any account to take out or alter the
expression as compared with the
original. A little fining up will most
likely be wanted as the grain shows,
but do take care not to alter any-
thing. Only keep the high lights
nice and clear and bright-looking.

The forehead, nose, and cheek-
bones usually take most high lights,
and sometimes they are noticeable
over the eyebrows, but always no-
tice first when they come in your
negatives, and work accordingly.

Keep an eye open for shadows
that are too heavy under the nose,
down the side of the nose, and un-
der the chin. These may come
from under-exposure or defective

lighting, but if they are there yoa
must help them out. Also on wrist,
shadow side of arm, elbow, and
children's knees you will frequently
find the shadows are unduly heavy
and want lightening, just a trifle
only.

Ugly creases also often come in
coats and blouses, and are all the
better for your, careful attention
and a soft pencil. No. 3 is the most
used, I think, with 1 or 2 for shad-
ows, etc. and 4 and 5 for lighter
work wanting a harder pencil.

Do not worry too much about
speed and stipple; it will come in
time. But see that your negatives
are clean and free from noticeable
defects. Turn them round glass
side to you before you consider
them done; you will then often
notice any little extra touches that
are wanted. And do not look too
closely at it; keep a foot or two
away, and look only for the all-over
eflFect.

Sometimes it will happen that the
younger retouchers will get a bit
downhearted about their progress if
they have not anyone specially to
help them. They think that they
are not getting on, or else that they
are going back. If that is so, try
this little test : Pick out a few fairly
difficult negatives you have already
retouched some little time before
and take just a rough proof from
them as they stand. Next remove
the retouching and get a proof from
the unretouched negative. And
now set to work and retouch it all
over again. But do not look at ei-

Digitized by

Google

March, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

ther of those proofs; notice how
long it takes you, and whether you
find it difficult to know what to do
or not. Just go right on and put on
as much finishing as you can. When
at last you feel that you have done
it as well as you possibly can, just
get off another proof, and now put
the three together and compare
them.

You probably will find, or at least
you should, that the last proof is
much better done than the first, that
it is clearer, freer from dirty
patches, has a nicer grain, and bet-
ter kept high lights, and you wfll
feel that all this came more easily
and naturally, and probably it did
not take you so long; and you will
notice, also, that such little things
as the high lights on the lips and
chiij and the shadow under the low-
er lip are better finished in the last
than in the former prints.

Now all this is as it should be,
and will encourage you. It will
show you that, slowly and surely
and almost unnoticed by you, you
have been making progress and
learning to see, and that is the best
g^ft a retoucher can have, and you
will find that the more you improve
the more opportunities for practice
you will get and the more ready
other people will be to help you.

Just one word more. Whenever
possible, try to see the printed re-

sults of your work. As the order is
going out, look at it critically, notice
what you might have done, also
what you need not have done, and
you will soon find yourself getting
to know by instinct what finish to
give, and then you will be what you
started by wanting to be — a prac-
tical retoucher. — E. G. H. G.
The British Journal of Photography

Matt or '^Ground Glass" Var-
nish for Negatives

The following formula for pre-
paring a matt or "ground glass"
varnish, to be applied to the backs
of negatives, can be recommended,
in view of the frequent advice
given to those who wish to apply
hand work or otherwise work up
the plate for its improvement:

Sandarac 200 gr.

Mastic 50 gr.

Ether 5 oz.

When the resins are dissolved in
the ether add

Benzole .... ^ to 3 oz.
The quantity of benzole added
renders the grain either fine or
coarse. The varnish is poured on
to the back of the cold plate in a
manner similar to varnishing a
negative. When dry and hard, the
surface can be worked on with
pencil or chalk. — Amateur Photo-
grapher,

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS

March. 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

l*lwtomailcr. As a mailing device it
is unequaled. It is exceedingly light,
but exceptionally strong; gives you just
what you want — strength and resistance,
with weight that is hardly a factor.
Write to the manufacturers, the Thomp-
son & Norris Co., Prince and Concord
streets, Brooklyn, N. Y., Department 6,
for price list of sizes. Don't forget to
mention Snap Shots.

Weighmeter. This device instantly
indicates the exact weights to be used
on the scale for any given formula,
whether the apothecary, avoirdupois or
metric system is used. It saves time,
trouble, annoyance and opportunities for
errors when making the usual computa-
tions. It is made of ivory, just the size
to fit in the vest pocket, and will be
fotmd indispensable to all photographers.

Black Laurel. George Murphy, Inc.,
have a special introductory offer on this
paper. Write to them for particulars.
They take .this means of introducing
this excellent professional paper to you.
It is made in various grades to suit any
negative, in both black and white and
sepia.

Portrait Films. The new Eastman
Portrait Films embody those special
qualities so essential to home portraiture
— speed, combined with latitude, grada-
tion and fine grain. They are light,
flexible, unbreakable, thus reducing the
weight and preventing loss from break-
age.

Gold and Silver Waste. Do you save
your waste containing gold or silver?
If so, you will find that Phillips & Ja-
cobs, 622 Race Street, Philadelphia, will
treat you right in the matter of refining
it. You will find it worth while to save
all waste containing these expensive
chemicals.

Telecentric Lenses. The new Ross
Telecentric Lens is adapted to any gra-
flex or reflex camera, or any camera
with focal plane shutter, as it gives a
large image with short camera exten-
sion. It is an ideal lens for photo-
graphing sporting events, or any subject
where it is desired to get a large image
from a distance. The Telecentric pos-
sesses all the good features of the well-
known Ross Homocentric series. Write
to the American agents for a copy of
their new Ross catalogue, giving the
reductions in price due to tariff changes

Home Portrait Lamp. The agents for
the Eagle Home Portrait and Studio
Lamp report the steady increase in sales
all over the country, as this lamp has
been found to be ideal for home portrait
work. Can be instantly attached to the
light socket in any home. It packs into
a small space and can readily be carded
in the hand. It has been found of the
greatest assistance to the home portrait
worker. It is just as useful in the
studio, as it makes the operator inde-
pendent of daylight. The agents will
very gladly send you a descriptive book-
let giving full details of this lamp upon
request

Star Negative File. These files are
made of heavy pasteboard fitted with
separators, and made to accommodate
50 glass negatives, or a larger number
of films. This is an ideal method for
storing either negatives or films so that
you can instantly locate any negative de-
sired.

Eagle Mask Frame. This is a print-
ing frame especially constructed so as
to make it possible to quickly and accu-
rately obtain artistic borders on all
kinds of printing papers. By cutting
your own masks you can obtain an un-
limited number of designs.

Digitized by

Google

March. 1914

SNAP SHOTS

.\fail Order Cotaloyuc. If you are in-
terested in photoKraphic materials you
should certainly write at once to George
Murphy, Inc., 37 East Ninth St.. New
York, for a copy of their new No. 14
Mail Order Catalogue. This catalogue
is unique in that it states exactly what
each article will cost you landed at your
door, irrespective of what part of the
country you may be located in. They
will gladly mail you a copy upon request.

Hammer Plates. These well-known
plates hold the record for detail and
color values with short exposures and
weak light. Just the plates for this sea-
son of the year. Send to them for their
little book. *'.\ Short Talk on Negative
Making."

Pyro gallic Acid. The Mallinckrodt
Chemical Works claim that their Pyro-
gallic acid is as pure an article as can
be made. Dissolves perfectly, and may
always be relied upon to produce the
best photographic results. Specify M.
C. W. Pyro when ordering.

Photo Flat. Photo Flat applied to the
back of your prints after they are thor-
oughly dried is an effective and simple
way to prevent curling. It is easy to
use; simply applied to the back of the
print and allowed to dry. It is being
used by the leading professionals.

Saiista. This is a new and inexpen-
sive printing paper prepared with plati-
num and silver salts, yielding prominent
prints of artistic quality in two tones —
black and warm sepia. Write to the
agents, Willis & Clements, 1814 Chestnut
.St.. Philadelphia, regarding their special
introfluctory.

Backgrounds. If you have not one
of the Rough & Caldwell Co. Catalogues
of Photographic Accessories and Back-
grounds, you should write them, as
their new catalogue fully illustrates the
latest in photographic accessories.

P. &" S. Professional Printer. The
Folmer & Swing division of the East-
man Kodak Co. have just placed on the
market a new model of the Century
Professional Printer. It has been
greatly improved over previous models,
several new features having been added
which assist and simplify the work of
the printer. See their advertisement in
this issue. Write to them for descriptive
circular.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen.
This is the only screen which will give
a 6ne, equal exposure to both sky and
foreground. It is constructed so that
the color is gradually shaded from a
strong orange yellow at the top to clear
glass at the bottom. With its use it is
possible to reproduce the clouds in all
landscape pictures and still give instan-
taneous exposures. The manufacturers
advise that for the past few months they
have been unable to keep up with their
orders for these screens, but that they
are now in a position where they expect
to be able within a couple of weeks to
fill all orders promptly. If you are not
familiar or have never used one of these
screens, write to them for descriptive
booklet.

Another of New Haven's oldest pho-
tographers, Mr. Orrin Nelson Hull, has
passed away.

Born in New Haven, July 22, 1840,
he made that city his home for his en-
tire life. He had been engaged in the
photograph business for the past fifty
years, taking up the work at an early
age.

Though quiet and retiring, he had a
genial manner and kind-hearted dispo-
sition, which endeared him to all who
knew him. It is with deep regret that
his friends and associates in business
learn of his death, which occurred after
a very short illness with pneumonia.
Mr. Hull died December 5, 1913.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS
STUDIO WANTS

March. 1914

Galleries for Sale or Rent

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey.
A. S. T., gallery in N. Y. State.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$2,000.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
W. C O., gallery in New Jersey.
C R. F., gallery in Long Island.
L. M. S., gallery in N. Y. State.

Parties Desiring Galleries

G. K. wantfi gallery in small city.

R.. S. G., wants gallery in small city.

Positions IVanted-^Operators

L. I., all-around man.

T. E. M., general operator.

J. H., all-round operator.

L. H., operator and retoucher.

C. M., operator and retoucher.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers; Recep-
tionists

N. A. B., experienced retoucher.
M. L. C, printer, enlarger, finisher.
Mrs. G. J., printer, sepia enlarging.
Miss F. L., retoucher.

Studios Destnng Help

R. H. R., good oi)erator.

C. H. P., operator, all-round

Votioe— Letters addressed to anyone in our oare shonld be accompanied with stamp
for eaoli letter so tbat they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal, f 1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is wor^ five times our subscriptioii
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST
We o£Fer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the Amer-
Icmn photographer photographic news that combined gives him the fidd
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) ll.fO

I year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-
tography i.Ti

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xiv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of fort;^ words or leu, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 00 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

It an ezcelkot and safe medium of communication between Photographert

For Sale: Photographic business at
Gettysburg. The famous battlefield
town — also college town. An old
establishe portrait and commercial
business. Address The Mumper
Studio, Gettysburg, Pa.

For Sale: Owing to other business,
must sell my studio at a sacrifice;
good location; low rent and doing
good business. Come and see me.
Will make the price right to quick
buyer. J. Garner, 178 Main Street,
Ansonia, Conn.

-A $2,000,000 Per Year Salary and
Profit": Excellent proposition for
man with family. Only studio in
town; ground floor; pop. 6,000, also
modern single home, three blocks
from studio. Value of combination
$7,300.00. Quick sale price $5,000 00.
Part cash, balance mortgage. Abso-
lutely a great bargain. Address .'iOO.
care Snap Shots.

Wanted: Young man twenty-four
years old, with eight years' experience
in commercial line, wants permanent
position with reliable commercial
firm. Address James D. Maher, 27
Chestnut St., Schenectady. N. Y.

Wanted: 11 x 14 Good Portrait
lens, Anastigmat preferred. State
lowest cash price wanted for. 26 Eason
Ave., Detroit, Mich. Jos. Sowinski.

Great Opportunity — A neat gallery
in New York City, in a fine location;
established seven (7) years; is offered
for sale at $2,500 to a prompt cash
buyer. Address G. F. M., care Geo.
Murphy, Inc., No. 57 East Ninth street.
New York.

For Sale: Splendidly equipped
modern ground floor. Studio in
wealthy town of 10,000, thirty miles
from New York City. Established
fifty years. In main thoroughfare
and has just been beautifully decora-
ted. Inventory amounts to $2,200.
Owner wishes to live abroad. Price
$1,800. Very easy terms will be made.
Photograph upon request. Address
Hudson River Town, care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Ground floor Studio in
best residence district of San Diego,
Calif., with or without fixtures. Home
sickness reason for selling. If you
wish the benefit of the coming Fair
and opening of the Panama Canal,
this is your chance. Address Photog-
rapher, 3318 5th street. San Diego.
Calif.

Flashlight Outfit For Sale: One
14x20 Banquet Camera, fitted with
No. 7 Dagor Lens, Series III, 16>4
inch; eight Prosch Flash Bags, com-
plete, $200; Lens only $100; Camera
only $40; flash bags only $10 each.
Gfrorge Murphy, Inc.. 57 East 9th St..
Nfw York.

wru •*• J *i , . r, r, igitizedby VjOOyi^-

When wntinff adTertiten pleau mention Snap Shots.

For Sale: 12 5/7 or ^ Double Film
Holders made to take and hold flat
Eastman Portrait Films. $6.00 takes
them. Address Roberts, 171 Stryker
Ave., Woodside, L. I.

>8l

xlvi

S.VAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEM EXTS

For Sale: A well-located, well-iur-
nished photo studio in New York
City, in prominent thoroughfare.
Owner desires to sell on account of
other business interests. Price, $3,500;
lease, three years; rent, $2,150 per
year. To a good photographer a fine
opening, but letters must be addressed
in our care and will be answered only
as the owner decides. Address **0.
F. M.," care Snap Shots.

For Sale: An Aristo Lamp, 220
volts, direct current, 25 amperes.
Complete, boxed ready for shipment,
$.35. Address. M. G., care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Pluto studio, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city. Doing
good busines.s; good surrounding
country. Established over thirty years.
Studio worth about $3,000, but will
sell for less m cash. Reason for sell-
ing is on accouni of other business.
All letters must be addressed to Tony
Leo, 5 West Main St., Middletown
\. Y.

Wanted : By a practical photog-
rapher, a studio, to purchase, but to
first manage same for three months to
e.stimate value. Address, Nuhwal, care
Snap Shots.

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

Send Your Subscription to

"THE BRITISH JOURNAL OF
PHOTOGRAPHY"

Per Year, Post-Paid, $3.25

Per Half Year, Post-Paid, Si. 65

Sole American Agents:

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street, New York

8x10 Plate
Holders

Will fit any 8 x 10 Century
or New York Studio Outfit.

These Holders arc Single
Curtain Slide Holders with
Kits for 6H X S%, 5x7 and
4x5 Plates.

PRICE, - $4.00 - EACH

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 Eaa Nioth Street, New York

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art levers

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xlvii

Warrington Folder

Sable Brown Cover Enclosing Royal Buff Card, Light Gray
Cover Enclosing Pigeon Gray Card

A select niountinj^ hjr all your best ])ictures. The general
tone and effect of this folder will please all who desire the last
word in elegance and refinement. The cover is our heavy
bristol stock embossed in something new and original in the
fresco style. The card is of rough textures, with a simj)le, har-
monious tinted border surrounding the opening. Around this
tint is a neat sunk ])late-mark.

I^\)r all your work of high grade use this folder. Try
a box of each color and you will be an ardent user of the
"Warrington.''

Size. Folder.

58 8^ X 1314

80 i6fgx 11^

Square
Opening.

4HX7H

Photograph. Per 100.
5x8 $10.00

8 X 10 15.00

(Packed twenty-five in a box.)

George Murphy, Inc.

57 East Ninth Street New York

Send for our Illustrated ^ Fount Cataloe"ue.

gl(

When wriiinjij adveiMiscrs plca^^e mention Snap Sik

Digitized by V3l^^'

xlviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Hi* Brilluuit Portrait Enlargiag Paper

Convenient Speed Bright Shadows Soft Hig^ Lights

LIGHT WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Semi Matte, Matte, and Rough Surfaces.

DOUBLE WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Matte, Rough, BufF and Buff Matte.

UQMT WEIQHT DOUSLC WCIQNT

AM farMl Pm CInrffN M FdhM : AM ParMi fnl CkniM » NiMt :

Firal m4 IkM «• SMIi Fbst mmI AM •• lirik

IMpm iMCaak Smm^Zmm I— m. ImIhIii. LMpv ■•tCari

(Cabinet)

90.25

f0.15

$0.05

f0.07

$0.30

$0.18

$0.05

$0.07

4x5

.25

.15

.05

.07

.80

.18

.06

.07

4x6

.30

.18

.05

.07

.80

.18

.05

.07

5x7

.40

.24

.05

.07

.45

.27

.05

.07

5x8

.45

.27

.05

.07

.50

.80

.07

.00

6x8

.50

.30

.05

.07

.65

.80

.07

.00

6^x 8^

.60

.86

.06

.07

.75

.45

.07

.00

7x9

.66

.42

.05

.07

.80

.48

.07

.00

8 xlO

.80

.48

.05

.07

1.00

.60

.07

.00

10 xl2

1.20

.72

.08

.18

1.50

.90

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

.06

.08

.18

2.00

1.20

.08

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.44

lis

.21

3.00

1.80

.13

.81

16 x20

8.20

1.92

.14

.25

4.00

2.40

.14

.25

18 x22

4.00

2.40

.15

.20

5.00

3.00

.15

.to

20 x24

4.80

2.88

.16

.88

6.00

3.60

.16

Retail MiirpHy, Inc., g:S!it«^t

07 Elast NintH Street rOEW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

IF YOU USE THE

Star Nesrative File

(Patented July 10, 1900.)

you can instantly locate any
negative desired. This file pro-
vides a perfect means of storing
and indexing negatives. It is a
heavy pasteboard box covered in
imitation morocco, fitted for 50
Jilass neeratives. or a lareer num-

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS-ADVERTISEMENTS

xiix

Pyrogallic 4cid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

"M. C. W." Brand

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky in
appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon to produce
tkc best photographic results.

When placing your orders for "PRYO/' specify "M. C. W."

Nalllnckrodt Chemical Works

ST. LOUIS NEW YORK

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No. 50S6 B Interior Bench

Price $35*00
Crated F. O, B.. New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches. Ealuttfades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories

from any design.

ROUGH & CM-DWEU.
COMPANY

MANUFACTURERS

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

PHOTO -FLAT

No More Curling of Your Prints

A BATCH OF DRIED PRINTS

THE SAME PRINTS AFTER BEING TREATED WITH PHOTO-FLAT

Apply to back of print, after they are thoroughly dr}'*
An effective and simple way to flatten curled prints.
Easy to use — no special care needed in drying prints to
be treated with PHOTO-FLAT. Leading professionaj^
have given an emphatic endorsement to PHOTO-FLA^

PRICES:
4 Oz. Bottles, 35c., Postpaid; Pint Bottles, 90c., Postpaid

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP. SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

"SATISTA"

A new. simple and inexpensive Photographic Printing Paper prepared
with Platinum and Silver salts, yielding:

First: Permanent prints of artistic quality in two tones,
black and warm black.

Second: Wonderfully rich blacks— clear and sparkling.
Third: Prints that lie flat — an important feature.

Doz.
Price of "Satista": 8/10 |1.25

5/ 7 .50

Cabt. .35

32 oz. "Satista" developing salts 20

^ lb. Clearing salts 20

ALL OTHER SIZES AT PROPORTIONATE PRICES.

Special quotation on large quantities.

Send postal for Booklet of Instructions, Sample Print and Special
Introductory OflFer which expires April 15th.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS
1814 Chestnut Street PHILADELPHIA

Patented and Manufactured by the IMatinotype Company, London, Kngland.
Willis & Clements, Sole Representatives in L nited Slates.

Z^, :z^<\

>^^

wmm.

Send

for
these
Books

to the

BERLIN

ANILINE

WORKS

213 Water St,
NEW YORK

^-d:^Jv'^

THE FORMULAE BOOK
Sand 10 cents in coin or ttampt
•ad a label from any '^Agfa**
CKemical package.

^^ Agf a'' Products are Photographic Standards.

■qitizedhYVJ^.^V/VI^

THE FLASH UGHT BOOK
Send 10 cents in coin or ttampe
and a label from any ^'Agfa**
Chemical package*

-cr

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Matted Tree

Our New No- 14 Tariff Changed
Mail Order Cash Catalogue

IB just off the press. Send ys your name and we witl
gladly mail you a copy.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., K'.lc.

57 En.st Ninth Street

NEW YORK

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This!

That is, if your lens is right. The lens is the soul of four canv r.i. C.)rdi«an Vn*^
will take ordinary pictures \s.xidcT /ctoraMe conditions. Arc y<»u satisfied witlt ilm'
Or would you like t!ie best results undir all conditions? If so, you sltoald kno" i*"

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and professional?, Mh*> mu-t
be sure of their results. Tliey can eaniy he fiiied to Ihe camera
you natv own.

Send for Oar Boak en ^'Leosef and Camerms"

ui the greatest %-ilue tu any one interested
in good pUotograpljy,

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

liii

SPEED and RELIABILITY mark

Hammer Plates

Xhey hold the record for detail and color values under
short exposure and weak light.

Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast (blue label)
Plates are best for all round work.

REG. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Nej^ative Making-,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Avo. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

pictures

plountM
Mitlx

HIGGfNS'
PHOT O

MOUNTEB

H&Tc An ezeellenee peeuliarl j tbelr
own. Tbe beet resultB are only
produced by the best methodt and
means— the beat results in Ptioto-
grapb, Poster and other inouDtinj;
can only be attained by tiiliig the
beet mounting paste —

H1GGINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

CEioeLlent noTcl bmBh wltb eftch ]«r.>

A a-OT. Jar prepaid by mall tor 10 ««it»-

©r alrmilar» fre© from

CHAS. m* HIOOrNS & CO*, Mtrs.
NEW YORK CHICAGO l-0«DOlf

Digitized by

Google

liv

SNAl» SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE PLATINOTYPE

A portion of a letter from a prominent New England photographer :

•'After almost two years of Developing Paper, I am writing to confess
that I am getting tired of it and the craving for GOOD OLD PLAT-
INOTYPE is coming back."
Write for sample Japine sepia.

WILLIS 6; CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispentable to photofraphert, ehemlits*

Ehytioians. or anyono onra-ired in woigb-'
IK ohomlcals.

The Weighmeter instantly indicates l>y
one turn of the dial exactly what weights
are to be used on the scale for any givcx*
formula. Saves time, trouble, annoyance*
and opportunities for errors in making tb«
usual computations. Beautifully printed it}
two colors on ivory celluloid, and of ju%t
the right size to fit the vest pocket.
Prioe 60o., poftpftld.

c2ex>roe: murphy, inc.

MTAIL OIPARTM&IIT

67 last 9th Str««t NEW YORK

Simplify the Work in Your Printing Room!

The half dozen different papers you believe you have to use now to do justice to
your various negatives, upset your printers, cause waste, delay, and give poor prints
after all!

'&' BUCK UUREL

It takes care of all of your negatives and of all your work — black and white and sepias.

Send one dollar (f 1.00) and we will send three dollars (fS.OO) worth of paper.
Our SPECIAL OFFEB shipment direct from factory. If the paper proves satisfactory
you can remit the balance ($2.00). If unsatisfactory, return paper and we will refund
the fl.OO paid.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.» Retail Dept

57 East 9th Street NEW YORK CITY

When writing advertiscrTTlease mention Snap SHO^Iiized by VJ^^V l(

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Would You Riso

IN THE

World of Pholographii?

-s-r

Then tit a

HELIAR F 4.5

to your camera.

This peerless lens has a world of
speed, wonderful definition and cover-
ing power. It is the ideal lens for
your reflecting camera, being almost
four times as fast as the best recti-
iinears working at U, S. 4, while in
point of definition at the extreme aper-
ture, there is no comparison. Indeed,
it would be necessary to stop down
your R. R. Lens to U. S. 16 to secure
anything like the Heliar definition at
full aperture.

For sparkling, brilliant negatives at
highest speed, use a Heliar. It is also
an ideal lens for home portraiture.
You can catch every fleeting expres-
sion, the cutest attitudes of the kid-
dies at play.

A ten-day trial will prove the true
worth of the Heliar. We'll arrange it
through your dealer.

Voigtiander & Fohn

240-258 East Ontario St., Chicago

225 Fifth Ave, New York

WOBKS
Bmnswick, Germany

CaBa4ian Agenti— Hnpfeld, Lndecking ft Co.,
Montreal, Can.

CHICKEN AND EGG

Design Pat'd Oct. 17, 1911

Do You Want to Make
More Money?

The ( h cken and Egg Accessory brings
Mothers with their Children to your
Studio. Novelty Accessories for Post
Cards are Money Makers.

Write for Descriptive Circulars and
Price List.

Manufactured by

A. H. 5IPLB

1329 E. inth Street CLEVELAND, 0.

Do You Use

Your Camera

In Nature?

If so, write at once to

"meliDiiietQllitDre"

Edited by EDWARD F. BIGELOW.

Seod 10c for copy

It can aid you and you can aid it.

That's it — co-operation for the good of
the Cause.

The co-operation as well as the incor-
poration is

ThB Agassiz Association, Inc.

ArcAdU
Sound Beach, Connecticut

When wriiinR advertisers please mention SnaF Shots, igjtized by VjOOQ IC

Ivi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

BL.A.CK I-.A.URE:

Tli« Mo«t AdTuie«i Portrait Pap«r

SIMPLE— SURE— ECONOMICAL

For

the highest grade of portraiture, in Platinum,

Black and Sepia |

e£Fect8.

LIGHT WEIGHT— SEMI ]

MATTE

DOUBLE WEIGHT

' — Three grades: Semi,

Smooth Matte and Buff |

UQNT WnONT

DOUBLE WBQNT

r«Ml PMl CtariM M Mm* :

MifwwIPMlCteiiHffMMN: |

rmiMi TWrtftoBiBlh

nntMi AMttMiA 1

1M9«

■•tCMk t

■•tCMk ]

r I tmm

.laritailMi. 1

ans

■mm

PrtM

1 to in IM to I4« 9mm

•Mm Mm

PrtM

itoift la

IMm

toMM 1

3Hx 6J4 $0.26

$0.20

$0.06 $0.07 $0.80

$0.24

$0.06 fO.OT 1

(Cabinet)

4x0

.85

.20

.06 .07 .80

.84

.05

.•T

4}ix 6^

.80

.24

.06 .07 .40

.82

.06

.or

5 X 7

.86

.28

.06 .07 .45

.36

.06

.07

6x8

.40

.82

.05 .07 .60

.40

.06

.or

0x8

.50

.40

.05 .07 .66

.52

.07

.09

OHx 8H

.60

.48

.07 .09 .76

.60

.07

.09

7x9

.66

.52

.07 .09 .80

.64

.07

.09

7}^x 9}^

.75

.60

.07 .09 .90

.72

.07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.64

.07 .09 1.00

.80

.07

.09

10 xl9

1.20

.96

.08 .13 1.60

1.20

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

1.28

.08 .13 2.00

1.60

.06

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.92

.18 .21 8.00

2.40

.18

.81

16 x20

8.20

2.56

.14 .25 4.00

8.80

.14

.85

18 x22

4.00

8.20

.15 .29 5.00

4.00

.16

.89

20 x24

4.80

3.84

.16 .38 6.00

4.80

.16

.88

George MurphVf Inc. g:SSt«^t

07 Elast NIntK Street

IME:W YORK

1 Send for

New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue 1

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOB PH0T0UBAPHEB8 AMATETTB AlTD PBOFEflSIOVAL

Bj W. I. LINCOLN ADAMB (Hii Best Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Araateur Photography," "In Nattir«*a

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo>£ngravings.

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workera.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the follow. ng Contents:

The Choice of Subject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Wigvrm

Foregrounds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups Tne Hand Camera

Inscantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Might

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Oroaping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edees. Beautifullr

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBICE IN A BOX, |2.i0.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only OS

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

price of "Sunlight and Shadow" |2.8fl

Subscription price of "The Photographic Times" .... 1.80

By this Soeclal Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

Digitized by V^OOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS Ivii

QUALITY plus CONVENIENCE

Eastman
Portrait Films

For Studio or Home Portraiture

Embody those special qualities so essential to
home portraiture, speed and non-halation, com-
bined with the latitude, gradation and fine grain
of the best plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30.

The light, flexible, unbreakable film base re-
duces weight, prevents loss, facilitates handling.

May he retouched or etched on
either side or on hoth sides.

No special skill required for manipulation.

Listed: 5 x 7, 6>^ x 8j^, 8 x 10, 11 x 14.

Price — Same as Seed 30 Plates.

Special illustrated circular at your dealers or by maiL

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER. N. Y. Digitized by Googib ^

Iviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

To secure increased prices for
your work, make the print on paper
of such distinctive quality as can be
found in

EASTMAN

PLATINUM

Prints of character not only appeal
to discriminating patrons, but com-
mand a price consistent with their
quality.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

lix

Eagle Adjustable and Reversible
Developing Tank

(Patented)

Both Reversible
and Adjustable

Instantly Adjusted to Any
Sized Plate

Prices

No. 100 For 4x5, :V4 x 5j/^, 'S^ x 4^, 3^ x4. :j^x35^,

— 6 grooves $3 . 00 Postpaid

No. 101 For 5x8, 5x7. 4)4 x6J/^, 4x5,3^x55^—

6 grooves 4 . 00 "

No. 103 For ej/^ x8^. 5x8. 5x7, 4»4 x6j4— 6 grooves 5.85
No. 104 For 8 X 10, 63^ X 85^, 5x8. 5 X 7— 6 grooves... 7.20
Eagle Tank Developing Powders, per package 6 pow-
ders, each 22 "

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., 5:Slt.e«t

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for new Tariff Changed Xo. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

When writinf adTertiten plMM mention Swap Shots. Digitized by

Cnogle

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

i^^ AUTOTYPE CARBON

TISSUES

AUTOTYPE.

IMPORTANT TO AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING
MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible
to include developing washing or fixing tanks. For purely
experimental purposes, however, some of the ordinary house-
Hold crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will
be found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for canying
on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit No. I $1.50

Outfit Complete for 5 x 7 5.00

Outfit for 8 X 10 7.00

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band

Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing $6^

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 640
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing. . . 640

Digitized by

Google

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric" Lens

(PATENT)

Qivinjc Critical Definition at Full Aperture

Tele- Photography with Focal Plaoe Shtitier Ei-
poaures. Large Image at Short Camera Extension

AN IDEAL LENS FOR
SPORTING EVENTS

VERY SUITABLE FOR
PORTRAITURE

Two Series, //5.4 and/ 6.8

The new "Telecentric" Lens gives a universally flat image with ex-
quisite definition to the corners of the plate. Coma and spherical aber-
ration away from the axis have been so fully corrected that the bril-
liancy of image equals that of the finest Anastigmat. Like the Ross
"Honiocentric,*' the "Telecentric'* is absolutely free from spherical zones,
and negatives taken with it are perfect in detail. The chromatic correc-
tion is also perfect. It fills the want so forcibly felt of a lens possess-
ing the sharp definition and other good qualities of the Anastigmat, and
at the same time enlarging the image of distant objects.

In the *'Teleccntric"' Lens, f/6.S, which is slightly faster than other
lenses of this type, the definition and brilliancy at full aperture are quite
equal to those of the most perfectly corrected modern Anastigmats

In the extra rapid "Telecentric" Lens, the extreme aperture of f/5.4
has been attained, and this without any sacritice of critical defining
power.

The "Telecentric" gives an image about twice as large as that given
by an ordinary lens requiring the same bellows extension. Therefore —
pictures of objects that from circumstance or of their nature cannot be
sufficiently approached to allow of the desired size of itnage may be sat-
isfactorily obtained by using the Ross '*Teleccntric." These pictures
will have critical deflnition secured with the shortened exposure afforded
by the large full aperture of the '*Tcleccntric."

Focui
Back-Equip.

Fe.8, $37:^0
F5.4. 50 00

F<rcui
Back-Equlif.

s/i-— ir

$45.00
64 00

Foctli

$4SJ5
fi7.50

Fi>cui

B&ek-EqalT.

AH-— IS"

152.50
7300

FocvJ

Baek-EqalT.

167-30
85.50

AMERICAN AOENTS

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc. 57 East Slh St.. New Tork. N. Y.

Si'fid for Xcw Tariff ( hainjcd S'K 14 Mai!-Order Cash Catalngue

i^ogle

/—

If it's a matter of
quality, use

l^Tr^

The paper zvithout a
disappointment.

ARTURA DIVISION

EASTMAN KODA

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CONTENTS

Photographing Children To-
gether - • - -

Opening and Conducting a
Studio - - . ,

To Blacken Lens Stops

Hot Weather Troubles

Some Facts About the Na-
tional Convention

How to Make Good in the
Photograph Business -

Flashlight Pointers

Permanganate as a Hypo
eliminator . . ,

Trade Notes and News

Studio Wants - - - •

Digitized by

64
66
69

75
75

77
78
60

Google

The above illustration is a little difficult to fathom.
Is it not? You will readily understand, however, by
examining closely, A ZOO-lb. man is standing on a
sheet of our

Cellular Board

and his heels hardly make a dent. The illustration
tells its own story!

This material, made by our own special process,
possesses remarkable resistance and is at the same time
very light. Just the thing for protecting all kinds of
packages in shipment. Can be used to advantage in
any number of ways. We can furnish any size you wish.

Particulars on request.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixi

THE QUIGK-SETMETAL TRIPOD

(Patented)

Embodying all the Features of a Good Tripod*

RIGID When Extended

COMPACT When Closed

QUICK When Operated

The Quick-Set is Rigid because made of brass tubing, nickel plated
When extended it is a continuous rod of metal and will bear any reason-
able weight.

The Quick-Set is Compact because when closed it is shorter than
any other make, when extended longer.

The Quick-set is Quick because it can be
extended in a moment by pulling out each leg
fully and giving a short twist to the left,
®*^urely locking all sections at once.
- The Quick-Set eHminates all the defects
ound in other makes of tripods. It has no
buttons or pins, and the legs
cannot become loosened.

The Quick-Set Tripod, where
fastened to the head, is rein-
forced by a pinion, making it
absolutely unbreakable. How-
ever, in case of accident any sec-
tion of the legs can readily be
replaced at slight expense.
Again, the Quick-Set does away
with the objectionable buttons

and springs used on other makes of metal tripods. It has
no projecting parts, and the lock is so constructed that it
is impossible to slip or unlock under pressure. Another
feature of superiority over other metal tripods is the
adjustable one; can be locked at any section, thereby
shortening it, if needed.

Nos. 51 to 53, inclusive, are made with the legs fastened
to a circular head 1^ inches in diameter. No. 60 lies per-
fectly flat, the head being a flat piece of metal ^-inch wide,
Jong; it is so made as to fold over, when extended, and form
mangular-shaped head.

z^. 75 is constructed with a loose tripod screw, with a long
t^ing it very easy to turn the camera in any desired direction,
z^lamp firmly. The top is covered with green felt, to prevent
. e camera.

No. 60.

'Kb ^

Iiongth Extended.
393^ in.
4.) "

.50 *'
50J^ *'

PBICES
Length Closed.
15 in.

14 "
12 "

15 "

Weight.

i:iy2 uz.

141/. -

11)

21 ^"

Price.

$2.00 Postpaid
2.10
3.00
4.50
4.50

5>j.^ ^3E0RQE MURPHY, Inc., KJi^to-en.

Digitized by

Google

Ixii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVF.RTISEMENI^

Th« Most AdTaiic«d Portrait Pap«r
SIMPLE— SURE— ECONOMICAL

For the highest grade of portraiture, in Platinum, Black and Sepia
effects. LIGHT WEIGHT— SEMI MATTE

DOUBLE WEIGHT— Three grades: Semi, Smooth Matte and Buff
UQHT WnONT DOUBLE WBQNT

Untmi

TAtoBiBlh

RriTMi ■

TWrtflttMi

U>t»»

MCMk

tmmilmm.

!■■■■. iidirtii.

IMtm

MCnfe

Untwttmt,

lMM.lMlMiM

Ion

lit in

MlM

1Mtal4«

MlM

ItalM
MUM

IHteHM

•Mm

8Hx 6J4

$0.26

$0.20

$0.05

$0.07

$0.80

$0.24 •

$0.05

$0.07

(Cabinet)

4x6

.25

.20

.05

.07

.SO

.84

.06

.#7

4^x 6%

.30

.24

.06

.07

.40

.82

.06

.07

S X 7

.85

.28

.05

.07

.46

.86

.06

.07

5x8

.40

.32

.Oo

.07

.60

.40

.06

.07

0x8

.50

.40

.05

.07

.66

.52

.07

.09

eyix 8J4

.60

.48

.07

.09

.76

.60

.07

.00

7x9

.65

.52

.07

.09

.80

.64

.07

.09

iViX 9J4

.76

.60

.07

.09

.90

.72

.07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.64

.07

.09

1.00

.80

.07

.09

10 xl2

1.20

.96

.08

.13

1.60

1.20

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

1.28

.08

.13

2.00

1.60

.08

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.92

.13

.21

8.00

2.40

.18

.81

16 x20

8.20

2.56

.14

.25

4.00

8.20

.14

.86

18 x22

4.00

3.20

.15

.29

6.00

4.00

.15

.89

20 x24

4.80

3.84

.16

.33

6.00

4.80

.16

.88

George MurphVf I«c, gSSSt«^t

07 East NIntK Street NEIW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

FREE— The Photog:raphic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

AMATEim AND PBOTSSSIOVAX
(Hli Best Book)

A BOOK FOB PH0T0UBAPHEB8

By W. I. LINCOLN ADAXfl
Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of *'Amateur Photography," "In Nature's
Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,
Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choloe of Subject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Ilriirea

Foregrounds Tbe Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups Tne Hand Camera

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Vlrkt

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal mar^ns and gilt edges. BeautifuUr

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBiCE ISr A BOX, 9t.iO.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one

per oopy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Begular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" |a.M

Begular Subscription price of "The Photographic Times" .... l.lt

By this Special Offer we sell Botli for . . $2^

which is the regular price of ''Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get '*The Photographic

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 50 copies left, so you must send ia

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photofl^rapnic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special pnce.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street

NEW YORK, N. Y.

|fl5^y Google

When writing advertisers please mention Swap

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixiii

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10

(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14

(without lamps)

$35.00

■ It is operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly

free to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at

b *"® side afford ample room for naoer. necratives and finished work.

Digitized by

Google

lxi\

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14th, 1911)

8T1LE A.

The Latest and Oreateat Improvement in Bay Filtera.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

If a correct exposure is
given to the clouds, then
the landscape is badly un-
der-exposed; if the correct
exposure is given to the
landscape, then the clouds
arc literally burnt up from
over-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
have appeared to the eye,
an unscreened photograph
shows only a blank white
sky.

The Royal Foreground
Ray Screen is also very
useful for subjects which
are more strongly illumi-
nated on one side than on
the other, as in photograj^h-
ing by the light of a side
window or in a narrow
street. By simply turning
the dark side of the fore-
ground screen toward the
bright side of the object a
good, even exposure will
result.

Made With the Hoyal Foreground Bay Screen
PHOTO. Bv H. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, li'ashingt^m.

STOP16. EXPOSURE%-second.

September Ibth, 10 A. M. Distance to snow-covered

Ait. Baker 8 Miles,

NO. DIAMETER INCHES PItlCE

OA
lA

2A
3A
4A
6A
OA
7A

H
IV,.
for box cameras
iVw
154
IH
2
2^

$1.35 Postpaid
1.35
1.35
1.85
1.35
1.80
2.00
2.25

NO. DIAMETER INCHES PRICE

STYLE A.

8 A
9A
lOA
llA
12A
13A
14A

8J4
3

4
4H

$8.70 Postpaid
2.90 ^

8.16
3.60
4.05
4.70
5.40

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc. gSiSt„.nt

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

When writing adTertisers please mention Snap Shoti.

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCBimON RATSS FOR U. 8. AND CANADA PIS YKAS, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, 60 CSHTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.S5
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP-SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 25

APRIL, 1914

Number 4

PHOTOGRAPHING CHILDREN TOGETHER

Children are not always easy to
do alone — unless the photographer
is very unambitious — but when it
comes to groups he literally groans.
What one aims at in a child's pho-
tograph is spontaneity, charm, and
to obtain this result with two more
than doubles the difficulty, for when
one child may be looking pretty and
unconscious, probably at the same
moment the other is decidedly not
appearing at its best.

If the photographer is wise, he
will never attempt children's
groups: there is always the excel-
lent and well-worn excuse that jus-
tice can only be done to one sitter,
and he will save himself a lot of
trouble and wear of nerve tissue.
However, there are some misguided
photographers w^ho are not wise,
and who consider it rather dull to be
too wise, and who have discovered
that the difficult are often the in-

teresting things, and who mean to
try and photograph children to-
gether.

First of all, we should like to
advise these enterprising folk to de-
vote a little thought to preliminaries
beforehand, for when once the chil-
dren appear on the scene they will
have little time to spare.

The first essential is a good light,
and unless they have a studio or
their room is decidedly bright and
well lighted, they had better be out
of doors. They must see the cam-
era is in good working order, look-
ing especially to the shutter — to find
it faulty when once the children are
on the scene is a harassing business
— and have as many slides as pos-
sible filled with ultra-rapid plates.
They must arrange the background
and foreground tautly and firmly,
that there is no likelihood of the
former coming down or the latter

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1914

getting untidy. Personally, I have
always advocated a plain white
background for children, because, to
me, it was the only one possible.
It is, of course, really entirely such
a matter of individual taste; but if
the reader agrees with me about
the advisability of leaving a single
child's figure free of distracting
surroundings, he will probably, with
me, think it still more important
that a group be given the same
chance and that nothing be allowed
to interfere with the delicate out-
lines of the children.

Perhaps a description of a suit-
able room may be of some help to
those contemplating the same kind
of work. A white background —
a sheet will do pulled out a little
at the bottom and just as well — is
hung on the wall ; it is pulled out a
little at the bottom and fastened to
the floor with small tin tacks. The
object of this is that by slanting
thus it catches more light and so
appears whiter in the photograph.
Then a white foreground, which in
my case consists of a piece of oil-
cloth painted white, is laid in front
of the background, pulled well up
over the tin tacks to hide them, and
also to avoid an ugly line where
the background and foreground
join. When children have bare feet
it is kinder to have a large piece
of white flannel. There are two
windows in the room, one opposite
the background and one on the side
of it. "But that is wrong," says the
expert ; "you are using a cross light,
which is inartistic." Perhaps so,

but we are obtaining ai good light
and a flat one, which surely is more
suitable to children than one which
renders them with heavy shadows
and dark, solid-looking bodies. To
get a light, delicate eflfect, really sug-
gestive of childhood, seems far
more desirable than academic recti-
tude over certain orthodox light-
ings. Besides which, the window
opposite the background is the chief
source of light, the other acting
rather like a reflector.

But to come back to our groups.
Now the photographer is so far
ready he must get some goixi an-
chor before the children come. It
must be something so important and
absorbing that it will not only keep
them in one spot, but will also drive
away all thoughts of self -conscious-
ness and the camera. The white
rabbit was a successful anchor, be-
cause both children wanted it at
once, and were only allowed to
nurse it five minutes at a time each
on condition they stayed just where
they were put. That the rabbit died
next day does not perhaps belong
to this story.

A doll's tea-service makes an ex-
cellent anchor, because it has to
stand on something and has enough
pieces for two to play with, and it
is also so very absorbing.

Some toys are hopeless : for in-
stance, a ball is not only useless but
maddening to the poor photogra-
pher, who sees his model never still,
nor in the least on the same plane.
His only chance of getting good
groups is to focus first and then put

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

in the plate and watch, bulb in hand,
for a good opportunity, hoping he
can catch a spontaneous and pretty
attitude. If luck is against him
and one or both of the children have
moved enough to be out of focus,
then out must come the plate and
back he must go to the ground-glass
and focus and begin all over again.
It is for this reason an anchor is so
very important.

The photographer must also re-
member the question of compromise
comes largely to the fore in groups
of children. There is so often
something to be sacrificed; it is no
good waiting, bulb in hand, for a
perfect group. This would mean
dropping the substance for the
shadow indeed, and by so doing he
would probably lose many charming
and spontaneous little pictures.
Even if a limb has to be sacrificed,
it is still worth recording such busy
unconsciousness.

It is no good either letting
chances slip in the hope of seeing
both faces; even if one has almost
disappeared altogether, the little
body will probably show quite
enough individuality. With no an-
chor at all sometimes one child will
help the other, as when the elder is
taken into our confidence and asked
to keep her smaller brother still.
The interest of it very successfully
banished all traces of self-con-

there would be no easier group to
do than a mother and child, for
with its own mother as an anchor
a child is no trouble to manage.
But with a grown-up, every angle
needs study and care, face is not
satisfactory at any and both of
which it is difficult to give when
there is a piece of quicksilver on
the scene at the same time.

Exposures, of course, vary ac-
cording to the quality of the light-
ing. In the room with the two
windows it is possible to get a rea-
sonably full exposure in about one-
third of a second from March to
October, using very fast plates and
working with the lens at f-8. A si-
lent studio shutter is employed, and
the bulb is pressed and released
just as fast as the hand can work
it; and if experience and care are
combined in exposing, there need be
very few failures through move-
ment. If the work is being done
out of dcK)rs. naturally much shorter
exposures may be given, and an
instantaneous shutter is a neces-
sity.

Like most difficult things, photo-
graphing groups of children is fas-
cinating work, and there is so much
more variety and greater possibili-
ties in tw^o than one, and as what
we obtain is always sure to be a
little charming in spite of its faults,
because of its attractive subjects,

«u«ii ^1,

IttVA/^ i^tn

Digitized by

Google

('>4

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

OPENING AND CONDUCTING A STUDIO

By L. C. Biflhop

Capital is of first importance.
The required amount depends larg^e-
ly on expenses, such as rent and liv-
ing in the location decided upon.
The extent of one's acquaintance
with the trade sought will also
have considerahle hearing. Fifteen
hundred dollars should he the least
cash t)n hand for a small city studio ;
eight hundred if a country town.
The surplus after equipment is paid
for should not he less than five
hundred dollars in the city; in the
country, three hundred.

We are supposing the owner to he
a capahle photographer, up in all re-
quisite hranches, free from deht,
and in gcKxl health.

The location should he selected
with a reference to the trade ex-
pected, hor popular-priced work,
one must be where some prominence
can he secured, where his place is
easily reached, and where many
l)eople pass the door. The district
most popular with the better class
of workingmen is good; so also is
"downtown'* proper. If one aims at
the new photography, he must
figure on a different class of patrons.
One must be more than a working-
man himself and be able to produce
the real work ; not simply fuzzy
focus on what he shows in that line,
but have a real knowledge of what
it is that brings the money from the
better class who ask for this work.
The residence district is good for
this, but the place shoidd be near

some old, well-established shop
catering to the fashionable trade in
millinery, tailoring, or the like.
This store must have a good reputa-
tion long retained.

The operating light is very im-
portant, lie sure to have enough,
and with the light coming from one
principal direction. There should
be no red or yellow buildings in
front of the light or near enough to
influence it. There should be
enough room each side of the light
to allow one to work in either direc-
tion. One may be experienced with
all sorts of lights, but, if possible,
get one that any one can work
easily. 1 prefer a north light of
clear glass, starting three and one-
half feet from the floor, running
ten or twelve feet straight up, with
four feet of top light, witli a width
of not less than ten feet. Have
blinds of tracing cloth that can be
pulled over the entire light, with a
set of opaque ones working over
them.

The equipment consists of lenses,
cameras and other apparatus. No
one lens can be used for all things.
Have a big one working at / 4, and
not less than nineteen inches focus,
for heads. Diffusing attachment
must be included. For figures,
groups, home portraiture and the
like, an anastigmat of thirteen or
fourteen inches focus, working at
/ 5.6, should be used. One will also
want a wide angle working at / 16,

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

or a little larger, with a focal length
of about eight and one-half inches.
There should be two cameras ; an
11x14 regular studio camera with
an attachment taking 8x10 view
holders and the regular cabinet out-
fit as supplied ; and a home-portrait
camera outfit, 8x10 size, like the
Century, and an extra studio stand,
on which it can be used for groups
in the studio.

As to help, right on the start ad-
vertise in the daily papers for a neat
girl with no experience, but with
references as to personal character.
One can expect many to answer, but
be prepared to choose the most use-
ful locjcing one for the try-out. tak-
ing the names and addresses of
others that seem favorable. 1 f you
find your room full, waiting a hear-
ing, announce that the salary will
be only three dollars a week as a
starter ; this will clean out many of
the undesirable ones. The young
lady is to meet visitors at the door,
show samples, which should always
have prices marked on them, answer
the telephone and, most important
of all, keep beggars and agents from
seeing you and taking your time.
Any bright girl will soon learn
when to call you and when to say
she is instructed not to call you for
any other purpose than to arrange
for sittings.

If you are not a first-class oper-
ator yourself, you had better engage
one, for a while at least. If you are
not an experienced platinum print-
er, engage an all-round man for at
least long enough to get an insight ;

it*s cheaper in the end. Any branch
you may be weak on can be
strengthened by employing a good
man for Sunday morning oc-
casionally. Find him by advertising
or call up your stock house. If you
don't get a good one that way, look
around at the exhibits at various
studios and, when you see what you
like, address a letter to the operator
or printer of So-and-So's studio,
offer him the position, and get his
price for some Sunday morning
with you. Treat him well if you
want him again : you will get many
valuable tips if you are sharp. Pay
him three to five dollars. You will
make that and much more through
the advanced prices your work will
command.

The young professional- can
charge from three to eighteen dol-
lars a dozen for regular work. If
he is capable of doing the new
photography, his charges should be,
for 5x8 platinums, five dollars for
the first print and three dollars each
for duplicates. A cabinet can be
made in black and white platinum
for eight dollars a dozen : sepias, ten
dollars; half cabinets, five and six
dollars. If a popular-priced studio,
make the prints on matt surface
printing-out paper, mounted solid,
and run them through a cold burn-
isher. Half -cabinets, two dollars a
dozen; cabinets, three dollars; 5x8.
five dollars, and 8x10, twelve dol-
lars. Double mounted, that is,
backed prints, should be tastily
mounted, and they command double
prices. Give your work some style ;

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

A|mt 1914

the mounting means much to the
picture. Study the mounting of
prints shown in the art stores, for
your better class of work. The
regular cabinets should be mounted
solid on a rather plain mount of
good quality, the prints being on
printing-out paper, and run through
a cold burnisher. Anything you
want to deliver mounted by the
corners should be on platinum
paper, or on printing-out paper,
backed. Great claims are made for
double-weight developing paper,
but, personally, I would not use it
unless I was doing cheap work.
The large finishing plants are pre-
pared to deliver prints 00 develop-
ing paper so that they will not curl
badly, but the professional with the
small studio can't afford the ma-
chinery they use. If you want to
see just how bad the paper is, ex-
amine the displays made by some of
the medium-priced studios where
rhey mount their developing paper
like platinum. They look cheap to
anybody upon even superficial ex-
amination. Some of these papers
are better than others, but the public
has learned much and it knows that
one can get developing paper prints
from the Kodak finishers for five
cents a print, while they can't get
platinum or matt printing-out paper
prints from these houses. Use the
matt printing-out paper, mounted
flat, for the cheapest work, the same
paper backed and loose mounted for
the next, black and white platinum
for the next higher, and sepia
platinum for the most expensive.

Do not copy the work of the oper-
ators who make popular-priced
work ; study some of the work done
by our big professionals of ten or
fifteen years ago. This last is better
and work of this kind is more de-
sirable to the public to-day. The
new photography acquires its
greatest stimulant from the work
done by the advanced amateurs.
These people study art from ever>'
conceivable viewpoint, and use the
camera to express their ideas, much
as a painter uses his brush. They
study pictures and use their knowl-
edge intelligently. They do not. as
some of the less progressive seem
to Aink, use a bad lens or focus im-
properly in order to become one of
the new school.

Pictures that you sell by the dozen
should not be fuzzy enough to at-
tract attention to that particular.
The softness of focus should be
regulated according to size. The
large heads can be made quite soft,
but any double lines must be worked
out. Landscapes can be quite fuzzy
for beautiful broad effects. A single
combination of an ordinary rapid
rectilinear lens, if it has goc>d speed,
is capable of making large heads of
better quality than the average
anastigmat, even when the latter is
fitted with a diffusing attachment.
Make your regular run of studio
work thus: Half cabinets, a trifle
softer than the sharpest rectilinear
will give at full opening; the
cabinets a trifle softer; and extend
this idea until you can tell by the
groundglass what degree of dif-

Digitized by

Google

April. 1914

SNAP SHOTS

fusion is right. The sharpest focus
of the anastigmat is too sharp for
contact printing in portraiture.

Visitors and old customers mfist
be carefully handled; they can be
influenced for or against you ac-
cording to the impression your
treatment of them creates. Never
allow anybody to stay too long or
yourself to become too well ac-
quainted with them. Just a favor-
able impression is all you need, and
more than that is usually detri-
mental. You may offer the visitor
a seat while you show the work and
quote prices, but you do not sit
down for a visit. After you have
accomplished what you consider a
fair explanation, show a desire to
get back to your work. If the visitor
attempts to hang on longer, your as-
sistant should come from the work-
room and say your attention is
needed at that moment.

Salesmen like to loaf around and
take your time. Better say at the
start that you can give them a cer-
tain number of minutes, five, ten or
fifteen, and end it at the expiration
of the time set. See them outside
of the workroom always. While the
cases are rare, some salesmen are
full of valuable information, and
these are to be appreciated. It is
therefore well to ask a few questions
while your time is being taken, as
valuable information is often worth
more than a sitting.

When you deliver pictures to a
patron who is just a little disap-
pointed, be willing to do the right
thing. Oflfer to print over or even

do the retouching over before re-
printing. You must show them that
you' are willing to do your part in
order that they may be . pleased.
Caring for those once sold is the
building of your foundation in any
business. Be as courteous after you
have the money as you were before.

A good personal appearance is of
the greatest value. You slK>uld
dress and look like the sensible, up-
to-date people of your age. Shave
every day and get your hair cut
every three weeks. People of good
taste do not like to be depicted by
a photographer of bad taste; one
with a long and greasy foretop. Be
clean. Try to associate with people
who are as good as the best of the
friends you have ever known. Don't
invite your friends to call during
business hours, unless you believe
they are in the market for your
goods. Don't drink during business
hours. Use good language, but
simple words.

Don't say silly things while oper-
ating; old chestnuts are a bore to
any one, and the small-talk business
just before pressing the bulb is out
of date. Replace it with some intel-
ligent conversation. Natural man-
ners on your own part reflect them-
selves in your subjects best of all.

Don't expect to achieve par excel-
lence with some new, quick-working
apparatus. The market is full of
them. Don't sell coupons or make
cut prices. Once in two years you
can send out to your old customers
a reduced rate on duplicate orders,
cash to accompany the order, and

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April. 1914

good for ten days. Tliat will be
sufficient and will keep you in touch
with them. Keep yourself informed
in all that is new ; visit art exhibi-
tions, and read the best photogra-
phic magazines. Paste a slip on the
cover for notation of valuable
formulas you may want later, or clip
them out and file. Read other
mag vines, like Harper s Weekly,
that will give you a grasp of what is
going on in the world ; go and ex-
amine the displays of other photog-
raphers; invite criticism.

Collect a deposit on all work and
if it is necessary to explain to Mrs.
Newrich, say that you must do this
in order to be considered prompt
pay by your dealer, and that, unless
you do collect a part payment, the
outlay per day would greatly impede
your progress. If you discount
your bills every month you will save
a snug sum in a year, and the stock
house does not regret the 3 per cent.

Make your work appear clean.
Above all, get pure tones ; real white
in the black-and-white prints, not
lead-colored ones. In the sepias
avoid yellow whites and muddy of
bronzed shadows. Give your show-
windows your close personal atten-
tion. Criticize them daily. Not too
many pictures, but good ones,
should be the rule. Use the best
material, regardless of whether so-
called trust or anti-trust. There are
no bargains in material. The relia-
ble goods are so well known that
any one can readily decide.

Try to get a good picture with
every plate and do not be stingy

with them, making three or four for
your moderate-priced work and five
or six for the better grades. Keck-
lei» firing of plates is worse than the
practice of the fellow who only
makes one, providing the subject
didn't move. Retouch your nega-
tives somewhat before proofing,
paying the most attention to the
better ones. Never show a bad one
— Camera Craft.

To Blacken Lens Stops

Make a strong saturated solu-
tion of copper nitrate, either by
dissolving the salt as purchased or
by dissolving copper wire in strong
nitric acid. Clean the stops thor-
oughly, being especially careful to
remove all grease. Dip each stop
in turn in the copper nitrate solu-
tion, and then dry it over a Bunsen
burner or spirit lamp, continuing
the application of heat until the
green deposit first formed changes
to a black one. Do this three times
with each stop, or as many times
as is necessary to get an even coat-
ing. Then wipe oflf all loose black
deposit, and give a final rub with a
slightly oily soft rag, or with an
old black-lead brush, holding just a
trace of blacklead. — B. J. of P.

Don't attempt to dry celluloid
film negatives with methylated
spirit; they will shrink and buckle
up into all manner of shapes. The
advice to dry negatives by this
means only refers to glass plates,-
which can be treated without harm
resulting.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914 SNAP SHOTS 69

HOT WEATHER TROUBLES

By U. L. Upson

"The evil days draw nigh/' and ers in the States, which meant a
it may not be amiss at this time to month or more of delay. I was en-
tell readers how one amateur, a tirely at a loss as to how to proceed
resident in the tropics, has avoided with the chemicals at my command,
frilling, blisters, reticulation, and all when I came across a brief state-
the ills to which the gelatine film ment, tucked away in one corner
is heir, in a climate in which the of one of the booklets issued by a
thermometer rarely or never regis- dry-plate manufacturer, to the ef-
ters less than eighty degrees Fah- feet that prolonged immersion in
renheit, and without the use of spe- fresh, strong chrome alum fixing
cial appliances or chemicals. bath, with a short washing in run-
When I first arrived on the Isth- ning water, would harden the film
iiuis of Panama I was ill prepared and cause the negative to dry more
either in knowledge or in equipment, rapidly. I tried it, and my troubles
for the difficulties which are inci- were over, so far as negatives were
dent to photography in this climate, concerned.

It was the height of the "rainy I am an ardent advocate of tank

season," and my first negatives, de- development, for plates as well as

veloped and fixed in the manner in films, and, after a twenty-minute de-

which I had always developed and velopment in a sixty-degree pyror

fixed them in the States, were badly soda solution, my negatives are

frilled and blistered, and required thoroughly rinsed and placed in a

more than forty-eight hours to dry, chrome alum bath, prepared as fol-

owing to the excessive amount of lows: A.

moisture in the air. Furthermore, Pure water 128 oz.

the roaches, water-bugs, and other Hypo 32 oz.

crawling and flying things, seemed B.

to take very kindly to the gelatine Water 32 oz.

film and ate great holes in the nega- Sulphite soda, dry 2 oz.

tives before they were dry. Sulphuric acid, C. P J^ oz.

T saw at once that I would have Powd. chrome alum 2 oz.

to adopt other means, and tried to This solution should be com-

find in the magazines, booklets, pounded in the order given, and

pamphlets and advertising sheets of "B" should be poured into "A,"

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

fimi and rubberlike to the touch.
They are then placed in running
water for fifteen minutes, careful
watch being kept on them to see
that they do not soften. However,
if fixing bath has been properly pre-
pared and has not become exhaust-
ed by use, fifteen minutes in run-
ning water will leave them firm and
hard.

Even in the damp atmosphere pre-
vailing in this country for seven
months of the year, 5x7 plates will
dry in from eight to ten hours.

After drying, all my negatives are
heated, and a varnish, prepared as
follows, is flowed over them :

Eest grain alcohol 20 oz.

Crushed dark shellac 1 oz.

After placing shellac in alcohol
the bottk containing it should be
set aside for several days and shel-
lac allowed to dissolve without heat.
An occasional shaking will facili-
tate this process. After the alco-
hol has taken up all the shellac that
it will, the clear solution should be
poured off and two drams of oil of
lavender added.

This varnishing is not necessary
for the preservation of negatives in
many parts of the United States,
but is absolutely essential, I find, in
very moist atmospheres.

I have demonstrated, to my own
satisfaction, at least, that negatives
fixed and washed as above will
withstand the exposure to air fully
as well as, if not better than, those
fixed for fifteen minutes and washed
for an hour or more, besides having
the advantage of avoiding the

softening of the film and.' the con-
sequent prolonged period of dry-
ing. Many of the negatives which
I had taken, developed, and fixed
in the manner generally in use in
the United States have become dis-
colored and unfit for use long
since, in spite of the fact that they
were varnished at the same time
that I discovered the desirability of
varnishing all negatives in this cli-
mate.

In conclusion, I wish to empha-
size the necessity of using fresh,
strong fixing bath, for in that and
in the prolonged immersion therein
is the whole secret of the avoid-
ance of frilling, reticulation, and
the like. It is false economy to
save a few cents' worth of fixing
bath and lose half a dozen or more
valuable and hard-earned negatives.
— Camera Craft.

Measuring Drops

It is often very diflftcult to meas-
ure a certain number of drops of
a solution, such as a 10 per cent,
solution of potass, bromide from
an ordinary bottle; this can, how-
ever, be done quite easily and cor-
rectly if, instead of the ordinary
cork in the bottle there is substi-
tuted one of the screw-top corks
such as are found in scent or bril-
liantiue bottles. The cork should
be thoroughly washed in warm
water to remove all traces of scent
or brilliantine, and if the bottle is
held steadily in a horizontal posi-
tion the drops will come quite
easily and at regular intervals.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

SOME FACTS ABOUT THE NATIONAL
CONVENTION

The National Convention to be
beld June loth to 20th at Atlanta,
Ga., promises to be one of the best
the Photographers Association has
ever held.

The Picture Exhibit will be more
than a showing of portraits. The
pictures will be graded by the
judges and all those rating above
65% will be placed in the accepted
class. All the prints will be hung
and the judges will be in charge of
the exhibit at all hours of the day,
ready to give private criticism of
the pictures to any one. This will
enable every one to obtain specific
information as to the judges'
opinions of the relative value of the
portraits and will be much more in-
structive than a careless examina-
tion of the exhibit. Never before
has the opportunity been given to
every one to secure the private
criticism of competent judges.
Twenty-five dollars will be paid for
each of the best pictures (not to ex-
ceed twenty in number) which will
form the nucleus of a permanent
salon.

The manufacturers and dealers
are preparing their exhibits of the
new Fall styles and these with all
the latest discoveries and inventions
which benefit the profession will be
on display. Educationally there is
nothing in the country to equal this
convention. Every one who attends
may feel sure that he has up-to-date
information on the newest and best
things in photography.

National publicity will be given
this convention through the As-
sociated Press and other media.
This publicity will benefit the
profession in every section of the
country.

Parcel post rate on photographs,
revision of the fire insurance rates of
studios, the licensing of photograph-
ers and other live issues are ex-
pected to be brought before the Con-
gress of Photography for definite
action.

A special train is being arranged
for the photographers of New York
City and vicinity and one for the
photographers of Chicago, also St.
Louis. There will be a load from
New England who will travel by
water to Savannah, Ga., thence by
rail to Atlanta. Two salesmen who
made a 1,500 mile trip through the
Southern States report that every
photographer upon whom they
called is planning to attend. Thu
meeting place this year is one that
will attract the men from the North,
South, East and West.

Photographers who want to grow
in the profession cannot aflPord to
miss this convention. The P. A. of
A. is the one organization through
which each photographer may
secure the reforms which he would
like to see accomplished but which
he cannot bring about single
handed. This is the year we all get
together and make the Association
strong enough to accomplish Na-
tional reforms for the profession.

Digitized by

Google

S.NAP SHOTS

April, 1914

Atlanta is 74 years old and was
first called "Terminus," being: a little
village at the end of the Western
and Atlantic Railroad. About the
time General Sherman reached At-
lanta the population was 10,000.
To-day it is 185,000 and the 200,000

Atlanta is justly called the
metropolis of the **New South."

Atlanta is 1,050 feet above the sea
level, at the foot-hills of the Blue
Ridge Mountains. Part of its water
drains to the Atlantic Ocean and
part to the Mississippi River. There

Copyright 1914 by International News Service.
COL. GOETHALS RFXEIVING THE CIVIC
FORUM MEDAL OF HONOR FROM STATE
COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION JOHN H.
FINLEY AT CARNEGIE HALL, NEW YORK

CITY.

Flashlight taken with .Sunlite Prosch powder

(speed "F"), the grade recently endorsed and now

used by the United States Cjovernment.

mark will be reached in a short time.

Atlanta has 200 miles of modernly
equipped electric railway, 600 man-
ufacturing plants and it covers 26
square miles.

It is reached by 13 railroads over
which there daily run 136 pas-
senger trains.

is ahvays a breeze and a bracing at-
mosphere.

The reports of the United States
Weather llureau show that the
average temperature in June for the
last 34 years has been 76 degrees;
the highest temperature 98 degrees
and the lowest 39 degrees.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

HOW TO MAKE GOOD IN THE PHOTOGRAPH

BUSINESS
By G. W. McLain

Remember I am dealing with the
professional, and not the kodak or
photo cannon. The kodak is a good
thing and does much that the or-
dinary camera cannot do. Yet they
all would be at the bottom of the
sea with inventor, if some photog-
raphers could have their say. '*How
selfish mankind are?" The photo
cannon you find working here and
there, but the work is usually bad,
often lasts but a few hours. Has
any of these workers made any
money clear of expense? In fact
does the ordinary photographer
make much above his expenses?
Here are his drawbacks. Expense
of opening up his place of busi-
ness. Advertising and waiting,
while rent, board and other expense
keeps right on. Then when you get
a shot, probably you miss and have
to take it over. Then comes a proof
to be criticised. It must be re-
touched, ugly faces made pretty.
Then the printing which may be too
dark or too light. Mother is dis-
pleased with baby's picture. The
young Miss says "how horrid."
Just try it for fifteen years, and if
you escape the poor house and
lunatic asylum both, you are a
winner. To get the money make
tin-types with a show. There is no
wait. The show draws the crowd.

Your patrons get their picture there
and then. You get your money, and
no worry. Besides every picture
sent out is a walking advertisement.
What? Tin-types not good, you
say? They are, if made good by
the wet plate process. First, deal
with a good stock house. Second,
have a good outfit. Third, where,
and how to use it.

A tent about 12x18 with a double
skylight, set with the door to the
south; use one at a time in clear
weather, changing about 12 o'clock,
using both on cloudy days and late
in the evening. A wood dark-
room 3x3j4, just high enough to
clear your head. Place dark-room
just inside to the left as you enter
tent with door facing background.
Opposite door have a sliding win-
dow of yellow glass 8x10 : thus you
get a good light in any kind of
weather.

Have the tent door split clear
up to the top so as you can open one
or both sides as you may need them.
Have a shelf outside under window
for oil stove and fixing tray. Un-
der window on inside have your
silver bath. Have other shelves for
plates, collodion and developer. I
did not intend this to be a book of
instructions, you get that from your
stock dealer.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

THE FERROTYPE, AND HOW

TO MAKE IT

By E. M. EsUbrook

I point out such as no one else
gives you. Get a 5x7 Ferrotype
camera fitted with 4^ Gem lenses.
Get a piece of tin about 3x5, bend
the edges in so it fits over the top
or bottom lenses, so if you want to
make four pictures leave tin off. If
in a rush some only want two, cover
two lenses, make the exposure, push
in plate holder slide, change your
tin and expose the other two on
someone else. Cut some plates in
two halves when in no rush ; if only
two are wanted use a half -plate and
two lower lenses. Our prices run
as follows : Babies, no less than four
taken, 50c. One person, **not
babies," two for 30c. ; four for 50c. ;
two together, two for 40c. ; four for
75c. ; three or more together, two
for 50c.; four for $1.00. Teams,
houses, groups, etc., same price.
Often we make groups of a dozen
or more, each taking a picture at
25c. each.

And we could make four pictures
about every 2 minutes. Now here is
more the book doesn't give. It needs
two men, one to take them, the other
to finish, deliver and collect the
cash. All done, I say, in about two
minutes. In a rush keep a plate in
silver bath all the time. Have your
crowd waiting for the chair so as to
grab it as soon as vacant. Operator
pulls dark-room door to, takes plate
from bath and puts it in holder, gets
a focus, makes the exposure, flows

another plate with collodion, puts it
in bath, closes door, takes up de-
veloper bottk, flows it over Ae ex-
posed plate. As soon as die image
comes oat, dome it 4ip and 4(hvii in
a bucket of water that sits under the
window. This must be done until
the water will flow even without
streaks. Slide window open and
drop it in fixing bath. As soon as it
clears up assistant washes it good in
another bucket of water, dries it
over his oil stove, flows varnish over
plate, heats it good and hot so as to
dry the varnish. Cut apart with a
pair of shears, put in Ferrotype en-
velopes and get the tin. Two
buckets of water, in a rush, will do
$30.00 or $40.00 worth of work.
But, of course, good clean water
when you can, for good clean per-
manent work. Now as to profit on
tin-types. We always counted 95c.
clear out of every $1.00. How
about this show privilege? It is an
easy matter to get with any show or
carnival. I was with Sun Bros.
Circus one season. I have several
openings every season, beginning
about the 20th of April, closing
November 1st. Professional or
amateur. Free privilege, including
board, transportation and rent.

Don't, after filling your slides,
open your darkroom door and leave
your box of unexposed plates un-
covered. How many experienced
photographers have forgotten this,
and how many plates wasted!

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

FLASHLIGHT POINTERS

Accurate Lighting vs. Guesswork

Most flashlight operators simply
pile on the powder — all the lamp
will hold — and bang away no matter
what the subject is. Of course, this
is fine for the powder maker, for in
this way the average operator uses
about twice as much powder as he
needs which he does not have to pay
for.

Now. I have wondered why such
a photographer does not use more of
the brains he was born with and
study his subject, first — the color of
the reflecting walls, shape of the
room and its size — and then judge
how many points of the light he will
need, how much powder he will
need at each point and at just what
angle in height from floor, etc., and
just what opening of the lens to give
fully exposed (correctly exposed,
not over or under) impression
on the particular plate he is using.
The best flashlight operators can
train themselves to keep all of these
things in mind if they will. Most
of them just guess at it intuitively
— more or less correctly.

Years ago I suggested to the old
Prosch Mfg. Co. that they could
make a hit if they would solve this
problem in some way. I suggested
serving the powder to nervous oper-
ators in tabloid form — in some fool-
proof style — so that if any fluttering
Miss Nancy should happen to break
into our fold, he would not be so
likely to blow out the front of a
building by placing a whole box

(2 oz.) of Victor, Agfa, or Sunlite
special extra fast powder on a 75c.
Caywood lamp, for instance.

The result of my suggestion, I
flatter myself, was the Prosch en-
velope cartridge — followed by many
near imitations in square covered
oblong form to avoid the Prosch
basic patents on their more simple
and sensible form of cartridge. I
have watched the development of
this cartridge w^ith great interest,
for I have used nothing else in my
regular work. I will venture to say
that the Prosch D-2 Electric cart-
ridges have long been the standard
for banquet and stage work — and
very deservedly — for the busy op-
erator has learned that he can al-
ways count on their giving just the
same amount of lighting every time
under all conditions, so that with a
certain plate at a certain lens aper-
ture, wnth average colored walls he
can figure accurately on a correct
exposure by using one D cartridge,
for instance, for each 25 square feet
of floor space. No more guesswork
for me!

Otitfit for the Home Work.— I
have been asking the Prosch people
recently to supply a very urgent
present need in designing an outfit
for small flashbags for work in
patrons' homes. We no doubt feel
that this is coming to be a very im-
portant part of our work which can-
not be altogether done by daylight.
Then the big flashbags designed for

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

the banquet halls where ceilings are
high are not practical for the rooms
in dwelling houses. Then again we
cannot always find electricity in
these homes. Did you say dry bat-
teries? Not for me-!

I will not monkey with any con-
traption of dry batteries, storage
batteries or paper caps for igniting
flash powder where I need multiple
points of light. I do not mean to
imply that I am supplying the old
Prosch concern with all or any large
number of new ideas, but simply
find this concern responds more
readily to suggestions as to the
needs of practical men such as I
(very conceitedly perhaps) consider
myself. Who am I ? Never mind,
just "run along and sell your
papers.'' We are discussing flash-
light problems now, so listen with
some degree of respect to an old
timer who has not been blown sky-
high yet.

Let's see, I was talking about
some small flashbags for home work
suitable for our work in homes —
that is, for amateurs and profes-
sionals. Now the specifications I
gave to the Prosch people as to what
such bags should be and do are
about as follows : they must be small
so we can get the actual light as
high as possible and as near the ceil-
ing as possible without scorching it.
They must be cheap enough so we
can aflFord to have several of them,
because not enough powder can be
burned in any one of them. They
must be all capable of being fired off

simultaneously with absolute cer-
tainty— without needing a house
current of 110 volts to do it, and
without having to carr>' a ton of
dry batteries or storage batteries
alone to do it — I mean, try to do it
with certainty^ of failure. Now this
is *'some stunt!"

Now you just practise a little of
"Doc" Wilson's ''watchful waiting*
and see what these ver\' versatile
Proschlite people evolve as a result
of my suggestion. I can't tell many
tales out of school — but you just
watch for the next announcement.

Orthochrotnatic June Weddings.
— This sounds rather interesting,
but I have no intention of applying
any such epithet to the character,
complexion or drapings of either
brides or grooms — simply trying to
reproduce all the gradations of
color schemes in photographing
wedding groups. If you can entice
them into your studio where you
have all the accessories, or out under
the trees where nature can do won-
ders for you — you will not need any
suggestions. But if you have to
take them indoors at their home or
in church, use flashlight in flashbags
of course. Use the best double
coated Orthochromatic plates, and
drape your flashbags with various
colored fire-proofed fine gauze rang-
ing from violet to yellow as needed
to place your strongest and weakest
lights where they will do the most
good. You need not wait until June
to do this — of course, get an out-
fit now and practice during April.

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

PERMANGANATE AS A HYjPO ELIMINATOR

Potassium permanganate is a
cheap salt, and a very little of it
goes a long way in the removal of
hypo. It can be kept in solution,
but it is better to dissolve a little
as it is required. One small crystal
about the size of a split pea will
make quite enough solution to pre-
pare at once. It can be dissolved
in an ounce or two of very hot wa-
ter, as, although it immediately col-
ors a large bulk of cold water into
which it may be put, it is a long
while dissolving altogether, whereas
in hot it dissolves quickly. So lit-
tle of the solution is needed, in
proportion to the bulk of the cold
water to which it is to be added,
that there is no need to wait for it
to cool.

If it is a negative that is to be
treated, it is first washed in several
changes of water, draining it well
between each, and is then placed in
water colored slightly pink with a
few drops of the permanganate so-
lution, and the dish rocked. The
pink color of the liquid will soon be
found to change to a very pale
brow^a, and when this is the case it
must be poured away, dish and
negative drained, and fresh pink
solution poured over it. In this
way we go on until the negative

its pink color. When this is the
case \^ know that the last traces
of the hypo have been decomposed,
and a rinse in one or two changes
of plain water will complete the
operation. — Photography.

Don't think it an impossibility to
photograph with a hand camera
held above the head. It may some-
times happen that this is the only
way of securing a particular sub-
ject. The camera should be held
upside down, so that the view-finder
can be seen by looking upwards
into it.

Don't leave your tripod screw be-
hind. To keep it always attached
to the tripod head is a wise pro-
ceeding. Few things are more ex-
asperating to the photographer on
a ramble or tour than to find when
about to set up his camera that his
tripod screw is missing.

Don't fail to bear in mind that
the temperature has an important
influence on development. In a
high temperature the first appear-
ance of the image and completion
of development is considerably less
than in a low one, so much so that
in very cold solutions it is some-
times impossible to obtain sufficient

Digitized by

Google

-8

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

P. A. of A. Conz'itulioH. It is not too
early to be jnakin^ plans to attend the
national convention, to he held in At-
lanta June ISth to 20th. The head-
qoavters will be in iht Kolet Anstey,
and the offieialc-of the National Asso-
ciation are makings every effort to have
this convention surpass all previous ones.
Vou cannot afford to miss it. Details
regarding the convention will be given
in our pages from time to time.

Photographic Dealers' Association,
The Photographic Dealers' Association
held their third annual convention at
Chicago on March 24th to 27th. The
convention was a success in every way.
the attendance being over double what
it was at the previous convention. There
was a large exhibit of goods by the
various camera and moving picture man-
ufacturers. Many matters of interest
to the photographic dealer were brought
forward for discussion and considera-
tion. The next convention is to be held
in New York City, and the officers elect-
ed for the ensuing year are president,
E. H. Goodhart, of Atlanta, Ga.; first
vice-president, H. M. Fowler, Cleve-
land, Ohio; secretary, E. C. Cross,
Louisville, Ky. ; treasurer, Geo. L.
Kohne, Toledo, Ohio.

Onns Print Shade. This is a conve-

ni^nt arrangpmpnf fnr hnlHmg ^hp ^[p^

firm and for correctly exposing develop-
ing paper. It is so constructed as to
reduce by one-half the length of expos-
ure to an ordinary gas jet. It also gives
perfectly fine illumination over the entire
negative. Supplied with a base which
can be set on a table, or the shade itself
can be placed over the gas jet.

Novelty Foregrounds. Our advertiser,
A. H. Siple, Cleveland, Ohio, has vari-
ous attractive and money-making acces-
sories. Write to him for descriptive
circular and price list. Don't forget to
mention you saw it in Snap Shots.

Home Portrait Lamp. The agents of
the new Eagle Home Portrait and Stu-
dio Lamp advise us that the sale of this
lamp has been such that they have been
able to manufacture them in very much
larger <iuantities, and they have, there-
fore, been able to reduce the price from
$50.00 to $40.00. At this low price you
should certainly investigate the merits
of this lamp. It is ideal for home por-
trait work, as the entire outfit is very
light and packs into a small space. It
can be attached to any electric light
socket. It is fitted with a collapsible
reflector and light diffuser, making it
possible for you to get just the effect
desired. Equally useful in the studio.

M ail-Order Catalogue, George Mur-
phy, Inc., New York, have through
their retail department just issued a
complete photographic mail-order cata-
logue. It is unique in that it gives the
price of any photographic article landed
at your door. If you have not one of
these catalogues send them your name
and ask for their No. 14 Tariff Changed
Mail-Order Cash Catalogue.

Platinotype and Satista Papers. The
manufacturers, Willis & Clements, of
Philadelphia, advance as an argument
for their use that they can be worked
in the open: that you can do better
work^ eniftx ^better health and work in
the open, than in the stuffy darkroom in
gaslight papers. They have a special
offer on Satista to introduce same.
Write to them for particulars.

No Slip Mask. This is a new style
of printing mask intended for film nega-
tives. It does away entirely with the
slipping of the negative when placing the
paper in position in the printing frame,
which is a frequent occurrence with all
other masks. It also does away with all
bad and ill-shaped edges, leaving a neat
white border all around the print. The
mask is made with pockets in the four

Digitized by

Google

April, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

comers into which the iilm is slipped.
Packed in sets of three masks.

Mmimg Bmmrd, The ceUular board
need %y Ac Thompson & Norris Com-
pany 4n manufacturing their Photo-
mailer possesses remarkable resistance,
and is at the same time very light. It
is just the thing for protecting all kinds
of packages in shipment. It can be used
to advantage in a great many ways. It
can be furnished in any size you desire.
Write to them for particulars.

Tele centric Lens. The new Ross
Telecentric Lens, in addition to being
a rapid long-distance lens giving en-
larged images at high speed, is also an
ideal inexpensive portrait lens for 5x7
plate work. It can be used at full
aperture and is sufficiently rapid for all
requirements. The long focus gives
good prospective and insures the most
pleasing results. Write to the Amer-
ican agents for further particulars.

Quick-Set Metal Tripod. The manu-
facturers have recently improved this
special line of metal tripods, and are
now furnishing same in a nickel-plated
tubing which gives this tripod a very
handsome appearance. It is superior to
all other metal tripods in that it can be
adjusted very quickly, is very rigid when
extended, compact when closed, and can
be adjusted to any height desired. It
has no projecting parts, and the lock is
so constructed that it is impossible to
slip under pressure.

F. & 5". Professional Printer. This
printer is one of the latest productions
of the Folmer & Schwing Division of
the Eastman Kodak Company. It is a
printer that will give you satisfaction.
It is operated by a foot treadle leaving
both hands perfectly free to adjust the
paper and negatives. It has two large
folding leaves which afford ample room
for paper, negatives and finished work.

It is fitted with nine Mazda lamps, and
the current is only on during exposure.
Send to the manufacturers for circuhtr
giving -further particulars.

Royal Foreground Ray Screen. This
is the only ray screen ever invented
which will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and will
produce perfect cloud effects instanta-
neously with ordinary plates. It is made
in all sizes to fit any lens. Prices range
from $1.50 to $6.00. Write our adver-
tiser for booklet giving full description.

Wynne's Infallible Exposure Meter,
The American agents for these cel-
ebrated meters wish us to announce that
they have made a reduction in the list
price from $2.50 to $2.25. They are able
to do this on accotmt of tariff changes.
This reduction in price should tend to
make these meters even more popular
in the future than they have been in the
past. They are as their name implies,
"infallible."

Riverside Mount. The Riverside
Mount described in this issue by our
advertiser, George Murphy, Inc., is a
rich slip-in view mount. It is something
out of the ordinary run. It is fur-
nished in two colors suitable for any
style of printing. This firm makes a
specialty of manufacturing exclusive de-
signs for photographers. Write to them
for samples.

Autotype Carbon Tissue. The Amer-
ican agents report a gratifying increase
in the demand for carbon materials, es-
pecially in the amateur sizes. They also
state that they are having a large de-
mand at present for the new photo-
gravure tissues G.4 and G.5, which are
prepared especially for rotary photo-
gravure printing. This is being adopted
by all of the leading newspapers for
their colored supplement work.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

April, 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent

W. A. J. & S., gallery, New York State
for rent.

P. H. McC, gallery, Long Island, for
rent.

W. C. W., gallery, N. Y. City, for rent.

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$3,000.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
W. C. O., gallery in New Jersey.

Parties Desiring Galleries

G. K. wants gallery in small city.

R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.
C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.

Positions Wanted — Oferators
F. A. H., general, all-aroutf^^*
^1* J- Q) general, all-arOtttHle^
C. M., general, all-around.
E. R. T., general, all-around.
J. C, general, all-around.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers; Recep-
tionists

Miss C. P., spotting; finishing.
Mrs. H., retoucher; colorist.
Miss F*. L., retoucher; spotter.
Miss C. B., colorist.

Studios Desiring Help

R. H. R.. good operator.

C. H. P., operator, all-round

\V. A. S., wants operator.

J. T. H., wants all-around man.

L. J. S., wants all-around man.

S., wants operator.

Votio«— Letteri addreiied to anyone in our care thoold be accompanied with stamp
for each letter 10 that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscnp^tion
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST
We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and ^<iS*
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the A*^*^"
ican photographer photographic news that combined gives him the ^*^"
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) ^1^

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-
tography 9^ ^

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) ^^
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) ^-^

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St., New '^^^^

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, fcc-

it^--

Announcements under these and similar headings of fort^ words or lets, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displayed advertisements 00 cents
per inch. Cash mnst accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisenient*
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisement* in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

fg an ezcelleat and safe medium of commtmlcatton between Photographen

For Sale: One of the finest oppor-
tunities for a young couple. My
studio at New London, Conn. Would
you accept a Ford Touring Car and a
line Hunter's Cabin Power Boat, free
of charge, if you find my studio was
a bargain at $1,200 cash? Write and
I will give you particulars. F. L.
Hale, Box 339, New London, Conn.

Position Wanted by an all-around
man, good retoucher and operator.
Address, R. R.

For Sale: Studio and Amateur Sup-
ply Business in the best spot in town
of 16,000. No competition. Had an
income of 15 per cent over 1912 last
year. Good reasons for selling, and
will sell cheap to a quick buyer. Ober
Studio, P. O. Building, New Brighton,
N. Y.

For Sale: A splendid Studio for one
wanting to go to a high altitude for
their health, and also make good
money. Old established studio at 827
Sixteenth Street (positively the best
location in Denver). Newly fur-
nished and right up to date. This
proposition can be handled with $850
cash and $600 private notes. Ex-
penses to Denver paid if not as de-
scribed. Write for description, etc.,
to J. C. Cooley, 1526J4 Champa St.,
Denver. Col.

Rare Bargains in Books: Marton's
Modem Methods of Carbon Printing
— the best book ever published on the
process. Printed on fine paper, 260
pages, regular price $2.50; bargain
price (while they last) paper, $1.00;
cloth, $1.50. A hundred-page book
on up-to-date methods of painting
and coloring photographs, price $1.50.
Bargain price while they last, 50
cents. Marton's Carbon Studio, Bloom-
ington, 111.

When writing adTertisert

For Sale: Studio fitted to 8x10
Heliar lens, printing machine. Low
rent, established thirty-four years
ago. Good business. Reason for sell-
ing, blindness. M. H. Razzouk, 315
Main St., Holyoke, Mass.

Studio for Sale in Wilkes-Barre,
Pa. City of 80,000 with a drawing
community of double the population.
Low rent, located in center of city,
doing a good business and high-class
work with good prices. Reason for
selling, wife wants to leave city.
F. Franklin Seiwell, Wilkes-Barre,
Pa.

Wanted: Position that can talk and
and would like to travel. References
required. Address R.

Position Wanted: Young man,
thirty years old; sixteen years' expe-
rience as operator and printer — good
clean workman, and a sticker — de-
sires position. A commercial studio
preferred. Salary $24.00. Phtog-
rapher. Box 117, Rowayton, Conn.

"A $2,000 Per Year Salary and
Profit": Excellent proposition for
man with family. Only studio in
town; ground floor; pojp. 6,000, also
modern single home, three blocks
from studio. Value of combination
$7,300. Quick sale price $5,000. Part
cash, balance mortgage. Absolutely
a great bargain. Address 500. care
Snap Shots.

Great Opportunity — A neat gallery
in New York City, in a fine location;
established seven* (7) years; is offered
for sale at $2,500 to a prompt cash
buyer. Address G. F. M., care Geo.
Murphy, Inc., No. 57 East Ninth street.
New York. j

pleftM mention Smap Shoti. igitized by VjjOOSIC

>8'

Ixvi

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

For Sale; A well-located, well-fur-
nished photo studio in New Yoiic
City» in prominent tfaottrnghhire.
Owner desires to sell on account of
other business interests. Price, $3,500;
lease, three years; rent, $2,150 per
year. To a good photographer a fine
opening,, but letters must be addressed
in. our care-and will br answered only
as the owner decides. Address *'D.
F. M.," care Snap Shots.

For Sale: An Aristo Lamp, 220
volts, direct current, 25 amperes.
Complete, boxed ready for shipment.
$35. Address, M. G., care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Photo studio, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city. Doing
good business; good surrounding
country. Established over thirty years.
Studio worth about $3,000, but will
sell for less m cash. Reason for sell-
ing is on account of other business.
All letters must be addressed to Tony
Leo, 5 West Main St., Middletown
N. Y.

THE REFLECnWG COWDDISER

Works <m house current— mazda buO), and
Enlgirge« Quickly

in. Reflector for 6x7 necati^ei, takes
160 watts, Price $8.00; 16 in. for 8x10
260 watts $16.00. For Orcular on home
made enlarcer, time table etc. write to
R. D. Gray, tidgewood, I. J.

STOP!! LOOK!!

Have you a camera you wish to sell or
exchange? Write us. We have been
in the exchange business for twenty
years and are known all over the
country as THE LEADER.

WRITE for our NEW No. i8
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

lltH FILTOI IfREET

REW IIRK

When writing advertisers

■AM ■■■tfiTmnaiainf *-

FOR

We sofw haw
refttRiar.to^ the Oetyr
as prei^tf«d for tne

svapiifo
factory.

ymyuMi. FricM boxed, at

QEOIIQK HURPHV. Ino.
•7 Kast Ninth St., Hmw Y«rk

Wynne 'Mnffallible"
Exposure Meter

Yon let the OKE icale and

the Meter does the rest

Bise of a Watch, Flti the Pocket

SIMPLE, COBBECT

Poitpaid
For F or XTniform Syitem, Nickel 1^.25

For Focal Plane ^-W

BiWer JO®

BlWer, Gem tise '-W

Print Meter 8W

Bend for Detailed Lilt

AMERICAN AGENTS

QEORQB MURPHY, lac. Retail Dept.

S7 EAST NINTH STREET. NEW YORK

Art Studies

PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE MODELS

Finest Collection for Artists
and Art Lovers

lifustnited Catalogue seat free oa

C. KLARY

m Atcow de Vniien

igitize
please mention Snaf Shots.

Q PARIS (HUNCE;

fKJWlSL

SNAP SHOTS— AD\KRTISEMENTS

Ixvii

Riverside Mount

ROYAL FAWN AND LIGHT GRAY

The "RIVERSIDE" is a rich slip-in Mount. The mat stock
is embossed in rough pattern tinted around the openini^ with
a neat plate mark. For Horizontal pictures this is what
you need.

Per lOO
BH Card ii x lo For Square Horizontal Photographs

5x7 $6.50

DH Card 14 x 14 For Square Horizontal Photographs

8 X 10 10.00

(Packed twenty-five in a box.)

Digitized by

Google

Ixviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

^^ AUTOTYPE CARBON

TISSUES

AUTOTYPK.

IMPORTANT TO AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHBRS

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING
MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impKDSsible
to include developing washing or fixing tanks. For purely
experimental purposes, however, some of the ordinary house-
hold crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will
be found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying
on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit No. I ; $1.50

Outfit Complete for 5 x 7 5.00

Outfit for 8 x 10 7.00

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band

Photagravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing, 30 inches |^40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 30 inches 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 30 inches 0.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 36 inches 8.00
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 36 inches 8.00

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixix

Photographic Success Spelled
With Five Letters

DYNAR F-6

So much depends on the lens that
one may fairly say that your very
success depends on it.

Take the Dynar, for instance. There
is no denying that its efficiency is far
greater than the best rapid recti-
linear. In the first place it has dou-
ble the speed at full aperture, where
there is no comparison between the
covering power and definition of the
two lenses. Indeed, in order to equal
the Dynar in this respect, your recti-
linear must be stopped down to F 16.
making the Dynar just eight times as
efficient. That is about the right
ratio; is it any wonder so many ama-
teurs prefer the Dynar — a high-grade
but moderate-priced anastigmat?

Sold in cells that fit all modern
shutters.

31^x51/2 or 4x5 cells. $25.00
Catalog on Request

Voiytlander S Sohn

240-208 East Ontario St., Chicago
225 Fifth Ave, New York

WORKS

Brunswick, Oermany

CftBadiAn Agents — Hnpfeld, Ludecking ft Co.,

Montreal, Can.

Mr. Post Card Man

DO YOU WANT

To Make More Money?

Would You
lovest $5.M?

Made in
your Cam-
era with
one Expo-

Shipped
Pipe Drbam Prepaid

Novelty Foreground and Accessories .ire
money makers. Write for descriptive
circular and price lisL
Made by

A. H. SIPLB

1328 E. Il7th Street CLeVELAND, 0.

Do You Use

Your Camera

In Nature?

If 80, write at once to

"Tttllfllilii to nature"

Edited by EDWARD F. BIGELOW.

Seod 10c for copy

It can aid you and you can aid it.

That's it— co-operation for the good of
the Cause.

The co-operation as well as the incor-
poration is

Tha Agassiz Association, Inc.

ArcAdIA
Sound Beach, Cooo«cttcut

jigitized by VjO

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

o^l(

Ixx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Malted Free

Our New No. 14 Tariff Changed

Mail Order Cash Catalogue

is just oflf the press. Send us your name and wc will
gladly mail you a copy.

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., ""^L^

57 E«L8t Ninth Street

NEW YORK

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS Ixxi

tsa

to work in the open with Platinotype and Satista papers.
If y|)u wish to do better work, enjoy better health and
greater happiness, give up your stuffy dark room and
"gaslight" papers, and send for our booklets on
Platinotype and Satista — the daylight, fresh air papers.

Sample prints on either paper on receipt of your
name and address.

N. B. — ^The special offer on Satista continues.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

That h, if your lens is right. The lens h tlic soul of your camera. Ordinary Ictiscs
^ill take ordinary pictures under /avaraMe conditions* Are you satisfied with tliat ?
Or would you like the hesi results under aii conditions? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and professional?, who must
be sure of their results, T/icj can eanfy be fiiied io (he ctimera
jou n&w awn.

Send for Our Book on '' Lenses and Catmeras"

*'i llie greatest vakie \*t an}' one interested
in g^xtd pliDtcigrapliy.

r« It #*

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

Ixxii

SNAP SHOTS— AU\1£RT1SEME\TS

VB]_OUR B

Th« BriUianl Portrait EnlArging Paper
Convenient Speed Bright Shadows Soft High LiglitB

LIGHT WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Semi Matte, Matte, and Rough Surfaces.

DOUBLE WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Matte, Rough, Buff and Buff Matte.

UOHT WKMHT DOUBLE WrONT

■ Fainn:

LMpv

mx byi
(Cabinet)
4x6

$0.S6

$0.16

$0.06

$0.07

$0.30

$0.18

$0.05

fO.07

.26

.16

.06

.07

.30

.18

.05

.07

4x6

.30

.18

.06

.07

.80

.18

.06

.07

5x7

.40

.24

.05

.07

.45

.27

.05

.07

6x8

.4^

.27

.05

.07

.50

.30

.07

.09

6x8

.60

.30

.05

.07

.65

.39

.07

.09

6j4x 8J4

.60

.86

.05

.07

.76

.45

.07

.09

7x9

.66

.42

.05

.07

.80

.48

.07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.48

.05

.07

1.00

.60

.07

.09

10 xl3

1.20

.72

.08

.13

1.50

.90

.08

.13

11 xl4

1.60

.96

.08

.13

2.00

1.20

.08

.13

14 xl7

2.40

1.44

113

.21

3.00

1.80

.13

.21

16 x20

3.20

1.92

.14

.25

4.00

2.40

.14

.25

18 x82

4.00

2.40

.15

.29

5.00

3.00

.15

.29

20 x84

4.80

2.88

.16

.33

6.00

3.60

.16

.3}

Retail MurpHv9 I«c., gS£i,.^t

OT Ekist NintK Street NEnV YORK

Sen^for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

««TH^

HIGGINS'

Have an excellence pecoUarl j their
own. The best results are onlj
produced by the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mounting
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste —

HIGGINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bxoelleiit novel brash with eaeh JacO

At Dealem In Photo SuyifUmm,
Artiste' MatoriAls bud i

A S-oa. jar Drex>ald bv mall for St eMSa

, Google

Digitized by '

>8'

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxiii

(Patented)

NOSLIP PRINTING MASK

FOR PKIlfTIlfG FILM ffCGATlVES

The Noslip Printing Mask is
the latest improvement in print-
ing masks. It does away en-
tirely with the slipping of the
negative when placing the paper
in position in the printing frame
which frequently occurs with all
of the old style masks. It does
away with all bad and ill-shaped
edges, leaving a neat even white
border all around the print. This
mask has pockets in the four
corners into which the film is
slipped. Full directions with
eacn set of masks. Each set
consists of three masks, one for
post cards and one each wjth
oval and square opening the size
of the negative film.

No. 4— For Z 14x6 1/2 FUm Neya-
tivei, per let, 50 centi Poitpaid.

OEOKQB MURPHY, Inc., g?,S' 57 East 9lh St., New York City

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indlipensable to pbotorraphers, ohemiits,
phyticUni. or anyone enyaged in weigh-
lag chemicals.

The Weighmeter instantly indicates by
one turn of the dial exactly what weights
are to be used on the scale for any given
formula. Saves time, trouble, annoyance,
and opportunities for errors in making the
usual computations. Beautifully printed in
two colors on ivory celluloid, and of just
the right size to fit the vest pocket.

Price BOc, poitpaid.

ClEX>RCaE: MURPHY, Iito.

RKTAIL DIPARTMIIIT

57 EMt 9th StrMt NKW YORK

Simplify the Work in Year Printing Hoom!

The half dozen different papers you believe you have to use now to do justice to
your various negatives, upset your printers, cause waste, delay, and give poor prints
after all!

'iiS' BLACK UUREL

It takes care of all of your negatives and of all your work — ^black and white and sepias.

Digitized by

Google

Ixxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Bogue Enlarging Lamp

Enlarging Made EASY— PERFECT

Type "G" Made for Direct or Alternating Current

REDUCES EXPOSURE

8 10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct $40.00

3 10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct, with Hood... 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT
Single Lamps on 220 Volt Will Require Extra

Rheostat. Price $10.50

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an
extra Rhegstat

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT

Lamps for Alternating- 110 Volt $45.00

Lamps for Alternating- 110 Volt, with Hood. . 50.00

When Volt is 220 Alternating and Lighting Com-
pel riics cannot transform, Extra Rheostat will be
iictded.
Rheostats $10.50

With the Bogue Arc Lamp, enlarging on all papers
h tit the command of the operator.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.

57 Cast Ninth StrMt NEW YORK

Pyrogallic 4cid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

«M. C. W." Brand

Digitized by

Google

HMation is done away with — the cause
removed J in

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio or Home Portraiture.

Portrait Films have all the speed, gradation and fineness of
grain of the best portrait plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30, and
in addition a non-halation quality so perfect that it preserves every
delicate light and shadow within the whitest drapery — so perfect
that negatives may be made directly against a window without
a trace of halation.

The light flexible, unbreakable film base also reduces
weight, prevents loss and facilitates handling.

May be retouched or etched on
either side or on both sides.

No special skill required for manipuktion. Listed: 5x7,
63^ x8K, 8x 10, 11 X 14.

PRICE-SAME AS SEED 30 PLATES.

special illustrated circular at your dealers or bv mail.

Digitized by

Google

Ixxvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

The paper you use determines the real
character of the print. And the character
of the print determines its worth to the
customer — the price it will command.

EASTMAN

PLATINUM

Yields prints of a distinctive quality
and richness that are readily appreciated
by discriminating patrons.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxvii

From Depth to Delicacy!

Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates interpret every tone of
color value from solid mass to dainty detail of exquisite
coloring. They work with great speed and sparkle with
brilliancy.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates for all-round work.

Hammer's little book, ''A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohi* Av*. and Miami St. St. Louis, Ma.

C P» Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photosfraphcn^ Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicalsfor Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

Digitized by

Google

IXXVIll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Orvis Print 5hade

WITH BASE

A most convenient arrangennent for the home.
It enables one to correctly expose their 1). O. I*,
prints. The shade is so constructed that it re-
flects the light so as to reduce by one-half the
length of exposure to an ordinary gas jet. It
also gives a perfectly even illumination over the
entire negative.

By means of the base it can be set on the table
in a convenient position. It is only necessary to
attach by a gas tube the base to the gas jet.

Onrit refleotinff Print Bluide

with Base $1.85 Poitpaid

Prnlt Shade Only (to fit

over gat Jet) 68 Postpaid

OEOROE MURPBY, lac. ^„^

57 East Ninth St. New Vork

'K'^wchinft and l^>

EAQLE MARL

For Operator, Printer. Retoucher

Is an invaluable aid to operator, printer
and retoucher. For working in shadows
and backgrounds on the negative it has no
equal. Invaluable for blocking out and
vignetting. Far superior to any opaque.
Sold in glass jars with metal screw top.
Price, per jar $0.75 postpaid

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc. K^^„.

57 East Ninth Street

New Yorit City

I Sepia Pillocloth

A cloth which gives a Sepia tone in
the followinx colors:

No. 1 Gold No. 4 White

No. 3 Yellow No. 5 Purple
No. 8 Pink No. 6 Green

Simple to use — simply wash in cold
water and fix in Hypo. Will keep in-
definitely. Age does not affect it be-
fore or after printins. Just the thing
for Pillow tops, table covers, lambre-
quins, etc.

Postpaid

3Vj X 4% can of 12 sheets.. $ .50

3^^ X 6J4 can of 12 sheets.. .55

4 X 5 can of 12 sheets.. .55

5x7 can of 12 sheets.. 1.00

dVi x Syi can of 12 sheete. . 1.60

8 X 10 can of 12 sheets.. 2.00

12 x 36 can of one sheet.. .70

18 X 18 can of one sheet . . .55

20 X 20 can of one sh«et.. .70

20 X 24 can of one .sheet.. 1.00

18 X 36 can of one sheet . . l.l<^

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., Reuii ikp«t>eK, 57 East Nlotb Street, New Vork

When writing advertisers please mention Snat'^^^ts.^^

KJKJKJWISL

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS Ixxix

Olympia
View Mount

A CAPITAL mounting (or
^ "^ nonzontal or vertical pnoto-
gfrapks insertecl beneatk a mat. It
is made (or 5x7, 6ix8i, 6x10
and 8x10 prints. Xliick bevelecl
card, "With cut-out mat, in a har-
monious tint, decorated witk tne torder and (rame design around tte
opening. A winner (or view work. Tke prices will interest you.
Write for free sample and information to

A. M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No, 3086 B Interior Bench

Pnce IJ5.00
Critcd F. O. B,, New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches, Balustrades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories

Digitized by

Google

Ixxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAQLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuser.
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the ^^^^e
and the color of the room, the lens and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by getting an Eagle Home
Portrait and Studio Lamp, and you can make exposure^ at
any time of the day or night, and under all conditions. The
lamp can be used in fireplaces with or without sunlight, anJ
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no cTid

Digitized by

Google

Ross Telecentric Lens For Portraiture

Digitized by

Google

If you want every
result to count, use

>C?1T^

The paper zvithout a
disappointment.

ARTURA DIVi:_

Digitized by VjOOQIC

TRADEnRRK

HO S60S7 REQl STER-ED

tUlr

-CT

May. 1914

• CONTENTS

Lantern Slides by Physical

Development - - - SI

Flashlight Pointers - - S3

Blocking Out Thin Skies to

Print White - - - S5

Plate and Print Washing - 87

Photography at The Pan-
American Exposition - 90

Some Successful Lantern
Slide Toners and How
to Use Them - - - 93

How Shall We Develop - 95

Trade Notes and News - - 9ii

Studio Wants .... 100

Digitized by

Google

Here Is A Material That You Will Find
Useful In Your Business

Our CKLLLLVk ISOARD ib
maiiufaciuref] by >pccial pr*»ccss
and ^rive-i maximiini strenj^ih aiitl
rests t.incc ai iiitriimiim weighs

This- stock i& a sptfcially |>rt*-
l»arc(J double faced corrugated,
and can be use<l for any ^ nriety
of purposes.

Showing- CoDitrnctlon of Cellular

Vi>n wnuld find it very handy to
bjivf sheets t»i thi!. material in
y^^nr stndi*> t(» tut up as nicasi^n
required.

Can be nsed tn excellent afl van-
tage for protect in ji all kinds oi
packages in the mails, etc.

Space limits us in
descriliin.i4 its many
uses,

SEND FOR PAR-
TTCULARS.

Larg-e Untrimmed Sheet of Cellulfir Bo&rd
and Stack of Sheets Cut to Sfie

The Thompson & Norris Co.

Concord and Prinoa Streets

Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N. V.

BostOH, Miss.; Ireokville, Ind.; iiioara Fills, Ciitadi;
Ltadon, Enolaiii; Jitlich, Gernvany.

Di(

igitizedby VjUOV

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric" Lens

(PATENT)

Qivinjc Critical Definition at Full Aperture

Tele-Photography with Focal Plane Shutter Ex-
posures. Large Image at Short Camera Extension

AN IDEAL LENS FOR
SPORTING EVENTS

VERY SUITABLE FOR
PORTRAITURE

Two Series, //5.4 and // 6.8

In the extra rapid "TelecentFic" Lens, the extreme aperture of f/6.4
has been attained, and this without any sacrifice of critical defining
power.

The "Teleccntric** gives an image about twice as large as that given
by an ordinary lens requiring the same bellows extension. Therefore—
pictures of objects that from circumstance or of their nature cannot be
sufiiciently approached to allow of the desired size of image may be sat-
isfactorily obtained by using the Ross "Telecentric." These pictures
will have critical definition secured with the shortened exposure afforded
by the large full aperture of the "Telecentric."

Foeti.a

Baok-E^vlT.

Ins... 454-—®"

P6.8,$S7.50

F5.4, 50-00

Focus

Baok-Eqnlv.

SH"— 11"

145.00

64 00

Foous

Baok-Eqviv.

6"— IS*

$48.75
67.50

Foons

Baok-EqiiiT.

6^"— M"

$58.60

73.00

Foous

Baok-Equlv.

•Ji"— 17"

$67.60
86.60

AMERICAN AQKNTS

Digitized by

Google

Ixxxii

SNAP SHOTS— AD\'KRTISE^^E^■TS

^'Curiosity Killed a Cat"

That is a well-known old-time saying; but it does not apply to
you, because You are Not a Cat. It is safe for you, and for
your wife and your children, to want to know what is to b^
found in the w(X)ds and the fields around you, in the swamj)s
and meadows, the ponds and ditches. Do not hesitate to indulge
in the Joy of Curiosity. You are not a cat. You can satisfy
the desire to know by reading

THE GUIDE TO NATURE

It is ten cents a copy; one dollar a year.

Address

ArcAdiA

Sound Beach, Connecticut

Bogue Enlarging Lamp

Enlarging Made EASY— PERFECT

Tyi)c "G" Made for Direct or Alternating Current

REDUCES EXPOSURE

8-10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct $40. 00

8-10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct, with Hood... 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT
Single Lamps on 220 Volt Will Require Extra

Rheostat. Price |10.50

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an
extra Rheostat

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT
Lamps for Alternating— 110 Volt. $45.00

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxxiii

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10

(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14
(without lamps)

$35.00

It IS operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly
free to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at
the side afford ample room for paper, negatives and finished work.

Nine Mazda Lamps in three rows illuminate the printing surface.

Digitized by

Google

Ixxxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SOMFTHINQ NEW

Atom Enclosure

Colors, Antique Brown and Silver Gray

This little novelty is the most popular enclosure we
have ever offered. Just the thing for post-cards. Com-
pact, easily folded, quickly handled and the convenient
size for the inside pocket. It is made of heavy Bristol
stock, neatly embossed with an appropriate design and
dainty serrated edges.

Per 100 Per 1000
Enclosure 3>^ x 5% for post-
cards ' $1.25 net $10.00 net

100 in a box.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

tUBSCIIPTIOIf RATES FOR U. 8. AND CANADA PBK YBAI^ |1>00; SIX MONTHS, 60 CSKTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, |1.86
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAF-SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 EAST NINTH STISBT, NKW TOIK

Volume 25

MAY, 1914

Number 5

LANTERN SLIDES BY PHYSICAL
DEVELOPMENT

By W. Arthur Long

The ^'physical" development of
lantern plates for certain classes
of subject, such, for instance, as
snow scenes, seascape and distant
landscape pictures, in the opinion of
the writer, has great advantages
over ordinary or *'chemicar' devel-
opment, and deserves to be much
better known and practised than it
appears to be. The wonderfully
delicate tone, slightly bluish, which
it gives, is so eminently suited to
snow and sea pictures, and the sug-
gestion of distance in mountainous
scenery is so superior to that ob-
tained by any other method, that it
well repays the slight extra trouble
involved.

Without entering very far into
the rationale of the process, it may
be said to depend upon the action

of a developer consisting of silver
nitrate and acid which, like the in-
tensifiers usually employed by
photographers to strengthen nega-
tives, leaves a deposit of silver upon
the image. It is not a very difficult
process, but it requires even greater
cleanliness than other photographic
work, in consequence of the staining
effects of the least trace of silver
deposit upon dishes, etc.

The developer which I have
found most successful is made up
as follows:

A. — Metol, 88 grains : citric acid,
1 ounce; water, 10 ounces.

B. — Silver nitrate, 480 grains*
water, 10 ounces.

Two or three dishes (quarter-
plate size are best) are required.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

May, 1914

and also a large dish containing a
fresh hypo solution of the usual
strength. The plates should be used
as fresh as possible, and as they
will be exposed during working
rather freely, care must be taken
to use a thoroughly safe light. A
weak solution (say 10 per cent.) of
nitric acid and water is useful for
cleaning dishes (and the hands,
which may be badly stained), and
should be placed near at hand for
immediate use.

It is a little difficult to give reli-
able data relating to exposure, but
with a fairly fast bromide lantern
plate it will generally work out at
about four times that given for
black tones. But as the process per-
mits a certain amount of control in
development the exposure problem
is not a very great one.

The plate after exposure is
placed in a dish, and the developer,
which must consist of ten parts of
A to one part of B, poured over
it. The dish is kept moving for
four minutes. It is then poured off,
the plate removed from the dish,
and, after a rinse, laid upon thej
flat surface of the bench, upon a
sheet of clean paper or glass. Per-
sonally, I use a small board, upon
which have been tacked four very
thin strips of wood to form a square
slightly larger than the plate. A
clean, evenly-folded tuft of cotton

the whole of the silver deposit has
been removed, when the image will
show itself upon the surface.

If, on examination at this stage,
it is not considered sufficiendy
dense it may be placed in a dean
dish and fresh developer until
further density is attained — the
scrubbing' being repeated. The plate
is then fixed and washed in the or-
dinary way.

Great care must be taken that the
scrubbing does not scratch or in-
jure the emulsion, and the word
"vigorously*' must not be taken too
literally. It is important that not
more than the stated strength of
developer be used, and the neces-
sity for absolute cleanliness cannot
be too strongly impressed.

Wratten and Wainwright's plates
will be found to give admirable re-
sults, but other brands of bromide
lantern plates have been found to
work perfectly so long as they were
quite fresh. The temperature of
the solutions in use must not be
higher than 60 to 65 degrees, as
anything above that tends to soften
the emulsion, so that it may not
bear the scrubbing.

It may be noted that the "C*' solu-
tion used in the Autochrome proc-
ess is quite satisfactory for clean-
ing dishes, etc.

Such is the process, and I have
yet to find the amateur who has not

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914 SNAP SHOTS •

FLASHLIGHT POINTERS

Flashlights and War — It will be
interesting to see what effect the
probable war with Alexico will
have on the development of un-
usual ability and resourcefulness
on the part of newspaper photog-
raphers who will go along as an
adjunct to the war-correspondent's
staff. It will also be interesting
to note in what new ways flashlight
work will prove to be an assistant
in gathering pictorial evidence. It
is most fortunate for the news-
paper photographers at large who
will be called upon to go with the
army that they can secure such a
handy little device with which to
steal evidence that they could not
otherwise get by means of the
Prosch flashlight shutter attach-
ment. It may be interesting for
the reader to note that the Interna-
tional Xews Service, which is con-
ducted by the Hearst newspapers,
has equipped every one of its op-
erators with one of the attach-
ments, which he is instructed to
always carry with him for emer-
gencies, and that every man repre-
senting this service who goes to
Mexico with the armies will prob-
ably have one of these devices
more than any other one kind of
lamp. The samples of work done
by these little $15 attachments can
be seen every day in any of the
Hearst newspapers and others to
which this service goes. Other
newspaper organizations are quick
to see the advantage of these little

devices, and I understand the fac-
tory is working night and day to
make them fast enough to supply
urgent demands. I may just re-
mind you that it will not be neces-
sary for you to go to war in order
to use one of these little devices,
but that you will find a hundred
and one ways in which you can
use them in your regular work even
this summer.

Summer Hotels — The live pho-
tographer should be alert to the
fact that there is a big field for
summer work in getting up illus-
trations of summer resorts and ho-
tels, their buildings, interiors as
well as exteriors and grounds for
the very elaborate kind of adver-
tising matter which is now being
put out by these places. Of course,
a lot of this work is a high grade
of daylight work, but many of the
interiors can be greatly assisted by
the use of flash-bags.

Home Interiors — As the general
photographic work is now easing
up, it would be a good plan for
the photographer to urge upon his
patrons who have beautiful homes
that this is the best time of the
year in which to get good interior
photographs of their homes. The
idea of having family groups and
sittings included in the plan would
add attractiveness to the appeal.
A neat little folder, about four
inches square on dainty deckle-
edged paper just fitting into an en-
velope made of the same stock.

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS

^lav, iQia

would not be a bad thing to send
out to all patrons just at this time.
This could announce the fact that
during the months of May and
June before the family goes away
for the summer the conditions are
most favorable for taking such in-
terior views, as the lighting during
this season is most perfect. An-
other reason which could be given
in tactful hints if not in plain state-
ment that before the family sepa-
rates for the summer they should
have the entire group photographed
in the home surroundings and each
member photographed in a most
natural pose in his or her most fa-
miliar attitude and environment.

In photographing these interiors,
groups and portraits, flashlight
work will prove a good adjunct
and a flash-bag will prove indis-
pensable to assist daylight. If
those Prosch people would only ad-
vance the date from the fall until
now for putting out that complete
set of little flash-bags, which can
!)e operated with absolute accuracy
simultaneously by means of a little
pocket dry-battery, every home-
portrait photographer could aflFord
to "blow" himself now for a set
of these, for they would be indis-
pensable for just this class of work.
I have had a lot to say in this
series of articles about home inte-
riors and groups, and before the
Prosch people decided to put out
this outfit of little bags, a set of
which they made up for me in ad-
vance, I had devised something of
the same sort myself, which I used

for all of this work. I remember
telling the readers about these ar-
ticles over a year ago. I think it
was at my suggestion that the
Prosch concern decided to put these
out this fall. They will certainly
open up a large additional field of
great profit for the enterprising
photographer who can then trans-
fer a lot of his studio work to
the home and thereby multiply it
by ten or more.

Catalogue Work — The commer-
cial photographer should be alive
to the customs and habits of all
of his possible patrons. An un-
limited field for his work is pro-
vided by advertising and catalogue
illustrations, which the manufac-
turers of all kinds have to do in
all of their commercial work.
Someone will get the job to make
all of these photographs, which are
much better than drawings and so-
called artists' work for such pur-
pose, and there is no reason why
the reader of this article should not
start right now to lay plans to get
his share of it.' Keep in mind,
please, that in going after this work
you will be dealing with very pro-
saic conditions and not theories,
and that every first-class concern
that gets out good advertising mat-
ter has an advertising manager who
thinks he knows more about just
what is needed than even N. W.
Ayer, of the advertising fame, ever
hoped to know. So the poor little
photographer must knuckle down
tactfully, show some mighty good
work that he has done for others,

Digitized by

Google

May, 1 91 4

SNAP SHOTS

and get a chance to show what he
can do for this Httle tin god who
sits at the apex of the advertising-
publicity campaign of his big con-
cern; but don't get discouraged,
study human nature as well as pho-
tography and get your chance and
a foothold.

Thus far your work has been
that of a diplomat instead of an
artist; from now on you must be
an artist of the most practical kind.
Do not try to "put anything over"
on your newly found customer by
trying to take photographs around
his factory, or wherever it may
be, with cheap or worn-out appa-
ratus, get the best you can find from
the best dealer you know, and don*t
forget to drop a hint to the adver-
tising manager that the reason you

get good photographs is because
you use the best apparatus and
material to be had. Now, I am
particularly interested in seeing you
get something that will enable you
to make some wonderful interior
by flashlight. You may remember
in some of my articles over a year
ago I told about my experience in
getting absolutely instantaneous
factory interiors with the men
working naturally at their ma-
chines or benches, instead of pos-
ing like a lot of boobs in the most
awkward fashion, and I did the
whole trip by simply using Prosch
extra fast envelope cartridges,
strung along down the side and
across the end of the room, setting
them off simultaneously by elec-
tricity. Try this stunt.

BLOCKING OUT THIN SKIES TO PRINT WHITE

By G. Emerson

One of the difficulties which con-
front the amateur photographer
who wishes to print in clouds with
his landscapes is that the sky of the
landscape negative is frequently too
thin to keep the print beneath quite
white; and if the sky is a little
printed out or degraded to start
with, the printing-in of clouds from
another negative is sure not to be
very successful. The popularity of
orthochromatic, and especially of
'*screened" plates, has tended to
make the difficulty, when it does oc-
cur, more pronounced; since these

plates are calculated to give the sky
portions of a landscape negative
proper printing value. When the
sky in the original subject is just
what we want, this quality is a very
valuable one; but when, as in this
case, another sky is to be introduced,
true printing value is precisely what
we do not want. There is no other
course but to block out the sky on
the negative.

Blocking out may be done either
on the film or on the glass side of
the negative; but the latter is very
much to be preferred. AA'hen the

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS

May, 1914

blocking out material is applied to
the film side, it gives a very hard,
sharp line of demarcation between
the blocked and the unblocked por-
tions. This line is frequently much
sharper than the photographic
image, and so at once draws atten-
tion to the fact that the negative has
been blocked out. If the blocking
out is done on the glass side, there
will be a little softening of the out-
line, which is what we want.

In the writer's hands, nothing has
answered so well for blocking out
purposes as ordinary matt varnish,
to which sufficient red dye has been
added to give its film a strong color.
This is now obtainable ready made
under the name of Rubine. Holding
the negative, glass side uppermost,
in the left hand, the fingers of the
hand being extended underneath the
plate while one comer is just caught
by the thumb, a liberal pool of the
varnish is poured into the centre of
the glass. The plate is then tilted
slightly so that the varnish runs
from one corner to the next, start-
ing at the corner next the thumb.
The varnish should not be allowed
actually to touch the thumb, or it
will run oflf the plate there. When
it reaches the fourth corner, the
plate is boldly tipped up and the
varnish allowed to run off into the
bottle. As this is done, the plate
must be rocked from side to side on

the rocking should be continued for
half a minute or more. The plate
is then put aside for the varnish to
get quite hard. Any spilt on the
film side will do no harm, as it can
be wiped oflF when dry, wath a ball
of cotton wool moistened with
methylated spirit.

The removal of the varnish from
the parts where it is not required is
put in hand when it is quite dry.
The negative must be supported so
that the light passes straight
through it, at right angles to its
surface, to the eye, and a thin line
should be drawn with a pencil,
representing approximately the
border that is to be cut aw^ay; the
pencil line itself must be w^ell over
the border, so that it is cut away
with the film. Then, with the point
of a knife, the boundary is scraped
clean for an eighth of an inch or
more, and most of the varnish where
it is not wanted is scraped away.
The final cutting must be done with
the negative illuminated from be-
hind, and the knife applied very
carefully, so as to go just up to the
border and no further. If the line
is to be a vignetted one, the border
may be given a sawtooth outline,
making the teeth long, narrow, and
tapering. A wipe with a doth
moistened with methylated spirit
will remove all the varnish left by
the knife point, and will leave the

tVip rrvrnpr ncraincf tViP hnttlf tn nrp- rrlnoc r\r»rfinn r\i thp nlatf* nice and

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914 SNAP SHOTS 87

PLATE AND PRINT WASHING

By "Practicus"

In ante-gelatine days, photogra-
phers were not much troubled with
the question of washing their neg-
atives, particularly if they used, as
they generally did, the cyanide fix-
ing solution. A rinse under the
tap was considered sufficient, and
washing tanks found no place in the
dealers' catalogues. With the ad-
vent of gelatine dry-plates this was
all changed. It was found that the
old procedure resulted in a crop of
crystals in dry weather and a sticky
surface in wet, accompanied in
either case by a rapid deterioration
of the image. Since that time we
have had many fearful and wonder-
ful contrivances, in the shape of
tanks and trays, many of which
seemed to be designed to give the
minimum of efficiency with the
maximum of trouble. Most of
these have fortunately disappeared
from the market, and we have set-
tled down to some form of rectang-
ular tank fitted with a set of either
fixed or movable grooves.

BUT FIRST FIX

Before going into the question of
washing, it may be as well to touch
on that of fixing, for all the water
which ever flowed down the
Thames or the Tyne will not wash

1880, I sometimes find a beauti-
fully graduated yellow stain upon
it, which now tells me that I was
then apt to fix upon wet-plate lines,
and to transfer the negative from
the hypo to the washer as soon as
fixing appeared, to the eye, to be
complete. Sometimes one finds a
negative which has suffered from
want of washing, but all my ex-
perience points fo the fact that a
trace of silver salt is more danger-
ous to the negative than a trace of
hypo. Especially is it necessary to
fix thoroughly when the mercury
intensifier has to be used, and I am
certain that many cases of staining
which are attributed to insufficient
washing are really due to imperfect
fixing.

A TEST OF WASHING EFFICIENCY

Those who remember Messrs.
Haddon and Grundy's investiga-
tions will know that a large pro-
portion of the hypo is removed
from a gelatine film at a very early
stage in the washing process, but
that absolute elimination of this
salt did not result after a very pro-
longed period of soaking. The
point to be aimed at is therefore
a sufficiently thorough washing in
the least possible time with the

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

May, 1914

or what answers equally well, some
stale pyro developer, one will be
struck with the quantity of water
required to get the effluent quite
colorless if the usual system of
running a continuous stream
through the tank be adopted. When
a siphon is fitted the change will
be more rapid, but there are ob-
jections to the siphon as ordinarily
used. !My own practice, which I
have found to answer well, is to
give each plate as taken from the
fixing tank a good rinse on both
sides under the* tap, before put-
ting into the washer. When the
water has been running for five
minutes, it is turned off, and the
tank entirely emptied by means of
a tap at the bottom ; it is then rap-
idly refilled, and the water allowed
to run for ten minutes, when the
draining process is repeated. The
water is then allowed to run for
half an hour, at the end of which
the negatives are taken out, care-
fully swabbed with a pad of cotton
wool, and given a final flush under
the tap before setting them up to
dry. I thankfully • acknowledge a
tip which was recently published in
the journal for avoiding "tears"
upon negatives. The writer of this
said that if the negative were
flushed with water and immediate-
ly placed in the rack without inter-
rupting the flow of the water by
tilting the plate back that "tears"
did not form and that the drying
off was quite even. This I have
found quite correct, and I commend
it to the attention of all who have

been troubled in this way. In my
own tanks I have preferred to dis-
pense with the siphon, and to run
the water supply to the bottom,
letting the exit be over the top.
If this be objected to, the siphon
may remain and sufficient water
used to keep it running all the
time without allowing the overflow
at the top to cease. In most cases
when the siphon is used in the nor-
mal way the top ends of the nega-
tives are only covered w4th water
for a very short time, while the
lower ends receive all the washing.

A WASHER FOR ODD SIZES OF NEGA-
TIVES

When a number of odd-sized
plates have to be washed, as in
the case of amateurs' work, an ex-
cellent washer may be made of a
series of trays fitting in an outer
frame like a chest of drawers.
These should be arranged so that
the water overflows from one into
the other from the ends, and not
as is sometimes done from the holes
in the bottom of the trays. In the
former case the surfaces of the
plates are always covered, but in
the latter, unless an enoniious quan-
tity of water is used, there is al-
ways a risk of uneven washing. I
have used such a tank as this for
a whole day without emptying it
altogether at any time, and yet
was certain that the plates, which
ranged from 12 by 10 inches to 6
by 4^ centimetres, were properly
washed. My practice was as fol-
lows: When the top trayful was

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

sufficiently washed, the negatives
were taken out, and all the other
trays given a shift one place up,
and then, the empty tray replaced
in the bottom groove. With six
trays, each carrying eight half-
plates, quite a large quantity of
work can be dealt with. The trays
may either be of metal or wooden
frames with zinc bgttoms. It does
not matter if they are not water-
tight, as the constant flow keeps
them full.

WASHING PRINTS

Print-washing differs in many
important respects from that of
plates, inasmuch as the prints are
allowed to float freely, while the
plates are necessarily confined in
a rack. There is only one excep-
tion to this, and that is in the case
of Marion's sectional washer, in
which the prints are placed in sep-
arate layers upon lattice-bottomed
frames, between which the water
circulates. This apparatus is ex-
cellent for large prints, especially
platinotypes, which are easily torn
or crumpled; but most people find
the insertion and removal of a
number of small prints rather too
troublesome for every-day use. In
the majority of cases a tank of
some form which permits of the
circulation of the prints, and is
fitted with a water jet or spray,
which gives the necessary motion,
is the form of washer in use, and,
if properly constructed and of suffi-
cient size, is very effective. The
best washer I have ever used was

made of an external slate tank
about 5 feet long and 30 inches
in diameter. Inside this was an
internal lining made of white-
enameled metal, perforated all over
with fine holes, like the perforated
zinc used for ventilators. This lin-
ing was cylindrical in shape and
just fitted the outer tank. About
one-third of the side of the cylin-
der was cut away, and along one
side of this ran a pipe perforated
with holes. The spray from this
kept the prints in constant motion,
and the outlet for the water being
broken up by the innumerable small
holes, there was no risk of suc-
tion of prints towards the outlet.
It was therefore impossible for an
overflow to take place, and matting
together of the prints was avoided.
Even this washer, however, wanted
occasional inspection to see that
too many prints did not hang to-
gether, but on the whole it worked
very well. I believe, however, that
for absolute safety nothing can
touch hand-washing, that is to say,
transferring the prints singly from
one dish to another, clean water
being, of course, used for each
change. If I were fitting up a
washer for a large business I would
arrange it upon the model of the
salmon-hatching nursery at the Na-
tional History Museum. In this
there is a series of trays, each on
a little lower level than its prede-
cessor, a continuous stream of wa-
ter flowing through. If the prints
were started at the lowest tray and
worked "up-stream," they would

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

May, 1914

be well washed by the time they
reached the top, while other batches
would be following in each lower
division.

For quick washing there is noth-
ing to equal sponging the backs of
prints as dry as possible while they
are laid face downwards upon a
sheet of glass. Ten minutes of this
treatment will secure any reason-
able degree of permanence. The
use of formaline has some advan-
tages for quick work, especially in
the winter, as cold water does not
eliminate hypo quickly enough.
After hardening, the prints will
easily stand a temperature of 80 de-
grees, and the hypo is quickly re-
moved.

COLLODION PRINTS

Collodion papers require very
careful treatment, as there is a
great risk of scratching if they are
sent whirling about in a tank. Be-

sides this the edges of the film are
liable to fray, which is objection-
able in prints trimmed before ton-
ing. Whenever possible, the dish
system of washing should be used
and running water avoided. Much
less spotting will then be needed.

TWO FINAL HINTS

One word of caution is neces-
sary when working in the summer,
and that is to avoid prolonged
washing, either of negatives or
prints. Many mysterious spots on
the former, and incipient fading
of the latter are caused by decom-
position of the gelatine which has
been caused in this way. It should
not be forgotten that wet platino-
types are easily rubbed, although
there is no gelatine coating, and
that they should therefore be care-
fully guarded against abrasion. —
The British Journal of Photog-
raphy.

SPECIAL REGULATIONS

Issued by the Department of Liberal Arts Governing Exhibits of

Photography at the Panama-Pacific International

Exposition, San Francisco, February 20

to December 5, X915

The Panama-Pacific Interna-
tional Exposition will display in a
comprehensive manner the achieve-
ments and activities of mankind
during the last decade. Notably in-
teresting and significant among the
exhibits will be the products of
PHOTOGRAPHY, which will be

shown in a complete and character-
istic manner in the Department of
Liberal Arts. The most recent de-
velopments in photography, includ-
ing moving or motion pictures, will
attract much attention.

The photography group of ex-
hibits must be housed in the Palace

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

of Liberal Arts. They will be SE-
LECTIVE in character because of
the comparative limitation of space,
which, by reason of wider partici-
pation and the world's increased
productivity, will be more restrict-
ed than at previous international
expositions.

By reason of the national char-
acter of this celebration and the
substantial interest manifested by
both American exhibitors and for-
eign governments, an exposition of
the most representative interna-
tional scope is assured at San Fran-
cisco in 1915. Latin America and
the Orient will take very prominent
parts. Thirty-five foreign countries
have already accepted the invita-
tion to participate extended by the
President of the United States, and
thirty-eight States have likewise
signified their intention to take
part.

The Palace of Liberal Arts will
be ready to receive exhibits before
this fall, and only a few months
later (February 20, 1915) the ex-
position gates will be opened to the
public. While exhibit space is free,
the cost of booth construction, as
well as the transportation, installa-
tion and maintenance of exhibits,
must be defrayed by the exhibitor.
We aim to commence the allot-
ment of space in May, 1914, and
only those applications on file will

The following information is
submitted for the guidance of pho-
tographers, photographic organiza-
tions, the moving-picture industry
and the manufacturers of photo-
graphic apparatus and supplies de-
sirous of exhibiting at the Univer-
sal Exposition, which opens in San
Francisco on February 20, 1915.

First: The official classification
of exhibits for this exposition re-
quires all exhibits of the equip-
ment, processes and products of
photography to be displayed in
Group 33, entitled "Photography,"
in the Department of Liberal Arts,
which will provide suitable Aoor
space free of charge for this pur-
pose.

Second: Applications for exhibit
space should be made without de-
lay on blanKs furnished by this of-
fice. In the case of pictures full
information should be given as to
the number, character and size of
those to be submitted, together with
a sketch showing proposed arrange- '
ment on walls, folding screens or
in albums.

Third: Intending exhibitors of
photographs that require only the
necessary wall or screen spac«. par-
ticularly in Class 124 (Pictorial
Photography), may disregard, in
the printed form of application for
space, the request for scale draw-
ing and details concerning dimen-

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS

May. 191 4

Fourth: All accepted pictures,
except those in Class 124 (Pictorial
Photography), must be unobtru-
sively framed, preferably unglazed :
Autochromes, micrographs, etc.,
must be properly prepared for
ready installation. The owner
must assume all risk and expense
of transportation to and from the
exposition, as well as the installa-
tion and care of same while on
exhibition.

Fifth : Special forms of illumina-
tion or facilities for display, such
as may be required for lantern-
slides, transparencies, etc., will be
at the expense of the respective
exhibitors.

Sixth: All intended exhibits
should be forwarded so as to reach
the exposition not later than Jan-
uary 2, 1915. Shipping-labels will
be sent to accepted exhibitors up-
on application to the Department
of Liberal Arts. The railroad com-
panies have agreed to grant free
return of exhibits sent by freight
on payment of full rate to San
Francisco, provided shipments are
made in accordance with adopted
regulations. Freight and all other
charges appertaining to the trans-
portation of photographic exhibits
must be fully prepaid at the point
of shipment and the packages de-
livered at the Palace of Liberal

defray the cost of the booths which
they are required to erect for the
suitable display of their exhibits.

(b) To minimize the expense
to individual exhibitors and to
avoid a number of small and un-
impressive booths, thereby insuring
a proper degree of dignit>' and at-
tractiveness in the photography
group, the Department of Liberal
Arts has decided that one large
booth is desirable to harmonize the
artistic requirements of this dis-
play.

(c) While the construction of
this large booth will be charged to
exhibitors, the cost to them will
be proportionately less and its erec-
tion by the department will save
exhibitors ,the inconvenience and
trouble of planning and construct-
ing individual booths.

(d) To cover the actual cost of
this large booth all exhibitors, other
than those in Class 124 (Pictorial
Photography), will be charged two
dollars for €ach square foot of
floor space occupied by them. It
must be distinctly understood, how-
ever, that exhibit space itself is free
in the Palace of Liberal Arts, and
that this charge of tivo dollars per
square foot is made merely to cover
the exhibitor's share of the cost of
constructing the large booth named.
It must likewise be understood that

Digitized by

Google

May, 1 91 4

SNAP SHOTS

two dollars per square foot for
each foot of floor space occupied
by them. The purpose is for the
Department of Liberal Arts to have
this money collected and in hand
before the contract is let for con-
structing this booth, as the depart-
ment has no funds or other means
of defraying this cost.

(e) Part or the whole of the
upper or mezzanine floor of this
large booth will be equipped as a
special gallery with screen walls, if
necessary, or other facilities for the
display of selected exhibits of pic-
torial photography. No charge will
be made for exhibit space occupied
by exhibits of selected pictorial
photography (Class 124) admitted
to this special gallery, it being un-
derstood that such exhibits are of-
fered and accepted purely in the
interest of photography as an art,
and for no advertising value or
commercial advantage to the exhib-
itors.

(f) From the exhibits offered
in pictorial photography (Class
124) a committee appointed by the

Department of Liberal Arts will
carefully select a limited number
of the choicest specimens for dis-
play in this special gallery. Intend-
ing exhibitors of these examples
of purely pictorial photography
may, in order to avoid the expense
of framing those not accepted and
to minimize the cost of transpor-
tation, submit their pictures tem-
porarily unframed, with the under-
standing that the Department of
Liberal Arts will order the accept-
ed pictures framed in an inexpen-
sive yet appropriate manner at the
expense of the exhibitor.

(g) Photographs oflfered as ex-
hibits in the section reserved for
pictorial photography must be the
individual work of the exhibitor or
exhibitors named in their respect-
ive formal applications for space.

Eighth: General rules governing
the admission of exhibits and their
installation and maintenance, the
system of awards, shipping regu-
lations, etc., will be furnished upon
application to the Department of
Liberal Arts.

SOME SUCCESSFUL LANTERN SLIDE TONERS
AND HOW TO USE THEM

By T. Thome Baker, F.C.S., F.R.P.S.

There is rather a tendency in purpose ; and ordinary "black-tone**
these days to get tones on lantern- lantern-plates can also be employed

-f?j-- U-. j: i. j„

•T^^ rNkfoi.-

Digitized by

Google

94 SNAPSHOTS May, 1914

the certainty of repeating the same The milky appearance of the

tone every time. lantern-slide disappears quickly, as

A lantern-slide has to be so bril- the film of emulsion is extremely

liant, transparent and **fogless," in thin, yet at least ten minutes should

order to look well on the screen, be allowed for the^ fixing, and the

that, as a rule, the best results in bath should be one of plain hypo

warm colors are generally produced and water for preference, not acid.

by straightforward development Thorough washing can only be done

for clean black and white eflfects by using sei'eral changes of water,

and subsequent toniug. But the A toning-bath made up of equal

toning-bath itself requires con- parts of A and B gives the ordinary

sideration, for the simple fact that uranium tones; in this bath the

a toner usually deposits a colored black image gradually becomes

compound on the image, and this brown, and eventually tones to

may, or may not, be transparent; bright, foxy red. A deposit of

if not, it will be quite unsuitable uranium ferricyanide is in the or-

f or lantern-work. dinary way thrown down, owing to

A large variety of brown, the reducing action of the metallic
green and blue tones can be ob- silver on the ferricyanide. The
tained with the three solutions toning may be stopped at any stage ;
given below, which are about the thus a wide range of cold and warm
most useful and simplest of all the tones can be obtained. After ton-
numerous lantern-slide toners so ing, the slides should be rinsed in
far discovered. Three ten-ounce water containing a drop or two of
bottles should be well rinsed out, acetic acid to the ounce, then
labeled A, B and C respectively, washed for ten minutes in five or six
and filled up with these toning changes of water,
solutions: Toning by any method in which

A. Uranium nitrate 60 gr. one employs a deposit of a metallic

Distilled water 10 oz. salt on the image causes more or less

B. Potassium ferricyanide . 60 gr. intensification, hence slides to be
Distilled water 10 oz. toned should be made rather thinner

C. Ferric chloride 45 <rr. than usual. The intensification be-

Distilled water 10 07. comes noticeable more particularly

An ounce each of glacial acetic when the slides are drying,

acid and pure sulphuric acid should Slides toned brown in ^"^

also be kept handy. uranium-ferricyanide bath c^n be

There is a little trick about the toned blue by subsequent ^'

uranium toner — a very simple key mersion in bath C, given abov^

to success. It is merely the really and by stopping the operation ^^

thorough washing of the slides as the early stages a very fair gr^^^

well as the thorough fixing of them, can be obtained. There is a ce^'

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914 SNAP SHOTS 95

tain knack in obtaining this green, bleacher, or the halftones may be

as only just the right amount of destroyed by the action of the hypo

time in the iron bath (C) must combined with ferricyanide.

be allowed. It must also be borne A. Ammonium bromide % oz,

in mind that whatever "green" is Potassium ferricyanide.. }ioz.

obtained will become bluer during Water 10 oz.

the drying of the plates. B. Pure (fresh) sodium sul-

Blue-toned slides should be phide 1 dr.

soaked after toning for about three Water 10 oz.

minutes in a little water acidulated The plate is first bleached in the

with five drops of the sulphuric to A solution, when the silver image is

each two ounces. They must then converted to silver ferrocyanide.

be well rinsed and dried in the rack. This process should be allowed to

A bath for giving blue tones di- continued for a few minutes, until
rect may be made with a ferric the action has taken place through-
salt, as follows: out the entire image.
I. Ammonio-citrate of iron. 50 gr. The bleached slide is then

Water 5 oz. washed for ten minutes under the

II. Potassium ferricyanide. .. 50 gr. tap, put into a clean dish and

Water 5 oz. flooded with the sulphide solution,

]\Iix the two solutions, and add which, unlike the bleaching bath,

two drams of glacial acetic acid. should be used only once, and then

The ever-popular sulphide-toner thrown away. When the "redevel-

will be found to answer quite sat- opment'' is complete, the lantern-

isfactorily for lantern-slide work, plate should be well washed and

and the two solutions given here- after a careful swabbing set in a

under may be taken for the pur- dust-free place to dry. A fine

pose. Great pains must be taken to brownish sepia image of silver sul-

ensure that the plate is quite free phide is obtained in this way — The

of hypo before placing it in the Amateur Photographer.

HOW SHALL WE DEVELOP?

Some Practical Notes on the Treatment of Films

We are probably not far wrong
in saying that at least one-half of
all the exposures made by amateur
photographers in this country are
on films, and that of these more
than three-quarters are on roll films.

The ease with which the spool of
film can be carried and inserted in
the camera in daylight is largely re-
sponsible for its general acceptance
by all classes of workers, particular-
ly those on a holiday tour. But

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

May, 1914

apart from this, the modem film is
a splendid production, and runs
the dry plate very close indeed in all
the latter's fine qualities. We do
not, however, wish to enter into
a discussion as to the comparative
merits of plates and films, but to
deal with the simplest methods of
developing them.

Users of roll films may be di-
vided into two classes — those who
use the Kodak developing tank and
those who do not. For the former
class it is only necessary to touch
on one or two points of failure that
may arise, as the instructions ac-
companying the tank are so ex-
plicit that it would be difficult for
even the veriest novice to go far
wrong if they are carefully fol-
lowed. Possibly the best advice
we can give the film user would be
to equip himself with the Kodak de-
veloping outfit, and follow the in-
structions of the makers. But as
there are a great number who elect
to develop their films by means
other than the tank, the following
points may be helpful to such.

First, when unrolling the film in
the darkroom to separate it from
the black or red paper backing, it is
well to observe a regular procedure,
for if the paper becomes unrolled
and coils about in the darkroom,
trouble is likely to arise ; whereas it
is quite simple to roll the film in the
palm of one hand as it comes oflf the
spool, the backing paper in the palm
of the other hand, while the spool
itself is turned by the tops of the
fingers and thumbs of both hands.

The entire action can be accom-
plished expeditiously with very lit-
tle practice and no risk of the
backing paper getting on to the
floor, or the film tied up into a
knot, which it frequently exhibits
a tendency to do.

I'revious to this, the largest avail-
able deep developing dish should
have been filled with plain w^ater,
and still holding the roUed-up fihn
in one hand, the end is taken by the
other and introduced to the water.
The film is then steadily unrolled
from one hand as it is pulled under
the water and rolled up with the
other until the entire film has been
submerged. The film is then un-
rolled again under water, and
rolled with the other hand at the
opposite side of the dish, the proc-
ess being repeated until the film is
quite limp.

The water is now poured off, and
the developer, of which an adequate
supply should be ready, is substi-
tuted. There are now two alter-
natives open for the development
of the film, bearing in mind that on
no account should it be allowed to
renjain stationary in the solution,
or markings will result. The first
is to continue the rolling and un-
rolling process under the surface
of the developer. This means, of
course, literally paddling in the so-
lution with the fingers as the film is
being unrolled from side to side.
In this method there is ahvays a
portion of the film under observa-
tion— that is, the piece that is visi-
ble between the portions of rolled-

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914

SXAP SHOTS

up film at either end of the dish.
The second method is to take the
two ends of film, one in each hand,
and bring the hands together over
the dish of developer so that the
bottom of the loop of film thus
formed is well under the surface of
the developer. If now the right
hand is .-owered and at tne saine
time the left hand is raised so that
the film is steadily passed through
the developer, a repetition of the
action — raising the right hand and
lowering the left — will enable the
whole surface of the film to come
into contact with the solution, un-
til development is complete. This
is probably the process most fre-
quently employed by the film user
who does not possess a tank, and
has the advantage of being rapid 1 1
action (as a quick-acting developer
should be used), and if the dark-
room light is safe there is little risk
of fog.

The sticking down of the end of
the film is the point most frequently
overlooked, and many a good seiz-
ure of exposures has been spoilt by
this oversight. Nothing is more
annoying than to open the lid of the
winding-box in bright light and find
the entire film coiled up on top
in full view, and, of course, hope-
lessly fogged at once. As each
spool has a distinct query printed
on it ("Have you stuck down the
end of the film?"), the remedy is
in the user's own hands ; but as an
additional safeguard we would sug-

gest that a similar query be written
on a piece of paper and stuck on
the top of the box, so that it may
be observed when the cover is
replaced and the winding com-
mences.

Another frequent source of
trouble is uneven developing mark-
ings. These arise through the film
not being tightly wound and taut on
the celluloid apron. It is obvious
that if the film buckles at all be-
tween the two surfaces of the
rolled-up apron, the developer has
access more readily to some parts
of the film than others, and uneven
densities result. These generally
take the form of vertical lines and
patches in the finished negative. To
overcome the difficulty it is quite
necessary that both handles of the
winding-box be held during the op-
eration of winding the spool into
the apron, so that any tendency for
the winding to be uneven is con-
stantly checked by an even pressure
on both handles. It is also well to
wind a considerable amount of the
backing paper (until the word
**Stop'* or "Halt" appears) before
attaching the hooks of the apron.
This will bring the film nearer to
the centre of the roll than to the
circumference. When inserting the
rolled-up apron containing the spool
of film into the tank of developer,
it should be allowed to sink into the
liquid by its own weight, and should
not be pushed in, otherwise air-
bubbles are very likely to form.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

May, 1914

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

If you are looking for something that
will help you increase your business and
increase your prices, notice ad on
another page, of the Pipe Dream
Novelty for post cards.

There is a place for a novelty studio
and novelty pictures in every city and
town. Are you getting your share of
business? Post card pictures are a big
item with many photographers; most
people have a dollar to spend for pic-
tures and the studio that has the new
catchy novelties get their business.

Platittotypc and Satista. Both platinum
papers printed in the open ; absolutely
permanent. There is no developing
paper that is just as good as platinotype,
as platinotype has a quality all its own.
Willis & Clements, of Philadelphia, the
American agents, will gladly send a
sample of either paper to any of our
subscribers upon request

Ross Lenses. On the inside of the
back cover of this issue you will note a
new use for the celebrated Ross Tele-
centric Lenses : that is, portrait work.
It has been found that this lens is ex-
cellent for portraiture as well as long
distance photography. Most of the
newspapers are now using the telecen-
tric lens for all their photographic work
in connection with sporting events, life
in motion, or any purpose for which
they use the Reflex Camera. We un-
derstand from the manufacturers that
on account of the reduction in tariff
that they will shortly announce a re-
duction of from 7 per cent to 12 per
cent in the list price on the Ross lenses.
This will make the selling price on
these lenses very low. These new
prices will appear in their new cata-
logue which we understand is to be
ready the latter part of February. Send
them your name and address for a copy.

gives an equal, even illumination to both
sky and foreground, advise us that for
the past few months they have been be-
hind in filling orders due to the unex-
pected demand for same; but that they
have recently increased their facilities
for manufacturing these, and that they
are now in a position to fill all orders
promptly. If you have never tried one
of these screens you should certainly in-
clude one in your outfit They are
entirely different from the ordinary ray
filter in that one part of the screen is
shaded, the other part clear glass, and
the color blends off between the two, so
that perfect cloud effects can be ob-
tained instantaneously with ordinary
plates when this screen is used.

Seed so Plates. During these short
days when the light is weak a fast plate
is necessary. The Seed 30 has great
speed latitude and uniformity, a feature
most desirable in a plate at all times.
If you have not used them specify Gilt
Edge 30 in your next order.

Eastman Portrait Films, The new
Eastman Portrait Films have all the
speed, gradation and fineness of grain
of the best portrait plate, and in addi-
tion a non-halation quality so perfect
that it preserves every light and shadow
within the whitest drapery. These light,
flexible, unbreakable films also reduce
weight, preventing loss and facilitating
handling.

The Atom. This is a new post card
enclosure, just the thing for the pho-
tographer at the seaside and summer re-
sorts for delivering the post card. Com-
pact, easily folded, quickly handled, and
of a convenient size to fit into the vest
pocket. Send for a sample.

Royal Foreground Ray Screen. The
manufacturers of this ray screen, which

Dynar Lens. There is no denying the
efficiency of the Dynar Lens, It is far
greater than the best rapid rectilinear,
as it has double the speed at full apcr-

Digitized by

Google

May, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

ture. There is no comparison between
the covering power and definition of the
two lenses. The Dynar is a high-grade
moderate-priced anastigmat sold in cells
that fit all modern shutters. Write to
Voightlaender & Sohn, Chicago, for
catalogue.

IVeighmeter. This new device in-
stantly indicates exactly what weights
are to be used on the scale for any
given formulae. It saves time, trouble,
annoyance, and opportunity for error.
Adjusted for either the apothecary,
avoirdupois or metric systems. Beauti-
fully printed in two colors on celluloid.
Just the size to fit in the vest pocket.

King's Book of Lighting. The pub-
lishers, George Murphy, Inc., New
York, have just issued another edition
of this little booklet on lighting. It will
be mailed free to any of our sub-
scribers upon request. It is full of prac-
tical information with designs illus-
trated by drawings, written by a mas-
ter in the art of lightings. Send your
name and address to-day.

Photo-Flat. This preparation, applied
to the back of prints after they are
thoroughly dried, is an eflfective and
simple way to flatten curled prints. It
is used by the leading professionals who
have given it an emphatic endorsement.

Camp Five Islands. If any of our
readers are interested in Summer plans
for their boys we would suggest that
they write to Prof. F. H. Dodge, New
Brunswick, N. J., who conducts a Sum-
mer camp for boys at Schoodic Lake,
Maine. We are just in receipt of a
booklet from Prof. Dodge describing the
wonderful attractions of his particular
camp. It certainly should be an ideal
place for boys, particularly from a
photographic standpoint, as Prof. Dodge
is an expert photographer in addition

C O. BICKELMANN
It is with sorrow that we have learned
of the death of the veteran photogra-
pher, Mr. C. O. Bickelmann, of Tan-
nersville, New York. Mr. Bickelmann
was formerly one of the leading pho-
tographers of the city of Williamsburg,
Long Island, which is now a part of
Greater New York City. He was
an earnest and enthusiastic photogra-
pher and kept pace with the advances
in photographic business. Mr. Bickel-
mann, in addition to his photographic
interest, was a taxidermist and made
this his hobby. Some years ago he sold
out his business in Williamsburg and
moved to Tannersville, New York,
where he purchased a large tract of
land and erected a studio and building
suitable for taxidermy. He has just
passed away after a busy life, at the
age of fifty-eight years and nine months.
We know that his many friends among
the fraternity join wnth us in extending
to his family our sincere sympathy.

GEORGE M. BOLTON
George M. Bolton was for many
years a photographer in New England,
previous to his connection with the M.
A. Seed Dry Plate Company. He was
a demonstrator for this company in the
New England territory for quite a few
years, and was intimately known by all
the professional photographers in that
section. It is with great sorrow that his
many friends will learn of his death at
West Springfield, Mass., on April 25th.
Mr. Bolton took great pleasure in
demonstrating photographic dry plates,
giving his whole mind and heart to this
special line. He was always glad to do
everything possible to benefit the studio
photographer, and he leaves behind him,
in the minds of many, the knowledge
of the benefits they have derived from
his practical knowledge of the photo-

Digitized by

Google

loo SNAP SHOIS— ADVERTISEMENTS May, 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent Positions Wanted— Operators

C. K. F., gallery for rent, Long Island. T. G. T., operator; tirst-class.

l\ A. S., printer; asst. operator.
W. A. J. & S., gallery, New York State x. A. G., all-around operator.

^or rent. M. J. Q., general, all-around.

P. H. McC. gallery, Long Island, for C. M., general, all-around.

rent.

r-' T^ x€ . 11 • ' XT T Positions Wanted — Retouchers; ReceP-

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey. tionists

D. F. M., gallery in New York City, ^-^^ ^ p spotting; finishing.
$^i^^^- Mrs. H., retoucher; colorist.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900. Miss F. L., retoucher; spotter.

W. C. O., gallery in New Jersey. ^'^^ ^' ^> ^°^^"s^-

Studios Desiring Help

Parties Desiring Galleries ^- ^- Co., want good commercial pho-

tograpner.

G. K. wants gallery in small city. A. L., wants general operator for ama-
^ ^ _ „ . ,, . teur finishing.

R. S. G., wants gallery in small aty. ^y ^^ g^„^,^i operator.

C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City. W. A. S., wants operator.

Hotlce— Letters addressed to anyone in our care should be accompaided with itaap
for each letter so that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. |1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST
We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng-
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the Amer-
ican photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) |1.50

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-

tography |S.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3.60
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4. 50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St., New York

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Ixxxv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Annottncementf under these and simiUr headings of forty words or less^ will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Jottrnal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snapshots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

fi tn czcdlent and safe medltim of commisnicatloii betwctn Pfiotographcfi

A good Bug, in live Western town
of 18,000. Well established studio,
invoicing $2,800.00 with 15,000 regis-
tered negatives. Proprietor going
cut of business on account of poor
health. $1,000.00 cash, balance on
time, will handle this. Price, invoice
and full particulars mailed on re-
quest. If you want a good, well-pa>r-
ing proposition, investigate, but don't
write unless you mean business. The
Parker Studio, Salem, Oregon.

Known all over the state.

■ « _—

For Sale: (Studio) Cottage all
modern improvements, dentist par-
lors on first floor; Photograph Stu-
dios second floor back — the healthiest
and most popular summer resort of
the Catskills. About 3.000 summer
guests and cottagers. Fine opportu-
nity for an invalid; fully equipped,
making money. Those meaning busi-
ness address E. A. L., care Snap
Shots.

Photo Studio for Sale: Good bar-
gain. Established thirty years. Only
two owners. Fitted to 14x17 camera
stands and lenses, Voightlander mam-
mouth, 8x10 half-plates, 8x10 viewing
outfit. Owner, elderly man retiring.
Good opening for smart young man.
For immediate sale. Sacrifice at
reasonable offer. B. J., care Snap
Shots.

Studio in Kansas City. Mo. Good
business; fully equipped: fine lease;
best location. Price $2,350.00. Cash
$1,000.00. balance easy terms. Best
chance for a good man. Address
Photo Studio, 1023 Main street, Kan-
sas City. Mo.

Wanted: Position by lady re-
toucher, also do printing, spotting
and reception room work. Eight
years' experience. Address M. L. B.,
care Snap Shots.

When writing advertisers pi

For Sale: A well-located, well-
furnished photo studio in New York
City, in prominent thoroughfare.
Owner desires to sell on account of
other business interests. Price. $3,-
500; lease, three years; rent, $2,150
per year. To a good photographer a
fine opening, but letters must be ad-
aressed in our care and will be an-
swered only as the owner decides.
Address "D. F. M.,'* care Snap Shots.

For Sale: Photo studio, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city. Doing
good business; good surrounding
country. Established over thirty
years. Studio worth about $3,000, but
will sell for less in cash. Reason for
selling is on account of other busi-
ness. All letters must be addressed
to Tony Leo, 5 West Main St., Mid-
dletown. N. Y.

For Sale: Studio and Amateur
Supply Business in the best spot in
town of 16,000. No competition.
Had an income of 15 per cent over
1912 last year. Good reasons for
selling, and will sell cheap to a quick
buyer. Ober Studio. P. O. Building.
New Brighton, N. Y.

"A $2,000 Per Year Salary and
Profit": Excellent proposition for
man with family. Only studio in
town; ground floor; pop. 6,000, also
modern single home, three blocks
from studio. Value of combination
$7,300. Quick sale price $5,000. Part
cash, balance mortgage. Absolutely
a great bargain. Address 500. care
Snap Shots.

For Sale: Studio fitted to 8x10
Heliar lens, printing machine. Low
rent, established thirty-four years
ago. Good business. Reason for sell- j

ing, blindness. M. H. Razzouk, 315 ^OQ IC
Main St., Holyoke, Mass. ^

case mention Snap Shots,

Ixxxvi

SXAP SHO'l'S— ADV^ERTISEMENTS

LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

•vwtMD jTMra w« have •ucc«-»lully umhi

PHOTOGRAPHY

_Pfc«>to.Emr«yiag and Tlir«e<:olor Work

t« SSO a wMh,

rWork

W« asslsi Umm

til WabMb AvaniM, CNIntlMm, llllaals

Photogravure

Plate-making, printing, steel-facing,
etc. Plants installed, the process
taught, errors rectified. A lifetime
of experience in England, France and
United States.

Correspondence invited.

M RAOUL PELLISSIER

Consulting Expert
RIDLEY PARK, PENNA.

THE REFLECnilG CONDENSER

Works OQ house current—maida bulb, and
Efilargeg Quickly

11 In. Reflector for 6x7 negatives, takes
160 watts, Price $8.00; 16 in. f or 8 zio
260 watts $16.00. For Orcular on home
made enlarger, time table etc write to
R. D. Gray, Ridgewood, N.J.

STOP!! LOOK!!

I GAVE UP

the Photograph Busineaa for a Good,
Easy Job that has paid mo over
$76.00 a week for yean. Tou could
also enter this work. A 2c stamp will
hring Particulars.

D. MACK

5t. StcpbMS Charcb, Va.

Wynne "Infallible"
Exposure Meter

Ton set the OKE scale and

the Meter does the rest

Size of a Watch, Fits the Pocket

SIMPLE, CORaECT

Postpaid
For F or TTniform System, Nickel |a.S5

For Focal Plane S.SS

Silver 6.00

Silver, Gem sise S.50

Print Meter 8.50

Send for Detailed List

AMERICAN AGENTS

QEORQB MURPHY, Inc^ ReUil Dept.

57 EilST NINTH STREET. NEW VORK

Art Studies

Digitized by

Google

sxAP SHOTS— advp:rtiseme\ts

Ixxxvii

EAGLE SODA SCALES

Especially constructed for
daily photoj^raphic use.

Will weigh from j/i ounce to
4 pounds, conveniently and accu-
rately.

Just the scale for wei^^hing your
sodas and hypo. Pan removable.
PRICE, $5.40, Postpaid.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc. ^l^'

67 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

Importers and manufacturers of every kind of photographic material

EAGLE FORM HOLDER J- ^t/Z^I^ tS:

ers on the market. You place
the form and print in position
and by simply pressing down a
lever it securely locks the form
so that it can not slip, thus facili-
tating quick and accurate cutting

Gi the p^J]U.^, \\ ill acciininiodate any size form up to 8x10.

The base is of steel, and the cutting plate of zinc which does

not dull the cutter. Price, $1.80, Postpaid.

GEOR6E MURPHT. Inc.. ^ 57 East 9th Street. New York

Miwfictirirt, Niptrttrt aU Otatori ii PlMtofraplnrs* Materials af Evary Baseriptiaa

ROYAL WOOD FIXING AND WASHING BOX

These boxes are made of selected
and thoroughly seasoned wood, with
tongue corners. They are finished
dead black, with three heavy coatings
of Probus paint, and will last a life-
time. Any special size can be made
to order.

No. I. 5x7 size, 50 grooves, each

groove holds two plates, back

to back, thus the box holds 100

5x7 plates Price. $6.00

No. 2. Holds 12 11x14 plates or

17 8x10 or 17 10x12 — one

plate in each groove. Price, $6.50

QEORCE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New York

When writing advertisera please mention Snap Shots.

uigiiizea oy

Ixxxviii

SXAP SHOTS— ADVF.RTISEMFATS

Matted Free

Our New No. 14 Tariff Changed
Mail Order Cash Catalogue

is just of¥ the press. Send us your name and we will
gladly mail you a copy.

Retail

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.,

57 E«LSt Ninth Street NEW YORK

Pyrogallic 4cid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
diseossable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer suppl3ring the

"M. C. W.»' Brand

Our Acid is as Dure an article as can be made, liirht and bulky i

Digitized by

Google

A'AP SHOTS— AD VERTISKMJ^XTS

Ixxxix

BL.A.CIC 1-,AJJREl^

Tli« Most AdTancad Portrait Paper

SIMPLE— SURE— ECONOMICAL

For

the h

ighest grade of portraiture, in Platinum,

Black and Sepia |

effects.

LIGHT WEIGHT— SEMI

MATTE

DOUBLE WEIGHT—Three grades: Semi,

Smooth Matte and Buff 1

LIGHT WEIGHT

DOUBLE WEIGHT |

kH nntH PMt CtoriM m F«Imm :

kH PtrMi PmI Charw

1 M FaiMM :

rmwfmt TMpiI M liidk

First u^

tmpii t« tfami

UttpOT

■MCMk

■MCMk iMMrfZMM.

Z«M*. iMinif*.

lius

■nw

Prtn

t it tSt tSt t« I4M Snw

MiM MiM

PriM

Itain

MilM

ini«i4M

SHx 6J4 $0.26

$0.20

$0.06 $0.07 $0.80

$0.24

$0.06

$oI^

(Cabinet)

4x6

.25

.20

.05 .07 .30

.24

.05

.07

4J4x 6J4

.30

.24

.05 .07 .40

.32

.06

.07

5x7

.85

.28

.05 .07 .46

.36

.06

.07

6x8

.40

.82

.05 .07 .60

.40

.06

.07

6x8

.50

.40

.06 .07 .66

.62

.07

.89

eyix 8J4

.60

.48

.07 .09 .76

.60

.07

.09 .

7x9

.65

.52

.07 .09 .80

.64

.07

.09

7Hx 9^

.76

.60

.07 .09 .90

.72

. .07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.64

.07 .09 1.00

.80

.07

.09

10 xl«

1.20

.96

.08 .13 1.60

1.20

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

1.28

.08 .13 2.00

1.60

.08

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.92

.13 .21 3.00

2.40

.13

.21

16 x80

8.20

2.56

.14 .25 4.00

3.20

.14

.26

18 x22

4.00

8.20

.15 .29 6.00

4.00

.16

.29

20 x24

4.80

3.84

.16 .33 6.00

4.80

.16

.88

George Murphy. I«c. g:SSu«e«t |

97 East NintH Street

NEW YORK 1

5 ^^w</ /<?>• iV^tc/ ran# Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue 1

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

That i^ if your lens is right. Tlif len^ is the soul af jnur camera. Ordinan lenses
will take ordinary pictures nnd^r /^:vorMe cnnditions. Arc you ^atisfiid wiih tliat?
Or would you like tlic k'st results un Jer afi conditiuni^ ? If su, you should know tlic

COERZ LENSES

Universally ustd by war phrftograplitTS and professionals, win
h^ sure f>( their result:^, 77/ fv am easi/v le fitied In ihe oinh^ra
^ you nmv oum.

Semi for Our Book on *f Leases and Cameras"

fj| the pneate^t valtic to any tme ijitLTirskd ^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^
In good pfh*:fltirg:niphy. ^^^^^^^^^^■iLi ▼

C P- GoiTi Amo-icAa Optied Co^
rT4rk

miL-t

When writing advertisers pletse mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NOSLIP PRINTING MASK cPafnfd,

FOR PRINTING PILM NEGATIVES

The Noslip Printing Mask it
the latest improvement in print-
ing masks. It does away en-
tirely with the slipping of the
regative when placing the paper
in position in toe printing frame
which frequently occurs with all
of the old stvle masks. It does
away with all bad and ill-shaped
rdges, leaving a neat even white
border all around the print. This
mask has pockets in the four
corners into which the film is
slipped. Full directions with
each set of masks. Each set
consists of three masks, one for
post cards and one each with
oval and square opening the size
of the negative film.

No. 4— For S^x5K FUm Hen-

tivei, per set, 60 centi Poit^d.

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., ^ 57 East 9lh St., New York City

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispensable to photographers, dhemisis,
physicians, or anyone engaged in weigh-
ing chemicals.

Price 60c., postpaid.

0EX>R0E: murphy, inc.

RETAIL DCPARTMINT

67 East 9th StrMi NEW YORK

Simplify the Work in Yonr Printing Room!

The half dozen different papers you believe you have to use now to do jtistioe to
your various negatives, upset your printers, cause waste, delay, and give poor prints
after all!

"SS' BLACK LAUREL

It takes care of all of your negatives and of all your work — ^black and white and sepias.

Bend one dollar ($1.00) and we will send three dollars (18.00) worth of pap«r.
Our SPECIAL OFFER shipment direct from factory. If the paper proves satisfactory

you can remit the balance ($2.00). If unsatisfactory, return paper and we will reftmd
the $1.00 paid.

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc., Retail Dept
57 East 9th Street NEW YORK CITY

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xci

The Question:

WhyAnAnastigmat?

The A nsw er :

Because it is the only type of lens which
makes possible better results under all
conditions. For the amateur

THE DYNAR

=F 6=

is an ideal anastigraat. It is constructed
of a special, hard, colorless Jena glass,
famous for its superior light transmit-
ting quality, uniformity and definition,
and brilliancy of its pictures.

The speed of the DYNAR is 100 per
cent greater than is possessed bv the
better grade rapid rectilinears, and it is
therefore especially adapted for rapid
instantaneous exposures and home
portraiture.

Sold in cells that fit directly all
modern shutters. This feature saves
time and fitting charges.

Price for 4x5 or 3J4x.')J^ cells, $23.50.

Send for our Catalog and Revised
Price List.

'A.^K your Theater

VOIGTUHDER & SOHN

240-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago
225 Fifth Avenne, • New York

WORKS— BRUNSWICK, GERMANY

CANADIAN AGENTS:

HUPFELD, LUDECKING & CO..

Montreal, Canada

Mr. Post Card Man

DO YOU WANT

To Make More Money?

Would Yoo
lovest S5.00?

Made in
your Cam-
era with
one Expo-

Shipped
Pipe Dream Prepaid

Novelty Foreground and Accessories are
money makers. Write for descriptive
circular and price list.
Madk by

A. H. 5IPLB

1328 e. Il7th Street CLEVELAND, 0.

Send your name and address
for

King's
Booklet on
"Lighting"

(Eight pages with iUustrations) to

GEORGE MURPHY
57 E. gth St„ New York

Send IOC. (postas^e) for
Complet* Catalogue

Manufacturers and

Importers of Every Kind of

Photographic Material

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

xcii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ve:l.our bl<a.ch:

lh% Brilliant Portrait Enlaiving Paper

Convenient Speed

Bright Shadows

Soft Hig)i lights 1

LIGHT WEIGHT

Made in

Velvet,

Semi Matte, Matte, and

Rough Surfaces. |

DOUBLE WEIGHT

Made

in Velvet, Matte, Rough, BuflF and Buff Matte.

UQHT WEIGHT

DOUBLE WEtQNT 1

MiPwMlPn«GtarwB«iff«M«: I

FkttMri TfeMtattalii

HralMri 1

nMtaSMft 1

Ltolpar

■MCMk

■alCMk

Iltn

•«M

PrlM

1 !• in IM !• 14M Snw

MiH MflM

PriM

itoia

•liln

IHMNM

sHx by,

$0.25

10.15

$0.06 $0.07 $0.30

$0.18

$0.05

$«?W

(Cabinet)

4x5

.26

.15

.05 .07 .80

.18

.05

.07

4x6

.30

.18

.05 .07 .30

.18

.05

.07

5x7

.40

.24

.05 .07 .45

.87

.05

.07

5x8

.45

.27

.05 .07 .50

.80

.07

.09

6x8

.50

.30

.05 .07 .65

.89

.07

.09

6^x 8^

.60

.36

.05 .07 .75

.46

.07

.09

7x9

.65

.42

.06 .07 .80

.48

.07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.48

.05 .07 1.00

.60

.07

.09

10 xl2

1.80

.72

.08 .18 1.50

.90

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

.96

.08 .13 2.00

1.20

.08

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.44

.13 .21 3.00

1.80

.18

.81

16 x20

8.20

1.92

.14 .25 4.00

2.40

.14

.85

18 x2S

4.00

2.40

.15 .29 6.00

8.00

.15

.80

80 x84

4.80

2.88

.16 .83 6.00

8.60

.16

.88

Retail Murphv^ Inc.<

RetaU
1 E>epartment

97 Ekuit NintH Street

NEnVYORK 1

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 MaU-Order Cash Catalogue

C p. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographcfs, Aristo
Paper and Dry Pl^^tfe Makers

Chcmicak for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of saver and QfAi
Waste Refined

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS—ADVERTISEMENTS

XCUl

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE
SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOR PHOTOUBAPHEBS AM ATEUB AHD PROFEBSIOVAL

By W. I. LINCOLN ABAICB (His Best Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Amateur Photography," "In Naturc'i

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Subject Landscape Withont Figures Landscape With Figures

Forerrounds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photorraphy Marines Photorraphy at Night

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edses. Beautifullv

and subsUntially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PRICE IN A BOX, |8.50.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dellar

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Bernlar priee of "Sunlight and Shadow" $8.50

Regular Subscription price of "The Photographic Times" .... 1.50 f4<M

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographic

Timea^ in tliis way tor nothing. There are less than 50 copies left, so vou must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photographic Times*' and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street

NEW YORK, N. Y,

Send

for
these
Books

to the

BERUN

ANILINE

WORKS

213 Water St.,
NEW YORK

THE FORMULAE BOOK
Send 10 cenU in coin or stamps
and a label from any "As^a**

THE FLASH UGHT BOOK
Send 10 cents in coin or stamps
and a label from any ^A^9l**
Chemical package. r~\r^]r

Agfa" Products are Photographic Standards.

:P8'

SXAP SI UrrS— ADVF.RTISE.AtEXTS

£^--^^fe3l

w^^^m

^^^^=^*iSa? 4I

P^ ^

^^^- - _- M

g^^:^^^

A Batch of Dried Prints

The Same Prints After Being
Treated with Photo-Flat

No More Curling of Your Prints

Apply to back of print, after they are
thoroughly dry. An effective and sim-
ple way to flatten curled prints. Easy
to use — no special care needed in dry-
ing prints to be treated with PHOTO-
FLAT. Leading professionals have
given an emphatic endorsement to
PHOTO-FLAT.

PRICES:
4 Oz. Bottles, 35c^ Postpaid; Pint

Bottles, 90c., Postpaid.

GEORGE MURPHY. Ino.. S^nm^nt

57 East Ninth Street NIW YORK

Bend for Kew Tariff Changed Ko. 14 ICail-Order Cash Oataloffne

Lot No. 55

Royal Noo-Slippiog Prioting Frames

This frame ia made of the
best seasoned Ash, natural
finish, and without sharp
edges. It is built on the
English principle and the
most inexperienced^ person
can examine the print with-
out the slightest nak of mov.
ing it. The back of the frame
is provided with new project-
ing metal pins whicn drop
into corresponding slots in
the side of the frame. This
prevents all possibility of the
print shifting.

This is an Ideal Frame for
printing postals and using
masks. We offer them, while
they last, as follows:

99 Zy^xiy^ List 40c Sell for 16c. each

388 4 x5 List 45c. Sell for 20c. each

76 6H3C8J4 List 90c. Sell for 48c. each

68 8 xlO List 91.S6 Sell for 6Sc. each

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., g:^' 57 East Miatk Street, Mew Yerk

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. ^ "'0~

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

xcv

It is a Joy

to work in the open with Platinotype and Satista papers.
If you wish to do better work, enjoy better health and
greater happiness, give up your stuffy dark room and
"gaslight" papers, and send for our booklets on
Platinotype and Satista — the daylight, fresh air papers.

Sample prints on either paper on receipt of your
name and address.

N. B. — The special offer on Satista continues.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

The "FAVORITE
INTERIOR BENCH
ACCESSORY

The No. 3086 B Interior Bench

Price $35.00
Crated F. O. B., New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches, Balustrades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories
from any design.

ROUBH i CALDWELL

Digitized by

Google

xcvi SXAP SHOTS— ADVF.RTISEMEXTS

^^ AUTOTYPE CARBON

0t^^^^^ TIQQIIPQ

AUTOTYPE.

IMPORTANT TO AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING
MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible
to include developing, washing or fixing tanks. For purely
experimental purposes, however, some of the ordinary house-
hold crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will
be found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying
on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit No. I $1.50

Outfit Complete for 5 x 7 5.00

Outfit for 8x10 7.00

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band

Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing, 30 inches |6.40

Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 30 inches 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 30 inches 6.40
Photogravure Tissue G, 4 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 36 inches 8.00
Photogravure Tissue G, 5 for Rotary Gravure Printing, 36 inches 8.00

GEORGE MIURPHY, Inc.

AMnneAM AQENTS

67 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

When writinR advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

XCVll

wide Range off Color Sensitiveness

and chemical perfection that insures high speed and great
latitude of exposure, make

Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates

ideal plates for the varying and uncertain values of Spring.
Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates are recognized standards.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St. St. Lauia, Ma.

P^ountjed

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

Haye an excellence pecaliarl j their
own. The best results are onlj
produced by the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained by using the
best mounting pasta—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Sxoellent noyel bmsh with MMh JarO

▲t I>«Al«TS In Photo SnppUoSt
AtHbW MftterUU und St»«l«Mvy.

A S-OB. Jar prepaid by maU for St «ala

or oiroQlars.fna from

CHAS. M« HIOaiNS ft C0.» MffS.

NBW YORK CHICAGO LOMOOV

Digitized by

Google

xcvni

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SEED

PUTES

It is the same Seed quality, based on years of
uniform excellence in the Seed product, that has
raised the Seed standard a step higher to a plate
of greater speed and utility.

Seed 30 Gilt Edge Plates combine exceptional
speed with those essential points of excellence
which for years have made Seed 2 7 Gilt Edge the
standar-d of quality in portrait plates.

Use Seed 30 Gilt Edge Plates for portraiture
and secure the best results under all conditions.

jg^

_ ^

Digitized by

Google

Halation is done away with — the cause
removed^ in

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio or Home Portraiture.

Portrait Films have all the speed, gradation and fineness of

grain of the best portrait plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30, and

in addition a non-halation quality so perfect that it preserves every

delicate light and shadow within the whitest drapery — so perfect

that negatives may be made directly against a window without

a trace of halation.

The light flexible, unbreakable film base also reduces
weight, prevents loss and facilitates handling.

May be retouched or etched on
either side or on both sides.

No special skill required for manipulation. Listed: S ^1 y
yl4 X 8^, 8x10, 11 xl4.

PRICE— SAME AS SEED 30 PLATES.

CA ^ ^-'y 7 V//.^ r S^r, 4^rl y

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14th, 1911)

STYLE A.

The Lateit and Qreateit ImproTement in Bay Filteri.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and, produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

If a correct exposure is
given to the clouds, then
the landscape is badly un-
der-exposed; if the correct
exposure is given to the
landscape* then the clouds
are literally burnt up from
over-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
have appeared to the eye,
an unscreened photograph
shows only a blank white
sky.

Made With the Royal Foreground Kay Screen

PHOTO. Bv H. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, Washington.

STOP-16. EXPOSURE-Y^-second.

September 15th, 10 A. M. Distance to snow-covered

Mt. Baker 8 Miles,

NO. DIAMETER INCHES PRICE

$1.35

Postpaid

2J4

$2.70

iVn

1.36

^Va

8.00

for box cameras

1.85

lOA

8.15

lVi«

1.86

<«

STYLE A.

llA

854

3.60

1.36

••

12A

4.05

1.80

•*

13A

4.70

2.00

14A

6.40

2.26

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc. ItS^^,

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 MaiUOrder Cash Catalogue

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Kaj:,di; Ilonic rortrait and Sliidiu I. amp is the most
perfect and comiiact h'ghting device ever offered for photo-
grai*hic use. It is ttleal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very liglit anil packs into a small sj>ace. It can be
attaclied to practicall}' any electric light socket, as it will
work on cither direct nr alternating current from Tio to 220
volts. Fitted with a cnllapsilVle reflector and light diffuser.
it is nossihle tn get just exactly the effect yon are after.

The length of exposure, of conrse, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens and stop nserl. Kxposnres
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Re independent of sunlight hy getting nn Eagle Home
Prn'trait and Stndio Lamp, and you can make exposures at
any time of the day or nigl\t, anrl under all conditions, Hie
lamp can he usl'A in firefdaces with or without sunlight, and
most licautifnl effects produced. In fact there is no end
to the varietv of arti^tte effects that can he prorfuccd with this
wonderful light. PRICE, $4aoo; FREIGHT PAID,

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New York

RCTAtL DEPARTMENT

Send for our Mrrt vufU ptder task fntalofjuc Nik 14.

Digitized by

Google

For the lar<^e print, make /

\Ip¥

jjjjj^^

El^lg

Enlartyements. They have all
the quality of contact prints.

ARTURA DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

All Dealtrt.

Digitized by

Goo<

TRADEMaRt^

HO 560S7 REG J STERED

June, 1914

L^iUOT

CONTENTS i

Fl&shllght Pointers - -

The Field for Connmerciiil
Photography

On Sunshine Effects -

Photographing M ovin g
O bjects — Some Practi-
cal Points for the Speed
Photographer

101

104
108

110

Groups, Indoors and Out 113

An Intensifier for Under-
Exposed Negatives 116

Drying Prints - - - 117

Trade Notes and News - 118

Studio Wants - - - - 120

_«. .^..... _ . "MQJtizea by VJV^^^^v •

lap-Shots Publishing Co.. 57 East Ninth St.. New York

Publlvhed Monthly. Ten C«nts p«r copy. SI. 00 iwr vmmr

W— i.

-I

TRADE MARK
Fttentfld June 26, 1900. Trade Mark Befistered

This device is designed for mailing photographs,
fancy cards and similar enclosures flat.

Excellent For The Purpose

Seventeen sizes carried in stock, as below:

^^.^ ^'-•^' 4>2 X 7

i^(^ 5'^ X /M

ij^^ 6;/. X yl^

135 7H ^ lO'^

I .V ' , 7 ' J X €^lA

i.v- ■ 7'^ ^ '1' I

ijS, .. , SK N inf^i

130 H'^ X II ^

M-'.. ^ 9>1 ?« ti5>S

No, Size

143 • 9/^ X iJ' J

14^, 10^ 2 X 12^ J

151 1 1 '4 X J4^

155 ^^' » ^ "5^4

iri2..,_.. , ..13'i X 17VS

234 , 5V2 X H ^ 4

24'> 6;'5 X 13'4

24^1 7)4 X i5Vt

The Thompson & Morris Co.

Concord and Prince Streets

Address Etopsrtment 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boitoi, Mass.; Bnakville, M.; Nianara Falls, CafMa;

LindM, Eoiltii; Jiilich. Germaiy.

EJiyiiliLU

u^Coogle

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

£clipse jf older

Chocolate Brown Cover Enclosing Phototone
Brown Card, Gray Cover Enclosing Gray Card'

A beautiful cover, embossed in a new furrow design, surmounted
with a gold design for a name die, makes THE ECLIPSE a rich
folder. The insert is of a new deep tone Brown, rough surface, deli-
cately printed with a neat border around the opening. The opening
and printed line border arc bounded by a well defined plate mark.
This is a rich creation.

Post Paid Pott Paid
Cash Oaih

Size Trades Opening Picture Per Box Per Dozen

7X11

3Hx5H

4x6

13.25

$0.85

Send for copy of our mount catalogue

Digitized by

Google

cii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMEXTS

Th« BriUiaiit Portrait EnlargiBf Paper
Convenient Speed Bright Shadows Soft High Lights

LIGHT WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Semi Matte, Matte, and Rough Surfaces.

DOUBLE WEIGHT

Made in Velvet, Matte, Rough, Buflf and Bu£F Matte.

UOMT WKIQHT DOUBLE WETQHT

"-«•■< TfeMtMiirtk Firataai

Sim IMM PriM lUtm IMt>14M tMM Mm lii.

,«%* *^ •®*^ ^^-^^ ^®-®5 ^007 $0.80 10.18 |o!o6 $0%
(Cabinet)

* X 6 .26 .18 .06 .07 .80 .18 .06 07

* X 6 .30 .18 .06 .07 .80 .18 06 'vt
5x7 .40 .24 .06 .07 .46 .27 06 "eT
6x8 .46 .27 .06 .07 .50 .80 [o? 'S
6x8 .60 .30 .06 .07 .66 .89 07 M
6J4x 8J4 .60 .36 .06 .07 .76 .46 107 *S
7x9 .66 .42 .06 .07 .80 .48 .07 'S
8 xlO .80 .48 .06 .07 1.00 .60 .07 ' 09

10 xl2 1.20 .72 .08 .13 1.60 .90 08 "it

11 xl4 1.60 .96 .08 .18 2.00 1.20 .08 iJ
14 xl7 2.40 1.44 .13 .21 8.00 1.80 18 11
16 x20 3.20 1.92 .14 .25 4.00 2.40 .14 16
18 x22 4.00 2.40 .15 .29 6.00 8.00 16 M
10 x24 4.80 2.88 .16 .83 6.00 8.60 .16 iS

George Murphy, Inc., gS:Su^t

07 East Nintli Street IME^V YORK

Send for New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail Order Cash Catalogue

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROG.AIXIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer snpplymg the

M. C. W.»» Brand

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, Hght and bul^ m
appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon to produce
the best photographic results.

When placing your orders for 'PRYO ' ^npi^lfu "M r W" I

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEM EXTS

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10

(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14
(without lamps)

$35.00

It is operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly
free to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at
the side afford ample room for paper, negatives and finished work.

Nine Mazda Lamps in three rows illuminate the printing surface,
and the current is on only during exposure.

Let us send you a circular describing the F. & S. Professional
Printer.

Folmer & Schwing Division,

EASTMAN KODAK CO. ROCHES^^gJ^ ^O^lc

CIV

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAQLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from no to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light difFuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens an<l stop tt>ed. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by gettini^ on Eagle Home
Portrait and Studio Lamp, and you can make exposures at
any time of the day or night, and under all conditions. The
lamp can be used in fireplaces with or without sunlight, and
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no end

Digitized by

Google

SNAP-SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRXPTIOIC RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YBAR, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, 60 CmNTl

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.26
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP-SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 BAST NINTH STREET, NEW YOIK

Volume 25

JUNE, 1914

Number 6

PERCY Y. HOWE, Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 7th day of April, 1914.
WARREN W. SIGLER,

Notary Public, Queens County.

Certificate filed in N. Y. County, No. 41, N. Y. Register No. 5234.
(My commission expires March 30, 1915.)

FLASHLIGHT POINTERS

Summer Fldshlight Work. — As
the banquet season is about coming
to a close the flashlight operator is
casting about for other fields in
which he can use his flashbags and
cartridges. Of course, the June
weddings are coming and some will
be fortunate enough to have some

keep their staffs busy to hold them
over for next season should not
overlook the great opportunities for
flash work at the big resorts. These
are the meeting places of many or-
ganizations for the summer and fre-
quently the annual conventions are
held at these places during* the sum-

Digitized by

Google

roi

SNAP SHOTS

June. 1914

business will naturally be reduced
to a minimum during the summer
should take some ordinary precau-
tions for keeping their outfits in
good condition for next season.
First of all, do not roll up or pack
away your flashbags in a confined
space such as a trunk or carrying
case. The lack of fresh air will
cause the fireproofing chemicals to
turn the cloth to a yellow hue
which will retard the light consid-
erably. Be sure to clean the bags
thoroughly and hang them up loose-
ly in some closet where the air can
circulate through the cloth fibre. If
you leave much of the residue from
the smoke in the cloth for the sum-
mer it will have a tendency to rot
the cloth. It will be a good time
now also to test out all of your line
and bagwires and connections to
see if they are in perfect condition
and with no breaks in the wires or
loose screws in the connections.
Sometimes a kink in the wire
strands when pulled to straighten
out will cause some of these strands
to break ; this may not be noticed at
the time because one or two of these
little strands may carry the current
for an exposure or two before re-
fusing to work, so go over your
wires carefully now, for you may
need them in a hurry next fall. Be

ciirf nlcn tr» r»lpon vr»iir lomoc fVtnr^

have the opportunity to use during
the summer as readily as you have
been using them heretofore. The
efficiency of this powder will be
greatly enhanced if you keep it in
the proper condition. Let me sujjgest
a few dont's: Don't leave it hing
around loosely scattered in any old
cupboard you happen to have
handy; don't keep it in a moist
place, even though the boxes are
paraffined by the process inaugu-
rated by the Prosch concern, for
there may be some little opening
where the cover fits on which has
pried itself loose since the deiler
or you received the powder. Damp-
ness and the nitrates used in the
powder are great affinities, but the)-
raise havoc with the powder and
you will find this will be caked in
the fall.

Another reason for being careful
in storing your powder and car-
tridges is the danger that some spirk
from a cigar or cigarette or elec-
trical short circuit may come in can-
tact with some of the loose powder
scattered about a table or cupboard
or shelf and lead quickly to the
main supply. I suggest getting a
large tin box with a lock and always
keeping your flashpowder, that is,
every particle of it you ha\^
around, locked safely up where no-

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

103

seen such dangerous stuff as flash-
powder put up for the ordinary dub
photographer's consumption. I
really do not think that it is safe
for the average photographer to be
given much latitude in handling
loose powder. As a rule, he is such
a nervous individual that he is like-
ly to use too large a dose, or set it
off prematurely, or do some other
fool thing. In the Prosch cartridges
the stuff is measured out and sealed
up in the proper doses and all he
has to do is to follow directions to
get a certain result. I cannot see
how the Prosch people can continue
to put up their powder in such an
accurate and convenient style and
sell it cheaper than even they sell
loose powder.

Good Time to Take Stock. —
While you are packing away your
flashlight apparatus for the sum-
mer, it will be a good idea to make
mental note of how many good
jobs and how much money you
have lost during the past season by
not having the proper kind of ap-
paratus or supplies; better throw
away some of that old truck that
has apparently been^ handed down
to you for a century or more, even
those old Prosch lamps that were
made in the time of the Revolution,
and read a little about some of the
new things that have revolutionized
the flashlight work during the past
few years. For instance, look at

every month at least during the
past twenty-five years, and then
look up and examine at your deal-
ers the new style Prosch magnesium
lamps that are a hundred per cent
better than the old style and will
make you double the profit per
month because they will enable you
to do your work at least twice as
good, and then consider whether or
not in view of these facts you can
afford to start out next fall with a
complete new set of the most up-to-
date apparatus that anyone could
have. In these modern competitive
times when it is quality of work as
well as personality that counts in
competition, the man behind the gun
is not so important as the style of
gun itself and how far it can shoot.
You must not forget that although
you may persist in being an old fogy
in your field, some bright young up-
to-date photographer with the best
outfit to be had will come in and
take away your business if you
don't watch out. You will then find
that "the oldest established studio'*
is not going to count much against
such competition. I hope these few
words of advice to the wise will be
sufficient. It is a good time now, as
I said before, to ask your dealer for
up-to-date information about the
newest and best things in your field,
and I am glad to give you a quiet
tip that you must not overlook the
Prosch concern's little red book

x1^_x

Digitized by

Google

I04

SXAP SHOTS

June, 1914

THB FIELD FOR COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHY

By G. D. Grain, Jr.

Commercial photography may be
taken in a somewhat limited sense
as meaning only that branch of the
art which deals with strictly com-
mercial subjects and excludes oth-
ers which are yet outside of the
work of the portrait-maker. Con-
sidering the fact, however, that the
commercial photographer always
goes into many fields which are
not included within what might be
called business limits, it would
probably be better to extend the
definition to include all photogra-
phic work done **for revenue only"
outside of portrait work. This will
include all of the activities of the
enterprising camera man who is
ready to take pictures of anything
from cutlery samples to cyclones
and conventions. While the sub-
jects themselves do not by any
means always pertain to the com-
mercial field, the object of the pho-
tographer in taking them is strictly
so ; and as it is the work of the pho-
tographer who has deserted the
time-honored lines of his brethren
of the "Gallery" and turned his pro-
fession to the uses of all who wish
an accurate record of anything visi-
ble that is to be considered here,
the broader understanding is more
in accordance with the scope of that
work.

It is probable that the use of the
photograph in commercial cata-

logues, and for the purpose of ta-
king the place of samples, is the
most extensive application of tliis
form of illustration and the biggest
field for the commercial photog-
rapher who lives in a manufac-
turing or jobbing city. The lines in
which photographs are being used
for these two purposes, which are
more or less connected, fall into two
classes. The first, and that where
the photograph was probably earli-
est recognized as the satisfactory
solution of a difficult problem, is
in the case of goods which are too
bulky to be carried in sample form
by the traveling salesman.

The number of lines of which
this is true clearly shows the extent
of the field where the use of the
camera is now indispensable.
Among them, to name a few, are
all kinds of machinery, such as
printing presses, electrical equip-
ment, dynamos, motors and
switchboards, and agricultural im-
plements; furniture of all descrip-
tions, and stoves ; rugs and carpets,
which can in this way be shown as
a whole and not merely by a small
piece ; caskets for the interment of
the dead, which can be shown as
they look when fully trimmed md
ready for use; monuments and
tombstones; and others along the
same line.

Most of these lines have always

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

105

been handled by catalogue and sold
principally by the illustrations; but
these illustrations, in the earlier
days, were made from drawings,
and later from more or less im-
perfect reproductions of photo-
graphs in the catalogues. Now,
however, the photographs them-
selves are used, showing the object
with marvelous fidelity, and en-
abling the manufacturer to indicate
clearly to a customer a thousand
miles away exactly how his machine
is constructed, by a photograph of
the whole, for instance, accom-
panied by photographs of the vari-
ous parts ready for assembling.
The grain of the wood in furniture
can also be faithfully indicated;
and when coloring is resorted to, as
it frequently is, in the handling of
stained-glass designs, for instance,
the accuracy of the representations
is such that only the thing itself
could be used with better effect.

The other class of goods com-
prises those whose handling by sam-
ple is attended with inconvenience
and difficulty, while not entirely im-
practicable; as well as lines where
samples could be carried, but where
an adequate representation of the
entire line would make the sales-
man's baggage too bulky. Among
the former are such articles as pick-
les and preserves packed in glass,
and stained riass. mentioned above.

ware and jewelry designs, while
trunks, bags, umbrellas, hats for
both men and women, and other
clothing lines are now quite general-
ly being shown in this manner. Re-
cently candy packed in boxes, by
reason of its perishable nature, has
been sold through photographic
samples ; these in most instances are
faithfully colored.

This enumeration may give a
fairly good idea of the possibilities
of "earning money with the cam-
era" which are open to the photog-
rapher who cares to go after cata-
logue business ; but it is really only
a starter as an indication of the
extent of the whole field. Indeed, a
full description of the field would
probably be impossible, for the rea-
son that it is expanding so rapidly
that no man can say just what it is
to-day, and still less what it will be
to-morrow or the day after — it has
just begun to grow.

The advertising field is probably
the next largest after the catalogue
and sample department, and might
even dispute with this the honor of
being first. Anybody who reads
the popular magazines can call to
mind the numerous kinds of mer-
chandise whose merits are power-
fully advocated by the use of pho-
tographs ; and this is only one of the
many advertising uses of the pho-
toe^raoh. For example, the manu-

Digitized by

Google

lOf)

SNAP SHOTS

June. T914

can — a good photograph showing
the use of one of his make in ex-
actly that kind of work, whether it
be the handling of coal or of ice, of
beer or of boxes; and the same
thing is true in connection with the
illustration of any other article in
actual use.

Along the same line is the use of
camera pictures in the sale of real
estate ; and it helps so much that the
average real-estate man probably
wonders why he didn't think of it
sooner. Instead of a dull and un-
interesting list of addresses and
prices, this essential information is
hitched to a photograph showing
the property to which it relates, giv-
ing the purchaser a very accurate
idea of just what the proposition is.
Photographs are especially valuable
where the property is at a distance,
and where buildings are involved.

A live real-estate man in a West-
ern city utilized pictures in the han-
dling of his entire list, having de-
vised for this purpose a card with a
central space for the picture, and
with blanks for the indication of de-
tailed information about the prop-
erty. The pictures he used were of
a small size, but it indicates one of
the possible applications of the idea
in this particular business.

The expert commercial photog-
rapher is all but indispensable on
the big construction job nowadays.
The contractor and the owner have
use for him not only for the pur-
pose of presenting additional evi-
dence to the engineer's estimate for
the purpose of enabling the con-

tractor to draw his usual percent-
age on account at the end of the
month, but also for the purpose of
showing the progress of the work
at more frequent intervals. Espe-
cially is this true where either party
is located at a distance from the
site of the job; that is, where the
general office of the contractor is in
a distant city, or where the owner
of the property is not on the spot.
In such cases a more graphic idea
of the nature of the work, of the
difficulties encountered, and of the
actual progress being made, can be
given by the forwarding of photo-
graphs taken at short interv'als than
in any other manner short of a per-
sonal trip to the work, which is fre-
quently impossible. And for the
purj)ose of providing a pictorial
record, even where everybody con-
cerned is on the ground, the pho-
tographer is needed and used prob-
ably in nine out of ten construction
jobs of any importance nowadays.

In the solution of traffic pro-
blems, such as the proper method of
packing various commodities, the
photograph shows unerringly just
what is what. As illustrating dan-
gerous practices on the part of
transportation employees and others
in handling dangerous explosives
and the like, photographs are worth
volumes of mere talk.

For use as evidence in the trial
of lawsuits, or, more accurately,
for the purpose of preserving evi-
dence and of showing it in various
aspects, the photograph occupies a
place all by itself: it stands alone.

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

107

It serves to corroborate and make
clear the evidence of the truthful
witness, and to expose and bring to
naught the perjury of the wilful
falsifier, not to mention the honest-
ly mistaken man whose memory
may possibly be colored by his per-
sonal bias one way or the other.

For example, in showing the ex-
act surroundings in which an acci-
dent took place, as where a scaf-
folding' breaks, or a rail spreads or
is broken, the photograph is indis-
pensable. Not one witness in a
thousand could describe such a
scene accurately enough to impress
it as graphically upon the minds of
the jury as could a single good pho-
tograph ; and slow as the courts are
to take cognizance of modern con-
ditions, they have almost without
exception held that such photo-
graphs are legally admissible as evi-
dence.

The handwriting expert would be
lost without the use of photographs,
by which he is able to show greatly
magnified representations of letters,
words and parts of letters, strength-
ening the evidence based on his
purely personal opinion that a cer-
tain writing is that of the same per-
son who produced an identified or
"standard" writing, as it is called,
by showing clearly and with irre-
sistible force the reasons which lead
him to that opinion. And they now

iginal, thus preventing wear and
tear and the ultimate wearing out
of invaluable papers which could
not be replaced. Many states have
adopted this means of making up
their permanent records, the orig-
inals going to file.

Photographs of conventions, with
their banquets and other formal
gatherings, are always in demand,
and the photographer who does
good work of this sort is assured
of plenty of remunerative work
while such bodies are in his city, as
he can dispose of large numbers of
such pictures to those in attendance,
as well as for use in the local news-
papers and in trade journals ; and in
this connection the news field is an
immense one, and is growing all the
time. It is, of course, true that
most papers of any size have staff
photographers, but there are always
pictures with a news value which
the commercial photographer can
pick up as well as those which he
takes in the line of his other work
which are likewise of news interest.

Motion pictures are just begin-
ning to be recognized as containing
tremendous possibilities of all sorts
in the business world, and the com-
mercial photographer of the future
must be prepared to furnish them to
his trade. Some have already taken-
up this work. Rut the brief outline
given above will serve to indicate

Digitized by

Google

io8

SNAP SHOTS

June. 1914

ON SUNSHINE EFFECTS

As soon as the possessor of a
camera has got over the first fever
of snap-shotting at anything and
everything, more or less indiscrim-
uiatcly, and is settling down to a
more observant and selective meth-
od of work, one of the first effects
he is likely to try for is that of
sunlight. This is quite natural, see-
ing that the difference which bright
sunlight makes to a scene which
we are accustomed to see in dull
diffused light is a difference that is
often quite startling. Therefore,
naturally enough, it is an effect
which attracts the attention, and the
photographer at once tries his
'prentice hand; but in the majority
of cases he is woefully disappointed
with his results.

The following homely experi-
ment will impress the matter on the
reader's mind:

AN EXPERIMENT

On a table we spread a large
sheet of white paper, or, failing
that, a smooth white table-cloth.
We take white because it will thus
be easier to note differences of light
and shade. The table, of course,
represents the earth or ground.
Next we require a sun or small
source of strong light. For this we
may employ a lamp, gas, or candle
flame — this is used without any

edges. It is the work of but a mo-
ment so to arrange the light and
object as to get a cast shadow on
the white paper ground.

We thus reproduce the effect of
bright unclouded sunlight in its sim-
plest essentials. The fact that the
candle flame is many millions of
times less strong than the sun is
only a difference of degree. But
we must have one thing more — viz.,
something which corresponds to a
bank of clouds or vapor, or other
means of diffusing the light, so that
we may compare our home-made
sunlight with the diffused daylight
of a cloudy day. Perhaps it may be
just as well to remind our younger
readers that during daylight hours
— i.e., between the hours of sunrise
and sunset by the calendar — the sun
is always shining, though it is not
always easy to realize that fact
when the sun is not visible to the

eye.

DIFFUSED LIGHT

We can easily represent the dif-
fi\>iiig effect of clfjinlji Uy iiittfrj»Co*
iiig between our lamp tlaiiie and ta~
l»le scenerj' a sheet of thin tissue |i|*
per or tracing paper. For a Icf
(jli^curiiig effect we can use a shcc:
C)f tissue pajjer which hai beea
ruljbcd over with a trace of oiL

The effect nf haze and direct
.sunlight can be very closely Imitated

^{ ^ f*:^,*^

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

109

tides passes between the light and
the object casting the shadow.

SOME CONCLUSIONS

Now with these simple models
we may learn the following facts:
(1) A shadow is of a negative
character — i.e., it is absence of
light. The object casting the shad-
ow stops or blocks or cuts off the
light. (2) The smaller the size of
the illuminant the sharper the edge
of the cast shadow. Although the
sun is a very big body, yet it is so
far away that a three penny piece
held at arm's length from the eye is
large enough to hide the sun's disc.
The sun and moon are vastly differ-
ent in size, yet in an eclipse one just
about fits the other as regards size,
owing to their different distances
from us. (3) The edge of a shadow
is sharpest where the distance be-
tween the casting body and receiv-
ing surface are nearest. (4) The-
oretically, with our candle-flame
and cigar-box, our shadow being ab-
sence of light ought to be quite
black. So it would be if the walls
of the room and everything in it
were dead black so as to reflect no
light: but as a matter of fact,
everything in nature does reflect
some of the light which falls on
it. (0) In the absence of direct sun
(or lamp) light there is a more
marked scattered-reflected light ef-
fect, and the scattering-diffusing
medium of clouds, etc., reduces the
intensity of the parts towards the

light. This we can easily verify by
the aid of our greasy paper by in-
terposing it between the light and
the object. (6) At night, when the
air is clear and fogless and sky
dark, we get with a solitary arc
lamp some sort of idea of the ex-
tremes of light and shade, such as
probably would exist in bright sun-
light if our atmosphere were entire-
ly free from scattering particles,
dust, etc. But this effect must be
avoided if luminous sunlight is to
be suggested.

A Useful Accessory

A little piece of apparatus for the
technical photographer, who is of-
ten called upon when away from
the studio to photograph small ob-
jects, such as vases, glassware, etc..
is a pair of boards, about 2 feet
square, hinged together with a
leather strap screwed to each out-
side edge to serve as a pair of han-
dles. The inside surfaces of the
boards are covered with good black
velvet, affixed with glue. The
boards, when opened out, provide
both a base and a background for
the object being photographed, and,
although a black background is not
very suitable for many objects, a
penny sheet of cartridge paper, pur-
chased at the stationer's, will com-
plete the photographer's outfit, and
may be thrown away when the
work has been done.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1914

PHOTOGRAPHING MOVING OBJECTS

Some Practical Points for the Speed Photographer

One of the most fascinating sides
of hand-camera photography con-
sists of the power to record by
means of the snapshot the move-
ments of men and animals, and
give in the finished print the ex-
act texture as well as form and
light and shade. The marvel of the
photographic process is really only
appreciated when a good instanta-
neous picture of an animal in mo-
tion is carefully examined. The
glossy or shaggy texture of the skin
and hair is seen as no artist could
paint it, and only the color is ab-
sent.

The colors of animals obviously
suggest the outstanding desirability
of using color-sensitive plates — i, e.,
ortho, or, still better, panchromatic
— and the ever-present liability of
the animals to make unexpected
movements clearly points to a rapid
plate and rapid lens permitting brief
exposures. At the same time, one
may point out that diflferent ani-
mals vary very greatly in the rate
of movement. Thus the stately and
leisurely movement of an elephant
is very different from the quick
and sudden movement of birds and
small carnivores, for instance.

If it so falls out that our visit
to animals happens to be made on
a dull day, or late afternoon, it
will be advisable to skip the risks
of the quick movers and give our
attention to the slow movers.
Similarly on a dull day or with a

poor light one probably would be
wasting plates to attempt subjects
that will obviously need an ex-
tremely brief exposure to secure
freedom from movement. Knowl-
edge of the limitations of one's ap-
paratus is the greatest asset of the
successful photographer.

RATE OF MOVEMENT

Talking of animals naturally
leads the thoughts to the speed of
their movements when walking,
trotting, etc. Now, it is useful to
remember that ten miles an hour
is (practically) fifteen feet per sec-
ond. Suppose we are using a six-
inch focus lens, and we are ten
yards (thirty feet) away from the
animal, what must the exposure be
to avoid blurring? The object
thirty feet away and the image
six inches away from the lens is a
ratio of 60 to 1. But the move-
ment of the image must not ex-
ceed 1-1 00th inch, so the abject
must not move more than 60-lOOth
inch. Let us call this half an inch.
But in one second the ten-miles-an-
hour moving object moves fifteen
feet — i. e., 15 by 12 inches; i. c,
180 inches per second, or one inch
in 1-1 80th second, or half an inch
in l-360th second. But l-360th
second exposure means a rapid
plate, a good light, and a fairly
large lens aperture.

Suppose, by way of example,
that, using F/8 with the same lens

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

III

and plate and similar light, we got
a satisfactory result with l-80th
second. What stop does this indi-
cate for l-360th?

Putting it thus: F/8, l-80th;
F/6.5, l-160th; F/4, l-320th, etc.
Thus F/4 and l-360th second is
rather shorter than the exposure
with which we are comparing it.
In such a case we may take
the risk and hope for the best
results.

Moving objects naturally attract
the attention of the hand-camera
worker, and perhaps provide him
with more material than any other
type of subject, and yet the general
principles or conditions to be ob-
served in order to expose for mov-
ing objects to come out without
showing offensive blur are appar-
ently but little understood.

First of all, be it understood that,
for the suggestion of movement,
often a little blur or softness is
helpful. Extreme sharpness is as
fatal as a very obvious blur in many
cases. The eye accepts a slight de-
gree of blur or softness of defini-
tion, and the mind interprets it as
due to movement.

Thus, if an object — say the bow
of a boat — is moving at such a rate
that its image on the plate shows
a blur of about 1-1 00th inch, we
shall not notice this as blur unless
very special attention is given to
the matter, and, at the same time,
we shall not perceive that biting,
wiry, microscopic sharpness that
compels notice. Experience shows
that 1-lOOth inch is the practical

limit, so let us take that as our
basis.

For simplicity's sake let us sup-
pose the lens is six inches from
the plate and the object is 100 feet
away, t. e,, the object is 200 times
the plate distance from the lens.
So a 1-lOOth inch on the plate
means 200 times 1-lOOth, i. c., two
inches movement of the object.
Here, then, we have the essence of
the matter in a nutshell, i.e., under
these assumed conditions our ex-
posure must be such that the object
at 100 feet does not move more
than two inches.

But suppose the object is 100
yards, i.e., 600 feet, i.e., 1,200 times
the lens to plate distance. In that
case the object may move 1,200
times 1-1 00th inches, or twelve
inches, or one foot. Suppose, now,
that the object is moving at the
rate of ten miles per hour. Now,
five miles an hour is between seven
and eight feet per second — say
eight feet, to be on the outside. So
ten miles would be under sixteen
feet. So that l-15th to l-16th sec-
ond would be amply fast enough
for the shutter.

The essence of the matter for the
photographer to remember is that
the non-blur exposure times de-
pends on three things : first, the lens
to plate distance (this is practically
a constant for each worker, and so,
once estimated, is then out of
mind); next, the object distance;
and, third, the speed of movement
of the object.

So far it has been tacitly assumed

Digitized by

Google

112

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1914

tliat the object has been moving
across the line of sight, which
means the greatest movement on the
plate, so that if we allow for the
maximum we shall be on the safe
side for other directions, unless the
object is very near, when a new set
of conditions come in. It will be
convenient and helpful to memorize
one set of conditions, and then it be-
comes easy to estimate for varia-
tions.

Let us take a five-inch focus lens
and estimate its working lens to
plate distance as six inches. This
will be very liberally within the
working <.onditions.

Suppose the object is 100 feet
distance and moving ten miles per
hour, i.e., 200 times lens to plate dis-
tance, so the object must not move
more than two inches, as just ex-
plained. To be exact, this works
out to 1-1 7 6th of a second. In
practice, anything between 1-150
and 1-200 would give a good result.

Doubling the speed means halv-
ing the time, i.e., 1-300-1-400.
Doubling the distance means doub-
ling the time, i.e., l-Toth-l -100th
second.

THE CRITICAL MOMENT

Take note that in many cases of
moving objects there are periods of
quicker and slower movement. A
man rowing a boat may be cited by
way of example. Further, that mo-
ment or position which best indi-
cates movement may be the instant
of slowest or quickest or some in-
tennediate period. It is .seldom the

instant of greatest movement, and
often that of slowest movement;
but we cannot lay down any hard
and fast rule, as each case calls for
study.

Again, the position of greatest
movement, e.g., tennis player, crick-
keter, etc., is seldom pictorial, and
often downright ugly and gro-
tesque, without the saving grace of
being curious or interesting. Fur-
thermore, it is a fundamental mis-
take to depict any himian being in a
position of great strain, as the spec-
tator is more likely to be sympa-
thetically distressed himself than in-
terested in what he sees. — Amateur
Photographer.

The Importance of Clean-
liness

"Fingers, ever so slightly con-
taminated with hypo solution, which
touch the sensitive film during de-
velopment produce black finger-
marks, in most cases, with the great-
est ease. If a strong metol-hydro-
quinone developer is being used to
force out the image, and the plate
is lifted out of the developer with
the fingers in contact with the film,
the merest trace of a weak hypo
solution on the fingers causes dis-
tinct black finger-marks on further
development. Black finger-marks
are not produced by handling the
plate when dry with contaminated
fingers, but white (insensitive) fin-
ger-marks are often obtained in this
wav.

Digitized by

Google

June, I9I4 SNAP SHOTS

GROUPS, INDOORS AND OUT

113

I do not believe that there is, or
ever was, a photographer who
found pleasure in taking groups.
Nevertheless, from a financial
standpoint they are an important
feature in most businesses, and it
is as well to make their production
as easy as possible, instead of re-
garding them as necessary evils.

Although it goes without saying
that one's apparatus should always
be in perfect working order, it is
imperative that no makeshift appli-
ances should be used for group
work. You must remember that
the group has nothing to do but
to watch you, and any struggles
with refractory apparatus adds to
the gaiety of their existence, and
will probably give rise to some more
or less good-humored sarcasm,
which is certain to be disconcerting
to the photographer, who is already
embarrassed by the vagaries of his
apparatus.

SMOOTH-WORKING APPARATUS

The camera may be of any good
type, smoothness of working being
of more importance than a wide
range of adjustment. In particu-
lar, the slides should fit in smooth-
ly and their shutters withdraw
easily, so that there is no danger
of displacing the camera while
working. On architectural or view
work this only means a minute or
two of lost time, but with a group
it appears a display of clumsiness.
The shutter should be as silent in

action as possible, and it is better
to fit it behind the lens, or even
inside the camera. The Packard
Ideal is an excellent type for group
work, as it is everset and fairly
quiet in action. When using a roll-
er blind shutter such as the Thom-
ton-Pickard it is a good plan to
have a little knob or screw-head in
a convenient position, so that the
ring at the end of the setting cord
can be slipped on to it, forming a
loose loop. This prevents the cord
from kinking or jumping up in
front of the lens.

A LONG-FOCUS LENS

The lens should be as good as
you can afford. A really good R.R.
answers very well, but in group
work the anastigmat scores. With
a good anastigmat one row of fig-
ures should be sharply defined right
across the plate from edge to edge
at full aperture, and other rows
can be brought into focus by means
of the swing back. With a rec-
tilinear this can only be done by
stopping down, or, to a limited ex-
tent, by arranging the figures in a
crescent. Short- focus lenses should
be avoided, as nothing looks so
bad as a great disparity of size be-
tween the front and back figures.
Military men are very keen on this
point and appreciate proper propor-
tion even more than civilians do.
I think that a focal length of one
and a half times the longest side
of the plate — say, 18, or even li>,

Digitized by

Google

[14

SXAP SHO'i'S

June, 1914

inches for a 12x10 plate — the short-
est which can be used with safety.
We often find, however, that on
account of their good covering pow-
er, lenses with focal lengths as short
as 12 inches are sometimes used
for this size. It is better to crowd
the plate, so that only half lengths
of the front row are included, than
to use a lens which covers the
whole of the figures and gives a
distorted representation. It should
be remembered that this violent per-
spective is intensified by the use
of the swing back, as already men-
tioned.

THE PLATE

It is inadvisable to use extremely
rapid plates for outdoor work, as
there is with them less latitude in
exposure and more risk of hala-
tion. A good ordinary speed plate
which will stand a full exposure
without becoming flat is to be pre-
ferred, and, if prejudice does not
come in, it should be orthochro-
matic ; on bronzed faces the differ-
ence between ordinary and ortho-
chromatic plates is very marked.
If there is any probability of the
group having a sky background,
backed plates should be used. For
studio work, on the other hand,
the most rapid plates should be
chosen. Some portions of the group
must in most cases be rather poorly
lighted, and the lens aperture is
much less than that used for single
portraits.

If possible, it is advisable to sur-
vey the position of a proposed

group beforehand, so that a suitable
time of day can be chosen or an-
other position selected. For ex-
ample, with a private garden, the
difference of an hour or two may
make a g^eat alteration in the light-
ing. In such cases as wedding
groups it is generally possible to
arrange for the work to be done
either before or after the **break-
fast.''

CONVENTIONS IN GROUPING

Certain conventionalities have to
be observed in the arrangement of
most groups, and it is usually de-
sirable in the case of clubs and so-
cieties to confer with the secretary
on this point. By so doing the
more important personages will be
given due prominence and not be
thrust into the background by push-
ful youngsters. For wedding groups
there is no definite rule, but I think
it preferable to place the bride and
bridegroom in the center, with their
parents, if present, on either side,
the bridesmaids in the center of
the next row, other relations and
visitors being arranged at the sides,
and, if necessary, in a third row.
This arrangement is better than
having the bridesmaids in the front
row, as this usually gives too lai^
a patch of white. Small pages and
child bridesmaids should be seated
on cushions in the foreground, and
care taken to arrange that they
stand out against a contrasting
color.

The "funny man'* is the bane of
the photographer, and, to quote H.

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

115

P. Robinson, "You must neutralize
him, or you will do no good." To
effect this he suggests saying bold-
ly, "So you are the funny man, are
you? If I can get on with you I
can easily manage all the rest. If
you will kindly suppress yourself
for a few minutes and let me have
my turn I shall be much obliged."
He takes this usually in one of two
ways — either he is a good fellow
who sees a brother joker in you or
he sulks. Either way will suit your
purpose !

Whenever it is possible, the ar-
rangement of a group should show
some community of interest among
the persons composing it, and, as
an example of this, I should like
to mention the group of "Will
Crooks, M. P., and His Commit-
tee," by Mr. Furley Lewis. Here
we have a number of commonplace
men, but they are skillfully grouped
about a table, and, to all appear-
ance, are engaged in discussing
some question of policy. The im-
pression given is that the grouping
is quite fortuitous, so simple and
• unaffected is it, and only the skilled
photographer realizes that such
"happy accidents" only occur to
masters of their work.

LARGE GROUPS

It is difficult to do much in the
way of arrangement with very large
groups, such as the convention or
P. P. A. Congress, and the most
that can be hoped for in the ma-
jority of cases is a collection of
recognizable faces, but even with

such subjects there is sometimes
scope for original treatment, as wit-
ness the Perth Convention group,
where the members are spread over
a rocky hillside amid clumps of
foliage. This affords an agreeable
contrast to the everlasting town-
hall or factory background. Gar-
den terraces and steps greatly aid
in posing a group, as they help to
avoid the greatest defect in such
work — a series of unbroken lines of
figures. It is better for a group
to look a little straggling than to
have it too compact and precise.
Much may be learned from the
study of paintings, and one which
is accessible to all visitors to Lon-
don is the superb group by Herko-
mer, now in the Tate Gallery of
the Council of the Royal Academy.
Here every figure is instinct with
life, and one can imagine one*s self
holding up a picture for their judg-
ment. There is no formality, no
suggestion that they are having a
group taken. We cannot all expect
to rival such work, especially with
the limitations of photography to
hamper us; but we can try to get
as near to perfection as possible,
consoling ourselves with the recol-
lection that even Herkomer could
not make every group so interest-
ing, as witness his last work of
this nature now on exhibition at
P>urlington House.

FLASHLIGHT GROUPS

A word on flashlight groups may
be of interest to some, although
this is a class of work for which

Digitized by

Google

IK)

SNAP SHOTS

June, 1014

I have no love. Flashlight groups,
of course, do not differ in any
way as far as arrangement goes,
the vital point being the position
of the light. This should always
be high enough to prevent the
shadow of one head being cast up-
on another, and the lamp should
not be placed too near the camera.
As a rule it should be about half
way between the camera and the
outside of the group. If an im-
aginary line be drawn from the lens,
to, say, two feet from the outside

limit of the group, the lamp may
be placed at any desired point along
it. If the back of the lamp is well
screened there will be no fc^ging.
It is often possible in this way to
get double the amount of exposure
with a given quantity of powder
than could be obtained were the
lamp level with or behind the cam-
era. Of course, the light must not
be too near the figures or uneven
lighting and hard shadows will re-
sult.— British Journal of Photog-
raphy.

AN INTENSIPIBR FOR UNDER-EXPOSED
NEGATIVES

By Andrew Baker

While one often hears of inten-
sification with mercury and sul-
phite, and I suppose almost every
photographer sometime or other
has used mercury and ammonia,
it is strange that a blackening agent
which is to be found in every dark-
room seems to pass almost unno-
ticed. In my own practice I never
use any other intensifier for an
under-exposed plate than mercuric
chloride, followed by an ordinary
developer. Nothing less. Under-
exposure is inevitable at times with
all of us; but if development is
stopped before the highest lights
are quite as dense as we should
like them to be, ignoring altogether

a feeling of confidence that w^e have
done the most that can be done for
the under-exposure.

The bleaching solution is just
the ordinary saturated solution of
mercuric chloride diluted with
three times its bulk of water. 1
put an ounce of mercuric chloride
into a half -pint bottle, and fill it up
with water, and shake it occasion-*
ally. As long as any of the chlor-
ide remains undissolved at the bot-
tom of the bottle it is safe to add
more water to replace the solution
taken out. An ounce of the mer-
cury salt lasts a long while used like
this. To intensify, I take four
drams of this solution, dilute it to

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

11:

intensification, especially if this is
not carried as far as it will go,
merely letting the bleaching go on
until the more transparent parts are
seen to be bleached through. We
must remember that it is these
which we want to intensify as much
as we can ; the high lights are sure
to have all the vigor they require.
Accordingly, we do not wait for
the mercury to act right through
the more opaque parts, but take
the plate out and wash it under the
tap, or in several changes of water
for ten minutes. It should then
have a bath of weak hydrochloric
acid, say one dram of acid to three
ounces of water, and after remain-
ing in this for five minutes may
again be left under the tap for a
few minutes while the blackening
solution is being prepared.

This may be ordinary negative
developer which works without
stain. In my own case, I use
metol-hydroquinone, the same for-
mula as I use for the development
of my negatives. It is a well-
known formula, but in case a read-
er should care to try it, I may add
that it is made by adding in suc-
cession to a pint of water fifty
grains of metol, forty grains of
hydroquinone, an ounce of sulphite,
twenty grains of potassium bro-
mide, and an ounce of sodium car-
bonate. One part of this solution
to two parts of water is quite
strong enough for intensification.

The bleached and washed plate
is placed in this developer until it
is seen to be blackened right
through, and is then again washed
under the tap for five minutes, and
may be put up to dry.

Drying Prints

Where a large number of prints
are to be dried at once, a very quick
and compact way of handling them
is to take a roll of corrugated pa-
per or some other light substance,
about a foot in diameter, and a
strip of cheesecloth 10 or 15 yards
long, according to the number of
prints to be held. Wrap the cheese-
cloth once around the roll, and
lay a row of prints on the top. Turn
the roll a little and lay on another
row, until you have a row as wide
as the width of your blotter. Place
your blotters over the prints and
roll in, so that the blotters are be-
tween the cheesecloth and the roll.
Repeat this operation until you have
all vour prints rolled into the
roll.'

They will dry nicely, as the blot-
ters and cheesecloth permit sufiicient
circulation to promote absorption
of moisture. The curve of the roll
counteracts the tendency of the
prints to curl, and they usually
come out flat and in fine shape.
This applies, of course, to matte
surface developing prints and bro-
mides.

Digitized by

Google

ii8

SNAP SHOTS

June. 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

In the Eclipse Folder our advertiser
offers a beautiful embossed folder with
a gold design with space in the center
for an imprint die. The print is insert-
ed under a rich brown mount with a
delicately printed border. Send to them
for a sample. Don't forget to mention
Snap Shots.

Velour Black Paper. The manufac-
turers of the velour black paper, the
Rochester Photo Works, advise that
the sales on this paper are steadily in-
creasing; that they are gaining custom-
ers each day. We are not surprised at
this statement, as this is the most bril-
liant portrait enlarging paper we have
ever seen. It comes in various grades,
suitable to any negative. If you have
not tried this paper you should write to
the manufacturers regarding same.

F. & S. Professional Printer. The
new F. & S. Professional Printer is
made to operate with a foot-treadle,
leaving both hands free to adjust paper
and negatives. It is fitted with nine
Mazda lamps illuminating the printing
surface, and the current is only on dur-
ing exposure. It is made in two sizes.
Write to the Folmer & Schwing Divi-
sion, Rochester, New York, for descrip-
tive circular.

Eagle Home Portrait Lamp. This is
the latest addition to the home portrait
outfit. It makes a photographer inde-
pendent of his lighting conditions. If
there is electricity in the home he, with
the aid of the Eagle Home Portrait
Lamp, can produce as good results as if
working in the studio. On account of
the increased sale of these lamps the
manufacturers have reduced the selling
price from $50 to $40. See their "ad"
in this issue.

Eastman Portrait Films. The use of
the Eastman Portrait Films is gradually

being adopted by the leading profes-
sional galleries. They have all the
qualities of the Seed Gilt Edge 30, in
addition the advantage of a light, flex-
ible, unbreakable film which reduces
weight, prevents loss, and facihtates
handling and storage. The list price,
we understand, is the same as the
Seed 30 plate. You can procure them
from any dealer in photographic ma-
terials.

rhoto Flat. This preparation does
away with the curling of your prints.
It enables you to deliver to your cus-
tomers perfectly flat prints without any
curl, and with the assurance that they
will stay flat.

Satista Paper. Have you tried the
new Satista Paper, recently introduced
by Willis & Clements, of Philadelphia?
If not, you should write them for the
particulars of their special offer. This
is a special grade of paper closely al-
lied to platinotype.

Eagle Hilite Reduced. This little
novelty is just being introduced as a
valuable addition to the retoucher's out-
fit. It is really a shredded glass pencil
which enables the user to produce high
lights, or contrasty effects, on the nega-
tive, in a most simple manner. Also
useful for working in backgrounds,
shading and etching negatives. The
price, we believe, is only 15 cents.

Universal Hand Printer, This is a
new-style of hand-printing frame. It
is made to save time and labor. The
paper is self-adjusting and self-remov-
ing. It gives perfect contact. It is an
ideal frame for vignetting.

Distorto. This is a light instrument
which fits on the front of any lens and
produces any degree of distortion in the

Digitized by

Google

June, 1914

SNAP SHOTS

119

picture. Anyone may be photographed
as tall or short, fat or thin, simply by
manipulating the prism. If you want
to show wour friends in ridiculous po-
sitions, you should certainly have one
of these devices.

Tariff Changed Mail-Order Catalogue.
Our advertiser, George Murphy, Inc.,
New York, has recently issued a cata-
logue specially for mail-order business.
The prices on the various articles are
given at exactly what they will cost you
landed at your door. You can order
just as economically and satisfactorily
by mail. In any case you should have
one of these catalogues on hand for ref-
erence. If you will write them they will
gladly mail you a copy.

Black Laurel Paper. Have you no-
ticed the "ad" of the manufacturer of
this special professional paper? To in-
troduce it they are offering to send you
$3.00 worth on receipt of $1.00. See
their "ad" in this issue and write them
for full particulars.

Folding Home Portrait Stand. This
is a valuable addition to the home por-
trait outfit, and is by far the lightest,
most portable, and rigid stand we have
seen. It folds up very compactly, and
is so arranged that the three legs close
simultaneously. It is fitted with an ad-
justable tilting top.

Photomailer. In their "ad." each
month the manufacturers of the Photo-
mailer are telling a story and illustra-
ting some particular photographic use of
this excellent means of mailing and de-
livering photographic prints. If you are

Tested Chemicals. Have you used
the tested chemicals of the Eastman
Kodak Company? You can be sure
that they are of the proper strength,
carefully tested to preserve the high
quality of their materials. They are
sold only in original packages bearing
their seal.

Hammer Plates. They hold the rec-
ord for detail and color values under
short exposure and weak light. They
work with great speed and sparkle with
brilliancy. Send to the Hammer Dry
Plate Company for their booklet, "A
Short Talk on Negative Making" mailed
free.

A Large Tray Made Easily,
Quickly and Cheaply

If you should ever have occasion
to need a tray for extremely large
prints secure four strips of wood
the size of the sides of tray want-
ed. Nail them together and coat
with paraffin. Place this frame on
oilcloth large enough to be tacked
on top of strips.

You now have a tray which can
be used for development or fixing,
if used on a table which will form
the bottom.

Diluting the developer with wa-
ter retards the process of develop-
ment in the high lights and gives
the shadows an opportunity to de-
velop before the high lights have
gained their strength. This treat-

Digitized by

Google

I20

SXAl' SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS June. 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent

F. K. W.. New York City.
C J. G., New York City.
W. C. W., New York City.
A. S. T., New York City.
Gallery, Hudson River Town.

C. K. F., gallery for rent, Long Island.
W. A. J. & S., gallery, New York State

for rent.
P. H. McC, gallery, Long Island, for

rent
C F. M., two galleries in New Jersey.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$2,000.

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
W. C. O., gallery in New Jersey.

Parties Desiring Galleries

J. R. wants galler>' in Newark, Phila-
delphia, or Boston.
H. B. G. wants galler>' New York City.

G. K. wants gallery in small city.
R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.
C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.

KotioA— Letters addretted to anyone In
for each letter io that they can be re-mailed.

Positions II 'anted — Operators

C. \\'., general, speaks Spanish.

W. A. L., all-round operator.

J. G. J., operator.

L. B. R., all-round operator.

C. S., all-round man.

C T. B., operator for summer.

F. A. H., all-round operator.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers and Re-
ceptionist
A. C. G., retoucher,
(i. S., retoucher.
Miss C. P., spotting; finishing.
Mrs. H., retoucher; colorist.
Miss F. L., retoucher; spotter.
Miss C. B., colorist.

Studios Desiring Help
M. A. H., wants printer.
H. L., wants operator and enlarger.
S. P. Co., want good commercial pho-
tographer.
W. C., general operator.
ovr care ibould be accompanied with ftamf

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your RenewaL $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

edition) fl.0O

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-
tography $3.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3.00
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4.50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St., New York

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings of fort:f words or leu, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent Displayed advertisements 00 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

it an ezcellent and safe medium of communication between Photographer!

For Sale: First-class Studio, best
location in the heart of the city. Do-
ing good business, good surrounding
country; established over thirty years.
Studio worth over $3,000 but will sell
cheaper if sold at once. Reason for
selling is on account of other busi-
ness. Letters must be addressed to
T. Leo. 5 West Main street, Middle-
town. N. Y.

For Sale: One Practical Dark
Room, Camp No. 2 8x10 glass of oil,
gas or electricity, cost $6.00, sell
$2.50, good as new; one Photoscript
for tilting negatives, cost $3.75, sell
for $2.50: one 4x5 Cooke lens (Series
III) in Auto Shutter, first-class con-
dition; one Prosch Tryplex shutter,
fits No. 2 Euriscope lens, cost $12.00,
sell for $3.00; one Roller Pump for
Air Brush, new. cost $9.00, sell for
$4.50; one Rockford Air Brush, good
condition, $5.00; one Kelsey Printing
Press, chase 3x5 inches, two fonts of
type, cost $8.00. sell all for $5.00.
What have you to trade? Want the
address of every amateur and pro-
fessional photographer. Send a pos-
tal, with address, please, to Will L.
Hall. 65 Chestnut street, Camden, Me.

For Sale: One No. 7 Heliar lens
and one 11x14 Eagle Anastigmat
wide-angle lens. These lenses are as
good as new^ Been used very little.
Will sell at a low figure. Address,
C. S., care Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well-located, well-
furnished photo studio in New York
City, in prominent thoroughfare.
Own^r desires to sell on account of
other business interests. Price, $3,-
500; lease, three years; rent, $2,150
per year. To a good photographer a
fine opening, but letters must be ad-
dressed in our care and will be an-
swered only as the owner decides.
Address "D. F. M.,'' care Snap Shots.

When writing advertisers

For Sale: Studio and amateur sup-
ply business. Fine location in heart
of the city. Business 1913, $16,712.80.
Have another large studio which
needs my attention. Established eight
years. Price, $4,000. Rent, $275 per
month. Address, C. F. Kohler, 535
So. Main street, Los Angeles, Cal.

Wanted: Lady for reception room
work and landscape coloring. Albert
Smith, Manchester, Vt.

Photo Studio for Sale: Good bar-
gain. Established thirty years. Only
two owners. Fitted. to 14x17 camera
stands and lenses, Voightlander mam-
mouth, 8x10 half-plates, 8x10 viewing
outfit. Owner, elderly man retiring.
Good opening for smart younjp: man.
For immediate sale. Sacrifice at
reasonable oflFer. B. J., care Snap
Shots.

FOR SALE: A well-equipped five-
room Studio, established 25 years,
40,000 negatives; rent $15.00; fitted to
11x14 Dallmeyer Lens. City of 12,000
population. State Normal School,
D. & H. R. R. yard and shop forming
center nearest city, 62 miles Bing-
hamton. New York. Three branches
connected with the studio, one at
Cobleskill, Sidney and Worcester,
N. Y. Will sell all complete or sep-
arately, if so desired. Going in other
business. Address, Box 12, Onconta.

N. Y.
please mention Snap Shots.

igitized by\J^^'

^le

CVl

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

that usarei you • gi>,H^ inront* and p<witloo fcr Ufa. Fw
iWBtMD 7«an «e have lut-cciislully Uught

PHOTOGRAPHY

Photo-E^raTiav ud ThrceXolor Wotk

iiK-traMM Mra StO to SSO • w*«k. W* msUI Hmm

►.•••»• tlto»» ■••Mmis. Le«i II how V..U can l*ronle•u^c•^»-

iL Tarnu easy— 4lTliif liivxpriisive. Wrtiefnr ra(uloim»— NOWl

'^S.'!^* OOLLiai OP PMOTO«IIAPHV

•tl Watesli Av*aiM, Iffl«t|luMii IIIIimIs

fih

Photogravure

Plate-making, printing, steel-facing,
etc. Plants installed, the process
taught, errors rectified. A lifetime
of experience in England, France and
United States.

Correspondence invited.

M RAOUL PELLISSIER

Consulting Expert
RIDLEY PARK, PENNA.

THE REFLECTING COWDEHSER

Works on house cturent-mazda bulb, and
Cnlargea Quickly

in. Reflector for 6x7 negatives, takes
160 watts. Price $8.00; 16 in. for 8x10
260 watts $16.00. For Qrcular on home
made enlarger, time table etc write to
R. D. Gray, Ridgewood, N. J.

STOP!! LOOK!!

I GAVE UP

the Photofraph BnaineBs for a Good,
Easy Job that has paid me OTcr
176.00 a week for years. Ton covld
also enter this work. A 8c stamp will
lyring Particulars.

D. MACK

St. StcphMM Church, Va.

Eagle Mask Frame

(Patented)
FOB TINTED BORDERS
The Eagle Mask Frame nuikes it pos-
sible to quickly and accurately obtain
artistic borders on all kinds of printing
papers. By cutting your own masks you
can obtain an unlimited number of de-
signs. This frame is what you have
been looking for to simplify your print-
ing. Complete instructions given.
Por 6x7 V^gatives, Priee $8.00 Postpaid

AMERICAN AQENTS
QEORQI MURPHY, tiic,, Refail Dept.

87 EAST ^flXT« STREET. Hh^ VORfc

Art Studies

KJ..,,^ ,r.

«vA%«. ■«■■.. oV» 4-<^ o^Tl *%i^

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CVII

DISTORTO

(Patent applied for)

The Distorto is the only practical invention ever devised to produce
effects in a photograph similiar to those so often seen in distorting
cylindrical mirrors. Instead of being fixed in one position and of one
curviture, however, as mirrors must be, the Distorto, by means of a simple
adjustment, may be set to produce anything from the slightest variation
to the most absurd and ridiculous extremes.

The Distorto is composed of an oblong prism lens, pivoted at the side,
so as to swing through a large angle. It is handsomely mounted in nickled
' brass, with adjustable rubber covered tongues to fit over the front of the
camera lens.

You simply slip the Distorto over the front of the camera lens, set the
prism-lens at the angle to give the desired degree of distortion and make the
exposure as usual.

Anything animal, vegetable or mineral, that can be photographed is
a subject for experiment, ridicule or improvement. Thousands of serious
and ludicrous effects suggest themselves continually.

Photograph your pet poodle and then show your friends a picture of your

ne^v duchs-hund, or maybe its a long legged gray-hound he has turned into.

Remember that every peculiarity of feature or form is rigidly held in

:he picture, so that portraits no matter how ridiculous are instantly recognized.

Photographers everywhere can arise interest and greatly stimulate trade

Digitized by

Google

CVllI

SXAi' SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

FREE— The Photo8:raphic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK FOB PH0T0OBAPSEB8 AMATETTB AlTD PB0rB88I0BAl

By W. I. LIVOOLH ADA1C8 (Hit Bett Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times." Author of "Amateur Bliotography/' "In Nature's

Image/' Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-EngraTings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.
It covers the field fully, as shown by the following ContenU:

The Ckoioe of Bnbjeot Landuape Witkont Figures Landioane Witk FIgvrot

Foregrounds Tke Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups Tne Hand Camera

Instantaneous Pkotograpby Winter Pkotograpby Xarines Pkotograpby at Vigkt

Llgkting in Portraiture Pkotograpklng Oklldren Art In Oronplng

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edees. Beautifully

• and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBIOE IN A BOX, |t.iO.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only oae AeUar

per oopy, with a new subscription to

THE PHOTOQRAPHIC TIMES"

Begnlar priee of "Sunligkt and Bkatew" |S.M

Begnlar Bnbsoriptlon price of "Tke Pkotograpkio Timei" .... JLM

By this Special Offer we sell Botli for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photographse

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so vou must aead in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photogrrapnic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

135 West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK, N. Y.

You Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This!

That IS, if your lens is right The lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinary knses
will take nrih'na ry p i c t u res under yTj? y; md/e con d i t ion s. Are y o u sat is fied w ith iha! ?
Or would you like the &eii results uudLr ii// conditions? If so, you should know the

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photographers and profession a fj^, who must
be sure of their results. 77ie}' can easily be fitted to the camera
you 71 ow ou^.

Send for Our Book on "Lensei and Camerai"

of the Er<'atc>t value to any one in teres ted

Digitized by

Google

S\AP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cix

The Rectilinear

Why should I discard my little

rectilinear for an anastigmatr You

have probably asked yourself this very
question — here is the answer.

SPEED — ^The Dynar works at F 6,
which is about 100% faster than the
best rectilinears.

COVE&IVG POWER— The Dynar cov-
ers the plate sharply from edge to
edge — working at lull aperture. To

f[et the same definition, your recti-
inear must be stopped down to
F 16, making the Dynar really eight
times as effective.

FLATinEiSB OF FIELD — The Dynar is
perfectly corrected and has an abso-
lutely flat field. The rectilinear is only
partially corrected and has a flat
field only in the center.

The slightly increased cost of the
Dynar is more than outweighed by its
greater efficiency.

Said in cells that fit all the modern
shutters. The price for 4x5 or
ZYAXbYi size is only $23.50. Talk it
over with your dealer today.

Send for catalog and revised price
list.

VOIGTUNDER & SOHN

840-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago

286 Fifth Ave., New York

WORKS— BRUNSWICK, GERMANY.

CANADIAN AGENTS—

HUPFELD, LUDECKING & CO.,

Montreal, Canada.

IF YOU USE THE

Star Negative FUe

(Patented July 1«, 1900.)

you can instantly locate any

negative desired. This file pro-
vides a perfect means of storing
and indexing negatives. It is a
heavy pasteboard box covered in
imitation morocco, fitted for 50
glass negatives, or a larger num-
ber of films, separated by paste-
board frames. An index is in
front of each file.
3^ X 4J4 $0.20 postpaid

4 X 5 37

5 x'7 48

61^ X 8^ 65

8 X 10 72

314 X 4 for lantern

Slides.. .30

GKORGE MURPHY, Ino«

ll«toll 0«p«rtnM«l
57 Eaat 9th Stnet NEW YORK

Mailed Free

Our New No. 14

Tariff Changed

Mail Order Cash

Catalogue

is just off the press. Send
us your name and we will
gladly mail you a copy.

George Murphy, Inc.

Retail Department
57 East Ninth Street New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. '9'''^®^ '^V V.J W\^^

8^^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

No More Curling of Your Prints

A Batch of Dried Printt

PRICES:
4 Oz. Bottles, 35c., Postpaid; Pint
'"•TrtS"^ ^S'ptUt'rS?"' BotUes. 90c.. Postpaid.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., ^:S:^;„^m

S7 East Ninth Street "■W YORK

Send for New Tariff Obuged Mo. 14 Kail-Order Cath Catalocne

C p. Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

FoT Photographers, Aristo
Paper and Dry Pl^ic Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All Kinds of Silver and Gol^
Waste Rdflned

Digitized by VJJ^^^V I'C

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXI

Hammer Plates Are Summer Plates

because, with short exposure they j^ive full detail and crisp,
high lights.

because, they develop and dry quickly, with thin, tough
films, and

because, the danger of frilling is reduced to a minimum.
Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra
Fast (blue label) Plates for all round work and
Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates for close rendering
of color values.

Hammer's little book, **A Short Talk on Negative Making,'*
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Av«. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

The "FAVORITE"

INTERIOR BENCH

ACCESSORY

The No. 3086 B Interior Bench

Price $35.00
Crated F. O. B., New York

Artistic Photographic Chairs,
Benches, Balustrades, Pedes-
tals, and Special Accessories
from any design.

ROUGH & CALDWELL
COMPANY

MANUFACTURERS

UOth St. & WaitoR Avt.. Ntw Ttrk

TE QUE SEAVET STUDIO

.oogle

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. gitized by '

CXII

SNAP SI lOTS— ADVERTISK.MEN'TS

It is a Joy

to work in the opea with Platinotype and Satista papers.
If you w^ish to do better work, enjoy better health and
greater happiness, give up your stuffy dark room and
"gaslight'' papers, and send for our booklets on
Platinotype and Satista^ — the daylight, fresh air papers.

Sample prints on either paper on receipt of your
name and address.

N, B. — The special offer on Satista continues.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

HIGGINS'

PHOTO

HftTe an excellence peeulfftrlf Uielr
own. The beet results &re onlj
produced bj the best methods vad
means — the best results in Photo-
gr&ph, PoBter and other moruitliif
can oalj be attained bj uMcig ihv
best tuounting paste —

HIOCINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

{Sxoelleut noTel br^sh witb each Jar4

At Deal en In Fhoto SuppUa*,

A. 8 -OB. jar prepaid by mail for V ooati*
or clrcDlan f nre fTom

CHAS. m* li looms & ca*^ murm.

Digitized by VnOOQ Ixi

)gl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXIll

ififcni[H;yui[E[[[i[[

rjjur^ fi£DUr:^r^

]

EAGLE HILITE REDUCER

This is a new and valuable addition to the retoucher's out-
fit, as it enables the user to produce high lights or contrasty
effects on the negative in a most simple and easy manner.
Just the thing for working in backgrounds, shading and etching-
negatives. Will do the work neat and clean and is superior
to any other method. Ideal for removing defects from en-
largements.

Price only 15c each, 17o poitpald.

OEORQE MURPHY, Inc., g^S" 57 East 9th St., New York City

Universal Hand Printer

This is the latest thing in a hand print-
ing frame. It saves time and labor. The
paper is self adjusting and self removing.
It gives perfect contact. An ideal frame
for vignetting and wide margin prints.
It is also possible with this frame to print
postcards, where two negatives are
made on a 5 x 7 plate.

Price $3.75 postpaid.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

Retail Department
57 East 9th Street New York

Simplify the Work in Yonr Printing Room!

The half dozen different papers you believe you have to use now to do justice to
your various negatives, upset your printers, cause waste, delay, and give poor prints
after alll

PUT
IN

BLACK LAUREL

It takes ca»-c of all of your negatives and of all your work— black and white and sepias.

Digitized by

Google

cxiv Sx\AP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Eagle Folding flome Portrait Stand

This is a light, portable and rigid stand.
It is a tripod and the three legs open up
simultaneously, and won't close again
until you want them to. This stand will
slide smoothly over any kind of floor
and cannot be accidentally upset. The
center post is adjustable from 31 to 45
inches. It is also fitted with an adjust-
able tilting top made of cherry, finished
in walnut and all metal parts aluminum.

No. 1, weighs S% pounds, height 53 in.
No. 2, weighs 5% pounds, height 53 in.

No. 1, Tripod Stand, only |8.10; with
Carrying Case, |8.00

No. 2, Tripod Stand, only |9.00; with
Carr3ring Case, |9..90

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc

57 East Ninth Street New York City

"Curiosity Killed a Cat"

That is a well-known old-time saying; but it does not apply to
you, because You are Not a Cat. It is safe for you, and for
your wife and your children, to want to know what is to be
found in the woods and the fields around you, in the swamps
and meadows, the ponds and ditches. Do not hesitate to indulge
in the Joy of Curiosity. You are not a cat. You can satisfy
the desire to know by reading

THE GUIDE TO NATURE

It is ten cents a copy; one dollar a year.

Address

ARCADIA

Sound Beach, Connecticut

When writing advertisers please meation SNAHitBTOi*' VjOO^lL

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxv

Olympia
View^ Mount

A CAPITAL mounting for
^ korizontal or vertical pkoto-
graplia inserted l>eneatk a mat. It
is made for 5x7, 6ix8i, 6x10
and 8x10 prints. Thick beveled
card, ^vitli cut-out mat, in a har-
>nioud tint, decorated ^tk line korder and frame design around tke
ening. A -winner for view work. Tke prices will interest you.

IVrite for free sample and information to

A. M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

Bogue Enlarging Lamp

Enlarging Made EASY^PERFECT

Type "G" Made for Direct or Alternating Current

REDUCES EXPOSURE

8-10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct f40.00

8-10 Ampere— 110 Volt— Direct, with Hood... 45.00

FOR 220 VOLT— DIRECT
Single Lamps on 220 Volt Will Require Extra

Rheostat. Price flO.SO

Two Lamps on 220 used in Series will not require an
extra Rheostat

FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT

.^ it A \T^1*.

Digitized by

Google

cxvi

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric"

lens

sporting

An ideal
events.

\'ery suitable for portraiture.

Oivin^ critical detinition at
full aperture.

Make Tele-Photography with
Focal Plane Shutter exposures.

Large image at short camera
extensit»n.

Two Series: F 5.4 and F 6.8.

Focus

Back-Equiv.

Ins...4i"— 9"

F 6.8, $31.25

F 5.4, 42.20 I

Focus

Back-EquiT.

Ins.. 6"— 12"

F 6.8, $40.65

F 5.4. 67.50

Focus

Back-Equiv.

Ini..8i"— 17"

F 6.8, $68.75

F 5 4. 100.00

Focus

Back-Equiv.

54"— 11"

$37.50

51.60

Focus

Back-Equiv.

6J"— 18"

$43.75

60.95

The new "Tclcccn trie" Lens
gives a universally flat image
with exquisite definition to the
corners of the plate. Like the
Ross "Homocentric," the *'Tel-
ecentric'' is absolutely free
from spherical zones, and nega-
tives taken with it are perfect
in detail.

In the "Tclcccntric" Lens
F 6 8, which is slightly faster
than other lenses of this type,
the detinition and brilliancy at
full aperture are quite equal to
those of the most perfectly cor-
rected modern anastigmats.

AMERICAN AGENTS

QEORCiE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th St. New York, N. Y.

^he Ross

'-CABINET-'

Portrait Lens

is somewhat different from the ordi-
nary portrait lens. In addition to
its F-4 aperture, which is often wanted
when dull days, restless children, and
the like make speed necessary, it is
so constructed as to give as flat a field
as is consistent with good marginal
definition. These qualities enable
one to secure that atmosphere and
plastic modeling so all important
in the best portrait work. A portrait
is not pleasing when the figure has
the appearance of being cut out and
pasted against the background. The
sitters hould appear as if surrounded
by an envelope of air. That, and
the modeling that gives roundness,
is associated with the Ross Cabinet
Lens by many of the best workers in
London, Paris and New York. You
have seen a few portraits that were
almost stereoscopic in their soft yet
plastic modeling. You can imagine
the ** bloom" in the negatives from
which they were printed. Just try a
ROSS CABINET PORTRAIT LENS
and get the same fine "plastic" effect

No. 3 — 12 inches focus $115.60

No. 3A — 16 inches focus 162.50

Write us if you want further

information, or would like to

see sample prints. Perhaps

you would like to try one.

Send for Complete Catalogue.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th St.; Nsw York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SH|Jlis£d by VJ W^V IK^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxvii

Chemicals of proper strength,
carefully tested to preserve the
high quality of our sensitized
materials and your results, are
sold in original packages bearing
this seal:

Digitized by VjOOQIC

CXVIl

SXAP SI lOTS— Ain'ERTISEMENTS

Where there is an advantage in using a non-halatm
plate — there is a greater advantage in using

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio, Home Portrait
or Commercial Work

Portrait Films are non-halation in a greater degree than
any plate, and in addition have all the speed and quality of the
hest portrait plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30.

All the snappy lights and gradations of white draperies, so
often destroyed hy halation, are preserved in the negative made |
on Portrait Film. In home portraiture, negatives may l>e made
directly against a window without showing halation, while ia
commercial work there are numberless instances where film
results are superior to those of plates.

The light, flexible, unbreakable film base also reduces
weight, prevents loss and facilitates handling and storing.

May be retouched or etched on either side or on both sides.

No special skill required for manipulation. Listed: 5 x7,
(y'A x8j^, 8x 10, 11 X 14.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADV LiK'I'ISKM KXTS

CXIX

B1-.ACK. Lii^UREL.

The Most AdTanced Portrait Paper

SIMPLE— SURE— ECONOMICAL

For the highest grade of portraiture, in Platinum,

Black and Sepia |

effects.

LIGHT WEIGHT— SEMI

MATTE

DOUBLE WEIGHT— Three grades: Semi,

Smooth Matte and Buff

LIQHT WCIQHT

DOUBLE WDQHT

AM ParMi r-t Clnn« it Ftlms :

Firal lari TWri tt SteM

HntaM

TWri It tilth

UtlHT

■•tCtah

UtZnk SMMilwn.

ZtMt. faidnii>«.

liin

■UM

rriM

1 to 1st in to I4M mm

Min Min

PriM

1 to 1st

MilM

ISttolItt
Min

(Cabinet)
4x6

$0.85

$0.20

$0.05 $0.07 $0.30

$0.24

$0.05

$0.07

.25

.20

.05 .07 .30

.24

.05

.07

4j4x eyi

.30

.24

.05 .07 .40

.32

.06

.07

6x7

.35

.28

.05 .07 .45

.36

.06

.07

5x8

.40

.32

.05 .07 .50

.40

.05

.07

6x8

.50

.40

.05 .07 .65

.52

.07

.09

6^x sy2

.60

.48

.07 .09 .75

.60

.07

.09

7x9

.65

.62

.07 .09 .80

.64

.07

.09

7J4x 9H

.75

.60

.07 .09 .90

.72

.07

.09

8 xlO

.80

.64

.07 .09 1.00

.80

.07

.09

10 xl2

1.20

.96

.08 .13 1.60

1.20

.08

.18

11 xl4

1.60

1.28

.08 .13 2.00

1.60

.08

.18

14 xl7

2.40

1.92

.13 .21 8.00

2.40

.18

.21

16 x80

8.20

2.56

.14 .25 4.00

3.20

.14

.95

18 x22

4.00

8.20

.15 .29 5.00

4.00

.16

.29

SO x24

4.80

3.84

.16 .83 6.00

4.80

.16

.88

George Murphy, Inc. g:SSit«.e«t |

ST Elmmt Ninth Street

NEAVYORK 1

Send for

New Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue 1

S^id

for
these
Books
to the

BERLIN

ANILINE

WORKS

213 Water St,
iirnr VADir

Digitized by

Google

cxx

sxAP SHOTS— ad\'u:rtiseme.\ts

M€. AUTOTYPE CARBON

TISSUES

AUTOTYPE.

IMPORTANT TO AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS

TRIAL SETS OF CARBON PRINTING
MATERIALS

In these cheaply-priced outfits it is, of course, impossible
to include developing, washing or fixing tanks. For purely
experimental purposes, however, some of the ordinary house-
hold crockery will serve as a makeshift, and the bathroom will
be found a not altogether unsuitable apartment for carrying
on operations.

PRICES OF TRIAL SETS

Outfit No. I $1.50

Outfit Complete for 5 x 7 5.00

Outfit for 8 X 10 7.00

New introductions suitable for the Copper Intaglio Print-
ing Process for the production of Illustrations.

In bands of 30 inches wide, 12 feet long. Tissue of 36
inches can be furnished if desired, as in many cases 36 inches
avoids waste.

Per Band

Photogravure Tissue G, 3 for flat bed printing, 30 inches |6.40

GEORGE MURPHY, Ino.

AMimCAN AQtNTS

67 EAST 9th STREET NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

U'^Kiii^'l April l*lli- l^'i^U

STYLE A.

Th* Lfcteit fttid Great eit Impro^emant in Kiy Filtert.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that v^^ill give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and tureground. and produce a perfect cloud effect insianta-
neouslv with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color; which
is a strong orange yellow at the top, is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The praciical etTect of the gradual
blend mg of color is to sitt out or absorb the |*owerful chemical rays from
the clouds atid sky, which pass thruugh the strongly colored top of the lilter,
without perceptibly decrea5iii(4 tlie weak illuininatiun oi the redected li^ht

frnm the foreground* which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
\vdTi of the screen in full
intensity.

The reason that daylight
ilrmd pittnrcs are r;ire is
that the strength of the il-
himination from the sky is
many, many times that of
the fiartially absorbed and
reflected light from objects
nu the ground.

I f a correct exposure is
uivcn to the clouds, then
\\iv landscape is badly un-
<1rr-exposed; if the correct
exposure is given to the
bmdsccipe. then the clouds
,ire literally btirm up trom
rnxr-exposure^ and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
iiave a|»pcarcd to the eye.
an unscreened photograph
■■iliows onlv a blank white
sky.

The Royal Foreground
Ray Screen is also very
useful for subjects which
are more strongly illumi-
n;ited on one side than on
the other, as in phoroKxaph-
iiip by the light of a side
window or in a narrow
street. Ry simply turiung
the dark side of the fnre-
q round screen toward the
bright side of the object a
i^ood, even exposure will
result.

Mad€ With the Eoyal Foreground Eay ScreeD
PHOTO Ev //. F. SCfnUDT, Sca1ik\ U'ashinnt'n.

STO Pl&. EXPO S URE ' j -scco n d.

September 15th, 10 A. M, Disiimct' to snow cot i^red

Mt. Baker 8 MiUi.

KO. DrAUBTES fNCHCS FHICE

OA
lA
2A
8A
4A
5A
ft A
7A

tiit. DM^^ETEH IN'CltES MICE

$1.35 P
1,35

ostpaid

BA
9 A

2y,

for box cameras

l.3.>

10 A

n/i«

K35

STYLE A.

3Ii

I'A

K35

12 \

2.00

...

ISA
HA

2.25

$3.70 Tost Olid
3.90 ^
3.15

3,50 •*
4,05
i,70
6.*0

GCORGE MURPHY. Inc. ^^

Nl
Tariff Changed No. 14 Mail-Order CajfelT^^^i

57 E.St Ninth Slre»l NEW YORK

Send for New

Goo ^l(

The real success won
and maintained on
quality alone:

E\i^nr|7j

The paper without a
disappointment.

ARTURA DIVISION

Digitized by

Google

Notes on the Paget Color
Process • . . -

At Hofne Portraiture -

Flashlight Pointers -

Insect Portraiture

Acid Fixing Bath •

Enlarging Notes -

Trade Notes and Ne^vs

Studio Wa^nts

Digitized by

Google

TRAKh MARK
l^jirntr-il Judr till, IttlO. I rati c Ma/W Rp«i«tered

Ha\en't \(jli often wished you had at hand a mailer
fur ]ih()toijra|)hs and articles of that kind? A niailor,
\vr mean, deservijij; of tlie name* Our device is just
wliat ynu ha\e heen seekinj^ so knv^. Saves postage
(onI\ II. for 2 oi.). jjrotects enclosurt! from damage,
made ready for the mails in a '* jiffy.'*

We make seventeen sizes.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

Concord and Prince Streets
Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; Brookvttle, Ind.; Ntajrara Fails, Canada :
London, England ; Jiilich, Germany.

uigitizea Dy

GoogI(

SNAP SHOTS— AD\^ERTISEMENTS

CXXl

PAASCHE

Air Brush Accessories

%Uy(\A "A ' nniish

MODEL A, No. 2

For portrait artist, photographers and designers Price, $28.00

MODEL B, No. 2
For mechanical, monumental, commercial designing Price, 28.00

MODEL C, No. 2
Same as Model A, but with thumb action Price, 30.00

MODEL D, No. 2
For oil paintings, bronzes, fresco colors, and heavy pigments.. 26.00

MODEL E, No. 2
For signs, show cards, postal cards, calendars, leather novel-
ties, artificial flowers and fixtures 21.00

MODEL F, No. 1

For coloring souvenir postal cards, novelties, show cards,

signs and portrait draperies 12.00

MODEL H, No. 1

For sign work, background advertisements, posters, artificial

flowers and fixtures 18.00

FOOT PUMP OUTFIT

Air-Pressure Outfit complete, consisting of Foot Pump, extra

heavy tank with air gauge, fittings and 10 ft. rubber hose $12.00

Foot Pump only 7.00

Tank, extra heavy, tested for 40 lbs., with hose fittings 2.35

Tank, extra heavy, tested for 40 lbs., with air gauge and fittings 4.75
Weight packed for shipment, 35 lbs.

LIQUID CARBONIC GAS OUTFIT

Consisting of air regulator, air gauge, wall clamp, wrenches

fittings and 8 ft. 34 -inch air brush tubing $10.00

EASEL TABLE

Easel table with 20 x 32-inch top $5.25

Easel table with 24 x 36-inch top 5.65

Easel table with 30 x 40-inch top 6.60

Write for Catalog of the most complete line of Air Brushes

PAASGHE AIR BRUSH COMPANY, %';;lc';"GV.rLlfN^otr

When writing advertisers please menticn Snap Shots.

igitized by

^ubgle

CXXII

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Olympia

View^ Mount

A CAPITAL mountiii^ for
nonzontal or vertical pnoto-
grapks inserted beneatk a mat. It
IS made ior 5x7, GixSi, 6x10
anJ 8x10 prints. TLicl \>cvc\ti
card, witk cut-out mat, in a har-
monious tint, decorated -witli Kne border and frame design around tne
opening. A winner for view work. Xke prices -will mterest yon.

IVrite for free sample and information to

A. M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY
PHILADELPHIA, PA.

gaoutttcd

l.?^.

iiK^KSisSiUi^r

HiTfl ftn excellenoe peculUri j ihd;
own. The he^t rceulta &f« otdf
produced bj tbe best metbodi a^^
tnesDB — the bent reaulta la Pboto-
graph, Poster aod other mom^i
can on\j he aliained bj luitif Ui«
beat mounting paate —

HIGQIN5' PHOTO MOU^fTER

CEio«1Jet]t noTel bnith wltb wih jv*i

At I>eml«:n in Plioto SxLDi»ItMtb

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXXIII

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10
(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14
(without lamps)

$35.00

It IS operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly
\xt!t to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at
the side afford ample room for paper, negatives and finished work.

Nine Mazda Lamps in three rows illuminate the printing surface.

y*'^4\ nets '*/'/>

Digitized by

Google

cxxiv SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait quality, warm black
tones, transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff,
Buff Matte.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging;
non-abrasion.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single ; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL — Three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough,
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double.

BLACK LAUREL — Black and sepia platinum effects; for
contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double;
Smooth Matte, Double ; Buff Matte.

ROCHFSTFR PHOTO WlClRK^

Digitized by '^OOQIC

SNAP SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRIPTION RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YEAR, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, 60 CENTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.25
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 57 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 25

JULY 1914

Number 7

NOTES ON THE PAGET COLOR PROCESS
By J. W. Barker

The best form of dark slide for
the Paget process is undoubtedly
the double-back with strong
springs. In this the screen and
plate are supported along all four
edges, and good contact is en-
sured. In the single metal slides
and the double solid pattern
slides, the screen and plate are
only supported along two oppo-
site edges, and if a central spring
is used the glass may be curved
slightly, and the results will not
register quite so perfectly. The
form of single metal slide which
is provided with four springs
gives satisfactory results; the
springs are usually made of weak
material and should be adjusted

occasionally to ensure good pres-
sure.

In the case of metal slides, it
is important to make sure when
loading the slide that the spring
catches are well home over the
screen, otherwise there is a dan-
ger that when the shutter is with-
drawn in making the exposure,
the catches will be dragged back
by the shutter and allow the
screen to slip forward. This would
mean a spoilt plate ; and, possibly,
a broken screen when the shutter
is re-inserted. This difficulty can
be avoided by carefully thinning
down the catches with a file or
emery cloth, on the under side,
and also, if necessary, on the top ;

121

Digitized by

Google

12J

SNAP SHOTS

July \m

the amount of extra clearance re-
quired is not enough to affect the
register.

A deeper form of metal slide is
on the market — Butcher's Cameo.
This has further advantages in
that it can be loaded from the
back, and the screen and plate
are supported along all four
edges.

The spring catches of the metal
slides, besides the slipping al-
ready referred to, are also liable
to catch between the plate and
screen, instead of over the screen.
In order to avoid both difficulties
with the catches, a strip of paper
or other thin flexible material can
be stuck with seccotine on
the back of the screen at the
top and bottom edges, or the top
edge only. The waxed paper used
for packing the transparency
plates makes suitable strips.
These strips are applied so that
there is about a quarter of an
inch overhanging to lap round the
edge of the plate.

The taking-screen and plate
should be placed in the slide as
flush as possible, so that the edge
of the negative can be used as a
gauge to obtain a positive that
will register properly on the view-
ing-screen. For this purpose it
is better to superpose the screen
and the plate in the hand and
adjust the edges flush with the
fingers before insertion in the
dark side.

There is no necessity to do the
loading in absolute darkness. On
the other hand, it is advisable to
have a green safe-light, so that
when necessary the loading can
be inspected. Of course, reason-
able care must be taken to avoid
fogging. The plate must be kept
well away from the light, or in
the shade of the body; and the
inspection near the light must
only be momentary.

Pinholes and similar blemishes
are frequently met with. They
are mainly due to dirt on the
taking-screen. The screen should
be dusted frequently with an old
silk handkerchief kept specially
for the purpose. Tissue paper or
a camel-hair brush could be used,
but is more liable to scratch the *
negative. A very dirty screen
can be wiped over with petrol on
a wad of cotton wool.

The plate must not be dusted,
but simply tapped sharply on the
bench. Two plates should al-
ways be loaded at once, a plate
never being put back into the
packing-paper. The plates are al-
ways supplied with their coated
surfaces face to face ; hence, if a
single plate were put back into
the paper, its coated surface
would come into contact with the
paper and be sure to pick up par-
ticles or be damaged. The mak-
ers considerately supply the plates
wrapped up in separate pairs.

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

123

It is generally understood that
the taking-screen should be in
front of the negative, the coated
surfaces of screen and plate
should be in contact, and the
plate, not the screen, should be
developed, and face upwards, not
downwards. Accidents, however,
will happen, and it is advisable to
have a little method in loading
and unloading, to aid the memory.

For this purpose I find a couple
of simple stands very useful. One
stand holds a single negative
plate leaning on edge, the other
stand holds two taking-screens
leaning side by side. A conven-
ient stand is formed with a block
of wood as a base, and a thin
piece of wood or card as a back.
A thin strip of wood is applied
to the front of the base to pre-
vent slipping. In loading two
screens are dusted and placed
face downwards on their stand,
which is kept on the right hand
side. A pair of plates is then
taken out of the package, one
plate taken in the left hand and
placed face downwards on its
stand, which is kept on the left
hand side well away from the
safe-light, while the other is re-
tained in the right hand, emulsion
downwards or away from the
palm. It is then a simple matter

to pick up a taking-screen with
the left hand, tap the plate gently
to dislodge dust, superpose plate
and screen, and insert in the dark
slide. In unloading, the screen
and plate are removed together,
the plate is taken in the left hand
and the screen in the right hand ;
the screen is verified by glancing
through it at the safe-light, and is
then placed on its stand ; the plate
is taken from the left hand into
the right hand, and there is then
no difliculty in remembering
which is the emulsion side; it
was away from the palm in the
right hand.

The screens must be taken care
of, and should be packed away
when not in use. They should
not be kept in a damp dark-room,
or the coating will soon become
cloudy and patchy. The gelatine
is very easily scratched, and it is
advisable not to pack the screens
together face to face in pairs, but
each one separately in its original
tissue paper, and then to wrap
each pair in waxed paper. A tak-
ing-screen that is badly worn can
be used as a viewing-screen, and
if the screen and positive are ce-
mented together with Canada bal-
sam most of the defects of the
screen will disappear. — Photog-
raphy.

Digitized by

Google

124

SNAP SHOTS

July 1914

AT HOME PORTRAITURE
By C. Brangwin Barnes

Photography at the present day
is not the moneymaking pursuit
that it was in the early sixties;
indeed, the photographer who is
able to make more than a bare
living out of the profession is
one of a lucky few. Competition
is keen and prices have for years
had a downward tendency. The
actual mechanical or technical
part of the work has been so sim-
plified that hundreds have been
induced to join the photographic
ranks who would otherwise have
thrown their energies into other
pursuits instead of swelling the
ranks of an already too crowded
profession, and it has now become
a necessity for all who would
profit by their business to take
a look around them and see in
what way that business may be
improved. There may be any-
thing from six to twenty or jnore
photographers in a town, some
successful, some otherwise, and
it will be found that the success-
ful man is the one who is in some
way a specialist. At one time
there were a good many who
specialized in at home portraiture,
but the various difficulties which
accrued and the increased cost of

production appears to have dis-
heartened most of them, and it is
at present a rarity to find a pro-
fessional laying himself out for
this class of work, for which,
however, there is now much to be
said. Lenses are now in the mar-
ket which work at four or five
times the speed of those to which
we have been used to, and the
rapidity of plates has gone up by
leaps and bounds. We have now
a plate, advertised at a popular
price, speeded at 500 H. and D.,
and using this, or any other plate
approximating to that speed, in
conjunction with a lens working
at even, say F/5.6, there need be
little difficulty attending portrai-
ture in any fairly well lighted
room.

There can be little doubt that
**at home portraiture" is the por-
traiture of the future. If we can
be photographed at home, with
our own household gods around
us and without the trouble or the
journey of visiting a photographic
studio, there are few indeed who
would not prefer to be "taken"
at home. From the photographic
point of view, at home photog-
raphy has its advantages and its

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

125

drawbacks; in the first place, to
consider the advantages. The
photographer has his sitter at
hand with his or her natural sur-
roundings, and, such being the
case, it is far easier to obtain a
natural pose and a natural expres-
sion; if change of costume is
needed, that change is at hand
and can be changed at once with-
out trouble; the sitter is at home
and can lay himself or herself out
to suit the photographer's require-
ments; a clergyman or an author
can be taken at his own desk in
his own room, and the resulting
picture will undoubtedly be bet-
ter and more natural than one
taken in a studio, with studio fur-
niture and accessories. The same
applies to the ladies, who can be
photographed in their own bou-
doirs and the children in their
nursery.

As to the drawbacks — what a
photographer requires as a rule
is light falling as near as possible
at an angle of 45**. This cannot
be obtained in every room in a
moderate sized house, where the
windows are small, but in most
good-class houses there will be
little difficulty as regards this
point. Then comes the question
of time; when a sitter visits a
studio the time taken in coming
and going is lost by the sitter, but
in the matter of visiting- the sit-
ter at his own house the time is
lost by the photographer. Were

he at his own studio he might,
supposing he were lucky, be able
to operate upon four or five sit-
ters in the time, but against this
it must be borne in mind that a
visit to a sitter*s own house does
not usually terminate in one pho-
tograph only being taken, as he
will mostly find to his cost if he
does not go well provided with
plates. He goes with the osten-
sible purpose of photographing the
mistress of the house and usually
finishes up by photographing, if
not the entire household, at least
three or four members of it, and
probably making pictures of the
house itself, both exterior and in-
terior. Perhaps the greatest draw-
back to this class of work is the
necessity for carrying a bit of im-
pedimenta in the way of reflec-
tors, which will mostly be found
a necessary precaution, as the
lighting in an ordinary sitting-
room, coming from one direction
will in nearly every case throw
heavy shadows, which can, how-
ever, be easily reduced to their
proper grade by the aid of these
reflectors, made preferably of
white unglazed linen. Personally,
I have often fallen back upon the
sitter to supply what was neces-
sary in the shape of sheets or
white table-covers, w^hich answer
admirably, and on very rare oc-
casions have even brought the
services of a swing mirror into
requisition.

Digitized by

Google

126

SNAP SHOTS

July 1914

There seems to be a craze, es-
pecially amongst amateurs, to
photograph the subject with a
white-curtained window as a
background, and some back-
ground painters are even turning
out imitation windows to be used
for this purpose. This is not so
objectionable if the sitter can be
posed as though looking out of
or through the window, but when
vice versa it often results in an
abortion. I have before me at
the present moment a portrait —
a studio portrait — taken with one
of these backgrounds; the figure
is facing me — a very nicely light-
ed three-quarter face, but how
the photographer reconciled the
lighting with the fact that the
lace-curtained window at the back
of the figure was supposed to be
a window I cannot for an instant
conceive ; neither can I under-
stand where the artistic idea
comes in with the straight lines
of the window panes which
show through the curtains and
surround the figure with a series
of little sharply outlined squares. A
point to be considered when using
a window as a background is that,
owing to its being many shades
lighter than the shadows on the
face, or even on light draperies,
the exposure will require to be
materially lengthened in order to
produce a harmonious effect.
Many a tyro, and perhaps not a
few older hands, are apt to be de-

ceived, when looking towards the
source of light, as to the exposure
required, and it is very rarely in-
deed that the fault is found in
over-exposure. It should be borne
in mind that a full exposure not
only results in softening the shad-
ows of the subject, but has also
the effect of softening the per-
spective and giving the required
atmosphere to the resulting pic-
ture.

Whatever portion of the room
is chosen as a background, care
should be taken that it is not
likely to come out too dark, as,
for example, should the wallpaper
or lincrusta be of a dark red, and
at the same time in shadow, the
result will not be altogether satis-
factory. A fireplace with marble
mantel forms a good background,
but should it be topped with a
mirror or overmantel it will neces-
sitate great care being taken so
as to avoid cross lighting and re-
flections; in fact, in whatever
part of an ordinary drawing-room
or boudoir a figure is posed it
will often be found necessary to
throw a cloth or newspaper over
some reflecting surface which
would otherwise interfere with
the beauty of the picture. If the
reflecting surface be the glass of
a small picture frame it is per-
haps just as easy to remove it for
the time being as to cover it ; that
is, unless it forms part of the
toute ensemble of the picture it-

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

127

self, in which case it will be neces-
sary to adjust the angle at which
it is hung, so that the picture be-
hind the glass is shown free from
reflections. The best mode of
procedure is to fix upon the back-
ground and accessories which are
to be included in the picture you
are going to make before intro-
ducing your sitter into the pic-
ture at all, then carefully examine
on your screen and make sure
that everything is as it should be,
making all the necessary altera-
tions until it is so. Next place
your sitter in the position you
have resolved that he or she is
to be, and rapidly make what al-
teration of lighting is required
by means of screens and reflec-
tors. Do not stop down your
lens too much ; use the largest
aperture consistent with the
necessary degree of sharpness,
and, above all things, do not un-
der-expose. For each change of
costume choose a different sur-
rounding, and if you get tired of
the drawing-room, boudoir, and
study, try the conservatory or the
staircase. A real staircase always
makes a good picture, as it seems
to assist the operator in his pos-

-irr +Vi<:

211 r»i«»r»f

■ir\A +1-1 /a <-/a

tures on the staircase walls. A
pretty staircase picture may be
made of the children coming up
in their nighties with candles in
their hands, or coming down to
breakfast in their pajamas; in
fact, one has only to consider for
a few minutes to bring up the
thoughts of almost endless possi-
bilities with regard to staircase
picture making. Even the kitchen
has its possibilities, many a lady
makes her own cakes and pastries
and is possibly so proud of her
abilities in that direction that she
would be only too pleased to be
taken in the act, and think of the
chance it affords the daughters
of the house to be able to pre-
sent to their male friends, or
their brother's male friends, a pic-
ture which must at once impress
them with the idea that their
household training has been prop-
erly attended to and that they
are likely to make good and eflS-
cient housewives. In instances
where the wall covering is unsuit-
able owing to color, or to a too
obtrusive pattern, it will be bet-
ter to utilize a Japanese screen
for the purpose of background,
noting that neither a wall cover-

Digitized by

Google

128

SXAF SHOTS

July 1914

when judiciously toned down by
being thrown out of focus, are
rather an aid than otherwise.
Many rooms in modern houses
have their walls papered or
painted of one color and free
from any attempt at pattern or
design; such walls as these, es-
pecially in the cool shades of
green, are what the at home por-
traitist should utilize when he has
the good fortune to come across
them. The most useful form of
window covering or decoration,
in view of photographic opera-
tions, is undoubtedly the case-
ment curtain form, as they can be
used in much the same manner as
studio blinds, which are often ar-
ranged on the same principle.

Of course, all plates should be
backed, and, while it would be in-
vidious to mention any particular
brand or make, it will perhaps not
be out of place to suggest that
those with a speed of at least 400
H. and D. will be found the most
useful, and at the same time the
most economical, as there need
be very little chance of move-
ments occurring, and so no need
for taking two plates of each po-
sition. I had almost forgotten to
draw attention to the possibilities
of good orders where the family
are musical ; groups at the piano,
or with different instruments,
make effective pictures, as do
groups at the chess table or at
tea.

An additional reason for the
use of ultra rapid plates, besides
obviating the chance of move-
ment, is that they usually yield a
softer negative with full grada-
tion, and otherwise indoor por-
traits have a natural tendency to-
wards harshness, even when
every possible pains have been
taken to obtain a soft lighting.
The developer should be rather
more dilute than that in use for
studio work, and preferably me-
tol-hydro-quinone, or amidol ; py-
ro soda or pyro metol will not be
found, in practice, to yield such
successful results.

Needless to say, careful and ju-
dicious retouching is a necessity,
but in no case should the retouch-
ing be overdone. The style of
mount should be specially se-
lected for each subject, and it will
be found in most cases that fold-
ers of delicate tints are most suit-
able. If everything is carried
through carefully and properly
the first set of at home portrait
proofs submitted should bring in a
decent order, well repaying for all
the extra trouble, and at the same
time act as an effective recom-
mendation and bring in other
orders from the recipients, and
so help to build up a good and
profitable connection and bring
the producer's name speedily to
the front, not only as a specialist,
but as a successful one.

Digitized by

Google

July 1J)U

SNAP SHOTS

129

FLASHLIGHT POINTERS

Photographing Factories, Athletic Meets in Action, Etc.

One of the most difficult yet
most desirable kind of a picture
for the commercial photographer
to make is a perfect photo of an
interior in which there is life and
action. The man who can deliver
such photos of factory interiors,
for instance, where the men are
working naturally, and not posing
awkwardly and stupidly, deserves
the gratitude of the manufacturer.

Now here is a simple method
of doing this as I have made
them many times. For this class
of work I do not use my Prosch
flashbags, hut do use their elec-
tric envelope cartridges.

I make my own device for fir-
ing these cartridges simultan-
eously, which consists simply of
one long cable made of the regu-
lar No. 18 double lamp cord with
an attachment plug on one end
to fit any incandescent socket,
and providing places every 15 or
20 feet along this cable for at-
taching the cartridges. This is done
as follows: One of the two
strands of this cable must be cut
at each of these points and the
cut ends bared of the insulation
covering and short pieces of me-
dium heavy copper wire either
soldered or twisted tight to the

bare cable strands and used as
terminals to pierce the eyelets of
the cartridges and clasped to-
gether around underneath the car-
tridge.

These bare wire ends, after be-
ing attached to the cartridges,
should be wrapped with binding
tape to prevent short circuiting
of the current.

To make the exposure suspend
this cable high across one end
and down side of room a few feet
away from the wall with the car-
tridges hanging downward. These
can be fired by simply turning
the bottom of the light socket to
which the cable is attached. The
camera shutter should be opened
just before and closed just after
the flash. I use the half-ounce
cartridge of extra fast (XF)
speed for this work, although in
some cases I have used the one-
ounce size.

I have just helped the Photog-
rapher of the Public Service Com-
mission of New York City to
make such an outfit of wires with
which to use these Prosch electric
cartridges in photographing all
the new subway excavations,
showing the men and steam shov-
els at work under the ground re-
moving the rock, dirt, etc.

Digitized by

Google

130

SNAP SHOTS

July 19U

I have also just helped the pho-
tographer of the Narragansett
Machine Co., of Providence, R. I.,
to get a series of beautiful flash-
lights showing the biggest swim-
ming tank in New York City —
that is in the City College of New
York — full of boys swimming
about and diving. All this mo-
tion was stopped sharply with the
double extra (XXF) cartridges
connected as above on home made
wires.

This system is the cheapest
and surest way I know of making
these difficult jobs where they
will stand for the smoke. In most
cases where I use these cartridges
suspended upside down from the
main cable, I also hang a piece
of asbestos paper about 3 feet
wide and 5 feet long down be-
hind each cartridge to act as a
reflector and to guide the flame.
Try this plan.

BANQUET FLASHLIGHTS

The flashlighting of banquets
and dinners has become a distinct
department of the professional
photographer's work, and one of
his most profitable lines, when he
works it right. Some have tried
and have made failures because
they were not properly equipped
or trained for it. But anyone can
succeed at it if he will, follow the
best established customs, which
is the purpose of this article to

reveal. The writer has made
numberless banquets of all sizes
and has met with all the cata-
logued and also unlisted obstacles
that are possible.

Of course nowadays no hotel or
club will permit the good old-
fashioned flashlight, where the
operator shoots oflf several pounds
of dynamite in a small room with
the windows closed and gets away
before the enraged and smoked-
out diners can catch him. He
must have flashbags now to hold
all the smoke, and must separate
his charge of powder into a num-
ber of small bits which all go oil
together without much noise. He
must take this picture without
any annoyance to the guests just
a moment after they sit down at
the tables. Then while they are
eating he hustles out a few
mounted prints or enlargements
and gets back to show them and
take orders just before the speech-
es begin. If he is wise he col-
lects, especially if his product
will not stand daylight inspec-
tion, while the diners are still
*'under the influence", otherwise
he simply takes their signatures
on their or his cards and sends
the prints later, C. O. D., and
finds that about half of them have
forgotten the incident.

The photographer who goes in
for banquet work finds it advan-
tageous to ^'cultivate pleasant re-
lations" with all the hotel man-

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

131

agement from the manager him-
self down to the waiters, includ-
ing especially the steward and
head waiter. This enables him
to get the "inside track" over the
other photographers and also ad'
vance information about every
dinner and banquet booked by the
hotel for months ahead, so he can
get the order from the party or
organization giving the affair to
make the photograph. This pre-
liminary work is the business part
and a most necessary end of the
banquet photographer's work.
The more of a "man about town"
and good "mixer" he is, and shall
I say, also, thoroughly adept in
the art of "grafting," the better
he will succeed in getting orders.

But this business-getting abili-
ty is not all the banquet photog-
rapher needs. He must also ex-
cel every other photographer in
the quality of his service and his
work or the hotel management
cannot afford to give him its
preference. He must be able to
get in and out of the banquet
hall without annoying anyone,
not even the fussiest head waiter.
He must never be in the way
while putting up his flashbags
and leave no stepladders or car-
rying cases around for waiters to
stumble over while they are set-
ting the tables. He should even

shelf in the corner of the room.
He must be able to fix his camera
at the right angle and focus with-
out fussing and fuming around
behind it with a focussing cloth.
His whole preparation after he
first enters the hotel should not
require ten minutes to. hand his
bags and place his camera and
make electrical connections, that
is, if he has ambitions to be the
best banquet man in his town.
Then his "get away" should be
a sudden disappearance, bags and
baggage and assistants. Then his
next appearance with the proofs
should be as modest and his
method of extracting the shekels
should have a distinct air of re-
finement about it. Some hotels
do not permit any solicitations
for the sale of pictures in the
banquet hall, but limit the sales-
man to the exit salle or coat room.

The writer has tried all sorts
of apparatus including home-
made devices, but has found the
latter not only crude but danger-
ous because of the impossibility
of making the home-made fire-
proofing permanent. Just about
the third or fifth or tenth time
these bags are used they burst
into flames and run up a bill for
damages. This always happens
in the most important place and
occasion. He finds it much

Digitized by

Google

132

SXAP SHOTS

July 1914

INSECT PORTRAITURE
By Morris N. Watt

In a forrner article in this paper
I gave a short sketch of a day's
outing with the camera in the
insect world. In this chat I am
going to show what can be done
indoors in this branch of photog-
raphy. To my idea, the whole
charm of insect portraiture is to
secure a picture of the living in-
sect, for your subject can never,
however good and careful an en-
tomologist or photographer you
may be, look as well and as nat-
ural as when alive. Naturally,
there are difficulties in the way
of this indoor scheme, but really,
not nearly so many as crop up
in the field; and, after all, diffi-
culties were only invented to be
overcome. The charm of this kind
of photography lies in the fact
that the results are as natural as
could possibly be got ; the **ele-
ments" are under absolute con-
trol ; one is not dependent on fine
weather, daylight, or "snap-
shots." There is only one thing
that is an absolute essential to
the whole process — PATIENCE.
To those that have not a plentiful
supply of this, I say "Read no
further." It has often taken me
a whole day to secure a satisfac-

tory "portrait" of some tantalizing
insect friend, and you will find that
you will often be treated just the
same.

The main object of this class of
work is to secure good illustra-
tions of individual insects from
life. But remember it is not to
obtain so-called ^'puzzle" photo-
graphs showing the invisibility
of the subject in its natural sur-
roundings, but to get clear por-
traits of the insect in its natural
pose on a natural ground.

Now that I have shown you
what is meant by insect portraits,
I shall proceed to explain the
methods of obtaining them. Any
camera will do, though one that
has a good long extension and
ground-glass focussing screen is
far superior to all others. That's
all you want.

Let us first look for some ob-
ject on which to experiment.
Resting on the curtain is one of
the most charming little moths you
ever saw, and which is doomed
by man to bear the awful name
of sterophorus monospilalis.
Viewed under a reading glass it
is a model of grace and beauty.
Although it has five plumes on

Digitized by

Google

July 1J)14

SXAP SHOTS

133

either side, three on the under-
wing and two on the upper, only
two are seen while she is resting,
the underwings being carefully
tucked away beneath the upper
ones ; the two long, thin back legs
are folded daintily over the abdo-
men behind, and the antennae
curve symmetrically on either
side, while their delicate and mo-
bile extremities are carefully hid-
den beneath the wings. As we
see her resting on the curtain we
think what an exquisite picture
she would make could we but
photograph her as she is. This
is impossible, but where there's a
will there's a way, and there are
more ways of killing a cat than
by chloroforming it. We would
not kill her, for all our entomo-
logical art and skill could never
set her out so perfectly as this.
Besides, to kill is in direct antag-
onism to our principles. There is
no greater sin than to kill when
it is not absolutely necessary to
the welfare of mankind.

So we dexterously catch our
subject in an empty match-box,
and arrange a branch, not too
thin nor too thick, in a vase upon
the table so that the light from the
window falls full upon it. We also
beg, borrow, or steal a sheet of
white paper or cardboard. And
now, having arranged the camera
(which in this case, happens to
be one of twenty-five inches ex-
tension), the subject is gently

shaken from its temporary prison
on to the prepared branch. How-
ever, no sooner does it become
free than it merrily wings its way
back to the curtain. Evidently
the boxing process is a failure,
so this time we take a pencil over,
and spend ten minutes gently
coaxing the agile lady on to it.
She is then carefully transferred
to the branch again. Bother!
there she goes again. This time
we take the branch itself, and
soon she is safely installed before
the camera. The piece of white
cardboard is arranged so as to
reflect the light back on to the
shadowed parts. Plere is another
difficulty. Our subject is but
half an inch across the wings and
we want it to be at least an inch
upon the plate; so the camera is
racked out to its fullest extent,
and moved up towards the object
till roughly focused. The final
touches are brought about by the
rack and pinion. Behold on the
screen our friend full two and a
half times as large as life.

But this won't do. She sits
with wings spread parallel to the
branch, and the two objects are
therefore in direct antagonism to
one another. We gently tease
her with the pencil, and she im-
mediately flies away. So the
whole process is gone through
over again; but we find that this
time she has gone to the opposite
extreme, and is sitting with

Digitized by

Google

134

SXAl' SHOTS

July 19U

wings at right angles to her
perch. Photographically, this is
awful. Some more gentle teas-
ing, and it's just right. Some fin-
ishing touches to the focusing;
stop F. 16 selected, and the por-
trait is taken on a fast plate, ex-
posed for just one second.

The negative is developed in

tabloid hydrokinone and — well,
yes — our trouble has been well re-
])aid, don't you think so? Now
that we have taken one photo-
graph together, you know now
what to aim at and what to do.
Persevere, and may all good luck
go with you and attend your ef-
forts.

ACID FIXING BATH

For negatives and for prints on
bromide and gaslight papers, a
reliable acid fixing bath possesses
many advantages over a plain so-
lution of hypo. The staining ten-
dency of the developer is neutral-
ized, the negative or print being
a thoroughly good color. The
gelatine film is hardened during
the operation of fixing — a valu-
able property w'hen the plate or
paper is prepared with a soft gela-
tine; and, in addition, the plate
or print may be left in the fixing
solution for a considerable time
longer than is necessary for fix-
ing, without the slightest injury
or deterioration resulting.

It is essential that a suitable
method of acidifying the solution
of hypo be adopted. Any method

involving the use of alum should
be avoided, and only an acid sul-
phite, or an acidified solution of
a neutral sulphite, be employed.

A thoroughly reliable formula
is : —

Hypo 1 lb.

Potassium metabisulphite 1 oz.
Water to make 32 ozs.

The hypo should be dissolved
in boiling water, and when the
solution is cool the metabisul-
phite powdered and added.

This is a stock solution. The
fixing bath should be, for plates:
Hypo solution 1 part, water 1
part ; for prints : Hypo solution 1
part, water 2 parts. In each case
fifteen minutes should be allowed
for fixation.

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

13.")

ENLARGING NOTES

Focussing the Image

Deiv on the Lens. — Many enlarg-
ing cameras and much bromide
paper have been abused by ama-
teurs from time to time who have
not observed that when the lan-
tern is warmed up by the illumin-
ant, after standing in a cold room,
moisture condenses on the lens
and produces a misty image. At
this time of year this point should
always be remembered, and care
taken to either wipe the lens care-
fully with a warmed soft cloth
(removing the lens, if necessary,
from the enlarger) or allow it to
remain until the mistiness disap-
pears naturally as it gets warmed
by the enlarger.

(2) Pateliy Definition. — Having
focussed the image satisfactorily
and pinned the paper to the easel,
we may find, on development,
that parts of the picture seem
patchy as regards evenness of
definition. This is possibly due
to the buckling of the bromide
paper, and is often caused by
carelessness in the way the pins
are put into the paper and easel
board.

(3) One side or edcje of the pic-
ture may come out not so well de-
fined as the other Q(\^Qj although

the negative does not show any
such disparity. In this case one
may susjject that the plane of the
paper (easel board) is not per-
pendicular to the axis of the lens.
It is important, where evenness
of definition is required from an
evenly sharp negative, that the
planes of the easel and negative
should be parallel, and also that
the axis of the lens be perpendicu-
lar to both.

( 4 ) Beginners are sometimes sur-
prised to find that the enlarged prinj
is not and cannot be made quite
as sharp as the original negative
is, or as that given by a contact
glossy-surface print from the
negative. But a little considera-
tion will show the sharpness is,
after all, a relative matter, and
that while parts of the negative
appear quite sharp to the eye, yet
these parts, if examined through
a strong magnifying glass, are
now noticeably less sharp. Thus
we see that as some degree of un-
sharpncss is always present, we
always magnify this along with
all else in our enlargement.

( .") ) Stopping Down. — When tak-
ing our negative from nature — an
open landscape, for instance- the

Digitized by

Google

136

SNAP SHOTS

July 1914

reader doubtless knows that by
reducing the size of the stop we
can, up to certain limits get any
degree of sharpness that we may
wish. Therefore it is not un-
natural to suppose that by stop-
ping down the lens of the en-
larger we can correspondingly
sharpen the enlargement as much
as we desire. But the two cases
are not quite comparable. Sup-
pose we are photographing a leaf-
clad tree on a quite calm day. By
careful focussing and stopping
down we can probably see the
margins of the leaves sharply de-
fined on the ground glass and in the
corresponding negative, i.e., so
sharp that the unaided eye sees
no unsharpness. But suppose
that for any reason the negative
does not show certain details, no
amount of stopping down of the
cnlarger lens will bring out detail
which the negative does not pos-
sess.

(6) Lens Defects. — Assuming
for a moment that the negative
gives a sufficiently sharp-all-over
contact print — suppose in this
case the subject is a map, plan,
or line drawing — yet owing to in-
herent defects in the optical prop-
erties of the enlarging lens it may
not be possible to get satisfac-
torily sharp definition in any part
of the picture ; or the centre may
be sharp while the margins are
unsharp ; owing to curvature of
the field of the lens, or some of

the marginal lines may be less
sharp than other lines, owing to
the lens not being free from astig-
matism, i.e., it is not an astigmatic
or stigmatic. Again if it be not
chromatically corrected the visual
image may be sharp while the
photographic result is, noticeably
less sharp. These points are here
mentioned for the benefit of those
who may fancy that any sort of
a lens, e.g., the object glass of a
telescope, etc., may be used for
a home-made enlarger.

On the other hand it may be
pointed out that a high-class pho-
tographic lens is not essential, for
by stopping down considerably
we can to a very great extent get
over such defects as curvature of
the field and astigmatism; but
stopping down will not correct
all the faults of a defective lens,
e.g., distortion, and, incidentally,
stopping down of course in-
creases the exposure.

(7) IVant of sharpness may be
due to a dirty lens, e.g., finger
marks, dust, condensed drops of
dew, etc. When starting work a
few minutes may be well spent
in gently wiping all the surfaces
of the condenser and also the pro-
jector lenses, using for this pur-
pose an old but clean handker-
chief.

(8) To get the best result it is
essential that not only the focus-
sing of the picture be carefully
done with the projector, but also

Digitized by

Google

July 1914

SNAP SHOTS

137

the condenser be properly ad-
justed with respect to the light
source and projecting lens. To
get things in proper position pro-
ceed as follows: —

(A) Place the negative in the
carrier and get the image the
right size on the easel, and also
in fairly good focus, but there is
no need to spend more than a
second or two about this first fo-
cussing, as we have to return to
that later. (B) Remove the nega-
tive, and shift the light to and
from, up and down, right and
left, until the most even illumina-
tion is obtained. Begin by draw-
ing the light away from the con-
denser, and work up towards the
condenser. The worker will soon
perceive that a dark crescent at
the top means that the light is
too high; or if the crescent be
towards the right side, the light
is too far towards the right, and
so on. (C) Replace the negative
in the carrier, and do any further
focussing that may be required.

(9) Light corners of the en-
larged picture where the defini-
tion is pronouncedly deficient.
This not uncommon defect points
to the condenser not being large
enough to cover the plates ef-
fectively. The diameter of the
condenser must not be less than
the diagonal (corner to corner)
of the negative. And it is advis-
able to have the condenser a little
larger than this minimum size,

so that, if the carrier is accident-
ally shifted a trifle, the four cor-
ners of the negative will still be
within the working field of the
condenser. Or again, faulty cor-
ners may come from using a pro-
jector lens which does not fully
cover the negative. Note that the
re(iuired covering power or work-
ing angle of the projector lens
is determined by the negative,
and not by the size of the enlarge-
ment. If the lens used in the
camera for taking the negative
covers the negative plate, it may
be used again, with the same size
of negative for enlarging up to any
degree. — .Imateur Photographer,

Beware of Dust

The slide of a plate-holder that
has not been used for some time
will gather quite a coating of
dust. This should be carefully
dusted off before the slide is with-
drawn, otherwise dust will be
drawn into the light trap at the
end, where it is liable to be dis-
lodged and distributed over the
surface of the plate as the slide is
replaced after inserting the plate. It
is well to blow out the inside of
this trap occasionally with a pair
of bellows or a large bulb fitted
with a short length of rubber tub-
ing.— Camera Craft,

Digitized by

Google

138

SNAP SHOTS

July 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

Atlanta Convention. While the editor
(lid not have the privilege of attending
this convention he is informed hy those
who did attend that the convention was
all tliat it promised to be, and came
strictly up to the schedule, except in
attendance, which unfortunately was
very much less than last year at Kansas
City. Indianapolis has been chosen as
the convention city for 1915, the follow-
ing officers being elected : \Vm. H.
Towles, Washington, President ; L. A.
Dozer, E(ucyrus. Ohio, First Vice-Presi-
dent: Ryland W. Phillips. Philadelphia.
Second Vice-President; R. W. Holsing-
er, Charlottesville, Va., Treasurer. The
Women's Federation elected Maybellc
Goodlander, President; Miss Hagins,
First Vice-President; Sarah F. T. Price,
Philadelphia, Second Vice-President;
Mrs. Bayard Wootten, of New Bern.
Treasurer.

I'elour Black Paper manufactured by
the Rochester Photo Works, Rochester,
New York, is an excellent enlarging
paper. It is made in all grades to suit
any negative. It is possible with this
paper to make enlargements which can-
not be told from contact prints made
from the original negative. They have
several special introductory offers, and
we would suggest that you write them
for sample.

Eagle Hilite Reducer. This is a new
tool for the retoucher, and one that
enables him to produce highlights and
contrasty effects on the negative in a
simple and easy manner; also ideal for
working in backgrounds, shading and
etching negatives, or for removing de-
fects from enlargements.

AViC Ross Lenses. The Ross Limited,
of London, are constantly introducing
new styles of photographic lenses so as
to meet the new photographic conditions
which are constantly arising. They
have just introduced a five-lens system
with triple-cemented back, called the
New Ross Xpres. Speed F.4.5. It is
particularly adapted for portraits and
groups in the studio and outdoor work.
The smaller sizes are especially good
for high speed photography, autochrome
or three color work. They have also
introduced another series called the
Ross Combinable Lens working at 5.11.
and doublets at F.5.5 to F,6.3. The
doublet is a three foci lens working at
F,ll, thus on the one lens you are able
to get three different foci. The single
combinations give brilliant definition at
full aperture. Send to the American
Agents, George Murphy, Inc., for their
new Ross Lens and Camera Catalogue.

Collinear Lenses, the lens that caught
the torpedo as shown in their **ad" in
this issue which fully demonstrates the
wonderful possibilities of photography
when one uses a Collinear lens. They
will gladly send one of these lenses en
ten days* trial from your regular dealer.

Probus Print Lustre. This is a new-
product which is intended to add bril-
liancy and depth to the shadows, and
give a lustrous finish on all grades of
developing and bromide papers. It is
invaluable for cleaning soiled photo-
graphs and renovating old prints. It
can also be used as a negative vaniish
and retouching medium. The price we
believe is 50 cents per half pint, and
can be procured from any dealer in
photographic materials.

Digitized by

Google

July 19U

SNAP SHOTS

139

Rcctanyuhir Condensers. This style
of condenser has been on the English
market for quite some time and has
proven a big success. It is just l)eing
placed on the American market through
the American Agents, George Murphy,
Inc., of New York. The advantages of
the Rectangular Condenser is that it
passes the light in equal distribution
giving a perfectly flat picture from edge
to edge, something that is impossible
with the ordinary circular condenser.
The glass has no thin edges and will
stand any amount of heat. Write them
for descriptive circular of sizes and
prices.

Hammer Plates. These are the plate?
for the Summer months, as with short
exposure they give full detail, grasp
high lights, develop and dry q'lickly.
The factor of frilling is thus reduced to
a minimum. The amount of informa-
tion contained in their little book "A
Short Talk on Negative Making" is
really wonderful, and it is yours for the
asking. Write to the Hammer Dry
Plate Co., St. Louis, Mo.

Postpaid Catalogue. Our advertiser,-
George Murphy, Inc., New York, has
recently issued a catalogue which is en-
tirely diflferent from any other photo-
graphic catalogue we have ever seen
in that the prices quoted include de-
livery at your door despite what part
of the United States you may be located
in. They call this their postpaid mail
order cash catalogue. If you have not
a copy you should drop them a postal
today. It is an encyclopedia of plioto-
graphic information.

Rough & CaUhcell Co. have recently
introduced several new designs of their
famous backgrounds. They will be very
glad to send prospective purchasers
photographs for their inspection. They
also issue a very finely illustrated cata-
logue. If you have not one of these we
would suggest that you write them. In
addition to backgrounds they make a
very extensive line of photographic ac-
cessories.

:Vrtt' Style Wynne Infallible Exposure
Meter. We have just had sent us by
the manufacturers a sample of their
new style Hunter Meter. This is really
the ohl Infallible Meter in a new mount-
ing similar to the Hunter style watch
case. When opened the actinometer
with standard tints and sensitized paper
is on one side, and on the other the
scales for calculating the exposure. They
have fitted this with a special schedule
for autochrome work. We understand
from the American Agents that the price
of the new style meter is 50 cents more
thr.n the regular open face meter with
which we are all familiar. We also un-
derstand from the American Agents that
they have stock on the way from abroad,
and will be able to fill all orders prompt-
ly immediately upon its arrival.

7^. & S. Professonal Printer. If
you are making quantities of prints
you will save money by investing in one
of these new printers, just placed on
the market by the Folmer & Schwing
Division of the Eastman Kodak Co.
They are operated by a foot treadle
leaving ])()th hands perfectly free to ad-
just the paper and negative. Nine
Mazda Lamps illuminate the printing
surface, and the current is on only dur-
ing exposure. Send to them for their
circular describing this printer.

Digitized by

Google

140

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISKMENTS July 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent
F. K. W.. \cw York City.
C J. G., New Yt)rk City.
\V. C. \V.. New York City.
.\. S. T., New York City.
Gallery, Hudson River Town.
C. R. F., gallery for rent, Long Island.
P. H. McC, gallery, Long Island, for

rent.
C. F. ^^., two galleries in New Jersey.
1). F. M., gallerv in New York City,

$2.()00.

F. S. W.. on Long Island, $900.
W. C. O., gallery in New Jersey.

Parties Desiring Galleries

J. R., wants gallery in Newark, Phila-
delphia, or Boston.
H. B. G., wants gallery New York City.

G. K.. wants gallery in small city,
R. S. G., wants gallery in small citv.
C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City,

Positions Wanted — Operators
C. W., general, speaks Spanish.
W. A. L., all-round operator.

Notice — Letters addressed to anyone m nir
letter so that they can be re-inailed.

Positions ly anted — Operators — (Cout.)

J. G. J., operator.

L. B. R., all-round operator.

C. S., all-round man.

F. A. H., all-round operator

A. C, all-round operator.

M. K., all-round man.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers and Re-
ceptionist
Miss C. P., spotting; finishing.
Mrs. H.. retoucher; colorist.
Miss F. L., retoucher; spotter.
Miss C. B., colorist.
L. B. R., retoucher and finisher
A. J. B.. retoucher.
C. P., retoucher.
M. H. O.. retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help
\\. A. H.. want? priutof.
n L.. vvant!s operator and cularger.
\\\ C, j^encral opcrutfir,
M \\ D,, wants retonchrr and all-ronsid

mnn.
S Studio, wants lady rrtowchcr and &K

nher.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January 1st and we want your Renewal. $1,00 per ycAr.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times om- subscriptioo
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and Eng*
lish Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the Amer-
ican photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1914 paper

edition) _ ,..,.. .,.,,,.. 11.50

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscriptiQn to British Jounial of Phc^

tography .................. ___,__:.. JJ5

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxxv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar heading^, of forty words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

Is an excellent and safe medium of coamitsnicatlon between Photographen

"A $2,000 Per Year Salary and
Profxt". Excellent proposition for
man with family. Only studio in
town; ground floor; pop. 6,000; also
modern single home, three blocks
from studio. Value of combination
$7,300. Quick sale price $5,000. Part
cash, balance mortgage. Absolutely
a great bargain. Address 500, care
Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well-located, well-
furnished photo studio in New York
City, in prominent thoroughfare.
Owner desires to sell on account
of other business interests. Price,
$3,500; lease, three years; rent, $2,150
per year. To a good photographer a
fine opening, but letters must be ad-
dressed in our care and will be an-
swered only as the owner decides.
Address "D. F. M.," care Snap Shots.

FOR SALE: A well-equipped five-
room Studio, established 25 years,
40,000 negatives; rent $15.00; fitted to
11 X 14 Dallmeyer Lens. City of 12,000
population. State Normal School,
D. & H. R. R. yard and shop forming
center nearest city, 62 miles Bing-
hamton, New York. Three branches
connected with the studio, one at
Cobleskill, Sidney and Worcester,
N. Y. Will sell all complete or sep-
arately, if so desired. Going in other
business. Address, Box 12, Oneonta,
N. Y.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

For Sale: Studio fitted to 8x10
Heliar lens, printing machine. Low
rent, established thirty-four years
ago. Good business. Reason for sell-
ing, blindness. M. H. Razzouk, 315
Main St., Holyoke, Mass.

Would Purchase Studio, doing a
good business in live town or city.
State price and give as good a de-
scription as possible in first letter.
Frederick Borman, 9 Harmony Street,
Danbury, Conn. r-^ t

gitizedbyV^OOgle

>8'

CXXVl

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

H LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

lb** Miures yon • i;<m.<| tiirnn « and poaiiioa for lif*. Fm

PHOTOGRAPHY

-^ J^^<**P"^«"*^'»g "^ Thrt e^Tolor Wotk

rfi'V""* ***— R*«HI««». Le«i n bow > ..u can l>«>ronieiiu< «•»•-
IW. T»nn« eM>— living lii»«p#n.|ve. Write lor r»lklo(nie—MOWI

Photogravure

Plate-making, printing, steel-facing,
etc. Plants installed, the process
taught, errors rectified. A lifetime
of experience in England, France
and United States.

Correspondence invited.

M. RAOUL PELLISSIER

CONSULTING EXPERT
Ridley Park, - - - Penna.

REFLECTIHG COWDEIISER

house curre&t— mazida bulb, and
Enlorgea Quickly

Reflector for 6x7 negaUves, takei
160 watts, Price $8.00; I61n. forSxio
260 watts $15.00. For Circular on home
made enlarger, time Ubie etc wriU to
R. P. Gray. Ridgewood, R. J.

I GAVE UP

the Photograph Business for a
Good, Easy Job that has paid me
over $75. (Hi a week for years. You
could also enter this work. A 2c.
stamp will bring Particulars.

D. MACK
St. Stephens Church, Va-

Eagle Mask Frame

(PatODtod)
F0& TIHTED BOSDXaS
The Eagle Mask Frame nakes it pos-
sibje to quickly and accurately obtain
artistic borders on all kinds of printing
papers. By cutting your own masks yon
can obtain an unlimited number of de-
signs. This frame is what you have
been looking for to simplify your print*
ing. Complete instructions given.
For 5x7 Nesvtlves. Price $1.35 Postpaid
American Asents

GEORGE MURPHY, loc. Retail Dept.
57 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

STOPM LOOKll

Have you a camera you wish to
sell or exchange ? Write us. We
have been in the exchange business
for twenty years and are known all
over the country as THE LEADE R.

WRITE for our NEW No. 18
BARGAIN LIST. It's a HUMMER.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

109>^ FULTON STREET, NEW YORK

Art Studies

Photographs from Life Models

FINEST COLLECTION FOR
ARTISTS AND ART LOVERS

lUistrated Catalof ne sent free m

C. KLARY

103 Avenne de Villiers

■ ■1 by

PARIS (FRANCE)

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMFA'TS

CXXVll

No. 178. CIRCULAR BALUSTRADE

F*inished to represent stone, adjustable (3) parts, (1)
large post, (1) small post and (1) curved Balustrade
l&ection. Each piece is an accessory of itself — a general
good outdoor accessory.

Price,

$20.00

ROUGH & CALI3\VELL CO.

...MANUFACTURKRS...

140th Street and Walton Avenue, New York

YE OI.DE SEAVEY STUDIO ^^ .

nigitized by VjOQ'

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

cxxvm

SXAF- SHOTS— ADNERTISEMEXTS

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK rOK PHOTOaSAPKESB

By W. Z. LUrCOLV ADAMB

AXATEXra ABD P&OITUIOBAL
(His Beit Book)

Editor of '"The Photographic Times." Author of "Amateur Photography,** "In Natar«'i

Image," Etc., Etc With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-EngraTings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and
"eld ^

LandsoMO With FIffvrM

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:
The Choice of Bnhjeot Landscmpe Without Figures lAndsoape

Foregrcnnds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Xartnes Photography at MigkX
Lifhtinr in Portraiture Photographing Children Art In Groupfmc
Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal mar^pna and gilt edges. BeaotifallT
and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. P&ICB IB A BOX, |t.M.
So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only •■• (~ *
per oopy, with a new aubscription to

"THE PHOTOQRAPHIC TIMES"

Boffulav priee of "Sunlight and Shadow" |i.M

Begttlar Subsoription prfoe of "The Photographlo Times" . . • . t.l>

By this Special Offer we sell Both for • , $ZJSO

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photocraphic

Times^ in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so von must scaa in

yonr order at once if you want to be sure of securing your ''Photographic Times" avd a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

t$$ West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK, N. Y.

Send
for

these
Books
to the

BERUN

ANILINE
. WORKS

Ir ^Ifl^feP^ fel^ 213 Water St,

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADXERTISEMEXTS

CXXIX

Eagle Adjustable and Reversible
Developing Tank

(Patented)

Both Reversible
and Adjustable

Instantly Adjusted to Any
Sized Plate

Prices

No. 100 For 4 X 5. 3^ X 5j/$, 3^4 x 4^, 3J4 x 4, 3^ x 3^1

—6 grooves $3.00 Postpaid

No. 101 For 5 X 8, 5 X 7, 4J4 x 65^, 4 x 5, V/^ x SV2—

6 grooves 4.00 **

No. 103 For 6j^ x 8i<^, 5 x 8, 5 x 7, 4^ x 6^—6 grooves 5.85
No. 104 For 8 x 10. 65<^ x 8'^. 5 x 8, 5 x 7—6 grooves. . . 720
Eagle Tank Developinc: Powders, per package 6 powders,

each 22

Digitized by

Google

cxxx SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

We offer no inducement in price,'—

but we do in QUALITY.

Do you figure how cheap,'—

or how good you can do your work?

BLACK LAUREL

ivS the paper for your
best work.

C^^^:^1 fiii^^ ^100 sent to us, will bring $3.00
OpeCial Utter worth of paper.

State grade and size wanted.

Rochester Photo Works .^W^..i'L

You Can Take Pictures on a Day like This!

Til at 15, if your lens 1$ right, 71 ic lens is the soul of your camerx Ordinary lenses
\^ill takf ardifjarv ]nciurcs under /avotiiMe conditions. Arc you satisfied with that?
Or would you like tlic &ed results under ti// conditions ? If su, you should know die

GOERZ LENSES

Universally used by war photograph era and professional^ who must
be sure of their results, 7/in' capt eiin'/y he JiUed fo the cana^ra
y&u now 07171,

Send for Our Book on "Leiues aod Camtrai^'

of the greatest value Ut Uny one intt:rt:sted
in gtjod pliotitgniphy.

C. P. Gatrx ADfricm Optical C^*

317 Eul 34th Slrtel ^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

gitized by KJKJKJ\IIK^

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxxx

Purity of chemicals, fineness of silver-grain and perfection
of emulsion, give

HAMMER PLATES

preceJence over all others.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast
(blue label) Plates have especial value for hot weather because
of firm, tough, quick drying films that do not frill.

Hammer's little book, **A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

"Curiosity Killed a Cat"

That is a well-known old-time saying ; but it does not apply to
you, because You are Not a Cat. It is safe for you, and for
your wife and your children, to want to know what is to be
found in the woods and the fields around you, in the swamps
and meadows, the ponds and ditches. Do not hesitate to indulge
in the Jov of Curiosity. You are not a cat. You can satisfy
the desire to know by reading

THE GUIDE TO NATURE

It is ten cents a copy; one dollar a year.
Address

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

CXXXIl

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

^^.^-^

iT'

; EAGLE i
lAVTinUCnOHSODA

i, GEO MURPHY liK NrwYofn

EAQLE

ANTI-FRICTION

SODA

For preventing friction marks in the development of glossy de-
veloping papers, also for producing snappy, warm tones.

PRICE

No. 1—54 pound package $ .25

No. 2 — 1 pound package $0

QEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth Street, New York

SPECIAL BARGAINS

Portrait Lenses

Siie Focus Each

6J^ X 8^ 2B Dallracyer F8.6, S%" |86.00
6J^ X 8J^ 8A " F4 16^ 74.00

16 x20 6A •' F4 80" 305.00

ao xa4 No.SEuryscopc F6 88" 186.00
654 X 8J4 3A Ccrvees F3.8, 16" 80.00
6J4 X 8J^ 8C Ccrvees F5 12" 16.50

Wide Angle Lenses

Size Series Focus Each

4x5 Ea«lc Wide Anifle, B, 80^ 8J4" $4.00

654 X 8% B, 80° 6 V 5.00

8 xlO " »» " B, 80° 8" 6.00

8 X 10 Hall A Benson 90° 7' T.50

11 X 14 Eagle Wide Angle, A, lOOP 16 00

14 X 17 *^ " •* A, 100^

A, 100^ 10>i" 28.00

These lenses are all big bargains, and we will be glad to send anv of them to
you on teri days trial, with the understanding that if the lens is not perfectly satis-
factory and IS returned to us within ten days, we will return your remittance to you.

THE NEW YORK LENS COMPANY

57 East 9th Street, New York

Orvis Print Shade

WITH BASE

A in^tvi cttiivf r>uTii nrr^itiijcmetit fur the home.
It enaljle^ unt u* cfrretily t?\|j<J5i their D, Yh P.
jtftnr*, "J ht sliiifle IS so Lcinstrucled that it rt-
[U'tT& fhc \igUt 541 a* 10 refhict }>y one-half the
khg|]| i*f cjiit'-i^iirt til' an orriipury gas J€:i. It.
:\Un tfivt> n |<*Tfecily (rven ilhimjnation over the
t'KtiTf hcj^jiiin'c.

IH iiusiM^-rif xhe hasv It Lan he 5Pt on the table
i»i .1 . Mj«vt*nirtt( EfusiliMti. It is only utvesraTy to
• iMruli ^y u taj-s tn!-f Jhf baj^c io ihtr gas jet.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— AD\-ERTISEMEXTS

SPEED-DEFINITION
COVERING POWER

CXXXlll

Ar« the Tliret Canltoil QMilttlei «f tbe

Collinear Series 11

(F 4 5)

This is tbe lens that caught
the torpedo; this is but an ex-
ample of the wonderful possi-
bilities which it offers. The
Collinear is not only a very
rapid lens, but it is also sym-
metrical, making it really two
highly corrected anasti)^mats in
one. The back combination
g^ives an image twice the size
of the complete lens. The
larger sizes are desirable for
the discriminating profession-
als, A ten day trial is the best
way to prove our claims. We
will arrange it through your
dealer.

%/rkmTI A IkTnCTD £L C*/\UK.r

Mr. Post Card Man

DO YOU WANT

To Make More Money?

PirB Drkam

Would You
lovest $5.00?

Made in
your Cam-
era with one
Exposure.

SHIPPED
PREPAID

Novelty Foreground and Accessories are
money makers. Write for descriptive

circular and price list.

Made by

A. H. SIPLE
1328 E. inth Street CLEVELAND, 0.

Our New No. 14
Post Paid

Mail Order Cash
Catalogue

is just off the press. Send
ns vour name and ^e will

Digitized by

Google

CXXXIV

S X A P SI lOTS— ADX'ERT I SEM ENTS

JDujyu. \Ml 1 1

/■i^z://jri=>l

EAGLE HILITE REDUCER

This is a new and valuable addition to the retoucher's out-
fit, as it enables the user to produce high lights or contrasty
effects on the negative in a most simple and easy manner*
Just the thing for working in backgrounds, shading and etch-
ing negatives. Will do the work neat and clean and is superior
to any other method. Ideal for removing defects from en-
largements.

Price onlj I60. etoh, 17c. pottpaid.

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc. 5:?,:' 57 East 9th St., New York City

EA6LE FORM HOLDER

The Eagle Form Holder is
superior to any of the form
holders on the market. You
place the form and print in po-
sition and by simply pressing
down a lever it securely locks
the form so that it can not slip,
thus facilitating quick and ac-
curate cutting of the prints. Will accommorlate any size torni
up to 8 X 10. The base is of steel, and the cuttinj^ plate of
zinc which does not dull the cutter. Price, $1.80 Postpaid-

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc., gS-Jt™.„.

57 EAST NINTH STREET - - * NEW YORK

Send for New Postpaid So. 14 Mail-Ordrr (\tsff Cafaii^^ne

Probus Print Lustre

This is a new prutluct wiiicli a^Jdi? bril-
liancy and deptfi iri ihe shadow ^ and gtv«
a lustrous finish to all gradti; of Artun,
Cyko aiiii other developing papers, also
Bromide prints. It helps detail wonder-
fully and is very etTective on Sefriatonc or
redeveloped papirs. hivalitable for clean-
ing soiled photogr?iphii <sr renovating oW
prints for copying — nneqnaled as neg^ative
varnish and retfitiching medium.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxxxv

SEED

PUTES

The ideal plate for portrattMre

Seed 30 Plates have the speed — the latitude
— the gradation and the fineness of grain essential
to the best results in portraiture. And of equal
importance to the photographer, who must main-
tain a high standard of results continuously, they
are dependably uniform.

It is the uniformity of Seed quality that has
Tiade the Seed success — that maintains Seed
^Jates as the standard of quality — that satisfies
nd, gives confidence to Seed consumers.

lis a Seed Plate y on need

m^A^ r\:

Digitized by

Google

CXXXVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Where there is an advantage in using a non-halatim
plate — there is a greater advantage in using

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio, Home Portrait
or Commercial Work

Portrait Films are non-halation in a greater degree than
any plate, and in addition have all the speed and quality of the
best portrait plate made, the Seed Gilt Edge 30.

All the snappy lights and gradations of white draperies, so
often destroyed by halation, are preserved in the negative nude
on Portrait Film. In home portraiture, negatives may lie made
directly against a window without showing halation, while in
commercial work there are numberless instances v\ here lilm
results are superior to those of plates.

The light, flexible, unbreakable film l>ase also reduc^D^
weight, prevents loss and facilitates handling and storing.

May be retouched or etched on either side or on both sides.

No special skill required for manipulation. Lifted: S % 7.
tyi xSy2, 8x 10, 11x14.

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXXXVll

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALLIBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne's Infallible Hunter Meter has been specially designed to attain the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thickness of case — the case being onl^ one-quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,

. ^.^ is the Actinomcter with standard tints

•'ii.w \\ ^"^ sensitive paper. On the left hand side

^^ "■" A ...— ^ ♦^f the case is the two scales for the calcu-

jiSmc^I^^JV- "iTji'... <)^ / lation of the exposures. The top dial is

k^^Sft*^3M^\^:sx^ :■ jp/ ^ic^ interchangeable so that scales according to

-rf^s5t«fi^ wi*, f\ljff either F, U S, or specially divided sca'es

for Autochrome exposures can be instantly
substituted for one another.

When ordering, please specify which ityle of scale is desired.

Hunter Meter $2.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials 50

Top scale only F, U S or Autochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, IllC.

57 East 9th Street .... New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Matenals of Every Description.

Pyrogallic Acid

^l^e relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
^jjssable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
^CtO* he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

"M, CW/* BR4NP

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky
^n appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon
^0 produce the best photographic results.

When placing your orders fQ- X^YRO, specify "M. C. W."

Digitized by

Google

cxxxviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

It is a Joy

to work in the open with Platinotype and Satista
papers. If you wish to do better work, enjoy better
health and greater happiness, give up your stuffy dark
room and '^gaslight" papers, and send for our booklets
on Platinotype and Satista — the daylight, fresh air
papers.

Sample prints on either paper on receipt of your
name and address.

N. B. — The special offer on Satista continues.

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

C* P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers, Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

Google

Digitized by VjOOQ

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxxxi

Rectangular Condensers

(Patented)

CHES PATENT
QEGT ANGULAR
CONDENSERS

This Condenser is perfect for enlarging.
It passes the light in equal distribution.
All rays emerge with the same velocity,
giving a perfect flat picture from edge to
edge, something impossible with the or-
dinary circular condenser. The glass has
no thin edges and is annealed to withstand
heat.

Price

For 3j4x4M plate, size 3^x4^ $14.25

For 4x5 '• *• AYi-K^Yi 21.00

Por Post card *' " J%x5^ 24.00

For 5x7 " " 5/2x7^a 26.00

For 8x8 " " 8x8 39.00

For 6J^x8K " '* 7V4x9>^ 43.00

For 8x10 " " 82.00

For 10x12 " •• 164.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RETAIL DEPARTMENT

57 East 9th Street :: :: New York

Send for our New Postpaid Mail-Ordcr Cash Catalogue. Also copy of new
Ross Lens and Camera Catalogue.

Black Laurel Silk

Medium Weight

Two grades: Royal Silk (buff tint), and White Silk
(white stock).

A surface of highest refinement, placing a developing paper
at last on a par with Platinum papers in finished appearance,
retaining all developing paper advantages.

Delicate screen effect, absolutely non-obtrusive to the eye.
Still, breaking up shadows and high lights in a manner which
lends the prints a transparency and roundness which entirely
destroys what has been called the typical "developing paper
look."

Sepias are particularly beautiful on this surface and have
nothing of the hated "chemically manufactured effect."

Now Ready for Delivery — Send for Price List.

Rochester PKoto Works

65 Atlantic Ave., Rochester, N. Y.

igitized by VnOOQ IC

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. ^

Cxl SNAP SHOTS— AI>\^£KT1SE-MEXTS

No. 4285. STAIRWAY AND GROUND COMBINATION.

Digitized by

Google

NEW ROSS LENSES

The Ross "Xpres" F,4.5

This \i^ a new succcssfvil Hvf-k'ns system with
iriple-ciinitiDtecl back,— a stanflard unapproachud by
any F,4,5 lens, particularly adapled Utr |M>rlrait and
grtiups in the studio and outdoor work, and in the
smaller sizes for all classes of extra rapid work,
press photuj^raphy, hij^h speed photos^raphy, Aitto-
cbrcinic and three et^lor work.

Nn.

Focu*

riutt-tnvt red

Frit r

Tncheii

}

SN r, «b

$ 31. 2S

S'-

HH " *%

35.15

4 X 5

40.80

8b X 5J4

45.30

44i X m

50.00

8'?

5x7

62.50

h It H

93.75

IP. .\ KL.

t37.S0

!♦

16f;

K ^ 111

218,7$

1(1

111 ^ l*J

312.50

The Ross **Combinable'' Lens

DOUBLETS f,S.R TO F.6.J SIINQLE LENS F.Il

This new s;eries of Ross ConvbinaWe
I'niversal lenses are specially suitiible for
ptir trails and >^oiips in the studio, and tor
all eUisses of runt-door work. Alsij fur iti-
teriurs, eopvtngand all rapid and up-to-date
photo>>Taphv. The new Ross Cumbinable
is supplied in doublets F,-").") lo PM3.H and in
single lenses at F.lL The doublet is a
lhree-fr)ei lens vkorkin^ sinj^ly at F J I with
full aperture, equal ends e<j]nhined at F,5.5,
unequalled ends at K, 5.7 and h\H,H. The
single lenses tfire delinitinn of the hitrhest
tjiiality at full aperture* the inherit
brilliuncy oC the single lens being retidned,

The "Ounhinables" are ahsi^lutely
universid in their capabilities.

Nu.

Equiv.

Plait'-ciivrrtil

Priie

Inchc*

4x5

$ 28 60

4H X m

26 60

914

h X 7

30.50

lOH

h X K

33 60

IIW

It I. X 81,

359S

12f-

7 X *.i

39 10

14!,

M X 111

4375

111 X 1*2

54 70

11 ^ m

87 SO

IS X 15

128 15

1(1

1(J \ '211

231 25

AMERICAN AGENTS GEORGE MURPHY, Inc^

S7 East 9th street - - - New York, N.

Send for new Ross Lens and Camera '^«^*'ci^|^|zed byGoO^ jlc

The best enlargement
is the one most closely
approaching a contact
print.

%W"

Enlargements retain the
contact quality.

ARTURA DIVISION,

gitized by LjOOQ IC

JQJTT

^^^

CONTENTS

The Beautiful Carbon Print 141

Tank Pointers - ■ - 149

Colors and Brushes for

Use on Prints - - - 151

Hand-Camera Notes - * 155

Trade Notes and News - 158

Studio Wa^nts - • - 160

Digitized by

Google

A gofni protector will not make a good photograph, but
it will preserve a good photog^raph or any fine card from
being destroyed in the mails.

TRAIIK MARK
PHlcnted June 30, 15HI0. Ira^c Mark Rrj;i4tsrcd

Gives perfect protection to the
photograph or enclosure.

Give SNAP SHOTS an oppor-
tunity to demonstrate efficiency.

♦

CELLULAR BOARD» DOUBLE FACED CORRUGATED

made by special process. Cellular Board gives the PHOTO-
MAILER the proper resistance and strength.

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

Coticord and Prince Streets
Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N, Y.

Boston, Mass.; BraokvUle« Ind.; Nia^aj-a Falls, Canada;
London, England; Jutich, Germaay.

Digitized by V^UOg re

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxli

No. 4285. STAIRWAY AND GROUND COMBINATION.

Digitized by

Google

cxlii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

BROME BLACK

The only special

AMATEUR ENLARGING PAPER

of
lent
Let
will

high contrast — will surprise you with most excel-
enlargements from even your thinnest films,
us prove it. Send us film with twenty-five cents,
send you post-paid 8x10

BROME BLACK ENLARGEMENT

8x10 sample dozen of Brome Black Paper

Rochester Photo Works

65 ATLANTIC AVE. ROCHESTER, N. Y.

b~m. ..,

Said

for
these
Books
to the

BERUN

ANIUNE

WORKS

213 Water St,
i NEW vnRir

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxliii

F. & S. Professional Printer

HERE IS A PRINTER THAT WILL GIVE YOU

THE SERVICE YOU HAVE
\ BEEN LOOKING FOR

8x10

(without lamps)

$25.00

11x14

(without lamps)

$35.00

It is operated by a foot treadle, leaving both hands perfectly
free to adjust paper and negatives. The two large folding leaves at
the side afford ample room for paper, negatives and finished work.

Nine Mazda Lamps in three rows illuminate the printing surface,
a7id t/ie current is on only during exposure.

Let us send you a circular describing the F. & S. Professional
Printer.

Folmer & Schwing Division,

Eastman Kodak Co. ROCHESTER, N^ Y.

igitizedbyLjOOQlC
When wriiing adverti««ers please menticn Snap Shots.

cxliv

SNAP SHOTS— AD\EKT1SEMENTS

Beacon View Mount

COLORS— SILVER GRAY AND ARTIST BROWN

The *'Beacon/' we feel safe in saying, is the heaviest tinted
view mount of its kind on the market. Its finish is an artistic
roughness that gives quality and richness to the photograph.
Within the embossed mounting space there is a tinted border
which allows some latitude in trimming and affords an elegant
gradation of color from photograph to mount.

Size Per loo

B — Card, 8 x lo for 5 x 7 picture $3.00

C — Card, 10 x 12 for 6J/^x S% picture 4.00

D — Card, 12 x 14 for 8 x 10 picture 5.00

(Packed 50 in a box)

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 EMt Ninth Street New Voric

GooqIc

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRIPTION RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YEAR, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, fO CENTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.85
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 57 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 25

AUGUST 1914

Number 8

THE BEAUTIFUL CARBON PRINT

By Mr. Ernest Williams

In this article it is my inten-
tion to outline only the simplest
working details for the successful
working of carbon, and I shall not
pretend to present anything that
is not already well known by
those familiar with it. These
notes have been principally gath-
ered as the result of several years*
experience in connection with pic-
torial landscape photography, and
from the use of the carbon pro-
cess, and many experiments con-
nected with its use, since I
adopted it as the printing medium
for my finished work, almost to
the exclusion of every other print-
ing medium.

It has always been a source of

wonder why a process so capable
of rendering beautiful results, and
so specially adapted to pictorial
requirements, has not been more
generally adopted by that class
of amateurs who are endeavoring
to make pictures by means of the
camera — especially so when it is
known that the process is so
simple. Those who have tried it
soon found that it placed an in-
creased power in their hands for
obtaining artistic results, and
this, if for no other reason, would
be sufficient excuse for its adop-
tion.

Though I have been actually
interested in making pictures by
means of the camera for a num-

141

Digitized by

Google

142

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

ber of years, and have used al-
most every known printing me-
dium, there is no process that I
know of in photography that still
gives me so much pleasure in its
working and is so satisfactory in
the results obtained. For land-
scape work, which I have fol-
lowed almost to the exclusion of
all other branches of photography,
I have found it pre-eminently
adapted, either in rendering the
finest detail or broad masses. If
I could not have recourse to car-
bon as a printing medium, I
would destroy the greater portion
of my negatives, for what pic-
torial quality the prints may pos-
sess, outside of the mere compo-
sition, is largely due to that pe-
culiarly rich quality which is in-
herent in the carbon print. It
must be admitted that carbon has
a quality of "tone" all its own,
and that a pictorial one, not
found in any other process; and it
is chiefly because of its adapta-
bility for pictorial work that I
would urge its adoption. Those
who have been confined to the
use of development papers and
will give carbon a fair trial w^ill
find it much easier to obtain ar-
tistic results. The reason it lends
itself so readily in the improve-
ment of the artistic appearance
of pictures lies in the characteris-
tics peculiar to the process, which

addition to having a wide range
of color to choose from, it ivill be
often found that a finished print
will possess a pictorial quality
that is difficult of duplication, and
without which the picture might
he ci»Lmicd a failurt:. i have nx-
<|nent]y discovered that a nega-
ine which wa::- fairly good in
crmipo^^ition and failed to give a
sritSsfaciory print in other print-
ing mediums, when printed in
carbon from a suitably selected
color, woiihl yield a print that
was artistically satisfactory* It
will also be frequently found thai
where certain colors will not ght
a satisfactory print, by experiiaeii-
taliun, a coior will be fouiid
exactly suited, and it is often the
case that what color niay ht
suited to a gi\en negative can
niiiy be deter mined by cxpch-
mciit. And those who like my*
^el! want no more than one or
two pictures at most from their
^e,^aLives will see the great ad-
\ aiua^e of having so wide a range
\i\ colnrs and shades to select
rruni. Xut only do we have this
r h u i c e o f c ol o r , b u t d i ffe rent ki a*!s
uf iransfcr papers^, with varioaf-
tint- :\nd surfaces, may be pre-
pared with little trouble and ex-
l^eii-^e, and this will further ad*!
Ut the latitude of pictorial expre^^
si OIL Those, of course, whu are
familiar with the carbou pnxe*^

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

143

that once a carbon worker, it is
fairly safe to say that one will
always be a carbon worker. Those
who are anxious to improve their
work from the pictorial viewpoint,
and have not tried carbon, will
find its adoption a decided gain,
and its intelligent use will result
in better artistic work. Though
the process may not be as plastic
as gum, it has its advantages, and
does not have some of the attend-
ant drawbacks characteristic of
gum — such as stickiness, messi-
ness, and uncertainty.

The apparatus necessary for
w^orking carbon is simple and may
consist of a flat squeegee of the
scraper kind and a thermometer
for testing the temperature of the
water in development. This last
may, however, be dispensed with
later on when the worker becomes
familiar with the proper tempera-
ture by touch. A piece of rubber
sheeting large enough to cover
the largest picture intended to be
made. This latter may be pur-
chased at most any dry goods
store. One large, deep tray for
development and another for the
sensitizing bath.

The printing materials and
chemicals necessary are: Carbon
tissue, transfer paper, potassium
bichromate, citric acid and a few
ounces of stronger ammonia.

Cut sizes of carbon tissue will
be found more convenient to han-
dle than in rolls, for tissue in the

latter form has a tendency to curl
and a ''contrariness" which not
only makes it very difficult to
handle, but is extremely exasper-
ating. Then, by purchasing in
cut sizes, a greater variety of col-
ors may be kept on hand, without
the expense of buying a roll of
each color desired.

For the sensitizing bath I pre-
fer in my own work a formula
given some time ago in the "Pho-
to Miniature''. This has given the
most uniform satisfaction of any
I have tried, and is given here as
follows : —

Potassium bichromate . 1 oz.

Citric acid j^ oz.

Water 50 ozs.

The solids are dissolved sepa-
rately, and when dissolved,
stronger ammonia should be ad-
ded in just sufficient quantity to
turn the solution to a lemon yel-
low color. Only sufficient to bring
it to this point should be added,
and therefore it should be added
gradually. This operation is best
carried out in daylight on account
of the difficulty in determining
the right color by electric or gas
light. When using this sensitiz-
ing bath, it should be kept as
nearly as possible at a tempera-
ture of 65 degrees. The tissue is
immersed in the sensitizing bath
for 90 sec, and any air-bells that
may appear upon immersion
should be broken up. The sensi-

Digitized by

Google

144

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

tized tissue may then be huiij^ up
by means of photo clips in a
darkened room to dry.

As the tissue when thoroughly
dry will curl to such an extent as
to be almost unmanageable, and
for that reason difficult to adjust
on the negative, and sometimes
impossible to get in perfect con-
tact, the difficulty may be avoided
by removing the tissue from the
drying line at the moment it is
no longer "tacky" to the touch,
and placed between dry blotters
under pressure until required for
use. This can best be done by
examining the two lower corners,
which will be observed to be the
last parts of the tissue to dry. In
damp climates, this difficulty may
not be experienced, but in this
climate — Southern California — if
some means is not taken to check
this tendency to curl, the tissue
will oftentimes become so badly
wrinkled as to be useless to at-
tempt to use it.

F^or those who prefer to sensi-
tize on the day of printing, the
following formula, given by Mr.
Oesting some time ago in "Cam-
era Craft," will be found to give
good results, but will require the
outlay of a few more chemicals : —

Potassium bichromate. 1 oz.
Water, hot 8 ozs.

When cold, add :

Ammonia, stronger... Yi oz.

Mix, then add :

Sulphuric ether 1 oz.

Alcohol 8 ozs.

Tissue sensitized with this for-
mula will dry within a very few
minutes, so that printing opera-
tions may be carried on almost
immediately. The method of sen-
sitizing with the last-named for-
mula may be proceeded with by
pinning the sheet of tissue by its
four corners with thumb tacks to a
clean board. For applying the sen-
sitizing solution to a camel's-liair
brush is preferable to the "glass
with flannel attached" sent out
by the Autotype Company with
their spirit sensitizer. In my
hands, the use of the latter-
named instrument was attended
with difficulties in the way of
streaks and brush marks in the
finished pictures. Sufficient solu-
tion to sensitize the number of
sheets required should be poured
into a separate receptacle. The
brush is then dipped in this and
brushed over the surface of the
sheet, first across the whole sur-
face in one direction, and then in
the opposite direction. The brush-
ing should be done rapidly, care
being taken to blend it thorough-
ly, using just sufficient solution to
cover the surface, but not so much
as to cause it to run or drip.

Before printing, the negative
should have a "safe-edge" around
the outside margin. This may be
accomplished by cutting out of aa

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SXAP SHOTS

145

opaque piece of paper a square
an eighth wide, the exact size of
the negative, and pasted on to the
rebate of the printing frame, the
same as ^'masking" to produce a
white margin when using de-
veloping papers.

Printing time must be ascer-
tained by means of some sort of
a "test," for in carbon the image
is not visible during printing. The
method I follow in my own work,
where I only require one or two
prints from a negative, and the
light is constant, is to take a small
piece of fresh Solio paper, and the
time it takes to produce a light
proof will be the printing time
for carbon on the negative used.
The test, of course, is dependent
upon sunlight, and the printing
time once ascertained may be
marked upon the margin of the
negative as a future guide. If
one does much printing and the
light is changeable, some sort of
an actinometer will be necessary.
The simplest method perhaps
would be to make the test from a
negative of approximately the
same density as the one being
printed from. When the proof
has reached the right depth, the
carbon tissue will then be known
to be printed the right depth also.
The action of the light continues
to a slight extent after the tissue
is removed from the printing
frame, and unless one intends de-
veloping at once, some allowance

should be made for this continu-
ing action of the light.

The next operation is transfer-
ring the print to its final support.
Sheets of transfer paper should be
placed in water to soak. But be-
fore doing this, it is sometimes a
wise precaution to mark on the
back of the transfer paper with a
lead pencil, so that no mistake
may be made by attempting to
transfer to the uncoated side. The
coated side can scarcely be deter-
mined once the paper has become
limp in water. The coated side
of the paper usually curls inward,
except in the case of heavy pa-
pers, and in this case the coated
side may be told by examining
it close to the light, when it will
be found that the coated side wnll
have a peculiar sparkle. In the
case of celluloid, this sparkle is
not present, but the uncoated side
usually has fine, knife-like lines
running across it. These can be
readily seen by examining it at an
angle toward the light.

The transfer paper having been
placed in a tray of cold water for
a few minutes, except in the case
of very rough papers, w^hich
should be left in the water for a
much longer period 20 min. to
half an hour or even longer, a
sheet of printed carbon tissue is
next placed in the water face
downward, and any air-bells that
may appear should be removed.
As soon as the tissue becomes

Digitized by

Google

146

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

limp and starts to curl in the op-
posite way, the face of the tissue
is brought in contact with the
coated side of the transfer paper,
the two being kept under water
at the time of this operation, and
no foreign substance should be
allow^ed to come between the two.
The two in contact are drawn
from the water and placed on a
sheet of glass, and the squeegee
passed lightly over them. The
rubber sheeting is then placed on
the print and the squeegee applied
firmly to remove surplus water
and air-bells, working with the
squeegee from the centre of the
print outward. After a few strokes
of the s(jueegee the print with the
adhering transfer paper is placed
between blotters, and kept under
pressure until ready to be devel-
oped. In the case of smooth pa-
pers and celluloid, development
may be proceeded with in ten or
fifteen minutes. With rough trans-
fer papers, more time will be
necessary to insure perfect con-
tact of the tissue to the transfer
paper. Prints, however, should
not be left too long under pres-
sure, say for eight or ten hours,
or overnight, or they will become
insoluble, and it will be almost
impossible to strip them, and
when developed they will be
found too (lark. To develop,
the print is placed in a tray
of water heated to a tempera-
ture of about 100 degrees or

110 degrees. In a few minutes
the gelatinous mass should begin in
to ooze out around the edges,
and in a few moments more strip-
ping may be effected. This is
done by taking hold of one corner
of the tissue, holding the transfer
by the edge under the water with
the other hand, and slowly and
gently "peeling" the tissue back-
ing off. If it does not start
readily, it will be an indication
that it has not remained in the
hot water a sufficient length of
time, or that the water is not hot
enough, or that it has been over-
printed, in which case it should
be allowed to remain in the water
for a while longer. Once the
stripping has begun, it should be
proceeded with until the backing
is completely removed ; for if it
should be partly stripped and al-
lowed to remain in that condition
for a short time, a streak will be
almost sure to show when the
print has been fully developed.
Over-printed pictures, or pictures
with heavy shadows predominat-
ing, and portraits on black back-
grounds will always be found hard
to strip, and hotter water will
have to be used, longer soaking
re(juired and more force exerted
to get the backing off. The strip-
ped print may now be fastened
with a photo clip by the edge to
a sheet of glass, which should be
somewhat larger than the print,
the end of the clip resting on the

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

147

edge of the tray, inclining the
glass with the print in the tray at
an angle, making it more conven-
ient for laving with water in de-
velopment. The print should then
be gently laved with the hot wa-
ter in the tray until development
is complete. For this purpose the
most conveniently shaped utensil
that I have found is the little para-
boloid-shaped tins which come
with egg-poachers. For this handy
little tool I am indebted to the
chickens and the cook. When the
print is completely developed, it
will be easily ascertained from
the fact that the print is cleared
up in all its details and no more
of the gelatinous mass will be
seen to wash away. The print
may then be transferred to a 5
per cent, solution alum bath, left
for a few minutes, rinsed in clean
w^ater and hung up to dry. I have
not found, however, with the sen-
sitizing formula I now use, that
the alum bath was necessary, so
I have simplified my operations
by discarding it. The surface of
the print being easily abraded, it
is desirable to get it to a point of
safety as soon as possible, so that
as soon as development is com-
plete I rinse the print in a tray
of clean water and hang up to dry.
Bad results sometimes come from
allowing prints to lie flat while
drying. In this position they
catch dust more easily, and often-
times shiny, uneven spots will
occur.

If the carbon worker has the
knack and ability to work care-
fully, prints with shadows that are
too dark may be greatly improved
by gently rubbing the tip of the
finger over these shadows during
development or when they have
reached the stage that will show,
they will be too dark when fin-
ished. A little experience in this
mode of reduction will soon teach
the beginner how far the practice
may be indulged in without en-
dangering the safety of the print.

As to the comparative printing
time for the different tissues, red
chalk will require considerably
more time than other tissues. For
instance, if warm black requires
two minutes, red chalk would re-
quire three minutes on the same
negative. The browns and sepias
also require a trifle longer print-
ing time than warm black.

In making up my list of differ-
ent colored tissues, I have finally
settled upon the following colors
as being the most satisfactory and
furnishing sufficient variety for
most subjects: Portrait purple,
red chalk, Sepia No. 105, sea
green, Italian green, and neutral
ink. The latter is a very dark
blue, and suitable for moonlights,
night scenes, and similar subjects.
Portrait purple is one of the most
satisfactory colors I have used,
either for portrait or landscape
work. It is, however, more of a

Digitized by

Google

148

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

brown than a purple. Italian
green is a dull olive green, and
will require a somewhat more
contrasty negative than most of
the other colors. The same may be
said of red chalk. These two
latter colors seem to have a ten-
dency to work flat. Sea green is
a brighter green than Italian
green and is very suitable for sea-
scapes and some landscape sub-
jects where green foliage pre-
dominates, or foliage and water
compose the most of the picture.

For final transfer, I have found
nothing more satisfactory than
celluloid, especially for portraiture,
and in addition to having a fine,
velvety texture, is almost free
from the objectionable gloss com-
mon to carbon prints.

It will be a saving in expense
for the worker to prepare his own
transfer paper. Papers of various
tints and surfaces may be bought
in large sheets at the paper stock
houses, and these may be easily
prepared for use by coating with
gelatine. Most papers will not
require waterproofing before coat-
ing, if in the after-manipulations
they are not allowed to remain in
the water any great length of
time.

The following formula will

warm water for two or more
hours, then heat in a double boiler
until thoroughly dissolved. To
this solution while hot should be
added, drop by drop, a saturated
solution of chrome alum until the
gelatine solidifies or jellies, then
add sufficient glacial acetic acid
to bring it back to fluidity. It is
then ready for use. The paper to
be coated is cut into convenient
sizes, and the gelatine applied
with a large, stiflF paste-brush,
brushing over the surface thor-
oughly and vigorously. Very
rough papers w-ill require two
coatings. This solution of gela-
tine will keep for some time, and
when desired to use again, it will
only be necessary to warm in a
water-pan.

In coating papers which contain
color and are likely to run when
wet, sufficient for the desired
quantity should be poured into a
separate receptacle, and the brush
thoroughly cleaned afterwards,
that none of the color may be
transferred to ntlicr papers when
used again.

The^e siinijlc direct ioHi^ for
worki!i*:f the carhun prrjcc^sN will
be surtkient for tht>*ie who da oot
care In gu into any clnboralc i»iit^
lay; hut those \vh<» desire further

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

149

TANK POINTERS

By One of the Staff of the Eastman School of Professional

Photography

In my previous chat with you on
tank development I stated that it
was a comparatively easy matter to
maintain the correct degree of tem-
perature during the period of de-
velopment, and that a variation of
three or four degrees at the end of
that period would show no appreci-
able difference in the quality of the
negative. This statement must not,
however, be construed to mean that
the absolutely correct degree of
temperature at the start is not im-
portant. If you start with the tem-
perature three or four or five de-
grees from normal, this difference
continuing all through the pro-
longed development will make a big
difference in the result. Correct
temperature is most important — you
must see that the temperature is
exact to a degree, and the only way
to determine this is to use a ther-
mometer— testing it with your
hands or fingers will not do.

Experiment has demonstrated
that negatives will with our formula
attain the full normal density in
thirty minutes at 65 degrees Fahr. ;
twenty-five minutes at 70 degrees
Fahr. ; thirty-five minutes at 60 de-
grees Fahr., being practically a
minute to a degree, either way.

within certain limits from normal.
We recommend thirty minutes de-
velopment at 65 degrees, as this in-
sures normal and uniform results.

Here is a little incident that may
bring home to you one of the con-
veniences of the tank: you are in
the dark room and have just started
to develop a tray full of plates;
some one enters the room outside
and you get just a little bit nervous
because you imagine it is some one
with money out there waiting for
you, so you step to the dark room
door and say, "will be out in a
minute," but you are so anxious to
get out that you stop development
before you should, and later have
some under-developed plates to fix
up. Now with the Eastman Plate
Tank it only takes a minute or two
to start development, and then if
necessary you can leave your plates
with* perfect safety. An acquaint-
ance of mine told me that on one
occasion he had just loaded his tank
when the telephone rang. At the
other end of the wire was a brother
photographer down the street who
wanted him to come over to his
studio to meet another gentleman
who could only be in town half an
hour. So he just tucked the tank

Digitized by

Google

150

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

under his arm and made his visit.
After a time he looked at his watch
and said, "Can I use your fixing
bath ?'* He was told "why certain-
ly," so he placed the plates in the
fixing bath and continued his visit,
and when he left he returned them
to the tank and took them back to
his own studio for washing.

To test the latitude of tank de-
velopment I have made exposures
on the same subject and same light-
ing from one-half second to eight
seconds, developed them all together
and obtained satisfactory printing
negatives from each.

I have had people come to me and
say, "I have used the tank exactly
according to instructions, but my
negatives are too thin." Nine times
out of ten I find that they have been
using carbonate of soda of unknown
quahty and so impregnated with
impurities as to make their devel-
oper too weak in carbonate, so if
this is your trouble either use a
greater proportion of carbonate or,
the best way, use Eastman Carbon-
ate, which tests 98 per cent. pure.

A good many of the profession
seem to labor under the idea' that
to obtain greater density more py-
ro should be used. This is a big
mistake. If you are not getting

only about one-fourth of the usual
amount of carbonate. After a little
time the image will appear, but will
acquire density very slowly; add a
little carbonate and notice the in-
crease in density, add the remaining
quantity of carbonate and the neg-
ative will rapidly build up to proper
density.

I have been asked a good many
times regarding the fixing of plates
in the tank ; I find that some photog-
raphers are in the habit of remov-
ing the rack of plates from the tank,
rinsing it off and then placing rack
and all in the fixing bath, and then
after fixing, wash the rack and
plates together. Now this can be
done, but you must be more than
ordinarily careful and see that both
plates and rack are washed thor-
oughly, because if this is not done
you are going to get into difficulties.
The trouble with this method is
that you may wash the rack thor-
oughly a few times, and then some
day when you are unusually bus}'
you just rinse the rack, and then
next time you develop, the minute
particles of hypo that have adhered
to the rack are going to make you
say things when you see the resuhs.
It onlv takes a moment to remove

^i^i. r..^

T\l •»/*<>

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

151

COLORS AND BRUSHES FOR USE ON PRINTS

By "Practicus"

Although usually lightly thought
of by photographers, the materials
used for finishing and coloring
photographs are really worthy of
serious consideration, for nothing
can be more detrimental to the
reputation of a studio than to
issue pictures which after a com-
paratively short time begin to
show a distinct alteration in the
color of the working up, which
then no longer matches the tone
of the photographic image and re-
veals its presence in a manner
which was never contemplated.

COLORS FOR CARBON PRINTS

In the case of carbon prints this
is quite avoidable, for nearly all
the makers of tissue issue the
same pigments used for the tis-
sues, in either cakes or pans, so
that whatever change may take
place through the action of light
or dampness or both will be equal
in both the photograph and the

eruption of rusty colored spots,
which effectually serve to point
out the defects which they origin-
ally covered. This is, of course,
due to the fading of the carmine
or lake which has been used to
warm up the color of the per-
manent browns which have been
used as a basis.

PERMANENT COLORS

In this connection it may be
mentioned that colors sold as
^'Students'' or "J^^'^^il^ ' should
never be used when any reason-
able degree of permanence is de-
sired, as such colors are usually
derived from more or less fugitive
dyes, especially in the case of
carmine or crimson tints, which
are those most likely to be used
for mixing with spotting colors.
Even in a large business a few
shillings a year would cover the
difference between the cheapest
and the most expensive colors, so

^1- ^ r

— .^..iJ

Digitized by

Google

152

SXAP SHOTS

August 1914

carmine and crimson lake are
classed as fugitive, while the
cheaper alizarine colors, giving
nearly the same effect, are per-
manent. A study of the classified
lists issued by Winsor and New-
ton and other leading color manu-
facturers will greatly assist the
beginner in his efforts to acquire
only reliable materials. What I
have said with regard to spotting
colors applies with even greater
force to those used for coloring
portraits or painting miniatures,
for with the greater range of col-
ors needed there is more chance
of making a bad selection. More-
over, there is always the danger
of making a fugitive color by the
admixture of two fairly perma-
nent ones.

WATER-COLORS

As every schoolchild knows,
water-colors are sold in moist as
well as in the older cake form, the
former being the most popular.
I am, however, of opinion that the
cake colors are greatly to be
preferred for photographic pur-
poses. In the first place, they
are more economical in use. and,
in the second, they keep in better

ient for large work, and for use
with the aerograph where a plen-
tiful supply is necessary. Chi-
nese white is the one exception;
this should always be used in the
moist form, as in the cake form it
is liable to become too hard to
rub off easily.

POWDER COLORS

Powder colors deserve more at-
tention than they have had in
late years. They were formerly
used for tinting glass pictures and
Daguerreotypes, but fell into dis-
use with the advent of albumen-
ized paper, to which they would
not adhere. They would be more
generally used upon gelatine sur-
faced papers if properly intro-
duced to photographers. A great
saving of time can be effected by
using water-color or spotting, and
then working up all the larger
portions with powder colors,
which are fixed in the usual way
by steaming. I have used the
"Velvotint'' colors successfully in
this way, finding it possible to se-
cure air-brush effects with the
minimum of labor. Ordinary pa-
per stumps are used, and for
small touches a very stiff sable

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

153

OIL COLORS

Oil colors are also neglected by
the majority of photographers on
account of a fancied difficulty in
their manipulation, but, as a mat-
ter of fact, they are easier to work
than water-color. The beginner
should choose only transparent
colors, and use a thin vehicle,
such as poppy oil and spirit of
turpentine. The same care to se-
lect permanent colors is as neces-
sary with oil as with water-color
painting. Alizarine crimson, Ital-
ian pink (this is a transparent yel-
low), Prussian blue, burnt sienna,
burnt umber, and viridian will
form a good selection for a be-
ginning. Flake white can be
mixed with any of these to give
a greater or less opacity. It may
also be used to put in highlights.
For small touches on jewelry, etc.,
chrome yellow and vermilion will
be found useful.

ITALF-TONK REPRODUCTION

The artist who has worked only
for the visual effect of his colors
will often be disappointed when
his work has to be reproduced by
the process block maker, the scale
of tones being very inaccurate.
This is usually due to the use of
Chinese white, which has widely
differing properties to the eye and
the sensitive plate. Either flake
white or one of the special "pro-
cess whites" made by Winsor and

Newton and others should be
used. It is also advisable to use
a special "process black** instead
of Indian ink or lampblack, which
arc often disappointing.

CHOICE AND CARE OF HRUSHES

For all classes of photographic
finishing there is only one class
of brushes which are practically
useful, namely, sable. These may
be obtained either in metal fer-
rules or in quills, the latter be-
ing equally good and much
cheaper. I would impress upon
every user the necessity of obtain-
ing the best quality, and these
can only be obtained from a good
artists* colorman. Most of the
brushes sold to photographers are
very poor things, both the hair
and the workmanship being in-
ferior. The simple test for a good
brush is that on being dipped into
water and the drops shaken it
should spring to a perfect and
even point. If it forks in the
least it is not worth a halfpenny.
All good colormen keep a glass
of water at hand for this purpose,
and if one is not forthcoming
when buying a brush it is safe to
go somewhere else to get it. Re-
member that any brush can be
pointed by placing it between the
lips, so do not be deceived by this
device. Some artists prefer a stiff
brush, and cut the sable hair
down with scissors, afterwards

Digitized by

Google

154

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

singeing it on a gas flame. This
requires great skill, and a novice
may ruin half a dozen brushes be-
fore getting a satisfactory result.
It will be better for him to get
the miniature painters' brushes,
which are made with specially
short hair. It is a mistake to se-
lect too small a brush, even for
spotting, since a good brush even
of fair size keeps a fine point,
while it holds more color and does
not require refilling so often.

When out of use brushes should
never be left standing in water,
as this ruins the point, nor should
the working brush be used to rub
color off the cake or pan, as this
wears the point more than a great
amount of legitimate work. If a
piece of opal be used for a palette
the color should be placed on the
smooth side; the rough side
quickly w^ears out the brush.
Brushes used for oil color may
be stuck in a jar of soft soap, but
it is better to rinse them in tur-
pentine or petrol immediately af-
ter use. Never let the color dry
in them.

LIQUID COLORS

For cheap work the liquid col-
ors sold as "photo-tints" and the
like are sometimes useful. They

MEDIA FOR WATER-COLORS

A word as to the media used
for water-colors. Gum water is
the most useful, but should be of
good quality and free from acid.
As so little is required it is best
to get the ready-prepared artists*
(juality. I usually make my own
from pure gum arabic, from a dis-
pensing chemist, dissolving it in
boiled water and adding a trace
of carbolic acid or thymol as a
preservative. Of the commercial
articles, Newman's sizing prepa-
ration is the best I have used.
This can be used instead of oxgall,
as well as serving as a medium
for the colors. Oxgall can be ob-
tained in paste or liquid. I rather
prefer the paste, as it is more eco-
nomical. Even if it becomes dry
it will dissolve at the touch of a
damp brush, and is then as good
as ever.

AEROGRAPH COLORS

Aerograph workers should re-
member that special colors are
made for their use, a large pot
being obtainable for a shilling.
There are special blacks and
w^hites for process work, as wxll
as a range of more less per-

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

155

HAND-CAMERA NOTES
By "Onlooker"

It is interesting to recall the
fact that when the instrument
which we now know as a "hand
camera" was first introduced —
about 1880 — it was called a "de-
tective" camera. But this name
brought with it an atmosphere of
unpleasant suspicion, and happily
was soon dropped.

In those days one of the con-
trolling ideas was that of disguis-
ing the appearance of the camera
in such a way that it might be
mistaken for a hand-bag, parcel
of books, brown paper parcel,
lunch basket, etc. In some cases
the camera was small enough to
be hidden from view, e.g., under
the waistcoat, while the lens peep-
ed through a buttonhole, inside
a top hat, etc.

In most cases the anxiety of
the photographer to escape notice
was so dominating that his ef-
forts in this direction led to his
detection — the detective was him-
self detected — and so the con-
cealed and disguised camera passed
away.

DO NOT LOOK AT YOUR CAMERA

Everyone knows the story of
the bronze lion on the top of the
column that wagged its tail at the

will (or imagination) of a crowd.
Next time you are inside a tram
try this experiment. Lean slightly
forward, and stare at some object,
real or imaginary, through the
oj)en end of the vehicle — just as
though you had seen an accident
— and then notice how three out
of four of the other occupants of
the car will also try to see what
they imagine you are looking at.
There are few more certain
ways of making other folk look
at your camera than looking at
it yourself, when others can see
you doing this. And be it noted
ninety-nine times out of a hun-
dred your picture will be largely,
if not entirely, spoiled if any of
your figures are staring at the
camera at the moment the expos-
ure is made.

WHY NOT LET FIGURES LOOK AT THE
CAMERA?

It is often argued that many
great painters have dealt with
their sitters as though they were
looking at the painter; and is not
that the same thing as looking
at the camera? Yes and no — i.c,
the same thing in one sense, but
with several points of diflference.

Digitized by

Google

156

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

In the first place, the painter is
not compelled to put on his can-
vas exactly the pose, and still
more important, exactly the ex-
pression of his sitter, but the lens
has no choice in this way. The
lens says, *'I give what I receive;
no more, no less/*

Next, nearly everybody by this
time knows that whenever a person
is aware that he or she is being pho-
tographed, and looks at the cam-
era, he or she — ninety-nine times
out of a hundred — puts on a
special " I-know-I-am-being-photo-
graphed*' expression. This is very
nearly always self-conscious, and
very often foolish, and not sel-
dom a blend of the two?

Then, again, the figures we
have to deal with on the quay side
or harvest side, etc., often think
it is a big joke, and some irresis-
tible desire comes over them to
try and say something funny.
What humor!

It is not to be inferred that if
the figures do not look at the
camera they will not appear to
be conscious, and so assume a
natural pose. The chances are
that as they do know they are
being photographed they will be-
tray the fact by assuming a stiff
or in some other way unnatural
pose.

Here before me is an instance
of a man forking hay on to a
half-made stack. He is pushing
his fork-load in one direction and

looking in another direction— w^/
at the camera, "by special re-
(juest." no doubt. But the infer-
ence is irresistible that the whole
thing is, in the language of Mr.
Bill Sikes, "a put-up job." His
legs, arms, head, and position all
say "sham,*' i.e., are assumed, as
opposed to a really natural posi-
tion or phase of motion.

Another mistake is to suppose
that if we can catch our figures
in truly natural position or ac-
tion, when they are entirely un-
conscious of being photographed,
we are sure to get a "picture."
All photographers in general, and
hand-camera workers especially,
need reminding from time to
time that a scene may be natural
and yet not pictorial.

SHADING TUE LENS

The present-day craze for hav-
ing everything as small as pos-
sible has unfortunately led to op-
ticians cutting down the size of
the lens hood to such an extent
that in truth it is only a hood in
name. Asa lens shade it is prac-
tically non-existent. The result
is that the front glass is exposed
to far more light than is wanted
to make the picture. The cone
of light rays required to give a
quarter-plate picture with a 5 in.
focus lens is less than 60 degrees,
or, say, one-third of two right
angles, while the modern lens is

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

157

open to something not far short
of two right angles. So that the
lens may be receiving on its front
surface something like seven or
eight times as much light as that
needed for the making of the pic-
ture. Some of this finds its way
inside the camera, and is reflected
on to the plate as scattered light,
and so yielding fog.

FOG-FREE NEGATIVES

Now, considering that many —
perhaps the majority of hand-
camera-made negatives are de-
signed for enlarging, this fog
question is one of very great im-
portance. I have heard it argued
that a slight fog veil, evenly
spread all over the plate, is only
like covering the printing frame
with a piece of ground glass or
tissue paper. This is not so at
all. But as we are considering
enlarging, I need not go into this
question just now. Let the read-
er select from his stock a clear,
bright, fog-free negative, and put-
ting this into the enlarger, make
an enlargement. Now, in con-
tact with the film of the negative
plate put the rough side of a piece
of the finest ground glass, and
then see what happens to the sec-

negative is different from ground
glass. Quite true. Then take an
unexposed plate and expose it in
the dark-room to the light of a
burning wax match for a second
or two at two or three feet dis-
tance, and develop this till it
shows a slight even greying all
over the plate. Fix, wash, and
dry the plate. Looking through
this at the sky we see little effect,
but laying it film down on a piece
of clean, smooth white paper we
see much more. Bring this fog
plate film to film with the fog-free
negative, and make an enlarge-
ment, and compare this with the
result of the first enlargement
from the fogless negative. Not
only does a layer of fog alter the
''tones" or relative light and shade
relationships, but also this layer
of fog acts as a light-scattering
agent, and so is comparable in a
measure with the sheet of ground
glass.

The hand-camera worker will
be wise always to try and elimin-
ate fog from his negatives. If for
any reason he wants a layer of
fog, he can always have it by us-
ing his fog plate as above de-
scribed ; but once present in the
negative film it is not so easy to

Digitized by

Google

158

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

Rough & Caldwell Co. are just intro-
ducing a new line of backgrounds show-
ing tapestry eflfects. These are some-
thing entirely unique, and are a great
improvement for the professional pho-
tographer over the regular background
usually used. The price we understand
is only slightly more than for the old
style background. If you will drop
them a postal they will mail you sample
photographs.

Brome Black, This is a special ama-
teur enlarging paper of high contrast,
and will make excellent enlargements
from the finished negatives. The manu-
facturers, Rochester Photo Works,
Rochester, N. Y., are making a special
oflFer to introduce this paper. If you
will send them your film and 25 cents
they will return you the film with an
8x10 brome black enlargement.

Eagle Folding Home Portrait Stand.
This stand is the latest addition to the
Home Portrait Outfit. It is light, port-
able and rigid. It has three legs which
open up simultaneously and won't close
again until you want them to. It can-
not be accidentally upset. It is fitted' with
an adjustable tilting top. Every con-
venience for home portrait work. The
prices are reasonable.

Rectangular Condensers. This style
of condenser has been on the English
market for quite some time and in gen-
eral use. It is being introduced here
by the American Agents, George Mur-
phy, Inc. It is a perfect condenser for
enlarging, as it passes the light in equal
distribution and gives a perfectly flat
image which is impossible with the
ordinary circular condenser. Write to
them for prices and descriptive circular.

Star Negative Files. This is a pat-
ented box file with a paste board parti-
tion between each negative. They are
numbered, and a separate index is fur-
nished for each box. You can instantly
place your hands on any negative de-
sired. They are very substantially made
and will hold fifty glass negatives or
a larger number of films.

The Quickset Metal Tripod. This
tripod is unique in that all that is neces-
sary to set it is to pull the legs out
to their full extent and give a turn to
the left which securely locks all sections
at once. These tripods are very rigid
when extended, compact when closed,
and can be adjusted very quickly —
hence the name "Quickset". They are
made in various sizes and weights to
fit all requirements. They have a pol-
ished nickel finish which will not rust
or tarnish. See advertisement in this
issue.

Satista Papers. This new brand of
platinum paper being introduced by the
Willis & Clements Co. of Philadelphia,
is a great advance over other photo-
graphic papers, as it will give a warm
black tone, or a mellow brown — a
totally new tone of lovely quality. Send
to them for prints and pamphlets de-
scribing their papers. Don t forget to
mention Snap Shots.

Portrait Films. The Elastman Por-
trait Films are adapted for either studio
or home portrait work. By means of
the new Eastman Film sheaths they can
be used in any plate holder. They are
light, flexible, unbreakable, advantages
not possessed by the dr>'plate. Write
to the Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester,
N. Y., for descriptive circular.

Digitized by

Google

August 1914

SNAP SHOTS

159

Jl 'ynne's Infallible Hunter Meter. The
American agents for these well known
meters advise that they have received
one consignment of these new style
Wynne Meters, and that same was dis-
posed of immediately. They have other
shipments on the way and expect very
shortly to be able to fill all orders
promptly. They are very thin, only a
j4 of an inch in thickness, open like a
Hunter watch, with sensitized paper on
one side and the scale of exposures on
the other. The retail price we under-
stand is $275.

Autographic Kodaks. This is a new
style of kodak which enables one to
write the data on the film at the time
the exposure is made. When the film
is developed the data appears in black,
and consequently in white on the finished
print. We understand that the Kodak
Co. paid the inventor $300,000 for this
patent. We can readily understand
where it will be of this value to them, as
it is undoubtedly only a question of a
short time when every kodak will be
fitted with this attachment. Get your
dealer to show it to you.

Ross Lenses. The two new series of
lenses just introduced by the Ross Co.,
the Xpres F4.5, and the Combinable
Single Lens FU, and Doublets F5.5 to
F6.3 have special features not found in
any other lens which have ever been
offered at these low prices. The Com-
hinables are universal in their capacity,
the single combination being perfect
lenses in themselves, and working at
full aperture. The Xpres is a five lens
system working at F5.4, and is particu-
larly adapted for portraits in the studio
and outdoor work ; in fact is an all-
round lens. Write to the American
Agents for further particulars.

Agfa Books. If you want any photo-
graphic formula or want to know any-
thing about flashlight, you should cer-
tainly take advantage of the special of-
fer made by the Berlin Aniline Works
to send you one of these books. They
are worth 50 and 25 cents each, but they
offer to send you one upon receipt of
10 cents and a label taken from any
Agfa package.

Higgins Photo Mounter, is tiie best
photographic mounting paste. If you
use it you will never have any trouble
with your prints not properly adhering
to the mount. It has been the standard
for years. It is furnished in various
sizes of jars from three ounces to two
gallon. Send to the manufacturers.
Chas. M. Higgins & Co., Brooklyn, N.
Y., for a sample jar which they offer
to mail to any of our readers upon re-
ceipt of thirty cents.

Royal Foreground Ray Screen. The
manufacturers of these screens advise
that they have still further improved
them recently so that they now do not
alter the focus of the lens at all, some-
thing that cannot be said of any other
screen. This screen is furnished in two
styles : Style A is mounted in a circular
brass ring with adjustable spring clips
to fit over the lens hood. Style B is
fitted into a frame so that it slides up
and down, making it possible to iiave
a complete ray filter at one end, or a
foreground ray screen at the other.
These screens are so constructed that
the color which is a strong orange yel-
low at the top, is gradually diminished
until perfect transparency is attained at
the bottom. The effect of this is to
give perfectly even illumination over the
entire plate, and to hold back the sky
so that the clouds are reproduced in
the negative exactly as seen in nature.

Digitized by

Google

160

SNAP SHOTS

August 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent
F. K. W., Xcw York City.
C. J. G.. New York City.
VV. C. W., New York City.
A. S. T., New York City.
Gallery, Hudson River Town.
C. R. F.. gallery for rent, Long Island.
P. H. McC, gallery, Long Island, for
rent.

C. F. M., two galleries in New Jersey.

D. F. M.. gallery in New York City,
$800.00

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
VV. C. O., gallery in New Jersey.

Parties Desiring Galleries

J. R., wants gallery in Newark, Phila-
delphia, or Boston.
H. B. G., wants gallery New York City.

G. K., wants gallery in small city.
R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.
C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.

Positions JVanted — Operators

C. W., general, speaks Spanish.

W. A. L., all-round operator.

Notice — Letters addressed to anyone in our
letter so that they can be re-mailed.

Positions Wanted — Of*erators^(Coitt.)

J. G. J., operator.

L. B. R., all-round operator.

C. S., all-round man.

F. \. H., all-round operator

A. C, all-round operator.

M. K., all-round man.

Positions Wanted — Retouehers and Re-
eeptionist

Miss C. P., spotting; finishing.

Mrs. H., retoucher; colorist

Miss F. L., retoucher; spotter.

Miss C. B., colorist.

L. B. R., retoucher and finisher

.A. J. B., retoucher.

C. P., retoucher.

M. H. O., retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help

H. L.. wants operator and enlarger.

W. C. general operator.

M. F. D., wants retoucher and all-roiiiul
man.

S. Studio, wants lady retoucher and fin-
isher.

F. M. D., wants retoucher and all-roimd
man.
care should be accompanied with stamp for each

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our Year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

edition) $1.50

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of Pho-
tography 3.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3i0
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4i0

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO.

57 East 9th St., New York

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISED ENTS

cxlv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings, of fort^ words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

Is an ezcelleot and safe medium of commuolcation between Photo(fraphers

"A $2,000 Per Year Salary and
Profit". Excellent proposition for
man with family. Only studio in
town; ground floor; pop. 6,000; also
modern single home, three blocks
from studio. Value of combination
$7,300. Quick sale price $5,000. Part
cash, balance mortgage. Absolutely
a great bargain. Address 500, care
Snap Shots.

An unusual opportunity to secure
an old established studio in college
town. Two colleges and large sur-
rounding territory to draw from. The
studio is in a flourishing condition,
but pressure of other interests induces
the owner to sell. Address P. Y. H.,
care Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well-equipped five-
room Studio, established 25 years,
40,000 negatives; rent $15.00; fitted to
11 X 14 Dallmeyer Lens. City of 12,000
population. State Normal School,
D. & H. R. R. yard and shop forming
center nearest city, 62 miles Bing-
hamton, New York. Three branches
connected with the studio, one at
Cobleskill, Sidney and Worcester,
N. Y. Will sell all complete or sep-
arately, if so desired. Going in other
business. Address, Box 12, Oneonta,
N. Y.

For Sale: A well-located, well-
furnished photo studio in New York

For Sale: A Good Gallery. The
only studio in town. Mounted on
trucks. Size of building, height 10
feet, width 8 feet, length 18 feet. One
8x10 Century Camera, one 5x7 Conley
Safety. Must sell on account of hav-
ing been sick ever since last January.
Price, $350. C. R, Samrenes, Elwood^
Nebraska, (Gosper County).

For Sale: New York Studio outfit
11x14, Carlton new 8x10 cameras, 4D
Dallmeyer, 3A Zeiss 8x10 lenses and
other equipments at one-third cata-
logue prices. L G. Van Vranken, 853
Albany Street, Schenectady, N. Y.

For Sale: The only studio (ground
floor) Goldfield, Nevada, established
business and reputation for seven
years, business per year $2,500, com-
pletely equipped up to 8x10 work,
low rent, cash price $500. Address
Weyle Art Shop, Goldfield, Nev.

Position Wanted: Photographer all-
round workman. Will eo anvwhere.

Digitized by

Google

cxlvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

ClMl Mturet jou a fiNKl tncom* sod poaitloo for life Foi
f9BU«n j*»n «• h«v« surceaafully tannin

PHOTOGRAPHY

Photo-EntraTinc aad Thr« e-Color Wofk

0«r flffWiMAM Mm ttO f 9%0 a mr—k, W« Mslftl Hmhi

t« — f Mw— M«HI«IM. Learii how .m>u ran L^oiociiuccer*-

AiL Tarmseas}— Ilviiiic iii«xpfiiaiv«>. Wiiie lnrraCuli>irii»— NOWl

ILLINOIS OOLLCaC OP PHOTOOKAPNY

•t 1 WabMli AvaaiM, Kfna«liaNi, lllln*l»

Photogravure

Plate-making, printing, steel-facing,
etc. Plants installed, the process
taught, errors rectified. A lifetime
of experience in England, France
and United States.

Correspondence invited.

M. RAOUL PELLISSIER

CONSULTING EXPERT
Ridley Park, - - - Pcnna.

THE REFLECTING CONDENSER

house ctindnl-mizda bulb^ 3iBd
^TKCra Quickly

Rell&srtof lof Sx7 negatives^ takes
1 SO Witt s, Prici $ a. 00 ■ 1 5 In- I or S x 1 0
2&0 watU $15.00. For Orculai onhi^me
iiiad« enl^ger, time tabli «tc. wilU to
R- d^ Oray. Eldiewood, U^ *l.

I GAVE UP

the Photograph Business for a
Good, Easy Job that has paid me
over $75.00 a week for years. Vou
could also enter this work. A Sc
stamp will bring Particulars.

D. MACK

St. Stephens Church. Va-

Mailed Free

Our New No. 14
Post=paid

Mail Order Cash
Catalogue

is just oflE the press. Send
us your name and we will
gladly mail you a copy.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

Retail Departnwiit

57 East Nioth Street New Ywt

STOP"! LOOK!"

Have you a camera you wish to
sell or exchanee ? Write us. We

Art Studies

Photoaraphs from Life " idels

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

c.xlvii

NEW ROSS LENSES

The Ross "Xpres" F,4.5

This is a new successful five-lens system with
triple-cemented back, — a standard unapproached by
any F,4.5 lens, particularly adapted for portrait and
groups in the studio and outdoor work, and in the
smaller sizes for all classes of extra rapid work,
press photography, high speed photography, Auto-
chrome and three-color work.

Pric

4H X ny^

$ 31.25
35.15
40.60
45.30
50.00

No.

Kquiv.
Kocus

Plate-covered

Pricf

6
7
8
9
10

Inches

10
12
16^^
21

5x7

5 X 8 y

6J^ X 8^ 1
8 X 10
10 X 12

$62.50
93.75
137.50
218.75
312.50

The Ross ''Combinable"

DOUBLETS F,5.5 TO F,6.3

Lens

This new series of Ross Combinable
Universal lenses are specially suitable for
portraits and groups in the studio, and for
all classes of out-door work. Also for in-
teriors, copying and all rapid and up-to-date
photography. The new Ross Combinable
is supplied in doublets F,5.5 to F,6.3 and in
single letises at F,ll. The doublet is a
three-foci lens working singly at F,ll with
full aperture, equal endscomoined at F,5.5,
unequalled ends at F, 5.7 and F,6.8. The
single lenses give definition of the highest
quality at full aperture, the inherit
brilliancy of the single lens being retained.

The "Combinables" are absolutely
universal in their capabilities.

Combination o

f Two Lenses (f/1 p.

Si/e of Plate

at
Full Aperture.

Prices

N(..

Resulting Combined
Focus

LiifKcst

in Brass
Settings

AfMirture.

with Iris.

Front.

Back.

Ins.

Inches.

f/5.5

2M» X H%

$ 48.45

4>i

f/5.5

3^ X 3J^

4845

^'A

f/5.9

3K X 4%

52.35

hV2

f/6.2

SH X 4H

55.50

'-m

«K

5'.^

f/5.6

^% X \y^

56.25

U)K^

9J4

f/5.7

4X5

50.40

9^^

f/5.9

4 X 5

61.75

10 '4

lOK

f/5.5

fy5.7

4 X 5

62.50

\\%

lOK

«K

5 < 6

64.85

XiVi

10^

e'.i

f/6.0

5 X 6

68.00

nji

«^

f,/5.5

5 X tt

67.20

12^

f/5.9

4K X 6!^'

70.30

14J4

ny.

f/6.2

Wa X 6J4

7500

18>i

12^

v/.

f/5.5

4K X m

72.65

14^

12'/^

f/5.9

5 X 7

77.35

12J4

^v.

f/e.3

5 X 8

88.30

1454

14'^

H'A

f/5.5

5 X 8

75.80

f/5.9

5 X 8

93.00

f/«.4

^'A X 8^'

125.80

AMERICAN AQEivrrs QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street - - - New York, N. Y

Send tor new Ross Lens and Camera Catalogue

'QitiTgrl hy

Coo

;le

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

New Papers For Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK— Highest portrait quality, warm black
tones, transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff,
Buff Matte.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging;
non-abrasion.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL — Three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough,
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double.

BLACK LAUREL — Black and sepia platinum effects; for
contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Semi-Matte, Double;
Smooth Matte, Double ; Buff Matte.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxlix

Is ''going some." but it is not too fast
for the peerless

HELIAR F:4.5

This remarkable picture, showing all
four wheels of Gil Anderson's Stutz
car off the ground at one time, was
caught by the proprietor of the Elgin
Photo Supply Company, on August
28th, during the Elgin National Road
Races. His equipment was a 5x7 Men-
tor Reflecting Camera fitted with a 3A
Heliar, 8^-inch focus; the exposure
was 1/1300 of a second and a Lumiere
Sigma plate was used. It is consid-
ered by the automobile people as the
most remarkable picture ever taken.
The negative was fully timed and the
shutter speed was sufficiently rapid to
stop motion. With a lens of less aper-
ture than the Heliar, such a picture
would be out of the question, as it
would not permit enough light to pass
to give a fully timed negative at such
a high shutter speed. This same qual-
ity, together with its brilliancy and
covering power, has placed the Heliar
in the front rank of high speed ana-
stigmats. It is the lens that "makes
good" when conditions are most try-
ing.

.Ask any photographer who owns
one.

Descriptive circular on request, or
af vniir jkaLer's.

IF YOU USE THE

Star Negative File

V^ , —J. , V:

(Patented July Ifl, ISOO.)
you can instantly locate any

negative desired. This file pro-
vides a perfect means of atoring
and indexing negatives. It is a
heavy pasteboard box covered in
imitation morocco, fitted tor 50
glass necjativcs, or a larger num-
ber of (ilms, separated Uy paste-
board frames. An indeji Is in
front of each ftle.
3J4 X 4J4 .-...-■ -10.20 postpaid

4 X 5 37

5 X 7 , .4S

6^ X Sy^ .65

a X 10 ,.._.. .72
3J| X 4 for lantern

Slides.. .30

GEORGC MURPHY, Ino.

K«iill 0«pHtiti«nt
57 Cut 9th Str«ec NEW YORK

Mr. Post Card Man

DO YOU WANT

To Make More Money?

Would You
Invest $5.00?

Made in
your Cam-
era with one
Exposure.

SHIPPED
PRRP A.ID

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE QUICK-SET METAL TRIPOD

^ y^lTrr\ (Patented)

^L ^^^ Embodying all the Features of a Good Tripod*

\ ^1 RIGID When Extended
% COMPACT When Closed

^ QUICK When Operated

The Quick-Set is Rigid because made of brass tubing, nickel plated
When extended it is a continuous rod of metal and will bear any reason-
able weight.

The Quick-Set is Compact because when closed it is shorter than
any other make, when extended longer.

The Quick-set is Quick because it can be
extended in a moment by pulling out each leg
fully and giving a short twist to the left,
securely locking all sections at once.

The Quick-Set eliminates all the defects
found in other makes of tripods. It has no
buttons or pins, and the legs
cannot become loosened.

Nos. 51 to 53, inclusive, are made with the legs fasitiiud
to a circular head 1|4. inches in diamett-r. No. 60 Hes pfr-
fectly flat, the head being a flat piece of metal 'i4-incli wide,
2V2 inches long; it is so made as to fold over, when extended, and form
a broad triangular-shaped head.

The No. 75 is constructed with a loose tripod screw, with a long
shank, making it very easy to turn the camera in any dej^ired direction,
and then clamp firmly. The top is covered with green felt, to preyent
marring the camera.

PRICES

Length Closed
15 in.
16^ "
14

12 "
15 "

Xo. 60.

No.

Sections

Length Extended

39H in.

54 "

48 J^ "

50 "

50^ "

Weight
13 Tj oz.
14 ^: -
19
21
25

PHce

$2.00 Poslpaid
2.10
3,0^1

430 **

430

ncnonc Miinnui/ i^.

Retirr k

/ Google

Digitized by '

>8'

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cli

SATISTA papers are greatly in
advance of all other photographic
papers. The same sheet of paper
will give a Warm Black Tone or a
Soft Mellow Brown — a totally new
tone of lovely quality.

Send for prints and pamphlets des-
cribing Satista and Platinotype papers

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

Pyrogallic 4cid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

** M. C. W/* BRAND

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky
in appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon
to produce the best photographic results.

When placing your orders for PYRO, specify "M. C. W."

MI4LLIINCKRODT CHENIC4L WORKS

ST. LOUIS NEW YORK

• bigitizedbyGuOQle

When writing a'ivertisers please mention Snap Shot-;. ^^

clii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Rectangular Condensers

(Patented)

Price
For 3^x4^ plate, size 3^x4^ $14.25

For 4x5

For Post card
For 5x7
For 8x8

For 6'jx8'/^
For 8x10

For 10x12

4;ix5^,
3'^x5Sli

8x8

21.00
24.00
26.00
39.00
43.00
82.00
164.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RETAIL DEPARTMENT

57 East 9th Street :: :: New York

Send for our New Postfaid MailOrder Cash Catalogue. Also copy of new
Ross Lens and Camera Catalogue.

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photogfraphers^ Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

^^^^ PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

When writing advertisers please mention Snap sSifeS? ^^

Googltf

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cliii

iiiW'jiC'-

McAlpin

rllS nc^sv solid mount has
maJe an immeciiate kit witli

the trade. Th(

e reasons

Snappy
design^ superior quality, popular
prices. Made for 4x6 anJ cabinet
prints. ColoreJ teveleJ e^es,
linen surface, printed and embossed
fluteJ torder, plain frame effect
arounJ the print. You can\ go
wrong if you use McAlpin for
your single weigkt portrait work.

Write for free sample to
M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY, Pkiladelpkia, Pa.

"Curiosity Killed a Cat"

That is a well-known old-time saying ; but it does not apply to
you, because You ark Not a Cat. It is safe for you, and for
your wife and your children, to want to know what is to be
found in the woods and the fields around you, in the swamps
and meadows, the ponds and ditches. Do not hesitate to indulge
in the Joy of Curiosity. You are not a cat. You can satisfy
the desire to know by reading

THE GUIDE TO NATURE

It is ten cents a copy; one dollar a year.

Address

Digitized by

Google

cliv

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SPECIAL BARGAINS

Portrait Lenses

Size Focus Each

6J4 X 8^ 8B Dallmeyer F8.5, H%" |8B.OO
6^ X 8«4 3A '• F4 16" 74.0(»

1« x20 6A " F4 ay 906.W)

20 X JM No.H Euryscope Ffi 88" 185.00
«i/4 X 8«< 3A CerveeH F:i8, Ifi" 80.00
ej4 X 8^ 8C Cervccs F5 12" ltt.50

Wide Angle Lenses

Series Focus Each
Easlc Wide Anifle, B, 80° 8^" $4.00

Size
4x5

8 X 10 B,

8 X 10 Hall & Benson

X 14 EaKle Wide An^e, A

80°
100°

6^"

5.0(1
6.00
7.30
16.00

A, 100^ 10,^" 22.00

These lenses are all big bargains, and we will be glad to send any of them to
you on ten days' trial, with the understanding that if the lens is not perfectly satis-
factory and is returned to us within ten days, wc will return your remittance to you.

THE NEW YORK LENS COMPANY

57 East 9th Street, New York

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Inditpeniable to photoffraphert, ohemlsta,
phyiicUnt. or anyone enrared in wolfk-
inf chemicals.

The Weighmeter instantly indicates by
one turn of the dial exactly what we^hts
are to be used on the scale for any given
formula. Saves time, trouble, annoyance,
and opportunities for errors in making the
usual computations. Beautifully printed in
two colors on ivory celluloid, and of just
the right size to fit the vest pocket.

Price 50o., postpaid.

cuex>rc2e: murphy. Inc.

RKTAIL OKPARTMIIIT

67 East 9th Str««t NKW YORK

Sepia Pillocloth

A cloth which gives a Sepia tone in
the following colors:

No. 1 Gold No. 4 White

No. 2 Yellow No, 5 Purple
No. 3 Pink No. 6 Green

Simple to use — simply wash in cold
water and fix in Hypo. Will keep in-
definitely. Age does not affect it be-
fore or after printing. Just the thing
for Pillow tops, table covers, lambre-
quins, etc.

Postpaid

3't X 4'i can of 12 sheets..? .50

3U ^ 554 can of 12 sheets.. .55

4x5 can of 12 sheets.. .55

5x7 can of 1 2 sheets . . 1.00

6J/i X Sy^ can of 12 sheets.. 1.60

8 X 10 can of 12 sheets.. 2.00

12 X 36 can of one sheet.. .70

18 X 18 can of one sheet.. .55

20 X 20 can of one sheet. . .70

20 X 24 can of one sheet.. 1.00

18 X 36 can of one sheet.. 1.25

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., Reuu Department. 57 East Ninth Street, New York

When writing advertisers please mention Sjcap . Suqts. _ , ,, -. ...^

Uigitizea Dy VjjW^V IV^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

civ

FREE— The Photogrraphic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

▲ BOOS FOB PHOTOQBAPHEBB AKATETTB AlTD PBORBSIOVlXi

By W. I. LINCOLN ADA1C8 (Hli Beit Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of "Amateur Photography," "In Nature'i

Image," Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engravings,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Subject Landscape Without Figures Landscape With Fisuree

Foregronndi THe Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Hand Camera

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Night

Lighting in Portraiture Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal margins and gilt edges. Beautifully

and substantially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBICE IN A BOX, f8.80.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dollar

per copy, with a new subscription to ^

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Begnlar priee of "Sunlight and Shadow" ....
Begnlar Subscription price of "The Photographic Times'

|S.M

1.60

H.00

By this Special Offer we self Both for . • $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow'* alone; so you get "The Photographic

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so vou must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photo^aphic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

139 West Fourteenth Street

NEW YORK, N. Y.

fati Can Take Pictures on a Day Like This !

lat is, if your lens is right. The lens is the soul of your camera. Ordinarj lenses

If take ordmary picinrcs iiuil^i /Inmnj&k conditions. Arc you satisfied with that?

wouUi you like the des^ results yndcr tr// conditionc ? If so, you should know the

COERZ LENSES

aiversally used by WLir photographers and professional:^, who must
: sure of tljeir rLsults* T/iev can easilv he Jltied ia ihe camera
ts narw onm.

^^M. for Oar Book oo "Leiisca asd Cameras"

t'^ -m^ greate.^t v:ifu»:' Im riny one iutcriifSk'd
* ' >*" Op(ie»J Co,

n****

clvi SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALUBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne's InfaPible Hunter Meter has been specially designed to attain the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thickness of case — the case being onl^ one-quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,
is the Actinometer with standard tints
and sensitive paper. On the left hand side

of the case is the two scales for the calcu-

\ 'm^l:-mr^ $t ' IkC^ T lation of the exposures. The top dial is

t\^TS^ a* j5M^^ interchangeable so that scales according to

f!( jW either F, U S, or specially divided scales

for Autochromc exposures can be instantly

substituted for one another.

When orderiiif» please specilj which style of scale is desired.

Hunter Meter 12.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials 50

Top scale only F, U S or .\utochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, IllC.

57 East 9th Street - - - - New York

Manufacturers. Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Materials of Every Description.

Black Laurel Silk

Medium Weight

Two grades: Royal Silk (buff tint), and White Silk
(white stock).

A surface of highest refinement, placing a developing paper
at last on a par with Platinum papers in finished appearance,
retaining all developing paper advantages.

Innlr "

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS clvii

Jl higher standard of negative quality
is made possible by

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio, Home Portrait
or Commercial Work.

A perfect sensitive product which yields to the most delicate
impressions of light, recording their full value with perfect
separation of tones, and this under the most obstinate conditions
where halation would be most noticeable were glass plates used.

Eastman Portrait Films are adapted to either studio or home
portrait work. They preserve the snappy lights and gradations
of white draperies and permit one to work against the conflicting
lights of the average interior. However they may be used to
advantage under any condition which calls for a non-halation
plate.

Portrait Films may be used in any plate holder by using Eastman

Film Sheaths^ or in the Eastman Film Holders — are

lights flexible^ unbreakable^ and may be retouched

or etched on eithe^r side or on both sides.

PRICE— Same as Seed 30 Plates.

Special illustrated circular at your dealer^ or by mail.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.
/ill Dealer^s. ^<-> ,

Digitized by '

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

clviii

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEM EXTS

The Autographic Kodaks

You can now date and title your negatives^ permanently^
and almost instantly at the time you make them.

TOUCH a spring and a little door opens in the back of the Kodak ;
write with pencil or stylus on the red paper of the Autographic
Film Cartridge ; expose from 2 to 5 seconds ; close door. When your
negatives are developed a permanent photographic reproduction of
the writing will appear on the Intersections between the negatives.
When the prints are made you can have this writing appear upon
them or not, just as you choose. By turning the winding key slightly
and advancing the paper the width of the slot you can have the
writing appear on the picture itself if you wish.

Any picture that is worth taking is worth a title and dale. The places of intercft
you visit, the autographs of friends you photograph, interesting facts about the childreii,
their age at the time the picture was made — all these things add to the value of t
picture. Architects, Engineers and Contractors who make pliomgraphic records of
their work can add greatly to the value of such records by adding note5 and datd
permanently on the negative. The careful amateur photographer can iraprovc the
quality of his work by noting, by means of the Autographic Kodak, the light cimi-
ditions, stop and exposure for every negative.

The greatest Photographic advame in ticeiitv wars.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clix

HIGHEST HOT WEATHER EFFICIENCY

hammer" plates

Special Extra Fast (red label) and Extra Fast (blue label)
Plates for all-round work and Ham: ler's Orthochrornatic Plates
for color values.

Chemical perfection and speed in exposure, development
and drying, give negatives full of detail with firm, tough films
and little tendency to frill.

RE6. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, **A Short Talk on Negative Making,"
mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

HJCG/ISrS'

PHo

MOt/M TEF^

HftTe an excellence peculiarlj their
own. The best results are onlj
produced by the best methods and
means — the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other mountinf
can only be attained by using the
best mounting paste^

H1QQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bxoellent noTel broBh with each lar.)

At Dealers In Pboto SappUee,
ArtisU' Materials SAd Stationery.

A t-OL. Jar prepaid by mail for SO eeats.
or olrculars f vee from

AT^ff^^^K CHICAGO LONOOH

tyf

y^C^l

ft I RMkAVIvn. N. V.

Digitized by

Google

clx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

No. 178. CIRCULAR BALUSTRADE

Finished to represent stone, adjustable (3) parts, (1)
large post, (1) small post and (1) curved Balustrade
section. Each piece is an accessory of itself — a general
good outdoor accessory.

Price,

$20.00

ROUGH & CALD>VKLL CO.

...MANUI'ACTURKRS...

I40th Street and Walton Avenue, New York

YE Of^DB SEAVEY SI^DIO

Google-

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patenigd April Hth, I&ll)

STYLE A.

Th« lAtoit and Oreit«it Impfovfimont ia K^r FilUn.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and forefiround. and produce a pcriect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
is a strong orange yellow at the top. is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is aiiaincd at the bottom. The practical cfifect of the gradual
blendmg ot color is to silt out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds ai^d sky, which pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
without ptrceptiUiy dccreai^ing the weak ilhiiniuation uf the rcHecled light

from the foreground, which
comtfs through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

The reason that d:iylight
cloud pictures ar? rare is
that the strength of the il-
lumination from the sky is
many, many times that of
the partially absorbed and
reflected light from objects
*n the ground.

If a correct expostire is
■^iven lo the clouds, then
ihe landscape is badly nn-
<!er-exposed; if the correct
txposure is given to the
landscape, then the clouds
ivv literally l)urnt up from
iner-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contra sty they may
liave appeared to the eye,
nn im screened photograph
shows only a blank white
sky.

The Royal Foreground
Ray Screen is also very
useful for subjects which
are more strongly illumi-
nated on one side than on
tbe other, as in photograj^h-
ing by the light of a side
window or in a narrow
I -treeL By simply turning
^ the dark side of the fore-
1? round screen toward the
bright side of the object a
cood. even exposure will
result,

pricE
$2.70 Poalpaid
2 90
IAS
3,60
4.05
470
5.40

GEORGi: MURPHY. Inc.. £:*;iU.at

57 Eftst Ninth Street NEW YORK

Strrid/t^r New Ptni-paid No. 14 Maii-Order Cash Catmi'^gMibyKjO^

Madt Witti th« Boral FoFeeround Bn,; Screen
PHOTO. By H. F. SCHMIDT. SeattU. lVtishin£ton.

5 7 O F 1 6 . E X PO S URE-li sccon d,

September Ibth, in .4. Af. I}istance t& snQW-covtred

Mi. Baker S Afi7rj.

so.

mAUETKR INCII1&5

PRICE

wo.

DIAHET£ll INCtlKS

$L.^S I

o!tt|in.(d

I A

1 J5

2A
3 A

for \mx camtrAi
1^

1,35
1 35

STYLE

lOA
11 A

1.35

12A

5 A

L80

6 A

2.00

14 A

2^4

2.25

For the best results
continuously, use

^I7\

The paper without a
disappointment.

All DmUrU,

ARTURA DIVISION,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

CONTENTS

Printing Borders to Pho-
tographs - - - .

An Art Talk of Unusual In-
terest - - . -

The Choice of PlaLte in
Copying - • . -

Stock Solutions as Time
Savers ....

Hints on ** Retouching'* and
the Reduction of ''Hala^*
tion*'

Good Bla^cks on Bromide
Prints - - -

161
163
167
169

172

- 175

Pa^rcel Post - - - - 177
Tra.de Notes and News • 178
Studio Wants ■ . -180

Snap Shots Publishing Co.. 57 East Ninth St.. New York

We want you to know
abrmt the wonderful
T & N CELLULAR
BOARD, and these il^
liistralions will bring tu
your mind some salient
features.

CELLULAR BOARD

is far Hjt^hter than wood
of equal thickness and
much stiller than paste-
board of equal weight.

SHEETS OF THIS
MATERIAL in your
studicj would seem al-
:nost indispensable-

WHENEVER YOU WANT TO PROTECT ANYTHING

from damatre, either in the niaily or otherwise, CELLULAR
BOARD COMES IN HANDY*

CElXULAk BOAKn

llemimHtrMiriEr the siiffnc** of irllubr Brard ** cim-

piired with |V»?*tctNMrd, i»f cqu,«l wctght^

Showinjf the construction of
our Cellular Bfuird,

BOX WOOD U^ *tt.

Sbowio£ lightnc» of Cdlulftr Board a» compsrcd
with Bojt WfKid.

Send for Paftlctilars*

WE CAN SUPPLY YOU ANY SIZE YOU WISH*

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO,

Concord and Prince Streets
Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; Brookville, lad.; Niagara Falls, Canada;
London, Bnfland ; Jiilich, Germany.

-■ ^ — Digitinod ^

Qoo

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxi

THE NEW

Ross "Telecentric" Lens

(PATENT)

Qlvlng Critical Definition at Pull Aperture

Tele -Photography with Focal Plane Shutter Ex-
posures. Large Image at Short Camera Extension

AN IDEAL LENS FOR
SPORTING EVENTS

VERY SUITABLE FOR
PORTRAITURE

Two Series, //5.4 and// 6.8

The new "Telecentric" Lens gives a universally flat image with ex-
quisite definition to the corners of the plate. Coma and spherical aber-
ration away from the axis have been so fully corrected that the bril-
liancy of image equals that of the finest Anastigmat. Like the Ross
**Homocentric," the "Telecentric" is absolutely free from spherical zones,
and negatives taken with it are perfect in detail. The chromatic correc-
tion is also perfect. It fills the want so forcibly felt of a lens possess-
ing the sharp definition and other good qualities of the Anastigmat, and
at the same time enlarging the image of distant objects.

In the "Telecentric** Lens, f/6.8, which is slightly faster than other
lenses of this type, the definition and brilliancy at full aperture are quite
equal to those of the most perfectly corrected modern Anastigmats.

In the extra rapid "Telecentric" Lens, the extreme aperture of f/5.4
has been attained, and this without any sacrifice of critical defining
power.

The "Telecentric" gives an image about twice as large as that given
by an ordinary lens requiring the same bellows extension. Therefore-*
pictures of objects that from circumstance or of their nature cannot be
sufficiently approached to allow of the desired size of image may be sat-
isfactorily obtained by using the Ross "Telecentric." These pictures
ivill have critical definition secured with the shortened exposure afforded
by the large full aperture of the "Telecentric."

Pocui

Foona

Fooni

Foou

Fooui

Baok-EqniT.

Baok-EquiT.

Baok-BqulT.

Bftok-EquiT.

Baok-EqulT.

Ins 4H"-9"

654"-ir'

6"-ia"

6^"-13"

856"-ir'

F 6.8, $81.25

$37.50

$40.65

$48.75

$68.75

F5.4, 42.20

51.60

56.25

60.95

100.00

Digitized by

Google

clxii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALLIBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne's Infallible Hunter Meter has been specially designed to atuin the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thicl^iess of case — the case being only one*quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,

- is the Actinometer with standard tints

IS^ftP*C;'T&\ Sr^ 4 1 -^^ *"^ sensitive paper. On the left hand side

Vw«£[>^=.=rv^a>^^..«r — 3^j*^li ^^ of the case is the two scales for th€ calcu-

\-jri^ j| ^ Dv 1 lation of the exposures. The top dial is

_ t^-^^ ^-^Jf^^ interchangeable so that scales according to

^\j/ either F, U S, or specially divided scales

■"-^ for Autochrome exposures can be instantly

substituted for one another.

When orderinf , pleas« specify which stjle of scale it desired.

Hunter Meter $2.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials 50

Top scale only F, U S or Autochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, IhC.

57 East 9th Street . - - - New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Materials of Every Description.

<>OERZ

PORTRAIT HYPAR

i^l TA I nrV ^^^^^^ than quantity, is the secret of suc-
Vc^^"* * '^ cess in photography as a business, just as
it is the secret of satisfaction in photog^raphy as an art. The
HYPAR is an invaluable aid to quality in portraiture. It is not
a semi-corrected lens, but a true portrait anastigmat. It
excels the older types of portrait lenses in speed, covering
power and freedom from internal reflections; and it affords
that delicate softness of definition which is the hall-mark of
artistic portrait photography.

Order through your regular stock house. Catalog
and sample print on request from

G. P. GOERZ AMERICAN OPTICAL CO.

OFFICE AND FACTORY:

34th Street and Second Avenue New York City

Dealers' Distributing Agents west of Ohio. BURKE ft JAMES, Inc., CHICAGO.

When writing advertisers please mention Skap SHOTJ^itized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxiii

Sliding Ground Glass Carriage
for Double Plate Holders

Sliding Ground Glass Carriages are made to fit the 8 x 10 and 11 x 14
Ccntnry Studio Cameras, and are so constructed that the receding ground
glass panel can be shifted to either side. This allows the operator to make
two 5x8 exposures on an 8 x 10 plate, or two 7x11 exposures on an 11
X 14 plate. When the back is centered, the full size 8 x 10 or 11 x 14 neg-
atives may be made.

Double holders for either plates or Eastman Portrait Films are sup-
plied for use with the Sliding Ground Glass Carriage.

THE PRICE

11 z 14 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage with one 11 z 14 Sterling

double Plate Holder $21.00

8 z 10 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage with one 8 z 10 Eastman

Donble View Plate Holder 1S.0O

11 z 14 Sterling Plate Holders, each 6.00

11 z 14 Sterling Portrait Film Holders, each .... 6.00

8 z 10 Eastman View Plate Holders, each .... 1.25

8 z 10 Eastman Portrait Film Holders, each .... 1.25

CENTURY CAMERA DIVISION.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,
ROCHESTER, N. Y.

r>k r^r\. I

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

clxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE AMERICAN ANNUAL
OF PH0T06RAPHY-1915

29th CDrXION
READY ABOUT NOVEMBER 25th

{^•WWttflWUlU The most interesting and the most

OfPlKd^AI'mlt beautifulJy illustrated photographic
SlOlS BB annual in the world.

1 The new 1915 edition will contain up-

I to-date practical papers of almost every

Ji phase of photography. The fallowing

are a few of the subjects especially
treated on by experts in the various
lines: Small Hand Cameras, Enlarging;
Bromoil, Photomicrography, Winter Scenes, Development,
Motion Picture Finishing, Carbon Printing, Stereoscopic
Photography, Home Portraiture and Photographic ^lountings.
The formula section has been revised and contains many
new and up-to-date formulae and tables for e very-day reference.
Beautifully illustrated with over ^00 illustrations selected
from the best American and European work of the year.

32 FULL PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR
A beautiful photographic print as a frontispiece

// will be ready for distribtilion about November Jjfk, igt^

Send your order NOW.

PAPER EDITION, $0.75 CLOTH EDlTfON, $1.^5

Postage extra according to zone (xones given below)

PosTAdE: 1st zone, 1 to 50 miles, 60. ; *3nd zi*uc, 50 ta 150 miles. 8t\ ; 8nJ
zone, 150 to 800 miles, 8c. ; 4th zone, mi\ to m^ miles, lie. : 5th zone, 600 xa
1000 miles, 14c. ; 6th zone, 1000 to lim miles, ITc. ; 7th zone, 1400 ii» l^i
miles, 21c. ; 8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 24c.

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRIPTION RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YEAR, tl.OO; SIX MONTHS, 60 CENTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.96
PUBLISHED BY THE SNAP SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 57 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 25

SEPTEMBER 1914

Number 9

PRINTING BORDERS TO PHOTOGRAPHS
By Nurse F. C. Davis

There are several methods of
making prints with tinted borders,
but they all involve the difficulty of
exact registration. This is avoided
in the method given below, which,
moreover, is perfectly practicable,
not only with print-out processes,
but also with gas-light paper. When
once the masks are cut and arrang-
ed, printing can be carried on with
speed and certainty.

To make the procedure clear, we
will take as an example a quarter-
plate print, which is to be provided
with a border. Two half -plate
printing frames will be required,
also two pieces of glass to fit them,
which must be of exactly the same
5ize (old negatives, cleaned oflf, do

excellently), a piece of thin un-
crumpled brown paper, a pencil,
straight edge, mountant, and some
stamp edging.

The first step is to place one of
the pieces of glass on the brown pa-
per, run the pencil round the edge,
and cut out along the lines so
drawn. We do this a second time,
so as to get two pieces of thin
brown paper the exact size of the
two pieces of glass. The quarter-
plate negative is then placed on one
of the pieces of brown paper, in the
position the picture is to occupy,
and a line is traced round it. With
the pencil and straight edge a line
is ruled an eighth of an inch inside
this mark all round, and the centre

161

Digitized by

Google

162

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

piece is cut out on this line. It
should be thrown away to avoid
confusing it with the somewhat
similar piece cut out of the second
mask, which will be used.

The mask just cut out is placed
on the second piece of brown pa-
per, seeing that they are exactly
edge to edge, and a pencil line is
made round the opening. The cut-
out mask is lifted off, and on the
other a pencil line is ruled one-six-
teenth of an inch inside the line
just traced. This will give us a
narrow dark line immediately round
the picture. The inside piece is cut
out exactly on the line. Both these
pieces will be wanted.

At this stage we shall have two
masks exactly alike, except that the
opening in one is slightly larger than
in the other. The mask with the
larger opening we put aside for the
present; but on the other we rule
a line from a quarter to half an
inch all round outside the opening,
and cut out on this line. This mask
provides the border effect.

The first mask is now placed on
one of the pieces of clean glass,
and with some stamp edging is fas-
tened in position. The second piece
of glass is then laid upon the first,
seeing that the edges exactly coin-
cide, and the cut-out piece of paper
is fixed to it exactly in the centre
of the opening shown by the mask
below, leaving a narrow opening all

round. As the remaining mask pre-
cisely fits over the cut-out centre
that has just been stuck down, there
is no more trouble. If this method
is to be used for gaslight printing,
it is well to write, the word "Top"
at the top of all three masks and the
printing paper used.

The use of the masks when once
they have been prepared is very
simple. The negative is placed in
position over the opening in the first
mask, the glass and paper are both
pushed well up to the right-hand
comer of the printing frame, and
the negative is printed. The first
glass is then removed, and the sec-
ond with the paper centre stuck on
it is put into the frame, glass and
paper are pushed well up as before,
and a second exposure gives a large
white margin with a narrow dark
rim round the picture. When it is
thought to be printed deep enough,
the frame is opened, the print taken
out, and the cut-out border mask is
slipped in over the stuck down cen-
tre. The paper is replaced, and the
outside edge of the print may then
be printed as darkly as is required,
giving a pleasing effect very much
like multiple mounting.

One year's subscription to Snap
Shots and the American Annual of
Photography 1915 (paper edition)
only $1.50.

Snap Shots Pub. Co.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

163

AN ART TALK OF UNUSUAL INTEREST

By George W. Stevens,

Director, Toledo Museum of Art

I am reminded of a group of
children who were about to play a
patriotic game on Washington's
birthday. To find out who was eli-
gible to take part in the game, they
took an inventory of what each
-could contribute. One said, "I can
play all right, because I have a toy
€word." A second said, "Let me
play, because I have a gun." A
third, as eligible because she had an
American flag and at last the littlest
girl held up her hand and said,
'''Please I can play too, I've got a
union suit." Now my union suit
this afternoon is the fact that I was
born in this great Empire State,
way up country where the beautiful
Mohawk gently glides through the
mud flats of Utica. One more item
and I am finished with the biograph-
ical portion of this small talk. In
<lue season, I became a reporter on
a morning newspaper; at the head
of the local staff of this paper was
an exceptionally brilliant man. In
the small hours of the night when
work was over, he once confessed
to me that he had always felt it a
great drawback not having had the
benefits of a college education.

"I know I am all right," he said,
^'I feel that I can do the work and
do it well, but always way down in-

side of me there is that feeling that
I have missed sc«nething and that
somewhere there exists a mysteri-
ous, magic key of knowledge which
I can never possess."

This sounded strange coming
from the best man on the best paper
in the town; however, many men
who have achieved success in many
walks of life, without the benefits
of early education, are constantly
confronted with the same thought.
In my work I have come in contact
with a great many artists and pho-
tographers and many of the latter
have expressed to me a regret that
they did not have the benefit of an
art school training. They have al-
ways felt that such a training would
have placed in their hands that be-
fore-mentioned mysterious and
magic key of knowledge. In some
instances perhaps they were right
in so thinking; however, in the
art school or in the college, it is
not so much what we learn or
memorize but rather that we are
brought to the realization that cer-
tain information exists, and know-
ing of its existence, we may reach
for it when we want it. We,
all of us, have access to all knowl-
edge which is the result of the slow
intellectual evolution of the world.

Digitized by

Google

164

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

It belongs to all of us. Thousands
of men and women spend years of
their lives in the art schools, learn-
ing to be draughtsmen and studying
composition, line, balance and har-
mony of color. Perhaps they give
up ten years of their lives to the
studying of these things. I suppose
there are twenty-five thousand stu-
dents studying art in Paris today,
many of them Americans. You
don't, however, find twenty-five
thousand men artists coming promi-
nently before the world every year.
Out of this great number of annual
students, each year five or six
Americans will be found hung in
the Paris Salon; perhaps every
other year or so a single American
is awarded a medal at that great
exhibition ; perhaps ten men, out of
the hundreds and thousands of
Americans who have studied art, are
represented in the Luxembourg. So
it is out of the thousands of men
who study art, but few arrive. They
may have all become good draughts-
men but there they ended.

There must be something within
to make the artist, something that
the master cannot give you. You
may have studied under Whistler,
but he has drawn nothing for you ;
perhaps under Chase, but he sets
nothing down on your paper, you
put it down yourself. Perhaps the
master speaks to you about your
work once a month, perhaps not.
You get your inspiration, most of it,
from the other students working

about you, one learning from the
other. There is something helpful
and inspiring in an atmosphere
where all are working towards the
same end, and that is the secret of
the success of your meetings — ^get-
ting together and each giving some-
thing to the other. We don't know
how a popular song spreads over
the country, we don't go to a school
of music to learn it. It flits from
brain to brain and the first thing
we know we all have it. Much
knowledge will come to us this way
if we are prepared to receive it
There is also much that we must go
after. Every day we may add
something to our store. I have
spent twenty years studying com-
position and I have come all the way
from Toledo to hear what ilr.
Chase has to say on the subject. I
am sure I will learn something new.
Even artists, who have spent years
of their lives in study, are not sure
how they acquire a knowledge of
composition. To some few, per-
haps, it came naturally, some have
dug it out laboriously, some great
artists are still digging. I was talk-
ing recently with George Piexotto,
a pupil of Munkascy, and he told
me that when the master was paint-
ing his great picture, **The Last
Hours of Mozart," which was pur-
chased by Senator Alger of Michi-
gan, and now hangs in the Detroit
Museum of Art, that he was verj*
uncertain as to the treatment of the
eight white-stockinged legs of the

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

165

quartette of singers at the left of
the canvas. These eight perpen-
dicular lines of white were very
prominent and disturbing, inasmuch
as they drew attention from the face
of Mozart. In front of the canvas
Munkascy had placed a large piece
of plate glass on which he had paint-
ed a chair, on the back of which was
a wrap and on the seat of the chair
a cane, extending in a horizontal di-
rection. This glass, with the chair
and cane upon it, he was moving
backwards and forwards over the
canvas, in front of the white legs.
He tried at least twenty positions
and from day to day, would ask his
pupils one by one, their opinions as
to just where the cane ought to
extend to cover the white stockings
and just where the chair ought to
cut into the composition. Munka-
scy had probably been studying and
thinking about composition for at
least thirty years and here was a
problem he could not master in-
stantly. He worked over it for
many days and finally painted the
cane in just the right position to
accomplish its mission. As one
looks at the picture, it all seems
simple enough.

There is much we may all learn in
composition. Its laws are as abso-
lute and in the main as well-known
as the laws which govern the planets
in their flight. These things are, of
course, taught in the schools of art,
but the masters can only set you on
the right track. The rest you must

do for yourself and it must come
from within. There is no great
mystery in the schools which is un-
folded to you; there is no royal
road to art and no special privileges
for the photographer. The man with
the camera must work and progress
on the same lines as the man who
expresses himself in pastel, with the
etching needle or with pigment.
They all work the same way and
must observe the same laws and
when you have been brought to the
realization that these laws do exist
and that there are tangible rules and
reasons for doing things, you can
turn these laws and reasons to your
use, the same as does the painter.
There is no limit to what the man
with the camera may do in the field
of art. The schools of art turn
out thousands upon thousands of
draughtsmen, who can draw figures
and objects correctly in any posi-
tion, but they are not artists. Some-
thing else beyond draughtsmanship
makes the artist. The camera makes
you a perfect draughtsman but it
does not make you an artist. There
is something else beyond draughts-
manship which belongs to you just
as much as it belongs to any other.
You must go after it yourself, no
one can put it into you. You should
read all you can find on the history,
theory and evolution of art. You
will find much reading that is con-
fusing, but keep at it and you will
get a little from each book you pick
up. You don't have to believe what

Digitized by

Google

166

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

every fellow tells you in cold type,
for many writers write from their
own point of view and sometimes
they are wrong. However, read
everything and then digest it for
yourself. In the first place study
the history of art. Art did not
spring fully accoutered into the
world, it is the result of long, slow
evolution. It goes as far back as
the cave dwellers a hundred thou-
sand years ago, who drew animals
on the walls of caverns in western
Etirope and drew them very well.
Later in the stone age, the primitive
artist commenced making designs
upon his crude pots, vases and rude
implements. As the centuries went
on the Egyptians and the Assyrians
continued to draw and to design.
In the five thousand years of en-
deavor and evolution, they were
never able to create a figure that
was anything other than an impres-
sive mass of stone with its feet tied.
They did impress you with size and
majesty but never with life and mo-
tion. Five thousand years passed
and they hardly separated the arms
from the body. The Greeks fol-
lowed and took up the evolution of
art. First, they placed a smile upon
the features of the stone image, a
smile which it had taken thousands
of years to develop. Next they
freed the arms from the side of the
figure, then they balanced their fig-
ures lightly on one foot. All of
this took years to accomplish and
the final result was that they created

works of art, which are today our
ideals of perfection. Then came a
thousand years of intellectual dark-
ness— the middle ages, during which
there was but little artistic advance-
ment. Alc«ig in the twelfth century
came the awakening, the Renais-
sance, the revival of art. Even then
progress was slow and for a hundred
years or more painters creating Ma-
donnas never changed the position
or character of the Virgin, never
changed the arrangement of the fig-
ures in the composition which every
man treated in exactly the same
manner as did the man before him.
At the end of the thirteenth century
came Giotto, who broke away from
the conventions of the past, who
changed his composition a bit, put
some small expression into his faces.
Another hundred years passed be-
fore the artists knew anything of
anatomy and another hundred years
went by before they learned of per-
spective. Each generation and age
has added its mite to general art
knowledge. The result of all this
evolution belongs to you, just as
much as it belongs to the painter;
however, you must bestir yourselves
if you would take advantage of it
If you feel there is something within
you, develop it and add to it by
taking advantage of all that which
is yours for the asking. While
much is governed by laws and rules,
every rule can some day be broken
by one who is a master.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

167

THE CHOICE OF PLATE IN COPYING

Any photographer who does
much copying of various kinds will
have recognized the fact that the
great latitude of which most mod-
ern plates are possessed renders
it a difficult matter to produce vig-
orous negatives from originals lack-
ing contrast. Any attempt to de-
velop fully only results in general
thickness if the exposure has been
full, while if exposure has been
sufficient only to record shadow de-
tail no prolongation of development
will yield sufficient density in the
high-lights, and may, indeed, pro-
duce fog. Although it is perfectly
true that the working qualities of
rapid plates are so good that they
may be used for almost anything
nowadays, they are not preferable
for this work of copying flat and
feeble originals if vigour is re-
quired in the negative. In some
cases a slow or "ordinary" plate
may give a passable result, but it
is usually better to begin at once
with such a plate as a "process",
a plate which will give great den-
sity if exposed properly and in a
good light. In cases where the
original is yellowed — and we saw
such a print the other day, a dirty
and yellowed platinotype made
many years ago from a feeble neg-

ative— ^an "ortho process" plate
would be an advantage as being
more sensitive to the yellowed
lights of the print. A light-filter
might or might not be needed, but
if the unscreened exposure was not
altogether satisfactory a second ex-
posure might be made through a
fiher.

For line originals the process
plate is so greatly superior to any
ordinary or rapid plate that noth-
ing else should be employed, but
to secure transparent lines on an
opaque ground, the ideal in a line
negative, the avoidance of surface
reflection is necessary when set-
ting up the original, and the
shortest exposure which, followed
by full development, will give suffi-
cient density.

The copying of faded originals,
such as old and yellowed albumen
prints, is work which most profes-
sionals often get, and which often
leads to inquiries as to the desir-
ability of using orthochromatic
plates. Speaking broadly, we may
divide such originals into two
classes — ^prints which have yel-
lowed badly without the image
having faded much, and prints in
which the image itself has changed
to a yellow colour. Of course

Digitized by

Google

168

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

there are many examples which
show both kinds of deterioration,
and with these judgment must be
exercised as to which kind pre-
dominates. When the paper has
yellowed while the image has not,
it is an advantage to use an ortho
plate and a filter, for the high-
lights are yellowed, and will there-
fore photograph too dark on an
ordinary plate. On the other hand,
when the image itself has become
yellow or yellowish-brown, we
shall with a screened orthocbro-
matic plate obtain a result too
nearly like the visual appearance
of the original. What we want is
a plate which is as insensitive to the
yellowish-brown image as it would
be to the purplish-brown image the
print originally had. Such a plate
we find in a very slow "ordinary.''
It is sometimes advised to use a
blue light filter, but this is rarely
necessary, and never necessary if
the copying is being done in the
violet light of an enclosed arc lamp.
\^ery deep brown and red prints
are the bete noire of the copyist.
A comparatively short exposure is
ample for the high-lights when
there is Httle of the non-actinic
colour, but quite inadequate for the
deep shadows. The non-actinic
colour has the practical effect of
enormously increasing the steep-
ness of the scale of gradation, and

usually increases it beyond the
compass of an ordinary plate. Here
the panchromatic plate with a K II.
or K III. filter is invaluable. The
difficulties of copying red chalk
prints in daylight are great enough,
but, of course, they are vastly in-
creased when the enclosed arc is
used, because of its preponderance
of blue and violet rays and the
paucity of orange and red rays.
For this reason if the panchro-
matic plate and Kill, filter are
used it will be found that the mul-
tiplying factor of the filter is
greatly increased as compared with
daylight.

With such subjects as black
chalk drawings, in which the flesh
tints are suggested with red chalk,
some little doubt may occur as to
the best method to employ. If a
process plate is used there is a
probability of obtaining too hard
and unsympathetic a result, and the
red chalk will photograph quite as
dark as the black. In most cases
the best result will be obtained with
a panchromatic plate and filter, and
as the most delicate touches of
chalk must be rendered in the final
print there will be little, if any,
difficulty in getting sufficient print-
ing density in the negative, assum-
ing carefully accurate exposure and
development. — B. 7. of P.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

169.

STOCK SOLUTIONS AS TIME SAVERS
By George Turner

It has been my lot during the last tions ran into several hours per
sixteen years of my photographic week, for it takes a good man fully
career to have had charge of sev- fifteen minutes to mix properly,
eral busy studios and workrooms ready for use, a developer, with all
where large quantities of work had its ingredients correctly weighed
to be completed every week. To be and dissolved. Many a dozen plates
more explicit, the work had to be have I seen destroyed through de-
ready for delivery by Friday at the velopers compounded in a hurry, es-
latest. At one place where I have pecially when using hydroquinone
been for a number of years it is mixed with cold water. Anything
quite common to have a couple of will do when in a great hurry, and
hundred cabinet plates, an enor- tap water seems to be a general
mous amount of postcard, quarter, favorite with assistants,
and 12 by 10 plates, all for develop- To accomplish the end I had in
ing at a time. On one occasion I view I resolved to keep all chem-
was confronted with seven dozen jcals used in stock solutions, it only
12 by lO's. Proofs were required remaining necessary to measure out
as early as possible for the Press, certain quantities of each per Win-
besides all the usual stuflf which Chester, fill up with cold water, and
came in from the branches. all is ready.

When I first commenced at this ^o mix all the ingredients and

place pyro-soda had always been j^^^^ j^ ^^^^^ solutions was, at first

used, mixed up in two Wmchesters. ^-^^^^ ^ comparatively simple mat-

It is needless to say that 100 ozs. ^^^^ ^ut when it came to doing so

of developer did not go very far. p.^^^j quite the contrary. The

It was a very common and annoy- ^^^as were the trouble, on account

mg occurrence to find, when one ^f j^eir bulk and quantity required.

wanted to develop, that the last man ,,, « • i ,
, , . , , , , , . r v\ e use a generally universal de-
had emptied both bottles and for- , , ^ ..

^^ , I ^, ^ . T-i • veloper, composed as follows :

gotten to replace the contents, ihis ^ ^

contretemps arose so frequently I- Pyo 1 oz.

during my first fortnight, and so an- Metabisulphite of

noyed me, that I determined to put potash 3^ oz.

an end to it once and for all, as the Soda sulphite 8 ozs.

time wasted in mixing fresh solu- Water 80 ozs.

Digitized by

Google

.170

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

2. Soda carbonate 8 ozs.

Water 80 ozs.

I commenced first with pyro.
Into a Winchester quart (80 ozs.),
well stoppered, green glass bottle I
dissolved 20 ozs. pyrogallic acid.
Adding a separate solution of 3
ozs. of metabisulphite of potash as
a preservative, making a stock solu-
tion containing 1 oz. pyro in every
4 ozs. stock solution, approximately.

My next course was to procure
from a hardware dealer two 4-gal-
lon stoneware bottles, fitted with
draw-off cocks. These are easily
procurable, as they are used exten-
sively for keeping lemonade, etc. in
by restaurant keepers and others.
Into one of these I dissolved 4 lbs.
anhydrous soda sulphite and la-
belled it,

Developer No, 1
Sulphite Stock Solution,
For use add 1 quart per Win-
chester.

By using anhydrous sodas I was
able to double the strength of both
stock solutions, without altering the
weights given in formulae in any
way.

The next 4-gallon bottle was
filled up the same way with anhy-
drous soda carbonate and labelled.
Developer No, 2.

Soda Carbonate Stock Solution.
Take 1 quart per Winchester.

All I had to do now to mix up a
perfectly fresh and properly com-
pounded developer was to take : —

1. Pyro Stock Solution. . . . 4 ozs.
Sulphite Stock Solution.. Iqt.
Water to fill bottle to... 80 ozs.

Shake well for a few seconds.

2. Soda Carbonate Stock

Solution 1 qt

Fill bottle and shake well

to 80 ozs.

I may add that I also procured a
quart enamelled measure, which is
kept hanging up over the stock bot-
tles ready for instant use. In this
way I calculate we save on an aver-
age three or four hours per week.
Anyone can mix up a developer in-
side of two minutes from these
stock solutions. When the stock
bottles are empty it is only a mat-
ter of a few minutes to renew
them, as the anhydrous sodas easily
dissolve when hot water is poured
on them and they are stirred up.

In the bromide printing depart-
ment I found the same thing occur-
ring in mixing up developer. As
sure as work was well in hand one
had to stop a considerable time for
fresh solutions. Now, this meant
two men stopping, printer and de-
veloper hands, besides delaying all
the workroom staff. I procured
another stoneware 4:-gallon bottle
for this department, filled it with
sulphite solution and gave instruc-
tions to keep it always on the go.
Whenever the stock runs out, it
only takes the same amount of time
to replenish stock bottles as it used
to take to compound a working

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

171

strength bath. The time saved in
a year is enormous.

The developer in use for bromide
enlarging and printing is the usual
diamidophenol. So I mix up the
soda sulphite as for developer and
label the stock jar: —

Bromide Developer,

Stock Soda Sulphite.

For use, take 10 02s,, add 30 oss.

water, and 1J4 drachms 10 per

cent, potash bromide.

As regards other preparations,
e, g,, fixing baths, etc., for plates,
we use large tanks, which are
freshly mixed for plates once per
week regularly. The same applies
to bromide work, only they are
freshly mixed each day and thrown
away every night. As everyone
knows, it is no use using stale or
worn-out fixing baths, especially for
bromide and gaslight papers; so
the accepted rule is to make up
fresh fixers before printing com-
mences. As our men do not like to
have to reprint several dozen extra
copies after hours, I take it that
past experiences have made them
regard fixing-baths as things not to
be trifled with, liable to play nasty
tricks if worked too much.

In conclusion, I have no doubt
but that time could be saved in
many directions by firms using
other developers and solutions in
quantity by adopting the stock solu-
tion method of time-saving. The

initial cost of jars is trifling when
compared with time saved, and is,
I think, a good sound investment.

In these days of keen competition
it is no use sticking to old-fashioned
routine. Time is money. Time-
saving devices are money-savers
as well. If you employ a dozen as-
sistants and save half an hour's
time from each per day you are
getting thirty-six hours more work
done in a week. If you work eight
hours per day it is equivalent to a
man's work for four and a half
days. That is surely something.

Retouching Pinholes on
Negatives
For covering pinholes or scratch-
es on negatives a carmine water-
color is generally used, thinned out
to the proper density with water.
This is applied with a fine-pointed
camel-hair pencil. But it generally
happens that, when the color is dry,
it not only fails to cover the hole,
but collects around the edge, form-
ing a darker ring and making the
hole worse than before. To ob-
viate this difficulty, make a retouch-
ing-varnish of one part of resin
dissolved in ten parts of turpentine
and rub it lightly over the hole.
This will dry in a few seconds and
the color can be applied at once.
Another plan is to warm the neg-
ative slightly before retouching.

— Revue Photographique.

Digitized by

Google

172

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

HINTS ON "RETOUCHING'^ AND THE
REDUCTION OF "HALATION"

By Arthur Daring

Although there are many books
published on this branch of Photog-
raphy, and simple as their language
may be, it is still very difficult for
an amateur to make headway with-
out the assistance of a professional
friend.

One of the chief reasons is that,
while they all dwell on the things
one must do to become a successful
retoucher, few get past the first
stage on account of the difficulty ex-
perienced in making the various
strokes that are said to be absolutely
necessary.

We will imagine that the negative
to be retouched is one with good
lighting. This is necessary, as it is
very hard, but not impossible, to
make a good portrait print from a
flat negative.

We will also suppose that the em-
bryo retoucher has all the necessary
tools, such as desk, medium, pen-
cils, and opaque, all of which can be
supplied by any stock house for
about f)S. A knife will also be
necessary, but this can be made by
hammering a needle into a piece of
wood and breaking off the point
(if it is not already broken in the
hammering) and sharpening it to an
angle of 45 degrees on an oil stone.

With the negative on the desk
and everything ready in a good
light, shake the bottle of medium
and apply the wet cork on the filni
side to the part that is to be re-
touched, and rub with a circular
motion with the tip of a finger un-
til it becomes tacky, then put the
negative aside until it becomes abso-
lutely dry. This is one of the points
I wish to emphasize, for if the film
is not dry the first stroke made with
the pencil removes the medium, and
the next cuts through the film.

The stroke mostly used by pro-
fessionals is the cross-hatch, the
transparent parts in the negative
being filled in with curves all going
one way and then crossed by others
in a slightly different direction, but
never at right angles. This stroke,
while exceedingly useful to an ex-
perienced worker, is of very little
use to a beginner ; and the stroke I
advise is one made with a series of
elongated figure eights, close to-
gether, very small, and all going
one way.

Exception might be taken to this
method on the ground that it does
not enlarge w^ell ; but this is not
true, as I have enlarged the first

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

173

negative I ever retouched and found
that it compared favorably with
some I had paid an experienced pro-
fessional to do for me.

When retouching the face it is
best to repeatedly turn the negative
so that the stroke can always be
made up and down, and the pencil
(an H.B., sharpened to an extreme-
ly long thin point, whenever pos-
sible) handled so Hghtly that it
would be possible to snatch it from
the hand without the worker feeling
it go.

All books on this subject say,
"follow the grain of the flesh," but
the beginner asks, "What is the
grain of the flesh?"

All good portrait negatives
(which should be rather thin) arc
made by over-exposing and under-
developing, and show an exceeding-
ly small network of lines running
different ways. This is the grain.

It is best to start on the forehead
and work systematically on one part
until it is finished, pressing a little
harder on those places it is desired
to lighten, such as the bumps over
the eyebrows. When the forehead
is finished work over the nose and
under the eyes, then down the
cheeks to the mouth and chin. The
nose will also look a lot better if it
is lit up a little where the light
strikes it, or should do so.

Care must be taken and judgment
used as to what shall be filled in
and what shall be taken away, in

order not to lose any of the charac-
teristics of the face.

The eye also must have attention ;
the small dot usually high up on the
eye and the other on the shadow
side should be strengthened if at all
weak, with a circular motion of the
pencil; but all other small dots
(caused by false lights) should be
carefully scraped away in the man-
ner previously described. The eye-
lid can also be made to help, by
pressing a little heavier towards the
centre.

No lines should be entirely re-
moved, but only softened, even
though customers in these days do
not ask like Cromwell that "every
pimple and scar shall show."

In the blocking out of objection-
able parts in negatives, such as'
backgrounds, etc., it is best to make
a weak solution of opaque and mark
round the object with a pen, after-
wards filling in with a medium sized
brush dipped in a much thicker so-
lution. There is no need to be
sparing with opaque, as it is very
cheap. I use an Eastman 9d tube,
and find that it will do dozens of
negatives.

A word is perhaps necessary as
to the choice of plates. Although
it is nice to be able to do retouch-
ing, it is much better to have a neg-
ative that does not require any ; and
it will no doubt surprise many
amateurs when I say that it is pos-
sible to get a perfect negative, re-

Digitized by

Google

174

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

quiring no retouching, by using
**Wratten" Panchromatic plates
with a suitable light filter.

The reason ordinary plates show
freckles and wrinkles in an exag-
gerated manner is because they are
not sensitive to the colored light.
They reflect mostly red and yellow,
and the "Wratten" Panchromatic
plates, being sensitive to all colors,
a perfect negative is the result.

Although the use of a screen in-
creases the exposure considerably,
it is quite possible to take a photo
of a child with an aperture as small
as F/8.

These plates are also useful at
night time, as a portrait can be taken
without a screen (and require no
retouching) with the light from an
ordinary incandescent gas burner
with from four to six seconds' ex-
posure.

Another trouble the retoucher has
to face is "halation."

There are several old-established
photographers around Sydney ex-
hibiting pictures of workshops, etc.,
suffering very much from halation,
and as it is very little trouble to
remedy this defect I cannot under-
stand why it had not been done.
Of course it is necessary to use
backed plates. They never do any
harm, and very often do consider-
able good. If it is only a small
amount of halation to be removed
it can very often be accomplished by

rubbing the film away by a finger
covered with one fold of clean rag
and dipped in methylated spirit. It
will be noticed that it does not
"bite'* immediately, and not fully
until it begins to dry. Care must,
therefore, be taken never to let the
film get quite dry, and to keep on
moistening it with the spirit until
sufficient of the film is rubbed off.
This method can be used to advan-
tage by landscape photographers, as
often a patch of grass lit up by the
sun, or a river running out of the
picture can be rubbed down on the
negative and*an otherwise objection-
able print be made pleasing to the
eye.

I have found it much better to
work on the negative rather than
on the print, as then any number
of prints may be made with uni-
form results.

If the question should arise as to
whether all this is legitimate, it can
immediately be dismissed. After-
work on a negative is a means to
an end.

"Photography is a drawing by
light," and when a print is made
from a negative, faked or controlled
though it may be, it is nevertheless
"drawn by light." A photograph
consists of a print on sensitized
material, and whatever way it is
produced it is legitimate. Can this
be said of a poor print that has
been attacked by pencil or crayon?

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

175

GOOD BLACKS ON BROMIDE PRINTS

By R. R. Rawkins

Too often do workers who fail When the negative is very thin

to obtain good black tones in brom- and poor it is not possible to pro-

ide prints put the blame upon the duce good prints on bromide papers,

manufacturers, whereas, by the ob- and such a negative should always

servance of a few simple rules, be printed on gaslight paper, the

much correspondence can be avoid- "contrasty" grade,
ed, and good results obtained every A particularly good formula for a

time. Undoubtedly the chief faults metol-hydroquinone developer

are over-exposure and iinder-de- which may be used for all purposes

velopment, resulting in weak, green- is as follows : —

ish blacks with poor gradation. Metol 64 gr.

^, r- ^ r .1.. i.- 1 • 4.^ Hydroquinone Vz oz.

The object of this article is to ^^ i uv z a a

•' , J . , . t Sulphite of soda 4 oz.

put m a good word for that de- Carbonate of soda 6 oz.

servedly popular developer, metol- Bromide of potassium 16 gr.

hydroquinone. Such a developer, Water to make 80 oz.

compounded on the lines suggested Yox bromides, plates, and films
below, will be found to give good ^^^ ^qual part of water. For gas-
results on all makes of bromide and X\g\i\. papers only use full strength,
gaslight papers, also on plates and j^ mixing this developer it is
filnis. often advised to first dissolve the

The exposure for a bromide print metol in the water and then add the

should be such that will give perfect other ingredients in the order

results with a development of two named. The writer has made many

minutes' duration at a normal tem- hundreds of gallons in the following

perature. At the end of the first way: — Place all the chemicals in a

minute the prints may appear, on stone jar and pour hot water over

the surface, to be fully dark, but if them, stirring until all solids are

the exposure has been correct, the dissolved. Then add cold water to

second minute's development is make up to the total bulk, and bottle

merely adding depth or quality of off. This developer may appear to

black, and after fixing it is apparent be cloudy at first, but when cold

that the prints are of good quality will become quite clear and color-

and color. less.

Digitized by

Google

176

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

The amount of bromide of potas-
sium in the developer is an impor-
tant factor in the time of develop-
ment and the results obtained.
Some makes of bromide and gas-
light papers will fog if the developer
is without bromide.

There is considerable variation in
the amount of bromide of potassium
recommended by different makers
for use with their papers, and, gen-
erally speaking, it is wise to follow
the instructions, but the developer
given above works well with all
makes of bromide and gaslight
papers.

It will be noticed that the devel-
oper given is double strength, and
for bromides, plates, and films
should be diluted with an equal part
of water. As regards modifications
of this solution, the two most prac-
tical are (1) increasing the amount
of bromide, and (2) dilution to
make a weak-acting developer.

For the former modification it is
advisable to make up a 10 per cent,
solution of bromide of potassium
and put it in a bottle with a slit
cork, so that drops can easily be
obtained. Increase in the amount
of bromide in this developer gives

additional contrast up to a point,
and of course increases the time of
development. It also gives greenish
blacks on bromide, and particularly
on gaslight papers. The second
modification by dilution is useful
when printing on bromide paper
from hard negatives, but it is essen-
tial to examine the print by trans-
mitted light when judging the depth
of development. Generally speak-
ing, gaslight papers should always
be developed quickly by a strong
developer containing only just suf-
ficient pot. bromide to prevent fog.
With the formula given above a
gaslight print should be so exposed
that development is complete in one
minute, and this will give a pure
black.

As regards fixing, particularly of
gaslight papers, it is most essential
to remember that the first minute
of a print's immersion in the fixing
bath is the most important, and
therefore the worker should make a
point of seeing that the print is kept
moving and well under the surface.
Similarly, the first five minutes of
the washing is the most important.
— Amateur Photographer.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

177

PARCEL POST

October 30, is the date which has
been selected to send letters to the
Third Assistant Postmaster Gen-
eral, Washington, D. C, asking him
for consideration in regard to hav-
ing photographs entered in the Par-
cel Post classification. Every pho-
tographer in the United States will
be asked to send a letter to the
Third Assistant Postmaster Gen-
eral on that date in which an urgent
appeal will be made for the consid-
eration which we believe we de-
serve.

Many other organizations have
secured the Parcel Post rate simply
because they have brought pressure
to bear on the Postal authorities.
The time has come for us to work
as a unit.

So far no attention has been paid
to the appeals of the committees
sent by the Photographers' Associ-
ation of America, and we must now
show that this is more than an in-
dividual matter and can only be ac-
comph'shed by personal letters from
thousands of photographers in the
United States.

Mark October 30, on your calen-
dar. Jin — »x^«. (^:\ 4.^ ,— :<.« ♦^ 4.u«,

write the following letter :

Washington, D. C,
October 30, 1914.
Third Asst. Postmaster Gen.,

Washington, D. C.
Dear Sir:

The photographers of the United
States feel that they are not re-
ceiving the consideration that they
should in having photographs ex-
cluded from the Parcel Post classi-
fication. At the National Conven-
tion of Photographers, held in
Atlanta, Ga., June 15 to 20, the
following resolution was passed:

''Resolved, That the P. A. of A.
assembled in Atlanta, wish to go on
record as expressing their feelings
of indignation against the unfair
discrimination by the postal author-
ities for not allowing photographs
the benefits of Parcel Post.

''Be it further Resolved, That the
legislative committee take proper
steps to secure Parcel Post rate for
photographs."

We can see no reason why pho-
tographs should be excluded from
Parcel Post classification since
books and other printed matter have

Digitized by

Google

178

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

TRADE NOTES AND NEWS

American Annual of Photography. ^
We will this year, the same as in form-
er years, offer the American Annual
of Photography for 1915, paper edition,
and one year's subscription to Snap
Shots, for $1.50. This is the only photo-
graphic annual published in America,
and will be ready for distribution about
November 25th. The 1915 edition will
contain practical up-to-date articles on
almost every phase of photography,
and will have over 200 illustrations
selected from the best photographic
work of the year. Send us $1.50 and we
will enter your subscription for one
year and send you a copy of the paper
edition as soon as issued. If you are
already a subscriber to Snap Shots, and
desire only the Annual, the price is $.75 ;
postage extra according to zones. Ad-
dress Snap Shots Publishing Co.

Wynne's Infallible Exposure Meter,
Thousands of users of this well known
exposure meter will be interested in the
new style which has just been placed
on the market by the Infallible Exposure
Meter Co. through their American
Agents, George Murphy, Inc. This is
called the "Hunter" Meter and opens
like a hunter watch. The scales are
interchangeable for either F. or U. S.
System, or Autochrome exposures. The
Hunter Meter is very compact, only
being a J4 of an inch in thickness. The
price of $2.75 is only a slight advance
over the older style. The Agents ad-
vise us that they have been somewhat
delayed in filling orders for these goods
on account of delay in receiving ship-
ments due to the European war, but
that they have a large consignment on
the way and hope in future to be able
to take care of all orders promptly.

• Rough & Caldwell Co. This well
known background company had the
misfortune, on August 17th, of having
their factory completely destroyed by
fire. They advise us, however, that
this will occasion a delay of only a few
days in filling orders, as they immedi-
ately resumed business at 123 E. 138th St.
This company issues a most varied and
complete catalogue of photographic ac-
cessories and high grade backgrounds.
You are undoubtedly thinking of re-
placing your present grounds in antici-
pation of Fall business, and we would
suggest that you send to them for
sample sets of photographs. Mention
Snap Shots when writing.

Corrugated Mailing Board. Look at
the advertisement of The Thompson &
Norris Co. on the inside of the front
cover. It tells a useful story of the
strength and durability of their Photo-
mailer, the handiest thing ever made for
protecting photographs in the mail.
They mail them in all sizes. Write
them for particulars, mentioning Snap
Shots.

Ross Telecentric Lenses. The Amer-
ican Agents of the celebrated Ross
Lenses advise us that they have made
no change in the selling price of these
celebrated lenses due to conditions abroad,
and sincerely hope that circumstances
will not compel them to do so later.
They advise us that their sales on
the new Telecentric Lens have been
very gratifying, as this lens will do what
no other lens on the market will; that
is, give telephoto pictures with short
bellows cameras. Write to them for a
copy of their new catalogue giving full
particulars.

Digitized by

Google

September 1914

SNAP SHOTS

179

British Journal Almanac. This is the
only photographic annual published in
Great Britain, and we are advised by
the publishers that the edition this year
will be larger than ever (30,000) as for
the past few years there has been a
shortage, particularly in this country.
We are again offering a year's subscrip-
tion to Snap Shots and the British
Journal Photo Almanac for 1915, paper
edition, for $1.25; or the British Journal
only for $.50; postage extra according
to zones. The American Agents advise
us that they expect despite the war to
have this ready for distribution about
February, 1915. As even the increased
edition may not be sufficient to go
around again this year, we would sug-
gest that you place your order now.
Address Snap Shots Publishing Co.

C. P. Goers Co. have a new portrait
lens called the "Hypar." This is an
invaluable aid to quality in portraiture.
It is not a semi-corrected lens, but a
true anastigmat. It excels the older
tjrpes of lenses in speed, covering power,
and freedom from internal reflections.
It gives that delicate softness so much
desired in artistic portraiture. Write
to them for further particulars.

The Rochester Photo Works feel con-
fident that in their Black Laurel Silk
Paper they have the highest grade of
developing paper which has ever been
oflfered to the trade; that this is on a
par with platinum paper in finished ap-
pearance, at the same time retaining all
the advantages of developing paper. It
is made in two grades, Royal Silk, Buff
Tint, and White Silk on White Stock.
It has a delicate screen effect which is
sufficient to break up the shadows and
high lights in a manner that lends trans-
parency and roundness to the print.
Send to them for sample print mention-
ing Snap Shots.

Weighmeter. This new help to the
p'hotographer instantly indicates by a
turn of the dial exactly what weights
are to be used on the scale for any
given formula. It will certainly save
time, trouble and annoyance, and the
liability of error. No darkroom is really
complete without one of these time sav-
ers. They are on sale by all photo-
grahic dealers.

Style B Royal Foreground Ray Screen.
This is an oblong ray filter graded from
deep yellow at one end to practically
colorless glass at the other, and mounted
in a sliding frame so as to bring a
filter of any desired depth of color in
front of the camera lens. It is practi-
cally universal in its application, and is
vastly superior . to the ordinary ray
screen for cloud effects, as it holds back
the high lights and gives an even ex-
posure over the entire plate.

Seed 30 Plates. This is the only plate
that combines extreme speed with the
fine qualities necessary in the portrait
plate. They perfectly reproduce every
tone of lighting retaining the high light
and details in the shadow which are nec-
essary to give the roundness and deli-
cacy to the negative.

Majestic Print Dryer. This new
print dryer just placed on the market
by the Eastman Kodak Co. fills a long
felt want, as it will in fifteen minutes
dry absolutely flat either double or
single weight plates. The dryer has a
capacity of four rolls of blotter 24 in.
wide by 9 feet long. Send to them for
descriptive circular.

Rectangular Condensers. These con-
densers are perfect for enlarging, as
this passes the light in equal distribu-
tion, all rays converge with the same
velocity, giving a perfectly flat picture
from edge to edge, something impossible
with the usual circular condenser.

Digitized by

Google

180

SNAP SHOTS

September 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale or Rent
F. K. W.. New York City.
C. J. G., New York City.
W. C. W.. New York City.

A. S. T., New York City.
Gtllcry, Hudson River Town.

C. R. F., gallery for rent, Long Island.
P. H. McC, gallery. Long Island, for

rent.
R. S., New York City.

D. F. M., gallery in New York City,
$800.00

F. S. W., on Long Island, $900.
W. C O., gallery in New Jersey.
Parties Desiring Galleries,

J. R., wants gallery in Newark, Phila-
delphia, or Boston.
H. B. G., wants gallery New York City.
S. T.

R. S. G., wants gallery in small city.
C. B. S., wants gallery in N. Y. City.

Positions Wanted — Operators.
L. P. A., manager and operator.

B. C, all round.
L. E., all round.

Notice — Letters addressed to anyone in our
letter so that they can be re-mailed.

Positions IV anted — Operators — ( Cont,)

M. B. D., operator.

J. T. W., operator.

A. P. R., operator.

G. P., operator.

W. R. C, operator.

E. H. R., operator.

E. R. T., operator.

Positions Wanted — Retouchers and Re-
ceptionist

Miss C. P., spotting; finishing.

Mrs. H., retoucher; colorist.

Miss F. L., retoucher; spotter.

Miss C. B., colorist.

L. B. R., retoucher and finisher

A. J. B., retoucher.

C. P., retoucher.

M. H. O., retoucher.

Studios Desiring Help

H. L., wants operator and enlarger.

W. C, general operator.

M. F. D., wants retoucher and all-round
man.

S. Studio, wants lady retoucher and fin-
isher.

F. M. D., wants retoucher and all-round

man.
care should be accompanied with stamp for each

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our year expires January 1st and we want your RenewaL $1.00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We offer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and

EngHsh Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the

American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field

covering the English-speaking photographic world:

1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1915 paper

edition) $1,50

1 year's Snap Shots with British Journal Photo. Almanac (1915 paper

edition) 1.25

1 year's Snap Shots with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photoflrraohv xt^

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings, of fort^r words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT

fe an excellent and safe meditsm of

IN THESE COLUMNS

communication between Photo^aphen

An unusual opportimity to secure
an old established studio in college
town. Two colleges and large sur-
rounding territory to draw from. The
studio is in a flourishing condition,
but pressure of other interests induces
the owner to sell. Address P. Y. H.,
care Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well-equipped five-
room Studio, established 25 years,
40,000 negatives; rent $15.00; fitted to
11 X 14 Dallmeyer Lens. City of 12,000
population. State Normal School,
O. & H. R. R. yard and shop forming
center nearest city, 62 miles Bing-
hamton. New York. Three branches
connected with the studio, one at
Cobleskill, Sidney and Worcester,
N. Y. Will sell all complete or sep-
arately, if so desired. Going in other
business. Address, Box 12, Oneonta,
N. Y.

For Sale; A well-located, well-

For Sale:
1 18 X 22 Portrait Camera High grade

with stand.
1 No. 5A Dallmeyer Portrait Lens.
1 No. 2 Dallmeyer-Berghein Soft

Focus.
1 B & L Zeiss Anastigmat 10x12,

Series III 17J4" equivalent focus.
1 Standard Anastigmat 8x10 Auto-
matic Shutter.
1 8x10 View Outfit, Gray Periscope

lens, 5 double holders and tripod.

Write for particulars to A. McFar-
lin, Elmira, N. Y.

For Sale: First class Studio about
75 miles from New York, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city, doing
good business, good surrounding
country, established over thirty years.
Studio worth over $3,000 but will sell
very cheap if sold at once. Reason
for selling is other business. Letters
must be addressed to: Tony Leo, 5
West Main Street, Middletown, N. Y.

For Sale: A well equipped Studio,
having best location and doing a first-
class business. Established over thirty
years in University city and good sur-
rounding territory. Other business
interests reason for selling. Price,
$1,100 cash. H. A. Ludwig, Cham-
paign. Illinois.

Wanted: A first-class Studio in
city of 25,000 or more. Up-to-date,

* • It - -? M7:ii 1-

Digitized by

Google

clxvi

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

E.W.N.NonHalationPlateBacking

With this backing, which is most easily applied
and removed, ordinary kI***** plates are made per-
fect. It prevents that white fog around light
objects, renders perspective truthfully, lends
atmosphere and removes all restrictions as to
source or intensity of light. With Backed Plates
you can take nature as you find her truthfully
and artistically. The thing for snow scenes or
interiors.

Price. 46c. Pott-paid, with full diractioiifl. Will
perfect 250 6x7 plates. Trial size, 20c. Pott-paid

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RETAIL OCPARTMCNT

67 EAST 9th STREET, NEW YORK

For Sale: Greatest bargain of year.
45-50 miles north N. Y. C. 35 years
established. Always the leader. One
other studio in town. Population
12,000; 56 smaller, surrounding towns
radius of 30 miles; combined popula-
tion 50,000, connected by steam, trol-
leys, ferries. Work 5/7 to 14/17 cab-
inets $4 and up; post cards doz. $1.50,
J'2 doz. $1. Not less Yi dozen any
negative. Ground glass top and side
N. W. side light, 35 to 40 ft for foc-
using 16 ft. width. Three Cameras
and Stands Anthony & Scoville;
Three first class ^ plate extra 8/10
and 16/20 Voightlaender and other
good makes. Backgrounds, posing
chairs, accessories, etc. 8/10 viewing
outfit price $300 to $450. Come. In-
vestigate. Don't miss the opportunity.

I shall sell to you. Sky Light, care
Snap Shots.

^ LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

<>•> •Marw yon • Ko<>d Income and posltioa for Ule. F^
MVWiUia ye«n we h«v« ■occeMBlully UOf bt

PHOTOGRAPHY

Pketo-Eiicr»Tiiura^ Time-Color Work

OorewiMBin — m »tO f WO m w—lu W«M«tatll
to MNMNV HMO* ■•»NI— . LMin how .v<>u can Iwcoaioart. .
nil. Term* wuy— llvliiK liiezpenBive. Wiiietnrrmlklorac— HOVI
ILUMOIS COLLiai OP PMOTMNAPNY

•tl War — -

Doa't throw away any of your thin, weak

negatives, but make good piinting negathrcs

of them by using

S(INTENSIRER) g^
TRENQTHlJ

A powerful single solution Intenstfjff

The most powerful Intensifier in the mar-
ket. Simple to use, only the one solution
necessary. Put up in hermetically sealed
tubes.

Tube for 4 oz. of solutton. lOc. postpaid
Tube for 8 oz. of solution. 15c. postpaid
1 oz. bottle - 35c. postpaid

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., gSS^

57 East Ninth Street, New York

THE REFLECTIRC COPEMSa

WCKkS OD house CBITflrt IHirdl lift^ wd

llin. Keflectcrforfiz7Beptlfa,tala
160 watts, Price lt.00; iSla. fcrlzH
250 watts 116.00. TvCMIumhm
made enlarccr, time taUe sic. viftt to
R. D. Gray. Udfewool, JLl

SEND A POSTAL

for our New No. 19 Barg^ain List
just off the press. Contains start-
ling values in Cameras, Lenses and
Photographic Supplies. Head-
quarters for CYKO PAPER.
Write to-day for FREE COPY.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

10914 FULTON STREET, NEW YORK

Art Studies

Photographs from Life Models

FINEST COLLECTION f=OR
ARTISTS AND ART LOVERS

lUistrated Catologiie sent free eo

C. KLARY

103 Avenue de Villiere PARIS (FRANCE)

.oogle

When writing advertisers please mention SHi^iti^dti.'

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxvii

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14th. 1911)

STYLE A.

The Latest and Oreateit Improvement in Bay Filteri.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
is a strong orange yellow at the top, is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical effect of the gradual
blending of color is to sift out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds and sky, which pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
vvitliout perceptibly decreasing the weak illumination of the reflected light

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

PRICB

$2.70 Postpaid
2.90 '*^
3.15
3.60
4.05
4.70
5.40

Kade With the Royal Foreground Ray Screen
PHOTO. Bv H. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, Washington,

SfOP-16. EXPOS URE- Vx -second.

September Ibth, 10 A. M. Distance to snow-covered

Mt. Baker 8 Miles,

NO.

OA
lA
2A
3A
4A
SA
6A
7A

DIAMETER INCHES

for box cameras
2%

PRICE NO.

DIAMETER INCHES

$1.35 Postpaid 8A

2J4

1.35 •! 9A

\i\ "' 8TTLE }0A

1.35 " A 12A

1.80 " 13A

2.00 " 14A

2.25

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. St?ii,^e„t

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Post-paid No. 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalogue

jiugeji by

Goodie

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

clxviii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEM ENTS

FREE— The Photos:raphic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOK rOS PKOTOemAPKZmi amatxitk avd pxormioval

By W. Z. LZHGOUr ADAMS (KU BMt Book)

Editor of *'The Photogrmphic Timet." Author of "Amateur Photogrmphy," "la Nttvr«'»

Image/* Etc., Etc With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-EngraTingt,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It conUins Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and worker*.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

The Choice of Subject Luidsoapo Without Figures Landscape WUh Flfvaa

Foragrounds The Sky Outdoor Portraits and Groups The Sand Oamara

Instantaneous Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Might

Lighting in Portraitnre Photographing Children Art in Grouping

Printed on hesYy wood-cut paper, with liberal mar^ns and gilt edges. Beautifully

and substantially bound in art cauTas, with gilt design. PBICX IB A BOX, |t.M.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one i«

per eopy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOQRAPHIC TIMES"

Begulav prtee ef "Sunlight and Shadow" |S.M

Begular Subscription prioe ef "The Photographie Times" .... l.ii

By this Special Offer we sell Both for

$2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunlight and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photograohic

Times^ in this way tor nothing. Tnere are less than 60 copies left, so rou must soM in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photoirrapaic Times" avd a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

131 West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK, N. Y.

math

HIGGINS'
PHOTO
MOUNTER

Hare an excellence pecnliarl j their
own. The beet reeults are onlj
produced bj the beet methods and
means— the best reeults in Photo-
graph, Poster and other monniinf
can only be attained bj using the
best mounting paste—

HIQQIN8' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Sxoellent norel brush with each Jar J

▲t Dealers in Photo SappUoe*
▲rttata' lUtoriala SAd i

▲ t-oa. jar propaid by mall for Si OMia
or eiroolan free from

CHAS. M. HIOaiNS ft CO.* Mflrs.

NBW YORK CHICAOO LONDON

Main Office, 271 Ninth Stroot I Btookljra. N. Y.
Factory, 340-344 BIglitli StfOSC f U. S. A.

.... . o digitized by VJI^^VIV^

When writing advertisers please mention Swap Shots. O

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxix

Unmatched for speed and reliability under all
climatic conditions, Hammer Plates, from the Polar
regions to the Tropics, hold the record for superiority.

Hammer's Special Extr^ Fast (red label) and
Extra Fast (blue label) Plates for all-around work,
and Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates for color values.

RCG. TRADE MARK

Hammer's little book, **A Short Talk on Negative
Making," mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St.

St. Louis, Mo.

Black Laurel Silk

Medium Weight

Two grades: Royal Silk (buff tint), and White Silk
(^^hite stock).

A surface of highest refinement, placing a developing paper
at last on a par with Platinum papers in finished appearance,
retaining all developing paper advantages.

Delicate screen eflfect, absolutely non-obtrusive to the eye.
Still, breaking up shadows and high lights in a manner which
lends the prints a transparency and roundness which entirely
destroys what has been called the typical "developing paper

Digitized by

Google

clxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SPECIAL BARGAINS

Portrait Lenses

Size Focus Each

6% X 8«^ 2B Dallmcycr F8.5, Sy/' $86.00

e% X H% 8A " F4 16" 74.00

16 xao 6A " F4 80" 806.00

90 x24 No.SEuryscope F6 82" 186.00

6'^ X 8«^ 8A Ccrvces F8.8, 1«" 80.00

6Ji X 8J4 8C Ccrvcc* F5 12" 16.50

Wide Ang:le Lenses

Size Series Focus Each

4x5 EaRle Wide AfiRlc, B, 80° 8»^" $4.00

654 X H]4 B, 80° 64" 5.00

8 xlO " ** " B, 80° 8" 6.00

8 xlO Hall ft Benson 90° 7" 7.S0

11 X14 Ea^Ie Wide Ani^le, A, 100^ 16.00

14 X 17 '* " '* A, 100° 10^" 28.00

These lenses are all big bargains, and we will be glad to send any of them to
▼ou on ten days' trial with the understanding that if the lens is not perfectly satis-
factory and is returned to us within ten days, we will return your remittance to you.

THE NEW YORK LENS COMPANY

57 East 9th Street, New York

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispensable to pbotofimphen, ehaaUts,

{(bysioians, or anyone enfafed in weifk-
ng obemicals.

The Weighmeter insUntly indicates by
one turn ot the dial exactly what weight!
are to be used on the scale for any giTcn
formula. Saves time, trouble, annoyance,
and opportunities for errors in making the
usual compuUtions. Beautifully printed in
two colors on ivory celluloid, and of just
the right size to fit the vest pocket.
Price 60o., poatp&id.

<2EX>R0E: MURPHV, bio.

RKTAIL DKPARTMIIIT

67 KmI 9th Str««l NKW YORK

EAGLE FLASH POWDER

We are now supplying our NEW FLASH
COMPOUND (Eagle Flash Powder) put up in
new style packing in round wooden boxes.

No. I iy2 oz. Box 30c. No. 2 2 oz. $i.io

6E0R6E yURPHT. Inc.. 57 East Slh Street, lew Yerk

^•^

iim

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots, d by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxi

HE LENS IS THE THING

fust any lens won't take pictures
the above. It requires a rapid
tigmat like the Dynar, which has
J the speed of a good rectilinear,
very short exposure was necessary
op the motion and a slower lens
i have g^ven a hopelessly under-
negative.

'hen you purchase a Dynar you
speed,'* which may be used in one
o ways — just for rapidly moving
s, requiring a very short exposure
cond, under adverse light condi-
vhich -would preclude even a slow
hot exposure.

choosing a Dynar you get the

lastigmat for the money on the

Sold in cells that fit all modern

s, saving the time and expense of

fitting.

and 4x5 Dynar Cells $23.50

f for our complete lens catalog
A'ith revised tariff prices.

IF YOU USE THE

Star Negative Ffle

(Patented July 16, 1900.)
you can instantly locate any
negative desired. This file pro-
vides a perfect means of storing
and indexing negatives. It is a
heavy pasteboard box covered in
imitation morocco, fitted for 50
glass negatives, or a larger num-
ber of films, separated by paste-
board frames. An index is in
front of each file.
3^ X 4% $0.20 postpaid

4 X 5 37

5 X 7 48

6^ X 8J4 65

8 X 10 72

3J4 X 4 for lantern

Slides.. .30 "

GBORGE MURPHY, Ino.
57 EMt 9th 8ln«t MEW YORK

Eagle Mask Frame

(Patented)

FOX TIHTED BOXDSmi

The Eagle Mask Frame makes it poe^

aible to quickly and accurately obtaifl

artistic borders on all kinds of printing

oaoers. Bv cutting vour own masks you

Digitized by

Google

clxxii

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

Patented April 4th, 1911

Style B (Universal)

An oMons niy flMer sraded frooi • deep ycBow on one end
to practlcnHy colortoos gfmsm on the other, OMnnted In o sUdlnc
frame so as to brins e fttter of any desired degyth of color ||i
front of the camera lent.

In the Style B Foreground we o.Ter a ray filter for
every conceivable orthochromatic purpose.

Maximum speed is attained for instantaneous ex-
posures by means of the colorless or faintly tinted sec-
tions and' maximum orthochromatism, or rendering
of the true color values, by
using the deeply colored
portions, with every possible
gradation intervening.

It slips over the front of
the lens the same as a lens
cap, and may be instantly
attached or removed.
The Style B Fore^ound is the last word in
Orthochromatics and its immense field of useful-
ness must commend it to every photographer
desiring to obtain the best results in his art.

QEORQE MURPHY, Inc., Retail Dept.

57 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

STYLE B

No.

Dia.in.

Postpaid

1 B

r...

^2.70

8 B

r ,«

2;t)

4 B

2.70

5 B

8.ao

« B

4.06

7 B

2^4

4.50

H B

5.40

9 K

5.H5

10 B

6.80

11 B

;.»

12 B

3^,

8.10

18 B

9.4S

14 B

lO.HO

Send

for
these
Books

to the

BERLIN

ANIUNE

WORKS

213 Water St,
NEW YORK

THE FORMULAE BOOK
Send 10 ceato ia coin or stMiiiM
and a label from aiqr ''Agfa"
Cbemical package.

THE FLASH UGHT BOOK
Seikd 10 cents in ooin or stenpt
mad a label from any ^Agfa"*
Ckenical padnce*

Agf a*> ProJncb are Photagf|B|Bqj^jyd«.

>\Tien writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxiii

SEED

PLATES

T^he only plate that combines extreme speed with the
finest qualities of the ideal portait plate.

Seed 30 Plates perfectly reproduce every tone
of your lighting, retaining the sparkle of high-
lights, the detail of shadows with the resulting
roundness and delicacy throughout the negative.

Such quality, uniformly maintained, made the
Seed success — maintains Seed Plates as the
standard of quality.

//V a Seed Plate you need

Digitized by

Google

clxxiv

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

No. 4 MAJESTIC PRINT DRYER

Will Dry Single or Double Weight Prints Absolutely Flat
Without Curl in from Fifteen to Thirty Minutes.

The dryer has a capacity of four rolls. If less than four compart-
ment are used the others are closed by lids as shown in the illustration.
The drying roll consists of a sheet of corrugated board, a muslin
faced blotter, a plain blotter, another sheet of corrugated board and
a hollow metal core. After removing surplus water, the wet prints
are placed face down on the muslin faced blotter, covered with the
plain blotter, rolled between the sheets of corrugated board around
the core and placed in the dryer. Heat from a small gas plate (not
supplied) is forced through the dryer by means of an electric fan.
(The gas plate should be placed about fifteen inches below the Xowtx
edge of the fan.) The corrugations of the board coming next to
the blotters on either side permit the heated air to come in direct
contact with the entire surface of the blotters while the metal core,
being closed at one end, prevents any heat being lost through the

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxv

McAlpin

'' I 'HIS new dolid mount kas
made an immediate hit Tvith

tke trade. Tk(

e reasons

Snappy
design, superior quality, popular
prices. Made for 4x6 and cabinet
prints. Colored l>eveled edges,
linen surface, printed and embossed
fluted l>order, plain frame effect
around tne print. You can\ go
'wrong if you use McAlpin for
• your single weignt portrait work.

Write for free sample to
L. M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY, Pk^adelpkia, Pa.

"OH! MY!!

"Isn't That Interesting"

Have you that kind of a photograph
in your collection? If so, please
let me see it and I may be able to
make you a proposition to use it*
Need not be limited to nature subjects*

Digitized by

Google

clxxvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Rectangular Condensers

(Patented)

Price

For 3^x4 J4 plate, size 3H^4H $1425

For 4x5 " " AVixSyi 21.00

For Post card " " 3%x5H 24.00

For 5x7 " " SJ^x7j^ 26.00

For 8x8 " " 8x8 39.00

For 6^4x854 " " 7j4x9J^ 43.00

For 8x10 " " 82.00

For 10x12 " " 164.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RETAIL DEPARTMENT

57 East 9th Street :: :: New York

Send for our New Postpaid Mail-Order Cash Catalogue. Also copy of new
Ross Lens and Camera Catalogue.

Pyrogallic 4cid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

**M, C W/* BRAND

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky
in appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon
to produce the best photographic results.

When placing your orders for PYRO, specify "M. C. W."

N4LLI(NCKRODT CHEMICAL WORKS

Sr. LOUIS NEW YORK

.... , . c digitized by VJ^'LiVLC

When writing advertisers please mention Snap SiTots. O

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

clxxvii

SATISTA papers are greatly in
advance of all other photographic
papers. The same sheet of paper
will give a Warm Black Tone or a
Soft Mellow Brown — a totally new
tone of lovely quality.

Send for prints and pamphlets des-
cribing Satista and Platinotype papers

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

C* P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For PhotogtSiphctSf Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

^fe^Ji PfflLLIPS & JACOBS

Digitized by

Google

New Papers for Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK — Highest portrait c[uality, warm black
tones, transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff,
Buff Matte.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging;
non-abrasion.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single ; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL — Three emulsions; fur contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough.
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double.

BLACK LAUREL SILK— Black and sepia platinum effects;
for contact.

Made in two grades; Royal silk (Buff Tint) and white stlfc
(White Stock) Medium Weight.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

Digitized by Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cxcv

Pyro is the best developing agent for
plates because it gives a fine grained de-
posit of silver, retaining the most delicate
gradations of light and shade, and produces
negatives of the most perfect printing
quality.

Use Pyro in its most cleanly and
convenient form — crystals.

EASTMAN
PERMANENT
CRYSTAL
PYRO

Is easy to handle —
gives off no dust —
stays where you put it.

Digitized by

Google

cxcvi SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

All the quality of the best portrait plate plus lightness^ com-
pactness^ flexibility and practical freedom from halattony are
combined in

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio, Home Portrait
or Commercial Work.

Eastman Portrait Films not only meet the most exacting
requirements of the professional worker — they go further and
offer possibilities for securing results superior to those obtained on
any glass plate. The average worker takes note of only the most
violent cases of halation — where strong highlights and deep shadows
are side by side. However, halation is present to some extent in
every plate negative where there are pronounced highlights. This
halation, while not noticeable as such, nevertheless, degrades half-
tones and, in a measure, destroys the life and brilliancy of the negative.

The remedy is Eastman Portrait Film.

The change from plates to films is not a radical change, because
it can be made with confidence — with the certainty of better results.

Portrait Films may be used in any plate holder by using Eastman

Film Sheaths^ or in the Eastman Film Holders — are

lights flexible^ unbreakable^ and may be retouched

or etched on either side or on both sides.

PRICE— Same as Seed 30 Plates.

Special illustrated circular at your dealers^ or by mail,

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

AU Dealers',

/■-^r~\.r^ I /O.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Smots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS cxcvii

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALLIBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne's InfalMble Hunter Meter has been specially designed to attain the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thickness of case — the case being only one-quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,
is the Actinometer with standard tints
and sensitive paper. On the left hand side
of the case is the two scales for the calcu-

X"^::;^ My. HO 1 lation of the exposures. The top dial is

^JI^L^ I'' j/^^ interchangeable so that scales according to

i--nji -^j— n ^ —T^'ijjy either F, U S, or specially divided scales

^^si^^^^ ^^l^fLrf^^ ^°' Autochrome exposures can be instantly

— substituted for one another.

When ordering, please specify ivhich style of scale is desired.

Hunter Meter $2.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials 50

Top scale only F, U S or Autochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, InC.

57 East 9th Street - - - - New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Materials of Every Description.

Pyrogallic 4cicl

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

**M«CW/' BRAND

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky
in appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon
to produce the best photographic results.

When placing your orders for PYRO, specify *'M. C. W."

NALLINCKRODT CHENIC4L WORKS

ST. LOUIS NEW YORK

jajtize^^jwj J^i^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

cxcviii SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

EAGLE CRYSTAL PYRO

Due to European conditions there will undoubtedly
for quite some time be a shortage on Metol and Hydro-
chinone, and we would call the attention of photogra-
phers to our Crystal Pyro which will prove a satisfactor)'
substitute for plate development ; in fact, Pyro is the
best developing agent for plates, as it produces plates
of the most perfect printing quality. The crystal form
is most cleanly and convenient, as it is easy to handle
and does not give any dust.

One ounce bottle $ .25 One pound bottle ^ 3.00

X pound bottle 85 Five pound bottle 13.75

)4 pound bottle 1.60

SPECIAL QUOTATIONS IN LARGER QUANTITIES

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street : : NEW YORK

C* P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers^ Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

Google

Digitized by VjOOQ

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CXCIX

SATISTA papers are greatly in
advance of all other photographic
papers. The same sheet of paper
will give a Warm Black Tone or a
Soft Mellow Brown — a totally new
tone of lovely quality.

Send for prints and pamphlets des-
cribing Satista and Platinotype papers

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

"OH! MY!!

*€

Isn't That Interesting""

Have you that kind of a photograph
in your collection? If so, please
let me see it and I may be able to
make you a proposition to use it^
Need not be limited to nature subjects^

JX»VARD F. BIGELOW

ArcAdiA

Digitized by

Google

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

No. 178. CIRCULAR BALUSTRADE

Finished to represent stone, adjustable (3) parts, (I)
large post, (1) small post and (1) curved Balustrade
section. Each piece is an accessory of itself — a general
good outdoor accessory.

Digitized by

Google

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

rhe Eagle Home IVjilrail a oil Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
work on either direct or alternating current from 110 to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the eltect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the sixe
and the color of the room, the lens and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

Be independent of sunlight by getting an Eagle Home
I\>rtrait and Studio Lamp, anrl you can make exposures at
any time of the day or night, and under all conditions, llie
lamp can be used in fireplaces w^ith or witliout sunlight, and
most beautiful effects produced. In fact there is no end
to the varietv of artistic effects that can be produced with this
wonderful light. PRICE, $40.00; FREIGHT PAID.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth St., New York

RETAIL DEPARTMENT

Send for our new mail order cash catalogue No, 14,

Digitized by

Google —

High grade enlargements
sell as readily as contact prints
from large negatives — ^are
much more proii table.

/>TTCi

E'M

L<7

Enlargements retain the
contact quality.

ARTURA DIVISION,

Digitized by

Google

TRADEMARK.

MO. 36067 REGISTERED

November 1914

CONTENTS

Weights and Measures

Parcel Post

A Dark Room

Convenience -

201
205

15, "■

[

- 206

Blue Print Paper - 206

Marines and Shore Scenes 207

Marine Photography - 211

Utilizing Light-Struck Plates

for Transparency Plates 213

Green Light for Dark

Room Illunnir\atiorY . 215

Tra^de News and Notes - 218

Studio Wants - . - 220

digitized by

Snap Shots Publishing Co.. 57 East Ninth St.,

V/^ltinnitfk '?** Published Montlily. Ton G«nt« per copy. frpO p»r y©*r
^OlUme ^J Entered ma s«eond.oUa» fn»ll matter «t New York P4>st Off loo

New^ Tork

Number 11

An Interesting Proposition

t)ijr Photomailer is an iiilerestinK proposiiion both to the photographer
und his custunier. Tntercsiing to the custtmier because the article roakes
g<M3d jLud costs but a trifiu. iJesigncd for mailing photographs and other
enclosures !!at It has *'thc merit/' Interesting u* the photographer not
t)nlv Vnicausc of the above, hut hecause it means handstmie profitj*.

1-RAI>F. MARK
PKtenteJ June 26, 1<»P0. Trwii! Mark Rejrtstrred

The Ph^atomailer comes in seventeen si£ei$, as given below

Applv to vour dealers h^r particulars, or address

THE THOMPSON & NORRIS CO.

Concord and Prince Streets
Address Department 6 BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.; Brookville, Ind.: Niagara Falls, Canada;
London, England : Julicti» Germany.

Digitized by

Go'^'"'

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

cci

EAGLE HOME PORTRAIT
AND STUDIO LAMP

The Eagle Home Portrait and Studio Lamp is the most
perfect and compact lighting device ever offered for photo-
graphic use. It is ideal for home portrait use, as the entire
outfit is very light and packs into a small space. It can be
attached to practically any electric light socket, as it will
wrork on either direct or alternating current from 110 to 220
volts. Fitted with a collapsible reflector and light diffuser,
it is possible to get just exactly the effect you are after.

The length of exposure, of course, depends on the size
and the color of the room, the lens and stop used. Exposures
vary from a fraction of a second upward.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 East Ninth St., New York

RETAIL DCPARTMCNT

Send for our new mail order cash catalogue No. 14.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. gitized by

Google

ceil

S.VAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

Patented April 4th, 1911

Style B (Universal)

An obkMiK niy filter sraiied from m deep yellow on one end
to practically coforlees slass on the other, mounted fai i
franie so as to brlns a filter, of any desired depth of
front of the camera lens.

In the Style B Foreground we offer a ray filter for
every conceivable orthochromatic purpose.

Maximum speed is attained for instantaneous ex-
posures by means of the colorless or faintly tinted sec-
tions and maximum orthochromatism, or rendering
of the true color values, by
using the deeply colored
portions, with every possible
gradation intervening.

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., Retail Dept.

57 EAST NINTH STREET : NEW YORK

STYLE B

No.

Dla.ln.

Postpaid

1 B

IV..

12.70

8 B

IV,.

270

4 B

2.70

5 B

3.60

6 B

4.05

7 B

25{

4.50

8 B

254

5.40

» B

5.H5

10 B

6.80

11 B

8'^

7.30

12 B

8J4

8.10

18 B

9.45

14 B

45ft

lO.HO

OOERZ

PORTRAIT HYPAR

i^l TAI inrV ^^^^^^ ^^^^ quantity, is the secret of suc-
V^^^^i-** » ■ cess in photography as a business, just as
it is the secret of satisfaction in photography as an art. The
HYPAR is an invaluable aid to quality in portraiture. It is not
a semi-corrected lens, but a true portrait anastigmat. It
excels the older types of portrait lenses in speed, covering
power and freedom from internal reflections; and it affords
that delicate softness of definition which is the hall-mark of
artistic portrait photography.

Order through your regular stock house. Catalog
and sample print on request from

C. p. GOERZ AMERICAN OPTICAL CO.

OFFICE AND FACTORY !

34th Street and Second Avenue

New York City

Dealers' Distributing Agents west of Ohio, BURKE & JAMES, Inc., CHICAGO.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

Dgraphcr
'hicago Says:

^H "Both Vignetters

^^^ you sent mc arc now
in use; one in each
Skylight room. My
operator and I can not
say too many good
things about them
The Vignetters are
the best ever — perfect
in every way."

ury Stand.

bout the new F. & S. Vignetter, a
vignetter that really accomplishes
it is made.

will find this vignetter just about
►rth you ever placed in your studio.

nd for a Circular,

SCHWING DIVISION

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

cciv SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE AMERICAN ANNUAL
OF PHOTOGRAPHY-1915

JUST OUT

OBOftOE MURPHY.

m AwrimiH Himnn 'pjjg most interesting and the most

f wPWHTOIw beautifully illustrated photographic

iil913 ffl annual in the world.

The new 1915 edition will contain up-
I to date practical papers of almost every

Jli phase of photography. The following

are a few of the subjects especially
treated on by experts in the various
lines: Small Hand Cameras, Enlarging,
Bromoil, Photomicrography, Winter Scenes, Development,
Motion Picture Finishing, Carbon Printing, Stereoscopic
Photography, Home Portraiture and Photographic Mountings.
The formula section has been revised and contains many
new and up-to-date formulae and tables for every-day reference.
Beautifully illustrated with over 200 illustrations selected
from the best American and European work of the year.

32 FULL PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS IN COLOR
A beautiful photographic print as a frontispiece

Send your order NOW.
PAPER EDITION, $0.75 CLOTH EDITION, $1.25

Postage extra according to zone (zones g^ven below)

Postage: 1st zone, 1 to 50 miles, 6c. ; 2nd zone, 50 to 150 miles, 6c. ; 3rd
zone, 150 to 800 miles, 8c. ; 4th zone, 800 to 600 miles, lie. ; 5th zone. 600 to
1000 miles, 14c. ; 6th zone. 1000 to 1400 miles, 17c. ; 7th zone. 1400 to 1800
miles, 21c. ; 8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 24c.

Agents, GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 EAST NINTH STREET - - NEW YORK

Send for our new mail order cash catalogue No. H.

When writing idvtrtiwn plnte menHon SifiP''fgSl^ ^^^^^^

SNAP SHOTS

A Monthly Magazine for Photographers

SUBSCRIPTION RATES FOR U. S. AND CANADA PER YEAR, $1.00; SIX MONTHS, 50 CENTS

SINGLE COPY, 10 CENTS. FOREIGN COUNTRIES, $1.25
PUBLISHKI) BY THE SNAP SHOTS PUBLISHING CO., 67 EAST NINTH STREET, NEW YORK

Volume 25

NOVEMBER 1914

Number 11

Statement of the Ownership, Management, Circulation, etc., required by the
\ct of August 24, 1912 of Snap Shots. Published Monthly at New York. For
October 1, 1914.

Editor, Percy Y. Howe, 422 Park Hill Avenue, Yonkers, New York.
Managing Editor, None. Business Manager, None.

Publisher, Snap Shots Publishing Company, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Owner, George Murphy, 57 East Ninth Street, New York.
Known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders, holding 1 per
ent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities. None.

PERCY Y. HOWE, Editor.
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 22nd day of September, 1914.

A. MEYERHOFF.
Notary Public, New York County.
(My commission expires March 30, 1915)

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

I need not offer any apolog}' for
deluding this subject in my series
if articles, for questions on the
naking-up of solutions which are
addressed to the Editors often
show that there is a good deal of
inisconception as regards the Brit-

exercise books of our schooldays,
and if we did the miscellaneous
series of measures which are legal-
ized in the British dominions could
easily confuse those whose use of
weights is confined to one or \^no.
The point to remember is that pA'io-

Digitized by

Google

202

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

prescribed in a formula, one may
take it that it is the avoirdupois
ounce of this value. If, therefore,
a tenth part only of the solution is
being made up, the correct number
of grains to take is, near enough,
44. One sometimes finds writers
on photography directing the use
of so many "drachms" of a chem-
ical. There is no drachm in the
avoirdupois weight; the apothe-
caries' drachm is here meant; it is
equivalent to 60 grains. It would,
I think, be an advantage towards
clearness of formulae if writers
could be persuaded to drop the
apothecary's weight altogether, and
to give chemicals only in grains
and ounces.

As regards liquid measure, the
fluid ounce is made up of eight
drachms, each containing sixty
minims, so that there are 480 min-
ims in a fluid ounce, as compared
with 437 grains in the solid ounce
avoirdupois. It is this difference
which has given rise in the past to
endless discussions as to what is a
10 per cent, solution.

TEN PER CENT. SOLUTION

Ten per cent, (ten parts per
hundred parts) means, of course,
that when we measure 100 fluid
parts of a solution we obtain ten
parts of the dissolved chemical. For
example, if we dissolve ten avoir-
dupois ounces of soda sulphite in
water to make up a total bulk of
100 ounces, then clearly this is a
10 per cent, solution in the sense

that ten ounces of it contain one
ounce of the solid soda sulphite.
That is all very well, but the way
in which confusion creeps in is that,
as a rule, solutions of the strength
of a 10 per cent, are measured out
by photographers, in making up
developers, etc., not in ounces at
a time, but in minims. And from
what I have just said about the
difference between the ounce avoir-
dupois and the fluid ounce it will
be clear that a 10 per cent, solution,
made up as just described, does not
contain one grain of the chemical
in every ten minims of the solution,
but only about nine-tenths of a
grain. It amounts to this, that if
you want to make a solution con-
taining one grain in every ten min-
ims you must dissolve one ounce
avoirdupois of the chemical, not in
ten ounces, but in nine ounces two
drachms. From the point of view
of the most usual practice of pho-
tographers I should call this a 10
per cent, solution, though it is not
what a chemist would call one of
this strength. I don't want the
reader to think that any tremen-
dous error is caused by ignoring the
discrepancy which I have been at
some pains to point out. In nine
cases out of ten it would make no
difference at all. But in matters
like these one finds a good deal of
something like superstition. One
worker will go to enormous trouble
to make up a solution of the strict-

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

203

est accuracy, all the time ignoring
the fact that the graduations of his
minim measure may be out to more
than 10 per cent. ; and even if they
are correct, he is very often careless
in adjusting the level of the liquid
to the correct mark.

"near enough'' weighings
And this is a point which I would
further impress upon my readers,
and particularly those whose weigh-
ings of chemicals are done in the
ordinary course of, often, a hurried
business. I am no advocate of
guesswork in making up develop-
ers, toning baths, etc. You do want
the chemicals to be roughly in the
correct proportions, but you can
waste an enormous amount of time
and trouble in weighing out sub-
stances to a needless degree of ac-
curacy. You can take it that an
error of 10 per cent, more or less
will be scarcely without effect in
making up almost any photographic
solution. In other words, if you
were weighing out ten ounces of
soda sulphite it wouldn't matter
very much if you used as much as
eleven ounces or as little as nine
ounces. The cases where it is im-
portant to observe much greater ac-
curacy than this are extremely few
in number. In fact, I cannot think
of one which comes into regular
photographic work. The chief ex-
amples are those where one adds
a little alkali, or acid, to a solution
in order to make it of a different

reaction. But usually one goes, not
by weight, but by testing the solu-
tion with a bit of litmus paper.
Therefore, I say, be reasonably cor-
rect, but in weighing out lots of
chemicals, don't think that you gain
anything whatever by having the
balance poised to a point at which
a few grains, more or less, turn the
scale.

PARTS

Another point which appears to
puzzle many of those reading photo-
graphic formulae is this expression,
"parts," which simply means that
you must keep to the same unit of
weight in making up ^a formula
given in this way. Thus, a writer
may direct a developer of Azol,
one part; water, twenty parts;
which means that one dilutes one
ounce of the Azol solution with
twenty ounces of water, or half an
ounce with ten ounces. When it
comes to solid chemicals dissolved
in water this "part" system is not
a very exact method ; the best thing
to do is to take avoirdupois ounces
as the units for the solid substances
and fluid ounces for the water.
Thus, in the case of a formula of,
say, hypo, five parts; alum, one
part; water 100 parts, one would
weigh out five ounces of hypo and
one ounce of alum and measure
100 ounces water. If you want
smaller quantities than these you
must work it out by dividing all
the figures by the same number, for

Digitized by

Google

204

SXAP SHOTS

November 1914

which purpose one usually first has
to convert the solid ounces into
grains by multiplying by 4:^7.

"in" or "to"
Another point on which questions
are often asked is whether much
difference is caused by using one
or other of the two ways in which
a formula may be made up, viz.,
dissolving the chemicals in a meas-
ured twenty ounces of water, or
dissolving in water and making u\)
to a total bulk of twenty ounces.
If it is a very strong solution, such
as potass oxalate for platinum de-
veloper or hypo for fixing bath,
the actual 4ifference in strength be-
tween the two methods is quite ap-
preciable, but the practical effect in
photographic work not worth talk-
ing about. And the weaker a solu-
tion is the less difference in strength
according as one or other of the
two plans is followed. From the
practical point of view nobo:iy need
think that any positive difference
will be caused in the behaviour of a
toning bath or developer through
adopting one plan when the other
is intended. The only (!ifference
which can arise is a slightly shorter
time of development when the
method of dissolving in water and
making up to a bulk is followed,
and where a large bulk of develop-
er is made up according to formula
for development by time it is nec-
essary that one plan or the other
should be chosen and adhered to.

METRIC ME.\.SURES

I ought not to leave this subject
without a word or two on the
simplicity, especially in photograph-
ic formulae, of the French system
of grammes and cubic centimeters.
1 know there are still people who
are prepared to defend the complex
weights and measures which are
part of our heritage as Englishmen.
This is not the place to enter into
arguments as to the defects, or
otherwise, of the decimal system.
Decimals apart, the beauty of the
French system of weights and
measures is the simplicity of the
units. The gramme (roughly ViYi
grains) is the weight of the cubic
centimetre (about fifteen minims)
of water. The litre (about thirty-
five ounces) is 1,000 cubic centi-
metres. There you have practi-
cally all you want to know about the
French weights and measures.
Those who have much to do in
making up different formulae for
experimental* purposes will hardly
fail to appreciate the immense sav-
ing of labor which results from
using metric standards. For those
who occasionally require to make
up a formula in French measures
by using the British standards, one
or two equivalents, which can be
easily borne in mind, may be men-
tioneJ. J 00 c.c.s. is almost exactly
'V2 ounces. Similarly, 100 gms.
is near enough V/2 ounces avoir-
dupois, a single gramme being
VyVj grs. It is usual to reckon 30
c.c.s. as equivalent to one fluid
ounce, though actually it is thirty
minims more. — Practicus.

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

205

PARCEL POST

Jno. I. Hoffman, Secretary P. A. of A.

It is not too late to write to the
third assistant postmaster general
if you have not already done so.

I called on Governor Dockery,
who is third 'assistant postmaster
general, on October 9, and as soon
as I told him what I wanted he tried
to get rid of me by sending me to
his assistant, Mr. Wood, whom he
said knew more about parcel post
than he did himself. But I told
him that I had seen Mr. Wood, and
had received no satisfaction; that
Mr. Wood had simply told me that
photographs were not included in
the present classification.

Thereupon, he sent me to Mr.
Koons who is chairman of the par-
cel post committee. Mr. Koons
gave me the first real satisfaction
that I have had in this investiga-
tion, lie said that it would only
be a matter of a short time until
photographs wxre included in the
parcel post classification, and I
asked him what steps we could take
to hurry the action along, and he
asked us to do exactly what we
have planned to do, that is, write
letters telling what advantage par-
cel post will be to us. I am sure
that it will be only a matter of a
few months till we secure parcel

post if only three hundred of the
photographers will write a letter to
the department telling what benefit
it will be to them.

Many photographers have writ-
ten to me asking just what benefits
parcel post will bring. In a few
words I will state them like this.
Most of the packages that you send
out weigh between one and three
pounds and are sent to people in
the first zone of the parcel post
classification (or within a radius of
fifty miles.) At the present time
you pay one half cent an ounce for
packages weighing less than four
pounds that is eight cents for each
pound. If we secure parcel post
rates you will pay five cents for
the first pound, six cents for the
second pound, seven cents for the
third pound, and eight cents for the
fourth pound or you will save three
cents on the first pound, ten cents
on the second pound, seventeen
cents on the third pound and
twenty- four cents on the fourth
pound. That means that it will
practically save half your postage
bill.

Not only that, but at the same
time you may send out these parcel
post packages C. O. D. If some-

Digitized by

Google

206

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

one should come into your studio
and have a sitting made and pay
you a small amount on deposit and
ask you to have the photograph sent
to them when it is finished, you may
insure yourself against loss by hav-
ing this package delivered to them
parcel post C. O. D.

Then, too, you may have parcel
post packages insured for a small
per cent, of their real value. This
becomes very valuable in case that
packages are sent a long distance.

Now these are some of the ad-
vantages that will accrue to you
should we secure parcel post rates
on photographs. All we are asking
you to do is to send a neat letter
to the third assistant postmaster
general telling him why you want
this concession. I am sure that you
will be glad to assist in this small
way. If you did not send the let-
ter on October 30 as we suggested
it is not too late yet, so sit down
and write that letter right away.

We called at Pirie MacDonald's
studio on our return from the Bos-
ton Convention and he told us that
he had his letter written, sealed and
stamped ready to be sent on the
30th. Many others have written us
that they have done the same and
I am sure that by this co-operation
we will be able to secure this rate
within the next few months.

Now do your little part. It may
be that your letter will have just
the right ring that will decide the
matter in our favor.

A Dark Room Convenience

Three or four wooden penholders
fixed vertically into one of the
shelves of the dark room will be
found to be a very great conven-
ience. Measuring glass and bottles,
etc., after being washed out, may-
be put upside down on one of the
pegs so formed to drain and dry,
and left like that until they are re-
quired, instead of standing the
other way up and cafching any dust
or splashes that may be going.

Blue Print Paper

For the amateur who w^ants to
make his own blue print paper or
cloth, I would recommend the
following formula: — A: Red prus-
siate of potash, 100 grains; wa-
ter, 1 oz. B: Citrate of iron and
ammonia, 125 grains; water, 1 oz.
Dissolve each in a separate bottle,
using cold water ; and for use take
equal parts. Coat unruled paper
with a small sponge.

^^NE year's subsoiption to
Snap Shots and the Ameri-
can Annual 6t Photography
1915 G>aper edition) only
$1.50.

SNAP SHOTS PUB.. Co.

57 East 9th Street

New York

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

207

MARINES AND SHORE SCENES
By W. S. Davis

With summer upon us and vaca-
tions at hand many will improve
the opportunity to visit the sea-
shore, and to the amateur photog-
rapher especially the shifting scenes
constantly presented of shipping
and varied phases of cloud and
water are a continual source of
delight, so it is no wonder that the
camera is brought into frequent
use, but unfortunately the results
are sometimes disappointing, owing
to the worker's lack of experience
with changed conditions.

To start with there are a few
points regarding apparatus and
materials worth attention.

The best camera for this purpose
is one of moderate size and simple
to operate. The latter point is es-
pecially felt when making snap-
shots of and from rapidly moving
vessels, the success of which de-
pends upon quick manipulation.
For such work, the always ready
box style is convenient, but on the
other hand a long-focus folding
camera permits one to secure a fair
sized image of some inaccessible
distant object by using a single
combination of the usual double
lens; so if the amateur possesses
both styles but only cares to carry

one the choice must depend mainly
upon his personal taste.

Whatever form of instrument
used it will be found a great con-
venience to have it fitted with direct
vision finder — the larger the better.

Owing to the great amount of
reflected light met with, more care
is necessary to guard against fog-
ging the sensitive material. This
is one reason why an open film
camera should never be left long in
bright sunshine. If plates are used
the holders should be protected, and
extra care taken when removing
or inserting the slides. It is best
to throw a focusing cloth over the
camera when doing this, or at least
to turn the camera away from the
sun.

A frequent source of flat foggy
looking negatives is due to sun-
shine, either direct or reflected,
striking the front of the lens at the
moment of exposure. Anyone who
has watched the change in bril-
liancy of the image on the focusing
screen as a result of this will be-
lieve in the value of some kind of
a lens shade. I use a home-made
square folding cone-shaped one
which snaps onto the standards of
the camera front, thus inclosing

Digitized by

Google

208

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

both lens and shutter — a good thing
on windy days when spray is flying.
However, a strip of black paper
rolled into a tube which will fit the
lens-mount makes a simple and ef-
fective hood.

A tripod and ray filter should
be included in the outfit, as the first
is often useful on shore, while the
employment of a filter under cer-
tain conditions (referred to later)
will greatly improve the quality of
the picture.

The choice between plates and
films is largely a matter of personal
preference and convenience. If
the former, they should be of the
orthochromatic variety, and prefer-
ably of the non-halation grade also,
for the latitude of such plates
makes it possible to render strong
contrasts more successfully.

When not in use both apparatus
and materials should be kept in as
dry a place as possible. Condensed
moistures will aflPect the speed of
shutters and the smoothness of
other working parts, while the lens
often gathers a salty film which
must be removed. This may be
done by breathing upon the surface
and wiping carefully with the soft-
est tissue paper. (The best grade
for the purpose is sold by dealers
under the name of ''Lens Paper.")
After work on a stormy day the
outfit will need to be wiped off with
a damp cloth, and the metal parts
rubbed over with an oily rag, to
prevent damage by the salt.

While the careless worker may
think much of the foregoing a lot
of needless advice, it is attention to
seemingly small details which really
helps one to make better photos; so
it is surely worth while to take a
little extra pains on the spot rather
than look later at a work marred
by preventable defects.

The most favorable time for
working is during the early morn-
ing and late afternoon hours, since
the proportion of light and shadow
is better balanced, the result being
greater brilliancy and sparkle than
is seen near noon in summer when
the sun's rays fall almost vertically
upon a scene. Then too, the qual-
ity of the light on clear days
usually enables one at such times
to secure more satisfactory color
values without a filter.

So many different effects are
constantly presented it is only by
careful observation, notably of the
relation in both tone and color of
objects to their surroundings, that
one can know in advance when a
particular subject may appear to
the best advantage. For instance,
in the case of sailing vessels, or
white yachts, in full sunshine it is
most important to preserve suffi-
cient contrast between the sky and
white sails, otherwise the finished
picture will not suggest the brilliant
effect of the sunshine. Sometimes
a deep blue-gray haze along the

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

209

horizon, or a bank of low-lying
clouds, provides enough contrast to
photograph well without using a
ray filter. Under these conditions
the exposure in summer between
two and four P. M., or a corre-
sponding time in the morning,
would be about 1/100 second with
lens stop F:ll (No. 8). With the
sun nearer the horizon more ex-
posure should as a rule be given
or a larger stop used. The best
way however when rapid motion
of the subject does not prevent the
required increase in exposure being
given, is to place a ray filter on the
lens, then one may be sure of se-
curing practically the degree of con-
trast between objects and sky seen
by the eye. With those sold for
general use this means giving four
times the regular exposure, but in
many instances it is safe to slow
the shutter to 1/25 second, while
with a good lens, the employment
of a larger stop would partly if not
fully make up the difference, so a
little calculation will quickly show
when the filter can be used.

In dealing with vessels seen
more or less against the light, there
is less need for a filter, but to se-
cure pictorial quality, views of this
nature require clouds or a soft haze
to make the sky harmonize with the
rest of the composition. While it
is always best to secure a satisfac-
tory sky with the subject, it is
nevertheless quite permissible to

"print in" clouds later, and if skill-
fully done the results may be most
pleasing, providing, of course, the
clouds are suitable in character and
lighted from the same direction as
the scene they are used with.

Working against the light, it is
well to allow some increase in the
exposure, the difference being con-
siderably more for nearby objects.

When exposing from a moving
vessel the possibility of a blurred
image resulting is more likely to be
caused by motion of the camera
than of the subject. If one is on a
vessel which rolls much, the best
time to expose is at the instant ot
reversal in the motion, and in the
case of the steamer it is safer at
any time to avoid a position di-
rectly over the engines or over the
propeller, as their vibration is
liable to cause a loss of perfect
definition which would not be pro-
duced by the motion of the boat
alone.

Coming now to views along
shore, which includes shipping
around wharves, coast scenery and
surf studies, it will be found neces-
sary as a rule to give at least twice
the length of exposure under sim-
ilar lighting as for views afloat,
since the shadows receive less re-
flected light, and this, combined
with the darker tones of near ob-
jects, adds to the general contrast.
One should therefore time accord-
ing to the depth of the shadows

Digitized by

Google

210

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

rather than the lighter tones. When
the contrasts are not unusually
great the exposures indicated in the
Better Photos Exposure Guide un-
der the head of **Beach Scenes,"
can be followed, but if nearby ob-
jects in shadow are included, like a
group of rocks, the exposures
named in the next class would not
be any too long.

Many beautiful subjects can be
found along the waterfront of a
fishing village, and around large
cities harbor craft, freighters in
dock, bridges, etc., all represent pic-
torial material, whether the studies
are made on shore or from a pas-
sing steamer.

On quiet days the reflection of
masts and wharves add to the charm
of some compositions, and in other
instances the presence of fog gives
the desired quality by subduing the
distance and bringing the fore-
ground elements out in bold masses.

In taking surf, the exposure
should be such as will best convey
the idea of motion in the flying
spray, and for this reason a very
fast shutter speed is to be avoided,
as it renders the foam so sharply
that the drops of water look frozen.
As a result of a number of years'
experience with this class of sub-
ject, I consider 1/25 second the best
average time to give. This is just
long enough to indicate motion
without losing definition as a whole ;
1/25 second, by the way, is approx-
imately the exposure given by the

one-speed "Inst." shutters supplied
with low priced cameras, generally
called T. I. B. shutters.

On account of the shutter speed
being determined by the subject
rather than the strength of light,
one must depend upon altering the
size of lens stop according to the
conditions prevailing.

The greatest sparkle and detail
in the foam is obtainable when it
is illuminated by sunshine falling
from one side, and w^hat was said
about white sails also applies to
flying spray seen against the sky,
but in this case the clouds or sky
might well be heavier in character,
as a rough sea is naturally associ-
ated with stormy weather.

If circumstances permit, the
camera may be used upon a tripod
with advantage, for this allows one
to arrange the general composition
in advance and keep it fixed within
the field of the lens, after which
full attention can be given to watch-
ing the incoming waves. To secure
a dashing wave at its greatest height
the shutter release must be pressed
while the spray is still rising, to
allow the fraction of time neces-
sary to actuate the shutter. This
requires some practice, which, to-
gether with the fact that one can-
not always judge accurately how a
wave will break, makes some fail-
ures unavoidable, but these may
well be overlooked when some suc-
cessful shots are made.

—Better Photos

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

211

MARINE PHOTOGRAPHY

By Arthur Ford

Of all the subjects for the pic-
torial worker to practise his hobby,
that of marine photography is, per-
haps, the most fascinating. The pic-
torial possibilities are by no means
limited, and the photographer with
artistic taste will find all the com-
binations necessary for really high-
class work. There is the stately
liner, the picturesque old "wind-
jammer'' with its lofty masts, fa-
mous old hulks which had once
proudly flown the oceans with car-
goes to and from Australian shores,
pretty little ketches with their
patched sails, tugboats, and the nu-
merous small fry which flit across
the harbor, all give chances to the
man with the camera. Stand on
the end of a wharf for a few min-
utes and you will be charmed with
the ever-changing scene; while on
the wharf the laborers unloading
and the lumpers coaling the ships
all present opportunities for the
photographer. Go aboard an old
** wind-jammer" and see the cosmo-
politan crew at work, see the "ma-
rine artists** painting their ship for
the home voyage, and you may have
an opportunity to snapshot an in-
teresting, if hardened, "old salt" at
work. Study the work of masters

of marine photography and you will
be inspired by the desire to do like-
wise and better.

It is difficult to say what form
of camera is most suitable for ma-
rine work. Perhaps the best all-
round pattern is the graflex, but as
every amateur cannot aflPord one
the ordinary magazine hand-camera
is admirable. Most of my work
has been taken with a folding cam-
era, to which I fitted a view-finder.
A fairly long- focus lens is desirable,
as sometimes it is impossible, or un-
wise, to approach a subject so close
as one would desire. For work
afloat there is not much time to use
a focussing-screen, hence an effi-
cient view-finder is a necessity. Ex-
pensive apparatus is not necessary
for work on the water, and a cam-
era costing a few shillings, fitted
with a single lens, is capable of
quite good work.

Although the yachting season is
not with us just now, a few notes on
the photography of yachts may be
interesting. Sydney Harbor on any
Saturday afternoon in the summer
time is dotted with yachts and sail-
ing boats of every description, and
many opportunities present them-
selves. The best standpoint is a

Digitized by

Google

212

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

position on the water, either on a
launch or preferably in a rowing
boat. With a couple of friends to
manoeuvre the boat the progress of
a race may be recorded ; and it is
a really beautiful sight to see the
boats in a favorable breeze with all
extras up. The best side to photo-
graph a yacht is on the leeward, an<l
pleasing snaps can be obtained of
the boat nearly head on, a broad-
side view also being sometimes ac-
ceptable ; so the photographer must
be ready to seize the opportunity
the moment it occurs. Orthochro-
matic plates used in conjunction
with a light filter are an advantage
on a bright day, but in misty weath-
er they are not always desirable
if the operator wishes to preserve
the mist, as they cut through it.

With regard to photography on
the sea coast, the enthusiast may se-
cure pictures during the progress
of a gale of the breakers dashing
furiously against the rocks — pic-
tures that will always be a pleasure
to look at. The waves are not mo-
notonous, they are magnificent, and
the fantastic shapes taken by the
breakers as they dash towards the
shore make excellent pictures.

But photography at the sea-shore
is not without its danger and diffi-
culties, and the too venturesome
photographer will feel inclined to
throw his apparatus at ''Father
Neptune" after a wave has wet him

through, filled his camera case, and
given him thoughts of a visit to
*'Davy Jones' Locker." No doubt
the best effects are obtained at close
quarters, but with a stand camera
and a l()ng-f(KUs lens, on a low
standpoint the operator can secure
fine studies. A low standpoint is
most desirable, because in looking
down on a breaker it loses its mag-
nificence, and the horizon showing
alx)ve the wave makes it appear so
much less imposing. Good work
can also be done with a hand cam-
era. A be fore-lens shutter is almost
a necessity, as the blind protects
the lens from the spray. It is ad-
visable to cover your camera well,
as salt water seriously affects the
apparatus.

.\s regards exposure in marine
work, the photographer will find he
will have to work much quicker,
the actinic value of the light owing
to reflection being about twice as
much as on land.

Development is carried out the
same as for most other subjects,
and I finfl rodinal most suitable for
my requirements. It is a fine de-
veloper, and any class of negative
can be obtained by using a strong
or a weak solution, as the subject
needs. Seascapes printed in green
carbon look very well. A techni-
cally goo 1 picture of a rough sea
is always a pleasure to look at.

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

213

UTILIZING LIGHT-STRUCK PLATES FOR
TRANSPARENCY PLATES

Inquiries are often made as to mixture into a 5 by 7 tray and

whether light-struck gelatine plates place the light-struck plate therein

can be utilized in any way besides under ruby light. Allow the plate

cleaning off the films (says "Alpha," to remain therein, with occasional

writing in the Camera) , Some ex- rocking, for ten minutes, when it

perimental work has recently been may be well washed for ten min-

conducted with the object of utiliz- utes. The plate must now be

ing light-struck plates, with the re- dramed and flooded several times

suit that the following method of over the gelatine surface with a

treatment answers the purpose. In solution of nitrate of silver, ten

the first place, several published grains of nitrate to one ounce of

formulae were tried with variable water. Then place in a rack to

and unsatisfactory results. dry, in a closet away from actinic

It was then determined to figure light and dust. When the plate is

out a formula and put it to the test, dried it can be placed under a neg-

Several tests have proven it to be ative and printed just the same as

satisfactory. The formula is pub- printing-out paper. The only thing

lished here for the benefit of our to do when examining the print is

readers. to judge by looking through the

The operations must be conducted plate from the back, unless the

under a non-actinic light, in the operator is in possession of a frame

same way as if the plates had been for printing opalotypes; in either

prepared with a chloride of silver case the printing must be carried

emulsion. to a considerable depth, for it must

Tap water was employed in all be remembered that the picture is

the operations. Converting solu- to be viewed by transmitted light.

tion: When the printing is complete

Chloride of copper 30 gr. the plate must be washed for a

Chloride of ammonium. 30 gr. ^^ort time in three changes o

vj A ^ u\ • •j/r'r»\ 1A^ water and toned m a gold and

Hydrochloncacid(CP.). 10 drops borax toning bath of the usual

Common water 4 oz. j^j^^^ consisting of-

This preparation may be mixed W'ater 25 oz.

in a glass graduate. After stirring Chloride of gold 2 gr.

well with a glass rod until the salts Borax (of a saturated solu-

are completely dissolved, pour this tion) 1 oz.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

214

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

Toning takes place in about five
minutes, when the plate must be
washed well under the tap and fixed
in a plain hyposulphite of soda so-
lution, 2 oz. of hyposulphite to 16
oz. of water, and allowed to remain
in this for ten minutes, or until all
creaminess has disappeared, after
which it must be well washed and
dried.

Upon examination, if it is found
that the plate is perfectly clear in
all the high lights, presenting a
beautiful, rich brown in every other
part, the transparency can now be
finished oflF with a clear glass plate
to cover the film side, separated by
means of a paper mask and bound
at the edges with a suitable colored
gummed binding strip, which can
be purchased in small rolls. It can
then be mounted if necessary in a
suitable frame for window decora-
tion.

The following converting form-
ula has also been worked out,
which also answers well for the
conversion of a light-struck gela-
tine bromide plate into a chloride
plate ; after conversion a long wash-
ing is necessary, but the conversion
is complete. Further converted
plates of this kind can be used for

gaslight exposure and developed
the same as gaslight paper, only in
this case no nitrate of silver coating
is needed — only the pure chloride
of silver — a few seconds' exposure
to gaslight being all that is neces-
sary.

The use of nitrate of silver is a
necessity, in the case of printing-
out plates, to give a certain portion
of free nitrate ; otherwise the print
upon the plate in neutral silver
chloride will prove to be a ver\'
weak one and useless for the pur-
pose intended.

Bichromate of Potash
Converter.

Potassium bichromate. .40 gr.

Pure hydrochloric acid. .10 drops

Chloride of ammonium. 40 gr.

Filtered water 5 oz.

The action upon the plate is very
rapid, usually five minutes in this
solution is sufficient. Of course,
increased temperature aids the con-
version, especially at 65 or 70 deg.
Fahr. For all ordinary purposes
of converting a light-struck gelatine
bromide plate into a utilizable
chloride plate, the above formulse
and directions will answer ever\'
purpose. — The Amateur Photogra-
pher and Photographic Neu*s,

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

215

GREEN LIGHT FOR DARK ROOM ILLUMINATION

By Chas. L. Ford

Those who find that red or orange
light aflfects them unpleasantly —
and with some it is said to bring on
depression and headache — can sub-
stitute a deep green. This is much
more restful to the eyes ; but, on the
other hand, it is not permissible to
use as strong a light with green as
with red. It would be well before
adopting green to make quite sure
that it is the light of the dark room
and not its deficient ventilation
which is the cause of the discom-
fort. So much attention is given to
the exclusion of every ray of white
light from the room, and so little,
comparatively, to the admission of
fresh air, that it is far more likely
that any headache or similar symp-
toms are due to imperfect ventila-
tion than to the red light. This is
confirmed by the fact that those
who have to work all day in the
deep ruby light of a plate factory
do not, as a general rule, experience
any trouble from it at all.

The possibility of using green
light for dark room work is owing
to the well-known fact that there
is a comparative want of sensitive-
ness to such rays on the part of the
emulsion, not so complete an in-
sensitiveness as that of the non-
orthochromatic plate to red, but still

sufficiently marked to make a green
illumination, if of a carefully selec-
ted shade, quite possible in the dark
room. This has long been recog-
nized, although comparatively little
has been heard of it.

For ordinary — that is to say, for
non-orthocliromatic — plates, it will
be found that a kind of glass known
as "Cathedral green," backed up
with a sheet of orange or canary
medium, will give a very comfort-
able greenish working light, not at
all fatiguing to the eyes. Much
less must be used for orthochro-
matic and panchromatic plates ; and
for this purpose it will not do to
rely upon commercial glass for the
purpose, since it has not been de-
signed for use in that way, and is
uncertain in character. One of the
safelights specially made for photog-
raphy must be used. An econom-
ical and perfectly satisfactory illu-
mination for all purposes can be ob-
tained by using the Virida papers
supplied by Mr. T. K. Grant for
autochrome work. They are of
two kinds, a green and a yellow;
the latter should be put next the
source of light. What number of
thicknesses of these papers should
be used must depend on the strength
of the light, the area of the screen.

Digitized by

Google

216

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

and the purpose for which the light
is required. One yellow and two
green will be found an ample and
safe illumination for all ordinary
photographic work, with a window
two square feet in area and an in-
verted incandescent gas burner.
But before any light is used it
should be tested.

The need for a careful test of
the dark room light is not as gen-
erally recognized as it should be.
If the average photographer were
asked why he should test his light
he would probably say that it was
in order to know that it is "safe."
Yet this is not quite the case. It
cannot be too plainly pointed out
that no light that is of any use is
"safe" in the fullest sense of the
term ; that is to say, if a plate is ex-
posed to it freely for two minutes,
let us say, it should be fogged. If
it is not, then it is an indication that
less light is being used than need be.

The function of a test of the dark
room light is to see how much ex-
posure the plate may be given with
complete confidence that it will not
be injuriously affected; and if it is
found that this is several times as
long as there is any need to have
the plate unprotected, then instead
of using an over-safe light — that is
to say, one which is quite needlessly
dark — it is policy to increase the
illumination, so that we are better
able to see what we are doing. Half
or more than half of the difficulties
experienced by the amateur photog-

rapher in his dark room work are
due to the attempt to carry it out
in a light, or rather darkness, which
allows nothing to be seen properly.

To test the light, the first thing
to be done is to determine what is
the greatest length of time that a
plate ever need be exposed to it at
all. The most extraordinary over-
estimates have been made of this.
If the photographer the next time
he develops a plate will carefully
count the seconds during which that
plate is quite without protection, he
will find that they do not amount to
very much. Assuming that he holds
it up to the light from time to time
to see how development is progres-
sing, that he uncovers the dish now
and again to make quite sure that
the solution is going all over its
surface and that there are no air-
bells on it, but that during the rest
of the time the dish is kept covered
with a card or lid of some kind,
he will find that even with frequent
and careful examination less than
a minute all told will be ample;
half a minute the writer finds to be
more than he needs. Filling and
emptying the slides may be ignored,
as this can, and should, be done
either in complete darkness or else
in shadow, where no direct light
from the lantern can reach the
plates at all.

If it can be ascertained that a
plate may be exposed for one min-
ute to the light at the usual distance
for examination, without anything

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

217

more than the faintest perceptible
trace of fog, then the light may be
regarded as perfectly safe. Just the
slightest trace ought to be visible,
as, if not, we may feel fairly cer-
tain that the light is needlessly
feeble, and it may be increased. If
it is electric, a bulb of twice the
candle-power may be substituted;
if incandescent gas, then two burn-
ers instead of one should be used.

The test is best made by using a
plate which has been exposed on
some unimportant subject,, and not
with an unexposed plate, since this
latter does not give a fair indication
of the safety or otherwise of the
light, the reason for which need not
detain us at the moment. This ex-
posed plate must receive an expos-
ure of one minute to the dark room
light, part of it being protected,
and the division between the pro-
tected and unprotected parts being
sharply defined, so that any fog can
be seen at once. It will not do to
have anything in actual contact
with the surface of the emulsion,
as this might give a false indication,
which would vitiate the test; but it
must be as close as possible to the
surface, in order to get a sharp line
of demarcation. A stiff piece of
blackened card, with two strips of
thin card glued to its ends to keep

it just off the surface of the plate,
is the best thing to use; and if its
edge is cut to an irregular line, or
saw-toothed, its outline, if it is
recorded on the plate at all, will be
seen more easily. Holding this so
that one half the plate is covered
with it, we expose the other half
for a minute, where the plate ordi-
narily is exposed, and then develop
the negative in the ordinary way,
except that care should be taken to
shield it as far as possible from the
dark room light. We do not want
any other fog to interfere with the
test. The negative is fixed and
dried in the usual way, and a print
taken. On the print just the slight-
est indication of the irregular edge
of the card ought to be seen, but
nothing more. If this is the case,
then the light may be regarded as
suitable for such work.

No one who takes the trouble to
make such a test as has been de-
scribed can fail to appreciate the
results of it. The comfort of an
ample illumination, together with
the knowledge that there need be
no fear of light fog if the plate is
deliberately and carefully examined,
are benefits which all who have ex-
perience of the contrary will value
at their true worth.

— Photography

Digitized by

Google

218

SNAP SHOTS

November 1914

TRADE NEWS AND NOTES

American Annual of Photography, A
copy of the 1915 edition of this publi-
cation has just reached us, and as usual
the illustrations are excellent, having
been selected from the best photographic
work of the year. There are many
articles on up-to-date subjects, such as
Small Hand Cameras, Bromoil, Motion
Picture Finishing, Home Portraiture,
&c. We are offering a year's subscrip-
tion to Snap Shots and a copy of the
paper edition of the Annual to any of
our readers, for $1.50 postpaid. Address,
Snap Shots Publishing Co.

The New ''Infallible Meter*. The
manufacturers of the well known Wyn-
ne's "Infallible" Exposure Meter are
placing on the market a new form of
this well known utility, calling it the
Wynne's "Tnfallible" Hunter Meter.
This new meter while only one quarter
of an inch in thickness, opens like a
hunting case watch, and the inner sides
of one half contain the Actinometer
with standard tints and sensitive paper,
together with the variations for excep-
tional subjects. The other half of the
case contains the two scales for deter-
mination of the exposure, these being
engraved on polished white Ivorine, and
while the meters are sent out with the
scales marked according to the F. sys-
tem, they can be supplied arranged ac-
cording to the U. S. or the Autochrome
systems. We have had the pleasure of
using one of these new meters, and can
commend it most highly as a marked
improvement over the older pattern,
which itself is quite convenient and
satisfactory. There is no necessity of
our commenting upon the convenience
and reliability of the Wynne Meter, and
in this new form it should commend it-

self still more highly than heretofore.
The case, as we have said, is only one
quarter of an inch in thickness, and a
trifle less than two inches in diameter,
and should last and look handsome for
a lifetime, as it is made of the best
solid nickel. This new meter is on sale
by all dealers.

The New York Camera Exchange
have now ready for distribution their
new No. 19 Bargain List. They are
offering each of their customers a
year's subscription free to Snap Shots,
or any other photographic magazine.
Write them today for their Bargain
List. Send them an order and get the
benefit of this unique offer.

The Weighmeter, This is a unique
instrument which instantly indicates by
a turn of the dial exactly what weights
are to be used on the scale for any
given formula. It will save you time
and opportunities for errors when mak-
ing the usual computations. It is beau-
tifully printed on celluloid, and fits in
the vest pocket. Every photographer
should have one of these useful devices
for ready reference. George Murphy,
Inc., 57 East 9th St., New York, arc
the distributors.

GraAex Plate. This is a new fast
plate just placed on the market by The
Eastman Kodak Co. It is capable of
giving good negatives with exposures of
1/1000 of a second under conditions of
light that would render the ordinary
plate useless — just the thing for press
photographer, as it will give almost
any degree of contrast without fogging.
Try the Graflex Plate for high speed
focal plane work.

Digitized by

Google

November 1914

SNAP SHOTS

219

Phoiomailer. This is designed for
mailing photographs, or any other en-
closures, flat. Now that the holiday
season is approaching photographers
will have a great many orders to send
by mail and they should put in a stock
of these mailers. They not only can
use them themselves, but they can also
sell them to their customers for mailing
purposes at a good margin of profit.
They are made in 17 sizes. See the ad-
vertisement of the manufacturers, The
Thompson & Norris Co. on the inside
cover of this issue.

New Ross Lenses. The Ross Limited,
of London, are constantly introducing
new styles of photographic lenses so a?
to meet the new photographic conditions
which are constantly arising. They have
just introduced a five-lens system with
triple-cemented back, called the New
Ross Xpres, speed f-4.5. It is particu-
larly adapted for portraits and groups
in the studio and outdoor work. The
smaller sizes are especially good for
high-speed photography, autochrome or
three-color work. They have also in-
troduced another series called the Ros?
Combinable Lens, working at 5.11, and
doublets at f-5.5 to f-6.3. The doublet
is a three foci lens working at f-11, thus
on the one lens you are able to get three
different foci. The single combinations
give brilliant definition at full aperture.
Send to the American agents, George
Murphy, Incorporated, 57 East Ninth
Street, New York, for their new Ross
Lens and Camera Catalogue.

F. & S. Vignetter. This is a substan-
tial, practical and thoroughly efficient
Vignetter that may be attached to any
Century Studio Stand. It has just been
placed on the market by the Folmer &
Schwing Division of The Eastman
Kodak Co. It is not necessary for the
operator to leave his position behind the
camera to adjust the Vignetter. A
knob on the right raises and lowers the
Vignetter, while the knob on the left
tilts the Vignetter toward or away from
the lens. A cord passing through the
tube controls the oscillating movement.
The entire Vignetter may be moved
back and forth, and is provided with a
binding screw for locking in the de-
sired position. The price is $10.00, and
it is for sale by all dealers.

The C. P. Goerz American Optical Co.
have a new portrait lens which they
would like to have you try as it excels
the older types of portrait lenses in
speed, covering power, and freedom
from reflections. This is the Portrait
Hypar. Send to them for descriptive
circular.

Among the students enrolling at the
Illinois College of Photography last
month was a young Chinese, Mr. Ho
Ching Mung who is taking a course in
three color work. Mr. Ho is one of the
official students of the Chinese Govern-
ment, having been sent to this country
to fit himself for educational work in
his native land, and he will be expected
to enter the Government service on his
return home.

Eagle Home Portrait Studio Lamp
makes the photographer independent of
sunlight, and is a boom for these short
days when lighting conditions are so un-
certain. While primarily intended for
home portrait work it makes an excel-
lent studio lamp. It gives a light equal
to about 1,000 candle power; when the
special flash attachment is used, about
3,000 candle power. It is very light and
packs into a very small space. Can be
used on either direct or alternating cur-
rent. Write to our advertiser for de-
scriptive circular.

Digitized by

Google

220 SNAP SHOTS November 1914

STUDIO WANTS

Galleries for Sale •r Rent Positions lVanted—Operators^(Cont.)

C J. G., New York City. G. P., operator.

W. C. W., New York City. W. R. C, operator.

A. S. T.. New York City. E. H. R., operator.

Gallery, Hudson River Town. e. R. T., operator.

C R. P., gallery for rent, Long Island. J .'. ' r,r , , ' « , , . „

P. H. McC, gallery. Long Island, for ^^^"•^''^ ctVi^nfts

R. S., New York City. ^^''^•. ^* ^* ^•» retoucher and reception-

F. s/w.. on Long Island, $900. t J^*;^ . u

\%r r^ r\ 11 • xt t I- M. C, retoucher.

W. CO gallery in New Jersey. ^ p., retoucher and receptionist; young

F. J. S., New York City. Udy.

Parties Desiring Galleries { ^^ retoucher; young man.

^' ^deloTifnf Bn3:>r ^^wark. Phila- ^|. ^^/Scher.

delphia, or Boston. ^ Le M retoucher

H. B. G., wants gallery New York City. ^rs. V. E. B., retoucher and recep-
R. S. G., wants gallery in small city. tionist

C. B. S.. wants gallery in N. Y. City. ^^^^^^^ ^^^.^. ^^^

S. T.. wants gallery m New York City. ^ir r:' -n * * u / n a

M. F. D., wants retoucher and all-round
Positions IVanted — Operators man.

L. E., all round. S. Studio, wants lady retoucher and fin-
A. P. R., operator. >sher.

L F operator ^' ^- ^'* wants retoucher and all-round

xU H., operator. ^^ ^^ operator.

A. M., operator. H. & L. wants young lady retoucher
A. H. B., operator. and receptionist.

Notice — Letters addressed to anyone in our care should be accompanied with stamp for each
le^er so that they can be re-mailed.

SEND YOUR SUBSCRIPTION NOW

Our year expires January Ist and we want your Renewal. $L00 per year.
Photographic news from every section is worth five times our subscription
price.

OUR SPECIAL CLUBBING LIST

We o£Fer the Special Clubbing List of Snap Shots with American and
EngHsh Annuals and the English Journals. A combination that gives to the
American photographer photographic news that combined gives him the field
covering the English-speaking photographic world:
1 year's Snap Shots with American Annual of Photography (1915 paper

edition) $1.50

1 year's Snap Shots witii British Journal Photo. Almanac (1915 paptr

edition) 12S

1 year's Snap Shota with 1 year's subscription to British Journal of

Photography 3.75

Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Photography and Focus (Eng.) 3.50
Snap Shots and 1 year's subscription to Amateur Photography and Pho-
tographic News (English) 4.50

SNAP SHOTS PUB. CO. 57 East 9th St, New York

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccv

POSITIONS OFFERED and WANTED, FOR SALE,
TO RENT, WANT to PURCHASE, EXCHANGE, &c.

Announcements under these and similar headings, of forty words or less, will be inserted
for forty cents. For each additional word, one cent. Displayed advertisements 60 cents
per inch. Cash must accompany order. When replies are addressed to our care, 10 cents
at least must be added to cover probable postage on same to advertiser. Advertisements
should reach us by the 20th to secure insertions in the succeeding issue. A copy of the
Journal sent free to every advertiser as long as the "ad" is continued. Advertisements in
Snap Shots bring prompt returns.

AN ADVERTISEMENT IN THESE COLUMNS

is an excellent and safe medium of communication between Photographers

An unusual opportunity to secure
an old established studio in college
toWn. Two colleges and large sur-
rounding territory to draw from. The
studio is in a flourishing condition,
but pressure of other interests induces
the owner to sell. Address P. Y. H.,
care Snap Shots.

For Sale: A well-equipped five-
room Studio, established 25 years,
40,000 negatives; rent $15.00; fitted to
11x14 Dallmeyer Lens. City of 12,000
population. ' State Normal School,
D. & H. R. R. yard and shop forming
center nearest city, 62 miles Bing-
hamton. New York. Three branches
connected with the studio, one at
Cobleskill, Sidney and Worcester,
N. Y. Will sell all complete or sep-
arately, if so desired. Going in other
business. Address, Box 12, Oneonta,
N. Y.

For Sale: First class Studio about
75 miles from New York, best loca-
tion in the heart of the city, doing
good business, good surrounding
country, established over- thirty years.
Studio worth over $3,000 but will sell
very cheap if sold at once. Reason
for selling is other business. Letters
must be addressed to: Tony Leo, 5
West Main Street, Middletown, N. Y.

For Sale; Kodak Finishing and
Enlarging plant with Commercial
work. Everything convenient and
complete. Ground floor; good loca-
tion, cheap rent. Price $400.00. Good
reasons for selling. Write E. S., care
Snap Shots.

For Sale: Fine ground floor Studio
doing $3,500 per year, and modern
Home, in Eastern Pennsylvania town
of 6,000.—Field of 20,000.— No com-
petition. Value $7,500. — Quick sale
price $5,000. $2,000 will swing the
deal. Don't fail to investigate at
once. No. 1, care Snap Shots Pub.
Co.

Studio for Sale, Rent $17.00 per
month, fitted with 8x10 camera, Darlot
lens, 5x7 Ping Pong Camera, sixteen
backgrounds and large assortment of
card mounts. Doing good business.
Good reasons for selling. Santos, 3
Summer St., Taunton, Mass.

Studio Wanted: A well established
Studio in the State of New York,
New Jersey or Mass., doing a spe-
cialty of portrait work, double slant
North light preferred. Must have
long lease, moderate rent, and in good
running condition. Give full descrip-
tion of Studio. (No commercial
branch need answer.) E. Vandry, 147
St. Joseph St., Quebec, Canada.

Position Wanted: Receptionist, re-
toucher, colorist. Address, Mrs. C.
H., Box 405, Rhinebeck, N. Y.

Position Wanted: Will accept a
position for the holidays in some
studio of repute at or near New York
or Philadelphia. Any department,
prefer operating. Many years experi-
ence. H. Anderton, 265 Graham Avenue,
Paterson, N. J.

>y'anted: To rent, with privilege of
buying, a complete Studio in a good
manufacturing city, Eastern and
Southeastern States preferred. Give full
particulars in first letter. Address
R. E. M , care Snap Shots.

When writing advcrtisert please mention Snap Shots. '9'^'^^^ ^y VJiOOg

CCVl

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

E.W.N.NonHalationPlate Backing

With this backing, which is most easily applied
and removed, ordmary glass plates are made per-
fect. It prevents that white fojf around liifht
objects, renders pt-rspective truthfully, lends
atmosphere and removes all restrictions as to
source or intensity of light. With Backed Plates
you can take nature as you find her truthfully
and artistically. The thmg for snow scenes or
interiors.

Price. 46c. Post-paid, witit full directions. Will
perfect 260 6x7 platey. Trial size, 20c. Pott-paid

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RETAIL DCPARTMCNT

57 EAST 9th STREET. NEW YORK

IF YOU USE THE

Star Negative File

(Patented Jul^ 1«, 1»00.>

yon can instantly locite any

negative desired. This file pro-
vifies a perfect means of storing
and indexing negatives. It is a
heavy pasteboard box covered in
imitation morocco, fitted for 50
glass negatives, or a larger nuni-
bcr of films, separated by paste-
board frames. An index is in
front of each file.
35-4 X 4M e ^ %0M postpaid

4 X 5 ,37 "

5 X 7 48 *'

ft^4 X sy^ 65 '*

8 X 10 ...... .72

HJ4 X * f«^r lantern

Slides . . ,5Ja

GEOSnt: MURPHY. Ifvo.

57 Cut 9th Str^ot NEW YORK

LEARN A PAYING PROFESSION

__ *^» •^•urm you • kckkI Ineom* and pmitloD far lite. Fei
MvwiUcB jtn «« luT* ■ucTVMlulljr tauicbi

PHOTOGRAPHY

0«7

PlMto-EnarariiiC aad Thr* e-Color Wotk

v:,-T^-— -— •• ■■■■■■■w. l^am how y..u can tiecvmc ■«(■««»>

fU. Tama easy— JlTtnK iii«zp*Mlvc. Wrtt«lorra(M|airtM— JfOWl

iLUMOIt OOLLK«K OF rHOTO«RArNV

•11 WakMhAv "-" '-

SPECIAL BARGAINS

POm'RAIT LENSES

Si/e Focuft Each

«H X H^ 2B Dallmcyer F8.5, 8^" 186-00

6H X H^ 8 A " F4 16" 74.00

16 X 80 8A " F4 80" 805.00

80 X 84 No.8Euryscope F6 88" la&OO

6% X 8«^ 8A Ccrvecs F8.8, 16" 80.00

6J^ X 8>^ 8C Cervees F5 18" 16.50

WIDE ANGLE LENSES

Size Series Focus Each

4x6 EaRlc Wide Angle, B, 80° 8«" 1 4.00

a^x 8»^ B, 80° 6^" &00

8 xlO B, 80° 8" 6.00

8 X 10 Hall ft Benson «0° 7" 7.50

11 X 14 EaKle Wide Ani^le, A, 100° 16.00

14 X 17 A, lOfP lOJi" 88.00

THE NEW YORK LENS COMPANY

57 East 9th Street - - New York

THE REFLECTtSG CqilPHTSEit

Wdrks on bouse current— mudi Imi^ uA
Enlarggg QMlckly

11 tn. Ren&ctof iezBxl neeabTK^ mm
ISO watti, PUce $».<»; U ul for »ilo
2S0wam llS.CKt. Fee Orculiroabaffi*
made eokfEer, Umt UUt etc. irate U
R- D, Oray« Ridjewood, I. J.

SEND A POSTAL

for our New No. 19 Bargain List
just off the press. Contains start-
ling values in Cameras, Lenses and
Photographic Supplies. Head-
quarters for CYKO PAPER.
Write to-day for FREE COPY.

NEW YORK CAMERA EXCHANGE

109^ FULTON STREET. NEW YORK

Art Studies

Photographs from Life Models

FINEST COLLECTION FOR
ARTISTS AND ART LOVERS

Illastrated Catalogue aeiit free oa

C. KLARY

103 Avenue de Villiers PARIS (PRANCE)

When writing advertisers please mention Snap s^gifjzed by VJ^^^

l^L

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCVll

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

(Patented April 14th, 1911)

STYLE A.

The Latett and Greatest Improvement in Kay Flltera.

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and foreground, and produce a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously with ordinary plates.

The Royal Foreground Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
is a strong orange yellow at the top, is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical effect of the gradual
blending of color is to sift out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds and sky, which pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
withoui perceptibly decreasing tiie weak illumination of the reflected light

from the foreground, which
comes through the trans-
parent or colorless lower
part of the screen in full
intensity.

PlICI

$2.70 Postpaid
2.90 '^
3.1S
3.60

4.05 "
4.70
S.40

Made With the Boyal Foreground Bay Screen
PHOTO. Bv H. F. SCHMIDT, Seattle, Washington.

STOP 16. EXPOSUREM-second.

September \bth, 10 A. M, Distance to snow-covered

Mt. Baker 8 Miles.

NO.

OA
lA
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A

DIAMETER INCHES

PRICE NO.

DIAMETER INCHES

i'^

$1.35
1.35

Postpaid 8A

for box cameras

1.35
1.35
1.35

:: STYLE }0A
A 12A

'/A

1.80

13A

2.00

14A

454

254

2.25

<«

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc.. B:;^il.^e„t

57 East Ninth Street NEW YORK

Send for New Post-paid No, 14 Mail-Order Cash Catalosrue ,^^

igitizedby VjQL

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

ccvin

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

READ THIS LEHER

And You Will Better Understand
The Enthusiasm of Heliar Owners

1355 >UinfiirM*ic Avr*, Chii.»(fOs III

I ciidiHit «Ay fBOUftH in ptui^ »i
ttic Hrlkr l>ens I hnve l*nuiifbt. The okrttirt*
Ukrii with it, ir«p«?qia)J!y pbotuii£Tiiph», *niiw U|?
briHUint, bui with a rkh f,oii meHhiwnemi— die
nr«iaU uf a perfect len*. 1 am, firmly vr«d<)ed
to the 1^1 1? Jut. ll^ latitude i» pkji<»inie. I'rnin
tht rich *ottivt** it |uin|3« to commit y' picture* ^
aod cut* the iinrt, nrherr jiiich frsulii nr^ d»-
*if*^). ii* tleur and! a* definili^ a.* nn rngrnv^n

Respectfully,

T. H. BREKXAN

Lcnsfs.Liimtfafy Btrt&cHiikrs and Op,-ra GftiUfi

UoiGuanDCR&SoHn

24.0-258 E. Ontario St., Chicago

226 FirrH Ave, N£W YORK

WORKS

Brunswtde, G«rtninr

Cinidlan Agents — Hupfe'd, Ludecl«iiii Sf Co,,

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispensable te pbotosraphers. cheorists
physicians, or anyone encased In weldilas
chemicals.

The Weighmeler nutantly iodicatet by one tin
of the dial exacdy what weights are to be wed
oo the scale for any given foroiula. Saves tine,
trouble, annoyance, and oppoctunities for enon
in making tbe usual computations. BeautifuDy
printed in two colors on ivory cellnloid, and ik
just the right size to fit the vest pockeL

Price, 50c. postpaid

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RKTAIL DCPAimiCNT

57 East 9th Street - New York

EAGLE FLASH POWDER

timt

*»i«t nuitriit.*-

We are now supplying
our NEW FLASH COM-
POUND (Eagle Flash
Powder) put up in new
style packing in round
wooden boxes.

This powder is equal
to any flash compound
on the market and costs
you less, consequently
more profit to you. It is practically
smokeless, makes very little noise, and
gives a very powerful light with very
little powder.

No. \.—% oz. Box, % .80
No. 2.-2 oz. Box, 1.10

GEORGE MURPHY

Incorporated

57 East 9th Street - New York

When writing advertisers please mention Swap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccix

FREE— The Photographic Times— FREE

SUNLIGHT AND SHADOW

A BOOS rOB PKOTOeBAPHEBB AXATETTK AHD P&ORUZOMAL

By W. I. LINCOLN ADAXB (Hli Beit Book)

Editor of "The Photographic Times," Author of **Ain»tcur Photography," "In Naturt'i

Image,'* Etc., Etc. With More than 100 Beautiful Photo-Engraringt,

Many of Them Full-page Pictures.

It contains Chapters and Illustrations by well-known photographic writers and workers.

It covers the field fully, as shown by the following Contents:

Tho Choice of Bnbjeot Landsoape Without Flgurei Landscape With Flfnrea

Forecronndi The Sky Outdoor Portrait! and Oronps Tne Hand Camera .

Znatantaneoui Photography Winter Photography Marines Photography at Night

Lighting In Portraiture Photographing Children Art In Oronplnff

Printed on heavy wood-cut paper, with liberal marg^ins and gilt edges. Beautifully

and subsUntially bound in art canvas, with gilt design. PBiCE IN A BOX, |S.BO.

So long as the supply holds out, we will continue to furnish this book at only one dtUat

per copy, with a new subscription to

"THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES"

Begular prlee of "Sunlight and Shadow" |t.ia

Begnlar Svhsorlptlon prlee of "The Photograpklo Timet" .... 1.16 |A.ft

By this Special Offer we sell Both for . . $2.50

which is the regular price of "Sunltsht and Shadow" alone; so you get "The Photograohic

Times" in this way tor nothing. There are less than 60 copies left, so vou must send in

your order at once if you want to be sure of securing your "Photographic Times" and a

copy of "Sunlight and Shadow" at this special price.

Photographic Times Publishing Association

I3f West Fourteenth Street NEW YORK, N. Y.

Send

for
these
Books

to the

BERUN

ANIUNE

WORICS

213 Water St,
NEW YORK

THE FORMULAE BOOK
Send 10 cent* in coin or •tamp*
and a label from any "Agfa**
Cbemical package.

THE FLASH UGHT BOOK
Send 10 centa in coin or atampa
and a label from any ''Agfa"
Chemical package.

Agfa** ProJocb are Photographic J^tgf^jl^

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

ccx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALLIBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne's Infallible Hunter Meter has been specially designed to attain the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thickness of case — the case being only one-quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,
is the Actinometer with standard tints
and sensitive paper. On the left hand side

^ »*— » ^^ **** ^^'^ *• ^^^ ^^° scales for the calcu-

1%. %rr_ ^' DQP 1 lation of the exposures. The top dial is

L\,IS;^l^ M JT^*^ interchangeable so that scales according to

^'^iJ/ either F, U S, or specially divided scales

^^ for Autochrome exposures can be instantly

substituted for one another.

When ord«riiif , pleue ipecifj which style of scale b desired.

Hunter Meter $2.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials 50

Top scale only F, U S or Autochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, IllC.

57 East 9th Street - - - - New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Materials of Every Description.

C P* Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photograpberst Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makers

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

All kinds of Silver and Gold
Waste Refined

Manufactured

1^ PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

■ -#

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxi

SATISTA papers are greatly in
advance of all other photographic
papers. The same sheet of paper
will give a Warm Black Tone or a
Soft Mellow Brown— a totally new
tone of lovely quality.

Send for prints and pamphlets des-
cribing Satista and Platinotype papers

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

Pyrogallic Acid

The relative merits of the various photographic developers may be
discussable, but if a photographer decides to employ PYROGALLIC
ACID, he should insist upon his dealer supplying the

**M. €.¥/.** BRAND

Our Acid is as pure an article as can be made, light and bulky
in appearance, dissolves perfectly and may always be relied upon
to produce the best photographic results.

When placing your orders for PYRO, specify "M. C. W."

NALLINCHRODT CHEMICAL WORKS

ST. LOUIS NEW YORK

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

COXll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

£AGLE CRYSTAL PYRO

Due to European conditions there will undoubtedly
for quite some time be a shortage on Metol and Hydro-
chinone, and we would call the attention of photogra-
phers to our Crystal Pyro which will prove a satisfactory
substitute for plate development ; in fact, Pyro is the
best developing agent for plates, as it produces plates
of the most perfect printing quality. The crystal form
is most cleanly and convenient, as it is easy to handle
and does not give any dust.

One ounce bottle $ .22 One pound bottle S 230

X pound bottle 68 Five pound bottle 12.25

% pound bottle 1.30

SPECIAL QUOTATIONS IN LARGER QUANTITIES

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street : NEW YORK

Digitized by

Google

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxiii

HAMMER PLATES are always dependable.

Quick, clean, brilliant, with firm, tough films that
dry quickly without danger of frilling, they CAN'T
BE BEATEN.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and
Extra Fast (blue label) Plates for all-round work,
and Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates for color values.

Hammer's little book, **A Short Talk on Negative
Making," mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St. St. Louis, Mo.

"OH! MYir

"Isn't That Interesting"

Have you that kind of a photograph
in your collection? If so, please
let me see it and I may be able to
make you a proposition to use it*
Need not be limited to nature subjects.

Digitized by VjOOQ IC

New Papers for Portrait,
Enlarging, Contact

VELOUR BLACK— Highest portrait quality, warm black
tones, transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Buff,
Buff Matte.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging;
non-abrasion.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single ; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL — Three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single; Rough,
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double.

BLACK LAUREL SILK— Black and sepia platinum effects;
for contact.

Made in two grades; Royal silk (Buff Tint) and white silk
(White Stock) Medium Weight.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxv

No. 4285. STAIRWAY AND GROUND COMBINATION.

Digitized by V3 W^V iC

CCXVl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NEW ROSS LENSES

The Ross "Xpres" F,4.5

This is a new successful five-lens system with
triple-cemented back,— a standard unapproached by
any F,4.5 lens, particulariy adapted for portrait and
groups in the studio and outdoor work, and in the
smaller sizes for all classes of extra rapid work,
press photography, high speed photography, Auto-
chrome and three-color work.

No. \^^l^'- Plate-covered
hocus

Price

No. ^f^J^"^- PUte-covcred Price

lachfs

Inches

2% X SH

$ 31.25

6x7

$62.50

8K X 4K

35.15

5x8

93.75

4x5

40.60

6% X H\i

137.50

s^ X bH

45 30

8 X 10

215.75

4)i X 6%

50.00

10 X 12

312.60

The Ross "Combinable'' Lens

DOUBLETS F.5.5 TO F,6.3

This new series of Ross Combinable
Universal lenses are specially suitable for
portraits and groups in the studio, and for
all classes o^ out-door work. Also for in-
teriors, cxjDying and all rapid and up-to-date
photography. The new Ross Combinable
IS supplied in doublets F,5.5 to F,6.8 and in
single lenses at F,I1. The doublet is a
three-foci lens working singly at F,ll with
full aperture, equal ends combined at F,5.5,
unequalled ends at F, 5.7 and F,6.8. The
single lenses give definition of the highest
quality at full aperture, the inherit
brilliancy of the single lens being retained.

The *'Combinables*' are absolutely
universal in their capabilities.

C.mb
Rcsu

>ination of Two Lt

nses(f/ll).

Size of Plate

Prices

No.

tin^ Combined

in Brass

Focus

I^rjsrcst

Full Aperture.

Settings

Aperture.

Front.

Back. 1 Ins.

Inchfs.

f'lS.o

1>4 < 84'

$ 48.45

f/5.5

3^^ ^ ^M

48.45

fl'i

f/5.9

3f^ ^ 4?i

52.35

!(»'<

h\i

f/6.2

z% y 4v;

55.50

9 '.3

^♦''2

f/5.5

»K X 4K

56.25

10 i

<.Mi

f/5.7

4X5

58.40

11'^

9'i

f 5.9

4 X 5

61.75

Kr;

10'/

f/5.5

4 X 5

62.50

11 4

10^

f/5.7

5 ^6

64.85

lil\

10'^

f/6.0

5 X 6

68.00

^vi

1i5i

«4

f/5.5

5X6

67.20

12'^

11^

f/5.9

4i; X 6'^

70.30

11 'J

f/6.2

A% X 6V4

75.00

12'2

12'^

"^H

f/5.5

4H X 6^

72.65

Hf'i

12'i

f/5.9

5 ^ 7

77.35

124

f/«.S

5 >- 8

88.30

14J4

14«^

H'4

f/5.5

5 - 8

75.80

144

f/5.9

5 V, 8

93.00

f/6.4

6«'> •. 84

125.80

AMERICAN AGENTS QEORQE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street - - - New York. N. Y.

Sead tar new Ross Leas sad Camera Catalogue ^wi^^Lu

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS ccxvii

All the quality of a Seed jo Plate^ and^ i?i
addition^ qualities not found in any plate.

EASTMAN
PORTRAIT FILMS

For Studio, Home Portrait
or Commercial Work.

So long as glass is used as a support for a sensitive emulsion,
just so long will there be halation, whether the plates be slow or fast —
single or double coated. The thickness of the glass permits the re-
flection and refraction of the rays of light, causing halation to some
extent in every negative.

With Eastman Portrait Film, halation is practically eliminated,
the film support being so thin that there is no room for the light to
spread. As a consequence, every gradation of light is clearly regis-
tered without overlapping — there is a perfect separation of tones that
is only possible when the degrading influence of fog is absent.

The result is a negative retaining all the velvety texture of flesh
tones — the snap and brilliancy of highlights or white draperies.

Portrait Films may be used in any plate holder by usinf[ Eastman
Film Sheaths, or in the Fjastman Film Holders — are
light ^flexible, unbreakable^ and may be retouched
or etched on either side or on both sides. '

PRICE— Same as Seed 30 Plates..

Special illustrated circular at your dealer* s or by mail.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.
A.a Dealers'. I^^^^l^

Digitized by ■

Wb«n writing advertisers please mention Smap Shots.

ccxviu SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

SPEED

As fast as any plate ever made — and a great
deal faster than any plate approaching it in
quality :

SEED
GRAFLEX PLATE

Will give you good negatives with exposures of
i/iooo of a second under conditions of light that
would render the ordinary plate useless.

Ideal for press photography, because it may be
developed to any degree of contrast without fog-
ging, yet with ordinary development retains more
gradation than any plate of extremely high speed.

Use the Seed Grajlex Plate for the highest speed
Focal Plane Shutter work.

.#&

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXIX

Wadsworth Folder

Umber Cover, enclosing Fawn Card
Gray Cover, enclosing Light Gray Card

An attractive slip-in folder for all g^roup and landscape
pictures. The cover is a heavy one with an elaborate moire
pattern. The insert is of substantial weight, rough finish,
neatly tinted in shades that blend well with pictures of all
tones and set off by a plate mark around the tint and
opening.

Size

57 H

68 H
80 H

Folder

10% X 9%
llX X 10^
U}i X 11^

Picture

7x5

sy2 X 6>^

10 X 8

Per 100

$ 8.00
10.00
15.00

Packed 25 in a Box

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

Digitized by

Google

tcxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

THE BRITISH JOURNAL
PHOTO ALMANAC 1915

It will be ready for distribution
in February 1915

For 53 years the British Photo
Almanac has been the most widely
read book on photography, not only
throughout the British Empire, but
over the entire globe. The 1915
edition will be 30,0CK), and will
contain many new and valuable
features.

Some special features of the 1915 edition will be:

MODLRN MLTHODS OF LNLARGING-By the Lditor.

This is really a text txx>k on the subject — is fully illustrated, and
deals with various methods and apparatus to be used.

PHOTOGRAPHING WITH THL MICROSCOPE— By Duncan J. Reid. M. B.
This article by one of the most eminent photomicrographets
deals with one of the most absorbing branches in photography.

HINTS OF THL YLAR.

A summary of all the advanced practical hints and new methods in
every branch of photography.

WORKING FORMULAE-— A revised formulae section.

NLW APPARATUS — An important section, reviewing new introductions in
the way of photographic apparatus.

The advertising paii^es will present the introductions of the leading manufacturers of the
world ; and these alune are interesting and instructive.

SEND YOUR ORDERS NOW

PAPER EDITION, $0.50 CLOTH EDITION, $1.00

Postage extra accordlns to zone (zone rates given below)

PAPER EDITION POSTAGE

1st zone, 1 to 50 miles, 6c. ; 2nd zone, 50 to 150 miles, 7c. ; 8rd zone. 150 to
800 miles, 10c. ; 4th zone, 300 to 600 miles, 15c. ; 5th zone, 600 to 1000 miles.
20c. ; 6th zone, 1000 to 1400 miles, 25c. ; 7th zone, 1400 to 1800 miles, 81c. ;
8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 36c.

CLOTH EDITION POSTAGE

1st zone, 50 miles, 7c. ; 2nd zone. 50 to 150 miles, 8c. ; 3rd zone, 150 to 800
miles, 12c. ; 4th zone. 800 to 600 miles, 19c. ; 5th zone, 600 to 1000 miles.
26c. ; 6th zone, 1000 to 1400 miles, 33c. ; 7th zone, 1400 to 1800 miles, 41c. :
8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 48c.

TRADE AGENTS :

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 E. 9th St., New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap g^ii8§^s!?y ^

.oogle

No, 178. CIRCULAR BALUSTRADE

Finished to represent stone, adjustable Q^ V^'c^^^ v )
large post, (1) small post and (1) curve^ ^^^"^t^^e-xA
section. Each piece is an accessory of u plt*"^^^
good outdoor accessory.

... n ^^

Price,

ROUGH & CALOV^r j^^ ^d^"

123 East 138th Street

%m* tf~kT Tk-D* d«

Digitized by

Google

CCXXVlll

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

S ATI ST A papers are greatly in
advance of all other photographic
papers. The same sheet of paper
will give a Warm Black Tone or a
Soft Mellow Brown— a totally new
tone of lovely quality.

Send for prints and pamphlets des-
cribing Satista and Platinotype papers

WILLIS & CLEMENTS

PHILADELPHIA

enova

NEMV and popular slip-in
mount for doutle-weigkt
prints^ notable for fine quauty and
ricn cleaign. It 10 a beveled carJ w^itk
a cut-K>ut Jeckle-edged mat^ clamtily
eniDellisnea ^witn a printea ana em-*
bodseJ frame effect m Jelicate tint
around tne opening. Made in
MVkite and Colony Buff, for cabi-*
net ovala and 4x6 prints, it iviU
prove a capital staple mounting for
medium-priced work.

IV rite for free sample to

A.M. COLLINS MFG. COMPANY, Pkiladelptia, Pa.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots. ^ '"^ <->^ -^ •^^l'*^

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXIX

A CHRISTMAS GIFT
WELL WORTH GIVING

Have you a friend who is an en-
thusiast, whom you would like to re-
member most appropriately the 25th
of this month? If so, thiiik over the

DYnflR

CELLS

as a suggestion for a gift well worth
the giving and sure to be highly ap-
preciated by the recipient.

The Dynar Lens is a very rapid,
high-grade anastigmat, speed F 6,
twice that of the best rectilinears,
and four times as efficient, for to get
the same definition and covering
power possessed by the Dynar, your
rectilinear must be stopped down to
F 16.

With the Dynar you can make snap
shots on dull, winter days.

Maybe you would like a Dynar for
•your own camera. Start planning
for it now.

Supplied in sets which fit into your
regular shutter, without special ad-
justment.

Price of cells for 4x5 and 3]4xS\2

cameras and kodaks ^3.50

Send for our Catalog and revised
Price List.

ORDER THROUGH YOUR DEALER

V0IGTLflnDCRZ.S0Hn

240-268 E. Ontario St.. Chicago

226 Fifth Ave. new York

WORKS

Brunswick, Germany

Canadian Agents — HupfeM, Ludecking & Co.,

Montreal, Can.

The Weighmeter

The Latest
Photographic Discovery

Indispensable to pliotogniphers. chemists
physicians, or anyone engaged in weighing
chemicals.

The Weighmeter instantly indicates by one turn
of the dial exactly what weights aie to be used
on the scale (or any given formula. Saves time,
trouble, annoyance, and opportunities (or errors
in making the usual computations. Beautifully
printed in two colors on ivory celluloid, and of
just the right size to fit the vest pocket.

Price. 50c. postpaid

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

RCTAIL DEPARTMENT

57 East 9th Street - New York

EAGLE FLASH POWDER

We are now supplying
our NEW FLASH COM-
POUND (Eagle Flash
Powder) put up in new
style packing in round
wooden boxes.

This powder is equal
to any flash compound
on the market and costs
you less, consequently
more profit to you. It is practically
smokeless, makes very little noise, and
gives a very powerful light with very
little powder.

No. l.—y2 oz. Bo.x. $ .80
No. 2.-2 oz. Bo.x, 1.10

GEORGE MURPHY

Incorporated

57 East 9th Street - New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Snorsd by VJ^^VIC

ccxxx

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

REAL BARGAINS

We mil send any lens on this list on ten days* trial,
with the understanding tftat if the lens is returned to
us in good order mthin that time, we will refund your
remittafKe,

Cabinet Ross Portrait No. 2—10" focus, F 3,5 $68.70

" 3—12" focus, F 3,5 77.00

Hermagis Portrait— 8 J^" focus, F3 50.00

8 X 10 Heliar No. 7— 16 1^" focus, F 4,5 135.00

4x5 Rodenstock Anastigmat — 6" focus, F 7 8.00

4x5 Ross Goerz Anastigmat— 6" focus, F 6.8 20.00

4x5 Dallmeyer Stigmatic Series III — 6" focus, F 7 12.00

5x7 Ross Zeiss Tessar- 7" focus, F 6,3 29.00

5x8 Ross Zeiss Tessar— 8 J4" focus, F 6,3 35.00

^Vi X 8K' Goerz Dagor— 1)J^" focus, F ^A 54.00

^Vz X ^Yz Ross Zeiss Convertible Set of 4 lenses, F 7 50.00

8 X 10 Ross Zeiss Convertible Set of 5 lenses, F 7 110.00

8 X 10 Collinear III and Volute Shutter— 11 J^" focus, F 7. 68.00

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., Retail Dept.

57 EAST NINTH STREET NEW YORK

C ?♦ Nitrate Silver Crystals
Pure Chloride Gold

For Photographers, Aristo
Paper and Dry Plate Makert

Chemicals for Photo Engraving and the Arts

AU kinds of Silver and GoU
Waste Refined

Manufactured

^ PHILLIPS & JACOBS

622 RACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA

When writing adTertisers pleise mcntioii Swap SRon. f^ r^r^r-^\r->

Digitized by 'VnOOv IC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXXl

HAMMER PLATES are always dependable.

Quick, clean, brilliant, with firm, tough films that
dry quickly without danger of frilling, they CANT
BE BEATEN.

Hammer's Special Extra Fast (red label) and
Extra Fast (blue label) Plates for all-round work,
and Hammer's Orthochromatic Plates for color values.

Hammer's little book, "A Short Talk on Negative
Making," mailed free.

HAMMER DRY PLATE COMPANY

Ohio Ave. and Miami St.

St. Louis, Mo.

<>OERZ

PORTRAIT HYPAR

f\M TAI I TV ^^^^^^ ^^^^ quantity, is the secret of suc-
^c^^"' * ^ cess in photography as a business, just as
it is the secret of satisfaction in photography as an art. The
HYPAR is an invaluable aid to quality in portraiture. It is not
a semi-corrected lens, but a true portrait anastigmat. It
excels the older types of portrait lenses in speed, covering
power and freedom from internal reflections; and it affords
that delicate softness of definition which is the hall-mark of
artistic portrait photography.

Order through your regular stock house. Catalog
and sample print on request from

C. p. GOERZ AMERICAN OPTICAL CO.

OFFICE AND FACTORY :

34th Street and Second Avenue New York City

Dealers* Distnbuting Agents west of Ohio, BURKE & JAMES, Inc., CNICAQe.

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

CCXXXIl

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

NEW STYLE WYNNE INFALLIBLE EXPOSURE METER

WYNNE'S INFALLIBLE HUNTER METER

The Wynne'* Infallible Hunter Meter has been specially designed to attain the
maximum of simplicity, convenience and efficiency, with a minimum diameter, and
thickness of case — the case being only one-quarter of an inch in thickness. It is
beautifully made in the best Solid Nickel and opens automatically by pressure of
the small knob on the pendant.

On the right hand side of the open case,

is the Actinometer with standard tints

fjlf'^^^^^*^S^k.J^^&h ,^W. and sensitive paper. On the left hand side

^'^^^*^^^^***^'lft i^^ **^ *^* ^^^^ '* ^^^ '^° scales for the calca-

Wk '^^IL^ H , ndpJ lation of the exposures. The top dial is

1 > ^r?% p ^'ff^^ interchangeable so that scales according to

^t\ jff either F, U S, or specially divided scales

-^^ for Autochrome exposures can be instantly

substituted for one another.

When ordering, please specify which style of scale is desired.

Hunter Meter $2.75

Extra packages Sensitive paper 25

Pocket case of tan leather 50

Set of top and bottom dials .50

Top scale only F, U S or Autochrome 25

Extra book of instructions 10

Extra speed card 10

American Agents: GEORGE MURPHY, IhC.

57 East 9th Street ... - New York

Manufacturers, Importers and Dealers in Photographers'
Materials of Every Description.

'gictnvts

HIGGINS'
PHOTO

MOIJMTFR

HaTe an excellence peculiarl j tbdr
own. The best results are onlj
produced b j the best methods and
means— the best results in Photo-
graph, Poster and other moimtinf
can onlj be attained bj using the^
best mounting paste—

HIQQINS' PHOTO MOUNTER

(Bzoellent noTel bnuh with each JarJ

At Dealers in Photo Svpplioe,
ArtUtB' KatorlaU Mid StatlOBO^.

▲ t-os. jar prepaid by mall for Si eMta.
or oircalars free fltna

CHAS. M. HIQOINS & CO.* MfM.

NBW YORK CHICAGO LONDOV

Digitized by

^oo<

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXXllI

e:agl£ crystal pyro

Due to European conditions there will undoubtedly
for quite some time be a shortage on Metol and Hydro-
chinone, and we would call the attention of photogra-
phers to our Crystal Pyro which will prove a satisfactory
substitute for plate development ; in fact, Pyro is the
best developing agent for plates, as it produces plates
of the most perfect printing quality. The crystal form
is most cleanly and convenient, as it is easy to handle
" and does not give any dust.

One ounce bottle S .22 One pound t>ottle $ 2.50

X pound bottle 68 Five pound bottle 12.25

% pound bottle 1 .30

SPECIAL QUOTATIONS IN LARGER QUANTITIES

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc.

57 East 9th Street : : NEW YORK

"OH! MY!!

"Isn't That Interesting"

Have you that kind of a photograph
in your collection? If so, please
let me see it and I may be able to
make you a proposition to use it*
Need not be limited to nature subjects*

Digitized by

Google

New Papers for Portrait,
Enlarsfins:, Contact

VELOUR BLACK— Highest portrait quality, warm black
tones, transparent shadows.

Made in Velvet, Semi-Matte, Matte, Rough, Glossy, Bu£F,
BufiF Matte.

BROME BLACK — For extreme contrast; fast for enlarging;
non-abrasion.
Made in Semi-Matte, Single; Glossy, Single.

WHITE LAUREL — Three emulsions; for contact.

Made in Semi-Matte, Single ; Glossy, Single ; Rough,
Single; Semi-Matte, Double; Rough, Double.

BLACK LAUREL SILK— Black and sepia platinum effects;
for contact.

Made in two grades; Royal silk (Buff Tint) and white silk
(White Stock) Medium Weight.

ROCHESTER PHOTO WORKS

ROCHESTER. NEW YORK

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

ccxxxv

NEW ROSS LENSES

The Ross "Xpres" F,4.5

This is a new successful five-lens system with
triple-cemented back,— a standard unapproached by
any F,4.5 lens, particularly adapted for portrait and
groups in the studio and outdoor work, and in the
smaller sizes for all classes of extra rapid work,
press photography, high speed photography, Auto-
chrome and three-color work.

Plate-covered

Inches

85^ X
4Kx

■¥
%

Price

$ 31.25
35.15
40.60
48.30
80.00

No.

Equiv.
Focus

Plate-covered

Price

6
7
8
9
10

Inches

10
12
16'.^
21

6x7

6x8
6J4 X %M
8 X 10
10 X 12

$62.80
93.75
137.80
218.75
312.80

The Ross ''Combinable" Lens

DOUBLETS P,5.5 TO P,6.3

This new series of Ross Combinable
Universal lenses are specially suitable for
portraits and groups in the studio, and for
all classes of» out-door work. Also for in-
teriors, copying and all rapid and up-tondate
photograpny. The new Ross Combinable
IS supplied m doublets F,5.6 to F,6.3 and in
single lenses at F,ll. The doublet is a
three-foci lens working singly at F,ll with
full aperture, equal ends combined at F,5.5,
uneaualled ends at F, 5.7 and F,6.8. The
sinc^le lenses £^ve definition of the highest
qu^ity at full aperture, the inherit
brilliancy of the single lens being retained.

The • ' Combinables " are absolutely
universal in their capabilities.

Combination of Two Lenses (f/11).

Size of Plate

at
Full Aperture.

Prices

No.

Resulting Combined
Focus

Larjfest
Aperture.

in Brass
Settings

Front.

Back.

InA.

Inches.

f/5.5

«',^ >' 8 '4

$ 48.45

63^

f/6.6

3K X sy.

48.45

9'.i

f/6.9

8K X 4y,

52.35

1UJ<

f>%

f/6.8

85^ X 4%

55.50

f/3.5

8K X 4^

56.25

10 !<

f/5.7

4 X 5

59.40

9^^

f/5.9

4 > 5

61.75

lOJ^

\Q%

f/5.5

4 X 5

62.50

115<

lOK

f/6.7

5 • 6

64.85

10J<

6f^

f/6.0

5 X 6

68.00

115<

5154

654

f/5.5
f/5.9

6 X 6

67.20

4,i; V 6;^

70.30

f/6.2

4H X m

75.00

n'A

12J4

7j/

f/5.5

4H X 0J4

72.65

f/5.9

5X7

77.35

12J4

f/6.3

5 > 8

88.30

14^

»%

f/5.6

5 \ 8

75.80

14V^

95<

fA9

f/6.4

5 X 8

93.00

65^ ^ 8J4

125.80

AMERICAN AOETfrs QEORQE MURPHY, inc.

57 East 9th Street - - - New York,^ 'N.^9

Send tor new Ross Leas and Camera Catalogue

CCXXXVl

SXAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

Make Your Prints in Colors (40 Shades)

An Explanatory Dtasrani Sbowinc tbe
Various Stages In the Production of

HOW IT IS DONE"

AUTOTYPE CARBON PHOTOGRAPHS

The Production of an Autotype Carbon Photo^aph

The Coated Surface of Exposed
Carlxni Tissue (Pigmented Gela-
tine).

Single Transfer Paper.

Soak A and B in cold water, bring
coated surfaces together in contact
and squeegee.

Place the adherent tissue and trans-
fer paper between blotting boards
for a few minutes. Next immerse
in warm water, until the colored
gelatine begins to ooze out at the
edges.

Strip off the Tissue backing paper
and throw it away.
F

A dark mass of colored gelatine is
left on the transfer paper. This re-
mains in the warm water and the
gelatine surface is sprinkled over un-
til the picture gradually makes it^
appearance.

G and H

Continue until completed.
I

The picture is now placed in an
alum bath (five per cent) to harden
the film and discharge the bichromate
sensitizing salt. A rinse in cold wa-
ter completes the operation.

DiAGR,

I. PRODUCT

AUTOnPECAI?

WtsrruiNc

DDCD

Digitized by

Google

SEED

PUTES

Long years of experience of the most capable
emulsion makers — a uniform supply of the best
raw materials and perfect manufacturing facilities
have established the Seed standard of quality;
have made Seed quality and uniformity depend-
able factors in producing good results continu-
ously and v^ith certainty.

Seed Gilt Edge 30 is the only plate that
combines extreme speed with the finest qualities
of the ideal portrait plate.

There are no dark days for a Seed ^o.

SEEDt

Seed Dry Plate Division,
EASTMAN KOnAK COMPAISY,

Digitized by ^OOQIC

TdTbL

The Complete Developing Agent
for Photographic Papers.

Is economical — convenient. An ounce of
Tozol, the sodas, bromide and water make a

perfect developer for Artura, Bromide and other
developing-out papers.

PRESENT PRICES

1 oz. bottle, - - - - - $ .40

i^lb. " . - _ _ _ 1.40

K lb. " . - _ _ _ 2.60

lib. " - . . _ _ 5.00

An Eastman

Tested Chemical.

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY,

ROCHESTER, N. Y.

Digitized by VjOOQIC

SNAP SHOTS— ADVERTISEMENTS

CCXXXIX

THE BRITISH JOURNAL
PHOTO ALMANAC 1915

It will be ready for distribution
in February 1915

For 53 years the British Photo
Almanac has been the most widely
read book on photography, not only
throughout the British Empire, but
over the entire globe. The 1915
edition will be 30,000, and will
contain many new and valuable
features.

Some special features of the 1915 edition will be:

MODERN METHODS OF LNLARGING-By the Lditor.

This is really a text txx>k on the subject — is fully illustrated, and
deals with various methods and apparatus to be used.

PHOTOGRAPHING WITH THL MICROSCOPE.-By Duncan J. Reid. M. B.
This article by one of the most eminent photomicrographers
deals with one of the most abtorbing branches in photography.

HINTS OF THL YEAR.

A summary of all the advanced practical hints and new methods in
every branch of photography.

WORKING FORMULAE— A revised fonnulae section.

NLW APPARATUS — ^An important section, reviewing new introductions in
the way of photographic apparatus.

The advertising paxes will present the introductions of the leading manufacturers of the
world ; and these alone are interesting and instructive.

SEND YOUR ORDERS NOW

PAPER EDITION, $0.50 CLOTH EDITION, $1.00

Postase extra accordlns to zone (zone rates given below)

PAPER EDITION POSTAGE

1st zone, 1 to 50 miles, 6c. ; 2nd zone, 50 to 150 miles, 7c. ; 8rd zone, 150 to
800 miles, 10c. ; 4th zone, 800 to 000 miles, 15c. ; 5th zone, 600 to 1000 miles,
20c. ; 6th zone, 1000 to 1400 miles, 25c. ; 7th zone, 1400 to 1800 miles, 81c. ;
8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 86c.

CLOTH EDITION POSTAGE

1st zone, 50 miles, 7c. ; 2nd zone, 50 to 150 miles, 8c. ; 8rd zone, 150 to 800
miles, 12c. ; 4th zone, 800 to 600 miles, 19c. ; 5th zone, 600 to 1000 miles,
26c. ; 6th zone, 1000 to 1400 miles, 88c. ; 7th zone, 1400 to 1800 miles, 41c. ;
8th zone, all over 1800 miles, 48c.

TRADE AGENTS:

GEORGE MURPHY, Inc., 57 E. 9th St., New York

When writing advertisers please mention Snap Shots.

Digitized by

Google

qcjcI snap shots— advertisements

No. 4285. STAIRWAY AND GROUND COMBINATIOM

Digitized by

Google

THE ROYAL FOREGROUND RAY SCREEN

a*ate:ned A[^ril Httn 10H>

STYLE A,

The Latttit and ereftteat ImfTo^ement la Bftj rilterit

The only Ray Screen ever invented that will give an even, equal exposure
to both sky and loregronnd, and product" a perfect cloud effect instanta-
neously witli ordinary plates.

The Royal ^areg^round Ray Screen is so constructed that the color, which
(s a strong orange yellow at the top. is gradually diminished until perfect
transparency is attained at the bottom. The practical effect of the gradual
blending of color is to sift out or absorb the powerful chemical rays from
the clouds and sky. whtch pass through the strongly colored top of the filter,
w a bout perct:|)tibly dtcreasinK tbt weak illumination uf the reflected light

from the foreground, which
conies through the trans-
fiarent or colorless lower
l>art of the screen in full
iiHi tisity,

1 he reason that daylight
■ hfud pictures arc rare is
iliat the strength of the il-
ium in at ion from the sky is
Til any, many times that of
the pan i ally absorhcd and
fL-riected light from objects
<m the ground.

If a correct exposure is
Liivcn to tbe clouds, then
the landscape h badly un~
(ItT-exposed: if the correct
exposure is given to tbe
landscape, then I be clouds
art' hlcrally burnt up frf>ni
Mvcr-exposure, and no mat-
ter how contrasty they may
have appeared to tbe eye,
air unscreened pbolotjrapb
shows only a blank white
-ky

The Royal Foreground
Kay Screen is also very
ti'^cful for subjects which
are more strongly illumi-
nated on one side than on
the other* as in pbotisgraidi-
h\ii by tbe light of a side
\^ indow or in a narrow
-ireet. By simply turning
(be dark side of the fore-
Made With the Koyal ForeKrcmnd Ray Screen .Tmund screen towarrl the
FHOTO iUH F. SCHytWr, Scout., Uasluni^Ln. ^.^i^bt side of the object a

Scf>Umber Uth, 10 A. M. Distanti' to inoVhCcvertd ^^"'^7' ^^ ^" exposute Will
Ml Baker 8 MiUs. result.

NO. DtAMETEl tNCllE*

PRICS

NO.

DIAMET^X INCHES

?RtCE

9'> .1^

$IJ5

Postpaid

2/a

$2.70 PosliMid

^^ . .*^»

1.35

2,90

2 A for box cameras

L3S

;; STYLE

lOA

3J5

iA ItV

1.J5

llA

3.60 **

4 A VA

1J5

12A

4.05

5 A ni

l.SO

4,70 **

6A 2

2.00

14A

454

5.40

?A IVi

2.2'^

GEORGE MURPHY. Inc..

57 East Ninth Street

Si-ntf ffH' A'£7v PiK</-piifff XiL 14

Retail
Dflt>&rltTi«nt

NEW YORK

l/n/7-( hf/(\r Tja// Cala/oj^ne ^ ■

nioiii7prihv\lOOg

Build your success
on quality — make your
prints on

/m^

^-''^A (('>

' «l

The paper without a
disappointment.

ARTURA DIVISION,

Digitized by L^OOQ IC

Digitized by VjOOQIC

gitized by VjOOQ IC

FINE ARTS LIBRARY

3 2044 039 112 511

FA 19.45(24-25)1913-14

y>j00gle

<3^

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Snap shots"

See other formats